diff options
135 files changed, 59973 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/tkblt/.gitignore b/tkblt/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8694d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# Compiled Object files +*.slo +*.lo +*.o +*.obj + +# Precompiled Headers +*.gch +*.pch + +# Compiled Dynamic libraries +*.so +*.dylib +*.dll + +# Fortran module files +*.mod + +# Compiled Static libraries +*.lai +*.la +*.a +*.lib + +# Executables +*.exe +*.out +*.app + +*~ diff --git a/tkblt/LICENSE b/tkblt/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffe507e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA +This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made +available under the same terms. + +Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be +included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND +NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE +LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION +OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/tkblt/Makefile.in b/tkblt/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d36c879 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ +# Makefile.in -- +# +# This file is a Makefile for Sample TEA Extension. If it has the name +# "Makefile.in" then it is a template for a Makefile; to generate the +# actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a configuration script +# generated by the "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get +# replaced in the actual Makefile. +# +# Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation. +# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation. +# +# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution +# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + +#======================================================================== +# Add additional lines to handle any additional AC_SUBST cases that +# have been added in a customized configure script. +#======================================================================== + +#SAMPLE_NEW_VAR = @SAMPLE_NEW_VAR@ + +#======================================================================== +# Nothing of the variables below this line should need to be changed. +# Please check the TARGETS section below to make sure the make targets +# are correct. +#======================================================================== + +#======================================================================== +# The names of the source files is defined in the configure script. +# The object files are used for linking into the final library. +# This will be used when a dist target is added to the Makefile. +# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is the +# $(srcdir) or in the generic, win or unix subdirectory. +#======================================================================== + +PKG_SOURCES = @PKG_SOURCES@ +PKG_OBJECTS = @PKG_OBJECTS@ + +PKG_STUB_SOURCES = @PKG_STUB_SOURCES@ +PKG_STUB_OBJECTS = @PKG_STUB_OBJECTS@ + +#======================================================================== +# PKG_TCL_SOURCES identifies Tcl runtime files that are associated with +# this package that need to be installed, if any. +#======================================================================== + +PKG_TCL_SOURCES = @PKG_TCL_SOURCES@ + +#======================================================================== +# This is a list of public header files to be installed, if any. +#======================================================================== + +PKG_HEADERS = @PKG_HEADERS@ + +#======================================================================== +# "PKG_LIB_FILE" refers to the library (dynamic or static as per +# configuration options) composed of the named objects. +#======================================================================== + +PKG_LIB_FILE = @PKG_LIB_FILE@ +PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE = @PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@ + +#lib_BINARIES = $(PKG_LIB_FILE) +lib_BINARIES = $(PKG_LIB_FILE) $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE) +BINARIES = $(lib_BINARIES) + +SHELL = @SHELL@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ + +bindir = @bindir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +mandir = @mandir@ + +DESTDIR = + +PKG_DIR = $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION) +pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/$(PKG_DIR) +pkglibdir = $(libdir)/$(PKG_DIR) +pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/$(PKG_DIR) + +top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ + +INSTALL_OPTIONS = +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ $(INSTALL_OPTIONS) +INSTALL_DATA_DIR = ${INSTALL} -d -m 755 +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ +INSTALL_LIBRARY = ${INSTALL_DATA} + +PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ +PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ +CFLAGS_WARNING = @CFLAGS_WARNING@ +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +LDFLAGS_DEFAULT = @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@ +MAKE_LIB = @MAKE_LIB@ +MAKE_SHARED_LIB = @MAKE_SHARED_LIB@ +MAKE_STATIC_LIB = @MAKE_STATIC_LIB@ +MAKE_STUB_LIB = @MAKE_STUB_LIB@ +OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +RANLIB_STUB = @RANLIB_STUB@ +SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@ +SHLIB_LD = @SHLIB_LD@ +SHLIB_LD_LIBS = @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@ +STLIB_LD = @STLIB_LD@ +#TCL_DEFS = @TCL_DEFS@ +TCL_BIN_DIR = @TCL_BIN_DIR@ +TCL_SRC_DIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@ +#TK_BIN_DIR = @TK_BIN_DIR@ +#TK_SRC_DIR = @TK_SRC_DIR@ + +# Not used, but retained for reference of what libs Tcl required +#TCL_LIBS = @TCL_LIBS@ + +#======================================================================== +# TCLLIBPATH seeds the auto_path in Tcl's init.tcl so we can test our +# package without installing. The other environment variables allow us +# to test against an uninstalled Tcl. Add special env vars that you +# require for testing here (like TCLX_LIBRARY). +#======================================================================== + +EXTRA_PATH = $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR) +#EXTRA_PATH = $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(TK_BIN_DIR) +TCLLIBPATH = $(top_builddir) +TCLSH_ENV = TCL_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/library` +PKG_ENV = @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@)" \ + PATH="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(PATH)" \ + TCLLIBPATH="$(TCLLIBPATH)" + +TCLSH_PROG = @TCLSH_PROG@ +TCLSH = $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(TCLSH_PROG) + +#WISH_ENV = TK_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TK_SRC_DIR)/library` +#WISH_PROG = @WISH_PROG@ +#WISH = $(TCLSH_ENV) $(WISH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(WISH_PROG) + +SHARED_BUILD = @SHARED_BUILD@ + +#INCLUDES = @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ +INCLUDES = @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ @TK_INCLUDES@ @TK_XINCLUDES@ + +PKG_CFLAGS = @PKG_CFLAGS@ + +# TCL_DEFS is not strictly need here, but if you remove it, then you +# must make sure that configure.ac checks for the necessary components +# that your library may use. TCL_DEFS can actually be a problem if +# you do not compile with a similar machine setup as the Tcl core was +# compiled with. +#DEFS = $(TCL_DEFS) @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS) +DEFS = @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS) + +# Move pkgIndex.tcl to 'BINARIES' var if it is generated in the Makefile +CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Makefile pkgIndex.tcl +CLEANFILES = @CLEANFILES@ + +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +LIBS = @PKG_LIBS@ @LIBS@ +AR = @AR@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) \ + $(CFLAGS_DEFAULT) $(CFLAGS_WARNING) $(SHLIB_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +GDB = gdb +VALGRIND = valgrind +VALGRINDARGS = --tool=memcheck --num-callers=8 --leak-resolution=high \ + --leak-check=yes --show-reachable=yes -v + +.SUFFIXES: .c .C .$(OBJEXT) + +#======================================================================== +# Start of user-definable TARGETS section +#======================================================================== + +#======================================================================== +# TEA TARGETS. Please note that the "libraries:" target refers to platform +# independent files, and the "binaries:" target includes executable programs and +# platform-dependent libraries. Modify these targets so that they install +# the various pieces of your package. The make and install rules +# for the BINARIES that you specified above have already been done. +#======================================================================== + +all: binaries libraries doc + +#======================================================================== +# The binaries target builds executable programs, Windows .dll's, unix +# shared/static libraries, and any other platform-dependent files. +# The list of targets to build for "binaries:" is specified at the top +# of the Makefile, in the "BINARIES" variable. +#======================================================================== + +binaries: $(BINARIES) + +libraries: + +#======================================================================== +# Your doc target should differentiate from doc builds (by the developer) +# and doc installs (see install-doc), which just install the docs on the +# end user machine when building from source. +#======================================================================== + +doc: + @echo "If you have documentation to create, place the commands to" + @echo "build the docs in the 'doc:' target. For example:" + @echo " xml2nroff sample.xml > sample.n" + @echo " xml2html sample.xml > sample.html" + +install: all install-binaries install-libraries install-doc + +install-binaries: binaries install-lib-binaries install-bin-binaries + +#======================================================================== +# This rule installs platform-independent files, such as header files. +# The list=...; for p in $$list handles the empty list case x-platform. +#======================================================================== + +install-libraries: libraries + @$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir) + @echo "Installing header files in $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)" + @list='$(PKG_HEADERS)'; for i in $$list; do \ + echo "Installing $(srcdir)/$$i" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(includedir) ; \ + done; + +#======================================================================== +# Install documentation. Unix manpages should go in the $(mandir) +# directory. +#======================================================================== + +install-doc: doc + @$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann + @echo "Installing documentation in $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)" + @list='$(srcdir)/doc/*.n'; for i in $$list; do \ + echo "Installing $$i"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann ; \ + done + +test: binaries libraries + $(TCLSH) `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS) \ + -load "package ifneeded $(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION) \ + [list load `@CYGPATH@ $(PKG_LIB_FILE)` $(PACKAGE_NAME)]" + +genstubs: $(srcdir)/tools/genStubs.tcl $(srcdir)/src/tkblt.decls + @echo $(TCLSH) $(srcdir)/tools/genStubs.tcl $(srcdir)/src $(srcdir)/src/tkblt.decls + @$(TCLSH) $(srcdir)/tools/genStubs.tcl $(srcdir)/src $(srcdir)/src/tkblt.decls +shell: binaries libraries + @$(TCLSH) $(SCRIPT) + +gdb: + $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(GDB) $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT) + +gdb-test: binaries libraries + $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(GDB) \ + --args $(TCLSH_PROG) `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` \ + $(TESTFLAGS) -singleproc 1 \ + -load "package ifneeded $(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION) \ + [list load `@CYGPATH@ $(PKG_LIB_FILE)` $(PACKAGE_NAME)]" + +valgrind: binaries libraries + $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(VALGRIND) $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) \ + `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS) + +valgrindshell: binaries libraries + $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(VALGRIND) $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT) + +depend: + +#======================================================================== +# $(PKG_LIB_FILE) should be listed as part of the BINARIES variable +# mentioned above. That will ensure that this target is built when you +# run "make binaries". +# +# The $(PKG_OBJECTS) objects are created and linked into the final +# library. In most cases these object files will correspond to the +# source files above. +#======================================================================== + +$(PKG_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_OBJECTS) + -rm -f $(PKG_LIB_FILE) + ${MAKE_LIB} + $(RANLIB) $(PKG_LIB_FILE) + +$(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS) + -rm -f $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE) + ${MAKE_STUB_LIB} + $(RANLIB_STUB) $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE) + +#======================================================================== +# We need to enumerate the list of .c to .o lines here. +# +# In the following lines, $(srcdir) refers to the toplevel directory +# containing your extension. If your sources are in a subdirectory, +# you will have to modify the paths to reflect this: +# +# sample.$(OBJEXT): $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c +# $(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c` -o $@ +# +# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the makefile +# to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj dependencies. +# As necessary, add $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/compat:.... +#======================================================================== + +VPATH = $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/generic:$(srcdir)/unix:$(srcdir)/win:$(srcdir)/macosx + +.c.@OBJEXT@: + $(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $<` -o $@ + +.C.@OBJEXT@: + $(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $<` -o $@ + +#======================================================================== +# Distribution creation +# You may need to tweak this target to make it work correctly. +#======================================================================== + +#COMPRESS = tar cvf $(PKG_DIR).tar $(PKG_DIR); compress $(PKG_DIR).tar +COMPRESS = tar zcvf $(PKG_DIR).tar.gz $(PKG_DIR) +DIST_ROOT = /tmp/dist +DIST_DIR = $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR) + +DIST_INSTALL_DATA = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 644 +DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT = CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 755 + +dist-clean: + rm -rf $(DIST_DIR) $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR).tar.* + +dist: dist-clean + $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR) + + # TEA files + $(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \ + $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure.ac \ + $(DIST_DIR)/ + $(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/configure $(DIST_DIR)/ + + $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig + $(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/README.txt \ + $(srcdir)/tclconfig/tcl.m4 $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh \ + $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/ + + # Extension files + $(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) \ + $(srcdir)/ChangeLog \ + $(srcdir)/README.sha \ + $(srcdir)/license.terms \ + $(srcdir)/README \ + $(srcdir)/pkgIndex.tcl.in \ + $(DIST_DIR)/ + + list='demos doc generic library mac tests unix win'; \ + for p in $$list; do \ + if test -d $(srcdir)/$$p ; then \ + $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/$$p; \ + $(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p/* $(DIST_DIR)/$$p/; \ + fi; \ + done + + (cd $(DIST_ROOT); $(COMPRESS);) + +#======================================================================== +# End of user-definable section +#======================================================================== + +#======================================================================== +# Don't modify the file to clean here. Instead, set the "CLEANFILES" +# variable in configure.ac +#======================================================================== + +clean: + -test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES) + -rm -f $(PKG_OBJECTS) *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core + -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) + +distclean: clean + -rm -f *.tab.c + -rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) + -rm -f config.cache config.log config.status + +#======================================================================== +# Install binary object libraries. On Windows this includes both .dll and +# .lib files. Because the .lib files are not explicitly listed anywhere, +# we need to deduce their existence from the .dll file of the same name. +# Library files go into the lib directory. +# In addition, this will generate the pkgIndex.tcl +# file in the install location (assuming it can find a usable tclsh shell) +# +# You should not have to modify this target. +#======================================================================== + +install-lib-binaries: binaries + @$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir) + @list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f $$p; then \ + echo " $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \ + $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \ + ext=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\.//"`; \ + if test "x$$ext" = "xdll"; then \ + lib=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.lib; \ + if test -f $$lib; then \ + echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + done + @list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \ + destp=`basename $$p`; \ + echo " Install $$destp $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp; \ + fi; \ + done + @if test "x$(SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \ + echo " Install pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir); \ + fi + $(INSTALL_DATA) tkbltConfig.sh $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) + +#======================================================================== +# Install binary executables (e.g. .exe files and dependent .dll files) +# This is for files that must go in the bin directory (located next to +# wish and tclsh), like dependent .dll files on Windows. +# +# You should not have to modify this target, except to define bin_BINARIES +# above if necessary. +#======================================================================== + +install-bin-binaries: binaries + @$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) + @list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ + if test -f $$p; then \ + echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p"; \ + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \ + fi; \ + done + +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) \ + && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status + +uninstall-binaries: + list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \ + done + list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \ + p=`basename $$p`; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \ + done + list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \ + done + +.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install libraries test +.PHONY: gdb gdb-test valgrind valgrindshell + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/tkblt/README.md b/tkblt/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5a5b74 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +[](https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.1041783) +# tkblt +Introduction to the TkBLT library + +TkBLT is a library of extensions to the Tk library. It adds new +commands and variables to the application's interpreter. + +TkBLT is a derived version of the BLT Toolkit by George A. Howlett, +for Tcl/Tk 8.5/8.6, is TEA compatible, with full support for MacOSX and +Windows, and is fully compatible with the Tk API. TkBLT is released +under the original BSD license. TkBLT includes only the Graph and +Barchart Tk widgets, and the Tcl Vector command. + +The following commands are added to the interpreter from the TkBLT library: + +Graph: A 2D plotting widget. Plots two variable data in a window with an optional +legend and annotations. It has of several components; coordinate axes, +crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and tags. + +Barchart: A barchart widget. Plots two-variable data as rectangular bars in a +window. The x-coordinate values designate the position of the bar along +the x-axis, while the y-coordinate values designate the magnitude. +The barchart widget has of several components; coordinate axes, +crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and tags. + +Vector: Creates a vector of floating point values. The vector's components +can be manipulated in three ways: through a Tcl array variable, a Tcl +command, or the C API. diff --git a/tkblt/aclocal.m4 b/tkblt/aclocal.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b05739 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/aclocal.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# +# Include the TEA standard macro set +# + +builtin(include,tclconfig/tcl.m4) + +# +# Add here whatever m4 macros you want to define for your package +# diff --git a/tkblt/configure b/tkblt/configure new file mode 100755 index 0000000..2d1ecc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/configure @@ -0,0 +1,10270 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for tkblt 3.2. +# +# +# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +## -------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## -------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( + *posix*) : + set -o posix ;; #( + *) : + ;; +esac +fi + + +as_nl=' +' +export as_nl +# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. +as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, +# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. +if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ + && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='print -r --' + as_echo_n='print -rn --' +elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='printf %s\n' + as_echo_n='printf %s' +else + if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then + as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' + as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' + else + as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' + as_echo_n_body='eval + arg=$1; + case $arg in #( + *"$as_nl"*) + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; + arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; + esac; + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" + ' + export as_echo_n_body + as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' + fi + export as_echo_body + as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' +fi + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +as_myself= +case $0 in #(( + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in +# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" +# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could +# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. +for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ + && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE + +# CDPATH. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + +# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall + # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves. + if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then + _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec; + # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a +# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also +# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. +# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. +BASH_ENV=/dev/null +ENV=/dev/null +(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV +case $- in # (((( + *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; + *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; + *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; + * ) as_opts= ;; +esac +exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} +# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail +# out after a failed `exec'. +$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 +as_fn_exit 255 + fi + # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses. + { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;} +if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then + as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( + *posix*) : + set -o posix ;; #( + *) : + ;; +esac +fi +" + as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } +as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } +as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } +as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } +as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } + +exitcode=0 +as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } +as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } +as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } +as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } +if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : + +else + exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. +fi +test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1 +test -x / || exit 1" + as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO + as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO + eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && + test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1 +test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1" + if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : + as_have_required=yes +else + as_have_required=no +fi + if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : + +else + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +as_found=false +for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + as_found=: + case $as_dir in #( + /*) + for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do + # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. + as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base + if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && + { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : + CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes + if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : + break 2 +fi +fi + done;; + esac + as_found=false +done +$as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && + { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : + CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes +fi; } +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + + if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : + export CONFIG_SHELL + # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a +# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also +# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. +# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. +BASH_ENV=/dev/null +ENV=/dev/null +(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV +case $- in # (((( + *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; + *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; + *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; + * ) as_opts= ;; +esac +exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} +# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail +# out after a failed `exec'. +$as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 +exit 255 +fi + + if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : + $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" + $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." + if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then + $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" + $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." + else + $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system, +$0: including any error possibly output before this +$0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run +$0: the script under such a shell if you do have one." + fi + exit 1 +fi +fi +fi +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} +export SHELL +# Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. +CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= +unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS + +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Shell Functions. ## +## --------------------- ## +# as_fn_unset VAR +# --------------- +# Portably unset VAR. +as_fn_unset () +{ + { eval $1=; unset $1;} +} +as_unset=as_fn_unset + +# as_fn_set_status STATUS +# ----------------------- +# Set $? to STATUS, without forking. +as_fn_set_status () +{ + return $1 +} # as_fn_set_status + +# as_fn_exit STATUS +# ----------------- +# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. +as_fn_exit () +{ + set +e + as_fn_set_status $1 + exit $1 +} # as_fn_exit + +# as_fn_mkdir_p +# ------------- +# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. +as_fn_mkdir_p () +{ + + case $as_dir in #( + -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; + esac + test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { + as_dirs= + while :; do + case $as_dir in #( + *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( + *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; + esac + as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" + as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + test -d "$as_dir" && break + done + test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" + } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" + + +} # as_fn_mkdir_p + +# as_fn_executable_p FILE +# ----------------------- +# Test if FILE is an executable regular file. +as_fn_executable_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" +} # as_fn_executable_p +# as_fn_append VAR VALUE +# ---------------------- +# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take +# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over +# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive +# implementations. +if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : + eval 'as_fn_append () + { + eval $1+=\$2 + }' +else + as_fn_append () + { + eval $1=\$$1\$2 + } +fi # as_fn_append + +# as_fn_arith ARG... +# ------------------ +# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the +# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments +# must be portable across $(()) and expr. +if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : + eval 'as_fn_arith () + { + as_val=$(( $* )) + }' +else + as_fn_arith () + { + as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` + } +fi # as_fn_arith + + +# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] +# ---------------------------------------- +# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are +# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the +# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. +as_fn_error () +{ + as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 + if test "$4"; then + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 + fi + $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 + as_fn_exit $as_status +} # as_fn_error + +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO + eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && + test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { + # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) + sed -n ' + p + /[$]LINENO/= + ' <$as_myself | + sed ' + s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ + t lineno + b + :lineno + N + :loop + s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ + t loop + s/-\n.*// + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || + { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } + + # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have + # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall + # in an infinite loop. This has already happened in practice. + _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). + . "./$as_me.lineno" + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in #((((( +-n*) + case `echo 'xy\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + xy) ECHO_C='\c';; + *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null + ECHO_T=' ';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null +fi +if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then + if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -pR' + elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln + else + as_ln_s='cp -pR' + fi +else + as_ln_s='cp -pR' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +as_test_x='test -x' +as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + +test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 </dev/null +exec 6>&1 + +# Name of the host. +# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status, +# so uname gets run too. +ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` + +# +# Initializations. +# +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +ac_clean_files= +ac_config_libobj_dir=. +LIBOBJS= +cross_compiling=no +subdirs= +MFLAGS= +MAKEFLAGS= + +# Identity of this package. +PACKAGE_NAME='tkblt' +PACKAGE_TARNAME='tkblt' +PACKAGE_VERSION='3.2' +PACKAGE_STRING='tkblt 3.2' +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' +PACKAGE_URL='' + +# Factoring default headers for most tests. +ac_includes_default="\ +#include <stdio.h> +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include <sys/types.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H +# include <sys/stat.h> +#endif +#ifdef STDC_HEADERS +# include <stdlib.h> +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include <stdlib.h> +# endif +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +# if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H +# include <memory.h> +# endif +# include <string.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H +# include <strings.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include <unistd.h> +#endif" + +ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS +LIBOBJS +PATCHLEVEL +MINOR_VERSION +MAJOR_VERSION +tkblt_STUB_LIB_PATH +tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH +tkblt_STUB_LIB_SPEC +tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC +tkblt_LIB_SPEC +tkblt_BUILD_LIB_SPEC +WISH_PROG +TCLSH_PROG +VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE +VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL +RANLIB_STUB +MAKE_STUB_LIB +MAKE_STATIC_LIB +MAKE_SHARED_LIB +MAKE_LIB +TCL_DBGX +LDFLAGS_DEFAULT +CFLAGS_DEFAULT +LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR +SHLIB_CFLAGS +SHLIB_LD_LIBS +SHLIB_LD +STLIB_LD +CFLAGS_WARNING +CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE +CFLAGS_DEBUG +RC +CELIB_DIR +AR +STUBS_BUILD +SHARED_BUILD +TCL_THREADS +XMKMF +TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE +TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE +TK_INCLUDES +TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE +TCL_INCLUDES +PKG_OBJECTS +PKG_SOURCES +EGREP +GREP +RANLIB +SET_MAKE +CPP +TK_XINCLUDES +TK_LIBS +TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC +TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG +TK_STUB_LIB_FILE +TK_LIB_SPEC +TK_LIB_FLAG +TK_LIB_FILE +TK_SRC_DIR +TK_BIN_DIR +TK_VERSION +TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS +TCL_LD_FLAGS +TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS +TCL_DEFS +TCL_LIBS +CLEANFILES +OBJEXT +ac_ct_CC +CPPFLAGS +LDFLAGS +CFLAGS +CC +TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC +TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG +TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE +TCL_LIB_SPEC +TCL_LIB_FLAG +TCL_LIB_FILE +TCL_SRC_DIR +TCL_BIN_DIR +TCL_PATCH_LEVEL +TCL_VERSION +INSTALL_LIBRARY +INSTALL_SCRIPT +INSTALL_PROGRAM +INSTALL_DATA +INSTALL_DATA_DIR +INSTALL +PKG_CFLAGS +PKG_LIBS +PKG_INCLUDES +PKG_HEADERS +PKG_TCL_SOURCES +PKG_STUB_OBJECTS +PKG_STUB_SOURCES +PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE +PKG_LIB_FILE +EXEEXT +CYGPATH +target_alias +host_alias +build_alias +LIBS +ECHO_T +ECHO_N +ECHO_C +DEFS +mandir +localedir +libdir +psdir +pdfdir +dvidir +htmldir +infodir +docdir +oldincludedir +includedir +localstatedir +sharedstatedir +sysconfdir +datadir +datarootdir +libexecdir +sbindir +bindir +program_transform_name +prefix +exec_prefix +PACKAGE_URL +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT +PACKAGE_STRING +PACKAGE_VERSION +PACKAGE_TARNAME +PACKAGE_NAME +PATH_SEPARATOR +SHELL' +ac_subst_files='' +ac_user_opts=' +enable_option_checking +with_tcl +with_tk +with_tclinclude +with_tkinclude +with_x +enable_threads +enable_shared +enable_stubs +enable_64bit +enable_64bit_vis +enable_rpath +enable_wince +with_celib +enable_symbols +' + ac_precious_vars='build_alias +host_alias +target_alias +CC +CFLAGS +LDFLAGS +LIBS +CPPFLAGS +CPP +XMKMF' + + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +ac_init_help= +ac_init_version=false +ac_unrecognized_opts= +ac_unrecognized_sep= +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +cache_file=/dev/null +exec_prefix=NONE +no_create= +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE + +# Installation directory options. +# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" +# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix +# by default will actually change. +# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. +# (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datarootdir='${prefix}/share' +datadir='${datarootdir}' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' +infodir='${datarootdir}/info' +htmldir='${docdir}' +dvidir='${docdir}' +pdfdir='${docdir}' +psdir='${docdir}' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' +mandir='${datarootdir}/man' + +ac_prev= +ac_dashdash= +for ac_option +do + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case $ac_option in + *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; + *=) ac_optarg= ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in + --) + ac_dashdash=yes ;; + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build_alias ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; + + --config-cache | -C) + cache_file=config.cache ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) + datadir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ + | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) + ac_prev=datarootdir ;; + -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ + | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) + datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"enable_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; + + -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) + ac_prev=docdir ;; + -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) + docdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) + ac_prev=dvidir ;; + -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) + dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"enable_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) + ac_init_help=long ;; + -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) + ac_init_help=recursive ;; + -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) + ac_init_help=short ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host_alias ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) + ac_prev=htmldir ;; + -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ + | --ht=*) + htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) + ac_prev=localedir ;; + -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) + localedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) + localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; + + -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) + ac_prev=pdfdir ;; + -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) + pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) + ac_prev=psdir ;; + -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) + psdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site=$ac_optarg ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target_alias ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) + ac_init_version=: ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"with_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" + ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt + ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` + case $ac_user_opts in + *" +"with_$ac_useropt" +"*) ;; + *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" + ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; + esac + eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; + + -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' +Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + ;; + + *=*) + ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + case $ac_envvar in #( + '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) + as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; + esac + eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg + export $ac_envvar ;; + + *) + # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 + expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 + : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}" + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` + as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option" +fi + +if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then + case $enable_option_checking in + no) ;; + fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; + *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; + esac +fi + +# Check all directory arguments for consistency. +for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ + datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ + oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ + libdir localedir mandir +do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + # Remove trailing slashes. + case $ac_val in + */ ) + ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` + eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; + esac + # Be sure to have absolute directory names. + case $ac_val in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; + NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; + esac + as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" +done + +# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' +# used to hold the argument of --host etc. +# FIXME: To remove some day. +build=$build_alias +host=$host_alias +target=$target_alias + +# FIXME: To remove some day. +if test "x$host_alias" != x; then + if test "x$build_alias" = x; then + cross_compiling=maybe + elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then + cross_compiling=yes + fi +fi + +ac_tool_prefix= +test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- + +test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null + + +ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && +ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && +ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || + as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined" +test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || + as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory" + + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. + ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || +$as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_myself" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then + test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." + as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" +fi +ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" +ac_abs_confdir=`( + cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg" + pwd)` +# When building in place, set srcdir=. +if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then + srcdir=. +fi +# Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. +# Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info +# mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. +case $srcdir in +*/) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; +esac +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} + eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} +done + +# +# Report the --help message. +# +if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat <<_ACEOF +\`configure' configures tkblt 3.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... + +To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as +VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. + +Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. + +Configuration: + -h, --help display this help and exit + --help=short display options specific to this package + --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages + -V, --version display version information and exit + -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] + -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' + -n, --no-create do not create output files + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] + +Installation directories: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [PREFIX] + +By default, \`make install' will install all the files in +\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify +an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', +for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. + +For better control, use the options below. + +Fine tuning of the installation directories: + --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] + --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] + --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] + --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] + --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] + --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/tkblt] + --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] + --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] + --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] + --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] +_ACEOF + + cat <<\_ACEOF + +X features: + --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR + --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR +_ACEOF +fi + +if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then + case $ac_init_help in + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of tkblt 3.2:";; + esac + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Optional Features: + --disable-option-checking ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --enable-threads build with threads (default: on) + --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on) + --enable-stubs build and link with stub libraries. Always true for + shared builds (default: on) + --enable-64bit enable 64bit support (default: off) + --enable-64bit-vis enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off) + --disable-rpath disable rpath support (default: on) + --enable-wince enable Win/CE support (where applicable) + --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off) + +Optional Packages: + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --with-tcl directory containing tcl configuration + (tclConfig.sh) + --with-tk directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh) + --with-tclinclude directory containing the public Tcl header files + --with-tkinclude directory containing the public Tk header files + --with-x use the X Window System + --with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR + +Some influential environment variables: + CC C compiler command + CFLAGS C compiler flags + LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a + nonstandard directory <lib dir> + LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l<library> + CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if + you have headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir> + CPP C preprocessor + XMKMF Path to xmkmf, Makefile generator for X Window System + +Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help +it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. + +Report bugs to the package provider. +_ACEOF +ac_status=$? +fi + +if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then + # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. + for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue + test -d "$ac_dir" || + { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || + continue + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } + # Check for guested configure. + if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive + elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then + echo && + $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive + else + $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 + fi || ac_status=$? + cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } + done +fi + +test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status +if $ac_init_version; then + cat <<\_ACEOF +tkblt configure 3.2 +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 + +Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +_ACEOF + exit +fi + +## ------------------------ ## +## Autoconf initialization. ## +## ------------------------ ## + +# ac_fn_c_try_compile LINENO +# -------------------------- +# Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. +ac_fn_c_try_compile () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext + if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + fi + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : + ac_retval=0 +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_retval=1 +fi + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval + +} # ac_fn_c_try_compile + +# ac_fn_c_try_cpp LINENO +# ---------------------- +# Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. +ac_fn_c_try_cpp () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + fi + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && { + test -z "$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + }; then : + ac_retval=0 +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_retval=1 +fi + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval + +} # ac_fn_c_try_cpp + +# ac_fn_c_try_run LINENO +# ---------------------- +# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes +# that executables *can* be run. +ac_fn_c_try_run () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + if { { ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { { case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then : + ac_retval=0 +else + $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_retval=$ac_status +fi + rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval + +} # ac_fn_c_try_run + +# ac_fn_c_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES +# ------------------------------------------------------- +# Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in +# INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly. +ac_fn_c_check_header_compile () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } +if eval \${$3+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$4 +#include <$2> +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + eval "$3=yes" +else + eval "$3=no" +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +eval ac_res=\$$3 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + +} # ac_fn_c_check_header_compile + +# ac_fn_c_try_link LINENO +# ----------------------- +# Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. +ac_fn_c_try_link () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext + if { { ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + fi + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } && { + test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" || + test ! -s conftest.err + } && test -s conftest$ac_exeext && { + test "$cross_compiling" = yes || + test -x conftest$ac_exeext + }; then : + ac_retval=0 +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + ac_retval=1 +fi + # Delete the IPA/IPO (Inter Procedural Analysis/Optimization) information + # created by the PGI compiler (conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo), as it would + # interfere with the next link command; also delete a directory that is + # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. + rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval + +} # ac_fn_c_try_link + +# ac_fn_c_check_func LINENO FUNC VAR +# ---------------------------------- +# Tests whether FUNC exists, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly +ac_fn_c_check_func () +{ + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } +if eval \${$3+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +/* Define $2 to an innocuous variant, in case <limits.h> declares $2. + For example, HP-UX 11i <limits.h> declares gettimeofday. */ +#define $2 innocuous_$2 + +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $2 (); below. + Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. */ + +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + +#undef $2 + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char $2 (); +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined __stub_$2 || defined __stub___$2 +choke me +#endif + +int +main () +{ +return $2 (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + eval "$3=yes" +else + eval "$3=no" +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +eval ac_res=\$$3 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } + eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno + +} # ac_fn_c_check_func +cat >config.log <<_ACEOF +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. + +It was created by tkblt $as_me 3.2, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was + + $ $0 $@ + +_ACEOF +exec 5>>config.log +{ +cat <<_ASUNAME +## --------- ## +## Platform. ## +## --------- ## + +hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +_ASUNAME + +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +} >&5 + +cat >&5 <<_ACEOF + + +## ----------- ## +## Core tests. ## +## ----------- ## + +_ACEOF + + +# Keep a trace of the command line. +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. +# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. +# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. +ac_configure_args= +ac_configure_args0= +ac_configure_args1= +ac_must_keep_next=false +for ac_pass in 1 2 +do + for ac_arg + do + case $ac_arg in + -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + continue ;; + *\'*) + ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + esac + case $ac_pass in + 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; + 2) + as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" + if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then + ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. + else + case $ac_arg in + *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ + | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ + | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ + | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) + case "$ac_configure_args0 " in + "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; + esac + ;; + -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; + esac + fi + as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" + ;; + esac + done +done +{ ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} +{ ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} + +# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete +# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there +# would cause problems or look ugly. +# WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. +# WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. +trap 'exit_status=$? + # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. + { + echo + + $as_echo "## ---------------- ## +## Cache variables. ## +## ---------------- ##" + echo + # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( + *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + sed -n \ + "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" + ;; #( + *) + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) + echo + + $as_echo "## ----------------- ## +## Output variables. ## +## ----------------- ##" + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + + if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then + $as_echo "## ------------------- ## +## File substitutions. ## +## ------------------- ##" + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_files + do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in + *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; + esac + $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" + done | sort + echo + fi + + if test -s confdefs.h; then + $as_echo "## ----------- ## +## confdefs.h. ## +## ----------- ##" + echo + cat confdefs.h + echo + fi + test "$ac_signal" != 0 && + $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" + $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" + } >&5 + rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && + rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && + exit $exit_status +' 0 +for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do + trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal +done +ac_signal=0 + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h + +$as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h + +# Predefined preprocessor variables. + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" +_ACEOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" +_ACEOF + + +# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. +# Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +ac_site_file1=NONE +ac_site_file2=NONE +if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + # We do not want a PATH search for config.site. + case $CONFIG_SITE in #(( + -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; + */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;; + *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; + esac +elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site + ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site +else + ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site + ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site +fi +for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" +do + test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue + if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} + sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 + . "$ac_site_file" \ + || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files + # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. + if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} + case $cache_file in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; + *) . "./$cache_file";; + esac + fi +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + >$cache_file +fi + +# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same +# value. +ac_cache_corrupted=false +for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do + eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value + eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value + case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in + set,) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,set) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,);; + *) + if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then + # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. + ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` + ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` + if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} + eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val + fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} + fi;; + esac + # Pass precious variables to config.status. + if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then + case $ac_new_val in + *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; + esac + case " $ac_configure_args " in + *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. + *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; + esac + fi +done +if $ac_cache_corrupted; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} + as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 +fi +## -------------------- ## +## Main body of script. ## +## -------------------- ## + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars. +# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows" +# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + TEA_VERSION="3.13" + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking TEA configuration" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking TEA configuration... " >&6; } + if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then + as_fn_error $? " +The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.ac" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&5 +$as_echo "ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&6; } + + # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep macros + # like AC_PROG_CC and AC_TRY_COMPILE from adding "-g -O2". + if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then + CFLAGS="" + fi + + case "`uname -s`" in + *win32*|*WIN32*|*MINGW32_*|*MINGW64_*) + # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then + ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo" +fi +fi +CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH +if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CYGPATH" >&5 +$as_echo "$CYGPATH" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + EXEEXT=".exe" + TEA_PLATFORM="windows" + ;; + *CYGWIN_*) + EXEEXT=".exe" + # CYGPATH and TEA_PLATFORM are determined later in LOAD_TCLCONFIG + ;; + *) + CYGPATH=echo + # Maybe we are cross-compiling.... + case ${host_alias} in + *mingw32*) + EXEEXT=".exe" + TEA_PLATFORM="windows" + ;; + *) + EXEEXT="" + TEA_PLATFORM="unix" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + + # Check if exec_prefix is set. If not use fall back to prefix. + # Note when adjusted, so that TEA_PREFIX can correct for this. + # This is needed for recursive configures, since autoconf propagates + # $prefix, but not $exec_prefix (doh!). + if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE ; then + exec_prefix_default=yes + exec_prefix=$prefix + fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: configuring ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION}" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: configuring ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION}" >&6;} + + + + + # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work + + # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too. + + + # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed, + # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_... + + + + + + + + + # Configure the installer. + + INSTALL='$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh -c' + INSTALL_DATA_DIR='${INSTALL} -d -m 755' + INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL} -m 755' + INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL} -m 755' + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking system version" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking system version... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_sys_version+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + # TEA specific: + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + tcl_cv_sys_version=windows + else + tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r` + if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&2;} + tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown + else + if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then + tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r` + fi + fi + fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_sys_version" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_sys_version" >&6; } + system=$tcl_cv_sys_version + + case $system in + HP-UX-*) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 755' ;; + *) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 644' ;; + esac + + + + + + + + + + +ac_aux_dir= +for ac_dir in tclconfig "$srcdir"/tclconfig; do + if test -f "$ac_dir/install-sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/install.sh"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" + break + elif test -f "$ac_dir/shtool"; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/shtool install -c" + break + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then + as_fn_error $? "cannot find install-sh, install.sh, or shtool in tclconfig \"$srcdir\"/tclconfig" "$LINENO" 5 +fi + +# These three variables are undocumented and unsupported, +# and are intended to be withdrawn in a future Autoconf release. +# They can cause serious problems if a builder's source tree is in a directory +# whose full name contains unusual characters. +ac_config_guess="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.guess" # Please don't use this var. +ac_config_sub="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/config.sub" # Please don't use this var. +ac_configure="$SHELL $ac_aux_dir/configure" # Please don't use this var. + + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Load the tclConfig.sh file +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + + # + # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration + # First, look for one uninstalled. + # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl + # + + if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then + # we reset no_tcl in case something fails here + no_tcl=true + +# Check whether --with-tcl was given. +if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then : + withval=$with_tcl; with_tclconfig="${withval}" +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl configuration... " >&6; } + if ${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + + # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified. + if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then + case "${with_tclconfig}" in + */tclConfig.sh ) + if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;} + with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`" + fi ;; + esac + if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`" + else + as_fn_error $? "${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + fi + + # then check for a private Tcl installation + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ../tcl \ + `ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../tcl \ + `ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../../tcl \ + `ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`" + break + fi + if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Network/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # check in a few common install locations + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # check in a few other private locations + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ${srcdir}/../tcl \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`" + break + fi + if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + +fi + + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found" + as_fn_error $? "Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5 + else + no_tcl= + TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5 +$as_echo "found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; } + fi + fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + fi +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + ac_prog_rejected=no +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# != 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in cl.exe + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$CC" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + for ac_prog in cl.exe +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +fi + +fi + + +test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } + +# Provide some information about the compiler. +$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 +set X $ac_compile +ac_compiler=$2 +for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do + { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + sed '10a\ +... rest of stderr output deleted ... + 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + fi + rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } +done + +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" +# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. +# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition +# of exeext. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } +ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` + +# The possible output files: +ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" + +ac_rmfiles= +for ac_file in $ac_files +do + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; + esac +done +rm -f $ac_rmfiles + +if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then : + # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. +# So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' +# in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, +# so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to +# Autoconf. +for ac_file in $ac_files '' +do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) + ;; + [ab].out ) + # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most + # certainly right. + break;; + *.* ) + if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; + then :; else + ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + fi + # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not + # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' + # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. + # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of + # actually working. + break;; + * ) + break;; + esac +done +test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= + +else + ac_file='' +fi +if test -z "$ac_file"; then : + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error 77 "C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } +ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext + +rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } +if { { ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then : + # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) +# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will +# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with +# `rm'. +for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + break;; + * ) break;; + esac +done +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } +fi +rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } + +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext +ac_exeext=$EXEEXT +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdio.h> +int +main () +{ +FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); + return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" +# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } +if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then + { { ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } + if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' + { { case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then + cross_compiling=no + else + if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then + cross_compiling=yes + else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } + fi + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 +$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } + +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj +if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; then : + for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue; + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; + *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` + break;; + esac +done +else + $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } +fi +rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } +OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext +ac_objext=$OBJEXT +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef __GNUC__ + choke me +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_compiler_gnu=yes +else + ac_compiler_gnu=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } +if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then + GCC=yes +else + GCC= +fi +ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag + ac_c_werror_flag=yes + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no + CFLAGS="-g" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + CFLAGS="" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + +else + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag + CFLAGS="-g" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } +if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS +elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-g" + fi +else + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-O2" + else + CFLAGS= + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no +ac_save_CC=$CC +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdio.h> +struct stat; +/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ +struct buf { int x; }; +FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); +static char *e (p, i) + char **p; + int i; +{ + return p[i]; +} +static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) +{ + char *s; + va_list v; + va_start (v,p); + s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); + va_end (v); + return s; +} + +/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has + function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. + These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated + as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get + proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an + array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something + that's true only with -std. */ +int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters + inside strings and character constants. */ +#define FOO(x) 'x' +int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; + +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; +int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); +int argc; +char **argv; +int +main () +{ +return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ + -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" +do + CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" + if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break +done +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +CC=$ac_save_CC + +fi +# AC_CACHE_VAL +case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in + x) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 +$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; + xno) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 +$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; + *) + CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; +esac +if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : + +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... " >&6; } + + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: loading" >&5 +$as_echo "loading" >&6; } + . "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5 +$as_echo "could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6; } + fi + + # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution + eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\"" + eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\"" + + # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory), + # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables. + # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value + # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC + # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an + # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl. + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}" + TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}" + elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries + # from the framework at the given location so that linking works + # against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location. + case ${TCL_DEFS} in + *TCL_FRAMEWORK*) + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then + for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \ + "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do + if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then + TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}" + break + fi + done + fi + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then + TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" + TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}" + fi + ;; + esac + fi + + # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution + eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\"" + eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\"" + eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\"" + eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\"" + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking platform" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking platform... " >&6; } + hold_cc=$CC; CC="$TCL_CC" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + #ifdef _WIN32 + #error win32 + #endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + + TEA_PLATFORM="unix" + CYGPATH=echo + +else + + TEA_PLATFORM="windows" + # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then + ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo" +fi +fi +CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH +if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CYGPATH" >&5 +$as_echo "$CYGPATH" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + CC=$hold_cc + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $TEA_PLATFORM" >&5 +$as_echo "$TEA_PLATFORM" >&6; } + + # The BUILD_$pkg is to define the correct extern storage class + # handling when making this package + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define BUILD_${PACKAGE_NAME} /**/ +_ACEOF + + # Do this here as we have fully defined TEA_PLATFORM now + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + EXEEXT=".exe" + CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.lib *.dll *.pdb *.exp" + fi + + # TEA specific: + + + + + + + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension) +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + # + # Ok, lets find the tk configuration + # First, look for one uninstalled. + # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk + # + + if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then + # we reset no_tk in case something fails here + no_tk=true + +# Check whether --with-tk was given. +if test "${with_tk+set}" = set; then : + withval=$with_tk; with_tkconfig="${withval}" +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tk configuration" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for Tk configuration... " >&6; } + if ${ac_cv_c_tkconfig+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + + # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified. + if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then + case "${with_tkconfig}" in + */tkConfig.sh ) + if test -f "${with_tkconfig}"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: --with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself" >&2;} + with_tkconfig="`echo "${with_tkconfig}" | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`" + fi ;; + esac + if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd "${with_tkconfig}"; pwd)`" + else + as_fn_error $? "${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + fi + + # then check for a private Tk library + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ../tk \ + `ls -dr ../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../tk \ + `ls -dr ../../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../../tk \ + `ls -dr ../../../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`" + break + fi + if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Network/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # check in a few common install locations + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # check in a few other private locations + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ${srcdir}/../tk \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[8-9].[0-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[8-9].[0-9] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`" + break + fi + if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + +fi + + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found" + as_fn_error $? "Can't find Tk configuration definitions. Use --with-tk to specify a directory containing tkConfig.sh" "$LINENO" 5 + else + no_tk= + TK_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&5 +$as_echo "found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&6; } + fi + fi + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh... " >&6; } + + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: loading" >&5 +$as_echo "loading" >&6; } + . "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&5 +$as_echo "could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" >&6; } + fi + + # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution + eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\"" + eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\"" + + # If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory), + # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables. + # For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value + # of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC + # instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an + # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl. + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + TK_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}" + TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}" + elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries + # from the framework at the given location so that linking works + # against Tk.framework installed in an arbitrary location. + case ${TK_DEFS} in + *TK_FRAMEWORK*) + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}"; then + for i in "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \ + "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do + if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TK_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then + TK_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TK_LIB_FILE}" + break + fi + done + fi + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then + TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L` echo "${TK_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" + TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}" + fi + ;; + esac + fi + + # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution + eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\"" + eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\"" + eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\"" + eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\"" + + # TEA specific: Ensure windowingsystem is defined + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then + case ${TK_DEFS} in + *MAC_OSX_TK*) + +$as_echo "#define MAC_OSX_TK 1" >>confdefs.h + + TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="aqua" + ;; + *) + TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="x11" + ;; + esac + elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="win32" + fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + # TEA specific: + + + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave. +# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER. +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then + prefix_default=yes + if test x"${TCL_PREFIX}" != x; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: --prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}" >&6;} + prefix=${TCL_PREFIX} + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --prefix defaulting to /usr/local" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: --prefix defaulting to /usr/local" >&6;} + prefix=/usr/local + fi + fi + if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE" -a x"${prefix_default}" = x"yes" \ + -o x"${exec_prefix_default}" = x"yes" ; then + if test x"${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" != x; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: --exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" >&6;} + exec_prefix=${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX} + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: --exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: --exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}" >&6;} + exec_prefix=$prefix + fi + fi + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Standard compiler checks. +# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise. +# This also calls AC_PROG_CC and a few others to create the basic setup +# necessary to compile executables. +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + # Don't put any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) + # in this macro, they need to go into TEA_SETUP_COMPILER instead. + + ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + fi +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + ac_prog_rejected=no +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# != 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in cl.exe + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$CC" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + for ac_prog in cl.exe +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_CC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + + test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break +done + + if test "x$ac_ct_CC" = x; then + CC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + CC=$ac_ct_CC + fi +fi + +fi + + +test -z "$CC" && { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } + +# Provide some information about the compiler. +$as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler version" >&5 +set X $ac_compile +ac_compiler=$2 +for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do + { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err + ac_status=$? + if test -s conftest.err; then + sed '10a\ +... rest of stderr output deleted ... + 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 + cat conftest.er1 >&5 + fi + rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } +done + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef __GNUC__ + choke me +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_compiler_gnu=yes +else + ac_compiler_gnu=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6; } +if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then + GCC=yes +else + GCC= +fi +ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether $CC accepts -g... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_save_c_werror_flag=$ac_c_werror_flag + ac_c_werror_flag=yes + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no + CFLAGS="-g" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + CFLAGS="" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + +else + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag + CFLAGS="-g" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + ac_c_werror_flag=$ac_save_c_werror_flag +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6; } +if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS +elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-g" + fi +else + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CFLAGS="-O2" + else + CFLAGS= + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $CC option to accept ISO C89... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_cc_c89+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=no +ac_save_CC=$CC +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdio.h> +struct stat; +/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ +struct buf { int x; }; +FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); +static char *e (p, i) + char **p; + int i; +{ + return p[i]; +} +static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) +{ + char *s; + va_list v; + va_start (v,p); + s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); + va_end (v); + return s; +} + +/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has + function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. + These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated + as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std is added to get + proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an + array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something + that's true only with -std. */ +int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +/* IBM C 6 for AIX is almost-ANSI by default, but it replaces macro parameters + inside strings and character constants. */ +#define FOO(x) 'x' +int xlc6_cc_array[FOO(a) == 'x' ? 1 : -1]; + +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; +int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); +int argc; +char **argv; +int +main () +{ +return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +for ac_arg in '' -qlanglvl=extc89 -qlanglvl=ansi -std \ + -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" +do + CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" + if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_prog_cc_c89=$ac_arg +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext + test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != "xno" && break +done +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +CC=$ac_save_CC + +fi +# AC_CACHE_VAL +case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" in + x) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none needed" >&5 +$as_echo "none needed" >&6; } ;; + xno) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: unsupported" >&5 +$as_echo "unsupported" >&6; } ;; + *) + CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" >&6; } ;; +esac +if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c89" != xno; then : + +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor... " >&6; } +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then + if ${ac_cv_prog_CPP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded + for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" + do + ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + +else + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ac_nonexistent.h> +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then : + break +fi + + done + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP + +fi + CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP +else + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CPP" >&5 +$as_echo "$CPP" >&6; } +ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + +else + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ac_nonexistent.h> +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then : + +else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error $? "C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable. + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... " >&6; } +set x ${MAKE-make} +ac_make=`$as_echo "$2" | sed 's/+/p/g; s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` +if eval \${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF +SHELL = /bin/sh +all: + @echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%' +_ACEOF +# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. +case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in + *@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;; + *) + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;; +esac +rm -f conftest.make +fi +if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + SET_MAKE= +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" +fi + + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Find ranlib + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then + ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB + # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB +if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then + RANLIB="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB + fi +else + RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" +fi + + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.) + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -z "$GREP"; then + ac_path_GREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP +case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" + ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 + done + done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then + as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 + fi +else + ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP +fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } + GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" + else + if test -z "$EGREP"; then + ac_path_EGREP_found=false + # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_prog in egrep; do + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" + as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue +# Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. + # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP +case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in +*GNU*) + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; +*) + ac_count=0 + $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" + while : + do + cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" + mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" + cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" + $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" + "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break + diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break + as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val + if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then + # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one + ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" + ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count + fi + # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough + test $ac_count -gt 10 && break + done + rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; +esac + + $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 + done + done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then + as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 + fi +else + ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP +fi + + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } + EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" + + +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <float.h> + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <string.h> + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdlib.h> + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + : +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) +# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#else +# define ISLOWER(c) \ + (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ + || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ + || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) +#endif + +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int +main () +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) + || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) + return 2; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : + +else + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ + conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext +fi + +fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + +$as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h + +fi + +# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. +for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ + inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h +do : + as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +ac_fn_c_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default +" +if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + + + # Any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) have to go here. + + + #------------------------------------------------------------------------ + # If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it. + # It makes compiling go faster. (This is only a performance feature.) + #------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + if test -z "$no_pipe" -a -n "$GCC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if the compiler understands -pipe" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if the compiler understands -pipe... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_cc_pipe+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes +else + tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_pipe" >&6; } + if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe" + fi + fi + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Common compiler flag setup + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_c_bigendian+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown + # See if we're dealing with a universal compiler. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifndef __APPLE_CC__ + not a universal capable compiler + #endif + typedef int dummy; + +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + + # Check for potential -arch flags. It is not universal unless + # there are at least two -arch flags with different values. + ac_arch= + ac_prev= + for ac_word in $CC $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS; do + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + case $ac_word in + i?86 | x86_64 | ppc | ppc64) + if test -z "$ac_arch" || test "$ac_arch" = "$ac_word"; then + ac_arch=$ac_word + else + ac_cv_c_bigendian=universal + break + fi + ;; + esac + ac_prev= + elif test "x$ac_word" = "x-arch"; then + ac_prev=arch + fi + done +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then + # See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + #include <sys/param.h> + +int +main () +{ +#if ! (defined BYTE_ORDER && defined BIG_ENDIAN \ + && defined LITTLE_ENDIAN && BYTE_ORDER && BIG_ENDIAN \ + && LITTLE_ENDIAN) + bogus endian macros + #endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + # It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/types.h> + #include <sys/param.h> + +int +main () +{ +#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN + not big endian + #endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes +else + ac_cv_c_bigendian=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + fi + if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then + # See if <limits.h> defines _LITTLE_ENDIAN or _BIG_ENDIAN (e.g., Solaris). + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <limits.h> + +int +main () +{ +#if ! (defined _LITTLE_ENDIAN || defined _BIG_ENDIAN) + bogus endian macros + #endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + # It does; now see whether it defined to _BIG_ENDIAN or not. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <limits.h> + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef _BIG_ENDIAN + not big endian + #endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes +else + ac_cv_c_bigendian=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + fi + if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then + # Compile a test program. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + # Try to guess by grepping values from an object file. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +short int ascii_mm[] = + { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 }; + short int ascii_ii[] = + { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 }; + int use_ascii (int i) { + return ascii_mm[i] + ascii_ii[i]; + } + short int ebcdic_ii[] = + { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 }; + short int ebcdic_mm[] = + { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 }; + int use_ebcdic (int i) { + return ebcdic_mm[i] + ebcdic_ii[i]; + } + extern int foo; + +int +main () +{ +return use_ascii (foo) == use_ebcdic (foo); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + if grep BIGenDianSyS conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null; then + ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes + fi + if grep LiTTleEnDian conftest.$ac_objext >/dev/null ; then + if test "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" = unknown; then + ac_cv_c_bigendian=no + else + # finding both strings is unlikely to happen, but who knows? + ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown + fi + fi +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +int +main () +{ + + /* Are we little or big endian? From Harbison&Steele. */ + union + { + long int l; + char c[sizeof (long int)]; + } u; + u.l = 1; + return u.c[sizeof (long int) - 1] == 1; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_c_bigendian=no +else + ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ + conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_c_bigendian" >&6; } + case $ac_cv_c_bigendian in #( + yes) + $as_echo "#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1" >>confdefs.h +;; #( + no) + ;; #( + universal) + +$as_echo "#define AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h + + ;; #( + *) + as_fn_error $? "unknown endianness + presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" "$LINENO" 5 ;; + esac + + + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# __CHANGE__ +# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES, +# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS, +# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES, +# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES. +# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS +# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES. +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + vars=" +tkbltChain.C +tkbltConfig.C +tkbltGrAxis.C +tkbltGrAxisOp.C +tkbltGrAxisOption.C +tkbltGrBind.C +tkbltGrElemOp.C +tkbltGrElemOption.C +tkbltGrElem.C +tkbltGrElemBar.C +tkbltGrElemLine.C +tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C +tkbltGrHairs.C +tkbltGrHairsOp.C +tkbltGrLegd.C +tkbltGrLegdOp.C +tkbltGrMarkerOp.C +tkbltGrMarkerOption.C +tkbltGrMarker.C +tkbltGrMarkerLine.C +tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C +tkbltGrMarkerText.C +tkbltGrMisc.C +tkbltGrPenOp.C +tkbltGrPenOption.C +tkbltGrPen.C +tkbltGrPenBar.C +tkbltGrPenLine.C +tkbltGrPostscript.C +tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C +tkbltGrPSOutput.C +tkbltGrText.C +tkbltGrXAxisOp.C +tkbltGraph.C +tkbltGraphBar.C +tkbltGraphLine.C +tkbltGraphOp.C +tkbltGraphSup.C +tkbltInt.C +tkbltNsUtil.C +tkbltParse.C +tkbltOp.C +tkbltStubInit.c +tkbltStubLib.C +tkbltSwitch.C +tkbltVecCmd.C +tkbltVecOp.C +tkbltVecMath.C +tkbltVector.C +" + for i in $vars; do + case $i in + \$*) + # allow $-var names + PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i" + PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i" + ;; + *) + # check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH + # To add more dirs here (like 'src'), you have to update VPATH + # in Makefile.in as well + if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \ + -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \ + -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \ + ; then + as_fn_error $? "could not find source file '$i'" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i" + # this assumes it is in a VPATH dir +# i=`basename $i` + # handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER + if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then + j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}" + else + j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}" + fi + PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j" + ;; + esac + done + + + + + vars=" +generic/tkbltVector.h +generic/tkbltDecls.h +" + for i in $vars; do + # check for existence, be strict because it is installed + if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then + as_fn_error $? "could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i" + done + + + + vars="" + for i in $vars; do + PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i" + done + + + + vars="-lstdc++" + for i in $vars; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then + # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC. No-op if not *.lib + i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'` + fi + PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i" + done + + +if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then + + PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS -TP -EHsc -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -D_USE_MATH_DEFINES" + + +fi + + vars="tkbltStubLib.C" + for i in $vars; do + # check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH + if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \ + -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \ + -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \ + ; then + as_fn_error $? "could not find stub source file '$i'" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + PKG_STUB_SOURCES="$PKG_STUB_SOURCES $i" + # this assumes it is in a VPATH dir + i=`basename $i` + # handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER + if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then + j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}" + else + j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}" + fi + PKG_STUB_OBJECTS="$PKG_STUB_OBJECTS $j" + done + + + + + vars="library/graph.tcl" + for i in $vars; do + # check for existence, be strict because it is installed + if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then + as_fn_error $? "could not find tcl source file '${srcdir}/$i'" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + PKG_TCL_SOURCES="$PKG_TCL_SOURCES $i" + done + + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# __CHANGE__ +# +# You can add more files to clean if your extension creates any extra +# files by extending CLEANFILES. +# Add pkgIndex.tcl if it is generated in the Makefile instead of ./configure +# and change Makefile.in to move it from CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES to BINARIES var. +# +# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items: +# TEA_ADD_* any platform specific compiler/build info here. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES pkgIndex.tcl" +if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + # Ensure no empty if clauses + : + #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([win/winFile.c]) + #TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"$(${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win)\"]) +else + # Ensure no empty else clauses + : + #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([unix/unixFile.c]) + #TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lsuperfly]) +fi + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# __CHANGE__ +# Choose which headers you need. Extension authors should try very +# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files. Internal headers +# contain private data structures and are subject to change without +# notice. +# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl public headers" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl public headers... " >&6; } + + +# Check whether --with-tclinclude was given. +if test "${with_tclinclude+set}" = set; then : + withval=$with_tclinclude; with_tclinclude=${withval} +fi + + + if ${ac_cv_c_tclh+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + # Use the value from --with-tclinclude, if it was given + + if test x"${with_tclinclude}" != x ; then + if test -f "${with_tclinclude}/tcl.h" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclh=${with_tclinclude} + else + as_fn_error $? "${with_tclinclude} directory does not contain tcl.h" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + else + list="" + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use + # the framework's Headers directory + case ${TCL_DEFS} in + *TCL_FRAMEWORK*) + list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`" + ;; + esac + fi + + # Look in the source dir only if Tcl is not installed, + # and in that situation, look there before installed locations. + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + list="$list `ls -d ${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`" + fi + + # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tcl's --prefix location, + # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh. + + eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}" + list="$list \ + `ls -d ${temp_includedir} 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`" + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then + list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include" + if test x"${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then + d=`echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'` + list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`" + fi + fi + for i in $list ; do + if test -f "$i/tcl.h" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclh=$i + break + fi + done + fi + +fi + + + # Print a message based on how we determined the include path + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclh}" = x ; then + as_fn_error $? "tcl.h not found. Please specify its location with --with-tclinclude" "$LINENO" 5 + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${ac_cv_c_tclh}" >&5 +$as_echo "${ac_cv_c_tclh}" >&6; } + fi + + # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files. + + INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tclh}` + + TCL_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\" + + + + + # Allow for --with-tclinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tclh} + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tcl private include files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for Tcl private include files... " >&6; } + + TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_SRC_DIR}` + TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\" + + # Check to see if tcl<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers + # Don't look for tclInt.h because that resides with tcl.h in the core + # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \ + -f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclWinPort.h"; then + result="private headers found with public headers" + elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \ + -f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclUnixPort.h"; then + result="private headers found with public headers" + else + TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\" + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\" + else + TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\" + fi + # Overwrite the previous TCL_INCLUDES as this should capture both + # public and private headers in the same set. + # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require + # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile + TCL_INCLUDES="-I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}" + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use + # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories + case ${TCL_DEFS} in + *TCL_FRAMEWORK*) + if test -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \ + -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then + TCL_INCLUDES="-I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TCL_INCLUDES}" + else + TCL_INCLUDES="${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`" + fi + ;; + esac + result="Using ${TCL_INCLUDES}" + else + if test ! -f "${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic/tclInt.h" ; then + as_fn_error $? "Cannot find private header tclInt.h in ${TCL_SRC_DIR}" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + result="Using srcdir found in tclConfig.sh: ${TCL_SRC_DIR}" + fi + fi + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${result}" >&5 +$as_echo "${result}" >&6; } + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tk public headers" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for Tk public headers... " >&6; } + + +# Check whether --with-tkinclude was given. +if test "${with_tkinclude+set}" = set; then : + withval=$with_tkinclude; with_tkinclude=${withval} +fi + + + if ${ac_cv_c_tkh+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + # Use the value from --with-tkinclude, if it was given + + if test x"${with_tkinclude}" != x ; then + if test -f "${with_tkinclude}/tk.h" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkh=${with_tkinclude} + else + as_fn_error $? "${with_tkinclude} directory does not contain tk.h" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + else + list="" + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use + # the framework's Headers directory. + case ${TK_DEFS} in + *TK_FRAMEWORK*) + list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`" + ;; + esac + fi + + # Look in the source dir only if Tk is not installed, + # and in that situation, look there before installed locations. + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + list="$list `ls -d ${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`" + fi + + # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tk's --prefix location, + # relative to directory of tkConfig.sh, Tcl's --prefix location, + # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh. + + eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}" + list="$list \ + `ls -d ${temp_includedir} 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`" + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then + list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include" + if test x"${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then + d=`echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'` + list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`" + fi + fi + for i in $list ; do + if test -f "$i/tk.h" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkh=$i + break + fi + done + fi + +fi + + + # Print a message based on how we determined the include path + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkh}" = x ; then + as_fn_error $? "tk.h not found. Please specify its location with --with-tkinclude" "$LINENO" 5 + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${ac_cv_c_tkh}" >&5 +$as_echo "${ac_cv_c_tkh}" >&6; } + fi + + # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files. + + INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tkh}` + + TK_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\" + + + + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then + # On Windows and Aqua, we need the X compat headers + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for X11 header files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for X11 header files... " >&6; } + if test ! -r "${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}/X11/Xlib.h"; then + INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE="`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}/xlib`" + TK_XINCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\" + + fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}" >&5 +$as_echo "${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}" >&6; } + fi + + + # Allow for --with-tkinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tkh} + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Tk private include files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for Tk private include files... " >&6; } + + TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}` + TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\" + + # Check to see if tk<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers + # Don't look for tkInt.h because that resides with tk.h in the core + # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \ + -f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkWinPort.h"; then + result="private headers found with public headers" + elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \ + -f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkUnixPort.h"; then + result="private headers found with public headers" + else + TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\" + TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/xlib\" + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\" + else + TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\" + fi + # Overwrite the previous TK_INCLUDES as this should capture both + # public and private headers in the same set. + # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require + # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile + TK_INCLUDES="-I${TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}" + # Detect and add ttk subdir + if test -d "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/ttk"; then + TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic/ttk\"" + fi + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then + TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}\"" + fi + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then + TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/macosx\"" + fi + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use + # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories + case ${TK_DEFS} in + *TK_FRAMEWORK*) + if test -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \ + -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then + TK_INCLUDES="-I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TK_INCLUDES}" + else + TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`" + fi + ;; + esac + result="Using ${TK_INCLUDES}" + else + if test ! -f "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/tkInt.h" ; then + as_fn_error $? "Cannot find private header tkInt.h in ${TK_SRC_DIR}" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + result="Using srcdir found in tkConfig.sh: ${TK_SRC_DIR}" + fi + fi + + + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${result}" >&5 +$as_echo "${result}" >&6; } + + + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "x11" ; then + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for X" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for X... " >&6; } + + +# Check whether --with-x was given. +if test "${with_x+set}" = set; then : + withval=$with_x; +fi + +# $have_x is `yes', `no', `disabled', or empty when we do not yet know. +if test "x$with_x" = xno; then + # The user explicitly disabled X. + have_x=disabled +else + case $x_includes,$x_libraries in #( + *\'*) as_fn_error $? "cannot use X directory names containing '" "$LINENO" 5;; #( + *,NONE | NONE,*) if ${ac_cv_have_x+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + # One or both of the vars are not set, and there is no cached value. +ac_x_includes=no ac_x_libraries=no +rm -f -r conftest.dir +if mkdir conftest.dir; then + cd conftest.dir + cat >Imakefile <<'_ACEOF' +incroot: + @echo incroot='${INCROOT}' +usrlibdir: + @echo usrlibdir='${USRLIBDIR}' +libdir: + @echo libdir='${LIBDIR}' +_ACEOF + if (export CC; ${XMKMF-xmkmf}) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null && test -f Makefile; then + # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us. + for ac_var in incroot usrlibdir libdir; do + eval "ac_im_$ac_var=\`\${MAKE-make} $ac_var 2>/dev/null | sed -n 's/^$ac_var=//p'\`" + done + # Open Windows xmkmf reportedly sets LIBDIR instead of USRLIBDIR. + for ac_extension in a so sl dylib la dll; do + if test ! -f "$ac_im_usrlibdir/libX11.$ac_extension" && + test -f "$ac_im_libdir/libX11.$ac_extension"; then + ac_im_usrlibdir=$ac_im_libdir; break + fi + done + # Screen out bogus values from the imake configuration. They are + # bogus both because they are the default anyway, and because + # using them would break gcc on systems where it needs fixed includes. + case $ac_im_incroot in + /usr/include) ac_x_includes= ;; + *) test -f "$ac_im_incroot/X11/Xos.h" && ac_x_includes=$ac_im_incroot;; + esac + case $ac_im_usrlibdir in + /usr/lib | /usr/lib64 | /lib | /lib64) ;; + *) test -d "$ac_im_usrlibdir" && ac_x_libraries=$ac_im_usrlibdir ;; + esac + fi + cd .. + rm -f -r conftest.dir +fi + +# Standard set of common directories for X headers. +# Check X11 before X11Rn because it is often a symlink to the current release. +ac_x_header_dirs=' +/usr/X11/include +/usr/X11R7/include +/usr/X11R6/include +/usr/X11R5/include +/usr/X11R4/include + +/usr/include/X11 +/usr/include/X11R7 +/usr/include/X11R6 +/usr/include/X11R5 +/usr/include/X11R4 + +/usr/local/X11/include +/usr/local/X11R7/include +/usr/local/X11R6/include +/usr/local/X11R5/include +/usr/local/X11R4/include + +/usr/local/include/X11 +/usr/local/include/X11R7 +/usr/local/include/X11R6 +/usr/local/include/X11R5 +/usr/local/include/X11R4 + +/usr/X386/include +/usr/x386/include +/usr/XFree86/include/X11 + +/usr/include +/usr/local/include +/usr/unsupported/include +/usr/athena/include +/usr/local/x11r5/include +/usr/lpp/Xamples/include + +/usr/openwin/include +/usr/openwin/share/include' + +if test "$ac_x_includes" = no; then + # Guess where to find include files, by looking for Xlib.h. + # First, try using that file with no special directory specified. + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <X11/Xlib.h> +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + # We can compile using X headers with no special include directory. +ac_x_includes= +else + for ac_dir in $ac_x_header_dirs; do + if test -r "$ac_dir/X11/Xlib.h"; then + ac_x_includes=$ac_dir + break + fi +done +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext +fi # $ac_x_includes = no + +if test "$ac_x_libraries" = no; then + # Check for the libraries. + # See if we find them without any special options. + # Don't add to $LIBS permanently. + ac_save_LIBS=$LIBS + LIBS="-lX11 $LIBS" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <X11/Xlib.h> +int +main () +{ +XrmInitialize () + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS +# We can link X programs with no special library path. +ac_x_libraries= +else + LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS +for ac_dir in `$as_echo "$ac_x_includes $ac_x_header_dirs" | sed s/include/lib/g` +do + # Don't even attempt the hair of trying to link an X program! + for ac_extension in a so sl dylib la dll; do + if test -r "$ac_dir/libX11.$ac_extension"; then + ac_x_libraries=$ac_dir + break 2 + fi + done +done +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +fi # $ac_x_libraries = no + +case $ac_x_includes,$ac_x_libraries in #( + no,* | *,no | *\'*) + # Didn't find X, or a directory has "'" in its name. + ac_cv_have_x="have_x=no";; #( + *) + # Record where we found X for the cache. + ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes\ + ac_x_includes='$ac_x_includes'\ + ac_x_libraries='$ac_x_libraries'" +esac +fi +;; #( + *) have_x=yes;; + esac + eval "$ac_cv_have_x" +fi # $with_x != no + +if test "$have_x" != yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $have_x" >&5 +$as_echo "$have_x" >&6; } + no_x=yes +else + # If each of the values was on the command line, it overrides each guess. + test "x$x_includes" = xNONE && x_includes=$ac_x_includes + test "x$x_libraries" = xNONE && x_libraries=$ac_x_libraries + # Update the cache value to reflect the command line values. + ac_cv_have_x="have_x=yes\ + ac_x_includes='$x_includes'\ + ac_x_libraries='$x_libraries'" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&5 +$as_echo "libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes" >&6; } +fi + + not_really_there="" + if test "$no_x" = ""; then + if test "$x_includes" = ""; then + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <X11/Xlib.h> +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + +else + not_really_there="yes" +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + else + if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then + not_really_there="yes" + fi + fi + fi + if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for X11 header files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for X11 header files... " >&6; } + found_xincludes="no" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <X11/Xlib.h> +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : + found_xincludes="yes" +else + found_xincludes="no" +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext + if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then + dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include" + for i in $dirs ; do + if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $i" >&5 +$as_echo "$i" >&6; } + XINCLUDES=" -I$i" + found_xincludes="yes" + break + fi + done + fi + else + if test "$x_includes" != ""; then + XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes" + found_xincludes="yes" + fi + fi + if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: couldn't find any!" >&5 +$as_echo "couldn't find any!" >&6; } + fi + + if test "$no_x" = yes; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for X11 libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for X11 libraries... " >&6; } + XLIBSW=nope + dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib" + for i in $dirs ; do + if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl -o -r $i/libX11.dylib; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $i" >&5 +$as_echo "$i" >&6; } + XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11" + x_libraries="$i" + break + fi + done + else + if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then + XLIBSW=-lX11 + else + XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11" + fi + fi + if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for XCreateWindow in -lXwindow... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lXwindow $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char XCreateWindow (); +int +main () +{ +return XCreateWindow (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_Xwindow_XCreateWindow" = xyes; then : + XLIBSW=-lXwindow +fi + + fi + if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: could not find any! Using -lX11." >&5 +$as_echo "could not find any! Using -lX11." >&6; } + XLIBSW=-lX11 + fi + # TEA specific: + if test x"${XLIBSW}" != x ; then + PKG_LIBS="${PKG_LIBS} ${XLIBSW}" + fi + + fi + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given. +# This auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + # Check whether --enable-threads was given. +if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_threads; tcl_ok=$enableval +else + tcl_ok=yes +fi + + + if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_threads" + tcl_ok=$enableval + else + tcl_ok=yes + fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then + TCL_THREADS=1 + + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then + # We are always OK on Windows, so check what this platform wants: + + # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based + # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention + +$as_echo "#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1" >>confdefs.h + + +$as_echo "#define _REENTRANT 1" >>confdefs.h + + if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then + +$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h + + fi + +$as_echo "#define _THREAD_SAFE 1" >>confdefs.h + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lpthread $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char pthread_mutex_init (); +int +main () +{ +return pthread_mutex_init (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then : + tcl_ok=yes +else + tcl_ok=no +fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then + # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same + # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is + # defined. We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with + # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't + # exist, like AIX 4.2. [Bug: 4359] + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lpthread $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char __pthread_mutex_init (); +int +main () +{ +return __pthread_mutex_init (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthread___pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then : + tcl_ok=yes +else + tcl_ok=no +fi + + fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then + # The space is needed + THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread" + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lpthreads $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char pthread_mutex_init (); +int +main () +{ +return pthread_mutex_init (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_pthreads_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then : + tcl_ok=yes +else + tcl_ok=no +fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then + # The space is needed + THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads" + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lc $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char pthread_mutex_init (); +int +main () +{ +return pthread_mutex_init (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_c_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then : + tcl_ok=yes +else + tcl_ok=no +fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lc_r $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char pthread_mutex_init (); +int +main () +{ +return pthread_mutex_init (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_c_r_pthread_mutex_init" = xyes; then : + tcl_ok=yes +else + tcl_ok=no +fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then + # The space is needed + THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread" + else + TCL_THREADS=0 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled" >&2;} + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi + else + TCL_THREADS=0 + fi + # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for building with threads" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for building with threads... " >&6; } + if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then + +$as_echo "#define TCL_THREADS 1" >>confdefs.h + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes (default)" >&5 +$as_echo "yes (default)" >&6; } + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + fi + # TCL_THREADS sanity checking. See if our request for building with + # threads is the same as the way Tcl was built. If not, warn the user. + case ${TCL_DEFS} in + *THREADS=1*) + if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "0"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: + Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl + that IS thread-enabled. It is recommended to use --enable-threads." >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: + Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl + that IS thread-enabled. It is recommended to use --enable-threads." >&2;} + fi + ;; + esac + + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to +# building as a shared library instead of a static library. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to build libraries" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking how to build libraries... " >&6; } + # Check whether --enable-shared was given. +if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_shared; shared_ok=$enableval +else + shared_ok=yes +fi + + + if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_shared" + shared_ok=$enableval + else + shared_ok=yes + fi + + # Check whether --enable-stubs was given. +if test "${enable_stubs+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_stubs; stubs_ok=$enableval +else + stubs_ok=yes +fi + + + if test "${enable_stubs+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_stubs" + stubs_ok=$enableval + else + stubs_ok=yes + fi + + # Stubs are always enabled for shared builds + if test "$shared_ok" = "yes" ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: shared" >&5 +$as_echo "shared" >&6; } + SHARED_BUILD=1 + STUBS_BUILD=1 + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: static" >&5 +$as_echo "static" >&6; } + SHARED_BUILD=0 + +$as_echo "#define STATIC_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h + + if test "$stubs_ok" = "yes" ; then + STUBS_BUILD=1 + else + STUBS_BUILD=0 + fi + fi + if test "${STUBS_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + +$as_echo "#define USE_TCL_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h + + +$as_echo "#define USE_TCLOO_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h + + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != ""; then + +$as_echo "#define USE_TK_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h + + fi + fi + + + + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker +# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects. This information +# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then + ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB + # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB +if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_RANLIB" = x; then + RANLIB=":" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB + fi +else + RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" +fi + + + + + # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support? + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if 64bit support is requested... " >&6; } + # Check whether --enable-64bit was given. +if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_64bit; do64bit=$enableval +else + do64bit=no +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $do64bit" >&5 +$as_echo "$do64bit" >&6; } + + # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support? + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested... " >&6; } + # Check whether --enable-64bit-vis was given. +if test "${enable_64bit_vis+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_64bit_vis; do64bitVIS=$enableval +else + do64bitVIS=no +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $do64bitVIS" >&5 +$as_echo "$do64bitVIS" >&6; } + # Force 64bit on with VIS + if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"; then : + do64bit=yes +fi + + # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so + # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails. + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if compiler supports visibility \"hidden\"... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + + extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void); + void f(void) {} +int +main () +{ +f(); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes +else + tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&6; } + if test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes; then : + + +$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern __attribute__((__visibility__(\"hidden\")))" >>confdefs.h + + +$as_echo "#define HAVE_HIDDEN 1" >>confdefs.h + + +fi + + # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support? + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if rpath support is requested" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if rpath support is requested... " >&6; } + # Check whether --enable-rpath was given. +if test "${enable_rpath+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_rpath; doRpath=$enableval +else + doRpath=yes +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $doRpath" >&5 +$as_echo "$doRpath" >&6; } + + # TEA specific: Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds? + + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = windows; then : + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... " >&6; } + # Check whether --enable-wince was given. +if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_wince; doWince=$enableval +else + doWince=no +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $doWince" >&5 +$as_echo "$doWince" >&6; } + +fi + + # Set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number + # for the system. + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking system version" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking system version... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_sys_version+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + # TEA specific: + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + tcl_cv_sys_version=windows + else + tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r` + if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&2;} + tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown + else + if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then + tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r` + fi + fi + fi + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_sys_version" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_sys_version" >&6; } + system=$tcl_cv_sys_version + + + # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below. + + + + # Set configuration options based on system name and version. + # This is similar to Tcl's unix/tcl.m4 except that we've added a + # "windows" case and removed some core-only vars. + + do64bit_ok=no + # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis + SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}' + # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in + # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load] + # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796] + LDFLAGS_ARCH="" + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="" + # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION + TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`' + ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION}`' + TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok + CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2 + CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall" + +else + + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O + CFLAGS_WARNING="" + +fi + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_AR+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR +if test -n "$AR"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $AR" >&5 +$as_echo "$AR" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then + ac_ct_AR=$AR + # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR +if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_AR" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_AR" = x; then + AR="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + AR=$ac_ct_AR + fi +else + AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" +fi + + STLIB_LD='${AR} cr' + LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH" + if test "x$SHLIB_VERSION" = x; then : + SHLIB_VERSION="" +else + SHLIB_VERSION=".$SHLIB_VERSION" +fi + case $system in + # TEA specific: + windows) + # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK + # We have to know where the SDK is installed. + # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs + # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest, + # which requires x86|amd64|ia64. + MACHINE="X86" + if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then + if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then + MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK" + fi + MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` + PATH64="" + case "$do64bit" in + amd64|x64|yes) + MACHINE="AMD64" ; # default to AMD64 64-bit build + PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64" + ;; + ia64) + MACHINE="IA64" + PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64" + ;; + esac + if test "$GCC" != "yes" -a ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&2;} + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&2;} + do64bit="no" + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5 +$as_echo " Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6; } + do64bit_ok="yes" + fi + fi + + if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then + if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then + as_fn_error $? "Windows/CE and 64-bit builds incompatible" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then + as_fn_error $? "Windows/CE and GCC builds incompatible" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + + # First, look for one uninstalled. + # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-celib + + if test x"${no_celib}" = x ; then + # we reset no_celib in case something fails here + no_celib=true + +# Check whether --with-celib was given. +if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then : + withval=$with_celib; with_celibconfig=${withval} +fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... " >&6; } + if ${ac_cv_c_celibconfig+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + # First check to see if --with-celibconfig was specified. + if test x"${with_celibconfig}" != x ; then + if test -d "${with_celibconfig}/inc" ; then + ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd ${with_celibconfig}; pwd)` + else + as_fn_error $? "${with_celibconfig} directory doesn't contain inc directory" "$LINENO" 5 + fi + fi + + # then check for a celib library + if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ../celib-palm-3.0 \ + ../celib \ + ../../celib-palm-3.0 \ + ../../celib \ + `ls -dr ../celib-*3.[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ${srcdir}/../celib-palm-3.0 \ + ${srcdir}/../celib \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../celib-*3.[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -d "$i/inc" ; then + ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)` + break + fi + done + fi + +fi + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then + as_fn_error $? "Cannot find celib support library directory" "$LINENO" 5 + else + no_celib= + CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig} + CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: found $CELIB_DIR" >&5 +$as_echo "found $CELIB_DIR" >&6; } + fi + fi + + # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup + # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets + CEVERSION=420; # could be 211 300 301 400 420 ... + TARGETCPU=ARMV4; # could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ... + ARCH=ARM; # could be ARM MIPS X86EM ... + PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002" + if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then + # If !yes then the user specified something + # Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it + ARCH= + eval `echo $doWince | awk -F, '{ \ + if (length($1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", $1; \ + if ($1 < 400) { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \ + if (length($2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper($2) }; \ + if (length($3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper($3) }; \ + if (length($4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", $4 }; \ + }'` + if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then + ARCH=$TARGETCPU; + fi + fi + OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION; + if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then + WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0" + if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then + WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools" + fi + fi + if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then + SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools" + if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then + SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools" + fi + fi + WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` + SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` + if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" \ + -o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then + as_fn_error $? "could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" "$LINENO" 5 + doWince="no" + else + # We could PATH_NOSPACE these, but that's not important, + # as long as we quote them when used. + CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include" + if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then + CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" + fi + CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" + fi + fi + + if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then + runtime=-MT + else + runtime=-MD + fi + case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in + x1[4-9]*) + lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib" + + vars="ucrt.lib" + for i in $vars; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then + # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC. No-op if not *.lib + i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'` + fi + PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i" + done + + + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + + if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then + # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs + CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\"" + CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\"" + RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\"" + lflags="${lflags} -nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\"" + LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\"" + CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}" + # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' + # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573 + + vars="bufferoverflowU.lib" + for i in $vars; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then + # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC. No-op if not *.lib + i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'` + fi + PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i" + done + + + elif test "$doWince" != "no" ; then + CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin" + if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then + CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe\"" + else + CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe\"" + fi + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\"" + RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\"" + arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'` + defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _WINDOWS" + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + # Static CE builds require static celib as well + defs="${defs} _DLL" + fi + for i in $defs ; do + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define $i 1 +_ACEOF + + done + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION +_ACEOF + + CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox" + lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'` + lflags="${lflags} -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo" + LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\"" + + else + RC="rc" + lflags="${lflags} -nologo" + LINKBIN="link" + CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}" + fi + fi + + if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then + # mingw gcc mode + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_RC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$RC"; then + ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC +if test -n "$RC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $RC" >&5 +$as_echo "$RC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then + ac_ct_RC=$RC + # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy windres; ac_word=$2 +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres" + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + +fi +fi +ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC +if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_ct_RC" >&6; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +fi + + if test "x$ac_ct_RC" = x; then + RC="" + else + case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in +yes:) +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} +ac_tool_warned=yes ;; +esac + RC=$ac_ct_RC + fi +else + RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC" +fi + + CFLAGS_DEBUG="-g" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' + LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-wl,--subsystem,console ${lflags}" + LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-wl,--subsystem,windows ${lflags}" + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_cross+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + + #ifdef _WIN32 + #error cross-compiler + #endif + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_cross=yes +else + ac_cv_cross=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_cross" >&6; } + if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then + case "$do64bit" in + amd64|x64|yes) + CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc" + LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld" + AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar" + RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib" + RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres" + ;; + *) + CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc" + LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld" + AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar" + RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib" + RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres" + ;; + esac + fi + + else + SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll ${lflags}" + # link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg + STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}" + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.lib' + PATHTYPE=-w + # For information on what debugtype is most useful, see: + # http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp + # and also + # http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/y0zzbyt4%28VS.80%29.aspx + # This essentially turns it all on. + LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug -debugtype:cv" + LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release" + if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then + LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}" + LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE} + else + LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}" + LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}" + fi + fi + + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll" + SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.dll' + + TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots + ;; + AIX-*) + if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then : + + # AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used + case "${CC}" in + *_r|*_r\ *) + # ok ... + ;; + *) + # Make sure only first arg gets _r + CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([^ ]*\)/\1_r/'` + ;; + esac + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&5 +$as_echo "Using $CC for compiling with threads" >&6; } + +fi + LIBS="$LIBS -lc" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + + LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH" + + # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker + if test "$do64bit" = yes; then : + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;} + +else + + do64bit_ok=yes + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64" + RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64" + AR="${AR} -X64" + SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64" + +fi + +fi + + if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then : + + # AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC + SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text" + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + +else + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + +fi + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + +else + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall' + +else + + SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl" + +fi + SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + +fi + ;; + BeOS*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart' + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + + #----------------------------------------------------------- + # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs + # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which + # is always linked to, for compatibility. + #----------------------------------------------------------- + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for inet_ntoa in -lbind... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lbind $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char inet_ntoa (); +int +main () +{ +return inet_ntoa (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_bind_inet_ntoa" = xyes; then : + LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket" +fi + + ;; + BSD/OS-4.*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + CYGWIN_*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\$@.a" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll" + EXEEXT=".exe" + do64bit_ok=yes + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + Haiku*) + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared' + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-lnetwork $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char inet_ntoa (); +int +main () +{ +return inet_ntoa (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa" = xyes; then : + LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork" +fi + + ;; + HP-UX-*.11.*) + # Use updated header definitions where possible + +$as_echo "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1" >>confdefs.h + + # TEA specific: Needed by Tcl, but not most extensions + #AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?]) + #LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet" # Use the XOPEN network library + + if test "`uname -m`" = ia64; then : + + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + # Use newer C++ library for C++ extensions + #if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then + # CPPFLAGS="-AA" + #fi + +else + + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl" + +fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld... " >&6; } +if ${ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS +LIBS="-ldld $LIBS" +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error. + Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +char shl_load (); +int +main () +{ +return shl_load (); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=yes +else + ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext +LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" >&6; } +if test "x$ac_cv_lib_dld_shl_load" = xyes; then : + tcl_ok=yes +else + tcl_ok=no +fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then : + + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' + LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH" + +fi + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + +else + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z" + # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc + #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z" + SHLIB_LD="ld -b" + +fi + + # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker + if test "$do64bit" = "yes"; then : + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in + hppa64*) + # 64-bit gcc in use. Fix flags for GNU ld. + do64bit_ok=yes + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + if test $doRpath = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' +fi + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + ;; + *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;} + ;; + esac + +else + + do64bit_ok=yes + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64" + +fi + +fi ;; + IRIX-6.*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + if test $doRpath = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' +fi + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32" + +else + + case $system in + IRIX-6.3) + # Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3. + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS" + ;; + *) + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32" + ;; + esac + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32" + +fi + ;; + IRIX64-6.*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + if test $doRpath = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' +fi + + # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker + + if test "$do64bit" = yes; then : + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported by gcc" >&2;} + +else + + do64bit_ok=yes + SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64" + +fi + +fi + ;; + Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + + # TEA specific: + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer" + + # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS + SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -shared' + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic" + if test $doRpath = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' +fi + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"; then : + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee" +fi + if test $do64bit = yes; then : + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if compiler accepts -m64 flag... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_cc_m64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes +else + tcl_cv_cc_m64=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_m64" >&6; } + if test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes; then : + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" + do64bit_ok=yes + +fi + +fi + + # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of + # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address + # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind + # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the + # files in compat/*.c is being linked in. + + if test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x; then : + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline" +fi + ;; + Lynx*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02 + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic" + if test $doRpath = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' +fi + ;; + OpenBSD-*) + arch=`arch -s` + case "$arch" in + alpha|sparc64) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + ;; + *) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic" + ;; + esac + SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared' + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + if test $doRpath = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' +fi + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}' + LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2" + if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then : + + # On OpenBSD: Compile with -pthread + # Don't link with -lpthread + LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//` + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" + +fi + # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots. + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' + TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots + ;; + NetBSD-*) + # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared' + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" + if test $doRpath = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' +fi + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then : + + # The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS + LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//` + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread" + +fi + ;; + DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*) + # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports. + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared" + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$@" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + LDFLAGS="" + if test $doRpath = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' +fi + if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then : + + # The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS + LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//` + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS" +fi + case $system in + FreeBSD-3.*) + # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy. + TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .` + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' + SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1' + TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots + ;; + esac + ;; + Darwin-*) + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common" + # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during + # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and + # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS: + CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \ + awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \ + if ($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"$i}'`" + CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \ + awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \ + if (!($i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"$i}'`" + if test $do64bit = yes; then : + + case `arch` in + ppc) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes +else + tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64" >&6; } + if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes; then : + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5" + do64bit_ok=yes + +fi;; + i386) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes +else + tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64" >&6; } + if test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes; then : + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64" + do64bit_ok=yes + +fi;; + *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture \`arch\`" >&2;};; + esac + +else + + # Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build + if echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \ + && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '; then : + + fat_32_64=yes +fi + +fi + # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}' + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if ld accepts -single_module flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if ld accepts -single_module flag... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_ld_single_module+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +int i; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes +else + tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_single_module" >&6; } + if test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes; then : + + SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module" + +fi + # TEA specific: link shlib with current and compatibility version flags + vers=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | sed -e 's/^\([0-9]\{1,5\}\)\(\(\.[0-9]\{1,3\}\)\{0,2\}\).*$/\1\2/p' -e d` + SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -current_version ${vers:-0} -compatibility_version ${vers:-0}" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib" + # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only: + if test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \ + "`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($2)}'`" -lt 4; then : + + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind" +fi + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +int i; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes +else + tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first" >&6; } + if test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes; then : + + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" + +fi + if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then : + + +$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE __private_extern__" >>confdefs.h + + tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes + +fi + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH" + # TEA specific: for combined 32 & 64 bit fat builds of Tk + # extensions, verify that 64-bit build is possible. + if test "$fat_32_64" = yes && test -n "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; then : + + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = x11; then : + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for 64-bit X11" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for 64-bit X11... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_lib_x11_64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"' + done + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <X11/Xlib.h> +int +main () +{ +XrmInitialize(); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes +else + tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' + done +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" >&6; } + +fi + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = aqua; then : + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for 64-bit Tk" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for 64-bit Tk... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_lib_tk_64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"' + done + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DUSE_TK_STUBS=1 ${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDES}" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <tk.h> +int +main () +{ +Tk_InitStubs(NULL, "", 0); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=yes +else + tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' + done +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" >&6; } + +fi + # remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. if configuration + # does not support 64-bit. + if test "$tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" = no -o "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then : + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags" >&6;} + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"' + done +fi + +fi + ;; + OS/390-*) + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="" # Optimizer is buggy + +$as_echo "#define _OE_SOCKETS 1" >>confdefs.h + + ;; + OSF1-V*) + # Digital OSF/1 + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + if test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1; then : + + SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"' + +else + + SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"' + +fi + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + if test $doRpath = yes; then : + + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' +fi + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee" +else + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee" +fi + # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa + if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then : + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64" + LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//` + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc" + +else + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread" + +fi + +fi + ;; + QNX-6*) + # QNX RTP + # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6. + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x" + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + SCO_SV-3.2*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport" + +else + + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport" + +fi + SHLIB_LD="ld -G" + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + SunOS-5.[0-6]) + # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case + + # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris + # won't define thread-safe library routines. + + +$as_echo "#define _REENTRANT 1" >>confdefs.h + + +$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h + + + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + +else + + SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + +fi + ;; + SunOS-5*) + # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris + # won't define thread-safe library routines. + + +$as_echo "#define _REENTRANT 1" >>confdefs.h + + +$as_echo "#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1" >>confdefs.h + + + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" + + # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker + if test "$do64bit" = yes; then : + + arch=`isainfo` + if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then : + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + if test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print $1}'`" -lt 3; then : + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system" >&2;} + +else + + do64bit_ok=yes + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + +fi + +else + + do64bit_ok=yes + if test "$do64bitVIS" = yes; then : + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a" + +else + + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9" + +fi + # Solaris 64 uses this as well + #LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64" + +fi + +else + if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then : + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + case $system in + SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*) + do64bit_ok=yes + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";; + *) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system" >&2;};; + esac + +else + + do64bit_ok=yes + case $system in + SunOS-5.1[1-9]*|SunOS-5.[2-9][0-9]*) + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";; + *) + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";; + esac + +fi + +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit mode not supported for $arch" >&2;} +fi +fi + +fi + + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + if test "$do64bit_ok" = yes; then : + + if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"; then : + + # We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to + # add the path to the sparv9 libgcc. + # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may + # not be necessary for extensions. + SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc" + # for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc + # path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9' + #v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..." + #CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir" + +else + if test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"; then : + + # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may + # not be necessary for extensions. + SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc" + +fi +fi + +fi + +else + + case $system in + SunOS-5.[1-9][0-9]*) + # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G -z text ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}';; + *) + SHLIB_LD='/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text';; + esac + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + +fi + ;; + UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers + # that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does. + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_ld_Bexport+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +int i; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes +else + tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext + LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_Bexport" >&6; } + if test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes; then : + + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" + +fi + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + esac + + if test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no; then : + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: 64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform" >&2;} + +fi + + + + # Add in the arch flags late to ensure it wasn't removed. + # Not necessary in TEA, but this is aligned with core + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH" + + # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared + # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the + # standard manufacturer compiler. + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then : + + case $system in + AIX-*) ;; + BSD/OS*) ;; + CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*|MINGW64_*) ;; + IRIX*) ;; + NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;; + Darwin-*) ;; + SCO_SV-3.2*) ;; + windows) ;; + *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;; + esac +fi + + if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then : + + +$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern" >>confdefs.h + + +fi + + if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then : + + # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION + SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}' +fi + if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then : + + # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a' +fi + + if test "${GCC}" = "yes" -a ${SHLIB_SUFFIX} = ".dll"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for SEH support in compiler... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_seh+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : + tcl_cv_seh=no +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include <windows.h> +#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN + + int main(int argc, char** argv) { + int a, b = 0; + __try { + a = 666 / b; + } + __except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) { + return 0; + } + return 1; + } + +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_run "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_seh=yes +else + tcl_cv_seh=no +fi +rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ + conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_seh" >&6; } + if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then + +$as_echo "#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1" >>confdefs.h + + fi + + # + # Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the + # definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case + # with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int, + # sufficient for getting the current code to work. + # + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +# undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN + +int +main () +{ + + EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes +else + tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6; } + if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then + +$as_echo "#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int" >>confdefs.h + + fi + + # Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG + # even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api + # used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this. + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#define VOID void +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include <windows.h> +#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN + +int +main () +{ + + CHAR c; + SHORT s; + LONG l; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes +else + tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6; } + if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then + +$as_echo "#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1" >>confdefs.h + + fi + fi + + # See if the compiler supports casting to a union type. + # This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler + # warning when initializing a union member. + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cast to union support" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for cast to union support... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + union foo { int i; double d; }; + union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes +else + tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6; } + if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then + +$as_echo "#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1" >>confdefs.h + + fi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + # These must be called after we do the basic CFLAGS checks and + # verify any possible 64-bit or similar switches are necessary + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for required early compiler flags" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for required early compiler flags... " >&6; } + tcl_flags="" + + if ${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdlib.h> +int +main () +{ +char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1 +#include <stdlib.h> +int +main () +{ +char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=yes +else + tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__isoc99_source}" = "xyes" ; then + +$as_echo "#define _ISOC99_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h + + tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _ISOC99_SOURCE" + fi + + + if ${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/stat.h> +int +main () +{ +struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1 +#include <sys/stat.h> +int +main () +{ +struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=yes +else + tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile64_source}" = "xyes" ; then + +$as_echo "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE 1" >>confdefs.h + + tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" + fi + + + if ${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/stat.h> +int +main () +{ +char *p = (char *)open64; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no +else + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1 +#include <sys/stat.h> +int +main () +{ +char *p = (char *)open64; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=yes +else + tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + if test "x${tcl_cv_flag__largefile_source64}" = "xyes" ; then + +$as_echo "#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 1" >>confdefs.h + + tcl_flags="$tcl_flags _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64" + fi + + if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: none" >&5 +$as_echo "none" >&6; } + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${tcl_flags}" >&5 +$as_echo "${tcl_flags}" >&6; } + fi + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for 64-bit integer type" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for 64-bit integer type... " >&6; } + if ${tcl_cv_type_64bit+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + tcl_cv_type_64bit=none + # See if the compiler knows natively about __int64 + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +__int64 value = (__int64) 0; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_type_64bit=__int64 +else + tcl_type_64bit="long long" +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + # See if we should use long anyway Note that we substitute in the + # type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check + # program, so it should be modified only carefully... + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +switch (0) { + case 1: case (sizeof(${tcl_type_64bit})==sizeof(long)): ; + } + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit} +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then + +$as_echo "#define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG 1" >>confdefs.h + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using long" >&5 +$as_echo "using long" >&6; } + elif test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = "__int64" \ + -a "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + # TEA specific: We actually want to use the default tcl.h checks in + # this case to handle both TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE and TCL_LL_MODIFIER* + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: using Tcl header defaults" >&5 +$as_echo "using Tcl header defaults" >&6; } + else + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE ${tcl_cv_type_64bit} +_ACEOF + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&5 +$as_echo "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" >&6; } + + # Now check for auxiliary declarations + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for struct dirent64" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for struct dirent64... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <dirent.h> +int +main () +{ +struct dirent64 p; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes +else + tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_struct_dirent64" >&6; } + if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then + +$as_echo "#define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64 1" >>confdefs.h + + fi + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for struct stat64" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for struct stat64... " >&6; } +if ${tcl_cv_struct_stat64+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/stat.h> +int +main () +{ +struct stat64 p; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes +else + tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&5 +$as_echo "$tcl_cv_struct_stat64" >&6; } + if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then + +$as_echo "#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64 1" >>confdefs.h + + fi + + for ac_func in open64 lseek64 +do : + as_ac_var=`$as_echo "ac_cv_func_$ac_func" | $as_tr_sh` +ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "$ac_func" "$as_ac_var" +if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_var"\" = x"yes"; then : + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_func" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi +done + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for off64_t" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for off64_t... " >&6; } + if ${tcl_cv_type_off64_t+:} false; then : + $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 +else + + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <sys/types.h> +int +main () +{ +off64_t offset; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : + tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes +else + tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no +fi +rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi + + if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \ + test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \ + test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then + +$as_echo "#define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T 1" >>confdefs.h + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + fi + fi + + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for build with symbols" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for build with symbols... " >&6; } + # Check whether --enable-symbols was given. +if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then : + enableval=$enable_symbols; tcl_ok=$enableval +else + tcl_ok=no +fi + + DBGX="" + if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then + CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -DNDEBUG" + LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } + else + CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_DEBUG}" + LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_DEBUG}" + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5 +$as_echo "yes (standard debugging)" >&6; } + fi + fi + # TEA specific: + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then + LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS}" + fi + + + + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then + +$as_echo "#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1" >>confdefs.h + + fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then + if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled symbols mem debugging" >&5 +$as_echo "enabled symbols mem debugging" >&6; } + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5 +$as_echo "enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6; } + fi + fi + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# This macro generates a line to use when building a library. It +# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS, +# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then + MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)" + MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -out:\$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)" + cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 +print("manifest needed") +#endif + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + + # Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+ + VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi" + VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi" + MAKE_SHARED_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} ; ${VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL}" + + CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.manifest" + + +fi +rm -f conftest* + + MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -nodefaultlib -out:\$@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)" + else + MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)" + MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \$@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}" + MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)" + fi + + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} " + else + MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_STATIC_LIB} " + fi + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Shared libraries and static libraries have different names. + # Use the double eval to make sure any variables in the suffix is + # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore) + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in + # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk. + if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\"" + fi + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\"" + if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -static-libgcc" + fi + eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + else + eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then + PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_LIB_FILE} + fi + fi + # Some packages build their own stubs libraries + eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then + PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE} + fi + # These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc) + RANLIB=: + RANLIB_STUB=: + else + RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}" + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + fi + eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + RANLIB=: + else + eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + fi + # Some packages build their own stubs libraries + eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + fi + + # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time. + # The other values will be substituted at make time. + CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}" + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}" + fi + + + + + + + + + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Determine the name of the tclsh and/or wish executables in the +# Tcl and Tk build directories or the location they were installed +# into. These paths are used to support running test cases only, +# the Makefile should not be making use of these paths to generate +# a pkgIndex.tcl file or anything else at extension build time. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tclsh" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for tclsh... " >&6; } + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" ; then + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" ; then + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" ; then + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" ; then + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" + fi + else + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh" + fi + else + # tclConfig.sh is in install location + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" + else + TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}" + fi + list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/.. 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin 2>/dev/null`" + for i in $list ; do + if test -f "$i/${TCLSH_PROG}" ; then + REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/" + break + fi + done + TCLSH_PROG="${REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR}${TCLSH_PROG}" + fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${TCLSH_PROG}" >&5 +$as_echo "${TCLSH_PROG}" >&6; } + + + + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for wish" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for wish... " >&6; } + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + # tkConfig.sh is in Tk build directory + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" ; then + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" ; then + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}$s{EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" ; then + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" ; then + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" + fi + else + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish" + fi + else + # tkConfig.sh is in install location + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" + else + WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}" + fi + list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/.. 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/bin 2>/dev/null`" + for i in $list ; do + if test -f "$i/${WISH_PROG}" ; then + REAL_TK_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/" + break + fi + done + WISH_PROG="${REAL_TK_BIN_DIR}${WISH_PROG}" + fi + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ${WISH_PROG}" >&5 +$as_echo "${WISH_PROG}" >&6; } + + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Setup a *Config.sh.in configuration file. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # These are for tkbltConfig.sh + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + # pkglibdir must be a fully qualified path and (not ${exec_prefix}/lib) + eval pkglibdir="${libdir}/tkblt${PACKAGE_VERSION}" + if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then + eval tkblt_LIB_FLAG="-ltkblt${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}" + eval tkblt_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkbltstub${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}" + else + eval tkblt_LIB_FLAG="-ltkblt`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}" + eval tkblt_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkbltstub`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}" + fi + tkblt_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${tkblt_LIB_FLAG}" + tkblt_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}` ${tkblt_LIB_FLAG}" + tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${tkblt_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" + tkblt_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}` ${tkblt_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" + tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`$CYGPATH $(pwd)`/${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}" + tkblt_STUB_LIB_PATH="`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}`/${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}" + + + + + + + + + + + + +#AC_SUBST(SAMPLE_VAR) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Specify files to substitute AC variables in. You may alternatively +# have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files which require +# substituting the AC variables in. Include these here. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile pkgIndex.tcl" + +ac_config_files="$ac_config_files tkbltConfig.sh" + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the files +# specified with AC_CONFIG_FILES. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. +# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't +# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it +# the --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when +# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the +# following values. + +_ACEOF + +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, we kill variables containing newlines. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +( + for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do + eval ac_val=\$$ac_var + case $ac_val in #( + *${as_nl}*) + case $ac_var in #( + *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; + esac + case $ac_var in #( + _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( + BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( + *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; + esac ;; + esac + done + + (set) 2>&1 | + case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( + *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote + # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. + sed -n \ + "s/'/'\\\\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" + ;; #( + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" + ;; + esac | + sort +) | + sed ' + /^ac_cv_env_/b end + t clear + :clear + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ + t end + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ + :end' >>confcache +if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else + if test -w "$cache_file"; then + if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then + cat confcache >"$cache_file" + else + case $cache_file in #( + */* | ?:*) + mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ && + mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #( + *) + mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;; + esac + fi + fi + else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. +# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. +# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. +# +# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that +# take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise, +# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. +ac_script=' +:mline +/\\$/{ + N + s,\\\n,, + b mline +} +t clear +:clear +s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g +t quote +s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g +t quote +b any +:quote +s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g +s/\[/\\&/g +s/\]/\\&/g +s/\$/$$/g +H +:any +${ + g + s/^\n// + s/\n/ /g + p +} +' +DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h` + + +ac_libobjs= +ac_ltlibobjs= +U= +for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue + # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. + ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' + ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` + # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR + # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. + as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" + as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' +done +LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs + +LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs + + + +CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS="" + +: "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" +ac_write_fail=0 +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} +as_write_fail=0 +cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 +#! $SHELL +# Generated by $as_me. +# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in config.log if it exists. + +debug=false +ac_cs_recheck=false +ac_cs_silent=false + +SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} +export SHELL +_ASEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 +## -------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## -------------------- ## + +# Be more Bourne compatible +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +else + case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( + *posix*) : + set -o posix ;; #( + *) : + ;; +esac +fi + + +as_nl=' +' +export as_nl +# Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. +as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo +# Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, +# but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. +if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ + && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='print -r --' + as_echo_n='print -rn --' +elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then + as_echo='printf %s\n' + as_echo_n='printf %s' +else + if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then + as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' + as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' + else + as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' + as_echo_n_body='eval + arg=$1; + case $arg in #( + *"$as_nl"*) + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; + arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; + esac; + expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" + ' + export as_echo_n_body + as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' + fi + export as_echo_body + as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' +fi + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { + (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + } +fi + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. +# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word +# splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) +IFS=" "" $as_nl" + +# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. +as_myself= +case $0 in #(( + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break + done +IFS=$as_save_IFS + + ;; +esac +# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' +# in which case we are not to be found in the path. +if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 +fi +if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in +# pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" +# suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could +# trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. +for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH +do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ + && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : +done +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LANGUAGE=C +export LANGUAGE + +# CDPATH. +(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH + + +# as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] +# ---------------------------------------- +# Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are +# provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the +# script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. +as_fn_error () +{ + as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 + if test "$4"; then + as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 + fi + $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 + as_fn_exit $as_status +} # as_fn_error + + +# as_fn_set_status STATUS +# ----------------------- +# Set $? to STATUS, without forking. +as_fn_set_status () +{ + return $1 +} # as_fn_set_status + +# as_fn_exit STATUS +# ----------------- +# Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. +as_fn_exit () +{ + set +e + as_fn_set_status $1 + exit $1 +} # as_fn_exit + +# as_fn_unset VAR +# --------------- +# Portably unset VAR. +as_fn_unset () +{ + { eval $1=; unset $1;} +} +as_unset=as_fn_unset +# as_fn_append VAR VALUE +# ---------------------- +# Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take +# advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over +# repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive +# implementations. +if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : + eval 'as_fn_append () + { + eval $1+=\$2 + }' +else + as_fn_append () + { + eval $1=\$$1\$2 + } +fi # as_fn_append + +# as_fn_arith ARG... +# ------------------ +# Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the +# global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments +# must be portable across $(()) and expr. +if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : + eval 'as_fn_arith () + { + as_val=$(( $* )) + }' +else + as_fn_arith () + { + as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` + } +fi # as_fn_arith + + +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && + test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + +if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_dirname=dirname +else + as_dirname=false +fi + +as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= +case `echo -n x` in #((((( +-n*) + case `echo 'xy\c'` in + *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. + xy) ECHO_C='\c';; + *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null + ECHO_T=' ';; + esac;; +*) + ECHO_N='-n';; +esac + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +if test -d conf$$.dir; then + rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file +else + rm -f conf$$.dir + mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null +fi +if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then + if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s='ln -s' + # ... but there are two gotchas: + # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. + # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. + # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. + ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || + as_ln_s='cp -pR' + elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln + else + as_ln_s='cp -pR' + fi +else + as_ln_s='cp -pR' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file +rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null + + +# as_fn_mkdir_p +# ------------- +# Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. +as_fn_mkdir_p () +{ + + case $as_dir in #( + -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; + esac + test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { + as_dirs= + while :; do + case $as_dir in #( + *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( + *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; + esac + as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" + as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + test -d "$as_dir" && break + done + test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" + } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" + + +} # as_fn_mkdir_p +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + + +# as_fn_executable_p FILE +# ----------------------- +# Test if FILE is an executable regular file. +as_fn_executable_p () +{ + test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" +} # as_fn_executable_p +as_test_x='test -x' +as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + +exec 6>&1 +## ----------------------------------- ## +## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## +## ----------------------------------- ## +_ASEOF +test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to +# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their +# values after options handling. +ac_log=" +This file was extended by tkblt $as_me 3.2, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was + + CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES + CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS + CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS + CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS + $ $0 $@ + +on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +" + +_ACEOF + +case $ac_config_files in *" +"*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; +esac + + + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# Files that config.status was made for. +config_files="$ac_config_files" + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_cs_usage="\ +\`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions +from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files +and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... + + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit + --config print configuration, then exit + -q, --quiet, --silent + do not print progress messages + -d, --debug don't remove temporary files + --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions + --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] + instantiate the configuration file FILE + +Configuration files: +$config_files + +Report bugs to the package provider." + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" +ac_cs_version="\\ +tkblt config.status 3.2 +configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69, + with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" + +Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." + +ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' +srcdir='$srcdir' +test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. +ac_need_defaults=: +while test $# != 0 +do + case $1 in + --*=?*) + ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` + ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` + ac_shift=: + ;; + --*=) + ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` + ac_optarg= + ac_shift=: + ;; + *) + ac_option=$1 + ac_optarg=$2 + ac_shift=shift + ;; + esac + + case $ac_option in + # Handling of the options. + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + ac_cs_recheck=: ;; + --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; + --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; + --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) + debug=: ;; + --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) + $ac_shift + case $ac_optarg in + *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;; + esac + as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" + ac_need_defaults=false;; + --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) + ac_cs_silent=: ;; + + # This is an error. + -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1' +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; + + *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" + ac_need_defaults=false ;; + + esac + shift +done + +ac_configure_extra_args= + +if $ac_cs_silent; then + exec 6>/dev/null + ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +if \$ac_cs_recheck; then + set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion + shift + \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 + CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec "\$@" +fi + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +exec 5>>config.log +{ + echo + sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX +## Running $as_me. ## +_ASBOX + $as_echo "$ac_log" +} >&5 + +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + +# Handling of arguments. +for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets +do + case $ac_config_target in + "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; + "pkgIndex.tcl") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES pkgIndex.tcl" ;; + "tkbltConfig.sh") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkbltConfig.sh" ;; + + *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; + esac +done + + +# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, +# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. +# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely +# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. +if $ac_need_defaults; then + test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files +fi + +# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree +# simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, +# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. +# Hook for its removal unless debugging. +# Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: +# after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. +$debug || +{ + tmp= ac_tmp= + trap 'exit_status=$? + : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}" + { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status +' 0 + trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 +} +# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. + +{ + tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && + test -d "$tmp" +} || +{ + tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM + (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") +} || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 +ac_tmp=$tmp + +# Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. +# No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. +# This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. +if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then + + +ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` +# On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. +# But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this +# point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. +if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then + eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' +fi +ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' </dev/null 2>/dev/null` +if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then + ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' +else + ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr +fi + +echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" && +_ACEOF + + +{ + echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && + echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && + echo "_ACEOF" +} >conf$$subs.sh || + as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 +ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'` +ac_delim='%!_!# ' +for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do + . ./conf$$subs.sh || + as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 + + ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` + if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then + break + elif $ac_last_try; then + as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 + else + ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " + fi +done +rm -f conf$$subs.sh + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && +_ACEOF +sed -n ' +h +s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ +p +g +s/^[^!]*!// +:repl +t repl +s/'"$ac_delim"'$// +t delim +:nl +h +s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ +t more1 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ +p +n +b repl +:more1 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ +p +g +s/.\{148\}// +t nl +:delim +h +s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ +t more2 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ +p +b +:more2 +s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ +p +g +s/.\{148\}// +t delim +' <conf$$subs.awk | sed ' +/^[^""]/{ + N + s/\n// +} +' >>$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 +rm -f conf$$subs.awk +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +_ACAWK +cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && + for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 + FS = "" + +} +{ + line = $ 0 + nfields = split(line, field, "@") + substed = 0 + len = length(field[1]) + for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { + key = field[i] + keylen = length(key) + if (S_is_set[key]) { + value = S[key] + line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) + len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) + substed = 1 + } else + len += 1 + keylen + } + + print line +} + +_ACAWK +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then + sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" +else + cat +fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ + || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 +_ACEOF + +# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir), +# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and +# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty +# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{ +h +s/// +s/^/:/ +s/[ ]*$/:/ +s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g +s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g +s/:@srcdir@:/:/g +s/^:*// +s/:*$// +x +s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/ +G +s/\n// +s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// +}' +fi + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" + + +eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES " +shift +for ac_tag +do + case $ac_tag in + :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; + esac + case $ac_mode$ac_tag in + :[FHL]*:*);; + :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; + :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; + :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; + esac + ac_save_IFS=$IFS + IFS=: + set x $ac_tag + IFS=$ac_save_IFS + shift + ac_file=$1 + shift + + case $ac_mode in + :L) ac_source=$1;; + :[FH]) + ac_file_inputs= + for ac_f + do + case $ac_f in + -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";; + *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree + # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, + # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. + test -f "$ac_f" || + case $ac_f in + [\\/$]*) false;; + *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; + esac || + as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; + esac + case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac + as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" + done + + # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't + # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: + # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ + configure_input='Generated from '` + $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' + `' by configure.' + if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then + configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} + fi + # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. + case $configure_input in #( + *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) + ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | + sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( + *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; + esac + + case $ac_tag in + *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \ + || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; + esac + ;; + esac + + ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || +$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || +$as_echo X"$ac_file" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q'` + as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p + ac_builddir=. + +case "$ac_dir" in +.) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; +*) + ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` + # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` + case $ac_top_builddir_sub in + "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; + *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; + esac ;; +esac +ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd +ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix +# for backward compatibility: +ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix + +case $srcdir in + .) # We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative name. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir + ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; +esac +ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + + + case $ac_mode in + :F) + # + # CONFIG_FILE + # + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +# If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. +# FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. +ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= +ac_sed_dataroot=' +/datarootdir/ { + p + q +} +/@datadir@/p +/@docdir@/p +/@infodir@/p +/@localedir@/p +/@mandir@/p' +case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in +*datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; +*@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 + ac_datarootdir_hack=' + s&@datadir@&$datadir&g + s&@docdir@&$docdir&g + s&@infodir@&$infodir&g + s&@localedir@&$localedir&g + s&@mandir@&$mandir&g + s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; +esac +_ACEOF + +# Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. +# Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. +# FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +:t +/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b +s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t +s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t +s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t +s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t +s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t +s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t +s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t +$ac_datarootdir_hack +" +eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ + >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 + +test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && + { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \ + "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' +which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} + + rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin" + case $ac_file in + -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";; + *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";; + esac \ + || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 + ;; + + + + esac + +done # for ac_tag + + +as_fn_exit 0 +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save + +test $ac_write_fail = 0 || + as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 + + +# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. +# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. +# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open +# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its +# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, +# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and +# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we +# need to make the FD available again. +if test "$no_create" != yes; then + ac_cs_success=: + ac_config_status_args= + test "$silent" = yes && + ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" + exec 5>/dev/null + $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false + exec 5>>config.log + # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which + # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. + $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1 +fi +if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} +fi + diff --git a/tkblt/configure.ac b/tkblt/configure.ac new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bbfab0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/configure.ac @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +#!/bin/bash -norc +dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to +dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tcl installation +dnl to configure the system for the local environment. + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Sample configure.ac for Tcl Extensions. The only places you should +# need to modify this file are marked by the string __CHANGE__ +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# __CHANGE__ +# Set your package name and version numbers here. +# +# This initializes the environment with PACKAGE_NAME and PACKAGE_VERSION +# set as provided. These will also be added as -D defs in your Makefile +# so you can encode the package version directly into the source files. +# This will also define a special symbol for Windows (BUILD_<PACKAGE_NAME> +# so that we create the export library with the dll. +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_INIT([tkblt], [3.2]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars. +# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows" +# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_INIT() + +AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(tclconfig) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Load the tclConfig.sh file +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG +TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension) +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG +TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave. +# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER. +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_PREFIX + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Standard compiler checks. +# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise. +# This also calls AC_PROG_CC and a few others to create the basic setup +# necessary to compile executables. +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_SETUP_COMPILER + +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- +# __CHANGE__ +# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES, +# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS, +# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES, +# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES. +# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS +# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES. +#----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_ADD_SOURCES([ +tkbltChain.C +tkbltConfig.C +tkbltGrAxis.C +tkbltGrAxisOp.C +tkbltGrAxisOption.C +tkbltGrBind.C +tkbltGrElemOp.C +tkbltGrElemOption.C +tkbltGrElem.C +tkbltGrElemBar.C +tkbltGrElemLine.C +tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C +tkbltGrHairs.C +tkbltGrHairsOp.C +tkbltGrLegd.C +tkbltGrLegdOp.C +tkbltGrMarkerOp.C +tkbltGrMarkerOption.C +tkbltGrMarker.C +tkbltGrMarkerLine.C +tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C +tkbltGrMarkerText.C +tkbltGrMisc.C +tkbltGrPenOp.C +tkbltGrPenOption.C +tkbltGrPen.C +tkbltGrPenBar.C +tkbltGrPenLine.C +tkbltGrPostscript.C +tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C +tkbltGrPSOutput.C +tkbltGrText.C +tkbltGrXAxisOp.C +tkbltGraph.C +tkbltGraphBar.C +tkbltGraphLine.C +tkbltGraphOp.C +tkbltGraphSup.C +tkbltInt.C +tkbltNsUtil.C +tkbltParse.C +tkbltOp.C +tkbltStubInit.c +tkbltStubLib.C +tkbltSwitch.C +tkbltVecCmd.C +tkbltVecOp.C +tkbltVecMath.C +tkbltVector.C +]) +TEA_ADD_HEADERS([ +generic/tkbltVector.h +generic/tkbltDecls.h +]) +TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([]) +TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lstdc++]) +if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then +TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-TP -EHsc -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -D_USE_MATH_DEFINES]) +fi +TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES([tkbltStubLib.C]) +TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES([library/graph.tcl]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# __CHANGE__ +# +# You can add more files to clean if your extension creates any extra +# files by extending CLEANFILES. +# Add pkgIndex.tcl if it is generated in the Makefile instead of ./configure +# and change Makefile.in to move it from CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES to BINARIES var. +# +# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items: +# TEA_ADD_* any platform specific compiler/build info here. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES pkgIndex.tcl" +if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + # Ensure no empty if clauses + : + #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([win/winFile.c]) + #TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"$(${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win)\"]) +else + # Ensure no empty else clauses + : + #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([unix/unixFile.c]) + #TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lsuperfly]) +fi + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# __CHANGE__ +# Choose which headers you need. Extension authors should try very +# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files. Internal headers +# contain private data structures and are subject to change without +# notice. +# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS +TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS + +TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS +TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS +TEA_PATH_X + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given. +# This auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_ENABLE_THREADS + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to +# building as a shared library instead of a static library. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_ENABLE_SHARED + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker +# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects. This information +# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# This macro generates a line to use when building a library. It +# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS, +# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_MAKE_LIB + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Determine the name of the tclsh and/or wish executables in the +# Tcl and Tk build directories or the location they were installed +# into. These paths are used to support running test cases only, +# the Makefile should not be making use of these paths to generate +# a pkgIndex.tcl file or anything else at extension build time. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_PROG_TCLSH +TEA_PROG_WISH + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Setup a *Config.sh.in configuration file. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG([tkblt]) +#AC_SUBST(SAMPLE_VAR) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Specify files to substitute AC variables in. You may alternatively +# have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files which require +# substituting the AC variables in. Include these here. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile pkgIndex.tcl]) +AC_CONFIG_FILES([tkbltConfig.sh]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the files +# specified with AC_CONFIG_FILES. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_OUTPUT() diff --git a/tkblt/doc/BLT.html b/tkblt/doc/BLT.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55e4e38 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/doc/BLT.html @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +<HTML> +<BODY> +<PRE> +<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 --> + +</PRE> +<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE> + BLT is a library of extensions to the Tk library. It adds new commands + and variables to the application's interpreter. + + + +</PRE> +<H2>COMMANDS</H2><PRE> + The following commands are added to the interpreter from the BLT + library: + + <B>graph</B> A 2D plotting widget. Plots two variable data in a win- + dow with an optional legend and annotations. It has of + several components; coordinate axes, crosshairs, a leg- + end, and a collection of elements and tags. + + <B>barchart</B> A barchart widget. Plots two-variable data as rectangu- + lar bars in a window. The x-coordinate values designate + the position of the bar along the x-axis, while the y- + coordinate values designate the magnitude. The <B>barchart</B> + widget has of several components; coordinate axes, + crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and + tags. + + <B>vector</B> Creates a vector of floating point values. The vector's + components can be manipulated in three ways: through a + Tcl array variable, a Tcl command, or the C API. + + +</PRE> +<H2>ADDING BLT TO YOUR APPLICATIONS</H2><PRE> + It's easy to add BLT to an existing Tk application. BLT requires no + patches or edits to the Tcl or Tk libraries. To add BLT, simply add + the following code snippet to your application's tkAppInit.c file. + + if (Tkblt_Init(interp) != TCL_OK) { + + return TCL_ERROR; + + } + + Recompile and link with the tkblt library and that's it. + + Alternately, you can dynamically load tkblt, simply by invoking the + command + + % package require tkblt + + from your Tcl script. + + +</PRE> +<H2>BUGS</H2><PRE> + Send bug reports, requests, suggestions, etc. to wjoye@cfa.harvard.edu + + +</PRE> +<H2>KEYWORDS</H2><PRE> + BLT + +</PRE> +<HR> +<ADDRESS> +Man(1) output converted with +<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a> +</ADDRESS> +</BODY> +</HTML> diff --git a/tkblt/doc/BLT.n b/tkblt/doc/BLT.n new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f63aa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/doc/BLT.n @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +'\" +'\" Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA +'\" This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made +'\" available under the same terms. +'\" +'\" Copyright 1991-1997 by Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies. +'\" +'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided +'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the +'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation, +'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used +'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +'\" without specific, written prior permission. +'\" +'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software, +'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event +'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or +'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use, +'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other +'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance +'\" of this software. +'\" +.TH intro n BLT_VERSION BLT "BLT Built-In Commands" +.BS +'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! +.SH NAME +BLT \- Introduction to the BLT library +.BE +.SH DESCRIPTION +BLT is a library of extensions to the Tk library. It adds new +commands and variables to the application's interpreter. +.LP +.SH COMMANDS +The following commands are added to the interpreter from the BLT library: +.TP 15 +\fBgraph\fR +A 2D plotting widget. Plots two variable data in a window with an optional +legend and annotations. It has of several components; coordinate axes, +crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and tags. +.TP 15 +\fBbarchart\fR +A barchart widget. Plots two-variable data as rectangular bars in a +window. The x-coordinate values designate the position of the bar along +the x-axis, while the y-coordinate values designate the magnitude. +The \fBbarchart\fR widget has of several components; coordinate axes, +crosshairs, a legend, and a collection of elements and tags. +.TP 15 +\fBvector\fR +Creates a vector of floating point values. The vector's components +can be manipulated in three ways: through a Tcl array variable, a Tcl +command, or the C API. +.SH ADDING BLT TO YOUR APPLICATIONS +It's easy to add BLT to an existing Tk application. BLT requires no +patches or edits to the Tcl or Tk libraries. To add BLT, simply add the +following code snippet to your application's tkAppInit.c file. +.PP +if (Tkblt_Init(interp) != TCL_OK) { +.PP + return TCL_ERROR; +.PP +} +.TP 15 +Recompile and link with the tkblt library and that's it. +.PP +Alternately, you can dynamically load tkblt, simply by invoking the +command +.PP +% package require tkblt +.PP +from your Tcl script. +.SH BUGS +Send bug reports, requests, suggestions, etc. to +wjoye@cfa.harvard.edu +.SH KEYWORDS +BLT diff --git a/tkblt/doc/barchart.html b/tkblt/doc/barchart.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f04d25 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/doc/barchart.html @@ -0,0 +1,1640 @@ +<HTML> +<BODY> +<PRE> +<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 --> + +</PRE> +<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE> + <B>barchart</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + + +</PRE> +<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE> + The <B>barchart</B> command creates a bar chart for plotting two-dimensional + data (X-Y coordinates). A bar chart is a graphic means of comparing + numbers by displaying bars of lengths proportional to the y-coordinates + of the points they represented. The bar chart has many configurable + components: coordinate axes, elements, legend, grid lines, cross hairs, + etc. They allow you to customize the look and feel of the graph. + + +</PRE> +<H2>INTRODUCTION</H2><PRE> + The <B>barchart</B> command creates a new window for plotting two-dimensional + data (X-Y coordinates), using bars of various lengths to represent the + data points. The bars are drawn in a rectangular area displayed in the + center of the new window. This is the <I>plotting</I> <I>area</I>. The coordinate + axes are drawn in the margins surrounding the plotting area. By + default, the legend is drawn in the right margin. The title is dis- + played in top margin. + + A <B>barchart</B> widget has several configurable components: coordinate axes, + data elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, pens, postscript, and annota- + tion markers. Each component can be queried or modified. + + axis Up to four coordinate axes (two X-coordinate and two Y-coor- + dinate axes) can be displayed, but you can create and use any + number of axes. Axes control what region of data is displayed + and how the data is scaled. Each axis consists of the axis + line, title, major and minor ticks, and tick labels. Tick + labels display the value at each major tick. + + crosshairs + Cross hairs are used to position the mouse pointer relative + to the X and Y coordinate axes. Two perpendicular lines, + intersecting at the current location of the mouse, extend + across the plotting area to the coordinate axes. + + element An element represents a set of data to be plotted. It con- + tains an x and y vector of values representing the data + points. Each data point is displayed as a bar where the + length of the bar is proportional to the ordinate (Y-coordi- + nate) of the data point. The appearance of the bar, such as + its color, stipple, or relief is configurable. + + A special case exists when two or more data points have the + same abscissa (X-coordinate). By default, the bars are over- + layed, one on top of the other. The bars are drawn in the + order of the element display list. But you can also config- + ure the bars to be displayed in two other ways. They may be + displayed as a stack, where each bar (with the same abscissa) + is stacked on the previous. Or they can be drawn side-by- + side as thin bars. The width of each bar is a function of + + pen Pens define attributes for elements. Data elements use pens + to specify how they should be drawn. A data element may use + many pens at once. Here the particular pen used for a data + point is determined from each element's weight vector (see + the element's <B>-weight</B> and <B>-style</B> options). + + postscript + The widget can generate encapsulated PostScript output. This + component has several options to configure how the PostScript + is generated. + + +</PRE> +<H2>SYNTAX</H2><PRE> + <B>barchart</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... The <B>barchart</B> command creates a new + window <I>pathName</I> and makes it into a <B>barchart</B> widget. At the time this + command is invoked, there must not exist a window named <I>pathName</I>, but + <I>pathName</I>'s parent must exist. Additional options may be specified on + the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the + graph such as its colors and font. See the <B>configure</B> operation below + for the exact details about what <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are valid. + + If successful, <B>barchart</B> returns the path name of the widget. It also + creates a new Tcl command by the same name. You can use this command + to invoke various operations that query or modify the graph. The gen- + eral form is: <I>pathName</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... Both <I>operation</I> and its argu- + ments determine the exact behavior of the command. The operations + available for the graph are described in the <B>BARCHART</B> <B>OPERATIONS</B> sec- + tion. + + The command can also be used to access components of the graph. <I>path-</I> + <I>Name</I> <I>component</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... The operation, now located after the + name of the component, is the function to be performed on that compo- + nent. Each component has its own set of operations that manipulate that + component. They will be described below in their own sections. + + +</PRE> +<H2>EXAMPLE</H2><PRE> + The <B>barchart</B> command creates a new bar chart. # Create a new bar + chart. Plotting area is black. barchart .b -plotbackground black A + new Tcl command .b is created. This command can be used to query and + modify the bar chart. For example, to change the title of the graph to + "My Plot", you use the new command and the <B>configure</B> operation. # + Change the title. .b configure -title "My Plot" To add data elements, + you use the command and the <B>element</B> component. # Create a new element + named "e1" .b element create e1 \ -xdata { 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 } + \ -ydata { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 + 155.85 166.60 175.38 } The element's X-Y coordinates are + specified using lists of numbers. Alternately, BLT vectors could be + used to hold the X-Y coordinates. # Create two vectors and add them to + the barchart. vector xVector yVector xVector set { 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 + 10 } yVector set { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85 + 166.60 175.38 } n.b element create e1 -xdata xVector -ydata yVec- + tor The advantage of using vectors is that when you modify one, the + sure we change the bar width too. .b configure -barwidth 0.2 The + height of each bar is proportional to the ordinate (Y-coordinate) of + the data point. + + If two or more data points have the same abscissa (X-coordinate value), + the bars representing those data points may be drawn in various ways. + The default is to overlay the bars, one on top of the other. The + ordering is determined from the of element display list. If the + stacked mode is selected (using the <B>-barmode</B> configuration option), the + bars are stacked, each bar above the previous. # Display the elements + as stacked. .b configure -barmode stacked If the aligned mode is + selected, the bars having the same x-coordinates are displayed side by + side. The width of each bar is a fraction of its normal width, based + upon the number of bars with the same x-coordinate. # Display the ele- + ments side-by-side. .b configure -barmode aligned By default, the ele- + ment's label in the legend will be also e1. You can change the label, + or specify no legend entry, again using the element's <B>configure</B> opera- + tion. # Don't display "e1" in the legend. .b element configure e1 + -label "" You can configure more than just the element's label. An + element has many attributes such as stipple, foreground and background + colors, relief, etc. .b element configure e1 -fg red -bg pink \ + -stipple gray50 Four coordinate axes are automatically created: x, + x2, y, and y2. And by default, elements are mapped onto the axes x and + y. This can be changed with the <B>-mapx</B> and <B>-mapy</B> options. # Map "e1" + on the alternate y axis "y2". .b element configure e1 -mapy y2 Axes + can be configured in many ways too. For example, you change the scale + of the Y-axis from linear to log using the <B>axis</B> component. # Y-axis is + log scale. .b axis configure y -logscale yes One important way axes + are used is to zoom in on a particular data region. Zooming is done by + simply specifying new axis limits using the <B>-min</B> and <B>-max</B> configuration + options. .b axis configure x -min 1.0 -max 1.5 .b axis configure y + -min 12.0 -max 55.15 To zoom interactively, you link the<B>axis</B> <B>configure</B> + operations with some user interaction (such as pressing the mouse but- + ton), using the <B>bind</B> command. To convert between screen and graph + coordinates, use the <B>invtransform</B> operation. # Click the button to set + a new minimum bind .b <ButtonPress-1> { + %W axis configure x -min [%W axis invtransform x %x] + %W axis configure x -min [%W axis invtransform x %y] } By default, + the limits of the axis are determined from data values. To reset back + to the default limits, set the <B>-min</B> and <B>-max</B> options to the empty + value. # Reset the axes to autoscale again. .b axis configure x -min + {} -max {} .b axis configure y -min {} -max {} By default, the legend + is drawn in the right margin. You can change this or any legend con- + figuration options using the <B>legend</B> component. # Configure the legend + font, color, and relief .b legend configure -position left -relief + raised \ -font fixed -fg blue To prevent the legend from being + displayed, turn on the <B>-hide</B> option. # Don't display the legend. .b + legend configure -hide yes The <B>barchart</B> has simple drawing procedures + called markers. They can be used to highlight or annotate data in the + graph. The types of markers available are bitmaps, polygons, lines, or + windows. Markers can be used, for example, to mark or brush points. + For example there may be a line marker which indicates some low-water + chart into file "file.ps" .b postscript output file.ps -maxpect yes + -decorations no This generates a file file.ps containing the encapsu- + lated PostScript of the graph. The option <B>-maxpect</B> says to scale the + plot to the size of the page. Turning off the <B>-decorations</B> option + denotes that no borders or color backgrounds should be drawn (i.e. the + background of the margins, legend, and plotting area will be white). + + +</PRE> +<H2>SYNTAX</H2><PRE> + <B>barchart</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... The <B>barchart</B> command creates a new + window <I>pathName</I> and makes it into a barchart widget. At the time this + command is invoked, there must not exist a window named <I>pathName</I>, but + <I>pathName</I>'s parent must exist. Additional options may may be specified + on the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of + the bar chart such as its colors and font. See the <B>configure</B> operation + below for the exact details as to what <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are + valid. + + If successful, <B>barchart</B> returns <I>pathName</I>. It also creates a new Tcl + command <I>pathName</I>. This command may be used to invoke various opera- + tions to query or modify the bar chart. It has the general form: <I>path-</I> + <I>Name</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... Both <I>operation</I> and its arguments determine the + exact behavior of the command. The operations available for the bar + chart are described in the following section. + + +</PRE> +<H2>BARCHART OPERATIONS</H2><PRE> + <I>pathName</I> <B>bar</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Creates a new barchart element <I>elemName</I>. It's an error if an + element <I>elemName</I> already exists. See the manual for <B>barchart</B> + for details about what <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are valid. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I> + Returns the current value of the configuration option given by + <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the <B>con-</B> + <B>figure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Queries or modifies the configuration options of the graph. If + <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the current options + for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, but not + <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If one or + more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each pair, + the option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The following options are + valid. + + <B>-background</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the background color. This includes the margins and + legend, but not the plotting area. + + <B>-barmode</B> <I>mode</I> + Indicates how related bar elements will be drawn. + Related elements have data points with the same abscissas + (X-coordinates). <I>Mode</I> indicates how those segments should + + <B>-barwidth</B> <I>value</I> + Specifies the width of the bars. This value can be over- + rided by the individual elements using their <B>-barwidth</B> + configuration option. <I>Value</I> is the width in terms of + graph-coordinates. The default width is 1.0. + + <B>-borderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge + of the widget. The <B>-relief</B> option determines if the bor- + der is to be drawn. The default is 2. + + <B>-bottommargin</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies the size of the margin below the X-coordinate + axis. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, the size of the margin is selected + automatically. The default is 0. + + <B>-bufferelements</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether an internal pixmap to buffer the dis- + play of data elements should be used. If <I>boolean</I> is + true, data elements are drawn to an internal pixmap. + This option is especially useful when the graph is + redrawn frequently while the remains data unchanged (for + example, moving a marker across the plot). See the <B>SPEED</B> + <B>TIPS</B> section. The default is 1. + + <B>-cursor</B> <I>cursor</I> + Specifies the widget's cursor. The default cursor is + crosshair. + + <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I> + Specifies the font of the graph title. The default is + *-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-18-180-*. + + <B>-halo</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies a maximum distance to consider when searching + for the closest data point (see the element's <B>closest</B> + operation below). Data points further than <I>pixels</I> away + are ignored. The default is 0.5i. + + <B>-height</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies the requested height of widget. The default is + 4i. + + <B>-invertxy</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the placement X-axis and Y-axis should + be inverted. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the X and Y axes are + swapped. The default is 0. + + <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I> + Specifies how the title should be justified. This mat- + ters only when the title contains more than one line of + area. The <B>-plotrelief</B> option determines if a border is + drawn. The default is 2. + + <B>-plotpadx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the amount of padding to be added to the left and + right sides of the plotting area. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of + one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, + the left side of the plotting area entry is padded by the + first distance and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> + is just one distance, both the left and right sides are + padded evenly. The default is 8. + + <B>-plotpady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the amount of padding to be added to the top and + bottom of the plotting area. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or + two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the top + of the plotting area is padded by the first distance and + the bottom by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, + both the top and bottom are padded evenly. The default + is 8. + + <B>-plotrelief</B> <I>relief</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect for the plotting area. <I>Relief</I> + specifies how the interior of the plotting area should + appear relative to rest of the graph; for example, raised + means the plot should appear to protrude from the graph, + relative to the surface of the graph. The default is + sunken. + + <B>-relief</B> <I>relief</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect for the barchart widget. <I>Relief</I> + specifies how the graph should appear relative to widget + it is packed into; for example, raised means the graph + should appear to protrude. The default is flat. + + <B>-rightmargin</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the size of margin from the plotting area to the + right edge of the window. By default, the legend is + drawn in this margin. If <I>pixels</I> is than 1, the margin + size is selected automatically. + + <B>-takefocus</B> <I>focus</I> + Provides information used when moving the focus from win- + dow to window via keyboard traversal (e.g., Tab and + Shift-Tab). If <I>focus</I> is 0, this means that this window + should be skipped entirely during keyboard traversal. 1 + means that the this window should always receive the + input focus. An empty value means that the traversal + scripts make the decision whether to focus on the window. + The default is "". + + <B>-tile</B> <I>image</I> + <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies the requested width of the widget. The default + is 5i. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>? + See the <B>CROSSHAIRS</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + See the <B>ELEMENT</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>extents</B> <I>item</I> + Returns the size of a particular item in the graph. <I>Item</I> must + be either leftmargin, rightmargin, topmargin, bottommargin, + plotwidth, or plotheight. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + See the <B>GRID</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>invtransform</B> <I>winX</I> <I>winY</I> + Performs an inverse coordinate transformation, mapping window + coordinates back to graph-coordinates, using the standard X-axis + and Y-axis. Returns a list of containing the X-Y graph-coordi- + nates. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>inside</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I> + Returns 1 is the designated screen-coordinate (<I>x</I> and <I>y</I>) is + inside the plotting area and 0 otherwise. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + See the <B>LEGEND</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>line</B> <B>operation</B> <B>arg</B>... + The operation is the same as <B>element</B>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + See the <B>MARKER</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>metafile</B> ?<I>fileName</I>? + <I>This</I> <I>operation</I> <I>is</I> <I>for</I> <I>Window</I> <I>platforms</I> <I>only</I>. Creates a Windows + enhanced metafile of the barchart. If present, <I>fileName</I> is the + file name of the new metafile. Otherwise, the metafile is auto- + matically added to the clipboard. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + See the <B>POSTSCRIPT</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>snap</B> <I>photoName</I> + Takes a snapshot of the graph and stores the contents in the + photo image <I>photoName</I>. <I>PhotoName</I> is the name of a Tk photo + image that must already exist. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>transform</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I> + A graph is composed of several components: coordinate axes, data ele- + ments, legend, grid, cross hairs, postscript, and annotation markers. + Instead of one big set of configuration options and operations, the + graph is partitioned, where each component has its own configuration + options and operations that specifically control that aspect or part of + the graph. + + <B>AXIS</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> + Four coordinate axes are automatically created: two X-coordinate axes + (x and x2) and two Y-coordinate axes (y, and y2). By default, the axis + x is located in the bottom margin, y in the left margin, x2 in the top + margin, and y2 in the right margin. + + An axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor ticks, and + tick labels. Major ticks are drawn at uniform intervals along the + axis. Each tick is labeled with its coordinate value. Minor ticks are + drawn at uniform intervals within major ticks. + + The range of the axis controls what region of data is plotted. Data + points outside the minimum and maximum limits of the axis are not plot- + ted. By default, the minimum and maximum limits are determined from + the data, but you can reset either limit. + + You can create and use several axes. To create an axis, invoke the axis + component and its create operation. # Create a new axis called "tem- + perature" .b axis create temperature You map data elements to an axis + using the element's -mapy and -mapx configuration options. They specify + the coordinate axes an element is mapped onto. # Now map the tempera- + ture data to this axis. .b element create "temp" -xdata $x -ydata + $tempData \ + -mapy temperature While you can have many axes, only four axes can + be displayed simultaneously. They are drawn in each of the margins + surrounding the plotting area. The axes x and y are drawn in the bot- + tom and left margins. The axes x2 and y2 are drawn in top and right + margins. Only x and y are shown by default. Note that the axes can + have different scales. + + To display a different axis, you invoke one of the following compo- + nents: <B>xaxis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, <B>x2axis</B>, and <B>y2axis</B>. The <B>use</B> operation designates + the axis to be drawn in the corresponding margin: <B>xaxis</B> in the bottom, + <B>yaxis</B> in the left, <B>x2axis</B> in the top, and <B>y2axis</B> in the right. # Dis- + play the axis temperature in the left margin. .b yaxis use temperature + + You can configure axes in many ways. The axis scale can be linear or + logarithmic. The values along the axis can either monotonically + increase or decrease. If you need custom tick labels, you can specify + a Tcl procedure to format the label any way you wish. You can control + how ticks are drawn, by changing the major tick interval or the number + of minor ticks. You can define non-uniform tick intervals, such as for + time-series plots. + + + <B>-autorange</B> <I>range</I> + Sets the range of values for the axis to <I>range</I>. The axis + limits are automatically reset to display the most recent + data points in this range. If <I>range</I> is 0.0, the range is + determined from the limits of the data. If <B>-min</B> or <B>-max</B> + are specified, they override this option. The default is + 0.0. + + <B>-color</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the axis and tick labels. The default + is black. + + <B>-command</B> <I>prefix</I> + Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when formatting the + axis tick labels. <I>Prefix</I> is a string containing the name + of a Tcl proc and any extra arguments for the procedure. + This command is invoked for each major tick on the axis. + Two additional arguments are passed to the procedure: the + pathname of the widget and the current the numeric value + of the tick. The procedure returns the formatted tick + label. If "" is returned, no label will appear next to + the tick. You can get the standard tick labels again by + setting <I>prefix</I> to "". The default is "". + + Please note that this procedure is invoked while the bar + chart is redrawn. You may query the widget's configura- + tion options. But do not reset options, because this can + have unexpected results. + + <B>-descending</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the values along the axis are monotoni- + cally increasing or decreasing. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the + axis values will be decreasing. The default is 0. + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the axis is displayed. + + <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I> + Specifies how the axis title should be justified. This + matters only when the axis title contains more than one + line of text. <I>Justify</I> must be left, right, or center. + The default is center. + + <B>-limits</B> <I>formatStr</I> + Specifies a printf-like description to format the minimum + and maximum limits of the axis. The limits are displayed + at the top/bottom or left/right sides of the plotting + area. <I>FormatStr</I> is a list of one or two format descrip- + tions. If one description is supplied, both the minimum + and maximum limits are formatted in the same way. If + two, the first designates the format for the minimum + limit, the second for the maximum. If "" is given as + data points tightly, at the outermost data points, or + loosely, at the outer tick intervals. This is relevant + only when the axis limit is automatically calculated. If + <I>boolean</I> is true, the axis range is "loose". The default + is 0. + + <B>-majorticks</B> <I>majorList</I> + Specifies where to display major axis ticks. You can use + this option to display ticks at non-uniform intervals. + <I>MajorList</I> is a list of axis coordinates designating the + location of major ticks. No minor ticks are drawn. If + <I>majorList</I> is "", major ticks will be automatically com- + puted. The default is "". + + <B>-max</B> <I>value</I> + Sets the maximum limit of <I>axisName</I>. Any data point + greater than <I>value</I> is not displayed. If <I>value</I> is "", the + maximum limit is calculated using the largest data value. + The default is "". + + <B>-min</B> <I>value</I> + Sets the minimum limit of <I>axisName</I>. Any data point less + than <I>value</I> is not displayed. If <I>value</I> is "", the minimum + limit is calculated using the smallest data value. The + default is "". + + <B>-minorticks</B> <I>minorList</I> + Specifies where to display minor axis ticks. You can use + this option to display minor ticks at non-uniform inter- + vals. <I>MinorList</I> is a list of real values, ranging from + 0.0 to 1.0, designating the placement of a minor tick. + No minor ticks are drawn if the <B>-majortick</B> option is also + set. If <I>minorList</I> is "", minor ticks will be automati- + cally computed. The default is "". + + <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I> + Specifies the how many degrees to rotate the axis tick + labels. <I>Theta</I> is a real value representing the number of + degrees to rotate the tick labels. The default is 0.0 + degrees. + + <B>-shiftby</B> <I>value</I> + Specifies how much to automatically shift the range of + the axis. When the new data exceeds the current axis + maximum, the maximum is increased in increments of <I>value</I>. + You can use this option to prevent the axis limits from + being recomputed at each new time point. If <I>value</I> is 0.0, + then no automatic shifting is down. The default is 0.0. + + <B>-showticks</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether axis ticks should be drawn. If <I>boolean</I> + is true, ticks are drawn. If false, only the axis line + + <B>-tickfont</B> <I>fontName</I> + Specifies the font for axis tick labels. The default is + *-Courier-Bold-R-Normal-*-100-*. + + <B>-ticklength</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the length of major and minor ticks (minor ticks are + half the length of major ticks). If <I>pixels</I> is less than + zero, the axis will be inverted with ticks drawn pointing + towards the plot. The default is 0.1i. + + <B>-title</B> <I>text</I> + Sets the title of the axis. If <I>text</I> is "", no axis title + will be displayed. + + <B>-titlecolor</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the axis title. The default is black. + + <B>-titlefont</B> <I>fontName</I> + Specifies the font for axis title. The default is *-Hel- + vetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-14-140-*. + + Axis configuration options may be also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource class is Axis. The resource names are the + names of the axes (such as x or x2). option add *Bar- + chart.Axis.Color blue option add *Barchart.x.LogScale true + option add *Barchart.x2.LogScale false + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>create</B> <I>axisName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Creates a new axis by the name <I>axisName</I>. No axis by the same + name can already exist. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I> are described in above + in the axis <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>axisName</I>?... + Deletes the named axes. An axis is not really deleted until it + is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete axes mapped to ele- + ments. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>invtransform</B> <I>axisName</I> <I>value</I> + Performs the inverse transformation, changing the screen-coordi- + nate <I>value</I> to a graph-coordinate, mapping the value mapped to + <I>axisName</I>. Returns the graph-coordinate. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>limits</B> <I>axisName</I> + Returns a list of the minimum and maximum limits for <I>axisName</I>. + The order of the list is min max. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?... + Returns a list of axes matching zero or more patterns. If no + <I>pattern</I> argument is give, the names of all axes are returned. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>transform</B> <I>axisName</I> <I>value</I> + Transforms the coordinate <I>value</I> to a screen-coordinate by map- + + right Y-axis. + + They implicitly control the axis that is currently using to that loca- + tion. By default, <B>xaxis</B> uses the x axis, <B>yaxis</B> uses y, <B>x2axis</B> uses x2, + and <B>y2axis</B> uses y2. These components can be more convenient to use + than always determining what axes are current being displayed by the + graph. + + The following operations are available for axes. They mirror exactly + the operations of the <B>axis</B> component. The <I>axis</I> argument must be <B>xaxis</B>, + <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, or <B>y2axis</B>. + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I> + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>invtransform</B> <I>value</I> + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>limits</B> + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>transform</B> <I>value</I> + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>use</B> ?<I>axisName</I>? + Designates the axis <I>axisName</I> is to be displayed at this loca- + tion. <I>AxisName</I> can not be already in use at another location. + This command returns the name of the axis currently using this + location. + + <B>CROSSHAIRS</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> + Cross hairs consist of two intersecting lines (one vertical and one + horizontal) drawn completely across the plotting area. They are used + to position the mouse in relation to the coordinate axes. Cross hairs + differ from line markers in that they are implemented using XOR drawing + primitives. This means that they can be quickly drawn and erased with- + out redrawing the entire widget. + + The following operations are available for cross hairs: + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I> + Returns the current value of the cross hairs configuration + option given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described + below for the cross hairs <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Queries or modifies the configuration options of the cross + hairs. If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing all the + current options for the cross hairs is returned. If <I>option</I> is + specified, but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is + returned. If one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, + then for each pair, the cross hairs option <I>option</I> is set to + <I>value</I>. The following options are available for cross hairs. + + <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Set the width of the cross hair lines. The default is 1. + + <B>-position</B> <I>pos</I> + Specifies the screen position where the cross hairs + intersect. <I>Pos</I> must be in the form "<I>@x,y</I>", where <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> + are the window coordinates of the intersection. + + Cross hairs configuration options may be also be set by the + <B>option</B> command. The resource name and class are crosshairs and + Crosshairs respectively. option add *Bar- + chart.Crosshairs.LineWidth 2 option add *Bar- + chart.Crosshairs.Color red + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>off</B> + Turns off the cross hairs. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>on</B> + Turns on the display of the cross hairs. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>toggle</B> + Toggles the current state of the cross hairs, alternately map- + ping and unmapping the cross hairs. + + +</PRE> +<H2>ELEMENTS</H2><PRE> + A data element represents a set of data. It contains x and y vectors + which are the coordinates of the data points. Elements are displayed + as bars where the length of the bar is proportional to the ordinate of + the data point. Elements also control the appearance of the data, such + as the color, stipple, relief, etc. + + When new data elements are created, they are automatically added to a + list of displayed elements. The display list controls what elements + are drawn and in what order. + + The following operations are available for elements. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>activate</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>index</I>?... + Specifies the data points of element <I>elemName</I> to be drawn using + active foreground and background colors. <I>ElemName</I> is the name + of the element and <I>index</I> is a number representing the index of + the data point. If no indices are present then all data points + become active. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>? + Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event + sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for an element with this tag, + <I>command</I> will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> com- + mand except that it operates on graph elements, rather than wid- + gets. See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I> + and the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it. + + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>closest</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... ?<I>elemName</I>?... + Finds the data point representing the bar closest to the window + coordinates <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> in the element <I>elemName</I>. <I>ElemName</I> is the + name of an element, which must be currently displayed. If no + elements are specified, then all displayed elements are + searched. It returns a key-value list containing the name of + the closest element, the index of its closest point, and the + graph-coordinates of the point. If no data point within the + threshold distance can be found, "" is returned. The following + <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs are available. + + <B>-halo</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies a threshold distance where selected data points + are ignored. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as + 2 or 1.2i. If this option isn't specified, then it + defaults to the value of the <B>barchart</B>'s <B>-halo</B> option. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>configure</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>elemName</I>... ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Queries or modifies the configuration options for elements. + Several elements can be modified at the same time. If <I>option</I> + isn't specified, a list describing all the current options for + <I>elemName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, but not <I>value</I>, + then a list describing the option <I>option</I> is returned. If one or + more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each pair, + the element option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The following + options are valid for elements. + + <B>-activepen</B> <I>penName</I> + Specifies pen to use to draw active element. If <I>penName</I> + is "", no active elements will be drawn. The default is + activeLine. + + <B>-bindtags</B> <I>tagList</I> + Specifies the binding tags for the element. <I>TagList</I> is a + list of binding tag names. The tags and their order will + determine how events for elements. Each tag in the list + matching the current event sequence will have its Tcl + command executed. Implicitly the name of the element is + always the first tag in the list. The default value is + all. + + <B>-background</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the the color of the border around each bar. The + default is white. + + <B>-barwidth</B> <I>value</I> + Specifies the width the bars drawn for the element. + <I>Value</I> is the width in X-coordinates. If this option + isn't specified, the width of each bar is the value of + the widget's <B>-barwidth</B> option. + + a list of numeric expressions representing the X-Y coor- + dinate pairs of each data point. + + <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the interior of the bars. + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the element is displayed. The default + is no. + + <B>-label</B> <I>text</I> + Sets the element's label in the legend. If <I>text</I> is "", + the element will have no entry in the legend. The + default label is the element's name. + + <B>-mapx</B> <I>xAxis</I> + Selects the X-axis to map the element's X-coordinates + onto. <I>XAxis</I> must be the name of an axis. The default is + x. + + <B>-mapy</B> <I>yAxis</I> + Selects the Y-axis to map the element's Y-coordinates + onto. <I>YAxis</I> must be the name of an axis. The default is + y. + + <B>-relief</B> <I>string</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect desired for bars. <I>Relief</I> indi- + cates how the interior of the bar should appear relative + to the surface of the chart; for example, raised means + the bar should appear to protrude from the surface of the + plotting area. The default is raised. + + <B>-stipple</B> <I>bitmap</I> + Specifies a stipple pattern with which to draw the bars. + If <I>bitmap</I> is "", then the bar is drawn in a solid fash- + ion. + + <B>-xdata</B> <I>xVector</I> + Specifies the x-coordinate vector of the data. <I>XVector</I> + is the name of a BLT vector or a list of numeric expres- + sions. + + <B>-ydata</B> <I>yVector</I> + Specifies the y-coordinate vector of the data. <I>YVector</I> + is the name of a BLT vector or a list of numeric expres- + sions. + + Element configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource names in the option database are prefixed + by elem. option add *Barchart.Element.background blue + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>create</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>exists</B> <I>elemName</I> + Returns 1 if an element <I>elemName</I> currently exists and 0 other- + wise. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?... + Returns the elements matching one or more pattern. If no <I>pat-</I> + <I>tern</I> is given, the names of all elements is returned. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>show</B> ?<I>nameList</I>? + Queries or modifies the element display list. The element dis- + play list designates the elements drawn and in what order. + <I>NameList</I> is a list of elements to be displayed in the order they + are named. If there is no <I>nameList</I> argument, the current dis- + play list is returned. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>type</B> <I>elemName</I> + Returns the type of <I>elemName</I>. If the element is a bar element, + the commands returns the string "bar", otherwise it returns + "line". + + <B>GRID</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> + Grid lines extend from the major and minor ticks of each axis horizon- + tally or vertically across the plotting area. The following operations + are available for grid lines. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I> + Returns the current value of the grid line configuration option + given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for + the grid <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Queries or modifies the configuration options for grid lines. + If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing all the current + grid options for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, + but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If + one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each + pair, the grid line option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The follow- + ing options are valid for grid lines. + + <B>-color</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the grid lines. The default is black. + + <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I> + Sets the dash style of the grid lines. <I>DashList</I> is a list + of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the + lengths of the dashes and gaps on the grid lines. Each + number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the + grid will be solid lines. + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the grid should be drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is + + <B>-minor</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the grid lines should be drawn for + minor ticks. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the lines will appear + at minor tick intervals. The default is 1. + + Grid configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource name and class are grid and Grid respec- + tively. option add *Barchart.grid.LineWidth 2 option add *Bar- + chart.Grid.Color black + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>off</B> + Turns off the display the grid lines. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>on</B> + Turns on the display the grid lines. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>toggle</B> + Toggles the display of the grid. + + <B>LEGEND</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> + The legend displays a list of the data elements. Each entry consists + of the element's symbol and label. The legend can appear in any margin + (the default location is in the right margin). It can also be posi- + tioned anywhere within the plotting area. + + The following operations are valid for the legend. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>activate</B> <I>pattern</I>... + Selects legend entries to be drawn using the active legend col- + ors and relief. All entries whose element names match <I>pattern</I> + are selected. To be selected, the element name must match only + one <I>pattern</I>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>? + Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event + sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for a legend entry with this + tag, <I>command</I> will be invoked. Implicitly the element names in + the entry are tags. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> command + except that it operates on legend entries, rather than widgets. + See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I> and + the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it. + + If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, + replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I> + <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug- + ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I> + <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated + with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no + such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are + missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind- + ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>. + + <B>-activebackground</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the background color for active legend entries. All + legend entries marked active (see the legend <B>activate</B> + operation) are drawn using this background color. + + <B>-activeborderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge + of the active legend entries. The default is 2. + + <B>-activeforeground</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the foreground color for active legend entries. All + legend entries marked as active (see the legend <B>activate</B> + operation) are drawn using this foreground color. + + <B>-activerelief</B> <I>relief</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect desired for active legend + entries. <I>Relief</I> denotes how the interior of the entry + should appear relative to the legend; for example, raised + means the entry should appear to protrude from the leg- + end, relative to the surface of the legend. The default + is flat. + + <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I> + Tells how to position the legend relative to the posi- + tioning point for the legend. This is dependent on the + value of the <B>-position</B> option. The default is center. + + left or right + The anchor describes how to position the leg- + end vertically. + + top or bottom + The anchor describes how to position the leg- + end horizontally. + + @x,y The anchor specifies how to position the leg- + end relative to the positioning point. For + example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then the legend + is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then + the legend will be drawn such that the top + center point of the rectangular region occu- + pied by the legend will be at the positioning + point. + + plotarea The anchor specifies how to position the leg- + end relative to the plotting area. For exam- + ple, if <I>anchor</I> is center then the legend is + centered in the plotting area; if <I>anchor</I> is + ne then the legend will be drawn such that + occupies the upper right corner of the plot- + ting area. + + of the legend (if such border is being drawn; the <B>relief</B> + option determines this). The default is 2 pixels. + + <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I> + <I>FontName</I> specifies a font to use when drawing the labels + of each element into the legend. The default is *-Hel- + vetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-12-120-*. + + <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the foreground color of the text drawn for the ele- + ment's label. The default is black. + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the legend should be displayed. If + <I>boolean</I> is true, the legend will not be draw. The + default is no. + + <B>-ipadx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the amount of internal padding to be added to the + width of each legend entry. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or + two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the left + side of the legend entry is padded by the first distance + and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one + distance, both the left and right sides are padded + evenly. The default is 2. + + <B>-ipady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets an amount of internal padding to be added to the + height of each legend entry. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or + two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the top + of the entry is padded by the first distance and the bot- + tom by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, both the + top and bottom of the entry are padded evenly. The + default is 2. + + <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the + legend. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or two screen dis- + tances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the left side of the + legend is padded by the first distance and the right side + by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one distance, both the + left and right sides are padded evenly. The default is + 4. + + <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the padding above and below the legend. <I>Pad</I> can be + a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two + elements, the area above the legend is padded by the + first distance and the area below by the second. If <I>pad</I> + is just one distance, both the top and bottom areas are + padded evenly. The default is 0. + + drawn on top of any elements that may overlap it. The + default is no. + + <B>-relief</B> <I>relief</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect for the border around the leg- + end. <I>Relief</I> specifies how the interior of the legend + should appear relative to the bar chart; for example, + raised means the legend should appear to protrude from + the bar chart, relative to the surface of the bar chart. + The default is sunken. + + Legend configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource name and class are legend and Legend respec- + tively. option add *Barchart.legend.Foreground blue option add + *Barchart.Legend.Relief raised + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>deactivate</B> <I>pattern</I>... + Selects legend entries to be drawn using the normal legend col- + ors and relief. All entries whose element names match <I>pattern</I> + are selected. To be selected, the element name must match only + one <I>pattern</I>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>get</B> <I>pos</I> + Returns the name of the element whose entry is at the screen + position <I>pos</I> in the legend. <I>Pos</I> must be in the form "<I>@x,y</I>", + where <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> are window coordinates. If the given coordinates + do not lie over a legend entry, "" is returned. + + <B>PEN</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> + Pens define attributes for elements. Pens mirror the configuration + options of data elements that pertain to how symbols and lines are + drawn. Data elements use pens to determine how they are drawn. A data + element may use several pens at once. In this case, the pen used for a + particular data point is determined from each element's weight vector + (see the element's <B>-weight</B> and <B>-style</B> options). + + One pen, called activeBar, is automatically created. It's used as the + default active pen for elements. So you can change the active + attributes for all elements by simply reconfiguring this pen. .g pen + configure "activeBar" -fg green -bg green4 You can create and use sev- + eral pens. To create a pen, invoke the pen component and its create + operation. .g pen create myPen You map pens to a data element using + either the element's <B>-pen</B> or <B>-activepen</B> options. .g element create + "e1" -xdata $x -ydata $tempData \ + -pen myPen An element can use several pens at once. This is done by + specifying the name of the pen in the element's style list (see the + <B>-styles</B> option). .g element configure "e1" -styles { myPen 2.0 3.0 } + This says that any data point with a weight between 2.0 and 3.0 is to + be drawn using the pen myPen. All other points are drawn with the ele- + ment's default attributes. + + The following operations are available for pen components. + <I>value</I>. The following options are valid for pens. + + <B>-background</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the the color of the border around each bar. The + default is white. + + <B>-borderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the border width of the 3-D border drawn around the + outside of each bar. The <B>-relief</B> option determines if + such a border is drawn. <I>Pixels</I> must be a valid screen + distance like 2 or 0.25i. The default is 2. + + <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the interior of the bars. + + <B>-relief</B> <I>string</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect desired for bars. <I>Relief</I> indi- + cates how the interior of the bar should appear relative + to the surface of the chart; for example, raised means + the bar should appear to protrude from the bar chart, + relative to the surface of the plotting area. The + default is raised. + + <B>-stipple</B> <I>bitmap</I> + Specifies a stipple pattern with which to draw the bars. + If <I>bitmap</I> is "", then the bar is drawn in a solid fash- + ion. + + <B>-type</B> <I>elemType</I> + Specifies the type of element the pen is to be used with. + This option should only be employed when creating the + pen. This is for those that wish to mix different types + of elements (bars and lines) on the same graph. The + default type is "bar". + + Pen configuration options may be also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource class is Pen. The resource names are the + names of the pens. option add *Barchart.Pen.Foreground + blue option add *Barchart.activeBar.foreground green + + <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>create</B> <I>penName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Creates a new pen by the name <I>penName</I>. No pen by the same name + can already exist. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I> are described in above in + the pen <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>penName</I>?... + Deletes the named pens. A pen is not really deleted until it is + not longer in use, so it's safe to delete pens mapped to ele- + ments. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?... + Returns a list of pens matching zero or more patterns. If no + <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the post- + script <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Queries or modifies the configuration options for PostScript + generation. If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the + current postscript options for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> + is specified, but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is + returned. If one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, + then for each pair, the postscript option <I>option</I> is set to + <I>value</I>. The following postscript options are available. + + <B>-center</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the plot should be centered on the + PostScript page. If <I>boolean</I> is false, the plot will be + placed in the upper left corner of the page. The default + is 1. + + <B>-colormap</B> <I>varName</I> + <I>VarName</I> must be the name of a global array variable that + specifies a color mapping from the X color name to Post- + Script. Each element of <I>varName</I> must consist of Post- + Script code to set a particular color value (e.g. ``1.0 + 1.0 0.0 setrgbcolor''). When generating color informa- + tion in PostScript, the array variable <I>varName</I> is checked + if an element of the name as the color exists. If so, it + uses its value as the PostScript command to set the + color. If this option hasn't been specified, or if there + isn't an entry in <I>varName</I> for a given color, then it uses + the red, green, and blue intensities from the X color. + + <B>-colormode</B> <I>mode</I> + Specifies how to output color information. <I>Mode</I> must be + either color (for full color output), gray (convert all + colors to their gray-scale equivalents) or mono (convert + foreground colors to black and background colors to + white). The default mode is color. + + <B>-fontmap</B> <I>varName</I> + <I>VarName</I> must be the name of a global array variable that + specifies a font mapping from the X font name to Post- + Script. Each element of <I>varName</I> must consist of a Tcl + list with one or two elements; the name and point size of + a PostScript font. When outputting PostScript commands + for a particular font, the array variable <I>varName</I> is + checked to see if an element by the specified font + exists. If there is such an element, then the font + information contained in that element is used in the + PostScript output. (If the point size is omitted from + the list, the point size of the X font is used). Other- + wise the X font is examined in an attempt to guess what + PostScript font to use. This works only for fonts whose + widget's height. The default is 0. + + <B>-landscape</B> <I>boolean</I> + If <I>boolean</I> is true, this specifies the printed area is to + be rotated 90 degrees. In non-rotated output the X-axis + of the printed area runs along the short dimension of the + page (``portrait'' orientation); in rotated output the + X-axis runs along the long dimension of the page (``land- + scape'' orientation). Defaults to 0. + + <B>-maxpect</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates to scale the plot so that it fills the Post- + Script page. The aspect ratio of the barchart is still + retained. The default is 0. + + <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the horizontal padding for the left and right page + borders. The borders are exterior to the plot. <I>Pad</I> can + be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two + elements, the left border is padded by the first distance + and the right border by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one + distance, both the left and right borders are padded + evenly. The default is 1i. + + <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the vertical padding for the top and bottom page + borders. The borders are exterior to the plot. <I>Pad</I> can + be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two + elements, the top border is padded by the first distance + and the bottom border by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one + distance, both the top and bottom borders are padded + evenly. The default is 1i. + + <B>-paperheight</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the height of the postscript page. This can be used + to select between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). + The default height is 11.0i. + + <B>-paperwidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the postscript page. This can be used + to select between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). + The default width is 8.5i. + + <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the plot. This lets you generate a + plot of a width different from that of the widget. If + <I>pixels</I> is 0, the width is the same as the widget's width. + The default is 0. + + Postscript configuration options may be also be set by the + <B>option</B> command. The resource name and class are postscript and + Postscript respectively. option add *Barchart.postscript.Deco- + + with a particular element, so that when the element is hidden or un- + hidden, so is the marker. By default, markers are the last items + drawn, so that data elements will appear in behind them. You can + change this by configuring the <B>-under</B> option. + + Markers, in contrast to elements, don't affect the scaling of the coor- + dinate axes. They can also have <I>elastic</I> coordinates (specified by -Inf + and Inf respectively) that translate into the minimum or maximum limit + of the axis. For example, you can place a marker so it always remains + in the lower left corner of the plotting area, by using the coordinates + -Inf,-Inf. + + The following operations are available for markers. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>after</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>afterId</I>? + Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first marker after + the second. If no second <I>afterId</I> argument is specified, the + marker is placed at the end of the display list. This command + can be used to control how markers are displayed since markers + are drawn in the order of this display list. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>before</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>beforeId</I>? + Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first marker + before the second. If no second <I>beforeId</I> argument is specified, + the marker is placed at the beginning of the display list. This + command can be used to control how markers are displayed since + markers are drawn in the order of this display list. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>? + Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event + sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for a marker with this tag, + <I>command</I> will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> com- + mand except that it operates on graph markers, rather than wid- + gets. See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I> + and the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it. + + If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, + replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I> + <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug- + ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I> + <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated + with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no + such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are + missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind- + ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I> + Returns the current value of the marker configuration option + given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below in + the <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>configure</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + determine how events for markers are handled. Each tag + in the list matching the current event sequence will have + its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of the + marker is always the first tag in the list. The default + value is all. + + <B>-coords</B> <I>coordList</I> + Specifies the coordinates of the marker. <I>CoordList</I> is a + list of graph-coordinates. The number of coordinates + required is dependent on the type of marker. Text, + image, and window markers need only two coordinates (an + X-Y coordinate). Bitmap markers can take either two or + four coordinates (if four, they represent the corners of + the bitmap). Line markers need at least four coordinates, + polygons at least six. If <I>coordList</I> is "", the marker + will not be displayed. The default is "". + + <B>-element</B> <I>elemName</I> + Links the marker with the element <I>elemName</I>. The marker + is drawn only if the element is also currently displayed + (see the element's <B>show</B> operation). If <I>elemName</I> is "", + the marker is always drawn. The default is "". + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the marker is drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is + true, the marker is not drawn. The default is no. + + <B>-mapx</B> <I>xAxis</I> + Specifies the X-axis to map the marker's X-coordinates + onto. <I>XAxis</I> must the name of an axis. The default is x. + + <B>-mapy</B> <I>yAxis</I> + Specifies the Y-axis to map the marker's Y-coordinates + onto. <I>YAxis</I> must the name of an axis. The default is y. + + <B>-name</B> <I>markerId</I> + Changes the identifier for the marker. The identifier + <I>markerId</I> can not already be used by another marker. If + this option isn't specified, the marker's name is + uniquely generated. + + <B>-under</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the marker is drawn below/above data + elements. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the marker is be drawn + underneath the data elements. Otherwise, the marker is + drawn on top of the element. The default is 0. + + <B>-xoffset</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies a screen distance to offset the marker horizon- + tally. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as 2 or + 1.2i. The default is 0. + + Creates a marker of the selected type. <I>Type</I> may be either text, + line, bitmap, image, polygon, or window. This command returns + the marker identifier, used as the <I>markerId</I> argument in the + other marker-related commands. If the <B>-name</B> option is used, + this overrides the normal marker identifier. If the name pro- + vided is already used for another marker, the new marker will + replace the old. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>name</I>?... + Removes one of more markers. The graph will automatically be + redrawn without the marker.. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>exists</B> <I>markerId</I> + Returns 1 if the marker <I>markerId</I> exists and 0 otherwise. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>? + Returns the names of all the markers that currently exist. If + <I>pattern</I> is supplied, only those markers whose names match it + will be returned. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>type</B> <I>markerId</I> + Returns the type of the marker given by <I>markerId</I>, such as line + or text. If <I>markerId</I> is not a valid a marker identifier, "" is + returned. + + <B>BITMAP</B> <B>MARKERS</B> + A bitmap marker displays a bitmap. The size of the bitmap is con- + trolled by the number of coordinates specified. If two coordinates, + they specify the position of the top-left corner of the bitmap. The + bitmap retains its normal width and height. If four coordinates, the + first and second pairs of coordinates represent the corners of the bit- + map. The bitmap will be stretched or reduced as necessary to fit into + the bounding rectangle. + + Bitmap markers are created with the marker's <B>create</B> operation in the + form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>bitmap</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be + many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a configuration options for the + marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the marker's + <B>configure</B> operation. + + The following options are specific to bitmap markers: + + <B>-background</B> <I>color</I> + Same as the <B>-fill</B> option. + + <B>-bitmap</B> <I>bitmap</I> + Specifies the bitmap to be displayed. If <I>bitmap</I> is "", the + marker will not be displayed. The default is "". + + <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the background color of the bitmap. If <I>color</I> is the empty + string, no background will be transparent. The default back- + + <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I> + Sets the rotation of the bitmap. <I>Theta</I> is a real number repre- + senting the angle of rotation in degrees. The marker is first + rotated and then placed according to its anchor position. The + default rotation is 0.0. + + <B>IMAGE</B> <B>MARKERS</B> + A image marker displays an image. Image markers are created with the + marker's <B>create</B> operation in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>image</B> + ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a + configuration option for the marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may + be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> operation. + + The following options are specific to image markers: + + <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I> + <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the image relative to the position- + ing point for the image. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then + the image is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then the + image will be drawn such that the top center point of the rect- + angular region occupied by the image will be at the positioning + point. This option defaults to center. + + <B>-image</B> <I>image</I> + Specifies the image to be drawn. If <I>image</I> is "", the marker + will not be drawn. The default is "". + + <B>LINE</B> <B>MARKERS</B> + A line marker displays one or more connected line segments. Line mark- + ers are created with marker's <B>create</B> operation in the form: <I>pathName</I> + <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>line</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> + pairs, each sets a configuration option for the marker. These same + <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> operation. + + The following options are specific to line markers: + + <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I> + Sets the dash style of the line. <I>DashList</I> is a list of up to 11 + numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and + gaps on the line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If + <I>dashList</I> is "", the marker line will be solid. + + <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the background color of the line. This color is used with + striped lines (see the <B>-dashes</B> option). If <I>color</I> is the empty + string, no background color is drawn (the line will be dashed, + not striped). The default background color is "". + + <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the lines. The default width is 0. + + in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>polygon</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There + may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a configuration option for + the marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the <B>marker</B> + <B>configure</B> command to change the marker's configuration. The following + options are supported for polygon markers: + + <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I> + Sets the dash style of the outline of the polygon. <I>DashList</I> is a + list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths + of the dashes and gaps on the outline. Each number must be + between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the outline will be a + solid line. + + <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the fill color of the polygon. If <I>color</I> is "", then the + interior of the polygon is transparent. The default is white. + + <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the outline of the polygon. If <I>pixels</I> is zero, + no outline is drawn. The default is 0. + + <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the outline of the polygon. If the polygon is + stippled (see the <B>-stipple</B> option), then this represents the + foreground color of the stipple. The default is black. + + <B>-stipple</B> <I>bitmap</I> + Specifies that the polygon should be drawn with a stippled pat- + tern rather than a solid color. <I>Bitmap</I> specifies a bitmap to use + as the stipple pattern. If <I>bitmap</I> is "", then the polygon is + filled with a solid color (if the <B>-fill</B> option is set). The + default is "". + + <B>TEXT</B> <B>MARKERS</B> + A text marker displays a string of characters on one or more lines of + text. Embedded newlines cause line breaks. They may be used to anno- + tate regions of the graph. Text markers are created with the <B>create</B> + operation in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>text</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a configuration option + for the text marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with + the marker's <B>configure</B> operation. + + The following options are specific to text markers: + + <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I> + <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the text relative to the position- + ing point for the text. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then + the text is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then the text + will be drawn such that the top center point of the rectangular + region occupied by the text will be at the positioning point. + This default is center. + + + <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I> + Specifies how the text should be justified. This matters only + when the marker contains more than one line of text. <I>Justify</I> + must be left, right, or center. The default is center. + + <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the text. The default value is black. + + <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the text. + <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has + two elements, the left side of the text is padded by the first + distance and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one + distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The + default is 4. + + <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the padding above and below the text. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of + one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the area + above the text is padded by the first distance and the area + below by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, both the top + and bottom areas are padded evenly. The default is 4. + + <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I> + Specifies the number of degrees to rotate the text. <I>Theta</I> is a + real number representing the angle of rotation. The marker is + first rotated along its center and is then drawn according to + its anchor position. The default is 0.0. + + <B>-text</B> <I>text</I> + Specifies the text of the marker. The exact way the text is + displayed may be affected by other options such as <B>-anchor</B> or + <B>-rotate</B>. + + <B>WINDOW</B> <B>MARKERS</B> + A window marker displays a widget at a given position. Window markers + are created with the marker's <B>create</B> operation in the form: <I>pathName</I> + <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>window</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> + pairs, each sets a configuration option for the marker. These same + <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> command. + + The following options are specific to window markers: + + <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I> + <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the widget relative to the posi- + tioning point for the widget. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center + then the widget is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then + the widget will be displayed such that the top center point of + the rectangular region occupied by the widget will be at the + positioning point. This option defaults to center. + + +</PRE> +<H2>GRAPH COMPONENT BINDINGS</H2><PRE> + Specific barchart components, such as elements, markers and legend + entries, can have a command trigger when event occurs in them, much + like canvas items in Tk's canvas widget. Not all event sequences are + valid. The only binding events that may be specified are those related + to the mouse and keyboard (such as <B>Enter</B>, <B>Leave</B>, <B>ButtonPress</B>, <B>Motion</B>, + and <B>KeyPress</B>). + + Only one element or marker can be picked during an event. This means, + that if the mouse is directly over both an element and a marker, only + the uppermost component is selected. This isn't true for legend + entries. Both a legend entry and an element (or marker) binding com- + mands will be invoked if both items are picked. + + It is possible for multiple bindings to match a particular event. This + could occur, for example, if one binding is associated with the element + name and another is associated with one of the element's tags (see the + <B>-bindtags</B> option). When this occurs, all of the matching bindings are + invoked. A binding associated with the element name is invoked first, + followed by one binding for each of the element's bindtags. If there + are multiple matching bindings for a single tag, then only the most + specific binding is invoked. A continue command in a binding script + terminates that script, and a break command terminates that script and + skips any remaining scripts for the event, just as for the bind com- + mand. + + The <B>-bindtags</B> option for these components controls addition tag names + which can be matched. Implicitly elements and markers always have tags + matching their names. Setting the value of the <B>-bindtags</B> option + doesn't change this. + + +</PRE> +<H2>C LANGUAGE API</H2><PRE> + You can manipulate data elements from the C language. There may be + situations where it is too expensive to translate the data values from + ASCII strings. Or you might want to read data in a special file for- + mat. + + Data can manipulated from the C language using BLT vectors. You spec- + ify the X-Y data coordinates of an element as vectors and manipulate + the vector from C. The barchart will be redrawn automatically after + the vectors are updated. + + From Tcl, create the vectors and configure the element to use them. + vector X Y .g element configure line1 -xdata X -ydata Y To set data + points from C, you pass the values as arrays of doubles using the + <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> call. The vector is reset with the new data and at the + next idle point (when Tk re-enters its event loop), the graph will be + redrawn automatically. #include <tcl.h> #include <blt.h> + + register int i; Blt_Vector *xVec, *yVec; double x[50], y[50]; + + /* Get the BLT vectors "X" and "Y" (created above from Tcl) */ if + There may be cases where the bar chart needs to be drawn and updated as + quickly as possible. If drawing speed becomes a big problem, here are + a few tips to speed up displays. + + <B>o</B> Try to minimize the number of data points. The more data points + looked at, the more work the bar chart must do. + + <B>o</B> If your data is generated as floating point values, the time required + to convert the data values to and from ASCII strings can be signifi- + cant, especially when there any many data points. You can avoid the + redundant string-to-decimal conversions using the C API to BLT vec- + tors. + + <B>o</B> Don't stipple or dash the element. Solid bars are much faster. + + <B>o</B> If you update data elements frequently, try turning off the widget's + <B>-bufferelements</B> option. When the bar chart is first displayed, it + draws data elements into an internal pixmap. The pixmap acts as a + cache, so that when the bar chart needs to be redrawn again, and the + data elements or coordinate axes haven't changed, the pixmap is sim- + ply copied to the screen. This is especially useful when you are + using markers to highlight points and regions on the bar chart. But + if the bar chart is updated frequently, changing either the element + data or coordinate axes, the buffering becomes redundant. + + +</PRE> +<H2>LIMITATIONS</H2><PRE> + Auto-scale routines do not use requested min/max limits as boundaries + when the axis is logarithmically scaled. + + The PostScript output generated for polygons with more than 1500 points + may exceed the limits of some printers (See PostScript Language Refer- + ence Manual, page 568). The work-around is to break the polygon into + separate pieces. + + +</PRE> +<H2>KEYWORDS</H2><PRE> + bar chart, widget + + + +BLT BLT_VERSION barchart(n) +</PRE> +<HR> +<ADDRESS> +Man(1) output converted with +<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a> +</ADDRESS> +</BODY> +</HTML> diff --git a/tkblt/doc/barchart.n b/tkblt/doc/barchart.n new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a9dac8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/doc/barchart.n @@ -0,0 +1,2239 @@ +'\" +'\" Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA +'\" This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made +'\" available under the same terms. +'\" +'\" Copyright 1991-1998 by Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies. +'\" +'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided +'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the +'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation, +'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used +'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +'\" without specific, written prior permission. +'\" +'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software, +'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event +'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or +'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use, +'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other +'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance +'\" of this software. +'\" +'\" Barchart widget created by Sani Nassif and George Howlett. +'\" +.TH barchart n BLT_VERSION BLT "BLT Built-In Commands" +.BS +'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! +.SH NAME +barchart \- Bar chart for plotting X-Y coordinate data. +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fBbarchart\fI \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.BE +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a bar chart for plotting +two-dimensional data (X-Y coordinates). A bar chart is a graphic means +of comparing numbers by displaying bars of lengths proportional to the +y-coordinates of the points they represented. The bar chart has many +configurable components: coordinate axes, elements, legend, grid +lines, cross hairs, etc. They allow you to customize the look and +feel of the graph. +.SH INTRODUCTION +The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a new window for plotting +two-dimensional data (X-Y coordinates), using bars of +various lengths to represent the data points. The bars are drawn in a +rectangular area displayed in the center of the new window. This is the +\fIplotting area\fR. The coordinate axes are drawn in +the margins surrounding the plotting area. By default, the legend is +drawn in the right margin. The title is displayed in top margin. +.PP +A \fBbarchart\fR widget has several configurable components: +coordinate axes, data elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, pens, +postscript, and annotation markers. Each component can be queried or +modified. +.TP 1i +\f(CWaxis\fR + +Up to four coordinate axes (two X\-coordinate and two Y\-coordinate +axes) can be displayed, but you can create and use any number of +axes. Axes control what region of data is displayed and how the data +is scaled. Each axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor +ticks, and tick labels. Tick labels display the value at each major +tick. +.TP 1i +\f(CWcrosshairs\fR +Cross hairs are used to position the mouse pointer relative to the X +and Y coordinate axes. Two perpendicular lines, intersecting at the +current location of the mouse, extend across the plotting area to the +coordinate axes. +.TP 1i +\f(CWelement\fR +An element represents a set of data to be plotted. It contains an x +and y vector of values representing the data points. Each +data point is displayed as a bar where the length of the bar is +proportional to the ordinate (Y-coordinate) of the data point. +The appearance of the bar, such as its color, stipple, or relief +is configurable. +.sp +A special case exists when two or more data points have the same +abscissa (X-coordinate). By default, the bars are overlayed, one on +top of the other. The bars are drawn in the order of the element +display list. But you can also configure the bars to be displayed in +two other ways. They may be displayed as a stack, where each bar +(with the same abscissa) is stacked on the previous. Or they can be +drawn side-by-side as thin bars. The width of each bar is a function +of the number of data points with the same abscissa. +.TP 1i +\f(CWgrid\fR +Extends the major and minor ticks of the X\-axis and/or Y\-axis across the +plotting area. +.TP 1i +\f(CWlegend\fR +The legend displays the name and symbol of each data element. +The legend can be drawn in any margin or in the plotting area. +.TP 1i +\f(CWmarker\fR +Markers are used annotate or highlight areas of the graph. For +example, you could use a text marker to label a particular data +point. Markers come in various forms: text strings, bitmaps, connected +line segments, images, polygons, or embedded widgets. +.TP 1i +\f(CWpen\fR +Pens define attributes for elements. Data elements use pens to +specify how they should be drawn. A data element may use many pens at +once. Here the particular pen used for a data point is determined +from each element's weight vector (see the element's \fB\-weight\fR +and \fB\-style\fR options). +.TP 1i +\f(CWpostscript\fR +The widget can generate encapsulated PostScript output. This component +has several options to configure how the PostScript is generated. +.SH SYNTAX +.DS +\fBbarchart \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a new window \fIpathName\fR and makes +it into a \fBbarchart\fR widget. At the time this command is invoked, there +must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's +parent must exist. Additional options may be specified on the +command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the +graph such as its colors and font. See the \fBconfigure\fR operation +below for the exact details about what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR +pairs are valid. +.PP +If successful, \fBbarchart\fR returns the path name of the widget. It +also creates a new Tcl command by the same name. You can use this +command to invoke various operations that query or modify the graph. +The general form is: +.DS +\fIpathName \fIoperation\fR \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +.DE +Both \fIoperation\fR and its arguments determine the exact behavior of +the command. The operations available for the graph are described in +the +.SB "BARCHART OPERATIONS" +section. +.PP +The command can also be used to access components of the graph. +.DS +\fIpathName component operation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +.DE +The operation, now located after the name of the component, is the +function to be performed on that component. Each component has its own +set of operations that manipulate that component. They will be +described below in their own sections. +.SH EXAMPLE +The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a new bar chart. +.CS +# Create a new bar chart. Plotting area is black. +barchart .b -plotbackground black +.CE +A new Tcl command \f(CW.b\fR is created. This command can be used +to query and modify the bar chart. For +example, to change the title of the graph to "My Plot", you use the +new command and the \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.CS +# Change the title. +\&.b configure -title "My Plot" +.CE +To add data elements, you use the command and the \fBelement\fR component. +.CS +# Create a new element named "e1" +\&.b element create e1 \\ + -xdata { 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 } \\ + -ydata { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 + 155.85 166.60 175.38 } +.CE +The element's X-Y coordinates are specified using lists of +numbers. Alternately, BLT vectors could be used to hold the X-Y +coordinates. +.CS +# Create two vectors and add them to the barchart. +vector xVector yVector +xVector set { 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 } +yVector set { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85 + 166.60 175.38 } +\&n.b element create e1 -xdata xVector -ydata yVector +.CE +The advantage of using vectors is that when you modify one, the graph +is automatically redrawn to reflect the new values. +.CS +# Change the y coordinate of the first point. +set yVector(0) 25.18 +.CE +An element named \f(CWe1\fR is now created in \f(CW.b\fR. It +is automatically added to the display list of elements. You can +use this list to control in what order elements are displayed. +To query or reset the element display list, you use the element's +\fBshow\fR operation. +.CS +# Get the current display list +set elemList [.b element show] +# Remove the first element so it won't be displayed. +\&.b element show [lrange $elemList 0 end] +.CE +The element will be displayed by as many bars as there are data points +(in this case there are ten). The bars will be drawn centered at the +x-coordinate of the data point. All the bars will have the same +attributes (colors, stipple, etc). The width of each bar is by +default one unit. You can change this with using the \fB\-barwidth\fR +option. +.CS +# Change the scale of the x-coordinate data +xVector set { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 } +# Make sure we change the bar width too. +\&.b configure -barwidth 0.2 +.CE +The height of each bar is proportional to the ordinate (Y-coordinate) +of the data point. +.PP +If two or more data points have the same abscissa (X-coordinate +value), the bars representing those data points may be drawn in +various ways. +The default is to overlay the bars, one on top of the other. +The ordering is determined from the of element display list. If +the stacked mode is selected (using the \fB\-barmode\fR configuration +option), the bars are stacked, each bar above the previous. +.CS +# Display the elements as stacked. +\&.b configure -barmode stacked +.CE +If the aligned mode is selected, the bars having the same +x-coordinates are displayed side by side. The width of each bar is a +fraction of its normal width, based upon the number of bars with the +same x-coordinate. +.CS +# Display the elements side-by-side. +\&.b configure -barmode aligned +.CE +By default, the element's label in the legend will be also +\f(CWe1\fR. You can change the label, or specify no legend entry, +again using the element's \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.CS +# Don't display "e1" in the legend. +\&.b element configure e1 -label "" +.CE +You can configure more than just the element's label. An element has +many attributes such as stipple, foreground and background colors, +relief, etc. +.CS +\&.b element configure e1 -fg red -bg pink \\ + -stipple gray50 +.CE +Four coordinate axes are automatically created: \f(CWx\fR, \f(CWx2\fR, +\f(CWy\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR. And by default, elements are mapped onto the +axes \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR. This can be changed with the \fB\-mapx\fR +and \fB\-mapy\fR options. +.CS +# Map "e1" on the alternate y axis "y2". +\&.b element configure e1 -mapy y2 +.CE +Axes can be configured in many ways too. For example, you change the +scale of the Y\-axis from linear to log using the \fBaxis\fR component. +.CS +# Y-axis is log scale. +\&.b axis configure y -logscale yes +.CE +One important way axes are used is to zoom in on a particular data +region. Zooming is done by simply specifying new axis limits using +the \fB\-min\fR and \fB\-max\fR configuration options. +.CS +\&.b axis configure x \-min 1.0 \-max 1.5 +\&.b axis configure y \-min 12.0 \-max 55.15 +.CE +To zoom interactively, you link the\fBaxis configure\fR operations with +some user interaction (such as pressing the mouse button), using the +\fBbind\fR command. To convert between screen and graph coordinates, +use the \fBinvtransform\fR operation. +.CS +# Click the button to set a new minimum +bind .b <ButtonPress-1> { + %W axis configure x \-min [%W axis invtransform x %x] + %W axis configure x \-min [%W axis invtransform x %y] +} +.CE +By default, the limits of the axis are determined from data values. +To reset back to the default limits, set the \fB\-min\fR and +\fB\-max\fR options to the empty value. +.CS +# Reset the axes to autoscale again. +\&.b axis configure x \-min {} \-max {} +\&.b axis configure y \-min {} \-max {} +.CE +By default, the legend is drawn in the right margin. You can +change this or any legend configuration options using the +\fBlegend\fR component. +.CS +# Configure the legend font, color, and relief +\&.b legend configure -position left -relief raised \\ + -font fixed -fg blue +.CE +To prevent the legend from being displayed, turn on the \fB\-hide\fR +option. +.CS +# Don't display the legend. +\&.b legend configure \-hide yes\fR +.CE +The \fBbarchart\fR has simple drawing procedures called markers. They can be +used to highlight or annotate data in the graph. The types of markers +available are bitmaps, polygons, lines, or windows. Markers can be +used, for example, to mark or brush points. For example there may be +a line marker which indicates some low-water value. Markers are created +using the \fBmarker\fR operation. +.CS +# Create a line represent the low water mark at 10.0 +\&.b marker create line -name "low_water" \\ + -coords { -Inf 10.0 Inf 10.0 } \\ + -dashes { 2 4 2 } -fg red -bg blue +.CE +This creates a line marker named \f(CWlow_water\fR. It will display a +horizontal line stretching across the plotting area at the +y-coordinate 10.0. The coordinates "-Inf" and "Inf" indicate the +relative minimum and maximum of the axis (in this case the x-axis). By +default, markers are drawn last, on top of the bars. You can change this +with the \fB\-under\fR option. +.CS +# Draw the marker before elements are drawn. +\&.b marker configure low_water -under yes +.CE +You can add cross hairs or grid lines using the \fBcrosshairs\fR and +\fBgrid\fR components. +.CS +# Display both cross hairs and grid lines. +\&.b crosshairs configure -hide no -color red +\&.b grid configure -hide no -dashes { 2 2 } +.CE +Finally, to get hardcopy of the graph, use the \fBpostscript\fR +component. +.CS +# Print the bar chart into file "file.ps" +\&.b postscript output file.ps -maxpect yes -decorations no +.CE +This generates a file \f(CWfile.ps\fR containing the encapsulated +PostScript of the graph. The option \fB\-maxpect\fR says to scale the +plot to the size of the page. Turning off the \fB\-decorations\fR +option denotes that no borders or color backgrounds should be +drawn (i.e. the background of the margins, legend, and plotting +area will be white). +.SH SYNTAX +.DS +\fBbarchart \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +The \fBbarchart\fR command creates a new window \fIpathName\fR and makes +it into a barchart widget. At the time this command is invoked, there +must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's +parent must exist. Additional options may may be specified on the +command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the +bar chart such as its colors and font. See the \fBconfigure\fR operation +below for the exact details as to what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR +pairs are valid. +.PP +If successful, \fBbarchart\fR returns \fIpathName\fR. It also creates a +new Tcl command \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke +various operations to query or modify the bar chart. It has the general +form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fIoperation\fR \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +.DE +Both \fIoperation\fR and its arguments determine the exact behavior of +the command. The operations available for the bar chart are described in +the following section. +.SH "BARCHART OPERATIONS" +.TP +\fIpathName \fBbar \fIelemName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a new barchart element \fIelemName\fR. It's an +error if an element \fIelemName\fR already exists. +See the manual for \fBbarchart\fR for details about +what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are valid. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the configuration option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described +below for the \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options of the graph. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current +options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, +but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. +If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then +for each pair, the option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. +The following options are valid. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color. This includes the margins and +legend, but not the plotting area. +.TP +\fB\-barmode \fImode\fR +Indicates how related bar elements will be drawn. Related elements +have data points with the same abscissas (X-coordinates). \fIMode\fR +indicates how those segments should be drawn. \fIMode\fR can be +\f(CWinfront\fR, \f(CWaligned\fR, \f(CWoverlap\fR, or \f(CWstacked\fR. +The default mode is \f(CWinfront\fR. +.RS +.TP 1i +\f(CWinfront\fR +Each successive segment is drawn in front of the previous. +.TP 1i +\f(CWstacked\fR +Each successive segment is stacked vertically on top of the previous. +.TP 1i +\f(CWaligned\fR +Segments is displayed aligned from right-to-left. +.TP 1i +\f(CWoverlap\fR +Like \f(CWaligned\fR but segments slightly overlap each other. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-barwidth \fIvalue\fR +Specifies the width of the bars. This value can be overrided by the +individual elements using their \fB\-barwidth\fR configuration option. +\fIValue\fR is the width in terms of graph-coordinates. The +default width is \f(CW1.0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the 3\-D border around the outside edge of the widget. The +\fB\-relief\fR option determines if the border is to be drawn. The +default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-bottommargin \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the size of the margin below the X\-coordinate axis. If +\fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the size of the margin is selected automatically. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-bufferelements \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether an internal pixmap to buffer the display of data +elements should be used. If \fIboolean\fR is true, data elements are +drawn to an internal pixmap. This option is especially useful when +the graph is redrawn frequently while the remains data unchanged (for +example, moving a marker across the plot). See the +.SB "SPEED TIPS" +section. +The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-cursor \fIcursor\fR +Specifies the widget's cursor. The default cursor is \f(CWcrosshair\fR. +.TP +\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR +Specifies the font of the graph title. The default is +\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-18-180-*\fR. +.TP +\fB\-halo \fIpixels\fR +Specifies a maximum distance to consider when searching for the +closest data point (see the element's \fBclosest\fR operation below). +Data points further than \fIpixels\fR away are ignored. The default is +\f(CW0.5i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the requested height of widget. The default is +\f(CW4i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-invertxy \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the placement X\-axis and Y\-axis should be inverted. If +\fIboolean\fR is true, the X and Y axes are swapped. The default is +\f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR +Specifies how the title should be justified. This matters only when +the title contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR must be +\f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is +\f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-leftmargin \fIpixels\fR +Sets the size of the margin from the left edge of the window to +the Y\-coordinate axis. If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the size is +calculated automatically. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotbackground \fIcolor\fR +Specifies the background color of the plotting area. The default is +\f(CWwhite\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotborderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the 3-D border around the plotting area. The +\fB\-plotrelief\fR option determines if a border is drawn. The +default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotpadx \fIpad\fR +Sets the amount of padding to be added to the left and right sides of +the plotting area. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen +distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the left side of the +plotting area entry is padded by the first distance and the right side +by the second. If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the left and +right sides are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW8\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotpady \fIpad\fR +Sets the amount of padding to be added to the top and bottom of the +plotting area. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen +distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the top of the plotting +area is padded by the first distance and the bottom by the second. If +\fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and bottom are padded +evenly. The default is \f(CW8\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotrelief \fIrelief\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect for the plotting area. \fIRelief\fR +specifies how the interior of the plotting area should appear relative +to rest of the graph; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the plot should +appear to protrude from the graph, relative to the surface of the +graph. The default is \f(CWsunken\fR. +.TP +\fB\-relief \fIrelief\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect for the barchart widget. \fIRelief\fR +specifies how the graph should appear relative to widget it is packed +into; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the graph should +appear to protrude. The default is \f(CWflat\fR. +.TP +\fB\-rightmargin \fIpixels\fR +Sets the size of margin from the plotting area to the right edge of +the window. By default, the legend is drawn in this margin. If +\fIpixels\fR is than 1, the margin size is selected automatically. +.TP +\fB\-takefocus\fR \fIfocus\fR +Provides information used when moving the focus from window to window +via keyboard traversal (e.g., Tab and Shift-Tab). If \fIfocus\fR is +\f(CW0\fR, this means that this window should be skipped entirely during +keyboard traversal. \f(CW1\fR means that the this window should always +receive the input focus. An empty value means that the traversal +scripts make the decision whether to focus on the window. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-tile \fIimage\fR +Specifies a tiled background for the widget. If \fIimage\fR isn't +\f(CW""\fR, the background is tiled using \fIimage\fR. +Otherwise, the normal background color is drawn (see the +\fB\-background\fR option). \fIImage\fR must be an image created +using the Tk \fBimage\fR command. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-title \fItext\fR +Sets the title to \fItext\fR. If \fItext\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +no title will be displayed. +.TP +\fB\-topmargin \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the size of the margin above the x2 axis. If \fIpixels\fR +is \f(CW0\fR, the margin size is calculated automatically. +.TP +\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the requested width of the widget. The default is +\f(CW5i\fR. +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR? +See the +.SB "CROSSHAIRS COMPONENT" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "ELEMENT COMPONENTS" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBextents \fIitem\fR +Returns the size of a particular item in the graph. \fIItem\fR must +be either \f(CWleftmargin\fR, \f(CWrightmargin\fR, \f(CWtopmargin\fR, +\f(CWbottommargin\fR, \f(CWplotwidth\fR, or \f(CWplotheight\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "GRID COMPONENT" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBinvtransform \fIwinX winY\fR +Performs an inverse coordinate transformation, mapping window +coordinates back to graph-coordinates, using the standard X\-axis and Y\-axis. +Returns a list of containing the X-Y graph-coordinates. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBinside \fIx y\fR +Returns \f(CW1\fR is the designated screen-coordinate (\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR) +is inside the plotting area and \f(CW0\fR otherwise. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "LEGEND COMPONENT" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBline\fB operation arg\fR... +The operation is the same as \fBelement\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "MARKER COMPONENTS" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName\fR \fBmetafile\fR ?\fIfileName\fR? +\fIThis operation is for Window platforms only\fR. +Creates a Windows enhanced metafile of the barchart. +If present, \fIfileName\fR is the file name of the new metafile. +Otherwise, the metafile is automatically added to the clipboard. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpostscript \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "POSTSCRIPT COMPONENT" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBsnap \fIphotoName\fR +Takes a snapshot of the graph and stores the contents in the photo +image \fIphotoName\fR. \fIPhotoName\fR is the name of a Tk photo +image that must already exist. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBtransform \fIx y\fR +Performs a coordinate transformation, mapping graph-coordinates to +window coordinates, using the standard X\-axis and Y\-axis. +Returns a list containing the X\-Y screen-coordinates. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBxaxis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +.TP +\fIpathName \fBx2axis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +.TP +\fIpathName \fByaxis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +.TP +\fIpathName \fBy2axis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "AXIS COMPONENTS" +section. +.SH "BARCHART COMPONENTS" +A graph is composed of several components: coordinate axes, data +elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, postscript, and annotation +markers. Instead of one big set of configuration options and +operations, the graph is partitioned, where each component has its own +configuration options and operations that specifically control that +aspect or part of the graph. +.SS "AXIS COMPONENTS" +Four coordinate axes are automatically created: two X\-coordinate axes +(\f(CWx\fR and \f(CWx2\fR) and two Y\-coordinate axes (\f(CWy\fR, and +\f(CWy2\fR). By default, the axis \f(CWx\fR is located in the bottom +margin, \f(CWy\fR in the left margin, \f(CWx2\fR in the top margin, and +\f(CWy2\fR in the right margin. +.PP +An axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor ticks, and +tick labels. Major ticks are drawn at uniform intervals along the +axis. Each tick is labeled with its coordinate value. Minor ticks +are drawn at uniform intervals within major ticks. +.PP +The range of the axis controls what region of data is plotted. +Data points outside the minimum and maximum limits of the axis are +not plotted. By default, the minimum and maximum limits are +determined from the data, but you can reset either limit. +.PP +You can create and use several axes. To create an axis, invoke +the axis component and its create operation. +.CS +# Create a new axis called "temperature" +\&.b axis create temperature +.CE +You map data elements to an axis using the element's \-mapy and \-mapx +configuration options. They specify the coordinate axes an element +is mapped onto. +.CS +# Now map the temperature data to this axis. +\&.b element create "temp" \-xdata $x \-ydata $tempData \\ + \-mapy temperature +.CE +While you can have many axes, only four axes can be displayed +simultaneously. They are drawn in each of the margins surrounding +the plotting area. The axes \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR are drawn in the +bottom and left margins. The axes \f(CWx2\fR and \f(CWy2\fR are drawn in +top and right margins. Only \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR are shown by +default. Note that the axes can have different scales. +.PP +To display a different axis, you invoke one of the following +components: \fBxaxis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR. +The \fBuse\fR operation designates the axis to be drawn in the +corresponding margin: \fBxaxis\fR in the bottom, \fByaxis\fR in the left, +\fBx2axis\fR in the top, and \fBy2axis\fR in the right. +.CS +# Display the axis temperature in the left margin. +\&.b yaxis use temperature +.CE +.PP +You can configure axes in many ways. The axis scale can be linear or +logarithmic. The values along the axis can either monotonically +increase or decrease. If you need custom tick labels, you can specify +a Tcl procedure to format the label any way you wish. You can +control how ticks are drawn, by changing the major tick interval +or the number of minor ticks. You can define non-uniform tick intervals, +such as for time-series plots. +.PP +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBcget \fIaxisName \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the option given by \fIoption\fR for +\fIaxisName\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below +for the axis \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBconfigure \fIaxisName \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?... ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options of \fIaxisName\fR. +Several axes can be changed. If \fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list +describing all the current options for \fIaxisName\fR is returned. If +\fIoption\fR is specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing +\fIoption\fR is returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR +pairs are specified, then for each pair, the axis option \fIoption\fR +is set to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for axes. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-autorange \fIrange\fR +Sets the range of values for the axis to \fIrange\fR. The axis limits +are automatically reset to display the most recent data points in this range. +If \fIrange\fR is 0.0, the range is +determined from the limits of the data. If \fB\-min\fR or \fB-max\fR +are specified, they override this option. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the axis and tick labels. +The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-command \fIprefix\fR +Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when formatting the axis tick +labels. \fIPrefix\fR is a string containing the name of a Tcl proc and +any extra arguments for the procedure. This command is invoked for each +major tick on the axis. Two additional arguments are passed to the +procedure: the pathname of the widget and the current the numeric +value of the tick. The procedure returns the formatted tick label. If +\f(CW""\fR is returned, no label will appear next to the tick. You can +get the standard tick labels again by setting \fIprefix\fR to +\f(CW""\fR. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.sp 1 +Please note that this procedure is invoked while the bar chart is redrawn. +You may query the widget's configuration options. But do not reset +options, because this can have unexpected results. +.TP +\fB\-descending \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the values along the axis are monotonically increasing or +decreasing. If \fIboolean\fR is true, the axis values will be +decreasing. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the axis is displayed. +.TP +\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR +Specifies how the axis title should be justified. This matters only +when the axis title contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR +must be \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is +\f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-limits \fIformatStr\fR +Specifies a printf-like description to format the minimum and maximum +limits of the axis. The limits are displayed at the top/bottom or +left/right sides of the plotting area. \fIFormatStr\fR is a list of +one or two format descriptions. If one description is supplied, both +the minimum and maximum limits are formatted in the same way. If two, +the first designates the format for the minimum limit, the second for +the maximum. If \f(CW""\fR is given as either description, then +the that limit will not be displayed. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the axis and tick lines. The default is \f(CW1\fR +pixel. +.TP +\fB\-logscale \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the scale of the axis is logarithmic or linear. If +\fIboolean\fR is true, the axis is logarithmic. The default scale is +linear. +.TP +\fB\-loose \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the limits of the axis should fit the data points tightly, +at the outermost data points, or loosely, at the outer tick intervals. +This is relevant only when the axis limit is automatically calculated. +If \fIboolean\fR is true, the axis range is "loose". +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-majorticks \fImajorList\fR +Specifies where to display major axis ticks. You can use this option +to display ticks at non-uniform intervals. \fIMajorList\fR is a list +of axis coordinates designating the location of major ticks. No +minor ticks are drawn. If \fImajorList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +major ticks will be automatically computed. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-max \fIvalue\fR +Sets the maximum limit of \fIaxisName\fR. Any data point greater +than \fIvalue\fR is not displayed. If \fIvalue\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +the maximum limit is calculated using the largest data value. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-min \fIvalue\fR +Sets the minimum limit of \fIaxisName\fR. Any data point less than +\fIvalue\fR is not displayed. If \fIvalue\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +the minimum limit is calculated using the smallest data value. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-minorticks \fIminorList\fR +Specifies where to display minor axis ticks. You can use this option +to display minor ticks at non-uniform intervals. \fIMinorList\fR is a +list of real values, ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, designating the placement of +a minor tick. No minor ticks are drawn if the \fB\-majortick\fR +option is also set. If \fIminorList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, minor ticks will +be automatically computed. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR +Specifies the how many degrees to rotate the axis tick labels. +\fITheta\fR is a real value representing the number of degrees +to rotate the tick labels. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR degrees. +.TP +\fB\-shiftby \fIvalue\fR +Specifies how much to automatically shift the range of the axis. +When the new data exceeds the current axis maximum, the maximum +is increased in increments of \fIvalue\fR. You can use this +option to prevent the axis limits from being recomputed +at each new time point. If \fIvalue\fR is 0.0, then no automatic +shifting is down. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-showticks \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether axis ticks should be drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is +true, ticks are drawn. If false, only the +axis line is drawn. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-stepsize \fIvalue\fR +Specifies the interval between major axis ticks. If \fIvalue\fR isn't +a valid interval (must be less than the axis range), +the request is ignored and the step size is automatically calculated. +.TP +\fB\-subdivisions \fInumber\fR +Indicates how many minor axis ticks are +to be drawn. For example, if \fInumber\fR is two, only one minor +tick is drawn. If \fInumber\fR is one, no minor ticks are +displayed. The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-tickfont \fIfontName\fR +Specifies the font for axis tick labels. The default is +\f(CW*-Courier-Bold-R-Normal-*-100-*\fR. +.TP +\fB\-ticklength \fIpixels\fR +Sets the length of major and minor ticks (minor ticks are half the +length of major ticks). If \fIpixels\fR is less than zero, the axis +will be inverted with ticks drawn pointing towards the plot. The +default is \f(CW0.1i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-title \fItext\fR +Sets the title of the axis. If \fItext\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, no axis title will be displayed. +.TP +\fB\-titlecolor \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the axis title. The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-titlefont \fIfontName\fR +Specifies the font for axis title. The default is +\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-14-140-*\fR. +.PP +Axis configuration options may be also be set by the \fBoption\fR +command. The resource class is \f(CWAxis\fR. The resource names +are the names of the axes (such as \f(CWx\fR or \f(CWx2\fR). +.CS +option add *Barchart.Axis.Color blue +option add *Barchart.x.LogScale true +option add *Barchart.x2.LogScale false +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBcreate \fIaxisName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a new axis by the name \fIaxisName\fR. No axis by the same +name can already exist. \fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR are described +in above in the axis \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBdelete \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?... +Deletes the named axes. An axis is not really +deleted until it is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete +axes mapped to elements. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis invtransform \fIaxisName value\fR +Performs the inverse transformation, changing the screen-coordinate +\fIvalue\fR to a graph-coordinate, mapping the value mapped to +\fIaxisName\fR. Returns the graph-coordinate. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis limits \fIaxisName\fR +Returns a list of the minimum and maximum limits for \fIaxisName\fR. The order +of the list is \f(CWmin max\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?... +Returns a list of axes matching zero or more patterns. If no +\fIpattern\fR argument is give, the names of all axes are returned. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis transform \fIaxisName value\fR +Transforms the coordinate \fIvalue\fR to a screen-coordinate by mapping +the it to \fIaxisName\fR. Returns the transformed screen-coordinate. +.PP +Only four axes can be displayed simultaneously. By default, they are +\f(CWx\fR, \f(CWy\fR, \f(CWx2\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR. You can swap in a different +axis with \fBuse\fR operation of the special axis components: +\fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR. +.CS +\&.g create axis temp +\&.g create axis time +\&... +\&.g xaxis use temp +\&.g yaxis use time +.CE +Only the axes specified for use are displayed on the screen. +.PP +The \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR +components operate on an axis location rather than a specific axis +like the more general \fBaxis\fR component does. The \fBxaxis\fR +component manages the X-axis located in the bottom margin (whatever +axis that happens to be). Likewise, \fByaxis\fR uses the Y-axis in +the left margin, \fBx2axis\fR the top X-axis, and \fBy2axis\fR the +right Y-axis. +.PP +They implicitly control the axis that is currently using to that +location. By default, \fBxaxis\fR uses the \f(CWx\fR axis, \fByaxis\fR +uses \f(CWy\fR, \fBx2axis\fR uses \f(CWx2\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR uses +\f(CWy2\fR. These components can be more convenient to use than always +determining what axes are current being displayed by the graph. +.PP +The following operations are available for axes. They mirror exactly +the operations of the \fBaxis\fR component. The \fIaxis\fR argument +must be \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, or \fBy2axis\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBcget \fIoption\fR +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB invtransform \fIvalue\fR +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBlimits\fR +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB transform \fIvalue\fR +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB use \fR?\fIaxisName\fR? +Designates the axis \fIaxisName\fR is to be displayed at this +location. \fIAxisName\fR can not be already in use at another location. +This command returns the name of the axis currently using this location. +.SS "CROSSHAIRS COMPONENT" +Cross hairs consist of two intersecting lines (one vertical and one horizontal) +drawn completely across the plotting area. They are used to position +the mouse in relation to the coordinate axes. Cross hairs differ from line +markers in that they are implemented using XOR drawing primitives. +This means that they can be quickly drawn and erased without redrawing +the entire widget. +.PP +The following operations are available for cross hairs: +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the cross hairs configuration option +given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option +described below for the cross hairs \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options of the cross hairs. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing all the current +options for the cross hairs is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, +but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. +If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then +for each pair, the cross hairs option \fIoption\fR is set to +\fIvalue\fR. +The following options are available for cross hairs. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the cross hairs. The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of the cross hairs. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up +to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes +and gaps on the cross hair lines. Each number must be between 1 and +255. If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the cross hairs will be solid +lines. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether cross hairs are drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is true, +cross hairs are not drawn. The default is \f(CWyes\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Set the width of the cross hair lines. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-position \fIpos\fR +Specifies the screen position where the cross hairs intersect. +\fIPos\fR must be in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", where \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR +are the window coordinates of the intersection. +.PP +Cross hairs configuration options may be also be set by the +\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are +\f(CWcrosshairs\fR and \f(CWCrosshairs\fR respectively. +.CS +option add *Barchart.Crosshairs.LineWidth 2 +option add *Barchart.Crosshairs.Color red +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs off\fR +Turns off the cross hairs. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs on\fR +Turns on the display of the cross hairs. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs toggle\fR +Toggles the current state of the cross hairs, alternately mapping and +unmapping the cross hairs. +.SH "ELEMENTS" +A data element represents a set of data. It contains x and y vectors +which are the coordinates of the data points. Elements are displayed +as bars where the length of the bar is proportional to the ordinate of +the data point. Elements also control the appearance of the data, +such as the color, stipple, relief, etc. +.PP +When new data elements are created, they are automatically added to a +list of displayed elements. The display list controls what elements +are drawn and in what order. +.PP +The following operations are available for elements. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement activate \fIelemName \fR?\fIindex\fR?... +Specifies the data points of element \fIelemName\fR to be drawn +using active foreground and background colors. \fIElemName\fR is the +name of the element and \fIindex\fR is a number representing the index +of the data point. If no indices are present then all data points +become active. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? +Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the +event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for an element with this +tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the +\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph elements, rather +than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for +complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on +\fIcommand\fR before invoking it. +.sp +If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing +any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR. +If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR +augments an existing binding rather than replacing it. +If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently +associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs +if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and +\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for +which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement cget \fIelemName \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the element configuration option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any of the options described below +for the element \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement closest \fIx y\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... ?\fIelemName\fR?... +Finds the data point representing the bar closest to the window +coordinates \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR in the element \fIelemName\fR. +\fIElemName\fR is the name of an element, which must be currently displayed. +If no elements are specified, then all displayed elements are searched. It +returns a key-value list containing the name of the closest element, +the index of its closest point, and the graph-coordinates of the +point. If no data point within the threshold distance can be found, +\f(CW""\fR is returned. The following \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs +are available. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-halo \fIpixels\fR +Specifies a threshold distance where selected data points are ignored. +\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR. +If this option isn't specified, then it defaults to the value of the +\fBbarchart\fR's \fB\-halo\fR option. +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement configure \fIelemName \fR?\fIelemName\fR... ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for elements. Several +elements can be modified at the same time. If \fIoption\fR isn't +specified, a list describing all the current options for +\fIelemName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, but not +\fIvalue\fR, then a list describing the option \fIoption\fR is +returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are +specified, then for each pair, the element option \fIoption\fR is set +to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for elements. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-activepen \fIpenName\fR +Specifies pen to use to draw active element. If \fIpenName\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, no active elements will be drawn. The default is +\f(CWactiveLine\fR. +.TP +\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR +Specifies the binding tags for the element. \fITagList\fR is a list +of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how +events for elements. Each tag in the list matching the current event +sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of +the element is always the first tag in the list. The default value is +\f(CWall\fR. +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Sets the the color of the border around each bar. The default is +\f(CWwhite\fR. +.TP +\fB\-barwidth \fIvalue\fR +Specifies the width the bars drawn for the element. \fIValue\fR is +the width in X-coordinates. If this option isn't +specified, the width of each bar is the value of the widget's +\fB\-barwidth\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-baseline \fIvalue\fR +Specifies the baseline of the bar segments. This affects how bars are +drawn since bars are drawn from their respective y-coordinate the +baseline. By default the baseline is \f(CW0.0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the border width of the 3-D border drawn around the outside of +each bar. The \fB\-relief\fR option determines if such a border is +drawn. \fIPixels\fR must be a valid screen distance like \f(CW2\fR or +\f(CW0.25i\fR. The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-data \fIcoordList\fR +Specifies the X\-Y coordinates of the data. \fICoordList\fR is a +list of numeric expressions representing the X\-Y coordinate pairs +of each data point. +.TP +\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the interior of the bars. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the element is displayed. The default is \f(CWno\fR. +.TP +\fB\-label \fItext\fR +Sets the element's label in the legend. If \fItext\fR +is \f(CW""\fR, the element will have no entry in the legend. +The default label is the element's name. +.TP +\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR +Selects the X\-axis to map the element's X\-coordinates onto. +\fIXAxis\fR must be the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWx\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR +Selects the Y\-axis to map the element's Y\-coordinates onto. +\fIYAxis\fR must be the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWy\fR. +.TP +\fB\-relief \fIstring\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect desired for bars. \fIRelief\fR indicates how +the interior of the bar should appear relative to the surface of the +chart; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the bar should appear to +protrude from the surface of the plotting area. The default is +\f(CWraised\fR. +.TP +\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR +Specifies a stipple pattern with which to draw the bars. If +\fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the bar is drawn in a solid fashion. +.TP +\fB\-xdata \fIxVector\fR +Specifies the x-coordinate vector of the data. +\fIXVector\fR is the name of a BLT vector or a +list of numeric expressions. +.TP +\fB\-ydata \fIyVector\fR +Specifies the y-coordinate vector of the data. +\fIYVector\fR is the name of a BLT vector or a list of +numeric expressions. +.PP +Element configuration options may also be set by the +\fBoption\fR command. The resource names in the option database +are prefixed by \f(CWelem\fR. +.CS +option add *Barchart.Element.background blue +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement create \fIelemName\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a new element \fIelemName\fR. Element +names must be unique, so an element \fIelemName\fR may not already +exist. If additional arguments are present, they specify any of the +element options valid for element \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement deactivate \fIpattern\fR... +Deactivates all the elements matching \fIpattern\fR for the graph. +Elements whose names match any of the patterns given are redrawn +using their normal colors. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement delete\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?... +Deletes all the elements matching \fIpattern\fR for the graph. +Elements whose names match any of the patterns given are deleted. +The graph will be redrawn without the deleted elements. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement exists \fIelemName\fR +Returns \f(CW1\fR if an element \fIelemName\fR currently exists and +\f(CW0\fR otherwise. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?... +Returns the elements matching one or more pattern. If no +\fIpattern\fR is given, the names of all elements is returned. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement show\fR ?\fInameList\fR? +Queries or modifies the element display list. The element display +list designates the elements drawn and in what +order. \fINameList\fR is a list of elements to be displayed in the +order they are named. If there is no \fInameList\fR argument, +the current display list is returned. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement type\fR \fIelemName\fR +Returns the type of \fIelemName\fR. +If the element is a bar element, the commands returns the string +\f(CW"bar"\fR, otherwise it returns \f(CW"line"\fR. +.CE +.SS "GRID COMPONENT" +Grid lines extend from the major and minor ticks of each axis +horizontally or vertically across the plotting area. The following +operations are available for grid lines. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the grid line configuration option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below +for the grid \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid configure\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for grid lines. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing all the current +grid options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, +but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is +returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are +specified, then for each pair, the grid line option \fIoption\fR is set to +\fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for grid lines. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the grid lines. The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of the grid lines. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up +to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes +and gaps on the grid lines. Each number must be between 1 and 255. +If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the grid will be solid lines. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the grid should be drawn. If \fIboolean\fR +is true, grid lines are not shown. The default is \f(CWyes\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of grid lines. The default width is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR +Specifies the X\-axis to display grid lines. \fIXAxis\fR +must be the name of an axis or \f(CW""\fR for no grid lines. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR +Specifies the Y\-axis to display grid lines. \fIYAxis\fR +must be the name of an axis or \f(CW""\fR for no grid lines. +The default is \f(CWy\fR. +.TP +\fB\-minor \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the grid lines should be drawn for minor ticks. +If \fIboolean\fR is true, the lines will appear at +minor tick intervals. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.PP +Grid configuration options may also be set by the +\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are \f(CWgrid\fR and +\f(CWGrid\fR respectively. +.CS +option add *Barchart.grid.LineWidth 2 +option add *Barchart.Grid.Color black +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid off\fR +Turns off the display the grid lines. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid on\fR +Turns on the display the grid lines. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid toggle\fR +Toggles the display of the grid. +.SS "LEGEND COMPONENT" +The legend displays a list of the data elements. Each entry consists +of the element's symbol and label. The legend can appear in any +margin (the default location is in the right margin). It +can also be positioned anywhere within the plotting area. +.PP +The following operations are valid for the legend. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend activate \fIpattern\fR... +Selects legend entries to be drawn using the active legend colors and relief. +All entries whose element names match \fIpattern\fR are selected. To +be selected, the element name must match only one \fIpattern\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? +Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the +event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for a legend entry with this +tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. Implicitly the element names +in the entry are tags. The syntax is similar to the +\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on legend entries, rather +than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for +complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on +\fIcommand\fR before invoking it. +.sp +If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing +any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR. +If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR +augments an existing binding rather than replacing it. +If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently +associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs +if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and +\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for +which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of a legend configuration option. +\fIOption\fR may be any option described below in the +legend \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for the legend. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current +legend options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is +specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is +returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are +specified, then for each pair, the legend option \fIoption\fR is set +to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for the legend. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-activebackground \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color for active legend entries. All legend +entries marked active (see the legend \fBactivate\fR operation) are +drawn using this background color. +.TP +\fB\-activeborderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge of the active legend +entries. The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-activeforeground \fIcolor\fR +Sets the foreground color for active legend entries. All legend +entries marked as active (see the legend \fBactivate\fR operation) are +drawn using this foreground color. +.TP +\fB\-activerelief \fIrelief\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect desired for active legend entries. +\fIRelief\fR denotes how the interior of the entry should appear +relative to the legend; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the entry +should appear to protrude from the legend, relative to the surface of +the legend. The default is \f(CWflat\fR. +.TP +\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR +Tells how to position the legend relative to the positioning point for +the legend. This is dependent on the value of the \fB\-position\fR +option. The default is \f(CWcenter\fR. +.RS +.TP 1.25i +\f(CWleft\fR or \f(CWright\fR +The anchor describes how to position the legend vertically. +.TP +\f(CWtop\fR or \f(CWbottom\fR +The anchor describes how to position the legend horizontally. +.TP +\f(CW@x,y\fR +The anchor specifies how to position the legend relative to the +positioning point. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWcenter\fR then +the legend is centered on the point; if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then +the legend will be drawn such that the top center point of the +rectangular region occupied by the legend will be at the positioning +point. +.TP +\f(CWplotarea\fR +The anchor specifies how to position the legend relative to the +plotting area. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWcenter\fR then the +legend is centered in the plotting area; if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWne\fR +then the legend will be drawn such that occupies the upper right +corner of the plotting area. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color of the legend. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +the legend background with be transparent. +.TP +\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR +Specifies the binding tags for legend entries. \fITagList\fR is a list +of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how +events for legend entries. Each tag in the list matching the current +event sequence will have its Tcl command executed. The default value +is \f(CWall\fR. +.TP +\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge of the legend (if +such border is being drawn; the \fBrelief\fR option determines this). +The default is \f(CW2\fR pixels. +.TP +\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR +\fIFontName\fR specifies a font to use when drawing the labels of each +element into the legend. The default is +\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-12-120-*\fR. +.TP +\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR +Sets the foreground color of the text drawn for the element's label. +The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the legend should be displayed. If \fIboolean\fR is +true, the legend will not be draw. The default is \f(CWno\fR. +.TP +\fB\-ipadx \fIpad\fR +Sets the amount of internal padding to be added to the width of each +legend entry. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If +\fIpad\fR has two elements, the left side of the legend entry is +padded by the first distance and the right side by the second. If +\fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the left and right sides are padded +evenly. The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-ipady \fIpad\fR +Sets an amount of internal padding to be added to the height of each +legend entry. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If +\fIpad\fR has two elements, the top of the entry is padded by the +first distance and the bottom by the second. If \fIpad\fR is just +one distance, both the top and bottom of the entry are padded evenly. +The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR +Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the legend. +\fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR +has two elements, the left side of the legend is padded by the first +distance and the right side by the second. If \fIpad\fR has just one +distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The +default is \f(CW4\fR. +.TP +\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR +Sets the padding above and below the legend. \fIPad\fR can be a list +of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the area above +the legend is padded by the first distance and the area below by the +second. If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and +bottom areas are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-position \fIpos\fR +Specifies where the legend is drawn. The +\fB\-anchor\fR option also affects where the legend is positioned. If +\fIpos\fR is \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWtop\fR, or \f(CWbottom\fR, the +legend is drawn in the specified margin. If \fIpos\fR is +\f(CWplotarea\fR, then the legend is drawn inside the plotting area at a +particular anchor. If \fIpos\fR is in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", where +\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are the window coordinates, the legend is drawn in +the plotting area at the specified coordinates. The default is +\f(CWright\fR. +.TP +\fB\-raised \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the legend is above or below the data elements. This +matters only if the legend is in the plotting area. If \fIboolean\fR +is true, the legend will be drawn on top of any elements that may +overlap it. The default is \f(CWno\fR. +.TP +\fB\-relief \fIrelief\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect for the border around the legend. +\fIRelief\fR specifies how the interior of the legend should appear +relative to the bar chart; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the legend +should appear to protrude from the bar chart, relative to the surface of +the bar chart. The default is \f(CWsunken\fR. +.PP +Legend configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR +command. The resource name and class are \f(CWlegend\fR and +\f(CWLegend\fR respectively. +.CS +option add *Barchart.legend.Foreground blue +option add *Barchart.Legend.Relief raised +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend deactivate \fIpattern\fR... +Selects legend entries to be drawn using the normal legend colors and +relief. All entries whose element names match \fIpattern\fR are +selected. To be selected, the element name must match only one +\fIpattern\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend get \fIpos\fR +Returns the name of the element whose entry is at the screen position +\fIpos\fR in the legend. \fIPos\fR must be in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", +where \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are window coordinates. If the given +coordinates do not lie over a legend entry, \f(CW""\fR is returned. +.SS "PEN COMPONENTS" +Pens define attributes for elements. +Pens mirror the configuration options of data elements that pertain to +how symbols and lines are drawn. Data elements use pens to determine +how they are drawn. A data element may use several pens at once. In +this case, the pen used for a particular data point is determined from +each element's weight vector (see the element's \fB\-weight\fR and +\fB\-style\fR options). +.PP +One pen, called \f(CWactiveBar\fR, is automatically created. +It's used as the default active pen for elements. So you can change +the active attributes for all elements by simply reconfiguring this +pen. +.CS +\&.g pen configure "activeBar" -fg green -bg green4 +.CE +You can create and use several pens. To create a pen, invoke +the pen component and its create operation. +.CS +\&.g pen create myPen +.CE +You map pens to a data element using either the element's +\fB\-pen\fR or \fB\-activepen\fR options. +.CS +\&.g element create "e1" -xdata $x -ydata $tempData \\ + -pen myPen +.CE +An element can use several pens at once. This is done by specifying +the name of the pen in the element's style list (see the +\fB\-styles\fR option). +.CS +\&.g element configure "e1" -styles { myPen 2.0 3.0 } +.CE +This says that any data point with a weight between 2.0 and 3.0 +is to be drawn using the pen \f(CWmyPen\fR. All other points +are drawn with the element's default attributes. +.PP +The following operations are available for pen components. +.PP +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen \fBcget \fIpenName \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the option given by \fIoption\fR for +\fIpenName\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below +for the pen \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen \fBconfigure \fIpenName \fR?\fIpenName\fR... ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options of +\fIpenName\fR. Several pens can be modified at once. If \fIoption\fR +isn't specified, a list describing the current options for +\fIpenName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, but not +\fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. If one +or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then for +each pair, the pen option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. The +following options are valid for pens. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Sets the the color of the border around each bar. The default is +\f(CWwhite\fR. +.TP +\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the border width of the 3-D border drawn around the outside of +each bar. The \fB\-relief\fR option determines if such a border is +drawn. \fIPixels\fR must be a valid screen distance like \f(CW2\fR or +\f(CW0.25i\fR. The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the interior of the bars. +.TP +\fB\-relief \fIstring\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect desired for bars. \fIRelief\fR indicates how +the interior of the bar should appear relative to the surface of the +chart; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the bar should appear to +protrude from the bar chart, relative to the surface of the plotting +area. The default is \f(CWraised\fR. +.TP +\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR +Specifies a stipple pattern with which to draw the bars. If +\fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the bar is drawn in a solid fashion. +.TP +\fB\-type \fIelemType\fR +Specifies the type of element the pen is to be used with. +This option should only be employed when creating the pen. This +is for those that wish to mix different types of elements (bars and +lines) on the same graph. The default type is "bar". +.PP +Pen configuration options may be also be set by the \fBoption\fR +command. The resource class is \f(CWPen\fR. The resource names +are the names of the pens. +.CS +option add *Barchart.Pen.Foreground blue +option add *Barchart.activeBar.foreground green +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen \fBcreate \fIpenName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a new pen by the name \fIpenName\fR. No pen by the same +name can already exist. \fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR are described +in above in the pen \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen \fBdelete \fR?\fIpenName\fR?... +Deletes the named pens. A pen is not really +deleted until it is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete +pens mapped to elements. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?... +Returns a list of pens matching zero or more patterns. If no +\fIpattern\fR argument is give, the names of all pens are returned. +.SS "POSTSCRIPT COMPONENT" +The barchart can generate encapsulated PostScript output. There +are several configuration options you can specify to control how the +plot will be generated. You can change the page dimensions and +borders. The plot itself can be scaled, centered, or rotated to +landscape. The PostScript output can be written directly to a file or +returned through the interpreter. +.PP +The following postscript operations are available. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpostscript cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the postscript option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described +below for the postscript \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpostscript configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for PostScript +generation. If \fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing +the current postscript options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If +\fIoption\fR is specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing +\fIoption\fR is returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR +pairs are specified, then for each pair, the postscript option +\fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. The following postscript options +are available. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-center \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the plot should be centered on the PostScript page. If +\fIboolean\fR is false, the plot will be placed in the upper left +corner of the page. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-colormap \fIvarName\fR +\fIVarName\fR must be the name of a global array variable that +specifies a color mapping from the X color name to PostScript. Each +element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of PostScript code to set a +particular color value (e.g. ``\f(CW1.0 1.0 0.0 setrgbcolor\fR''). When +generating color information in PostScript, the array variable \fIvarName\fR +is checked if an element of the name as the color exists. If so, it uses +its value as the PostScript +command to set the color. If this option hasn't been specified, or if +there isn't an entry in \fIvarName\fR for a given color, then it uses +the red, green, and blue intensities from the X color. +.TP +\fB\-colormode \fImode\fR +Specifies how to output color information. \fIMode\fR must be either +\f(CWcolor\fR (for full color output), \f(CWgray\fR (convert all colors to +their gray-scale equivalents) or \f(CWmono\fR (convert foreground colors +to black and background colors to white). The default mode is +\f(CWcolor\fR. +.TP +\fB\-fontmap \fIvarName\fR +\fIVarName\fR must be the name of a global array variable that +specifies a font mapping from the X font name to PostScript. Each +element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of a Tcl list with one or two +elements; the name and point size of a PostScript font. +When outputting PostScript commands for a particular font, the array +variable \fIvarName\fR is checked to see if an element by the +specified font exists. If there is such an element, then the font +information contained in that element is used in the PostScript +output. (If the point size is omitted from the list, the point size +of the X font is used). Otherwise the X font is examined in an +attempt to guess what PostScript font to use. This works only for +fonts whose foundry property is \fIAdobe\fR (such as Times, Helvetica, +Courier, etc.). If all of this fails then the font defaults to +\f(CWHelvetica-Bold\fR. +.TP +\fB\-decorations \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether PostScript commands to generate color backgrounds and 3-D +borders will be output. If \fIboolean\fR is false, the graph will +background will be white and no 3-D borders will be generated. The +default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR +Sets the height of the plot. This lets you print the bar chart with a +height different from the one drawn on the screen. If +\fIpixels\fR is 0, the height is the same as the widget's height. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-landscape \fIboolean\fR +If \fIboolean\fR is true, this specifies the printed area is to be +rotated 90 degrees. In non-rotated output the X\-axis of the printed +area runs along the short dimension of the page (``portrait'' +orientation); in rotated output the X\-axis runs along the long +dimension of the page (``landscape'' orientation). Defaults to +\f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-maxpect \fIboolean\fR +Indicates to scale the plot so that it fills the PostScript page. +The aspect ratio of the barchart is still retained. The default is +\f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR +Sets the horizontal padding for the left and right page borders. The +borders are exterior to the plot. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or +two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the left border is padded +by the first distance and the right border by the second. If +\fIpad\fR has just one distance, both the left and right borders are +padded evenly. The default is \f(CW1i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR +Sets the vertical padding for the top and bottom page borders. The +borders are exterior to the plot. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or +two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the top border is padded +by the first distance and the bottom border by the second. If +\fIpad\fR has just one distance, both the top and bottom borders are +padded evenly. The default is \f(CW1i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-paperheight \fIpixels\fR +Sets the height of the postscript page. This can be used to select +between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). The default height is +\f(CW11.0i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-paperwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the postscript page. This can be used to select +between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). The default width is +\f(CW8.5i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the plot. This lets you generate a plot +of a width different from that of the widget. If \fIpixels\fR +is 0, the width is the same as the widget's width. The default is +\f(CW0\fR. +.PP +Postscript configuration options may be also be set by the +\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are +\f(CWpostscript\fR and \f(CWPostscript\fR respectively. +.CS +option add *Barchart.postscript.Decorations false +option add *Barchart.Postscript.Landscape true +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpostscript output \fR?\fIfileName\fR? ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Outputs a file of encapsulated PostScript. If a +\fIfileName\fR argument isn't present, the command returns the +PostScript. If any \fIoption-value\fR pairs are present, they set +configuration options controlling how the PostScript is generated. +\fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR can be anything accepted by the +postscript \fBconfigure\fR operation above. +.SS "MARKER COMPONENTS" +Markers are simple drawing procedures used to annotate or highlight +areas of the graph. Markers have various types: text strings, +bitmaps, images, connected lines, windows, or polygons. They can be +associated with a particular element, so that when the element is +hidden or un-hidden, so is the marker. By default, markers are the +last items drawn, so that data elements will appear in +behind them. You can change this by configuring the \fB\-under\fR +option. +.PP +Markers, in contrast to elements, don't affect the scaling of the +coordinate axes. They can also have \fIelastic\fR coordinates +(specified by \f(CW-Inf\fR and \f(CWInf\fR respectively) that translate +into the minimum or maximum limit of the axis. For example, you can +place a marker so it always remains in the lower left corner of the +plotting area, by using the coordinates \f(CW-Inf\fR,\f(CW-Inf\fR. +.PP +The following operations are available for markers. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker after \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIafterId\fR? +Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first +marker after the second. If no second \fIafterId\fR argument is +specified, the marker is placed at the end of the display list. This +command can be used to control how markers are displayed since markers +are drawn in the order of this display list. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker before \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIbeforeId\fR? +Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first +marker before the second. If no second \fIbeforeId\fR argument is +specified, the marker is placed at the beginning of the display list. +This command can be used to control how markers are displayed since +markers are drawn in the order of this display list. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? +Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the +event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for a marker with this +tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the +\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph markers, rather +than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for +complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on +\fIcommand\fR before invoking it. +.sp +If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing +any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR. +If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR +augments an existing binding rather than replacing it. +If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently +associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs +if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and +\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for +which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the marker configuration option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described +below in the \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker configure \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for markers. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current +options for \fImarkerId\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, +but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. +If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then +for each pair, the marker option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. +.sp +The following options are valid for all markers. +Each type of marker also has its own type-specific options. +They are described in the sections below. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR +Specifies the binding tags for the marker. \fITagList\fR is a list +of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how +events for markers are handled. Each tag in the list matching the +current event sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly +the name of the marker is always the first tag in the list. +The default value is \f(CWall\fR. +.TP +\fB\-coords \fIcoordList\fR +Specifies the coordinates of the marker. \fICoordList\fR is +a list of graph-coordinates. The number of coordinates required +is dependent on the type of marker. Text, image, and window markers +need only two coordinates (an X\-Y coordinate). Bitmap markers +can take either two or four coordinates (if four, they represent the +corners of the bitmap). Line markers +need at least four coordinates, polygons at least six. +If \fIcoordList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker will not be displayed. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-element \fIelemName\fR +Links the marker with the element \fIelemName\fR. The marker is +drawn only if the element is also currently displayed (see the +element's \fBshow\fR operation). If \fIelemName\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the +marker is always drawn. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the marker is drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is true, +the marker is not drawn. The default is \f(CWno\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR +Specifies the X\-axis to map the marker's X\-coordinates onto. +\fIXAxis\fR must the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWx\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR +Specifies the Y\-axis to map the marker's Y\-coordinates onto. +\fIYAxis\fR must the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWy\fR. +.TP +\fB\-name \fImarkerId\fR +Changes the identifier for the marker. The identifier \fImarkerId\fR +can not already be used by another marker. If this option +isn't specified, the marker's name is uniquely generated. +.TP +\fB\-under \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the marker is drawn below/above data +elements. If \fIboolean\fR is true, the marker is be drawn +underneath the data elements. Otherwise, the marker is +drawn on top of the element. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-xoffset \fIpixels\fR +Specifies a screen distance to offset the marker horizontally. +\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-yoffset \fIpixels\fR +Specifies a screen distance to offset the markers vertically. +\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.PP +Marker configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR command. +The resource class is either \f(CWBitmapMarker\fR, \f(CWImageMarker\fR, +\f(CWLineMarker\fR, \f(CWPolygonMarker\fR, \f(CWTextMarker\fR, or \f(CWWindowMarker\fR, +depending on the type of marker. The resource name is the name of the +marker. +.CS +option add *Barchart.TextMarker.Foreground white +option add *Barchart.BitmapMarker.Foreground white +option add *Barchart.m1.Background blue +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker create \fItype\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a marker of the selected type. \fIType\fR may be either +\f(CWtext\fR, \f(CWline\fR, \f(CWbitmap\fR, \f(CWimage\fR, \f(CWpolygon\fR, or +\f(CWwindow\fR. This command returns the marker identifier, +used as the \fImarkerId\fR argument in the other marker-related +commands. If the \fB\-name\fR option is used, this overrides the +normal marker identifier. If the name provided is already used for +another marker, the new marker will replace the old. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker delete\fR ?\fIname\fR?... +Removes one of more markers. The graph will automatically be redrawn +without the marker.\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker exists \fImarkerId\fR +Returns \f(CW1\fR if the marker \fImarkerId\fR exists and \f(CW0\fR +otherwise. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker names\fR ?\fIpattern\fR? +Returns the names of all the markers that currently exist. If +\fIpattern\fR is supplied, only those markers whose names match it +will be returned. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker type \fImarkerId\fR +Returns the type of the marker given by \fImarkerId\fR, such as +\f(CWline\fR or \f(CWtext\fR. If \fImarkerId\fR is not a valid a marker +identifier, \f(CW""\fR is returned. +.SS "BITMAP MARKERS" +A bitmap marker displays a bitmap. The size of the +bitmap is controlled by the number of coordinates specified. If two +coordinates, they specify the position of the top-left corner of the +bitmap. The bitmap retains its normal width and height. If four +coordinates, the first and second pairs of coordinates represent the +corners of the bitmap. The bitmap will be stretched or reduced as +necessary to fit into the bounding rectangle. +.PP +Bitmap markers are created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in +the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create bitmap \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each +sets a configuration options for the marker. These +same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used with the marker's +\fBconfigure\fR operation. +.PP +The following options are specific to bitmap markers: +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Same as the \fB\-fill\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-bitmap \fIbitmap\fR +Specifies the bitmap to be displayed. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +the marker will not be displayed. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color of the bitmap. If \fIcolor\fR is the empty +string, no background will be transparent. The default background color is +\f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR +Same as the \fB\-outline\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-mask \fImask\fR +Specifies a mask for the bitmap to be displayed. This mask is a bitmap +itself, denoting the pixels that are transparent. If \fImask\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, all pixels of the bitmap will be drawn. The default is +\f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the foreground color of the bitmap. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR +Sets the rotation of the bitmap. \fITheta\fR is a real number +representing the angle of rotation in degrees. The marker is first +rotated and then placed according to its anchor position. The default +rotation is \f(CW0.0\fR. +.SS "IMAGE MARKERS" +A image marker displays an image. Image markers are +created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create image \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR +pairs, each sets a configuration option +for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be +used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.PP +The following options are specific to image markers: +.TP +\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR +\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the image relative to the +positioning point for the image. For example, if \fIanchor\fR +is \f(CWcenter\fR then the image is centered on the point; if +\fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then the image will be drawn such that +the top center point of the rectangular region occupied by the +image will be at the positioning point. +This option defaults to \f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-image \fIimage\fR +Specifies the image to be drawn. +If \fIimage\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker will not be +drawn. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.SS "LINE MARKERS" +A line marker displays one or more connected line segments. +Line markers are created with marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create line \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR +pairs, each sets a configuration option +for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be +used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.PP +The following options are specific to line markers: +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of the line. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up to 11 +numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and gaps +on the line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If +\fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker line will be solid. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color of the line. This color is used with +striped lines (see the \fB\-dashes\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is +the empty string, no background color is drawn (the line will be +dashed, not striped). The default background color is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the lines. +The default width is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the foreground color of the line. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR +Specifies a stipple pattern used to draw the line, rather than +a solid line. +\fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap to use as the stipple +pattern. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the +line is drawn in a solid fashion. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.SS "POLYGON MARKERS" +A polygon marker displays a closed region described as two or more +connected line segments. It is assumed the first and +last points are connected. Polygon markers are created using the +marker \fBcreate\fR operation in the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create polygon \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR +pairs, each sets a configuration option +for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be +used with the \fBmarker configure\fR command to change the marker's +configuration. +The following options are supported for polygon markers: +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of the outline of the polygon. \fIDashList\fR is a +list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of +the dashes and gaps on the outline. Each number must be between 1 and +255. If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the outline will be a solid line. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the fill color of the polygon. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then +the interior of the polygon is transparent. +The default is \f(CWwhite\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the outline of the polygon. If \fIpixels\fR is zero, +no outline is drawn. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the outline of the polygon. If the polygon is +stippled (see the \fB\-stipple\fR option), then this represents the +foreground color of the stipple. The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR +Specifies that the polygon should be drawn with a stippled pattern +rather than a solid color. \fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap to use as +the stipple pattern. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the polygon is +filled with a solid color (if the \fB\-fill\fR option is set). The +default is \f(CW""\fR. +.SS "TEXT MARKERS" +A text marker displays a string of characters on one or more lines of +text. Embedded newlines cause line breaks. They may be used to +annotate regions of the graph. Text markers are created with the +\fBcreate\fR operation in the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create text \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs, +each sets a configuration option for the text marker. +These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used with the +marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.PP +The following options are specific to text markers: +.TP +\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR +\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the text relative to the +positioning point for the text. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is +\f(CWcenter\fR then the text is centered on the point; if +\fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then the text will be drawn such that the +top center point of the rectangular region occupied by the text will +be at the positioning point. This default is \f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Same as the \fB\-fill\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR +Specifies the font of the text. The default is +\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-120-*\fR. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color of the text. If \fIcolor\fR is the empty +string, no background will be transparent. The default background color is +\f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR +Same as the \fB\-outline\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR +Specifies how the text should be justified. This matters only when +the marker contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR must be +\f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is +\f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the text. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR +Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the text. +\fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR +has two elements, the left side of the text is padded by the first +distance and the right side by the second. If \fIpad\fR has just one +distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The +default is \f(CW4\fR. +.TP +\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR +Sets the padding above and below the text. \fIPad\fR can be a list of +one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the area above the +text is padded by the first distance and the area below by the second. +If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and bottom areas +are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW4\fR. +.TP +\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR +Specifies the number of degrees to rotate the text. \fITheta\fR is a +real number representing the angle of rotation. The marker is first +rotated along its center and is then drawn according to its anchor +position. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-text \fItext\fR +Specifies the text of the marker. The exact way the text is +displayed may be affected by other options such as \fB\-anchor\fR or +\fB\-rotate\fR. +.SS "WINDOW MARKERS" +A window marker displays a widget at a given position. +Window markers are created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in +the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create window \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR +pairs, each sets a configuration option +for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be +used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR command. +.PP +The following options are specific to window markers: +.TP +\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR +\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the widget relative to the +positioning point for the widget. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is +\f(CWcenter\fR then the widget is centered on the point; if \fIanchor\fR +is \f(CWn\fR then the widget will be displayed such that the top center +point of the rectangular region occupied by the widget will be at the +positioning point. This option defaults to \f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the height to assign to the marker's window. If this option +isn't specified, or if it is specified as \f(CW""\fR, then the window is +given whatever height the widget requests internally. +.TP +\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the width to assign to the marker's window. If this option +isn't specified, or if it is specified as \f(CW""\fR, then the window is +given whatever width the widget requests internally. +.TP +\fB\-window \fIpathName\fR +Specifies the widget to be managed by the barchart. \fIPathName\fR must +be a child of the \fBbarchart\fR widget. +.SH "GRAPH COMPONENT BINDINGS" +Specific barchart components, such as elements, markers and legend +entries, can have a command trigger when event occurs in them, much +like canvas items in Tk's canvas widget. Not all event sequences are +valid. The only binding events that may be specified are those +related to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, +\fBButtonPress\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBKeyPress\fR). +.PP +Only one element or marker can be picked during an event. This means, +that if the mouse is directly over both an element and a marker, only +the uppermost component is selected. This isn't true for legend entries. +Both a legend entry and an element (or marker) binding commands +will be invoked if both items are picked. +.PP +It is possible for multiple bindings to match a particular event. +This could occur, for example, if one binding is associated with the +element name and another is associated with one of the element's tags +(see the \fB\-bindtags\fR option). When this occurs, all of the +matching bindings are invoked. A binding associated with the element +name is invoked first, followed by one binding for each of the element's +bindtags. If there are multiple matching bindings for a single tag, +then only the most specific binding is invoked. A continue command +in a binding script terminates that script, and a break command +terminates that script and skips any remaining scripts for the event, +just as for the bind command. +.PP +The \fB\-bindtags\fR option for these components controls addition +tag names which can be matched. Implicitly elements and markers +always have tags matching their names. Setting the value of +the \fB\-bindtags\fR option doesn't change this. +.SH "C LANGUAGE API" +You can manipulate data elements from the C language. There +may be situations where it is too expensive to translate the data +values from ASCII strings. Or you might want to read data in a +special file format. +.PP +Data can manipulated from the C language using BLT vectors. +You specify the X-Y data coordinates of an element as vectors and +manipulate the vector from C. The barchart will be redrawn automatically +after the vectors are updated. +.PP +From Tcl, create the vectors and configure the element to use them. +.CS +vector X Y +\&.g element configure line1 -xdata X -ydata Y +.CE +To set data points from C, you pass the values as arrays of doubles +using the \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR call. The vector is reset with the +new data and at the next idle point (when Tk re-enters its event +loop), the graph will be redrawn automatically. +.CS +#include <tcl.h> +#include <blt.h> + +register int i; +Blt_Vector *xVec, *yVec; +double x[50], y[50]; + +/* Get the BLT vectors "X" and "Y" (created above from Tcl) */ +if ((Blt_GetVector(interp, "X", 50, &xVec) != TCL_OK) || + (Blt_GetVector(interp, "Y", 50, &yVec) != TCL_OK)) { + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +for (i = 0; i < 50; i++) { + x[i] = i * 0.02; + y[i] = sin(x[i]); +} + +/* Put the data into BLT vectors */ +if ((Blt_ResetVector(xVec, x, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK) || + (Blt_ResetVector(yVec, y, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK)) { + return TCL_ERROR; +} +.CE +See the \fBvector\fR manual page for more details. +.SH SPEED TIPS +There may be cases where the bar chart needs to be drawn and updated as +quickly as possible. If drawing speed becomes a big +problem, here are a few tips to speed up displays. +.TP 2 +\(bu +Try to minimize the number of data points. The more data points +looked at, the more work the bar chart must do. +.TP 2 +\(bu +If your data is generated as floating point values, the time required +to convert the data values to and from ASCII strings can be +significant, especially when there any many data points. You can +avoid the redundant string-to-decimal conversions using the C API to +BLT vectors. +.TP 2 +\(bu +Don't stipple or dash the element. Solid bars are much faster. +.TP 2 +\(bu +If you update data elements frequently, try turning off the +widget's \fB\-bufferelements\fR option. When the bar chart is first +displayed, it draws data elements into an internal pixmap. The pixmap +acts as a cache, so that when the bar chart needs to be redrawn again, and +the data elements or coordinate axes haven't changed, the pixmap is +simply copied to the screen. This is especially useful when you are +using markers to highlight points and regions on the bar chart. But if +the bar chart is updated frequently, changing either the element data or +coordinate axes, the buffering becomes redundant. +.SH LIMITATIONS +Auto-scale routines do not use requested min/max limits +as boundaries when the axis is logarithmically scaled. +.PP +The PostScript output generated for polygons with more than 1500 +points may exceed the limits of some printers (See PostScript Language +Reference Manual, page 568). The work-around is to break the polygon +into separate pieces. +.SH KEYWORDS +bar chart, widget diff --git a/tkblt/doc/graph.html b/tkblt/doc/graph.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70f1e6f --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/doc/graph.html @@ -0,0 +1,1759 @@ +<HTML> +<BODY> +<PRE> +<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 --> + +</PRE> +<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE> + <B>graph</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + + +</PRE> +<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE> + The <B>graph</B> command creates a graph for plotting two-dimensional data + (X-Y coordinates). It has many configurable components: coordinate + axes, elements, legend, grid lines, cross hairs, etc. They allow you + to customize the look and feel of the graph. + + +</PRE> +<H2>INTRODUCTION</H2><PRE> + The <B>graph</B> command creates a new window for plotting two-dimensional + data (X-Y coordinates). Data points are plotted in a rectangular area + displayed in the center of the new window. This is the <I>plotting</I> <I>area</I>. + The coordinate axes are drawn in the margins around the plotting area. + By default, the legend is displayed in the right margin. The title is + displayed in top margin. + + The <B>graph</B> widget is composed of several components: coordinate axes, + data elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, pens, postscript, and annota- + tion markers. + + axis The graph has four standard axes (x, x2, y, and y2), but you + can create and display any number of axes. Axes control what + region of data is displayed and how the data is scaled. Each + axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor ticks, + and tick labels. Tick labels display the value at each major + tick. + + crosshairs + Cross hairs are used to position the mouse pointer relative + to the X and Y coordinate axes. Two perpendicular lines, + intersecting at the current location of the mouse, extend + across the plotting area to the coordinate axes. + + element An element represents a set of data points. Elements can be + plotted with a symbol at each data point and lines connecting + the points. The appearance of the element, such as its sym- + bol, line width, and color is configurable. + + grid Extends the major and minor ticks of the X-axis and/or Y-axis + across the plotting area. + + legend The legend displays the name and symbol of each data element. + The legend can be drawn in any margin or in the plotting + area. + + marker Markers are used annotate or highlight areas of the graph. + For example, you could use a polygon marker to fill an area + under a curve, or a text marker to label a particular data + point. Markers come in various forms: text strings, bitmaps, + connected line segments, images, polygons, or embedded wid- + gets. + + <B>graph</B> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... The <B>graph</B> command creates a new win- + dow <I>pathName</I> and makes it into a <B>graph</B> widget. At the time this com- + mand is invoked, there must not exist a window named <I>pathName</I>, but + <I>pathName</I>'s parent must exist. Additional options may be specified on + the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the + graph such as its colors and font. See the <B>configure</B> operation below + for the exact details about what <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are valid. + + If successful, <B>graph</B> returns the path name of the widget. It also cre- + ates a new Tcl command by the same name. You can use this command to + invoke various operations that query or modify the graph. The general + form is: <I>pathName</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... Both <I>operation</I> and its arguments + determine the exact behavior of the command. The operations available + for the graph are described in the <B>GRAPH</B> <B>OPERATIONS</B> section. + + The command can also be used to access components of the graph. <I>path-</I> + <I>Name</I> <I>component</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... The operation, now located after the + name of the component, is the function to be performed on that compo- + nent. Each component has its own set of operations that manipulate that + component. They will be described below in their own sections. + + +</PRE> +<H2>EXAMPLE</H2><PRE> + The <B>graph</B> command creates a new graph. # Create a new graph. Plotting + area is black. graph .g -plotbackground black A new Tcl command .g is + also created. This command can be used to query and modify the graph. + For example, to change the title of the graph to "My Plot", you use the + new command and the graph's <B>configure</B> operation. # Change the title. + .g configure -title "My Plot" A graph has several components. To access + a particular component you use the component's name. For example, to + add data elements, you use the new command and the <B>element</B> component. + # Create a new element named "line1" .g element create line1 \ + -xdata { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 } \ -ydata { + 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85 166.60 + 175.38 } The element's X-Y coordinates are specified using lists of + numbers. Alternately, BLT vectors could be used to hold the X-Y coor- + dinates. # Create two vectors and add them to the graph. vector xVec + yVec xVec set { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 } yVec set { + 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85 166.60 175.38 + } .g element create line1 -xdata xVec -ydata yVec The advantage of + using vectors is that when you modify one, the graph is automatically + redrawn to reflect the new values. # Change the y coordinate of the + first point. set <B>yVector(0)</B> 25.18 An element named e1 is now created + in .b. It is automatically added to the display list of elements. You + can use this list to control in what order elements are displayed. To + query or reset the element display list, you use the element's <B>show</B> + operation. # Get the current display list set elemList [.b element + show] # Remove the first element so it won't be displayed. .b element + show [lrange $elemList 0 end] The element will be displayed by as many + bars as there are data points (in this case there are ten). The bars + will be drawn centered at the x-coordinate of the data point. All the + bars will have the same attributes (colors, stipple, etc). The width + of each bar is by default one unit. You can change this with using the + example, you change the scale of the Y-axis from linear to log using + the <B>axis</B> component. # Y-axis is log scale. .g axis configure y + -logscale yes One important way axes are used is to zoom in on a par- + ticular data region. Zooming is done by simply specifying new axis + limits using the <B>-min</B> and <B>-max</B> configuration options. .g axis config- + ure x -min 1.0 -max 1.5 .g axis configure y -min 12.0 -max 55.15 To + zoom interactively, you link the <B>axis</B> <B>configure</B> operations with some + user interaction (such as pressing the mouse button), using the <B>bind</B> + command. To convert between screen and graph coordinates, use the + <B>invtransform</B> operation. # Click the button to set a new minimum bind + .g <ButtonPress-1> { + %W axis configure x -min [%W axis invtransform x %x] + %W axis configure x -min [%W axis invtransform x %y] } By default, + the limits of the axis are determined from data values. To reset back + to the default limits, set the <B>-min</B> and <B>-max</B> options to the empty + value. # Reset the axes to autoscale again. .g axis configure x -min + {} -max {} .g axis configure y -min {} -max {} By default, the legend + is drawn in the right margin. You can change this or any legend con- + figuration options using the <B>legend</B> component. # Configure the legend + font, color, and relief .g legend configure -position left -relief + raised \ -font fixed -fg blue To prevent the legend from being + displayed, turn on the <B>-hide</B> option. # Don't display the legend. .g + legend configure -hide yes The <B>graph</B> widget has simple drawing proce- + dures called markers. They can be used to highlight or annotate data + in the graph. The types of markers available are bitmaps, images, poly- + gons, lines, or windows. Markers can be used, for example, to mark or + brush points. In this example, is a text marker that labels the data + first point. Markers are created using the <B>marker</B> component. # Create + a label for the first data point of "line1". .g marker create text + -name first_marker -coords { 0.2 26.18 } \ -text "start" -anchor + se -xoffset -10 -yoffset -10 This creates a text marker named + first_marker. It will display the text "start" near the coordinates of + the first data point. The <B>-anchor</B>, <B>-xoffset</B>, and <B>-yoffset</B> options are + used to display the marker above and to the left of the data point, so + that the data point isn't covered by the marker. By default, markers + are drawn last, on top of data. You can change this with the <B>-under</B> + option. # Draw the label before elements are drawn. .g marker config- + ure first_marker -under yes You can add cross hairs or grid lines using + the <B>crosshairs</B> and <B>grid</B> components. # Display both cross hairs and + grid lines. .g crosshairs configure -hide no -color red .g grid con- + figure -hide no -dashes { 2 2 } # Set up a binding to reposition the + crosshairs. bind .g <Motion> { + .g crosshairs configure -position @%x,%y } The crosshairs are repo- + sitioned as the mouse pointer is moved in the graph. The pointer X-Y + coordinates define the center of the crosshairs. + + Finally, to get hardcopy of the graph, use the <B>postscript</B> component. # + Print the graph into file "file.ps" .g postscript output file.ps -max- + pect yes -decorations no This generates a file file.ps containing the + encapsulated PostScript of the graph. The option <B>-maxpect</B> says to + scale the plot to the size of the page. Turning off the <B>-decorations</B> + option denotes that no borders or color backgrounds should be drawn + <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the <B>con-</B> + <B>figure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Queries or modifies the configuration options of the graph. If + <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the current options + for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, but not + <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If one or + more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each pair, + the option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The following options are + valid. + + <B>-aspect</B> <I>width/height</I> + Force a fixed aspect ratio of <I>width/height</I>, a floating + point number. + + <B>-background</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the background color. This includes the margins and + legend, but not the plotting area. + + <B>-borderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge + of the widget. The <B>-relief</B> option determines if the bor- + der is to be drawn. The default is 2. + + <B>-bottommargin</B> <I>pixels</I> + If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin + extending below the X-coordinate axis. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, + the automatically computed size is used. The default is + 0. + + <B>-bufferelements</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether an internal pixmap to buffer the dis- + play of data elements should be used. If <I>boolean</I> is + true, data elements are drawn to an internal pixmap. + This option is especially useful when the graph is + redrawn frequently while the remains data unchanged (for + example, moving a marker across the plot). See the <B>SPEED</B> + <B>TIPS</B> section. The default is 1. + + <B>-cursor</B> <I>cursor</I> + Specifies the widget's cursor. The default cursor is + crosshair. + + <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I> + Specifies the font of the graph title. The default is + *-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-18-180-*. + + <B>-halo</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies a maximum distance to consider when searching + for the closest data point (see the element's <B>closest</B> + operation below). Data points further than <I>pixels</I> away + text. <I>Justify</I> must be left, right, or center. The + default is center. + + <B>-leftmargin</B> <I>pixels</I> + If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin + extending from the left edge of the window to the Y-coor- + dinate axis. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, the automatically computed + size is used. The default is 0. + + <B>-plotbackground</B> <I>color</I> + Specifies the background color of the plotting area. The + default is white. + + <B>-plotborderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the 3-D border around the plotting + area. The <B>-plotrelief</B> option determines if a border is + drawn. The default is 2. + + <B>-plotpadx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the amount of padding to be added to the left and + right sides of the plotting area. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of + one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, + the left side of the plotting area entry is padded by the + first distance and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> + is just one distance, both the left and right sides are + padded evenly. The default is 8. + + <B>-plotpady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the amount of padding to be added to the top and + bottom of the plotting area. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or + two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the top + of the plotting area is padded by the first distance and + the bottom by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, + both the top and bottom are padded evenly. The default + is 8. + + <B>-plotrelief</B> <I>relief</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect for the plotting area. <I>Relief</I> + specifies how the interior of the plotting area should + appear relative to rest of the graph; for example, raised + means the plot should appear to protrude from the graph, + relative to the surface of the graph. The default is + sunken. + + <B>-relief</B> <I>relief</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect for the graph widget. <I>Relief</I> + specifies how the graph should appear relative to widget + it is packed into; for example, raised means the graph + should appear to protrude. The default is flat. + + <B>-rightmargin</B> <I>pixels</I> + If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin + + <B>-tile</B> <I>image</I> + Specifies a tiled background for the widget. If <I>image</I> + isn't "", the background is tiled using <I>image</I>. Other- + wise, the normal background color is drawn (see the + <B>-background</B> option). <I>Image</I> must be an image created + using the Tk <B>image</B> command. The default is "". + + <B>-title</B> <I>text</I> + Sets the title to <I>text</I>. If <I>text</I> is "", no title will be + displayed. + + <B>-topmargin</B> <I>pixels</I> + If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin + above the x2 axis. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, the automatically + computed size is used. The default is 0. + + <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies the requested width of the widget. The default + is 5i. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>? + See the <B>CROSSHAIRS</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + See the <B>ELEMENT</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>extents</B> <I>item</I> + Returns the size of a particular item in the graph. <I>Item</I> must + be either leftmargin, rightmargin, topmargin, bottommargin, + plotwidth, or plotheight. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + See the <B>GRID</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>invtransform</B> <I>winX</I> <I>winY</I> + Performs an inverse coordinate transformation, mapping window + coordinates back to graph coordinates, using the standard X-axis + and Y-axis. Returns a list of containing the X-Y graph coordi- + nates. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>inside</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I> + Returns 1 is the designated screen coordinate (<I>x</I> and <I>y</I>) is + inside the plotting area and 0 otherwise. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + See the <B>LEGEND</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> section. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>line</B> <B>operation</B> <B>arg</B>... + The operation is the same as <B>element</B>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + photo Saves a Tk photo image. <I>OutputName</I> represents + the name of a Tk photo image that must already + have been created. + + wmf Saves an Aldus Placeable Metafile. <I>OutputName</I> + represents the filename where the metafile is + written. If <I>outputName</I> is CLIPBOARD, then out- + put is written directly to the Windows clip- + board. This format is available only under + Microsoft Windows. + + emf Saves an Enhanced Metafile. <I>OutputName</I> repre- + sents the filename where the metafile is writ- + ten. If <I>outputName</I> is CLIPBOARD, then output + is written directly to the Windows clipboard. + This format is available only under Microsoft + Windows. + + <B>-height</B> <I>size</I> + Specifies the height of the graph. <I>Size</I> is a screen + distance. The graph will be redrawn using this dimen- + sion, rather than its current window height. + + <B>-width</B> <I>size</I> + Specifies the width of the graph. <I>Size</I> is a screen + distance. The graph will be redrawn using this dimen- + sion, rather than its current window width. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>transform</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I> + Performs a coordinate transformation, mapping graph coordinates + to window coordinates, using the standard X-axis and Y-axis. + Returns a list containing the X-Y screen coordinates. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>xaxis</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + + <I>pathName</I> <B>x2axis</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + + <I>pathName</I> <B>yaxis</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + + <I>pathName</I> <B>y2axis</B> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... + See the <B>AXIS</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> section. + + +</PRE> +<H2>GRAPH COMPONENTS</H2><PRE> + A graph is composed of several components: coordinate axes, data ele- + ments, legend, grid, cross hairs, postscript, and annotation markers. + Instead of one big set of configuration options and operations, the + graph is partitioned, where each component has its own configuration + options and operations that specifically control that aspect or part of + the graph. + + <B>AXIS</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> + Four coordinate axes are automatically created: two X-coordinate axes + You can have several axes. To create an axis, invoke the axis component + and its create operation. # Create a new axis called "tempAxis" .g + axis create tempAxis You map data elements to an axis using the ele- + ment's -mapy and -mapx configuration options. They specify the coordi- + nate axes an element is mapped onto. # Now map the tempAxis data to + this axis. .g element create "e1" -xdata $x -ydata $y -mapy tempAxis + Any number of axes can be displayed simultaneously. They are drawn in + the margins surrounding the plotting area. The default axes x and y + are drawn in the bottom and left margins. The axes x2 and y2 are drawn + in top and right margins. By default, only x and y are shown. Note + that the axes can have different scales. + + To display a different axis or more than one axis, you invoke one of + the following components: <B>xaxis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, <B>x2axis</B>, and <B>y2axis</B>. Each com- + ponent has a <B>use</B> operation that designates the axis (or axes) to be + drawn in that corresponding margin: <B>xaxis</B> in the bottom, <B>yaxis</B> in the + left, <B>x2axis</B> in the top, and <B>y2axis</B> in the right. # Display the axis + tempAxis in the left margin. .g yaxis use tempAxis The <B>use</B> operation + takes a list of axis names as its last argument. This is the list of + axes to be drawn in this margin. + + You can configure axes in many ways. The axis scale can be linear or + logarithmic. The values along the axis can either monotonically + increase or decrease. If you need custom tick labels, you can specify + a Tcl procedure to format the label any way you wish. You can control + how ticks are drawn, by changing the major tick interval or the number + of minor ticks. You can define non-uniform tick intervals, such as for + time-series plots. + + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>? + Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event + sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for an axis with this tag, + <I>command</I> will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> com- + mand except that it operates on graph axes, rather than widgets. + See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I> and + the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it. + + If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, + replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I> + <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug- + ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I> + <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated + with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no + such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are + missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind- + ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>cget</B> <I>axisName</I> <I>option</I> + Returns the current value of the option given by <I>option</I> for + <I>axisName</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the axis + <B>configure</B> operation. + the list matching the current event sequence will have + its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of the + element is always the first tag in the list. The default + value is all. + + <B>-color</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the axis and tick labels. The default + is black. + + <B>-descending</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the values along the axis are monotoni- + cally increasing or decreasing. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the + axis values will be decreasing. The default is 0. + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates if the axis is displayed. If <I>boolean</I> is false + the axis will be displayed. Any element mapped to the + axis is displayed regardless. The default value is 0. + + <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I> + Specifies how the axis title should be justified. This + matters only when the axis title contains more than one + line of text. <I>Justify</I> must be left, right, or center. + The default is center. + + <B>-limits</B> <I>formatStr</I> + Specifies a printf-like description to format the minimum + and maximum limits of the axis. The limits are displayed + at the top/bottom or left/right sides of the plotting + area. <I>FormatStr</I> is a list of one or two format descrip- + tions. If one description is supplied, both the minimum + and maximum limits are formatted in the same way. If + two, the first designates the format for the minimum + limit, the second for the maximum. If "" is given as + either description, then the that limit will not be dis- + loosely, at the outer tick intervals. If the axis limit + is set with the -min or -max option, the axes are dis- + played tightly. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the axis range is + "loose". The default is 0. + + <B>-majorticks</B> <I>majorList</I> + Specifies where to display major axis ticks. You can use + this option to display ticks at non-uniform intervals. + <I>MajorList</I> is a list of axis coordinates designating the + location of major ticks. No minor ticks are drawn. If + <I>majorList</I> is "", major ticks will be automatically com- + puted. The default is "". + + <B>-max</B> <I>value</I> + Sets the maximum limit of <I>axisName</I>. Any data point + greater than <I>value</I> is not displayed. If <I>value</I> is "", the + maximum limit is calculated using the largest data value. + The default is "". + + <B>-min</B> <I>value</I> + Sets the minimum limit of <I>axisName</I>. Any data point less + than <I>value</I> is not displayed. If <I>value</I> is "", the minimum + limit is calculated using the smallest data value. The + default is "". + + <B>-minorticks</B> <I>minorList</I> + Specifies where to display minor axis ticks. You can use + this option to display minor ticks at non-uniform inter- + vals. <I>MinorList</I> is a list of real values, ranging from + 0.0 to 1.0, designating the placement of a minor tick. + No minor ticks are drawn if the <B>-majortick</B> option is also + set. If <I>minorList</I> is "", minor ticks will be automati- + cally computed. The default is "". + + <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I> + Specifies the how many degrees to rotate the axis tick + labels. <I>Theta</I> is a real value representing the number of + degrees to rotate the tick labels. The default is 0.0 + degrees. + + <B>-scrollcommand</B> <I>command</I> + Specify the prefix for a command used to communicate with + scrollbars for this axis, such as <I>.sbar</I> <I>set</I>. + + <B>-scrollmax</B> <I>value</I> + Sets the maximum limit of the axis scroll region. If + <I>value</I> is "", the maximum limit is calculated using the + largest data value. The default is "". + + <B>-scrollmin</B> <I>value</I> + Sets the minimum limit of axis scroll region. If <I>value</I> + is "", the minimum limit is calculated using the smallest + Indicates how many minor axis ticks are to be drawn. For + example, if <I>number</I> is two, only one minor tick is drawn. + If <I>number</I> is one, no minor ticks are displayed. The + default is 2. + + <B>-tickfont</B> <I>fontName</I> + Specifies the font for axis tick labels. The default is + *-Courier-Bold-R-Normal-*-100-*. + + <B>-tickformat</B> <I>formatStr</I> + Specifies a printf-like description to format teh axis + tick labels. You can get the standard tick labels again by + setting <I>formatStr</I> to "". The default is "". + + <B>-tickformatcommand</B>, <B>-command</B> <I>prefix</I> + Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when formatting the + axis tick labels. <I>Prefix</I> is a string containing the name + of a Tcl proc and any extra arguments for the procedure. + This command is invoked for each major tick on the axis. + Two additional arguments are passed to the procedure: the + pathname of the widget and the current the numeric value + of the tick. The procedure returns the formatted tick + label. If "" is returned, no label will appear next to + the tick. You can get the standard tick labels again by + setting <I>prefix</I> to "". The default is "". + + The numeric value for the tick might change when using the + <B>-logscale</B> and <B>-tickformat</B> options. + + Please note that this procedure is invoked while the + graph is redrawn. You may query configuration options. + But do not them, because this can have unexpected + results. + + <B>-ticklength</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the length of major and minor ticks (minor ticks are + half the length of major ticks). If <I>pixels</I> is less than + zero, the axis will be inverted with ticks drawn pointing + towards the plot. The default is 0.1i. + + <B>-title</B> <I>text</I> + Sets the title of the axis. If <I>text</I> is "", no axis title + will be displayed. + + <B>-titlealternate</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates to display the axis title in its alternate + location. Normally the axis title is centered along the + axis. This option places the axis either to the right + (horizontal axes) or above (vertical axes) the axis. The + default is 0. + + <B>-titlecolor</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the axis title. The default is black. + + <B>-titlefont</B> <I>fontName</I> + Specifies the font for axis title. The default is *-Hel- + vetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-14-140-*. + + Axis configuration options may be also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource class is Axis. The resource names are the + names of the axes (such as x or x2). option add + *Graph.Axis.Color blue option add *Graph.x.LogScale true + option add *Graph.x2.LogScale false + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>create</B> <I>axisName</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Creates a new axis by the name <I>axisName</I>. No axis by the same + name can already exist. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I> are described in above + in the axis <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>axisName</I>?... + Deletes the named axes. An axis is not really deleted until it + is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete axes mapped to ele- + ments. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>invtransform</B> <I>axisName</I> <I>value</I> + Performs the inverse transformation, changing the screen coordi- + nate <I>value</I> to a graph coordinate, mapping the value mapped to + + <I>pathName</I> <B>axis</B> <B>view</B> <I>axisName</I> + Change the viewable area of this axis. Use as an argument to a + scrollbar's "<I>-command</I>". + + The default axes are x, y, x2, and y2. But you can display more than + four axes simultaneously. You can also swap in a different axis with + <B>use</B> operation of the special axis components: <B>xaxis</B>, <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, and + <B>y2axis</B>. .g create axis temp .g create axis time ... .g xaxis use temp + .g yaxis use time Only the axes specified for use are displayed on the + screen. + + The <B>xaxis</B>, <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, and <B>y2axis</B> components operate on an axis + location rather than a specific axis like the more general <B>axis</B> compo- + nent does. They implicitly control the axis that is currently using to + that location. By default, <B>xaxis</B> uses the x axis, <B>yaxis</B> uses y, <B>x2axis</B> + uses x2, and <B>y2axis</B> uses y2. When more than one axis is displayed in a + margin, it represents the first axis displayed. + + The following operations are available for axes. They mirror exactly + the operations of the <B>axis</B> component. The <I>axis</I> argument must be <B>xaxis</B>, + <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, or <B>y2axis</B>. This feature is deprecated since more than + one axis can now be used a margin. You should only use the <B>xaxis</B>, + <B>x2axis</B>, <B>yaxis</B>, and <B>y2axis</B> components with the <B>use</B> operation. For all + other operations, use the general <B>axis</B> component instead. + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I> + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>invtransform</B> <I>value</I> + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>limits</B> + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>transform</B> <I>value</I> + + <I>pathName</I> <I>axis</I> <B>use</B> ?<I>axisName</I>? + Designates the axis <I>axisName</I> is to be displayed at this loca- + tion. <I>AxisName</I> can not be already in use at another location. + This command returns the name of the axis currently using this + location. + + <B>CROSSHAIRS</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> + Cross hairs consist of two intersecting lines (one vertical and one + horizontal) drawn completely across the plotting area. They are used + to position the mouse in relation to the coordinate axes. Cross hairs + differ from line markers in that they are implemented using XOR drawing + primitives. This means that they can be quickly drawn and erased with- + out redrawing the entire graph. + + The following operations are available for cross hairs: + + <B>-color</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the cross hairs. The default is black. + + <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I> + Sets the dash style of the cross hairs. <I>DashList</I> is a + list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the + lengths of the dashes and gaps on the cross hair lines. + Each number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is + "", the cross hairs will be solid lines. + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether cross hairs are drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is + true, cross hairs are not drawn. The default is yes. + + <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Set the width of the cross hair lines. The default is 1. + + <B>-position</B> <I>pos</I> + Specifies the screen position where the cross hairs + intersect. <I>Pos</I> must be in the form "<I>@x,y</I>", where <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> + are the window coordinates of the intersection. + + Cross hairs configuration options may be also be set by the + <B>option</B> command. The resource name and class are crosshairs and + Crosshairs respectively. option add *Graph.Crosshairs.LineWidth + 2 option add *Graph.Crosshairs.Color red + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>off</B> + Turns off the cross hairs. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>on</B> + Turns on the display of the cross hairs. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>crosshairs</B> <B>toggle</B> + Toggles the current state of the cross hairs, alternately map- + ping and unmapping the cross hairs. + + <B>ELEMENT</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> + A data element represents a set of data. It contains x and y vectors + containing the coordinates of the data points. Elements can be dis- + played with a symbol at each data point and lines connecting the + points. Elements also control the appearance of the data, such as the + symbol type, line width, color etc. + + When new data elements are created, they are automatically added to a + list of displayed elements. The display list controls what elements + are drawn and in what order. + + The following operations are available for elements. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>activate</B> <I>elemName</I> ?<I>index</I>?... + Specifies the data points of element <I>elemName</I> to be drawn using + replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I> + <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug- + ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I> + <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated + with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no + such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are + missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind- + ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>cget</B> <I>elemName</I> <I>option</I> + Returns the current value of the element configuration option + given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any of the options described + below for the element <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>closest</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... ?<I>elemName</I>?... + Searches for the data point closest to the window coordinates <I>x</I> + and <I>y</I>. By default, all elements are searched. Hidden elements + (see the <B>-hide</B> option is false) are ignored. You can limit the + search by specifying only the elements you want to be consid- + ered. <I>ElemName</I> must be the name of an element that can not be + hidden. It returns a key-value list containing the name of the + closest element, the index of the closest data point, and the + graph-coordinates of the point. Returns "", if no data point + within the threshold distance can be found. The following + <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs are available. + + <B>-along</B> <I>direction</I> + Search for the closest element using the following crite- + ria: + + x Find closest element vertically from the given X- + coordinate. + + y Find the closest element horizontally from the + given Y-coordinate. + + both Find the closest element for the given point + (using both the X and Y coordinates). + + <B>-halo</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies a threshold distance where selected data points + are ignored. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as + 2 or 1.2i. If this option isn't specified, then it + defaults to the value of the graph's <B>-halo</B> option. + + <B>-interpolate</B> <I>string</I> + Indicates whether to consider projections that lie along + the line segments connecting data points when searching + for the closest point. The default value is 0. The val- + ues for <I>string</I> are described below. + + no Search only for the closest data point. + + <B>-activepen</B> <I>penName</I> + Specifies pen to use to draw active element. If <I>penName</I> + is "", no active elements will be drawn. The default is + activeLine. + + <B>-areabackground</B> <I>color</I> + Specifies the background color of the area under the + curve. The background area color is drawn only for bit- + maps (see the <B>-areapattern</B> option). If <I>color</I> is "", the + background is transparent. The default is black. + + <B>-areaforeground</B> <I>color</I> + Specifies the foreground color of the area under the + curve. The default is black. + + <B>-areapattern</B> <I>pattern</I> + Specifies how to fill the area under the curve. <I>Pattern</I> + may be the name of a Tk bitmap, solid, or "". If + "solid", then the area under the curve is drawn with the + color designated by the <B>-areaforeground</B> option. If a + bitmap, then the bitmap is stippled across the area. + Here the bitmap colors are controlled by the <B>-areafore-</B> + <B>ground</B> and <B>-areabackground</B> options. If <I>pattern</I> is "", no + filled area is drawn. The default is "". + + <B>-areatile</B> <I>image</I> + Specifies the name of a Tk image to be used to tile the + area under the curve. This option supersedes the <B>-areap-</B> + <B>attern</B> option. <I>Image</I> must be a photo image. If <I>image</I> is + "", no tiling is performed. The default is "". + + <B>-bindtags</B> <I>tagList</I> + Specifies the binding tags for the element. <I>TagList</I> is a + list of binding tag names. The tags and their order will + determine how events are handled for elements. Each tag + in the list matching the current event sequence will have + its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of the + element is always the first tag in the list. The default + value is all. + + <B>-color</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the traces connecting the data points. + + <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I> + Sets the dash style of element line. <I>DashList</I> is a list + of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the + lengths of the dashes and gaps on the element line. Each + number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the + lines will be solid. + + <B>-data</B> <I>coordList</I> + Specifies the X-Y coordinates of the data. <I>CoordList</I> is + Sets the element's label in the legend. If <I>text</I> is "", + the element will have no entry in the legend. The + default label is the element's name. + + <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the connecting lines between data + points. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, no connecting lines will be + drawn between symbols. The default is 0. + + <B>-mapx</B> <I>xAxis</I> + Selects the X-axis to map the element's X-coordinates + onto. <I>XAxis</I> must be the name of an axis. The default is + x. + + <B>-mapy</B> <I>yAxis</I> + Selects the Y-axis to map the element's Y-coordinates + onto. <I>YAxis</I> must be the name of an axis. The default is + y. + + <B>-offdash</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the stripes when traces are dashed (see + the <B>-dashes</B> option). If <I>color</I> is "", then the "off" pix- + els will represent gaps instead of stripes. If <I>color</I> is + defcolor, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B> + option. The default is defcolor. + + <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color or the outline around each symbol. If + <I>color</I> is "", then no outline is drawn. If <I>color</I> is def- + color, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B> + option. The default is defcolor. + + <B>-pen</B> <I>penname</I> + Set the pen to use for this element. + + <B>-outlinewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the outline bordering each symbol. If + <I>pixels</I> is 0, no outline will be drawn. The default is 1. + + <B>-pixels</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the size of symbols. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, no symbols + will be drawn. The default is 0.125i. + + <B>-scalesymbols</B> <I>boolean</I> + If <I>boolean</I> is true, the size of the symbols drawn for + <I>elemName</I> will change with scale of the X-axis and Y-axis. + At the time this option is set, the current ranges of the + axes are saved as the normalized scales (i.e scale factor + is 1.0) and the element is drawn at its designated size + (see the <B>-pixels</B> option). As the scale of the axes + change, the symbol will be scaled according to the + smaller of the X-axis and Y-axis scales. If <I>boolean</I> is + dratic spline is used. The default is <I>linear</I>. + + <B>-styles</B> <I>styleList</I> + Specifies what pen to use based on the range of weights + given. <I>StyleList</I> is a list of style specifications. Each + style specification, in turn, is a list consisting of a + pen name, and optionally a minimum and maximum range. + Data points whose weight (see the <B>-weight</B> option) falls + in this range, are drawn with this pen. If no range is + specified it defaults to the index of the pen in the + list. Note that this affects only symbol attributes. + Line attributes, such as line width, dashes, etc. are + ignored. + + <B>-symbol</B> <I>symbol</I> + Specifies the symbol for data points. <I>Symbol</I> can be + either square, circle, diamond, plus, cross, splus, + scross, triangle, "" (where no symbol is drawn), or a + bitmap. Bitmaps are specified as "<I>source</I> ?<I>mask</I>?", where + <I>source</I> is the name of the bitmap, and <I>mask</I> is the bit- + map's optional mask. The default is circle. + + <B>-trace</B> <I>direction</I> + Indicates whether connecting lines between data points + (whose X-coordinate values are either increasing or + decreasing) are drawn. <I>Direction</I> must be increasing, + decreasing, or both. For example, if <I>direction</I> is + increasing, connecting lines will be drawn only between + those data points where X-coordinate values are monotoni- + cally increasing. If <I>direction</I> is both, connecting lines + will be draw between all data points. The default is + both. + + <B>-weights</B> <I>wVec</I> + Specifies the weights of the individual data points. + This, with the list pen styles (see the <B>-styles</B> option), + controls how data points are drawn. <I>WVec</I> is the name of + a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions represent- + ing the weights for each data point. + + <B>-xdata</B> <I>xVec</I> + Specifies the X-coordinates of the data. <I>XVec</I> is the + name of a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions. + + <B>-ydata</B> <I>yVec</I> + Specifies the Y-coordinates of the data. <I>YVec</I> is the + name of a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions. + + Element configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource class is Element. The resource name is the + name of the element. option add *Graph.Element.symbol line + option add *Graph.e1.symbol line + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>exists</B> <I>elemName</I> + Returns 1 if an element <I>elemName</I> currently exists and 0 other- + wise. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?... + Returns the elements matching one or more pattern. If no <I>pat-</I> + <I>tern</I> is given, the names of all elements is returned. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>show</B> ?<I>nameList</I>? + Queries or modifies the element display list. The element dis- + play list designates the elements drawn and in what order. + <I>NameList</I> is a list of elements to be displayed in the order they + are named. If there is no <I>nameList</I> argument, the current dis- + play list is returned. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>element</B> <B>type</B> <I>elemName</I> + Returns the type of <I>elemName</I>. If the element is a bar element, + the commands returns the string "bar", otherwise it returns + "line". + + <B>GRID</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> + Grid lines extend from the major and minor ticks of each axis horizon- + tally or vertically across the plotting area. The following operations + are available for grid lines. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I> + Returns the current value of the grid line configuration option + given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for + the grid <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Queries or modifies the configuration options for grid lines. + If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing all the current + grid options for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, + but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If + one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each + pair, the grid line option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. The follow- + ing options are valid for grid lines. + + <B>-color</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the grid lines. The default is black. + + <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I> + Sets the dash style of the grid lines. <I>DashList</I> is a list + of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the + lengths of the dashes and gaps on the grid lines. Each + number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the + grid will be solid lines. + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the grid should be drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is + + <B>-minor</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the grid lines should be drawn for + minor ticks. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the lines will appear + at minor tick intervals. The default is 1. + + Grid configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource name and class are grid and Grid respec- + tively. option add *Graph.grid.LineWidth 2 option add + *Graph.Grid.Color black + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>off</B> + Turns off the display the grid lines. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>on</B> + Turns on the display the grid lines. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>grid</B> <B>toggle</B> + Toggles the display of the grid. + + <B>LEGEND</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> + The legend displays a list of the data elements. Each entry consists + of the element's symbol and label. The legend can appear in any margin + (the default location is in the right margin). It can also be posi- + tioned anywhere within the plotting area. + + The following operations are valid for the legend. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>activate</B> <I>pattern</I>... + Selects legend entries to be drawn using the active legend col- + ors and relief. All entries whose element names match <I>pattern</I> + are selected. To be selected, the element name must match only + one <I>pattern</I>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>bind</B> <I>tagName</I> ?<I>sequence</I>? ?<I>command</I>? + Associates <I>command</I> with <I>tagName</I> such that whenever the event + sequence given by <I>sequence</I> occurs for a legend entry with this + tag, <I>command</I> will be invoked. Implicitly the element names in + the entry are tags. The syntax is similar to the <B>bind</B> command + except that it operates on legend entries, rather than widgets. + See the <B>bind</B> manual entry for complete details on <I>sequence</I> and + the substitutions performed on <I>command</I> before invoking it. + + If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, + replacing any existing binding for the same <I>sequence</I> and <I>tag-</I> + <I>Name</I>. If the first character of <I>command</I> is + then <I>command</I> aug- + ments an existing binding rather than replacing it. If no <I>com-</I> + <I>mand</I> argument is provided then the command currently associated + with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no + such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are + missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind- + ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>. + + <B>-activebackground</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the background color for active legend entries. All + legend entries marked active (see the legend <B>activate</B> + operation) are drawn using this background color. + + <B>-activeborderwidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge + of the active legend entries. The default is 2. + + <B>-activeforeground</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the foreground color for active legend entries. All + legend entries marked as active (see the legend <B>activate</B> + operation) are drawn using this foreground color. + + <B>-activerelief</B> <I>relief</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect desired for active legend + entries. <I>Relief</I> denotes how the interior of the entry + should appear relative to the legend; for example, raised + means the entry should appear to protrude from the leg- + end, relative to the surface of the legend. The default + is flat. + + <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I> + Tells how to position the legend relative to the posi- + tioning point for the legend. This is dependent on the + value of the <B>-position</B> option. The default is center. + + left or right + The anchor describes how to position the leg- + end vertically. + + top or bottom + The anchor describes how to position the leg- + end horizontally. + + @x,y The anchor specifies how to position the leg- + end relative to the positioning point. For + example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then the legend + is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then + the legend will be drawn such that the top + center point of the rectangular region occu- + pied by the legend will be at the positioning + point. + + plotarea The anchor specifies how to position the leg- + end relative to the plotting area. For exam- + ple, if <I>anchor</I> is center then the legend is + centered in the plotting area; if <I>anchor</I> is + ne then the legend will be drawn such that + occupies the upper right corner of the plot- + ting area. + + Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge + of the legend (if such border is being drawn; the <B>relief</B> + option determines this). The default is 2 pixels. + + <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I> + <I>FontName</I> specifies a font to use when drawing the labels + of each element into the legend. The default is *-Hel- + vetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-12-120-*. + + <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the foreground color of the text drawn for the ele- + ment's label. The default is black. + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the legend should be displayed. If + <I>boolean</I> is true, the legend will not be draw. The + default is no. + + <B>-ipadx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the amount of internal padding to be added to the + width of each legend entry. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or + two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the left + side of the legend entry is padded by the first distance + and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one + distance, both the left and right sides are padded + evenly. The default is 2. + + <B>-ipady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets an amount of internal padding to be added to the + height of each legend entry. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or + two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the top + of the entry is padded by the first distance and the bot- + tom by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, both the + top and bottom of the entry are padded evenly. The + default is 2. + + <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the + legend. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or two screen dis- + tances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the left side of the + legend is padded by the first distance and the right side + by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one distance, both the + left and right sides are padded evenly. The default is + 4. + + <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the padding above and below the legend. <I>Pad</I> can be + a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two + elements, the area above the legend is padded by the + first distance and the area below by the second. If <I>pad</I> + is just one distance, both the top and bottom areas are + padded evenly. The default is 0. + plotting area. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the legend will be + drawn on top of any elements that may overlap it. The + default is no. + + <B>-relief</B> <I>relief</I> + Specifies the 3-D effect for the border around the leg- + end. <I>Relief</I> specifies how the interior of the legend + should appear relative to the graph; for example, raised + means the legend should appear to protrude from the + graph, relative to the surface of the graph. The default + is sunken. + + Legend configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource name and class are legend and Legend respec- + tively. option add *Graph.legend.Foreground blue option add + *Graph.Legend.Relief raised + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>deactivate</B> <I>pattern</I>... + Selects legend entries to be drawn using the normal legend col- + ors and relief. All entries whose element names match <I>pattern</I> + are selected. To be selected, the element name must match only + one <I>pattern</I>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>legend</B> <B>get</B> <I>pos</I> + Returns the name of the element whose entry is at the screen + position <I>pos</I> in the legend. <I>Pos</I> must be in the form "<I>@x,y</I>", + where <I>x</I> and <I>y</I> are window coordinates. If the given coordinates + do not lie over a legend entry, "" is returned. + + <B>PEN</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> + Pens define attributes (both symbol and line style) for elements. Pens + mirror the configuration options of data elements that pertain to how + symbols and lines are drawn. Data elements use pens to determine how + they are drawn. A data element may use several pens at once. In this + case, the pen used for a particular data point is determined from each + element's weight vector (see the element's <B>-weight</B> and <B>-style</B> options). + + One pen, called activeLine, is automatically created. It's used as the + default active pen for elements. So you can change the active + attributes for all elements by simply reconfiguring this pen. .g pen + configure "activeLine" -color green You can create and use several + pens. To create a pen, invoke the pen component and its create opera- + tion. .g pen create myPen You map pens to a data element using either + the element's <B>-pen</B> or <B>-activepen</B> options. .g element create "line1" + -xdata $x -ydata $tempData \ + -pen myPen An element can use several pens at once. This is done by + specifying the name of the pen in the element's style list (see the + <B>-styles</B> option). .g element configure "line1" -styles { myPen 2.0 3.0 + } This says that any data point with a weight between 2.0 and 3.0 is to + be drawn using the pen myPen. All other points are drawn with the ele- + ment's default attributes. + + specified, then for each pair, the pen option <I>option</I> is set to + <I>value</I>. The following options are valid for pens. + + <B>-color</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the traces connecting the data points. + + <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I> + Sets the dash style of element line. <I>DashList</I> is a list + of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the + lengths of the dashes and gaps on the element line. Each + number must be between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the + lines will be solid. + + <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the interior color of symbols. If <I>color</I> is "", then + the interior of the symbol is transparent. If <I>color</I> is + defcolor, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B> + option. The default is defcolor. + + <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the connecting lines between data + points. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, no connecting lines will be + drawn between symbols. The default is 0. + + <B>-offdash</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the stripes when traces are dashed (see + the <B>-dashes</B> option). If <I>color</I> is "", then the "off" pix- + els will represent gaps instead of stripes. If <I>color</I> is + defcolor, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B> + option. The default is defcolor. + + <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color or the outline around each symbol. If + <I>color</I> is "", then no outline is drawn. If <I>color</I> is def- + color, then the color will be the same as the <B>-color</B> + option. The default is defcolor. + + <B>-outlinewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the outline bordering each symbol. If + <I>pixels</I> is 0, no outline will be drawn. The default is 1. + + <B>-pixels</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the size of symbols. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, no symbols + will be drawn. The default is 0.125i. + + <B>-symbol</B> <I>symbol</I> + Specifies the symbol for data points. <I>Symbol</I> can be + either square, circle, diamond, plus, cross, splus, + scross, triangle, "" (where no symbol is drawn), or a + bitmap. Bitmaps are specified as "<I>source</I> ?<I>mask</I>?", where + <I>source</I> is the name of the bitmap, and <I>mask</I> is the bit- + map's optional mask. The default is circle. + + Creates a new pen by the name <I>penName</I>. No pen by the same name + can already exist. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I> are described in above in + the pen <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>penName</I>?... + Deletes the named pens. A pen is not really deleted until it is + not longer in use, so it's safe to delete pens mapped to ele- + ments. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>pen</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>?... + Returns a list of pens matching zero or more patterns. If no + <I>pattern</I> argument is give, the names of all pens are returned. + + <B>POSTSCRIPT</B> <B>COMPONENT</B> + The graph can generate encapsulated PostScript output. There are sev- + eral configuration options you can specify to control how the plot will + be generated. You can change the page dimensions and borders. The + plot itself can be scaled, centered, or rotated to landscape. The + PostScript output can be written directly to a file or returned through + the interpreter. + + The following postscript operations are available. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I> + Returns the current value of the postscript option given by + <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below for the post- + script <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <B>configure</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Queries or modifies the configuration options for PostScript + generation. If <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the + current postscript options for <I>pathName</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> + is specified, but not <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is + returned. If one or more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, + then for each pair, the postscript option <I>option</I> is set to + <I>value</I>. The following postscript options are available. + + <B>-center</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the plot should be centered on the + PostScript page. If <I>boolean</I> is false, the plot will be + placed in the upper left corner of the page. The default + is 1. + + <B>-colormap</B> <I>varName</I> + <I>VarName</I> must be the name of a global array variable that + specifies a color mapping from the X color name to Post- + Script. Each element of <I>varName</I> must consist of Post- + Script code to set a particular color value (e.g. ``1.0 + 1.0 0.0 setrgbcolor''). When generating color informa- + tion in PostScript, the array variable <I>varName</I> is checked + if an element of the name as the color exists. If so, it + uses its value as the PostScript command to set the + Script. Each element of <I>varName</I> must consist of a Tcl + list with one or two elements; the name and point size of + a PostScript font. When outputting PostScript commands + for a particular font, the array variable <I>varName</I> is + checked to see if an element by the specified font + exists. If there is such an element, then the font + information contained in that element is used in the + PostScript output. (If the point size is omitted from + the list, the point size of the X font is used). Other- + wise the X font is examined in an attempt to guess what + PostScript font to use. This works only for fonts whose + foundry property is <I>Adobe</I> (such as Times, Helvetica, + Courier, etc.). If all of this fails then the font + defaults to Helvetica-Bold. + + <B>-decorations</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether PostScript commands to generate color + backgrounds and 3-D borders will be output. If <I>boolean</I> + is false, the background will be white and no 3-D borders + will be generated. The default is 1. + + <B>-height</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the height of the plot. This lets you print the + graph with a height different from the one drawn on the + screen. If <I>pixels</I> is 0, the height is the same as the + widget's height. The default is 0. + + <B>-landscape</B> <I>boolean</I> + If <I>boolean</I> is true, this specifies the printed area is to + be rotated 90 degrees. In non-rotated output the X-axis + of the printed area runs along the short dimension of the + page (``portrait'' orientation); in rotated output the + X-axis runs along the long dimension of the page (``land- + scape'' orientation). Defaults to 0. + + <B>-maxpect</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates to scale the plot so that it fills the Post- + Script page. The aspect ratio of the graph is still + retained. The default is 0. + + <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the horizontal padding for the left and right page + borders. The borders are exterior to the plot. <I>Pad</I> can + be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two + elements, the left border is padded by the first distance + and the right border by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one + distance, both the left and right borders are padded + evenly. The default is 1i. + + <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the vertical padding for the top and bottom page + borders. The borders are exterior to the plot. <I>Pad</I> can + The default width is 8.5i. + + <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the plot. This lets you generate a + plot of a width different from that of the widget. If + <I>pixels</I> is 0, the width is the same as the widget's width. + The default is 0. + + Postscript configuration options may be also be set by the + <B>option</B> command. The resource name and class are postscript and + Postscript respectively. option add *Graph.postscript.Decora- + tions false option add *Graph.Postscript.Landscape true + + <I>pathName</I> <B>postscript</B> <B>output</B> ?<I>fileName</I>? ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Outputs a file of encapsulated PostScript. If a <I>fileName</I> argu- + ment isn't present, the command returns the PostScript. If any + <I>option-value</I> pairs are present, they set configuration options + controlling how the PostScript is generated. <I>Option</I> and <I>value</I> + can be anything accepted by the postscript <B>configure</B> operation + above. + + <B>MARKER</B> <B>COMPONENTS</B> + Markers are simple drawing procedures used to annotate or highlight + areas of the graph. Markers have various types: text strings, bitmaps, + images, connected lines, windows, or polygons. They can be associated + with a particular element, so that when the element is hidden or un- + hidden, so is the marker. By default, markers are the last items + drawn, so that data elements will appear in behind them. You can + change this by configuring the <B>-under</B> option. + + Markers, in contrast to elements, don't affect the scaling of the coor- + dinate axes. They can also have <I>elastic</I> coordinates (specified by -Inf + and Inf respectively) that translate into the minimum or maximum limit + of the axis. For example, you can place a marker so it always remains + in the lower left corner of the plotting area, by using the coordinates + -Inf,-Inf. + + The following operations are available for markers. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>after</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>afterId</I>? + Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first marker after + the second. If no second <I>afterId</I> argument is specified, the + marker is placed at the end of the display list. This command + can be used to control how markers are displayed since markers + are drawn in the order of this display list. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>before</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>beforeId</I>? + Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first marker + before the second. If no second <I>beforeId</I> argument is specified, + the marker is placed at the beginning of the display list. This + command can be used to control how markers are displayed since + markers are drawn in the order of this display list. + with <I>tagName</I> and <I>sequence</I> (it's an error occurs if there's no + such binding) is returned. If both <I>command</I> and <I>sequence</I> are + missing then a list of all the event sequences for which bind- + ings have been defined for <I>tagName</I>. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>cget</B> <I>option</I> + Returns the current value of the marker configuration option + given by <I>option</I>. <I>Option</I> may be any option described below in + the <B>configure</B> operation. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>configure</B> <I>markerId</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Queries or modifies the configuration options for markers. If + <I>option</I> isn't specified, a list describing the current options + for <I>markerId</I> is returned. If <I>option</I> is specified, but not + <I>value</I>, then a list describing <I>option</I> is returned. If one or + more <I>option</I> and <I>value</I> pairs are specified, then for each pair, + the marker option <I>option</I> is set to <I>value</I>. + + The following options are valid for all markers. Each type of + marker also has its own type-specific options. They are + described in the sections below. + + <B>-bindtags</B> <I>tagList</I> + Specifies the binding tags for the marker. <I>TagList</I> is a + list of binding tag names. The tags and their order will + determine how events for markers are handled. Each tag + in the list matching the current event sequence will have + its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of the + marker is always the first tag in the list. The default + value is all. + + <B>-coords</B> <I>coordList</I> + Specifies the coordinates of the marker. <I>CoordList</I> is a + list of graph coordinates. The number of coordinates + required is dependent on the type of marker. Text, + image, and window markers need only two coordinates (an + X-Y coordinate). Bitmap markers can take either two or + four coordinates (if four, they represent the corners of + the bitmap). Line markers need at least four coordinates, + polygons at least six. If <I>coordList</I> is "", the marker + will not be displayed. The default is "". + + <B>-element</B> <I>elemName</I> + Links the marker with the element <I>elemName</I>. The marker + is drawn only if the element is also currently displayed + (see the element's <B>show</B> operation). If <I>elemName</I> is "", + the marker is always drawn. The default is "". + + <B>-hide</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the marker is drawn. If <I>boolean</I> is + true, the marker is not drawn. The default is no. + + <B>-under</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates whether the marker is drawn below/above data + elements. If <I>boolean</I> is true, the marker is be drawn + underneath the data element symbols and lines. Other- + wise, the marker is drawn on top of the element. The + default is 0. + + <B>-xoffset</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies a screen distance to offset the marker horizon- + tally. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as 2 or + 1.2i. The default is 0. + + <B>-yoffset</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies a screen distance to offset the markers verti- + cally. <I>Pixels</I> is a valid screen distance, such as 2 or + 1.2i. The default is 0. + + Marker configuration options may also be set by the <B>option</B> com- + mand. The resource class is either BitmapMarker, ImageMarker, + LineMarker, PolygonMarker, TextMarker, or WindowMarker, depend- + ing on the type of marker. The resource name is the name of the + marker. option add *Graph.TextMarker.Foreground white option + add *Graph.BitmapMarker.Foreground white option add + *Graph.m1.Background blue + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <I>type</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... + Creates a marker of the selected type. <I>Type</I> may be either text, + line, bitmap, image, polygon, or window. This command returns + the marker identifier, used as the <I>markerId</I> argument in the + other marker-related commands. If the <B>-name</B> option is used, + this overrides the normal marker identifier. If the name pro- + vided is already used for another marker, the new marker will + replace the old. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>delete</B> ?<I>name</I>?... + Removes one of more markers. The graph will automatically be + redrawn without the marker.. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>exists</B> <I>markerId</I> + Returns 1 if the marker <I>markerId</I> exists and 0 otherwise. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>? + Returns the names of all the markers that currently exist. If + <I>pattern</I> is supplied, only those markers whose names match it + will be returned. + + <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>type</B> <I>markerId</I> + Returns the type of the marker given by <I>markerId</I>, such as line + or text. If <I>markerId</I> is not a valid a marker identifier, "" is + returned. + + <B>BITMAP</B> <B>MARKERS</B> + The following options are specific to bitmap markers: + + <B>-background</B> <I>color</I> + Same as the <B>-fill</B> option. + + <B>-bitmap</B> <I>bitmap</I> + Specifies the bitmap to be displayed. If <I>bitmap</I> is "", the + marker will not be displayed. The default is "". + + <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the background color of the bitmap. If <I>color</I> is the empty + string, no background will be transparent. The default back- + ground color is "". + + <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I> + Same as the <B>-outline</B> option. + + <B>-mask</B> <I>mask</I> + Specifies a mask for the bitmap to be displayed. This mask is a + bitmap itself, denoting the pixels that are transparent. If + <I>mask</I> is "", all pixels of the bitmap will be drawn. The default + is "". + + <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the foreground color of the bitmap. The default value is + black. + + <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I> + Sets the rotation of the bitmap. <I>Theta</I> is a real number repre- + senting the angle of rotation in degrees. The marker is first + rotated and then placed according to its anchor position. The + default rotation is 0.0. + + <B>IMAGE</B> <B>MARKERS</B> + A image marker displays an image. Image markers are created with the + marker's <B>create</B> operation in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>image</B> + ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a + configuration option for the marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may + be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> operation. + + The following options are specific to image markers: + + <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I> + <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the image relative to the position- + ing point for the image. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then + the image is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then the + image will be drawn such that the top center point of the rect- + angular region occupied by the image will be at the positioning + point. This option defaults to center. + + <B>-image</B> <I>image</I> + Specifies the image to be drawn. If <I>image</I> is "", the marker + gaps on the line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If + <I>dashList</I> is "", the marker line will be solid. + + <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the background color of the line. This color is used with + striped lines (see the <B>-fdashes</B> option). If <I>color</I> is the empty + string, no background color is drawn (the line will be dashed, + not striped). The default background color is "". + + <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the lines. The default width is 0. + + <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the foreground color of the line. The default value is + black. + + <B>-stipple</B> <I>bitmap</I> + Specifies a stipple pattern used to draw the line, rather than a + solid line. <I>Bitmap</I> specifies a bitmap to use as the stipple + pattern. If <I>bitmap</I> is "", then the line is drawn in a solid + fashion. The default is "". + + <B>POLYGON</B> <B>MARKERS</B> + A polygon marker displays a closed region described as two or more con- + nected line segments. It is assumed the first and last points are con- + nected. Polygon markers are created using the marker <B>create</B> operation + in the form: <I>pathName</I> <B>marker</B> <B>create</B> <B>polygon</B> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>?... There + may be many <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs, each sets a configuration option for + the marker. These same <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the <B>marker</B> + <B>configure</B> command to change the marker's configuration. The following + options are supported for polygon markers: + + <B>-dashes</B> <I>dashList</I> + Sets the dash style of the outline of the polygon. <I>DashList</I> is a + list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths + of the dashes and gaps on the outline. Each number must be + between 1 and 255. If <I>dashList</I> is "", the outline will be a + solid line. + + <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the fill color of the polygon. If <I>color</I> is "", then the + interior of the polygon is transparent. The default is white. + + <B>-linewidth</B> <I>pixels</I> + Sets the width of the outline of the polygon. If <I>pixels</I> is zero, + no outline is drawn. The default is 0. + + <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the outline of the polygon. If the polygon is + stippled (see the <B>-stipple</B> option), then this represents the + foreground color of the stipple. The default is black. + + the marker's <B>configure</B> operation. + + The following options are specific to text markers: + + <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I> + <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the text relative to the position- + ing point for the text. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center then + the text is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then the text + will be drawn such that the top center point of the rectangular + region occupied by the text will be at the positioning point. + This default is center. + + <B>-background</B> <I>color</I> + Same as the <B>-fill</B> option. + + <B>-font</B> <I>fontName</I> + Specifies the font of the text. The default is *-Helvetica- + Bold-R-Normal-*-120-*. + + <B>-fill</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the background color of the text. If <I>color</I> is the empty + string, no background will be transparent. The default back- + ground color is "". + + <B>-foreground</B> <I>color</I> + Same as the <B>-outline</B> option. + + <B>-justify</B> <I>justify</I> + Specifies how the text should be justified. This matters only + when the marker contains more than one line of text. <I>Justify</I> + must be left, right, or center. The default is center. + + <B>-outline</B> <I>color</I> + Sets the color of the text. The default value is black. + + <B>-padx</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the text. + <I>Pad</I> can be a list of one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has + two elements, the left side of the text is padded by the first + distance and the right side by the second. If <I>pad</I> has just one + distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The + default is 4. + + <B>-pady</B> <I>pad</I> + Sets the padding above and below the text. <I>Pad</I> can be a list of + one or two screen distances. If <I>pad</I> has two elements, the area + above the text is padded by the first distance and the area + below by the second. If <I>pad</I> is just one distance, both the top + and bottom areas are padded evenly. The default is 4. + + <B>-rotate</B> <I>theta</I> + Specifies the number of degrees to rotate the text. <I>Theta</I> is a + + <I>option</I>-<I>value</I> pairs may be used with the marker's <B>configure</B> command. + + The following options are specific to window markers: + + <B>-anchor</B> <I>anchor</I> + <I>Anchor</I> tells how to position the widget relative to the posi- + tioning point for the widget. For example, if <I>anchor</I> is center + then the widget is centered on the point; if <I>anchor</I> is n then + the widget will be displayed such that the top center point of + the rectangular region occupied by the widget will be at the + positioning point. This option defaults to center. + + <B>-height</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies the height to assign to the marker's window. If this + option isn't specified, or if it is specified as "", then the + window is given whatever height the widget requests internally. + + <B>-width</B> <I>pixels</I> + Specifies the width to assign to the marker's window. If this + option isn't specified, or if it is specified as "", then the + window is given whatever width the widget requests internally. + + <B>-window</B> <I>pathName</I> + Specifies the widget to be managed by the graph. <I>PathName</I> must + be a child of the <B>graph</B> widget. + + +</PRE> +<H2>GRAPH COMPONENT BINDINGS</H2><PRE> + Specific graph components, such as elements, markers and legend + entries, can have a command trigger when event occurs in them, much + like canvas items in Tk's canvas widget. Not all event sequences are + valid. The only binding events that may be specified are those related + to the mouse and keyboard (such as <B>Enter</B>, <B>Leave</B>, <B>ButtonPress</B>, <B>Motion</B>, + and <B>KeyPress</B>). + + Only one element or marker can be picked during an event. This means, + that if the mouse is directly over both an element and a marker, only + the uppermost component is selected. This isn't true for legend + entries. Both a legend entry and an element (or marker) binding com- + mands will be invoked if both items are picked. + + It is possible for multiple bindings to match a particular event. This + could occur, for example, if one binding is associated with the element + name and another is associated with one of the element's tags (see the + <B>-bindtags</B> option). When this occurs, all of the matching bindings are + invoked. A binding associated with the element name is invoked first, + followed by one binding for each of the element's bindtags. If there + are multiple matching bindings for a single tag, then only the most + specific binding is invoked. A continue command in a binding script + terminates that script, and a break command terminates that script and + skips any remaining scripts for the event, just as for the bind com- + mand. + + vectors are updated. + + From Tcl, create the vectors and configure the element to use them. + vector X Y .g element configure line1 -xdata X -ydata Y To set data + points from C, you pass the values as arrays of doubles using the + <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> call. The vector is reset with the new data and at the + next idle point (when Tk re-enters its event loop), the graph will be + redrawn automatically. #include <tcl.h> #include <blt.h> + + register int i; Blt_Vector *xVec, *yVec; double x[50], y[50]; + + /* Get the BLT vectors "X" and "Y" (created above from Tcl) */ if + ((Blt_GetVector(interp, "X", &xVec) != TCL_OK) || + (Blt_GetVector(interp, "Y", &yVec) != TCL_OK)) { + return TCL_ERROR; } + + for (i = 0; i < 50; i++) { + x[i] = i * 0.02; + y[i] = sin(x[i]); } + + /* Put the data into BLT vectors */ if ((Blt_ResetVector(xVec, x, 50, + 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK) || + (Blt_ResetVector(yVec, y, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK)) { + return TCL_ERROR; } See the <B>vector</B> manual page for more details. + + +</PRE> +<H2>SPEED TIPS</H2><PRE> + There may be cases where the graph needs to be drawn and updated as + quickly as possible. If drawing speed becomes a big problem, here are + a few tips to speed up displays. + + <B>o</B> Try to minimize the number of data points. The more data points the + looked at, the more work the graph must do. + + <B>o</B> If your data is generated as floating point values, the time required + to convert the data values to and from ASCII strings can be signifi- + cant, especially when there any many data points. You can avoid the + redundant string-to-decimal conversions using the C API to BLT vec- + tors. + + <B>o</B> Data elements without symbols are drawn faster than with symbols. + Set the data element's <B>-symbol</B> option to none. If you need to draw + symbols, try using the simple symbols such as splus and scross. + + <B>o</B> Don't stipple or dash the element. Solid lines are much faster. + + <B>o</B> If you update data elements frequently, try turning off the widget's + <B>-bufferelements</B> option. When the graph is first displayed, it draws + data elements into an internal pixmap. The pixmap acts as a cache, + so that when the graph needs to be redrawn again, and the data ele- + ments or coordinate axes haven't changed, the pixmap is simply copied + to the screen. This is especially useful when you are using markers + to highlight points and regions on the graph. But if the graph is + + + +BLT BLT_VERSION graph(n) +</PRE> +<HR> +<ADDRESS> +Man(1) output converted with +<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a> +</ADDRESS> +</BODY> +</HTML> diff --git a/tkblt/doc/graph.n b/tkblt/doc/graph.n new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbbbb9b --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/doc/graph.n @@ -0,0 +1,2408 @@ +'\" +'\" Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA +'\" This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made +'\" available under the same terms. +'\" +'\" Copyright 1991-1998 by Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies. +'\" +'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided +'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the +'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation, +'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used +'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +'\" without specific, written prior permission. +'\" +'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software, +'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event +'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or +'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use, +'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other +'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance +'\" of this software. +'\" +'\" Graph widget created by Sani Nassif and George Howlett. +'\" +.TH graph n BLT_VERSION BLT "BLT Built-In Commands" +.BS +'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! +.SH NAME +graph \- 2D graph for plotting X\-Y coordinate data. +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fBgraph\fI \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.BE +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBgraph\fR command creates a graph for plotting +two-dimensional data (X\-Y coordinates). It has many configurable +components: coordinate axes, elements, legend, grid lines, cross +hairs, etc. They allow you to customize the look and feel of the +graph. +.SH INTRODUCTION +The \fBgraph\fR command creates a new window for plotting +two-dimensional data (X\-Y coordinates). Data points are plotted in a +rectangular area displayed in the center of the new window. This is the +\fIplotting area\fR. The coordinate axes are drawn in the +margins around the plotting area. By default, the legend is displayed +in the right margin. The title is displayed in top margin. +.PP +The \fBgraph\fR widget is composed of several components: coordinate +axes, data elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, pens, postscript, and +annotation markers. +.TP 1i +\f(CWaxis\fR +The graph has four standard axes (\f(CWx\fR, \f(CWx2\fR, +\f(CWy\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR), but you can create and display any number +of axes. Axes control what region of data is +displayed and how the data is scaled. Each axis consists of the axis +line, title, major and minor ticks, and tick labels. Tick labels +display the value at each major tick. +.TP 1i +\f(CWcrosshairs\fR +Cross hairs are used to position the mouse pointer relative to the X +and Y coordinate axes. Two perpendicular lines, intersecting at the +current location of the mouse, extend across the plotting area to the +coordinate axes. +.TP 1i +\f(CWelement\fR +An element represents a set of data points. Elements can be plotted +with a symbol at each data point and lines connecting the points. +The appearance of the element, such as its symbol, line width, and +color is configurable. +.TP 1i +\f(CWgrid\fR +Extends the major and minor ticks of the X\-axis and/or Y\-axis across the +plotting area. +.TP 1i +\f(CWlegend\fR +The legend displays the name and symbol of each data element. +The legend can be drawn in any margin or in the plotting area. +.TP 1i +\f(CWmarker\fR +Markers are used annotate or highlight areas of the graph. For +example, you could use a polygon marker to fill an area under a +curve, or a text marker to label a particular data point. Markers +come in various forms: text strings, bitmaps, connected line +segments, images, polygons, or embedded widgets. +.TP 1i +\f(CWpen\fR +Pens define attributes (both symbol and line style) for elements. +Data elements use pens to specify how they should be drawn. A data +element may use many pens at once. Here, the particular pen +used for a data point is determined from each element's weight +vector (see the element's \fB\-weight\fR and \fB\-style\fR options). +.TP 1i +\f(CWpostscript\fR +The widget can generate encapsulated PostScript output. This component +has several options to configure how the PostScript is generated. +.SH SYNTAX +.DS +\fBgraph \fIpathName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +The \fBgraph\fR command creates a new window \fIpathName\fR and makes +it into a \fBgraph\fR widget. At the time this command is invoked, there +must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's +parent must exist. Additional options may be specified on the +command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the +graph such as its colors and font. See the \fBconfigure\fR operation +below for the exact details about what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR +pairs are valid. +.PP +If successful, \fBgraph\fR returns the path name of the widget. It +also creates a new Tcl command by the same name. You can use this +command to invoke various operations that query or modify the graph. +The general form is: +.DS +\fIpathName \fIoperation\fR \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +.DE +Both \fIoperation\fR and its arguments determine the exact behavior of +the command. The operations available for the graph are described in +the +.SB "GRAPH OPERATIONS" +section. +.PP +The command can also be used to access components of the graph. +.DS +\fIpathName component operation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +.DE +The operation, now located after the name of the component, is the +function to be performed on that component. Each component has its own +set of operations that manipulate that component. They will be +described below in their own sections. +.SH EXAMPLE +The \fBgraph\fR command creates a new graph. +.CS +# Create a new graph. Plotting area is black. +graph .g \-plotbackground black +.CE +A new Tcl command \f(CW.g\fR is also created. This command can be used +to query and modify the graph. For example, to change the title of +the graph to "My Plot", you use the new command and the graph's +\fBconfigure\fR operation. +.CS +# Change the title. +\&.g configure \-title "My Plot" +.CE +A graph has several components. To access a particular component you +use the component's name. For example, to add data elements, you use +the new command and the \fBelement\fR component. +.CS +# Create a new element named "line1" +\&.g element create line1 \\ + \-xdata { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 } \\ + \-ydata { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 + 155.85 166.60 175.38 } +.CE +The element's X-Y coordinates are specified using lists of +numbers. Alternately, BLT vectors could be used to hold the X\-Y +coordinates. +.CS +# Create two vectors and add them to the graph. +vector xVec yVec +xVec set { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 } +yVec set { 26.18 50.46 72.85 93.31 111.86 128.47 143.14 155.85 + 166.60 175.38 } +\&.g element create line1 \-xdata xVec \-ydata yVec +.CE +The advantage of using vectors is that when you modify one, the graph +is automatically redrawn to reflect the new values. +.CS +# Change the y coordinate of the first point. +set yVector(0) 25.18 +.CE +An element named \f(CWe1\fR is now created in \f(CW.b\fR. It +is automatically added to the display list of elements. You can +use this list to control in what order elements are displayed. +To query or reset the element display list, you use the element's +\fBshow\fR operation. +.CS +# Get the current display list +set elemList [.b element show] +# Remove the first element so it won't be displayed. +\&.b element show [lrange $elemList 0 end] +.CE +The element will be displayed by as many bars as there are data points +(in this case there are ten). The bars will be drawn centered at the +x-coordinate of the data point. All the bars will have the same +attributes (colors, stipple, etc). The width of each bar is by +default one unit. You can change this with using the \fB\-barwidth\fR +option. +.CS +# Change the X\-Y coordinates of the first point. +set xVec(0) 0.18 +set yVec(0) 25.18 +.CE +An element named \f(CWline1\fR is now created in \f(CW.g\fR. By +default, the element's label in the legend will be also \f(CWline1\fR. +You can change the label, or specify no legend entry, again using the +element's \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.CS +# Don't display "line1" in the legend. +\&.g element configure line1 \-label "" +.CE +You can configure more than just the element's label. An element has +many attributes such as symbol type and size, dashed or solid lines, +colors, line width, etc. +.CS +\&.g element configure line1 \-symbol square \-color red \\ + \-dashes { 2 4 2 } \-linewidth 2 \-pixels 2c +.CE +Four coordinate axes are automatically created: \f(CWx\fR, \f(CWx2\fR, +\f(CWy\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR. And by default, elements are mapped onto the +axes \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR. This can be changed with the \fB\-mapx\fR +and \fB\-mapy\fR options. +.CS +# Map "line1" on the alternate Y\-axis "y2". +\&.g element configure line1 \-mapy y2 +.CE +Axes can be configured in many ways too. For example, you change the +scale of the Y\-axis from linear to log using the \fBaxis\fR component. +.CS +# Y\-axis is log scale. +\&.g axis configure y \-logscale yes +.CE +One important way axes are used is to zoom in on a particular data +region. Zooming is done by simply specifying new axis limits using +the \fB\-min\fR and \fB\-max\fR configuration options. +.CS +\&.g axis configure x \-min 1.0 \-max 1.5 +\&.g axis configure y \-min 12.0 \-max 55.15 +.CE +To zoom interactively, you link the \fBaxis configure\fR operations with +some user interaction (such as pressing the mouse button), using the +\fBbind\fR command. To convert between screen and graph coordinates, +use the \fBinvtransform\fR operation. +.CS +# Click the button to set a new minimum +bind .g <ButtonPress-1> { + %W axis configure x \-min [%W axis invtransform x %x] + %W axis configure x \-min [%W axis invtransform x %y] +} +.CE +By default, the limits of the axis are determined from data values. +To reset back to the default limits, set the \fB\-min\fR and +\fB\-max\fR options to the empty value. +.CS +# Reset the axes to autoscale again. +\&.g axis configure x \-min {} \-max {} +\&.g axis configure y \-min {} \-max {} +.CE +By default, the legend is drawn in the right margin. You can +change this or any legend configuration options using the +\fBlegend\fR component. +.CS +# Configure the legend font, color, and relief +\&.g legend configure \-position left \-relief raised \\ + \-font fixed \-fg blue +.CE +To prevent the legend from being displayed, turn on the \fB\-hide\fR +option. +.CS +# Don't display the legend. +\&.g legend configure \-hide yes\fR +.CE +The \fBgraph\fR widget has simple drawing procedures called markers. +They can be used to highlight or annotate data in the graph. The types +of markers available are bitmaps, images, polygons, lines, or windows. +Markers can be used, for example, to mark or brush points. In this +example, is a text marker that labels the data first point. Markers +are created using the \fBmarker\fR component. +.CS +# Create a label for the first data point of "line1". +\&.g marker create text \-name first_marker \-coords { 0.2 26.18 } \\ + \-text "start" \-anchor se \-xoffset -10 \-yoffset -10 +.CE +This creates a text marker named \f(CWfirst_marker\fR. It will display +the text "start" near the coordinates of the first data point. The +\fB\-anchor\fR, \fB\-xoffset\fR, and \fB\-yoffset\fR options are used +to display the marker above and to the left of the data point, so that +the data point isn't covered by the marker. By default, +markers are drawn last, on top of data. You can change this with the +\fB\-under\fR option. +.CS +# Draw the label before elements are drawn. +\&.g marker configure first_marker \-under yes +.CE +You can add cross hairs or grid lines using the \fBcrosshairs\fR and +\fBgrid\fR components. +.CS +# Display both cross hairs and grid lines. +\&.g crosshairs configure \-hide no \-color red +\&.g grid configure \-hide no \-dashes { 2 2 } +# Set up a binding to reposition the crosshairs. +bind .g <Motion> { + .g crosshairs configure -position @%x,%y +} +.CE +The crosshairs are repositioned as the mouse pointer is moved +in the graph. The pointer X-Y coordinates define the center +of the crosshairs. +.PP +Finally, to get hardcopy of the graph, use the \fBpostscript\fR +component. +.CS +# Print the graph into file "file.ps" +\&.g postscript output file.ps \-maxpect yes \-decorations no +.CE +This generates a file \f(CWfile.ps\fR containing the encapsulated +PostScript of the graph. The option \fB\-maxpect\fR says to scale the +plot to the size of the page. Turning off the \fB\-decorations\fR +option denotes that no borders or color backgrounds should be +drawn (i.e. the background of the margins, legend, and plotting +area will be white). +.SH "GRAPH OPERATIONS" +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "AXIS COMPONENTS" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBbar \fIelemName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a new barchart element \fIelemName\fR. It's an +error if an element \fIelemName\fR already exists. +See the manual for \fBbarchart\fR for details about +what \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are valid. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the configuration option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described +below for the \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options of the graph. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current +options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, +but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. +If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then +for each pair, the option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. +The following options are valid. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-aspect \fIwidth/height\fR +Force a fixed aspect ratio of \fIwidth/height\fR, a floating point number. +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color. This includes the margins and +legend, but not the plotting area. +.TP +\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the 3\-D border around the outside edge of the widget. The +\fB\-relief\fR option determines if the border is to be drawn. The +default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-bottommargin \fIpixels\fR +If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin extending +below the X\-coordinate axis. +If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the automatically computed size is used. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-bufferelements \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether an internal pixmap to buffer the display of data +elements should be used. If \fIboolean\fR is true, data elements are +drawn to an internal pixmap. This option is especially useful when +the graph is redrawn frequently while the remains data unchanged (for +example, moving a marker across the plot). See the +.SB "SPEED TIPS" +section. +The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-cursor \fIcursor\fR +Specifies the widget's cursor. The default cursor is \f(CWcrosshair\fR. +.TP +\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR +Specifies the font of the graph title. The default is +\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-18-180-*\fR. +.TP +\fB\-halo \fIpixels\fR +Specifies a maximum distance to consider when searching for the +closest data point (see the element's \fBclosest\fR operation below). +Data points further than \fIpixels\fR away are ignored. The default is +\f(CW0.5i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the requested height of widget. The default is +\f(CW4i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-invertxy \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the placement X\-axis and Y\-axis should be inverted. If +\fIboolean\fR is true, the X and Y axes are swapped. The default is +\f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR +Specifies how the title should be justified. This matters only when +the title contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR must be +\f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is +\f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-leftmargin \fIpixels\fR +If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin extending +from the left edge of the window to the Y\-coordinate axis. +If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the automatically computed size is used. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotbackground \fIcolor\fR +Specifies the background color of the plotting area. The default is +\f(CWwhite\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotborderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the 3-D border around the plotting area. The +\fB\-plotrelief\fR option determines if a border is drawn. The +default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotpadx \fIpad\fR +Sets the amount of padding to be added to the left and right sides of +the plotting area. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen +distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the left side of the +plotting area entry is padded by the first distance and the right side +by the second. If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the left and +right sides are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW8\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotpady \fIpad\fR +Sets the amount of padding to be added to the top and bottom of the +plotting area. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen +distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the top of the plotting +area is padded by the first distance and the bottom by the second. If +\fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and bottom are padded +evenly. The default is \f(CW8\fR. +.TP +\fB\-plotrelief \fIrelief\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect for the plotting area. \fIRelief\fR +specifies how the interior of the plotting area should appear relative +to rest of the graph; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the plot should +appear to protrude from the graph, relative to the surface of the +graph. The default is \f(CWsunken\fR. +.TP +\fB\-relief \fIrelief\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect for the graph widget. \fIRelief\fR +specifies how the graph should appear relative to widget it is packed +into; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the graph should +appear to protrude. The default is \f(CWflat\fR. +.TP +\fB\-rightmargin \fIpixels\fR +If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin extending +from the plotting area to the right edge of +the window. By default, the legend is drawn in this margin. +If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the automatically computed size is used. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-takefocus\fR \fIfocus\fR +Provides information used when moving the focus from window to window +via keyboard traversal (e.g., Tab and Shift-Tab). If \fIfocus\fR is +\f(CW0\fR, this means that this window should be skipped entirely during +keyboard traversal. \f(CW1\fR means that the this window should always +receive the input focus. An empty value means that the traversal +scripts make the decision whether to focus on the window. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-tile \fIimage\fR +Specifies a tiled background for the widget. If \fIimage\fR isn't +\f(CW""\fR, the background is tiled using \fIimage\fR. +Otherwise, the normal background color is drawn (see the +\fB\-background\fR option). \fIImage\fR must be an image created +using the Tk \fBimage\fR command. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-title \fItext\fR +Sets the title to \fItext\fR. If \fItext\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +no title will be displayed. +.TP +\fB\-topmargin \fIpixels\fR +If non-zero, overrides the computed size of the margin above the x2 +axis. If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, the automatically computed size +is used. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the requested width of the widget. The default is +\f(CW5i\fR. +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR? +See the +.SB "CROSSHAIRS COMPONENT" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "ELEMENT COMPONENTS" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBextents \fIitem\fR +Returns the size of a particular item in the graph. \fIItem\fR must +be either \f(CWleftmargin\fR, \f(CWrightmargin\fR, \f(CWtopmargin\fR, +\f(CWbottommargin\fR, \f(CWplotwidth\fR, or \f(CWplotheight\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "GRID COMPONENT" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBinvtransform \fIwinX winY\fR +Performs an inverse coordinate transformation, mapping window +coordinates back to graph coordinates, using the standard X\-axis and Y\-axis. +Returns a list of containing the X-Y graph coordinates. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBinside \fIx y\fR +Returns \f(CW1\fR is the designated screen coordinate (\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR) +is inside the plotting area and \f(CW0\fR otherwise. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "LEGEND COMPONENT" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBline\fB operation arg\fR... +The operation is the same as \fBelement\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "MARKER COMPONENTS" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpostscript \fIoperation \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "POSTSCRIPT COMPONENT" +section. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBsnap \fR?\fIswitches\fR? \fIoutputName\fR +Takes a snapshot of the graph, saving the output in \fIoutputName\fR. +The following switches are available. +.RS +.TP 1i +\fB\-format\fR \fIformat\fR +Specifies how the snapshot is output. \fIFormat\fR may be one of +the following listed below. The default is \f(CWphoto\fR. +.RS +.TP +\f(CWphoto\fR +Saves a Tk photo image. \fIOutputName\fR represents the name of a +Tk photo image that must already have been created. +.TP +\f(CWwmf\fR +Saves an Aldus Placeable Metafile. \fIOutputName\fR represents the +filename where the metafile is written. If \fIoutputName\fR is +\f(CWCLIPBOARD\fR, then output is written directly to the Windows +clipboard. This format is available only under Microsoft Windows. +.TP +\f(CWemf\fR +Saves an Enhanced Metafile. \fIOutputName\fR represents the filename +where the metafile is written. If \fIoutputName\fR is +\f(CWCLIPBOARD\fR, then output is written directly to the Windows +clipboard. This format is available only under Microsoft Windows. +.RE +.TP 1i +\fB\-height\fR \fIsize\fR +Specifies the height of the graph. \fISize\fR is a screen distance. +The graph will be redrawn using this dimension, rather than its +current window height. +.TP 1i +\fB\-width\fR \fIsize\fR +Specifies the width of the graph. \fISize\fR is a screen distance. +The graph will be redrawn using this dimension, rather than its +current window width. +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBtransform \fIx y\fR +Performs a coordinate transformation, mapping graph coordinates to +window coordinates, using the standard X\-axis and Y\-axis. +Returns a list containing the X\-Y screen coordinates. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBxaxis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +.TP +\fIpathName \fBx2axis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +.TP +\fIpathName \fByaxis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +.TP +\fIpathName \fBy2axis \fIoperation\fR ?\fIarg\fR?... +See the +.SB "AXIS COMPONENTS" +section. +.SH "GRAPH COMPONENTS" +A graph is composed of several components: coordinate axes, data +elements, legend, grid, cross hairs, postscript, and annotation +markers. Instead of one big set of configuration options and +operations, the graph is partitioned, where each component has its own +configuration options and operations that specifically control that +aspect or part of the graph. +.SS "AXIS COMPONENTS" +Four coordinate axes are automatically created: two X\-coordinate axes +(\f(CWx\fR and \f(CWx2\fR) and two Y\-coordinate axes (\f(CWy\fR, and +\f(CWy2\fR). By default, the axis \f(CWx\fR is located in the bottom +margin, \f(CWy\fR in the left margin, \f(CWx2\fR in the top margin, and +\f(CWy2\fR in the right margin. +.PP +An axis consists of the axis line, title, major and minor ticks, and +tick labels. Major ticks are drawn at uniform intervals along the +axis. Each tick is labeled with its coordinate value. Minor ticks +are drawn at uniform intervals within major ticks. +.PP +The range of the axis controls what region of data is plotted. +Data points outside the minimum and maximum limits of the axis are +not plotted. By default, the minimum and maximum limits are +determined from the data, but you can reset either limit. +.PP +You can have several axes. To create an axis, invoke +the axis component and its create operation. +.CS +# Create a new axis called "tempAxis" +\&.g axis create tempAxis +.CE +You map data elements to an axis using the element's \-mapy and \-mapx +configuration options. They specify the coordinate axes an element +is mapped onto. +.CS +# Now map the tempAxis data to this axis. +\&.g element create "e1" \-xdata $x \-ydata $y \-mapy tempAxis +.CE +Any number of axes can be displayed simultaneously. They are drawn in +the margins surrounding the plotting area. The default axes \f(CWx\fR +and \f(CWy\fR are drawn in the bottom and left margins. The axes +\f(CWx2\fR and \f(CWy2\fR are drawn in top and right margins. By +default, only \f(CWx\fR and \f(CWy\fR are shown. Note that the axes +can have different scales. +.PP +To display a different axis or more than one axis, you invoke one of +the following components: \fBxaxis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, and +\fBy2axis\fR. Each component has a \fBuse\fR operation that +designates the axis (or axes) to be drawn in that corresponding +margin: \fBxaxis\fR in the bottom, \fByaxis\fR in the left, +\fBx2axis\fR in the top, and \fBy2axis\fR in the right. +.CS +# Display the axis tempAxis in the left margin. +\&.g yaxis use tempAxis +.CE +The \fBuse\fR operation takes a list of axis names as its last +argument. This is the list of axes to be drawn in this margin. +.PP +You can configure axes in many ways. The axis scale can be linear or +logarithmic. The values along the axis can either monotonically +increase or decrease. If you need custom tick labels, you can specify +a Tcl procedure to format the label any way you wish. You can control +how ticks are drawn, by changing the major tick interval or the number +of minor ticks. You can define non-uniform tick intervals, such as +for time-series plots. +.PP +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? +Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the +event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for an axis with this +tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the +\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph axes, rather +than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for +complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on +\fIcommand\fR before invoking it. +.sp +If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing +any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR. +If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR +augments an existing binding rather than replacing it. +If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently +associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs +if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and +\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for +which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBcget \fIaxisName \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the option given by \fIoption\fR for +\fIaxisName\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below +for the axis \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBconfigure \fIaxisName \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?... ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options of \fIaxisName\fR. +Several axes can be changed. If \fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list +describing all the current options for \fIaxisName\fR is returned. If +\fIoption\fR is specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing +\fIoption\fR is returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR +pairs are specified, then for each pair, the axis option \fIoption\fR +is set to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for axes. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR +Specifies the binding tags for the axis. \fITagList\fR is a list +of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how +events for axes are handled. Each tag in the list matching the current event +sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of +the element is always the first tag in the list. The default value is +\f(CWall\fR. +.TP +\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the axis and tick labels. +The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-descending \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the values along the axis are monotonically increasing or +decreasing. If \fIboolean\fR is true, the axis values will be +decreasing. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates if the axis is displayed. If \fIboolean\fR is false the axis +will be displayed. Any element mapped to the axis is displayed regardless. +The default value is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR +Specifies how the axis title should be justified. This matters only +when the axis title contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR +must be \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is +\f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-limits \fIformatStr\fR +Specifies a printf-like description to format the minimum and maximum +limits of the axis. The limits are displayed at the top/bottom or +left/right sides of the plotting area. \fIFormatStr\fR is a list of +one or two format descriptions. If one description is supplied, both +the minimum and maximum limits are formatted in the same way. If two, +the first designates the format for the minimum limit, the second for +the maximum. If \f(CW""\fR is given as either description, then +the that limit will not be displayed. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the axis and tick lines. The default is \f(CW1\fR +pixel. +.TP +\fB\-logscale \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the scale of the axis is logarithmic or linear. If +\fIboolean\fR is true, the axis is logarithmic. The default scale is +linear. +.TP +\fB\-loose \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the limits of the axis should fit the data points tightly, +at the outermost data points, or loosely, at the outer tick intervals. +If the axis limit is set with the -min or -max option, the axes are +displayed tightly. +If \fIboolean\fR is true, the axis range is "loose". +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-majorticks \fImajorList\fR +Specifies where to display major axis ticks. You can use this option +to display ticks at non-uniform intervals. \fIMajorList\fR is a list +of axis coordinates designating the location of major ticks. No +minor ticks are drawn. If \fImajorList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +major ticks will be automatically computed. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-max \fIvalue\fR +Sets the maximum limit of \fIaxisName\fR. Any data point greater +than \fIvalue\fR is not displayed. If \fIvalue\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +the maximum limit is calculated using the largest data value. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-min \fIvalue\fR +Sets the minimum limit of \fIaxisName\fR. Any data point less than +\fIvalue\fR is not displayed. If \fIvalue\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +the minimum limit is calculated using the smallest data value. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-minorticks \fIminorList\fR +Specifies where to display minor axis ticks. You can use this option +to display minor ticks at non-uniform intervals. \fIMinorList\fR is a +list of real values, ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, designating the placement of +a minor tick. No minor ticks are drawn if the \fB\-majortick\fR +option is also set. If \fIminorList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, minor ticks will +be automatically computed. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR +Specifies the how many degrees to rotate the axis tick labels. +\fITheta\fR is a real value representing the number of degrees +to rotate the tick labels. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR degrees. +.TP +\fB\-scrollcommand \fIcommand\fR +Specify the prefix for a command used to communicate with scrollbars +for this axis, such as \fI.sbar set\fP. +.TP +\fB\-scrollmax \fIvalue\fR +Sets the maximum limit of the axis scroll region. If \fIvalue\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, the maximum limit is calculated using the largest data +value. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-scrollmin \fIvalue\fR +Sets the minimum limit of axis scroll region. If \fIvalue\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, the minimum limit is calculated using the smallest data +value. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-showticks \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether axis ticks should be drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is +true, ticks are drawn. If false, only the +axis line is drawn. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-stepsize \fIvalue\fR +Specifies the interval between major axis ticks. If \fIvalue\fR isn't +a valid interval (must be less than the axis range), +the request is ignored and the step size is automatically calculated. +.TP +\fB\-subdivisions \fInumber\fR +Indicates how many minor axis ticks are +to be drawn. For example, if \fInumber\fR is two, only one minor +tick is drawn. If \fInumber\fR is one, no minor ticks are +displayed. The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-tickfont \fIfontName\fR +Specifies the font for axis tick labels. The default is +\f(CW*-Courier-Bold-R-Normal-*-100-*\fR. +.TP +\fB\-tickformat\fR \fIformatStr\fR +Specifies a printf-like description to format teh axis +tick labels. You can get the standard tick labels again by +setting \fIformatStr\fR to \f(CW""\fR. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-tickformatcommand\fR, \fB\-command \fIprefix\fR +Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked when formatting the axis tick +labels. \fIPrefix\fR is a string containing the name of a Tcl proc and +any extra arguments for the procedure. This command is invoked for each +major tick on the axis. Two additional arguments are passed to the +procedure: the pathname of the widget and the current the numeric +value of the tick. The procedure returns the formatted tick label. If +\f(CW""\fR is returned, no label will appear next to the tick. You can +get the standard tick labels again by setting \fIprefix\fR to +\f(CW""\fR. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.sp 1 +The numeric value for the tick might change when using the +\fB\-logscale\fR and \fB\-tickformat\fR options. +.sp 1 +Please note that this procedure is invoked while the graph is redrawn. +You may query configuration options. But do not them, because this +can have unexpected results. +.TP +\fB\-ticklength \fIpixels\fR +Sets the length of major and minor ticks (minor ticks are half the +length of major ticks). If \fIpixels\fR is less than zero, the axis +will be inverted with ticks drawn pointing towards the plot. The +default is \f(CW0.1i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-title \fItext\fR +Sets the title of the axis. If \fItext\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, no axis title will be displayed. +.TP +\fB\-titlealternate \fIboolean\fR +Indicates to display the axis title in its alternate location. +Normally the axis title is centered along the axis. This option +places the axis either to the right (horizontal axes) or above +(vertical axes) the axis. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-titlecolor \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the axis title. The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-titlefont \fIfontName\fR +Specifies the font for axis title. The default is +\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-14-140-*\fR. +.PP +Axis configuration options may be also be set by the \fBoption\fR +command. The resource class is \f(CWAxis\fR. The resource names +are the names of the axes (such as \f(CWx\fR or \f(CWx2\fR). +.CS +option add *Graph.Axis.Color blue +option add *Graph.x.LogScale true +option add *Graph.x2.LogScale false +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBcreate \fIaxisName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a new axis by the name \fIaxisName\fR. No axis by the same +name can already exist. \fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR are described +in above in the axis \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis \fBdelete \fR?\fIaxisName\fR?... +Deletes the named axes. An axis is not really +deleted until it is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete +axes mapped to elements. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis invtransform \fIaxisName value\fR +Performs the inverse transformation, changing the screen coordinate +\fIvalue\fR to a graph coordinate, mapping the value mapped to +\fIaxisName\fR. Returns the graph coordinate. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis limits \fIaxisName\fR +Returns a list of the minimum and maximum limits for \fIaxisName\fR. The order +of the list is \f(CWmin max\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?... +Returns a list of axes matching zero or more patterns. If no +\fIpattern\fR argument is give, the names of all axes are returned. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis transform \fIaxisName value\fR +Transforms the coordinate \fIvalue\fR to a screen coordinate by mapping +the it to \fIaxisName\fR. Returns the transformed screen coordinate. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBaxis view \fIaxisName\fR +Change the viewable area of this axis. Use as an argument to a scrollbar's "\fI\-command\fR". +.PP +The default axes are \f(CWx\fR, \f(CWy\fR, \f(CWx2\fR, and \f(CWy2\fR. +But you can display more than four axes simultaneously. You can also +swap in a different axis with \fBuse\fR operation of the special axis +components: \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR. +.CS +\&.g create axis temp +\&.g create axis time +\&... +\&.g xaxis use temp +\&.g yaxis use time +.CE +Only the axes specified for use are displayed on the screen. +.PP +The \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR +components operate on an axis location rather than a specific axis +like the more general \fBaxis\fR component does. They implicitly +control the axis that is currently using to that location. By +default, \fBxaxis\fR uses the \f(CWx\fR axis, \fByaxis\fR uses +\f(CWy\fR, \fBx2axis\fR uses \f(CWx2\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR uses +\f(CWy2\fR. When more than one axis is displayed in a margin, it +represents the first axis displayed. +.PP +The following operations are available for axes. They mirror exactly +the operations of the \fBaxis\fR component. The \fIaxis\fR argument +must be \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, \fByaxis\fR, or \fBy2axis\fR. This +feature is deprecated since more than one axis can now be used a +margin. You should only use the \fBxaxis\fR, \fBx2axis\fR, +\fByaxis\fR, and \fBy2axis\fR components with the \fBuse\fR operation. +For all other operations, use the general \fBaxis\fR component +instead. +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBcget \fIoption\fR +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB invtransform \fIvalue\fR +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis \fBlimits\fR +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB transform \fIvalue\fR +.TP +\fIpathName \fIaxis\fB use \fR?\fIaxisName\fR? +Designates the axis \fIaxisName\fR is to be displayed at this +location. \fIAxisName\fR can not be already in use at another location. +This command returns the name of the axis currently using this location. +.SS "CROSSHAIRS COMPONENT" +Cross hairs consist of two intersecting lines (one vertical and one horizontal) +drawn completely across the plotting area. They are used to position +the mouse in relation to the coordinate axes. Cross hairs differ from line +markers in that they are implemented using XOR drawing primitives. +This means that they can be quickly drawn and erased without redrawing +the entire graph. +.PP +The following operations are available for cross hairs: +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the cross hairs configuration option +given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option +described below for the cross hairs \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options of the cross hairs. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing all the current +options for the cross hairs is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, +but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. +If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then +for each pair, the cross hairs option \fIoption\fR is set to +\fIvalue\fR. +The following options are available for cross hairs. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the cross hairs. The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of the cross hairs. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up +to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes +and gaps on the cross hair lines. Each number must be between 1 and +255. If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the cross hairs will be solid +lines. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether cross hairs are drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is true, +cross hairs are not drawn. The default is \f(CWyes\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Set the width of the cross hair lines. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-position \fIpos\fR +Specifies the screen position where the cross hairs intersect. +\fIPos\fR must be in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", where \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR +are the window coordinates of the intersection. +.PP +Cross hairs configuration options may be also be set by the +\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are +\f(CWcrosshairs\fR and \f(CWCrosshairs\fR respectively. +.CS +option add *Graph.Crosshairs.LineWidth 2 +option add *Graph.Crosshairs.Color red +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs off\fR +Turns off the cross hairs. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs on\fR +Turns on the display of the cross hairs. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBcrosshairs toggle\fR +Toggles the current state of the cross hairs, alternately mapping and +unmapping the cross hairs. +.SS "ELEMENT COMPONENTS" +A data element represents a set of data. It contains x and y vectors +containing the coordinates of the data points. Elements can be +displayed with a symbol at each data point and lines connecting the +points. Elements also control the appearance of the data, such as the +symbol type, line width, color etc. +.PP +When new data elements are created, they are automatically added to a +list of displayed elements. The display list controls what elements +are drawn and in what order. +.PP +The following operations are available for elements. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement activate \fIelemName \fR?\fIindex\fR?... +Specifies the data points of element \fIelemName\fR to be drawn +using active foreground and background colors. \fIElemName\fR is the +name of the element and \fIindex\fR is a number representing the index +of the data point. If no indices are present then all data points +become active. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? +Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the +event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for an element with this +tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the +\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph elements, rather +than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for +complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on +\fIcommand\fR before invoking it. +.sp +If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing +any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR. +If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR +augments an existing binding rather than replacing it. +If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently +associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs +if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and +\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for +which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement cget \fIelemName \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the element configuration option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any of the options described below +for the element \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement closest \fIx y\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... ?\fIelemName\fR?... +Searches for the data point closest to the window coordinates \fIx\fR +and \fIy\fR. By default, all elements are searched. Hidden elements +(see the \fB\-hide\fR option is false) are ignored. You can limit the +search by specifying only the elements you want to be considered. +\fIElemName\fR must be the name of an element that can not be hidden. +It returns a key-value list containing the name of the closest element, +the index of the closest data point, and the graph-coordinates of the point. +Returns \f(CW""\fR, if no data point within the threshold distance +can be found. The following +\fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs are available. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-along \fIdirection\fR +Search for the closest element using the following criteria: +.RS +.TP +\f(CWx\fR +Find closest element vertically from the given X-coordinate. +.TP +\f(CWy\fR +Find the closest element horizontally from the given Y-coordinate. +.TP +\f(CWboth\fR +Find the closest element for the given point (using both the X and Y +coordinates). +.RE +.TP +\fB\-halo \fIpixels\fR +Specifies a threshold distance where selected data points are ignored. +\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR. +If this option isn't specified, then it defaults to the value of the +graph's \fB\-halo\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-interpolate \fIstring\fR +Indicates whether to consider projections that lie along the line segments +connecting data points when searching for the closest point. +The default value is \f(CW0\fR. The values for \fIstring\fR are +described below. +.RS +.TP 1.25i +\f(CWno\fR +Search only for the closest data point. +.TP +\f(CWyes\fR +Search includes projections that lie along the +line segments connecting the data points. +.RE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement configure \fIelemName \fR?\fIelemName\fR... ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for elements. Several +elements can be modified at the same time. If \fIoption\fR isn't +specified, a list describing all the current options for +\fIelemName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, but not +\fIvalue\fR, then a list describing the option \fIoption\fR is +returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are +specified, then for each pair, the element option \fIoption\fR is set +to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for elements. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-activepen \fIpenName\fR +Specifies pen to use to draw active element. If \fIpenName\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, no active elements will be drawn. The default is +\f(CWactiveLine\fR. +.TP +\fB\-areabackground \fIcolor\fR +Specifies the background color of the area under the curve. The +background area color is drawn only for bitmaps (see the +\fB\-areapattern\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the +background is transparent. The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-areaforeground \fIcolor\fR +Specifies the foreground color of the area under the curve. +The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-areapattern \fIpattern\fR +Specifies how to fill the area under the curve. \fIPattern\fR may be +the name of a Tk bitmap, \f(CWsolid\fR, or \f(CW""\fR. If "solid", +then the area under the curve is drawn with the color designated by +the \fB\-areaforeground\fR option. If a bitmap, then the bitmap is +stippled across the area. Here the bitmap colors are controlled by the +\fB\-areaforeground\fR and \fB\-areabackground\fR options. If +\fIpattern\fR is \f(CW""\fR, no filled area is drawn. The default is +\f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-areatile \fIimage\fR +Specifies the name of a Tk image to be used to tile the area under the +curve. This option supersedes the \fB\-areapattern\fR option. +\fIImage\fR must be a photo image. If \fIimage\fR is \f(CW""\fR, no +tiling is performed. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR +Specifies the binding tags for the element. \fITagList\fR is a list +of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how +events are handled for elements. Each tag in the list matching the +current event +sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly the name of +the element is always the first tag in the list. The default value is +\f(CWall\fR. +.TP +\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the traces connecting the data points. +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of element line. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up to +11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and +gaps on the element line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If +\fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the lines will be solid. +.TP +\fB\-data \fIcoordList\fR +Specifies the X\-Y coordinates of the data. \fICoordList\fR is a +list of numeric expressions representing the X\-Y coordinate pairs +of each data point. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the interior color of symbols. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then +the interior of the symbol is transparent. If \fIcolor\fR is +\f(CWdefcolor\fR, then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR +option. The default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the element is displayed. +The default is \f(CWno\fR. +.TP +\fB\-label \fItext\fR +Sets the element's label in the legend. If \fItext\fR +is \f(CW""\fR, the element will have no entry in the legend. +The default label is the element's name. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the connecting lines between data points. If +\fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, no connecting lines will be drawn between +symbols. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR +Selects the X\-axis to map the element's X\-coordinates onto. +\fIXAxis\fR must be the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWx\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR +Selects the Y\-axis to map the element's Y\-coordinates onto. +\fIYAxis\fR must be the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWy\fR. +.TP +\fB\-offdash \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the stripes when traces are dashed (see the +\fB\-dashes\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the "off" +pixels will represent gaps instead of stripes. If \fIcolor\fR is +\f(CWdefcolor\fR, then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR +option. The default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color or the outline around each symbol. If \fIcolor\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, then no outline is drawn. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CWdefcolor\fR, +then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR option. The +default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR. +.TP +\fB\-pen \fIpenname\fR +Set the pen to use for this element. +.TP +\fB\-outlinewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the outline bordering each symbol. If \fIpixels\fR +is \f(CW0\fR, no outline will be drawn. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-pixels \fIpixels\fR +Sets the size of symbols. If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, no symbols will +be drawn. The default is \f(CW0.125i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-scalesymbols \fIboolean\fR +If \fIboolean\fR is true, the size of the symbols +drawn for \fIelemName\fR will change with scale of the X\-axis and Y\-axis. +At the time this option is set, the current ranges of the axes are +saved as the normalized scales (i.e scale factor is 1.0) and the +element is drawn at its designated size (see the \fB\-pixels\fR +option). As the scale of the axes change, the symbol will be scaled +according to the smaller of the X\-axis and Y\-axis scales. If \fIboolean\fR +is false, the element's symbols are drawn at the designated size, +regardless of axis scales. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-smooth \fIsmooth\fR +Specifies how connecting line segments are drawn between data points. +\fISmooth\fR can be either \f(CWlinear\fR, \f(CWstep\fR, \f(CWnatural\fR, or +\f(CWquadratic\fR. If \fIsmooth\fR is \f(CWlinear\fR, a single line +segment is drawn, connecting both data points. When \fIsmooth\fR is +\f(CWstep\fR, two line segments are drawn. The first is a horizontal +line segment that steps the next X\-coordinate. The second is a +vertical line, moving to the next Y\-coordinate. Both \fInatural\fR and +\fIquadratic\fR generate multiple segments between data points. If +\fInatural\fR, the segments are generated using a cubic spline. If +\fIquadratic\fR, a quadratic spline is used. The default is +\fIlinear\fR. +.TP +\fB\-styles \fIstyleList\fR +Specifies what pen to use based on the range of weights given. +\fIStyleList\fR is a list of style specifications. Each style +specification, in turn, is a list consisting of a pen name, and +optionally a minimum and maximum range. Data points whose weight (see +the \fB\-weight\fR option) falls in this range, are drawn with this +pen. If no range is specified it defaults to the index of the pen in +the list. Note that this affects only symbol attributes. Line +attributes, such as line width, dashes, etc. are ignored. +.TP +\fB\-symbol \fIsymbol\fR +Specifies the symbol for data points. \fISymbol\fR can be either +\f(CWsquare\fR, \f(CWcircle\fR, \f(CWdiamond\fR, \f(CWplus\fR, \f(CWcross\fR, +\f(CWsplus\fR, \f(CWscross\fR, \f(CWtriangle\fR, \f(CW""\fR (where no symbol +is drawn), or a bitmap. Bitmaps are specified as "\fIsource\fR +?\fImask\fR?", where \fIsource\fR is the name of the bitmap, and +\fImask\fR is the bitmap's optional mask. The default is +\f(CWcircle\fR. +.TP +\fB\-trace \fIdirection\fR +Indicates whether connecting lines between data points (whose +X\-coordinate values are either increasing or decreasing) are drawn. +\fIDirection\fR +must be \f(CWincreasing\fR, \f(CWdecreasing\fR, or \f(CWboth\fR. For +example, if \fIdirection\fR is \f(CWincreasing\fR, connecting lines will +be drawn only between those data points where X\-coordinate values are +monotonically increasing. If \fIdirection\fR is \f(CWboth\fR, +connecting lines will be draw between all data points. The default is +\f(CWboth\fR. +.TP +\fB\-weights \fIwVec\fR +Specifies the weights of the individual data points. This, +with the list pen styles (see the \fB\-styles\fR option), +controls how data points are drawn. \fIWVec\fR is the name of a BLT +vector or a list of numeric expressions representing the weights for +each data point. +.TP +\fB\-xdata \fIxVec\fR +Specifies the X\-coordinates of the data. \fIXVec\fR is the name of +a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions. +.TP +\fB\-ydata \fIyVec\fR +Specifies the Y\-coordinates of the data. \fIYVec\fR is the name of +a BLT vector or a list of numeric expressions. +.PP +Element configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR +command. The resource class is \f(CWElement\fR. The resource name is +the name of the element. +.CS +option add *Graph.Element.symbol line +option add *Graph.e1.symbol line +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement create \fIelemName\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a new element \fIelemName\fR. It's an error is +an element \fIelemName\fR already exists. If +additional arguments are present, they specify options valid for +the element \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement deactivate \fIelemName\fR ?\fIelemName\fR?... +Deactivates all the elements matching \fIpattern\fR. +Elements whose names match any of the patterns given are redrawn using +their normal colors. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement delete\fR ?\fIelemName\fR?... +Deletes all the named elements. The graph is automatically redrawn. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement exists \fIelemName\fR +Returns \f(CW1\fR if an element \fIelemName\fR currently exists and +\f(CW0\fR otherwise. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?... +Returns the elements matching one or more pattern. If no +\fIpattern\fR is given, the names of all elements is returned. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement show\fR ?\fInameList\fR? +Queries or modifies the element display list. The element display +list designates the elements drawn and in what +order. \fINameList\fR is a list of elements to be displayed in the +order they are named. If there is no \fInameList\fR argument, +the current display list is returned. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBelement type\fR \fIelemName\fR +Returns the type of \fIelemName\fR. +If the element is a bar element, the commands returns the string +\f(CW"bar"\fR, otherwise it returns \f(CW"line"\fR. +.CE +.SS "GRID COMPONENT" +Grid lines extend from the major and minor ticks of each axis +horizontally or vertically across the plotting area. The following +operations are available for grid lines. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the grid line configuration option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below +for the grid \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid configure\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for grid lines. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing all the current +grid options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, +but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is +returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are +specified, then for each pair, the grid line option \fIoption\fR is set to +\fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for grid lines. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the grid lines. The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of the grid lines. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up +to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes +and gaps on the grid lines. Each number must be between 1 and 255. +If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the grid will be solid lines. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the grid should be drawn. If \fIboolean\fR +is true, grid lines are not shown. The default is \f(CWyes\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of grid lines. The default width is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR +Specifies the X\-axis to display grid lines. \fIXAxis\fR +must be the name of an axis or \f(CW""\fR for no grid lines. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR +Specifies the Y\-axis to display grid lines. \fIYAxis\fR +must be the name of an axis or \f(CW""\fR for no grid lines. +The default is \f(CWy\fR. +.TP +\fB\-minor \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the grid lines should be drawn for minor ticks. +If \fIboolean\fR is true, the lines will appear at +minor tick intervals. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.PP +Grid configuration options may also be set by the +\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are \f(CWgrid\fR and +\f(CWGrid\fR respectively. +.CS +option add *Graph.grid.LineWidth 2 +option add *Graph.Grid.Color black +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid off\fR +Turns off the display the grid lines. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid on\fR +Turns on the display the grid lines. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBgrid toggle\fR +Toggles the display of the grid. +.SS "LEGEND COMPONENT" +The legend displays a list of the data elements. Each entry consists +of the element's symbol and label. The legend can appear in any +margin (the default location is in the right margin). It +can also be positioned anywhere within the plotting area. +.PP +The following operations are valid for the legend. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend activate \fIpattern\fR... +Selects legend entries to be drawn using the active legend colors and relief. +All entries whose element names match \fIpattern\fR are selected. To +be selected, the element name must match only one \fIpattern\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? +Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the +event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for a legend entry with this +tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. Implicitly the element names +in the entry are tags. The syntax is similar to the +\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on legend entries, rather +than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for +complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on +\fIcommand\fR before invoking it. +.sp +If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing +any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR. +If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR +augments an existing binding rather than replacing it. +If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently +associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs +if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and +\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for +which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of a legend configuration option. +\fIOption\fR may be any option described below in the +legend \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for the legend. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current +legend options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is +specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is +returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are +specified, then for each pair, the legend option \fIoption\fR is set +to \fIvalue\fR. The following options are valid for the legend. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-activebackground \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color for active legend entries. All legend +entries marked active (see the legend \fBactivate\fR operation) are +drawn using this background color. +.TP +\fB\-activeborderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge of the active legend +entries. The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-activeforeground \fIcolor\fR +Sets the foreground color for active legend entries. All legend +entries marked as active (see the legend \fBactivate\fR operation) are +drawn using this foreground color. +.TP +\fB\-activerelief \fIrelief\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect desired for active legend entries. +\fIRelief\fR denotes how the interior of the entry should appear +relative to the legend; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the entry +should appear to protrude from the legend, relative to the surface of +the legend. The default is \f(CWflat\fR. +.TP +\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR +Tells how to position the legend relative to the positioning point for +the legend. This is dependent on the value of the \fB\-position\fR +option. The default is \f(CWcenter\fR. +.RS +.TP 1.25i +\f(CWleft\fR or \f(CWright\fR +The anchor describes how to position the legend vertically. +.TP +\f(CWtop\fR or \f(CWbottom\fR +The anchor describes how to position the legend horizontally. +.TP +\f(CW@x,y\fR +The anchor specifies how to position the legend relative to the +positioning point. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWcenter\fR then +the legend is centered on the point; if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then +the legend will be drawn such that the top center point of the +rectangular region occupied by the legend will be at the positioning +point. +.TP +\f(CWplotarea\fR +The anchor specifies how to position the legend relative to the +plotting area. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWcenter\fR then the +legend is centered in the plotting area; if \fIanchor\fR is \f(CWne\fR +then the legend will be drawn such that occupies the upper right +corner of the plotting area. +.RE +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color of the legend. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +the legend background with be transparent. +.TP +\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR +Specifies the binding tags for legend entries. \fITagList\fR is a list +of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how +events are handled for legend entries. Each tag in the list matching +the current event sequence will have its Tcl command executed. The +default value is \f(CWall\fR. +.TP +\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the 3-D border around the outside edge of the legend (if +such border is being drawn; the \fBrelief\fR option determines this). +The default is \f(CW2\fR pixels. +.TP +\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR +\fIFontName\fR specifies a font to use when drawing the labels of each +element into the legend. The default is +\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-12-120-*\fR. +.TP +\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR +Sets the foreground color of the text drawn for the element's label. +The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the legend should be displayed. If \fIboolean\fR is +true, the legend will not be draw. The default is \f(CWno\fR. +.TP +\fB\-ipadx \fIpad\fR +Sets the amount of internal padding to be added to the width of each +legend entry. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If +\fIpad\fR has two elements, the left side of the legend entry is +padded by the first distance and the right side by the second. If +\fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the left and right sides are padded +evenly. The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-ipady \fIpad\fR +Sets an amount of internal padding to be added to the height of each +legend entry. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If +\fIpad\fR has two elements, the top of the entry is padded by the +first distance and the bottom by the second. If \fIpad\fR is just +one distance, both the top and bottom of the entry are padded evenly. +The default is \f(CW2\fR. +.TP +\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR +Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the legend. +\fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR +has two elements, the left side of the legend is padded by the first +distance and the right side by the second. If \fIpad\fR has just one +distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The +default is \f(CW4\fR. +.TP +\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR +Sets the padding above and below the legend. \fIPad\fR can be a list +of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the area above +the legend is padded by the first distance and the area below by the +second. If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and +bottom areas are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-position \fIpos\fR +Specifies where the legend is drawn. The +\fB\-anchor\fR option also affects where the legend is positioned. If +\fIpos\fR is \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWtop\fR, or \f(CWbottom\fR, the +legend is drawn in the specified margin. If \fIpos\fR is +\f(CWplotarea\fR, then the legend is drawn inside the plotting area at a +particular anchor. If \fIpos\fR is in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", where +\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are the window coordinates, the legend is drawn in +the plotting area at the specified coordinates. The default is +\f(CWright\fR. +.TP +\fB\-raised \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the legend is above or below the data elements. This +matters only if the legend is in the plotting area. If \fIboolean\fR +is true, the legend will be drawn on top of any elements that may +overlap it. The default is \f(CWno\fR. +.TP +\fB\-relief \fIrelief\fR +Specifies the 3-D effect for the border around the legend. +\fIRelief\fR specifies how the interior of the legend should appear +relative to the graph; for example, \f(CWraised\fR means the legend +should appear to protrude from the graph, relative to the surface of +the graph. The default is \f(CWsunken\fR. +.PP +Legend configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR +command. The resource name and class are \f(CWlegend\fR and +\f(CWLegend\fR respectively. +.CS +option add *Graph.legend.Foreground blue +option add *Graph.Legend.Relief raised +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend deactivate \fIpattern\fR... +Selects legend entries to be drawn using the normal legend colors and +relief. All entries whose element names match \fIpattern\fR are +selected. To be selected, the element name must match only one +\fIpattern\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBlegend get \fIpos\fR +Returns the name of the element whose entry is at the screen position +\fIpos\fR in the legend. \fIPos\fR must be in the form "\fI@x,y\fR", +where \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are window coordinates. If the given +coordinates do not lie over a legend entry, \f(CW""\fR is returned. +.SS "PEN COMPONENTS" +Pens define attributes (both symbol and line style) for elements. +Pens mirror the configuration options of data elements that pertain to +how symbols and lines are drawn. Data elements use pens to determine +how they are drawn. A data element may use several pens at once. In +this case, the pen used for a particular data point is determined from +each element's weight vector (see the element's \fB\-weight\fR and +\fB\-style\fR options). +.PP +One pen, called \f(CWactiveLine\fR, is automatically created. +It's used as the default active pen for elements. So you can change +the active attributes for all elements by simply reconfiguring this +pen. +.CS +\&.g pen configure "activeLine" -color green +.CE +You can create and use several pens. To create a pen, invoke +the pen component and its create operation. +.CS +\&.g pen create myPen +.CE +You map pens to a data element using either the element's +\fB\-pen\fR or \fB\-activepen\fR options. +.CS +\&.g element create "line1" -xdata $x -ydata $tempData \\ + -pen myPen +.CE +An element can use several pens at once. This is done by specifying +the name of the pen in the element's style list (see the +\fB\-styles\fR option). +.CS +\&.g element configure "line1" -styles { myPen 2.0 3.0 } +.CE +This says that any data point with a weight between 2.0 and 3.0 +is to be drawn using the pen \f(CWmyPen\fR. All other points +are drawn with the element's default attributes. +.PP +The following operations are available for pen components. +.PP +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen \fBcget \fIpenName \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the option given by \fIoption\fR for +\fIpenName\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described below +for the pen \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen \fBconfigure \fIpenName \fR?\fIpenName\fR... ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options of +\fIpenName\fR. Several pens can be modified at once. If \fIoption\fR +isn't specified, a list describing the current options for +\fIpenName\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, but not +\fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. If one +or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then for +each pair, the pen option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. The +following options are valid for pens. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-color \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the traces connecting the data points. +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of element line. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up to +11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and +gaps on the element line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If +\fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the lines will be solid. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the interior color of symbols. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then +the interior of the symbol is transparent. If \fIcolor\fR is +\f(CWdefcolor\fR, then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR +option. The default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the connecting lines between data points. If +\fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, no connecting lines will be drawn between +symbols. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-offdash \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the stripes when traces are dashed (see the +\fB\-dashes\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the "off" +pixels will represent gaps instead of stripes. If \fIcolor\fR is +\f(CWdefcolor\fR, then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR +option. The default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color or the outline around each symbol. If \fIcolor\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, then no outline is drawn. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CWdefcolor\fR, +then the color will be the same as the \fB\-color\fR option. The +default is \f(CWdefcolor\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outlinewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the outline bordering each symbol. If \fIpixels\fR +is \f(CW0\fR, no outline will be drawn. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-pixels \fIpixels\fR +Sets the size of symbols. If \fIpixels\fR is \f(CW0\fR, no symbols will +be drawn. The default is \f(CW0.125i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-symbol \fIsymbol\fR +Specifies the symbol for data points. \fISymbol\fR can be either +\f(CWsquare\fR, \f(CWcircle\fR, \f(CWdiamond\fR, \f(CWplus\fR, \f(CWcross\fR, +\f(CWsplus\fR, \f(CWscross\fR, \f(CWtriangle\fR, \f(CW""\fR (where no symbol +is drawn), or a bitmap. Bitmaps are specified as "\fIsource\fR +?\fImask\fR?", where \fIsource\fR is the name of the bitmap, and +\fImask\fR is the bitmap's optional mask. The default is +\f(CWcircle\fR. +.TP +\fB\-type \fIelemType\fR +Specifies the type of element the pen is to be used with. +This option should only be employed when creating the pen. This +is for those that wish to mix different types of elements (bars and +lines) on the same graph. The default type is "line". +.PP +Pen configuration options may be also be set by the \fBoption\fR +command. The resource class is \f(CWPen\fR. The resource names +are the names of the pens. +.CS +option add *Graph.Pen.Color blue +option add *Graph.activeLine.color green +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen \fBcreate \fIpenName \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a new pen by the name \fIpenName\fR. No pen by the same +name can already exist. \fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR are described +in above in the pen \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen \fBdelete \fR?\fIpenName\fR?... +Deletes the named pens. A pen is not really +deleted until it is not longer in use, so it's safe to delete +pens mapped to elements. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpen names \fR?\fIpattern\fR?... +Returns a list of pens matching zero or more patterns. If no +\fIpattern\fR argument is give, the names of all pens are returned. +.SS "POSTSCRIPT COMPONENT" +The graph can generate encapsulated PostScript output. There +are several configuration options you can specify to control how the +plot will be generated. You can change the page dimensions and +borders. The plot itself can be scaled, centered, or rotated to +landscape. The PostScript output can be written directly to a file or +returned through the interpreter. +.PP +The following postscript operations are available. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpostscript cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the postscript option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described +below for the postscript \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpostscript configure \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for PostScript +generation. If \fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing +the current postscript options for \fIpathName\fR is returned. If +\fIoption\fR is specified, but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing +\fIoption\fR is returned. If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR +pairs are specified, then for each pair, the postscript option +\fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. The following postscript options +are available. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-center \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the plot should be centered on the PostScript page. If +\fIboolean\fR is false, the plot will be placed in the upper left +corner of the page. The default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-colormap \fIvarName\fR +\fIVarName\fR must be the name of a global array variable that +specifies a color mapping from the X color name to PostScript. Each +element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of PostScript code to set a +particular color value (e.g. ``\f(CW1.0 1.0 0.0 setrgbcolor\fR''). When +generating color information in PostScript, the array variable \fIvarName\fR +is checked if an element of the name as the color exists. If so, it uses +its value as the PostScript +command to set the color. If this option hasn't been specified, or if +there isn't an entry in \fIvarName\fR for a given color, then it uses +the red, green, and blue intensities from the X color. +.TP +\fB\-colormode \fImode\fR +Specifies how to output color information. \fIMode\fR must be either +\f(CWcolor\fR (for full color output), \f(CWgray\fR (convert all colors to +their gray-scale equivalents) or \f(CWmono\fR (convert foreground colors +to black and background colors to white). The default mode is +\f(CWcolor\fR. +.TP +\fB\-fontmap \fIvarName\fR +\fIVarName\fR must be the name of a global array variable that +specifies a font mapping from the X font name to PostScript. Each +element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of a Tcl list with one or two +elements; the name and point size of a PostScript font. +When outputting PostScript commands for a particular font, the array +variable \fIvarName\fR is checked to see if an element by the +specified font exists. If there is such an element, then the font +information contained in that element is used in the PostScript +output. (If the point size is omitted from the list, the point size +of the X font is used). Otherwise the X font is examined in an +attempt to guess what PostScript font to use. This works only for +fonts whose foundry property is \fIAdobe\fR (such as Times, Helvetica, +Courier, etc.). If all of this fails then the font defaults to +\f(CWHelvetica-Bold\fR. +.TP +\fB\-decorations \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether PostScript commands to generate color backgrounds and 3-D +borders will be output. If \fIboolean\fR is false, the background will be +white and no 3-D borders will be generated. The +default is \f(CW1\fR. +.TP +\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR +Sets the height of the plot. This lets you print the graph with a +height different from the one drawn on the screen. If +\fIpixels\fR is 0, the height is the same as the widget's height. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-landscape \fIboolean\fR +If \fIboolean\fR is true, this specifies the printed area is to be +rotated 90 degrees. In non-rotated output the X\-axis of the printed +area runs along the short dimension of the page (``portrait'' +orientation); in rotated output the X\-axis runs along the long +dimension of the page (``landscape'' orientation). Defaults to +\f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-maxpect \fIboolean\fR +Indicates to scale the plot so that it fills the PostScript page. +The aspect ratio of the graph is still retained. The default is +\f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR +Sets the horizontal padding for the left and right page borders. The +borders are exterior to the plot. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or +two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the left border is padded +by the first distance and the right border by the second. If +\fIpad\fR has just one distance, both the left and right borders are +padded evenly. The default is \f(CW1i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR +Sets the vertical padding for the top and bottom page borders. The +borders are exterior to the plot. \fIPad\fR can be a list of one or +two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the top border is padded +by the first distance and the bottom border by the second. If +\fIpad\fR has just one distance, both the top and bottom borders are +padded evenly. The default is \f(CW1i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-paperheight \fIpixels\fR +Sets the height of the postscript page. This can be used to select +between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). The default height is +\f(CW11.0i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-paperwidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the postscript page. This can be used to select +between different page sizes (letter, A4, etc). The default width is +\f(CW8.5i\fR. +.TP +\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the plot. This lets you generate a plot +of a width different from that of the widget. If \fIpixels\fR +is 0, the width is the same as the widget's width. The default is +\f(CW0\fR. +.PP +Postscript configuration options may be also be set by the +\fBoption\fR command. The resource name and class are +\f(CWpostscript\fR and \f(CWPostscript\fR respectively. +.CS +option add *Graph.postscript.Decorations false +option add *Graph.Postscript.Landscape true +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBpostscript output \fR?\fIfileName\fR? ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Outputs a file of encapsulated PostScript. If a +\fIfileName\fR argument isn't present, the command returns the +PostScript. If any \fIoption-value\fR pairs are present, they set +configuration options controlling how the PostScript is generated. +\fIOption\fR and \fIvalue\fR can be anything accepted by the +postscript \fBconfigure\fR operation above. +.SS "MARKER COMPONENTS" +Markers are simple drawing procedures used to annotate or highlight +areas of the graph. Markers have various types: text strings, +bitmaps, images, connected lines, windows, or polygons. They can be +associated with a particular element, so that when the element is +hidden or un-hidden, so is the marker. By default, markers are the +last items drawn, so that data elements will appear in +behind them. You can change this by configuring the \fB\-under\fR +option. +.PP +Markers, in contrast to elements, don't affect the scaling of the +coordinate axes. They can also have \fIelastic\fR coordinates +(specified by \f(CW-Inf\fR and \f(CWInf\fR respectively) that translate +into the minimum or maximum limit of the axis. For example, you can +place a marker so it always remains in the lower left corner of the +plotting area, by using the coordinates \f(CW-Inf\fR,\f(CW-Inf\fR. +.PP +The following operations are available for markers. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker after \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIafterId\fR? +Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first +marker after the second. If no second \fIafterId\fR argument is +specified, the marker is placed at the end of the display list. This +command can be used to control how markers are displayed since markers +are drawn in the order of this display list. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker before \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIbeforeId\fR? +Changes the order of the markers, drawing the first +marker before the second. If no second \fIbeforeId\fR argument is +specified, the marker is placed at the beginning of the display list. +This command can be used to control how markers are displayed since +markers are drawn in the order of this display list. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? +Associates \fIcommand\fR with \fItagName\fR such that whenever the +event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for a marker with this +tag, \fIcommand\fR will be invoked. The syntax is similar to the +\fBbind\fR command except that it operates on graph markers, rather +than widgets. See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for +complete details on \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed on +\fIcommand\fR before invoking it. +.sp +If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing +any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR. +If the first character of \fIcommand\fR is \f(CW+\fR then \fIcommand\fR +augments an existing binding rather than replacing it. +If no \fIcommand\fR argument is provided then the command currently +associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (it's an error occurs +if there's no such binding) is returned. If both \fIcommand\fR and +\fIsequence\fR are missing then a list of all the event sequences for +which bindings have been defined for \fItagName\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker cget \fIoption\fR +Returns the current value of the marker configuration option given by +\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any option described +below in the \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker configure \fImarkerId\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Queries or modifies the configuration options for markers. If +\fIoption\fR isn't specified, a list describing the current +options for \fImarkerId\fR is returned. If \fIoption\fR is specified, +but not \fIvalue\fR, then a list describing \fIoption\fR is returned. +If one or more \fIoption\fR and \fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then +for each pair, the marker option \fIoption\fR is set to \fIvalue\fR. +.sp +The following options are valid for all markers. +Each type of marker also has its own type-specific options. +They are described in the sections below. +.RS +.TP +\fB\-bindtags \fItagList\fR +Specifies the binding tags for the marker. \fITagList\fR is a list +of binding tag names. The tags and their order will determine how +events for markers are handled. Each tag in the list matching the +current event sequence will have its Tcl command executed. Implicitly +the name of the marker is always the first tag in the list. +The default value is \f(CWall\fR. +.TP +\fB\-coords \fIcoordList\fR +Specifies the coordinates of the marker. \fICoordList\fR is +a list of graph coordinates. The number of coordinates required +is dependent on the type of marker. Text, image, and window markers +need only two coordinates (an X\-Y coordinate). Bitmap markers +can take either two or four coordinates (if four, they represent the +corners of the bitmap). Line markers +need at least four coordinates, polygons at least six. +If \fIcoordList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker will not be displayed. +The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-element \fIelemName\fR +Links the marker with the element \fIelemName\fR. The marker is +drawn only if the element is also currently displayed (see the +element's \fBshow\fR operation). If \fIelemName\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the +marker is always drawn. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the marker is drawn. If \fIboolean\fR is true, +the marker is not drawn. The default is \f(CWno\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapx \fIxAxis\fR +Specifies the X\-axis to map the marker's X\-coordinates onto. +\fIXAxis\fR must the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWx\fR. +.TP +\fB\-mapy \fIyAxis\fR +Specifies the Y\-axis to map the marker's Y\-coordinates onto. +\fIYAxis\fR must the name of an axis. The default is \f(CWy\fR. +.TP +\fB\-name \fImarkerId\fR +Changes the identifier for the marker. The identifier \fImarkerId\fR +can not already be used by another marker. If this option +isn't specified, the marker's name is uniquely generated. +.TP +\fB\-under \fIboolean\fR +Indicates whether the marker is drawn below/above data +elements. If \fIboolean\fR is true, the marker is be drawn +underneath the data element symbols and lines. Otherwise, the marker is +drawn on top of the element. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-xoffset \fIpixels\fR +Specifies a screen distance to offset the marker horizontally. +\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-yoffset \fIpixels\fR +Specifies a screen distance to offset the markers vertically. +\fIPixels\fR is a valid screen distance, such as \f(CW2\fR or \f(CW1.2i\fR. +The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.PP +Marker configuration options may also be set by the \fBoption\fR command. +The resource class is either \f(CWBitmapMarker\fR, \f(CWImageMarker\fR, +\f(CWLineMarker\fR, \f(CWPolygonMarker\fR, \f(CWTextMarker\fR, or \f(CWWindowMarker\fR, +depending on the type of marker. The resource name is the name of the +marker. +.CS +option add *Graph.TextMarker.Foreground white +option add *Graph.BitmapMarker.Foreground white +option add *Graph.m1.Background blue +.CE +.RE +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker create \fItype\fR ?\fIoption value\fR?... +Creates a marker of the selected type. \fIType\fR may be either +\f(CWtext\fR, \f(CWline\fR, \f(CWbitmap\fR, \f(CWimage\fR, \f(CWpolygon\fR, or +\f(CWwindow\fR. This command returns the marker identifier, +used as the \fImarkerId\fR argument in the other marker-related +commands. If the \fB\-name\fR option is used, this overrides the +normal marker identifier. If the name provided is already used for +another marker, the new marker will replace the old. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker delete\fR ?\fIname\fR?... +Removes one of more markers. The graph will automatically be redrawn +without the marker.\fR. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker exists \fImarkerId\fR +Returns \f(CW1\fR if the marker \fImarkerId\fR exists and \f(CW0\fR +otherwise. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker names\fR ?\fIpattern\fR? +Returns the names of all the markers that currently exist. If +\fIpattern\fR is supplied, only those markers whose names match it +will be returned. +.TP +\fIpathName \fBmarker type \fImarkerId\fR +Returns the type of the marker given by \fImarkerId\fR, such as +\f(CWline\fR or \f(CWtext\fR. If \fImarkerId\fR is not a valid a marker +identifier, \f(CW""\fR is returned. +.SS "BITMAP MARKERS" +A bitmap marker displays a bitmap. The size of the +bitmap is controlled by the number of coordinates specified. If two +coordinates, they specify the position of the top-left corner of the +bitmap. The bitmap retains its normal width and height. If four +coordinates, the first and second pairs of coordinates represent the +corners of the bitmap. The bitmap will be stretched or reduced as +necessary to fit into the bounding rectangle. +.PP +Bitmap markers are created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in +the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create bitmap \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each +sets a configuration options for the marker. These +same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used with the marker's +\fBconfigure\fR operation. +.PP +The following options are specific to bitmap markers: +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Same as the \fB\-fill\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-bitmap \fIbitmap\fR +Specifies the bitmap to be displayed. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, +the marker will not be displayed. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color of the bitmap. If \fIcolor\fR is the empty +string, no background will be transparent. The default background color is +\f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR +Same as the \fB\-outline\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-mask \fImask\fR +Specifies a mask for the bitmap to be displayed. This mask is a bitmap +itself, denoting the pixels that are transparent. If \fImask\fR is +\f(CW""\fR, all pixels of the bitmap will be drawn. The default is +\f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the foreground color of the bitmap. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR +Sets the rotation of the bitmap. \fITheta\fR is a real number +representing the angle of rotation in degrees. The marker is first +rotated and then placed according to its anchor position. The default +rotation is \f(CW0.0\fR. +.SS "IMAGE MARKERS" +A image marker displays an image. Image markers are +created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create image \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR +pairs, each sets a configuration option +for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be +used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.PP +The following options are specific to image markers: +.TP +\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR +\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the image relative to the +positioning point for the image. For example, if \fIanchor\fR +is \f(CWcenter\fR then the image is centered on the point; if +\fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then the image will be drawn such that +the top center point of the rectangular region occupied by the +image will be at the positioning point. +This option defaults to \f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-image \fIimage\fR +Specifies the image to be drawn. +If \fIimage\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker will not be +drawn. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.SS "LINE MARKERS" +A line marker displays one or more connected line segments. +Line markers are created with marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create line \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR +pairs, each sets a configuration option +for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be +used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.PP +The following options are specific to line markers: +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of the line. \fIDashList\fR is a list of up to 11 +numbers that alternately represent the lengths of the dashes and gaps +on the line. Each number must be between 1 and 255. If +\fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the marker line will be solid. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color of the line. This color is used with +striped lines (see the \fB\-fdashes\fR option). If \fIcolor\fR is +the empty string, no background color is drawn (the line will be +dashed, not striped). The default background color is \f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the lines. +The default width is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the foreground color of the line. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR +Specifies a stipple pattern used to draw the line, rather than +a solid line. +\fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap to use as the stipple +pattern. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the +line is drawn in a solid fashion. The default is \f(CW""\fR. +.SS "POLYGON MARKERS" +A polygon marker displays a closed region described as two or more +connected line segments. It is assumed the first and +last points are connected. Polygon markers are created using the +marker \fBcreate\fR operation in the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create polygon \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR +pairs, each sets a configuration option +for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be +used with the \fBmarker configure\fR command to change the marker's +configuration. +The following options are supported for polygon markers: +.TP +\fB\-dashes \fIdashList\fR +Sets the dash style of the outline of the polygon. \fIDashList\fR is a +list of up to 11 numbers that alternately represent the lengths of +the dashes and gaps on the outline. Each number must be between 1 and +255. If \fIdashList\fR is \f(CW""\fR, the outline will be a solid line. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the fill color of the polygon. If \fIcolor\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then +the interior of the polygon is transparent. +The default is \f(CWwhite\fR. +.TP +\fB\-linewidth \fIpixels\fR +Sets the width of the outline of the polygon. If \fIpixels\fR is zero, +no outline is drawn. The default is \f(CW0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the outline of the polygon. If the polygon is +stippled (see the \fB\-stipple\fR option), then this represents the +foreground color of the stipple. The default is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR +Specifies that the polygon should be drawn with a stippled pattern +rather than a solid color. \fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap to use as +the stipple pattern. If \fIbitmap\fR is \f(CW""\fR, then the polygon is +filled with a solid color (if the \fB\-fill\fR option is set). The +default is \f(CW""\fR. +.SS "TEXT MARKERS" +A text marker displays a string of characters on one or more lines of +text. Embedded newlines cause line breaks. They may be used to +annotate regions of the graph. Text markers are created with the +\fBcreate\fR operation in the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create text \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR pairs, +each sets a configuration option for the text marker. +These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used with the +marker's \fBconfigure\fR operation. +.PP +The following options are specific to text markers: +.TP +\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR +\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the text relative to the +positioning point for the text. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is +\f(CWcenter\fR then the text is centered on the point; if +\fIanchor\fR is \f(CWn\fR then the text will be drawn such that the +top center point of the rectangular region occupied by the text will +be at the positioning point. This default is \f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR +Same as the \fB\-fill\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR +Specifies the font of the text. The default is +\f(CW*-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-120-*\fR. +.TP +\fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR +Sets the background color of the text. If \fIcolor\fR is the empty +string, no background will be transparent. The default background color is +\f(CW""\fR. +.TP +\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR +Same as the \fB\-outline\fR option. +.TP +\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR +Specifies how the text should be justified. This matters only when +the marker contains more than one line of text. \fIJustify\fR must be +\f(CWleft\fR, \f(CWright\fR, or \f(CWcenter\fR. The default is +\f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR +Sets the color of the text. The default value is \f(CWblack\fR. +.TP +\fB\-padx \fIpad\fR +Sets the padding to the left and right exteriors of the text. +\fIPad\fR can be a list of one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR +has two elements, the left side of the text is padded by the first +distance and the right side by the second. If \fIpad\fR has just one +distance, both the left and right sides are padded evenly. The +default is \f(CW4\fR. +.TP +\fB\-pady \fIpad\fR +Sets the padding above and below the text. \fIPad\fR can be a list of +one or two screen distances. If \fIpad\fR has two elements, the area above the +text is padded by the first distance and the area below by the second. +If \fIpad\fR is just one distance, both the top and bottom areas +are padded evenly. The default is \f(CW4\fR. +.TP +\fB\-rotate \fItheta\fR +Specifies the number of degrees to rotate the text. \fITheta\fR is a +real number representing the angle of rotation. The marker is first +rotated along its center and is then drawn according to its anchor +position. The default is \f(CW0.0\fR. +.TP +\fB\-text \fItext\fR +Specifies the text of the marker. The exact way the text is +displayed may be affected by other options such as \fB\-anchor\fR or +\fB\-rotate\fR. +.SS "WINDOW MARKERS" +A window marker displays a widget at a given position. +Window markers are created with the marker's \fBcreate\fR operation in +the form: +.DS +\fIpathName \fBmarker create window \fR?\fIoption value\fR?... +.DE +There may be many \fIoption\fR-\fIvalue\fR +pairs, each sets a configuration option +for the marker. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be +used with the marker's \fBconfigure\fR command. +.PP +The following options are specific to window markers: +.TP +\fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR +\fIAnchor\fR tells how to position the widget relative to the +positioning point for the widget. For example, if \fIanchor\fR is +\f(CWcenter\fR then the widget is centered on the point; if \fIanchor\fR +is \f(CWn\fR then the widget will be displayed such that the top center +point of the rectangular region occupied by the widget will be at the +positioning point. This option defaults to \f(CWcenter\fR. +.TP +\fB\-height \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the height to assign to the marker's window. If this option +isn't specified, or if it is specified as \f(CW""\fR, then the window is +given whatever height the widget requests internally. +.TP +\fB\-width \fIpixels\fR +Specifies the width to assign to the marker's window. If this option +isn't specified, or if it is specified as \f(CW""\fR, then the window is +given whatever width the widget requests internally. +.TP +\fB\-window \fIpathName\fR +Specifies the widget to be managed by the graph. \fIPathName\fR must +be a child of the \fBgraph\fR widget. +.SH "GRAPH COMPONENT BINDINGS" +Specific graph components, such as elements, markers and legend +entries, can have a command trigger when event occurs in them, much +like canvas items in Tk's canvas widget. Not all event sequences are +valid. The only binding events that may be specified are those +related to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, +\fBButtonPress\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBKeyPress\fR). +.PP +Only one element or marker can be picked during an event. This means, +that if the mouse is directly over both an element and a marker, only +the uppermost component is selected. This isn't true for legend entries. +Both a legend entry and an element (or marker) binding commands +will be invoked if both items are picked. +.PP +It is possible for multiple bindings to match a particular event. +This could occur, for example, if one binding is associated with the +element name and another is associated with one of the element's tags +(see the \fB\-bindtags\fR option). When this occurs, all of the +matching bindings are invoked. A binding associated with the element +name is invoked first, followed by one binding for each of the element's +bindtags. If there are multiple matching bindings for a single tag, +then only the most specific binding is invoked. A continue command +in a binding script terminates that script, and a break command +terminates that script and skips any remaining scripts for the event, +just as for the bind command. +.PP +The \fB\-bindtags\fR option for these components controls addition +tag names which can be matched. Implicitly elements and markers +always have tags matching their names. Setting the value of +the \fB\-bindtags\fR option doesn't change this. +.SH "C LANGUAGE API" +You can manipulate data elements from the C language. There +may be situations where it is too expensive to translate the data +values from ASCII strings. Or you might want to read data in a +special file format. +.PP +Data can manipulated from the C language using BLT vectors. +You specify the X-Y data coordinates of an element as vectors and +manipulate the vector from C. The graph will be redrawn automatically +after the vectors are updated. +.PP +From Tcl, create the vectors and configure the element to use them. +.CS +vector X Y +\&.g element configure line1 -xdata X -ydata Y +.CE +To set data points from C, you pass the values as arrays of doubles +using the \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR call. The vector is reset with the +new data and at the next idle point (when Tk re-enters its event +loop), the graph will be redrawn automatically. +.CS +#include <tcl.h> +#include <blt.h> + +register int i; +Blt_Vector *xVec, *yVec; +double x[50], y[50]; + +/* Get the BLT vectors "X" and "Y" (created above from Tcl) */ +if ((Blt_GetVector(interp, "X", &xVec) != TCL_OK) || + (Blt_GetVector(interp, "Y", &yVec) != TCL_OK)) { + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +for (i = 0; i < 50; i++) { + x[i] = i * 0.02; + y[i] = sin(x[i]); +} + +/* Put the data into BLT vectors */ +if ((Blt_ResetVector(xVec, x, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK) || + (Blt_ResetVector(yVec, y, 50, 50, TCL_VOLATILE) != TCL_OK)) { + return TCL_ERROR; +} +.CE +See the \fBvector\fR manual page for more details. +.SH SPEED TIPS +There may be cases where the graph needs to be drawn and updated as +quickly as possible. If drawing speed becomes a big +problem, here are a few tips to speed up displays. +.TP 2 +\(bu +Try to minimize the number of data points. The more data points +the looked at, the more work the graph must do. +.TP 2 +\(bu +If your data is generated as floating point values, the time required +to convert the data values to and from ASCII strings can be +significant, especially when there any many data points. You can +avoid the redundant string-to-decimal conversions using the C API to +BLT vectors. +.TP 2 +\(bu +Data elements without symbols are drawn faster than with symbols. +Set the data element's \fB\-symbol\fR option to \f(CWnone\fR. If you need to +draw symbols, try using the simple symbols such as \f(CWsplus\fR and +\f(CWscross\fR. +.TP 2 +\(bu +Don't stipple or dash the element. Solid lines are much faster. +.TP 2 +\(bu +If you update data elements frequently, try turning off the +widget's \fB\-bufferelements\fR option. When the graph is first +displayed, it draws data elements into an internal pixmap. The pixmap +acts as a cache, so that when the graph needs to be redrawn again, and +the data elements or coordinate axes haven't changed, the pixmap is +simply copied to the screen. This is especially useful when you are +using markers to highlight points and regions on the graph. But if +the graph is updated frequently, changing either the element data or +coordinate axes, the buffering becomes redundant. +.SH LIMITATIONS +Auto-scale routines do not use requested min/max limits as boundaries +when the axis is logarithmically scaled. +.PP +The PostScript output generated for polygons with more than 1500 +points may exceed the limits of some printers (See PostScript Language +Reference Manual, page 568). The work-around is to break the polygon +into separate pieces. +.SH KEYWORDS +graph, widget diff --git a/tkblt/doc/vector.html b/tkblt/doc/vector.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef097c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/doc/vector.html @@ -0,0 +1,704 @@ +<HTML> +<BODY> +<PRE> +<!-- Manpage converted by man2html 3.0.1 --> + +</PRE> +<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2><PRE> + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I> ?<I>vecName</I>...? ?<I>switches</I>? + + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>destroy</B> <I>vecName</I> ?<I>vecName</I>...? + + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>expr</B> <I>expression</I> + + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>...? + + +</PRE> +<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2><PRE> + The <B>vector</B> command creates an array of floating point values. The vec- + tor's components can be manipulated in three ways: through a Tcl array + variable, a Tcl command, or the C API. + + +</PRE> +<H2>INTRODUCTION</H2><PRE> + A vector is an ordered set of real numbers. The components of a vector + are indexed by integers. + + Vectors are common data structures for many applications. For example, + a graph may use two vectors to represent the X-Y coordinates of the + data plotted. The graph will automatically be redrawn when the vectors + are updated or changed. By using vectors, you can separate data analy- + sis from the graph widget. This makes it easier, for example, to add + data transformations, such as splines. It's possible to plot the same + data to in multiple graphs, where each graph presents a different view + or scale of the data. + + You could try to use Tcl's associative arrays as vectors. Tcl arrays + are easy to use. You can access individual elements randomly by speci- + fying the index, or the set the entire array by providing a list of + index and value pairs for each element. The disadvantages of associa- + tive arrays as vectors lie in the fact they are implemented as hash + tables. + + <B>o</B> There's no implied ordering to the associative arrays. If you used + vectors for plotting, you would want to insure the second component + comes after the first, an so on. This isn't possible since arrays + are actually hash tables. For example, you can't get a range of val- + ues between two indices. Nor can you sort an array. + + <B>o</B> Arrays consume lots of memory when the number of elements becomes + large (tens of thousands). This is because each element's index and + value are stored as strings in the hash table. + + <B>o</B> The C programming interface is unwieldy. Normally with vectors, you + would like to view the Tcl array as you do a C array, as an array of + floats or doubles. But with hash tables, you must convert both the + index and value to and from decimal strings, just to access an ele- + ment in the array. This makes it cumbersome to perform operations on + the array as a whole. + + The <B>vector</B> command tries to overcome these disadvantages while still + 0.0. In addition, both a Tcl command and array variable, both named y, + are created. You can use either the command or variable to query or + modify components of the vector. # Set the first value. set <B>y(0)</B> 9.25 + puts "y has [y length] components" The array y can be used to read or + set individual components of the vector. Vector components are indexed + from zero. The array index must be a number less than the number of + components. For example, it's an error if you try to set the 51st ele- + ment of y. # This is an error. The vector only has 50 components. set + <B>y(50)</B> 0.02 You can also specify a range of indices using a colon (:) to + separate the first and last indices of the range. # Set the first six + components of y set y(0:5) 25.2 If you don't include an index, then it + will default to the first and/or last component of the vector. # Print + out all the components of y puts "y = $y(:)" There are special non- + numeric indices. The index end, specifies the last component of the + vector. It's an error to use this index if the vector is empty (length + is zero). The index ++end can be used to extend the vector by one com- + ponent and initialize it to a specific value. You can't read from the + array using this index, though. # Extend the vector by one component. + set y(++end) 0.02 The other special indices are min and max. They + return the current smallest and largest components of the vector. # + Print the bounds of the vector puts "min=$y(min) max=$y(max)" To delete + components from a vector, simply unset the corresponding array element. + In the following example, the first component of y is deleted. All the + remaining components of y will be moved down by one index as the length + of the vector is reduced by one. # Delete the first component unset + <B>y(0)</B> puts "new first element is $<B>y(0)</B>" The vector's Tcl command can + also be used to query or set the vector. # Create and set the compo- + nents of a new vector blt::vector create x x set { 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 + 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 } Here we've created a vector x without a + initial length specification. In this case, the length is zero. The + <B>set</B> operation resets the vector, extending it and setting values for + each new component. + + There are several operations for vectors. The <B>range</B> operation lists + the components of a vector between two indices. # List the components + puts "x = [x range 0 end]" You can search for a particular value using + the <B>search</B> operation. It returns a list of indices of the components + with the same value. If no component has the same value, it returns + "". # Find the index of the biggest component set indices [x search + $x(max)] Other operations copy, append, or sort vectors. You can + append vectors or new values onto an existing vector with the <B>append</B> + operation. # Append assorted vectors and values to x x append x2 x3 { + 2.3 4.5 } x4 The <B>sort</B> operation sorts the vector. If any additional + vectors are specified, they are rearranged in the same order as the + vector. For example, you could use it to sort data points represented + by x and y vectors. # Sort the data points x sort y The vector x is + sorted while the components of y are rearranged so that the original + x,y coordinate pairs are retained. + + The <B>expr</B> operation lets you perform arithmetic on vectors. The result + is stored in the vector. # Add the two vectors and a scalar x expr { x + + y } x expr { x * 2 } When a vector is modified, resized, or deleted, + Vectors are created using the <B>vector</B> <B>create</B> operation. Th <B>create</B> oper- + ation can be invoked in one of three forms: + + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I> + This creates a new vector <I>vecName</I> which initially has no compo- + nents. + + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I>(<I>size</I>) + This second form creates a new vector which will contain <I>size</I> + number of components. The components will be indexed starting + from zero (0). The default value for the components is 0.0. + + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I>(<I>first</I>:<I>last</I>) + The last form creates a new vector of indexed <I>first</I> through + <I>last</I>. <I>First</I> and <I>last</I> can be any integer value so long as <I>first</I> + is less than <I>last</I>. + + Vector names must start with a letter and consist of letters, digits, + or underscores. # Error: must start with letter blt::vector create + 1abc You can automatically generate vector names using the "#auto" vec- + tor name. The <B>create</B> operation will generate a unique vector name. + set vec [blt::vector create #auto] puts "$vec has [$vec length] compo- + nents" + + <B>VECTOR</B> <B>INDICES</B> + Vectors are indexed by integers. You can access the individual vector + components via its array variable or Tcl command. The string repre- + senting the index can be an integer, a numeric expression, a range, or + a special keyword. + + The index must lie within the current range of the vector, otherwise an + an error message is returned. Normally the indices of a vector are + start from 0. But you can use the <B>offset</B> operation to change a vec- + tor's indices on-the-fly. puts $<B>vecName(0)</B> vecName offset -5 puts + $vecName(-5) You can also use numeric expressions as indices. The + result of the expression must be an integer value. set n 21 set vec- + Name($n+3) 50.2 The following special non-numeric indices are avail- + able: min, max, end, and ++end. puts "min = $vecName($min)" set vec- + Name(end) -1.2 The indices min and max will return the minimum and max- + imum values of the vector. The index end returns the value of the last + component in the vector. The index ++end is used to append new value + onto the vector. It automatically extends the vector by one component + and sets its value. # Append an new component to the end set vec- + Name(++end) 3.2 A range of indices can be indicated by a colon (:). # + Set the first six components to 1.0 set vecName(0:5) 1.0 If no index is + supplied the first or last component is assumed. # Print the values of + all the components puts $vecName(:) + + +</PRE> +<H2>VECTOR OPERATIONS</H2><PRE> + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>create</B> <I>vecName</I>?(<I>size</I>)?... ?<I>switches</I>? + The <B>create</B> operation creates a new vector <I>vecName</I>. Both a Tcl + command and array variable <I>vecName</I> are also created. The name + then no variable will be mapped. You can always map a + variable back to the vector using the vector's <B>variable</B> + operation. + + <B>-command</B> <I>cmdName</I> + Maps a Tcl command to the vector. The vector can be + accessed using <I>cmdName</I> and one of the vector instance + operations. A Tcl command by that name cannot already + exist. If <I>cmdName</I> is the empty string, no command map- + ping will be made. + + <B>-watchunset</B> <I>boolean</I> + Indicates that the vector should automatically delete + itself if the variable associated with the vector is + unset. By default, the vector will not be deleted. This + is different from previous releases. Set <I>boolean</I> to + "true" to get the old behavior. + + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>destroy</B> <I>vecName</I> ?<I>vecName...</I>? + Deletes one or more vectors. Both the Tcl command and array + variable are removed also. + + <B>blt::vector</B> <B>expr</B> <I>expression</I> + All binary operators take vectors as operands (remember that + numbers are treated as one-component vectors). The exact action + of binary operators depends upon the length of the second oper- + and. If the second operand has only one component, then each + element of the first vector operand is computed by that value. + For example, the expression "x * 2" multiples all elements of + the vector x by 2. If the second operand has more than one com- + ponent, both operands must be the same length. Each pair of + corresponding elements are computed. So "x + y" adds the the + first components of x and y together, the second, and so on. + + The valid operators are listed below, grouped in decreasing + order of precedence: + + <B>-</B> <B>!</B> Unary minus and logical NOT. The unary + minus flips the sign of each component in + the vector. The logical not operator + returns a vector of whose values are 0.0 or + 1.0. For each non-zero component 1.0 is + returned, 0.0 otherwise. + + <B>^</B> Exponentiation. + + <B>*</B> <B>/</B> <B>%</B> Multiply, divide, remainder. + + <B>+</B> <B>-</B> Add and subtract. + + <B><<</B> <B>>></B> Left and right shift. Circularly shifts the + values of the vector (not implemented yet). + + <B>&&</B> Logical AND. Produces a 1 result if both + operands are non-zero, 0 otherwise. + + <B>||</B> Logical OR. Produces a 0 result if both op- + erands are zero, 1 otherwise. + + <I>x</I><B>?</B><I>y</I><B>:</B><I>z</I> If-then-else, as in C. (Not implemented + yet). + + See the C manual for more details on the results produced by + each operator. All of the binary operators group left-to-right + within the same precedence level. + + Several mathematical functions are supported for vectors. Each + of the following functions invokes the math library function of + the same name; see the manual entries for the library functions + for details on what they do. The operation is applied to all + elements of the vector returning the results. + <B>acos</B> <B>cos</B> <B>hypot</B> <B>sinh</B> <B>asin</B> <B>cosh</B> <B>log</B> <B>sqrt</B> + <B>atan</B> <B>exp</B> <B>log10</B> <B>tan</B> <B>ceil</B> <B>floor</B> <B>sin</B> <B>tanh</B> + + Additional functions are: + + <B>abs</B> Returns the absolute value of each component. + + <B>random</B> Returns a vector of non-negative values uniformly dis- + tributed between [0.0, 1.0) using <I>drand48</I>. The seed + comes from the internal clock of the machine or may be + set manual with the srandom function. + + <B>round</B> Rounds each component of the vector. + + <B>srandom</B> Initializes the random number generator using <I>srand48</I>. + The high order 32-bits are set using the integral por- + tion of the first vector component. All other compo- + nents are ignored. The low order 16-bits are set to + an arbitrary value. + + The following functions return a single value. + + <B>adev</B> Returns the average deviation (defined as the sum of + the absolute values of the differences between compo- + nent and the mean, divided by the length of the vec- + tor). + + <B>kurtosis</B> Returns the degree of peakedness (fourth moment) of + the vector. + + <B>length</B> Returns the number of components in the vector. + + <B>max</B> Returns the vector's maximum value. + + + <B>skew</B> Returns the skewness (or third moment) of the vector. + This characterizes the degree of asymmetry of the vec- + tor about the mean. + + <B>sum</B> Returns the sum of the components. + + <B>var</B> Returns the variance of the vector. The sum of the + squared differences between each component and the + mean is computed. The variance is the sum divided by + the length of the vector minus 1. + + The last set returns a vector of the same length as the argu- + ment. + + <B>norm</B> Scales the values of the vector to lie in the range + [0.0..1.0]. + + <B>sort</B> Returns the vector components sorted in ascending + order. + + <B>vector</B> <B>names</B> ?<I>pattern</I>? + + +</PRE> +<H2>INSTANCE OPERATIONS</H2><PRE> + You can also use the vector's Tcl command to query or modify it. The + general form is <I>vecName</I> <I>operation</I> ?<I>arg</I>?... Both <I>operation</I> and its + arguments determine the exact behavior of the command. The operations + available for vectors are listed below. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>append</B> <I>item</I> ?<I>item</I>?... + Appends the component values from <I>item</I> to <I>vecName</I>. <I>Item</I> can be + either the name of a vector or a list of numeric values. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>binread</B> <I>channel</I> ?<I>length</I>? ?<I>switches</I>? + Reads binary values from a Tcl channel. Values are either + appended to the end of the vector or placed at a given index + (using the <B>-at</B> option), overwriting existing values. Data is + read until EOF is found on the channel or a specified number of + values <I>length</I> are read (note that this is not necessarily the + same as the number of bytes). The following switches are sup- + ported: + + <B>-swap</B> Swap bytes and words. The default endian is the host + machine. + + <B>-at</B> <I>index</I> + New values will start at vector index <I>index</I>. This will + overwrite any current values. + + <B>-format</B> <I>format</I> + Specifies the format of the data. <I>Format</I> can be one of + the following: "i1", "i2", "i4", "i8", "u1, "u2", "u4", + + This is useful when the vector is large. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>delete</B> <I>index</I> ?<I>index</I>?... + Deletes the <I>index</I>th component from the vector <I>vecName</I>. <I>Index</I> is + the index of the element to be deleted. This is the same as + unsetting the array variable element <I>index</I>. The vector is com- + pacted after all the indices have been deleted. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>dup</B> <I>destName</I> + Copies <I>vecName</I> to <I>destName</I>. <I>DestName</I> is the name of a destina- + tion vector. If a vector <I>destName</I> already exists, it is over- + written with the components of <I>vecName</I>. Otherwise a new vector + is created. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>expr</B> <I>expression</I> + Computes the expression and resets the values of the vector + accordingly. Both scalar and vector math operations are + allowed. All values in expressions are either real numbers or + names of vectors. All numbers are treated as one component vec- + tors. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>length</B> ?<I>newSize</I>? + Queries or resets the number of components in <I>vecName</I>. <I>NewSize</I> + is a number specifying the new size of the vector. If <I>newSize</I> + is smaller than the current size of <I>vecName</I>, <I>vecName</I> is trun- + cated. If <I>newSize</I> is greater, the vector is extended and the + new components are initialized to 0.0. If no <I>newSize</I> argument + is present, the current length of the vector is returned. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>merge</B> <I>srcName</I> ?<I>srcName</I>?... + Merges the named vectors into a single vector. The resulting + vector is formed by merging the components of each source vector + one index at a time. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>notify</B> <I>keyword</I> + Controls how vector clients are notified of changes to the vec- + tor. The exact behavior is determined by <I>keyword</I>. + + always Indicates that clients are to be notified immediately + whenever the vector is updated. + + never Indicates that no clients are to be notified. + + whenidle + Indicates that clients are to be notified at the next + idle point whenever the vector is updated. + + now If any client notifications is currently pending, they + are notified immediately. + + cancel Cancels pending notifications of clients using the vec- + tor. + + <I>density</I> number of new components, whose values are evenly dis- + tributed between the original components values. This is useful + for generating abscissas to be interpolated along a spline. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>range</B> <I>firstIndex</I> ?<I>lastIndex</I>?... + Returns a list of numeric values representing the vector compo- + nents between two indices. Both <I>firstIndex</I> and <I>lastIndex</I> are + indices representing the range of components to be returned. If + <I>lastIndex</I> is less than <I>firstIndex</I>, the components are listed in + reverse order. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>search</B> <I>value</I> ?<I>value</I>? + Searches for a value or range of values among the components of + <I>vecName</I>. If one <I>value</I> argument is given, a list of indices of + the components which equal <I>value</I> is returned. If a second <I>value</I> + is also provided, then the indices of all components which lie + within the range of the two values are returned. If no compo- + nents are found, then "" is returned. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>set</B> <I>item</I> + Resets the components of the vector to <I>item</I>. <I>Item</I> can be either + a list of numeric expressions or another vector. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>seq</B> <I>start</I> ?<I>finish</I>? ?<I>step</I>? + Generates a sequence of values starting with the value <I>start</I>. + <I>Finish</I> indicates the terminating value of the sequence. The + vector is automatically resized to contain just the sequence. + If three arguments are present, <I>step</I> designates the interval. + + With only two arguments (no <I>finish</I> argument), the sequence will + continue until the vector is filled. With one argument, the + interval defaults to 1.0. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>sort</B> ?<B>-reverse</B>? ?<I>argName</I>?... + Sorts the vector <I>vecName</I> in increasing order. If the <B>-reverse</B> + flag is present, the vector is sorted in decreasing order. If + other arguments <I>argName</I> are present, they are the names of vec- + tors which will be rearranged in the same manner as <I>vecName</I>. + Each vector must be the same length as <I>vecName</I>. You could use + this to sort the x vector of a graph, while still retaining the + same x,y coordinate pairs in a y vector. + + <I>vecName</I> <B>variable</B> <I>varName</I> + Maps a Tcl variable to the vector, creating another means for + accessing the vector. The variable <I>varName</I> can't already exist. + This overrides any current variable mapping the vector may have. + + +</PRE> +<H2>C LANGUAGE API</H2><PRE> + You can create, modify, and destroy vectors from C code, using library + routines. You need to include the header file blt.h. It contains the + definition of the structure <B>Blt_Vector</B>, which represents the vector. + It appears below. typedef struct { + <B>Blt_CreateVector</B> + + Synopsis: int <B>Blt_CreateVector</B> (<I>interp</I>, <I>vecName</I>, <I>length</I>, <I>vecPtrPtr</I>) + Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>; char *<I>vecName</I>; int <I>length</I>; Blt_Vec- + tor **<I>vecPtrPtr</I>; + + Description: + Creates a new vector <I>vecName</I> with a length of <I>length</I>. + <B>Blt_CreateVector</B> creates both a new Tcl command and array + variable <I>vecName</I>. Neither a command nor variable named + <I>vecName</I> can already exist. A pointer to the vector is + placed into <I>vecPtrPtr</I>. + + Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully created. If + <I>length</I> is negative, a Tcl variable or command <I>vecName</I> + already exists, or memory cannot be allocated for the vec- + tor, then TCL_ERROR is returned and <I>interp->result</I> will + contain an error message. + + + <B>Blt_DeleteVectorByName</B> + + Synopsis: int <B>Blt_DeleteVectorByName</B> (<I>interp</I>, <I>vecName</I>) + Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>; char *<I>vecName</I>; + + Description: + Removes the vector <I>vecName</I>. <I>VecName</I> is the name of a vec- + tor which must already exist. Both the Tcl command and + array variable <I>vecName</I> are destroyed. All clients of the + vector will be notified immediately that the vector has + been destroyed. + + Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully deleted. If + <I>vecName</I> is not the name a vector, then TCL_ERROR is + returned and <I>interp->result</I> will contain an error message. + + + <B>Blt_DeleteVector</B> + + Synopsis: int <B>Blt_DeleteVector</B> (<I>vecPtr</I>) + Blt_Vector *<I>vecPtr</I>; + + Description: + Removes the vector pointed to by <I>vecPtr</I>. <I>VecPtr</I> is a + pointer to a vector, typically set by <B>Blt_GetVector</B> or + <B>Blt_CreateVector</B>. Both the Tcl command and array variable + of the vector are destroyed. All clients of the vector + will be notified immediately that the vector has been + destroyed. + + Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully deleted. If + <I>vecName</I> is not the name a vector, then TCL_ERROR is + + Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully retrieved. If + <I>vecName</I> is not the name of a vector, then TCL_ERROR is + returned and <I>interp->result</I> will contain an error message. + + + <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> + + + Synopsis: int <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> (<I>vecPtr</I>, <I>dataArr</I>, <I>numValues</I>, + <I>arraySize</I>, <I>freeProc</I>) + Blt_Vector *<I>vecPtr</I>; double *<I>dataArr</I>; int *<I>numValues</I>; int + *<I>arraySize</I>; Tcl_FreeProc *<I>freeProc</I>; + + Description: + Resets the components of the vector pointed to by <I>vecPtr</I>. + Calling <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> will trigger the vector to dispatch + notifications to its clients. <I>DataArr</I> is the array of dou- + bles which represents the vector data. <I>NumValues</I> is the + number of elements in the array. <I>ArraySize</I> is the actual + size of the array (the array may be bigger than the number + of values stored in it). <I>FreeProc</I> indicates how the storage + for the vector component array (<I>dataArr</I>) was allocated. It + is used to determine how to reallocate memory when the vec- + tor is resized or destroyed. It must be TCL_DYNAMIC, + TCL_STATIC, TCL_VOLATILE, or a pointer to a function to + free the memory allocated for the vector array. If <I>freeProc</I> + is TCL_VOLATILE, it indicates that <I>dataArr</I> must be copied + and saved. If <I>freeProc</I> is TCL_DYNAMIC, it indicates that + <I>dataArr</I> was dynamically allocated and that Tcl should free + <I>dataArr</I> if necessary. Static indicates that nothing should + be done to release storage for <I>dataArr</I>. + + Results: Returns TCL_OK if the vector is successfully resized. If + <I>newSize</I> is negative, a vector <I>vecName</I> does not exist, or + memory cannot be allocated for the vector, then TCL_ERROR + is returned and <I>interp->result</I> will contain an error mes- + sage. + + + <B>Blt_ResizeVector</B> + + Synopsis: int <B>Blt_ResizeVector</B> (<I>vecPtr</I>, <I>newSize</I>) + Blt_Vector *<I>vecPtr</I>; int <I>newSize</I>; + + Description: + Resets the length of the vector pointed to by <I>vecPtr</I> to + <I>newSize</I>. If <I>newSize</I> is smaller than the current size of + the vector, it is truncated. If <I>newSize</I> is greater, the + vector is extended and the new components are initialized + to 0.0. Calling <B>Blt_ResetVector</B> will trigger the vector to + dispatch notifications. + + Results: Returns 1 if a vector <I>vecName</I> exists and 0 otherwise. + + + If your application needs to be notified when a vector changes, it + can allocate a unique <I>client</I> <I>identifier</I> for itself. Using this iden- + tifier, you can then register a call-back to be made whenever the + vector is updated or destroyed. By default, the call-backs are made + at the next idle point. This can be changed to occur at the time the + vector is modified. An application can allocate more than one iden- + tifier for any vector. When the client application is done with the + vector, it should free the identifier. + + The call-back routine must of the following type. + + typedef void (<B>Blt_VectorChangedProc</B>) (Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>, + ClientData <I>clientData</I>, Blt_VectorNotify <I>notify</I>); + + <I>ClientData</I> is passed to this routine whenever it is called. You can + use this to pass information to the call-back. The <I>notify</I> argument + indicates whether the vector has been updated of destroyed. It is an + enumerated type. + + typedef enum { + BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE=1, + BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY=2 } <B>Blt_VectorNotify</B>; + + + <B>Blt_AllocVectorId</B> + + Synopsis: Blt_VectorId <B>Blt_AllocVectorId</B> (<I>interp</I>, <I>vecName</I>) + Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>; char *<I>vecName</I>; + + Description: + Allocates an client identifier for with the vector <I>vec-</I> + <I>Name</I>. This identifier can be used to specify a call- + back which is triggered when the vector is updated or + destroyed. + + Results: Returns a client identifier if successful. If <I>vecName</I> + is not the name of a vector, then NULL is returned and + <I>interp->result</I> will contain an error message. + + + <B>Blt_GetVectorById</B> + + Synopsis: int <B>Blt_GetVector</B> (<I>interp</I>, <I>clientId</I>, <I>vecPtrPtr</I>) + Tcl_Interp *<I>interp</I>; Blt_VectorId <I>clientId</I>; Blt_Vector + **<I>vecPtrPtr</I>; + + Description: + Retrieves the vector used by <I>clientId</I>. <I>ClientId</I> is a + valid vector client identifier allocated by + Specifies a call-back routine to be called whenever the + vector associated with <I>clientId</I> is updated or deleted. + <I>Proc</I> is a pointer to call-back routine and must be of + the type <B>Blt_VectorChangedProc</B>. <I>ClientData</I> is a one- + word value to be passed to the routine when it is + invoked. If <I>proc</I> is NULL, then the client is not noti- + fied. + + Results: The designated call-back procedure will be invoked when + the vector is updated or destroyed. + + + <B>Blt_FreeVectorId</B> + + Synopsis: void <B>Blt_FreeVectorId</B> (<I>clientId</I>); + Blt_VectorId <I>clientId</I>; + + Description: + Frees the client identifier. Memory allocated for the + identifier is released. The client will no longer be + notified when the vector is modified. + + Results: The designated call-back procedure will be no longer be + invoked when the vector is updated or destroyed. + + + <B>Blt_NameOfVectorId</B> + + Synopsis: char *<B>Blt_NameOfVectorId</B> (<I>clientId</I>); + Blt_VectorId <I>clientId</I>; + + Description: + Retrieves the name of the vector associated with the + client identifier <I>clientId</I>. + + Results: Returns the name of the vector associated with <I>clientId</I>. + If <I>clientId</I> is not an identifier or the vector has been + destroyed, NULL is returned. + + + <B>Blt_InstallIndexProc</B> + + Synopsis: void <B>Blt_InstallIndexProc</B> (<I>indexName</I>, <I>procPtr</I>) + char *<I>indexName</I>; Blt_VectorIndexProc *<I>procPtr</I>; + + Description: + Registers a function to be called to retrieved the index + <I>indexName</I> from the vector's array variable. + + typedef double Blt_VectorIndexProc(Vector *vecPtr); + + The function will be passed a pointer to the vector. + + reset shortly. The vector is updated when <B>lt_ResetVector</B> is called. + Blt_ResetVector makes the changes visible to the Tcl interface and + other vector clients (such as a graph widget). + + #include <tcl.h> #include <blt.h> Blt_Vector *vecPtr; double + *newArr; FILE *f; struct stat statBuf; int numBytes, numValues; + + f = fopen("binary.dat", "r"); fstat(fileno(f), &statBuf); numBytes = + (int)statBuf.st_size; + + /* Allocate an array big enough to hold all the data */ newArr = (dou- + ble *)malloc(numBytes); numValues = numBytes / sizeof(double); + fread((void *)newArr, numValues, sizeof(double), f); fclose(f); + + if (Blt_VectorExists(interp, "data")) { + if (Blt_GetVector(interp, "data", &vecPtr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } } else { + if (Blt_CreateVector(interp, "data", 0, &vecPtr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } } /* + * Reset the vector. Clients will be notified when Tk is idle. + * TCL_DYNAMIC tells the vector to free the memory allocated + * if it needs to reallocate or destroy the vector. + */ if (Blt_ResetVector(vecPtr, newArr, numValues, numValues, + TCL_DYNAMIC) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; } + + +</PRE> +<H2>INCOMPATIBILITIES</H2><PRE> + In previous versions, if the array variable isn't global (i.e. local to + a Tcl procedure), the vector is automatically destroyed when the proce- + dure returns. proc doit {} { + # Temporary vector x + vector <B>x(10)</B> + set <B>x(9)</B> 2.0 + ... } + + This has changed. Variables are not automatically destroyed when their + variable is unset. You can restore the old behavior by setting the + "-watchunset" switch. + + +</PRE> +<H2>KEYWORDS</H2><PRE> + vector, graph, widget + + + +BLT BLT_VERSION blt::vector(n) +</PRE> +<HR> +<ADDRESS> +Man(1) output converted with +<a href="http://www.oac.uci.edu/indiv/ehood/man2html.html">man2html</a> +</ADDRESS> +</BODY> +</HTML> diff --git a/tkblt/doc/vector.n b/tkblt/doc/vector.n new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa8bb7e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/doc/vector.n @@ -0,0 +1,1134 @@ +'\" +'\" Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA +'\" This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made +'\" available under the same terms. +'\" +'\" Copyright 1991-1997 by Lucent Technologies, Inc. +'\" +'\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +'\" documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided +'\" that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the +'\" copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation, +'\" and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used +'\" in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +'\" without specific, written prior permission. +'\" +'\" Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software, +'\" including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event +'\" shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or +'\" consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use, +'\" data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other +'\" tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance +'\" of this software. +'\" +'\" Vector command created by George Howlett. +'\" +.TH blt::vector n BLT_VERSION BLT "BLT Built-In Commands" +.BS +'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! +.SH NAME +\fBvector\fR \- Vector data type for Tcl +.SH SYNOPSIS +\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName \fR?\fIvecName\fR...? ?\fIswitches\fR? +.sp +\fBblt::vector destroy \fIvecName \fR?\fIvecName\fR...? +.sp +\fBblt::vector expr \fIexpression\fR +.sp +\fBblt::vector names \fR?\fIpattern\fR...? +.BE +.SH DESCRIPTION +The \fBvector\fR command creates an array of floating point +values. The vector's components can be manipulated in three ways: +through a Tcl array variable, a Tcl command, or the C API. +.SH INTRODUCTION +A vector is an ordered set of real numbers. The components of a +vector are indexed by integers. +.PP +Vectors are common data structures for many applications. For +example, a graph may use two vectors to represent the X-Y +coordinates of the data plotted. The graph will automatically +be redrawn when the vectors are updated or changed. By using vectors, +you can separate +data analysis from the graph widget. This makes it easier, for +example, to add data transformations, such as splines. It's possible +to plot the same data to in multiple graphs, where each graph presents +a different view or scale of the data. +.PP +You could try to use Tcl's associative arrays as vectors. Tcl arrays +are easy to use. You can access individual elements randomly by +specifying the index, or the set the entire array by providing a list +of index and value pairs for each element. The disadvantages of +associative arrays as vectors lie in the fact they are implemented as +hash tables. +.TP 2 +\(bu +There's no implied ordering to the associative arrays. If you used +vectors for plotting, you would want to insure the second component +comes after the first, an so on. This isn't possible since arrays +are actually hash tables. For example, you can't get a range of +values between two indices. Nor can you sort an array. +.TP 2 +\(bu +Arrays consume lots of memory when the number of elements becomes +large (tens of thousands). This is because each element's index and +value are stored as strings in the hash table. +.TP 2 +\(bu +The C programming interface is unwieldy. Normally with vectors, you +would like to view the Tcl array as you do a C array, as an array of +floats or doubles. But with hash tables, you must convert both the +index and value to and from decimal strings, just to access +an element in the array. This makes it cumbersome to perform operations on +the array as a whole. +.PP +The \fBvector\fR command tries to overcome these disadvantages while +still retaining the ease of use of Tcl arrays. The \fBvector\fR +command creates both a new Tcl command and associate array which are +linked to the vector components. You can randomly access vector +components though the elements of array. Not have all indices are +generated for the array, so printing the array (using the \fBparray\fR +procedure) does not print out all the component values. You can use +the Tcl command to access the array as a whole. You can copy, append, +or sort vector using its command. If you need greater performance, or +customized behavior, you can write your own C code to manage vectors. +.SH EXAMPLE +You create vectors using the \fBvector\fR command and its \fBcreate\fR +operation. +.CS +# Create a new vector. +blt::vector create y(50) +.CE +This creates a new vector named \f(CWy\fR. It has fifty components, by +default, initialized to \f(CW0.0\fR. In addition, both a Tcl command +and array variable, both named \f(CWy\fR, are created. You can use +either the command or variable to query or modify components of the +vector. +.CS +# Set the first value. +set y(0) 9.25 +puts "y has [y length] components" +.CE +The array \f(CWy\fR can be used to read or set individual components of +the vector. Vector components are indexed from zero. The array index +must be a number less than the number of components. For example, +it's an error if you try to set the 51st element of \f(CWy\fR. +.CS +# This is an error. The vector only has 50 components. +set y(50) 0.02 +.CE +You can also specify a range of indices using a colon (:) to separate +the first and last indices of the range. +.CS +# Set the first six components of y +set y(0:5) 25.2 +.CE +If you don't include an index, then it will default to the first +and/or last component of the vector. +.CS +# Print out all the components of y +puts "y = $y(:)" +.CE +There are special non-numeric indices. The index \f(CWend\fR, specifies +the last component of the vector. It's an error to use this index if +the vector is empty (length is zero). The index \f(CW++end\fR can be +used to extend the vector by one component and initialize it to a specific +value. You can't read from the array using this index, though. +.CS +# Extend the vector by one component. +set y(++end) 0.02 +.CE +The other special indices are \f(CWmin\fR and \f(CWmax\fR. They return the +current smallest and largest components of the vector. +.CS +# Print the bounds of the vector +puts "min=$y(min) max=$y(max)" +.CE +To delete components from a vector, simply unset the corresponding +array element. In the following example, the first component of +\f(CWy\fR is deleted. All the remaining components of \f(CWy\fR will be +moved down by one index as the length of the vector is reduced by +one. +.CS +# Delete the first component +unset y(0) +puts "new first element is $y(0)" +.CE +The vector's Tcl command can also be used to query or set the vector. +.CS +# Create and set the components of a new vector +blt::vector create x +x set { 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20 } +.CE +Here we've created a vector \f(CWx\fR without a initial length specification. +In this case, the length is zero. The \fBset\fR operation resets the vector, +extending it and setting values for each new component. +.PP +There are several operations for vectors. The \fBrange\fR operation +lists the components of a vector between two indices. +.CS +# List the components +puts "x = [x range 0 end]" +.CE +You can search for a particular value using the \fBsearch\fR +operation. It returns a list of indices of the components with the +same value. If no component has the same value, it returns \f(CW""\fR. +.CS +# Find the index of the biggest component +set indices [x search $x(max)] +.CE +Other operations copy, append, or sort vectors. You can append +vectors or new values onto an existing vector with the \fBappend\fR +operation. +.CS +# Append assorted vectors and values to x +x append x2 x3 { 2.3 4.5 } x4 +.CE +The \fBsort\fR operation sorts the vector. If any additional vectors +are specified, they are rearranged in the same order as the vector. +For example, you could use it to sort data points represented by x and +y vectors. +.CS +# Sort the data points +x sort y +.CE +The vector \f(CWx\fR is sorted while the components of \f(CWy\fR are +rearranged so that the original x,y coordinate pairs are retained. +.PP +The \fBexpr\fR operation lets you perform arithmetic on vectors. +The result is stored in the vector. +.CS +# Add the two vectors and a scalar +x expr { x + y } +x expr { x * 2 } +.CE +When a vector is modified, resized, or deleted, it may trigger +call-backs to notify the clients of the vector. For example, when a +vector used in the \fBgraph\fR widget is updated, the vector +automatically notifies the widget that it has changed. The graph can +then redrawn itself at the next idle point. By default, the +notification occurs when Tk is next idle. This way you can modify the +vector many times without incurring the penalty of the graph redrawing +itself for each change. You can change this behavior using the +\fBnotify\fR operation. +.CS +# Make vector x notify after every change +x notify always + ... +# Never notify +x notify never + ... +# Force notification now +x notify now +.CE +To delete a vector, use the \fBvector delete\fR command. +Both the vector and its corresponding Tcl command are destroyed. +.CS +# Remove vector x +blt::vector destroy x +.CE +.SH SYNTAX +Vectors are created using the \fBvector create\fR operation. +Th \fBcreate\fR operation can be invoked in one of three forms: +.TP +\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName\fR +This creates a new vector \fIvecName\fR which initially has no components. +.TP +\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName\fR(\fIsize\fR) +This second form creates a new vector which will contain \fIsize\fR +number of components. The components will be indexed starting from +zero (0). The default value for the components is \f(CW0.0\fR. +.TP +\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName\fR(\fIfirst\fR:\fIlast\fR) +The last form creates a new vector of indexed \fIfirst\fR through +\fIlast\fR. \fIFirst\fR and \fIlast\fR can be any integer value +so long as \fIfirst\fR is less than \fIlast\fR. +.PP +Vector names must start with a letter and consist of letters, digits, +or underscores. +.CS +# Error: must start with letter +blt::vector create 1abc +.CE +You can automatically generate vector names using the +"\f(CW#auto\fR" vector name. The \fBcreate\fR operation will generate a +unique vector name. +.CS +set vec [blt::vector create #auto] +puts "$vec has [$vec length] components" +.CE +.SS VECTOR INDICES +Vectors are indexed by integers. You can access the individual vector +components via its array variable or Tcl command. The string +representing the index can be an integer, a numeric expression, a +range, or a special keyword. +.PP +The index must lie within the current range of the vector, otherwise +an an error message is returned. Normally the indices of a vector +are start from 0. But you can use the \fBoffset\fR operation to +change a vector's indices on-the-fly. +.CS +puts $vecName(0) +vecName offset -5 +puts $vecName(-5) +.CE +You can also use numeric expressions as indices. The result +of the expression must be an integer value. +.CS +set n 21 +set vecName($n+3) 50.2 +.CE +The following special non-numeric indices are available: \f(CWmin\fR, \f(CWmax\fR, \f(CWend\fR, and +\f(CW++end\fR. +.CS +puts "min = $vecName($min)" +set vecName(end) -1.2 +.CE +The indices \f(CWmin\fR and \f(CWmax\fR will return the minimum and maximum +values of the vector. The index \f(CWend\fR returns the value of the +last component in the vector. The index \f(CW++end\fR is used to append +new value onto the vector. It automatically extends the vector by +one component and sets its value. +.CS +# Append an new component to the end +set vecName(++end) 3.2 +.CE +A range of indices can be indicated by a colon (:). +.CS +# Set the first six components to 1.0 +set vecName(0:5) 1.0 +.CE +If no index is supplied the first or last component is assumed. +.CS +# Print the values of all the components +puts $vecName(:) +.CE +.SH VECTOR OPERATIONS +.TP +\fBblt::vector create \fIvecName\fR?(\fIsize\fR)?... \fR?\fIswitches\fR? +The \fBcreate\fR operation creates a new vector \fIvecName\fR. Both a +Tcl command and array variable \fIvecName\fR are also created. The +name \fIvecName\fR must be unique, so another Tcl command or array +variable can not already exist in that scope. You can access the +components of the vector using its variable. If you change a value in +the array, or unset an array element, the vector is updated to reflect +the changes. When the variable \fIvecName\fR is unset, the vector and +its Tcl command are also destroyed. +.sp +The vector has optional switches that affect how the vector is created. They +are as follows: +.RS +.TP +\fB\-variable \fIvarName\fR +Specifies the name of a Tcl variable to be mapped to the vector. If +the variable already exists, it is first deleted, then recreated. +If \fIvarName\fR is the empty string, then no variable will be mapped. +You can always map a variable back to the vector using the vector's +\fBvariable\fR operation. +.TP +\fB\-command \fIcmdName\fR +Maps a Tcl command to the vector. The vector can be accessed using +\fIcmdName\fR and one of the vector instance operations. +A Tcl command by that name cannot already exist. +If \fIcmdName\fR is the empty string, no command mapping +will be made. +.TP +\fB\-watchunset \fIboolean\fR +Indicates that the vector should automatically delete itself if +the variable associated with the vector is unset. By default, +the vector will not be deleted. This is different from previous +releases. Set \fIboolean\fR to "true" to get the old behavior. +.RE +.TP +\fBblt::vector destroy \fIvecName\fR \fR?\fIvecName...\fR? +Deletes one or more vectors. Both the Tcl command and array variable +are removed also. +.TP +\fBblt::vector expr \fIexpression\fR +.RS +All binary operators take vectors as operands (remember that numbers +are treated as one-component vectors). The exact action of binary +operators depends upon the length of the second operand. If the +second operand has only one component, then each element of the first +vector operand is computed by that value. For example, the expression +"x * 2" multiples all elements of the vector x by 2. If the second +operand has more than one component, both operands must be the same +length. Each pair of corresponding elements are computed. So "x + y" +adds the the first components of x and y together, the second, and so on. +.sp +The valid operators are listed below, grouped in decreasing order +of precedence: +.TP 20 +\fB\-\0\0!\fR +Unary minus and logical NOT. The unary minus flips the sign of each +component in the vector. The logical not operator returns a vector of +whose values are 0.0 or 1.0. For each non-zero component 1.0 is returned, +0.0 otherwise. +.TP 20 +\fB^\fR +Exponentiation. +.TP 20 +\fB*\0\0/\0\0%\fR +Multiply, divide, remainder. +.TP 20 +\fB+\0\0\-\fR +Add and subtract. +.TP 20 +\fB<<\0\0>>\fR +Left and right shift. Circularly shifts the values of the vector +(not implemented yet). +.TP 20 +\fB<\0\0>\0\0<=\0\0>=\fR +Boolean less, greater, less than or equal, and greater than or equal. +Each operator returns a vector of ones and zeros. If the condition is true, +1.0 is the component value, 0.0 otherwise. +.TP 20 +\fB==\0\0!=\fR +Boolean equal and not equal. +Each operator returns a vector of ones and zeros. If the condition is true, +1.0 is the component value, 0.0 otherwise. +.TP 20 +\fB|\fR +Bit-wise OR. (Not implemented). +.TP 20 +\fB&&\fR +Logical AND. Produces a 1 result if both operands are non-zero, 0 otherwise. +.TP 20 +\fB||\fR +Logical OR. Produces a 0 result if both operands are zero, 1 otherwise. +.TP 20 +\fIx\fB?\fIy\fB:\fIz\fR +If-then-else, as in C. (Not implemented yet). +.LP +See the C manual for more details on the results produced by each +operator. All of the binary operators group left-to-right within the +same precedence level. +.sp +Several mathematical functions are supported for vectors. Each of +the following functions invokes the math library function of the same name; +see the manual entries for the library functions for details on what +they do. The operation is applied to all elements of the vector +returning the results. +.CS +.ta 2c 4c 6c +\fBacos\fR \fBcos\fR \fBhypot\fR \fBsinh\fR +\fBasin\fR \fBcosh\fR \fBlog\fR \fBsqrt\fR +\fBatan\fR \fBexp\fR \fBlog10\fR \fBtan\fR +\fBceil\fR \fBfloor\fR \fBsin\fR \fBtanh\fR +.sp +.CE +Additional functions are: +.TP 1i +\fBabs\fR +Returns the absolute value of each component. +.TP 1i +\fBrandom\fR +Returns a vector of non-negative values uniformly distributed +between [0.0, 1.0) using \fIdrand48\fR. +The seed comes from the internal clock of the machine or may be +set manual with the srandom function. +.TP 1i +\fBround\fR +Rounds each component of the vector. +.TP 1i +\fBsrandom\fR +Initializes the random number generator using \fIsrand48\fR. +The high order 32-bits are set using the integral portion of the first +vector component. All other components are ignored. The low order 16-bits +are set to an arbitrary value. +.PP +The following functions return a single value. +.TP 1i +\fBadev\fR +Returns the average deviation (defined as the sum of the absolute values +of the differences between component and the mean, divided by the length +of the vector). +.TP 1i +\fBkurtosis\fR +Returns the degree of peakedness (fourth moment) of the vector. +.TP 1i +\fBlength\fR +Returns the number of components in the vector. +.TP 1i +\fBmax\fR +Returns the vector's maximum value. +.TP 1i +\fBmean\fR +Returns the mean value of the vector. +.TP 1i +\fBmedian\fR +Returns the median of the vector. +.TP 1i +\fBmin\fR +Returns the vector's minimum value. +.TP 1i +\fBq1\fR +Returns the first quartile of the vector. +.TP 1i +\fBq3\fR +Returns the third quartile of the vector. +.TP 1i +\fBprod\fR +Returns the product of the components. +.TP 1i +\fBsdev\fR +Returns the standard deviation (defined as the square root of the variance) +of the vector. +.TP 1i +\fBskew\fR +Returns the skewness (or third moment) of the vector. This characterizes +the degree of asymmetry of the vector about the mean. +.TP 1i +\fBsum\fR +Returns the sum of the components. +.TP 1i +\fBvar\fR +Returns the variance of the vector. The sum of the squared differences +between each component and the mean is computed. The variance is +the sum divided by the length of the vector minus 1. +.PP +The last set returns a vector of the same length as the argument. +.TP 1i +\fBnorm\fR +Scales the values of the vector to lie in the range [0.0..1.0]. +.TP 1i +\fBsort\fR +Returns the vector components sorted in ascending order. +.RE +.TP +\fBvector names \fR?\fIpattern\fR? +.SH INSTANCE OPERATIONS +You can also use the vector's Tcl command to query or modify it. The +general form is +.DS +\fIvecName \fIoperation\fR \fR?\fIarg\fR?... +.DE +Both \fIoperation\fR and its arguments determine the exact behavior of +the command. The operations available for vectors are listed below. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBappend\fR \fIitem\fR ?\fIitem\fR?... +Appends the component values from \fIitem\fR to \fIvecName\fR. +\fIItem\fR can be either the name of a vector or a list of numeric +values. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBbinread\fR \fIchannel\fR ?\fIlength\fR? ?\fIswitches\fR? +Reads binary values from a Tcl channel. Values are either appended +to the end of the vector or placed at a given index (using the +\fB\-at\fR option), overwriting existing values. Data is read until EOF +is found on the channel or a specified number of values \fIlength\fR +are read (note that this is not necessarily the same as the number of +bytes). The following switches are supported: +.RS +.TP +\fB\-swap\fR +Swap bytes and words. The default endian is the host machine. +.TP +\fB\-at \fIindex\fR +New values will start at vector index \fIindex\fR. This will +overwrite any current values. +.TP +\fB\-format\fR \fIformat\fR +Specifies the format of the data. \fIFormat\fR can be one of the +following: "i1", "i2", "i4", "i8", "u1, "u2", "u4", "u8", "r4", +"r8", or "r16". The number indicates the number of bytes +required for each value. The letter indicates the type: "i" for signed, +"u" for unsigned, "r" or real. The default format is "r16". +.RE +.TP +\fIvecName \fBclear\fR +Clears the element indices from the array variable associated with +\fIvecName\fR. This doesn't affect the components of the vector. By +default, the number of entries in the Tcl array doesn't match the +number of components in the vector. This is because its too expensive +to maintain decimal strings for both the index and value for each +component. Instead, the index and value are saved only when you read +or write an element with a new index. This command removes the index +and value strings from the array. This is useful when the vector is +large. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBdelete\fR \fIindex\fR ?\fIindex\fR?... +Deletes the \fIindex\fRth component from the vector \fIvecName\fR. +\fIIndex\fR is the index of the element to be deleted. This is the +same as unsetting the array variable element \fIindex\fR. The vector +is compacted after all the indices have been deleted. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBdup\fR \fIdestName\fR +Copies \fIvecName\fR to \fIdestName\fR. \fIDestName\fR is the name of a +destination vector. If a vector \fIdestName\fR already exists, it is +overwritten with the components of \fIvecName\fR. Otherwise a +new vector is created. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBexpr\fR \fIexpression\fR +Computes the expression and resets the values of the vector accordingly. +Both scalar and vector math operations are allowed. All values in +expressions are either real numbers or names of vectors. All numbers +are treated as one component vectors. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBlength\fR ?\fInewSize\fR? +Queries or resets the number of components in \fIvecName\fR. +\fINewSize\fR is a number specifying the new size of the vector. If +\fInewSize\fR is smaller than the current size of \fIvecName\fR, +\fIvecName\fR is truncated. If \fInewSize\fR is greater, the vector +is extended and the new components are initialized to \f(CW0.0\fR. If +no \fInewSize\fR argument is present, the current length of the vector +is returned. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBmerge\fR \fIsrcName\fR ?\fIsrcName\fR?... +Merges the named vectors into a single vector. The resulting +vector is formed by merging the components of each source vector +one index at a time. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBnotify\fR \fIkeyword\fR +Controls how vector clients are notified of changes to the vector. +The exact behavior is determined by \fIkeyword\fR. +.RS +.TP 0.75i +\f(CWalways\fR +Indicates that clients are to be notified immediately whenever the +vector is updated. +.TP +\f(CWnever\fR +Indicates that no clients are to be notified. +.TP +\f(CWwhenidle\fR +Indicates that clients are to be notified at the next idle point +whenever the vector is updated. +.TP +\f(CWnow\fR +If any client notifications is currently pending, they are notified +immediately. +.TP +\f(CWcancel\fR +Cancels pending notifications of clients using the vector. +.TP +\f(CWpending\fR +Returns \f(CW1\fR if a client notification is pending, and \f(CW0\fR otherwise. +.RE +.TP +\fIvecName \fBoffset\fR ?\fIvalue\fR? +Shifts the indices of the vector by the amount specified by \fIvalue\fR. +\fIValue\fR is an integer number. If no \fIvalue\fR argument is +given, the current offset is returned. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBpopulate\fR \fIdestName\fR ?\fIdensity\fR? +Creates a vector \fIdestName\fR which is a superset of \fIvecName\fR. +\fIDestName\fR will include all the components of \fIvecName\fR, in +addition the interval between each of the original components will +contain a \fIdensity\fR number of new components, whose values are +evenly distributed between the original components values. This is +useful for generating abscissas to be interpolated along a spline. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBrange\fR \fIfirstIndex\fR ?\fIlastIndex\fR?... +Returns a list of numeric values representing the vector components +between two indices. Both \fIfirstIndex\fR and \fIlastIndex\fR are +indices representing the range of components to be returned. If +\fIlastIndex\fR is less than \fIfirstIndex\fR, the components are +listed in reverse order. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBsearch\fR \fIvalue\fR ?\fIvalue\fR? +Searches for a value or range of values among the components of +\fIvecName\fR. If one \fIvalue\fR argument is given, a list of +indices of the components which equal \fIvalue\fR is returned. If a +second \fIvalue\fR is also provided, then the indices of all +components which lie within the range of the two values are returned. +If no components are found, then \f(CW""\fR is returned. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBset\fR \fIitem\fR +Resets the components of the vector to \fIitem\fR. \fIItem\fR can +be either a list of numeric expressions or another vector. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBseq\fR \fIstart\fR ?\fIfinish\fR? ?\fIstep\fR? +Generates a sequence of values starting with the value \fIstart\fR. +\fIFinish\fR indicates the terminating value of the sequence. +The vector is automatically resized to contain just the sequence. +If three arguments are present, \fIstep\fR designates the interval. +.sp +With only two arguments (no \fIfinish\fR argument), the sequence will +continue until the vector is filled. With one argument, the interval +defaults to 1.0. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBsort\fR ?\fB-reverse\fR? ?\fIargName\fR?... +Sorts the vector \fIvecName\fR in increasing order. If the +\fB-reverse\fR flag is present, the vector is sorted in decreasing +order. If other arguments \fIargName\fR are present, they are the +names of vectors which will be rearranged in the same manner as +\fIvecName\fR. Each vector must be the same length as \fIvecName\fR. +You could use this to sort the x vector of a graph, while still +retaining the same x,y coordinate pairs in a y vector. +.TP +\fIvecName \fBvariable\fR \fIvarName\fR +Maps a Tcl variable to the vector, creating another means for +accessing the vector. The variable \fIvarName\fR can't already +exist. This overrides any current variable mapping the vector +may have. +.RE +.SH C LANGUAGE API +You can create, modify, and destroy vectors from C code, using +library routines. +You need to include the header file \f(CWblt.h\fR. It contains the +definition of the structure \fBBlt_Vector\fR, which represents the +vector. It appears below. +.CS +\fRtypedef struct { + double *\fIvalueArr\fR; + int \fInumValues\fR; + int \fIarraySize\fR; + double \fImin\fR, \fImax\fR; +} \fBBlt_Vector\fR; +.CE +The field \fIvalueArr\fR points to memory holding the vector +components. The components are stored in a double precision array, +whose size size is represented by \fIarraySize\fR. \fINumValues\fR is +the length of vector. The size of the array is always equal to or +larger than the length of the vector. \fIMin\fR and \fImax\fR are +minimum and maximum component values. +.SH LIBRARY ROUTINES +The following routines are available from C to manage vectors. +Vectors are identified by the vector name. +.PP +\fBBlt_CreateVector\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +int \fBBlt_CreateVector\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR, \fIlength\fR, \fIvecPtrPtr\fR) +.RS 1.25i +Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR; +char *\fIvecName\fR; +int \fIlength\fR; +Blt_Vector **\fIvecPtrPtr\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP +Description: +Creates a new vector \fIvecName\fR\fR with a length of \fIlength\fR. +\fBBlt_CreateVector\fR creates both a new Tcl command and array +variable \fIvecName\fR. Neither a command nor variable named +\fIvecName\fR can already exist. A pointer to the vector is +placed into \fIvecPtrPtr\fR. +.TP +Results: +Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully created. If +\fIlength\fR is negative, a Tcl variable or command \fIvecName\fR +already exists, or memory cannot be allocated for the vector, then +\f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an +error message. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_DeleteVectorByName\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +int \fBBlt_DeleteVectorByName\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR) +.RS 1.25i +Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR; +char *\fIvecName\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP 1i +Description: +Removes the vector \fIvecName\fR. \fIVecName\fR is the name of a vector +which must already exist. Both the Tcl command and array variable +\fIvecName\fR are destroyed. All clients of the vector will be notified +immediately that the vector has been destroyed. +.TP +Results: +Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully deleted. If +\fIvecName\fR is not the name a vector, then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is returned +and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_DeleteVector\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +int \fBBlt_DeleteVector\fR (\fIvecPtr\fR) +.RS 1.25i +Blt_Vector *\fIvecPtr\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP 1i +Description: +Removes the vector pointed to by \fIvecPtr\fR. \fIVecPtr\fR is a +pointer to a vector, typically set by \fBBlt_GetVector\fR or +\fBBlt_CreateVector\fR. Both the Tcl command and array variable of +the vector are destroyed. All clients of the vector will be notified +immediately that the vector has been destroyed. +.TP +Results: +Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully deleted. If +\fIvecName\fR is not the name a vector, then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is returned +and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_GetVector\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +int \fBBlt_GetVector\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR, \fIvecPtrPtr\fR) +.RS 1.25i +Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR; +char *\fIvecName\fR; +Blt_Vector **\fIvecPtrPtr\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP 1i +Description: +Retrieves the vector \fIvecName\fR. \fIVecName\fR is the name of a +vector which must already exist. \fIVecPtrPtr\fR will point be set to +the address of the vector. +.TP +Results: +Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully retrieved. If +\fIvecName\fR is not the name of a vector, then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is +returned and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_ResetVector\fR +.PP +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +int \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR (\fIvecPtr\fR, \fIdataArr\fR, + \fInumValues\fR, \fIarraySize\fR, \fIfreeProc\fR) +.RS 1.25i +Blt_Vector *\fIvecPtr\fR; +double *\fIdataArr\fR; +int *\fInumValues\fR; +int *\fIarraySize\fR; +Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP +Description: +Resets the components of the vector pointed to by \fIvecPtr\fR. +Calling \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR will trigger the vector to dispatch +notifications to its clients. \fIDataArr\fR is the array of doubles +which represents the vector data. \fINumValues\fR is the number of +elements in the array. \fIArraySize\fR is the actual size of the array +(the array may be bigger than the number of values stored in +it). \fIFreeProc\fP indicates how the storage for the vector component +array (\fIdataArr\fR) was allocated. It is used to determine how to +reallocate memory when the vector is resized or destroyed. It must be +\f(CWTCL_DYNAMIC\fR, \f(CWTCL_STATIC\fR, \f(CWTCL_VOLATILE\fR, or a pointer +to a function to free the memory allocated for the vector array. If +\fIfreeProc\fR is \f(CWTCL_VOLATILE\fR, it indicates that \fIdataArr\fR +must be copied and saved. If \fIfreeProc\fR is \f(CWTCL_DYNAMIC\fR, it +indicates that \fIdataArr\fR was dynamically allocated and that Tcl +should free \fIdataArr\fR if necessary. \f(CWStatic\fR indicates that +nothing should be done to release storage for \fIdataArr\fR. +.TP +Results: +Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully resized. If +\fInewSize\fR is negative, a vector \fIvecName\fR does not exist, or +memory cannot be allocated for the vector, then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is +returned and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_ResizeVector\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +int \fBBlt_ResizeVector\fR (\fIvecPtr\fR, \fInewSize\fR) +.RS 1.25i +Blt_Vector *\fIvecPtr\fR; +int \fInewSize\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP +Description: +Resets the length of the vector pointed to by \fIvecPtr\fR to +\fInewSize\fR. If \fInewSize\fR is smaller than the current size of +the vector, it is truncated. If \fInewSize\fR is greater, the vector +is extended and the new components are initialized to \f(CW0.0\fR. +Calling \fBBlt_ResetVector\fR will trigger the vector to dispatch +notifications. +.TP +Results: +Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully resized. If +\fInewSize\fR is negative or memory can not be allocated for the vector, +then \f(CWTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fIinterp->result\fR will contain +an error message. +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_VectorExists\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +int \fBBlt_VectorExists\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR) +.RS 1.25i +Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR; +char *\fIvecName\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP +Description: +Indicates if a vector named \fIvecName\fR exists in \fIinterp\fR. +.TP +Results: +Returns \f(CW1\fR if a vector \fIvecName\fR exists and \f(CW0\fR otherwise. +.RE +.sp +.PP +If your application needs to be notified when a vector changes, it can +allocate a unique \fIclient identifier\fR for itself. Using this +identifier, you can then register a call-back to be made whenever the +vector is updated or destroyed. By default, the call-backs are made at +the next idle point. This can be changed to occur at the time the +vector is modified. An application can allocate more than one +identifier for any vector. When the client application is done with +the vector, it should free the identifier. +.PP +The call-back routine must of the following type. +.CS +.RS +.sp +typedef void (\fBBlt_VectorChangedProc\fR) (Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, +.RS .25i +ClientData \fIclientData\fR, Blt_VectorNotify \fInotify\fR); +.RE +.sp +.RE +.CE +.fi +\fIClientData\fR is passed to this routine whenever it is called. You +can use this to pass information to the call-back. The \fInotify\fR +argument indicates whether the vector has been updated of destroyed. It +is an enumerated type. +.CS +.RS +.sp +typedef enum { + \f(CWBLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE\fR=1, + \f(CWBLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY\fR=2 +} \fBBlt_VectorNotify\fR; +.sp +.RE +.CE +.PP +\fBBlt_AllocVectorId\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +Blt_VectorId \fBBlt_AllocVectorId\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIvecName\fR) +.RS 1.25i +Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR; +char *\fIvecName\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP +Description: +Allocates an client identifier for with the vector \fIvecName\fR. +This identifier can be used to specify a call-back which is triggered +when the vector is updated or destroyed. +.TP +Results: +Returns a client identifier if successful. If \fIvecName\fR is not +the name of a vector, then \f(CWNULL\fR is returned and +\fIinterp->result\fR will contain an error message. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_GetVectorById\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +int \fBBlt_GetVector\fR (\fIinterp\fR, \fIclientId\fR, \fIvecPtrPtr\fR) +.RS 1.25i +Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR; +Blt_VectorId \fIclientId\fR; +Blt_Vector **\fIvecPtrPtr\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP 1i +Description: +Retrieves the vector used by \fIclientId\fR. \fIClientId\fR is a valid +vector client identifier allocated by \fBBlt_AllocVectorId\fR. +\fIVecPtrPtr\fR will point be set to the address of the vector. +.TP +Results: +Returns \f(CWTCL_OK\fR if the vector is successfully retrieved. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_SetVectorChangedProc\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +void \fBBlt_SetVectorChangedProc\fR (\fIclientId\fR, \fIproc\fR, \fIclientData\fR); +.RS 1.25i +Blt_VectorId \fIclientId\fR; +Blt_VectorChangedProc *\fIproc\fR; +ClientData *\fIclientData\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP +Description: +Specifies a call-back routine to be called whenever the vector +associated with \fIclientId\fR is updated or deleted. \fIProc\fR is a +pointer to call-back routine and must be of the type +\fBBlt_VectorChangedProc\fR. \fIClientData\fR is a one-word value to +be passed to the routine when it is invoked. If \fIproc\fR is +\f(CWNULL\fR, then the client is not notified. +.TP +Results: +The designated call-back procedure will be invoked when the vector is +updated or destroyed. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_FreeVectorId\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +void \fBBlt_FreeVectorId\fR (\fIclientId\fR); +.RS 1.25i +Blt_VectorId \fIclientId\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP +Description: +Frees the client identifier. Memory allocated for the identifier +is released. The client will no longer be notified when the +vector is modified. +.TP +Results: +The designated call-back procedure will be no longer be invoked when +the vector is updated or destroyed. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_NameOfVectorId\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +char *\fBBlt_NameOfVectorId\fR (\fIclientId\fR); +.RS 1.25i +Blt_VectorId \fIclientId\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP +Description: +Retrieves the name of the vector associated with the client identifier +\fIclientId\fR. +.TP +Results: +Returns the name of the vector associated with \fIclientId\fR. If +\fIclientId\fR is not an identifier or the vector has been destroyed, +\f(CWNULL\fR is returned. +.RE +.sp +.PP +\fBBlt_InstallIndexProc\fR +.RS .25i +.TP 1i +Synopsis: +.CS +void \fBBlt_InstallIndexProc\fR (\fIindexName\fR, \fIprocPtr\fR) +.RS 1.25i +char *\fIindexName\fR; +Blt_VectorIndexProc *\fIprocPtr\fR; +.RE +.CE +.TP +Description: +Registers a function to be called to retrieved the index \fIindexName\fR +from the vector's array variable. +.sp +typedef double Blt_VectorIndexProc(Vector *vecPtr); +.sp +The function will be passed a pointer to the vector. The function must +return a double representing the value at the index. +.TP +Results: +The new index is installed into the vector. +.RE +.RE +.SH C API EXAMPLE +The following example opens a file of binary data and stores it in an +array of doubles. The array size is computed from the size of the +file. If the vector "data" exists, calling \fBBlt_VectorExists\fR, +\fBBlt_GetVector\fR is called to get the pointer to the vector. +Otherwise the routine \fBBlt_CreateVector\fR is called to create a new +vector and returns a pointer to it. Just like the Tcl interface, both +a new Tcl command and array variable are created when a new vector is +created. It doesn't make any difference what the initial size of the +vector is since it will be reset shortly. The vector is updated when +\fBlt_ResetVector\fR is called. Blt_ResetVector makes the changes +visible to the Tcl interface and other vector clients (such as a graph +widget). +.sp +.CS +#include <tcl.h> +#include <blt.h> +... +Blt_Vector *vecPtr; +double *newArr; +FILE *f; +struct stat statBuf; +int numBytes, numValues; + +f = fopen("binary.dat", "r"); +fstat(fileno(f), &statBuf); +numBytes = (int)statBuf.st_size; + +/* Allocate an array big enough to hold all the data */ +newArr = (double *)malloc(numBytes); +numValues = numBytes / sizeof(double); +fread((void *)newArr, numValues, sizeof(double), f); +fclose(f); + +if (Blt_VectorExists(interp, "data")) { + if (Blt_GetVector(interp, "data", &vecPtr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} else { + if (Blt_CreateVector(interp, "data", 0, &vecPtr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} +/* + * Reset the vector. Clients will be notified when Tk is idle. + * TCL_DYNAMIC tells the vector to free the memory allocated + * if it needs to reallocate or destroy the vector. + */ +if (Blt_ResetVector(vecPtr, newArr, numValues, numValues, + TCL_DYNAMIC) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; +} +.CE +.SH "INCOMPATIBILITIES" +In previous versions, if the array variable isn't global +(i.e. local to a Tcl procedure), the vector is automatically +destroyed when the procedure returns. +.CS +proc doit {} { + # Temporary vector x + vector x(10) + set x(9) 2.0 + ... +} +.CE +.PP +This has changed. Variables are not automatically destroyed when +their variable is unset. You can restore the old behavior by +setting the "-watchunset" switch. +.CE +.SH KEYWORDS +vector, graph, widget diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkblt.decls b/tkblt/generic/tkblt.decls new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4b5c67 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkblt.decls @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +library tkblt +interface tkblt + +declare 0 generic { + int Blt_CreateVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName, + int size, Blt_Vector** vecPtrPtr) +} + +declare 1 generic { + int Blt_CreateVector2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName, + const char *cmdName, const char *varName, + int initialSize, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr) +} + +declare 2 generic { + int Blt_DeleteVectorByName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName) +} + +declare 3 generic { + int Blt_DeleteVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr) +} + +declare 4 generic { + int Blt_GetVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName, + Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr) +} + +declare 5 generic { + int Blt_GetVectorFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, + Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr) +} + +declare 6 generic { + int Blt_ResetVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, double *dataArr, int n, + int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc) +} + +declare 7 generic { + int Blt_ResizeVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, int n) +} + +declare 8 generic { + int Blt_VectorExists(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName) +} + +declare 9 generic { + int Blt_VectorExists2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName) +} + +declare 10 generic { + Blt_VectorId Blt_AllocVectorId(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName) +} + +declare 11 generic { + int Blt_GetVectorById(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_VectorId clientId, + Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr) +} + +declare 12 generic { + void Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(Blt_VectorId clientId, + Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc, + ClientData clientData) +} + +declare 13 generic { + void Blt_FreeVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId) +} + +declare 14 generic { + const char *Blt_NameOfVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId) +} + +declare 15 generic { + const char *Blt_NameOfVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr) +} + +declare 16 generic { + int Blt_ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *expr, Blt_Vector *vecPtr) +} + +declare 17 generic { + void Blt_InstallIndexProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *indexName, + Blt_VectorIndexProc * procPtr) +} + +declare 18 generic { + double Blt_VecMin(Blt_Vector *vPtr) +} + +declare 19 generic { + double Blt_VecMax(Blt_Vector *vPtr) +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbd317c --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.C @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "tkbltChain.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +// ChainLink + +ChainLink::ChainLink(void* clientData) +{ + prev_ =NULL; + next_ =NULL; + manage_ =0; + clientData_ = clientData; +} + +ChainLink::ChainLink(size_t ss) +{ + prev_ =NULL; + next_ =NULL; + manage_ =1; + clientData_ = (void*)calloc(1,ss); +} + +ChainLink::~ChainLink() +{ + if (manage_ && clientData_) + free(clientData_); +} + +// Chain + +Chain::Chain() +{ + head_ =NULL; + tail_ =NULL; + nLinks_ =0; +} + +Chain::~Chain() +{ + ChainLink* linkPtr = head_; + while (linkPtr) { + ChainLink* oldPtr =linkPtr; + linkPtr = linkPtr->next_; + delete oldPtr; + } +} + +void Chain::reset() +{ + ChainLink* linkPtr = head_; + while (linkPtr) { + ChainLink* oldPtr = linkPtr; + linkPtr = linkPtr->next_; + delete oldPtr; + } + head_ =NULL; + tail_ =NULL; + nLinks_ =0; +} + +void Chain::linkAfter(ChainLink* linkPtr, ChainLink* afterPtr) +{ + if (!head_) { + head_ = linkPtr; + tail_ = linkPtr; + } + else { + if (!afterPtr) { + linkPtr->next_ = NULL; + linkPtr->prev_ = tail_; + tail_->next_ = linkPtr; + tail_ = linkPtr; + } + else { + linkPtr->next_ = afterPtr->next_; + linkPtr->prev_ = afterPtr; + if (afterPtr == tail_) + tail_ = linkPtr; + else + afterPtr->next_->prev_ = linkPtr; + afterPtr->next_ = linkPtr; + } + } + + nLinks_++; +} + +void Chain::linkBefore(ChainLink* linkPtr, ChainLink* beforePtr) +{ + if (!head_) { + head_ = linkPtr; + tail_ = linkPtr; + } + else { + if (beforePtr == NULL) { + linkPtr->next_ = head_; + linkPtr->prev_ = NULL; + head_->prev_ = linkPtr; + head_ = linkPtr; + } + else { + linkPtr->prev_ = beforePtr->prev_; + linkPtr->next_ = beforePtr; + if (beforePtr == head_) + head_ = linkPtr; + else + beforePtr->prev_->next_ = linkPtr; + beforePtr->prev_ = linkPtr; + } + } + + nLinks_++; +} + +void Chain::unlinkLink(ChainLink* linkPtr) +{ + // Indicates if the link is actually remove from the chain + int unlinked; + + unlinked = 0; + if (head_ == linkPtr) { + head_ = linkPtr->next_; + unlinked = 1; + } + if (tail_ == linkPtr) { + tail_ = linkPtr->prev_; + unlinked = 1; + } + if (linkPtr->next_) { + linkPtr->next_->prev_ = linkPtr->prev_; + unlinked = 1; + } + if (linkPtr->prev_) { + linkPtr->prev_->next_ = linkPtr->next_; + unlinked = 1; + } + if (unlinked) + nLinks_--; + + linkPtr->prev_ =NULL; + linkPtr->next_ =NULL; +} + +void Chain::deleteLink(ChainLink* link) +{ + unlinkLink(link); + delete link; + link = NULL; +} + +ChainLink* Chain::append(void* clientData) +{ + ChainLink* link = new ChainLink(clientData); + linkAfter(link, NULL); + return link; +} + +ChainLink* Chain::prepend(void* clientData) +{ + ChainLink* link = new ChainLink(clientData); + linkBefore(link, NULL); + return link; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e254f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltChain.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ +#ifndef _BLT_CHAIN_H +#define _BLT_CHAIN_H + +#define Chain_GetLength(c) (((c) == NULL) ? 0 : (c)->nLinks()) +#define Chain_FirstLink(c) (((c) == NULL) ? NULL : (c)->head()) +#define Chain_LastLink(c) (((c) == NULL) ? NULL : (c)->tail()) + +#define Chain_PrevLink(l) ((l)->prev()) +#define Chain_NextLink(l) ((l)->next()) +#define Chain_GetValue(l) ((l)->clientData()) + +namespace Blt { + + class Chain; + + class ChainLink { + friend class Chain; + + protected: + ChainLink* prev_; + ChainLink* next_; + int manage_; + void* clientData_; + + public: + ChainLink(void*); + ChainLink(size_t); + virtual ~ChainLink(); + + ChainLink* prev() {return prev_;} + ChainLink* next() {return next_;} + void* clientData() {return clientData_;} + void setClientData(void* d) {clientData_ =d;} + }; + + class Chain { + protected: + ChainLink* head_; + ChainLink* tail_; + long nLinks_; + + public: + Chain(); + virtual ~Chain(); + + ChainLink* head() {return head_;} + ChainLink* tail() {return tail_;} + long nLinks() {return nLinks_;} + + void reset(); + void linkAfter(ChainLink* link, ChainLink* after); + void linkBefore(ChainLink* link, ChainLink* before); + void unlinkLink(ChainLink* linkPtr); + void deleteLink(ChainLink* link); + ChainLink* append(void* clientData); + ChainLink* prepend(void* clientData); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82fea4e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.C @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. + * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution + * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * + * Copyright 2003-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "tkbltConfig.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +void RestoreProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *ptr, char *savePtr) +{ + *(double*)ptr = *(double*)savePtr; +} + +// Fill +const char* fillObjOption[] = {"none", "x", "y", "both", NULL}; + +// Dashes +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc DashesSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc DashesGetProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption dashesObjOption = + { + "dashes", DashesSetProc, DashesGetProc, NULL, NULL, NULL + }; + +static int DashesSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* save, int flags) +{ + Dashes* dashesPtr = (Dashes*)(widgRec + offset); + + int length; + const char* string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(*objPtr, &length); + if (!string || !string[0]) { + dashesPtr->values[0] = 0; + return TCL_OK; + } + + if (!strncmp(string, "dot", length)) { + dashesPtr->values[0] = 1; + dashesPtr->values[1] = 0; + } + else if (!strncmp(string, "dash", length)) { + dashesPtr->values[0] = 5; + dashesPtr->values[1] = 2; + dashesPtr->values[2] = 0; + } + else if (!strncmp(string, "dashdot", length)) { + dashesPtr->values[0] = 2; + dashesPtr->values[1] = 4; + dashesPtr->values[2] = 2; + dashesPtr->values[3] = 0; + } + else if (!strncmp(string, "dashdotdot", length)) { + dashesPtr->values[0] = 2; + dashesPtr->values[1] = 4; + dashesPtr->values[2] = 2; + dashesPtr->values[3] = 2; + dashesPtr->values[4] = 0; + } + else { + int objc; + Tcl_Obj** objv; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // This is the postscript limit + if (objc > 11) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "too many values in dash list \"", + string, "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + int ii; + for (ii=0; ii<objc; ii++) { + int value; + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[ii], &value) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Backward compatibility: Allow list of 0 to turn off dashes + if ((value == 0) && (objc == 1)) + break; + + if ((value < 1) || (value > 255)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "dash value \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]), "\" is out of range", + (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + dashesPtr->values[ii] = (unsigned char)value; + } + + // Make sure the array ends with a NULL byte + dashesPtr->values[ii] = 0; + } + + return TCL_OK; +}; + +static Tcl_Obj* DashesGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + Dashes* dashesPtr = (Dashes*)(widgRec + offset); + + // count how many + int cnt =0; + while (dashesPtr->values[cnt]) + cnt++; + + if (!cnt) + return Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj**)NULL); + + Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt]; + for (int ii=0; ii<cnt; ii++) + ll[ii] = Tcl_NewIntObj(dashesPtr->values[ii]); + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll); + delete [] ll; + + return listObjPtr; +}; + +// List +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc ListSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc ListGetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc ListFreeProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption listObjOption = + { + "list", ListSetProc, ListGetProc, RestoreProc, ListFreeProc, NULL + }; + +static int ListSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* savePtr, int flags) +{ + const char*** listPtr = (const char***)(widgRec + offset); + *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)listPtr; + + if (!listPtr) + return TCL_OK; + + const char** argv; + int argc; + if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, Tcl_GetString(*objPtr), &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + *listPtr = argv; + + return TCL_OK; +}; + +static Tcl_Obj* ListGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + const char*** listPtr = (const char***)(widgRec + offset); + + if (!listPtr || !(*listPtr)) + return Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); + + // count how many + int cnt=0; + for (const char** pp=*listPtr; *pp; pp++,cnt++) {} + if (!cnt) + return Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); + + Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt]; + for (int ii=0; ii<cnt; ii++) + ll[ii] = Tcl_NewStringObj((*listPtr)[ii], -1); + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll); + delete [] ll; + + return listObjPtr; +}; + +static void ListFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *ptr) +{ + const char** argv = *(const char***)ptr; + if (argv) + Tcl_Free((char*)argv); +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..790649b --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltConfig_h__ +#define __BltConfig_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +extern const char* fillObjOption[]; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption dashesObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption listObjOption; +extern Tk_CustomOptionRestoreProc RestoreProc; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltDecls.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltDecls.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d7c679 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltDecls.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* + * Exported function declarations: + */ + +/* 0 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_CreateVector(Tcl_Interp*interp, + const char *vecName, int size, + Blt_Vector**vecPtrPtr); +/* 1 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_CreateVector2(Tcl_Interp*interp, + const char *vecName, const char *cmdName, + const char *varName, int initialSize, + Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); +/* 2 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_DeleteVectorByName(Tcl_Interp*interp, + const char *vecName); +/* 3 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_DeleteVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr); +/* 4 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVector(Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName, + Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); +/* 5 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVectorFromObj(Tcl_Interp*interp, + Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); +/* 6 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ResetVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, double *dataArr, + int n, int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); +/* 7 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ResizeVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, int n); +/* 8 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_VectorExists(Tcl_Interp*interp, + const char *vecName); +/* 9 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_VectorExists2(Tcl_Interp*interp, + const char *vecName); +/* 10 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS Blt_VectorId Blt_AllocVectorId(Tcl_Interp*interp, + const char *vecName); +/* 11 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVectorById(Tcl_Interp*interp, + Blt_VectorId clientId, + Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); +/* 12 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(Blt_VectorId clientId, + Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc, + ClientData clientData); +/* 13 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_FreeVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId); +/* 14 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS const char * Blt_NameOfVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId); +/* 15 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS const char * Blt_NameOfVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr); +/* 16 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ExprVector(Tcl_Interp*interp, char *expr, + Blt_Vector *vecPtr); +/* 17 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_InstallIndexProc(Tcl_Interp*interp, + const char *indexName, + Blt_VectorIndexProc *procPtr); +/* 18 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS double Blt_VecMin(Blt_Vector *vPtr); +/* 19 */ +TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS double Blt_VecMax(Blt_Vector *vPtr); + +typedef struct TkbltStubs { + int magic; + void *hooks; + + int (*blt_CreateVector) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName, int size, Blt_Vector**vecPtrPtr); /* 0 */ + int (*blt_CreateVector2) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName, const char *cmdName, const char *varName, int initialSize, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); /* 1 */ + int (*blt_DeleteVectorByName) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName); /* 2 */ + int (*blt_DeleteVector) (Blt_Vector *vecPtr); /* 3 */ + int (*blt_GetVector) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); /* 4 */ + int (*blt_GetVectorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp*interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); /* 5 */ + int (*blt_ResetVector) (Blt_Vector *vecPtr, double *dataArr, int n, int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); /* 6 */ + int (*blt_ResizeVector) (Blt_Vector *vecPtr, int n); /* 7 */ + int (*blt_VectorExists) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName); /* 8 */ + int (*blt_VectorExists2) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName); /* 9 */ + Blt_VectorId (*blt_AllocVectorId) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *vecName); /* 10 */ + int (*blt_GetVectorById) (Tcl_Interp*interp, Blt_VectorId clientId, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); /* 11 */ + void (*blt_SetVectorChangedProc) (Blt_VectorId clientId, Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 12 */ + void (*blt_FreeVectorId) (Blt_VectorId clientId); /* 13 */ + const char * (*blt_NameOfVectorId) (Blt_VectorId clientId); /* 14 */ + const char * (*blt_NameOfVector) (Blt_Vector *vecPtr); /* 15 */ + int (*blt_ExprVector) (Tcl_Interp*interp, char *expr, Blt_Vector *vecPtr); /* 16 */ + void (*blt_InstallIndexProc) (Tcl_Interp*interp, const char *indexName, Blt_VectorIndexProc *procPtr); /* 17 */ + double (*blt_VecMin) (Blt_Vector *vPtr); /* 18 */ + double (*blt_VecMax) (Blt_Vector *vPtr); /* 19 */ +} TkbltStubs; + +extern const TkbltStubs *tkbltStubsPtr; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#if defined(USE_TKBLT_STUBS) + +/* + * Inline function declarations: + */ + +#define Blt_CreateVector \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_CreateVector) /* 0 */ +#define Blt_CreateVector2 \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_CreateVector2) /* 1 */ +#define Blt_DeleteVectorByName \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_DeleteVectorByName) /* 2 */ +#define Blt_DeleteVector \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_DeleteVector) /* 3 */ +#define Blt_GetVector \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_GetVector) /* 4 */ +#define Blt_GetVectorFromObj \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_GetVectorFromObj) /* 5 */ +#define Blt_ResetVector \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_ResetVector) /* 6 */ +#define Blt_ResizeVector \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_ResizeVector) /* 7 */ +#define Blt_VectorExists \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_VectorExists) /* 8 */ +#define Blt_VectorExists2 \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_VectorExists2) /* 9 */ +#define Blt_AllocVectorId \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_AllocVectorId) /* 10 */ +#define Blt_GetVectorById \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_GetVectorById) /* 11 */ +#define Blt_SetVectorChangedProc \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_SetVectorChangedProc) /* 12 */ +#define Blt_FreeVectorId \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_FreeVectorId) /* 13 */ +#define Blt_NameOfVectorId \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_NameOfVectorId) /* 14 */ +#define Blt_NameOfVector \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_NameOfVector) /* 15 */ +#define Blt_ExprVector \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_ExprVector) /* 16 */ +#define Blt_InstallIndexProc \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_InstallIndexProc) /* 17 */ +#define Blt_VecMin \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_VecMin) /* 18 */ +#define Blt_VecMax \ + (tkbltStubsPtr->blt_VecMax) /* 19 */ + +#endif /* defined(USE_TKBLT_STUBS) */ + +/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */ diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be3e995 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.C @@ -0,0 +1,1984 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <float.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxisOption.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" +#include "tkbltInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define AXIS_PAD_TITLE 2 +#define EXP10(x) (pow(10.0,(x))) + +AxisName Blt::axisNames[] = { + { "x", CID_AXIS_X }, + { "y", CID_AXIS_Y }, + { "x2", CID_AXIS_X }, + { "y2", CID_AXIS_Y } +} ; + +// Defs + +extern double AdjustViewport(double offset, double windowSize); + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "ActiveForeground", + STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, activeFgColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "Relief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, activeRelief), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-autorange", "autoRange", "AutoRange", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, windowSize), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, normalBg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags", + "all", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tags), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", + STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, borderWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-checklimits", "checkLimits", "CheckLimits", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, checkLimits), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-command", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-tickformatcommand", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-descending", "descending", "Descending", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, descending), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exterior", "exterior", "exterior", + "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, exterior), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-foreground", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-grid", "grid", "Grid", + "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, showGrid), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-gridcolor", "gridColor", "GridColor", + "gray64", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, major.color), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-griddashes", "gridDashes", "GridDashes", + "dot", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, major.dashes), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-gridlinewidth", "gridLineWidth", "GridLineWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, major.lineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-gridminor", "gridMinor", "GridMinor", + "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, showGridMinor), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-gridminorcolor", "gridMinorColor", "GridMinorColor", + "gray64", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, minor.color), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-gridminordashes", "gridMinorDashes", "GridMinorDashes", + "dot", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, minor.dashes), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-gridminorlinewidth", "gridMinorLineWidth", + "GridMinorLineWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, minor.lineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, hide), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify", + "c", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, titleJustify), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-labeloffset", "labelOffset", "LabelOffset", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, labelOffset), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-limitscolor", "limitsColor", "LimitsColor", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, limitsTextStyle.color), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-limitsfont", "limitsFont", "LimitsFont", + STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, limitsTextStyle.font), + 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-limitsformat", "limitsFormat", "LimitsFormat", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, limitsFormat), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, lineWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-logscale", "logScale", "LogScale", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, logScale), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-loosemin", "looseMin", "LooseMin", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, looseMin), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-loosemax", "looseMax", "LooseMax", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, looseMax), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-majorticks", "majorTicks", "MajorTicks", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, t1UPtr), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &ticksObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-max", "max", "Max", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqMax), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &limitObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-min", "min", "Min", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqMin), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &limitObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-minorticks", "minorTicks", "MinorTicks", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, t2UPtr), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &ticksObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, relief), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rotate", "rotate", "Rotate", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickAngle), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-scrollcommand", "scrollCommand", "ScrollCommand", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, scrollCmdObjPtr), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &objectObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-scrollincrement", "scrollIncrement", "ScrollIncrement", + "10", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, scrollUnits), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-scrollmax", "scrollMax", "ScrollMax", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqScrollMax), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &limitObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-scrollmin", "scrollMin", "ScrollMin", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqScrollMin), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &limitObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-shiftby", "shiftBy", "ShiftBy", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, shiftBy), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showticks", "showTicks", "ShowTicks", + "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, showTicks), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-stepsize", "stepSize", "StepSize", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqStep), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_INT, "-subdivisions", "subdivisions", "Subdivisions", + "2", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqNumMinorTicks), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-tickanchor", "tickAnchor", "Anchor", + "c", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqTickAnchor), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-tickfont", "tickFont", "Font", + STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickFont), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-ticklength", "tickLength", "TickLength", + "8", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickLength), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_INT, "-tickdefault", "tickDefault", "TickDefault", + "4", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, reqNumMajorTicks), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tickformat", "tickFormat", "TickFormat", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickFormat), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tickformatcommand", "tickformatcommand", "TickFormatCommand", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, tickFormatCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, title), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-titlealternate", "titleAlternate", "TitleAlternate", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, titleAlternate), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-titlecolor", "titleColor", "TitleColor", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, titleColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-titlefont", "titleFont", "TitleFont", + STD_FONT_NORMAL, -1, Tk_Offset(AxisOptions, titleFont), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +TickLabel::TickLabel(char* str) +{ + anchorPos.x = DBL_MAX; + anchorPos.y = DBL_MAX; + width =0; + height =0; + string = dupstr(str); +} + +TickLabel::~TickLabel() +{ + delete [] string; +} + +Ticks::Ticks(int cnt) +{ + nTicks =cnt; + values = new double[cnt]; +} + +Ticks::~Ticks() +{ + delete [] values; +} + +Axis::Axis(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, int margin, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) +{ + ops_ = (AxisOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(AxisOptions)); + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + classId_ = CID_NONE; + name_ = dupstr(name); + className_ = dupstr("none"); + + hashPtr_ = hPtr; + refCount_ =0; + use_ =0; + active_ =0; + + link =NULL; + chain =NULL; + + titlePos_.x =0; + titlePos_.y =0; + titleWidth_ =0; + titleHeight_ =0; + min_ =0; + max_ =0; + scrollMin_ =0; + scrollMax_ =0; + valueRange_.min =0; + valueRange_.max =0; + valueRange_.range =0; + valueRange_.scale =0; + axisRange_.min =0; + axisRange_.max =0; + axisRange_.range =0; + axisRange_.scale =0; + prevMin_ =0; + prevMax_ =0; + t1Ptr_ =NULL; + t2Ptr_ =NULL; + minorSweep_.initial =0; + minorSweep_.step =0; + minorSweep_.nSteps =0; + majorSweep_.initial =0; + majorSweep_.step =0; + majorSweep_.nSteps =0; + + margin_ = margin; + segments_ =NULL; + nSegments_ =0; + tickLabels_ = new Chain(); + left_ =0; + right_ =0; + top_ =0; + bottom_ =0; + width_ =0; + height_ =0; + maxTickWidth_ =0; + maxTickHeight_ =0; + tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_N; + tickGC_ =NULL; + activeTickGC_ =NULL; + titleAngle_ =0; + titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_N; + screenScale_ =0; + screenMin_ =0; + screenRange_ =0; + + ops->reqMin =NAN; + ops->reqMax =NAN; + ops->reqScrollMin =NAN; + ops->reqScrollMax =NAN; + + ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW; + ops->limitsTextStyle.color =NULL; + ops->limitsTextStyle.font =NULL; + ops->limitsTextStyle.angle =0; + ops->limitsTextStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, optionSpecs); +} + +Axis::~Axis() +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + graphPtr_->bindTable_->deleteBindings(this); + + if (link) + chain->deleteLink(link); + + if (hashPtr_) + Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr_); + + delete [] name_; + delete [] className_; + + if (tickGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, tickGC_); + + if (activeTickGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, activeTickGC_); + + delete [] ops->major.segments; + if (ops->major.gc) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(ops->major.gc); + + delete [] ops->minor.segments; + if (ops->minor.gc) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(ops->minor.gc); + + delete t1Ptr_; + delete t2Ptr_; + + freeTickLabels(); + + delete tickLabels_; + + delete [] segments_; + + Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_); + free(ops_); +} + +int Axis::configure() +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + // Check the requested axis limits. Can't allow -min to be greater than + // -max. Do this regardless of -checklimits option. We want to always + // detect when the user has zoomed in beyond the precision of the data + + if (((!isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (!isnan(ops->reqMax))) && + (ops->reqMin >= ops->reqMax)) { + ostringstream str; + str << "impossible axis limits (-min " << ops->reqMin + << " >= -max " << ops->reqMax << ") for \"" + << name_ << "\"" << ends; + Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, str.str().c_str(), NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + scrollMin_ = ops->reqScrollMin; + scrollMax_ = ops->reqScrollMax; + if (ops->logScale) { + if (ops->checkLimits) { + // Check that the logscale limits are positive. + if ((!isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (ops->reqMin <= 0.0)) { + ostringstream str; + str << "bad logscale -min limit \"" << ops->reqMin + << "\" for axis \"" << name_ << "\"" << ends; + Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, str.str().c_str(), NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + if ((!isnan(scrollMin_)) && (scrollMin_ <= 0.0)) + scrollMin_ = NAN; + + if ((!isnan(scrollMax_)) && (scrollMax_ <= 0.0)) + scrollMax_ = NAN; + } + + double angle = fmod(ops->tickAngle, 360.0); + if (angle < 0.0) + angle += 360.0; + + ops->tickAngle = angle; + resetTextStyles(); + + titleWidth_ = titleHeight_ = 0; + if (ops->title) { + int w, h; + graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->titleFont, ops->title, -1, &w, &h); + titleWidth_ = (unsigned int)w; + titleHeight_ = (unsigned int)h; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void Axis::map(int offset, int margin) +{ + if (isHorizontal()) { + screenMin_ = graphPtr_->hOffset_; + width_ = graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_; + screenRange_ = graphPtr_->hRange_; + } + else { + screenMin_ = graphPtr_->vOffset_; + height_ = graphPtr_->bottom_ - graphPtr_->top_; + screenRange_ = graphPtr_->vRange_; + } + screenScale_ = 1.0 / screenRange_; + + AxisInfo info; + offsets(margin, offset, &info); + makeSegments(&info); +} + +void Axis::mapStacked(int count, int margin) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + if (Chain_GetLength(gops->margins[margin_].axes) > 1 + || ops->reqNumMajorTicks <= 0) + ops->reqNumMajorTicks = 4; + + unsigned int slice; + if (isHorizontal()) { + slice = graphPtr_->hRange_ / Chain_GetLength(gops->margins[margin].axes); + screenMin_ = graphPtr_->hOffset_; + width_ = slice; + } + else { + slice = graphPtr_->vRange_ / Chain_GetLength(gops->margins[margin].axes); + screenMin_ = graphPtr_->vOffset_; + height_ = slice; + } + + int w, h; + graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->tickFont, "0", 1, &w, &h); + screenMin_ += (slice * count) + 2 + h / 2; + screenRange_ = slice - 2 * 2 - h; + screenScale_ = 1.0 / screenRange_; + + AxisInfo info; + offsets(margin, 0, &info); + makeSegments(&info); +} + +void Axis::mapGridlines() +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + Ticks* t1Ptr = t1Ptr_; + if (!t1Ptr) + t1Ptr = generateTicks(&majorSweep_); + + Ticks* t2Ptr = t2Ptr_; + if (!t2Ptr) + t2Ptr = generateTicks(&minorSweep_); + + int needed = t1Ptr->nTicks; + if (ops->showGridMinor) + needed += (t1Ptr->nTicks * t2Ptr->nTicks); + + if (needed == 0) { + if (t1Ptr != t1Ptr_) + delete t1Ptr; + if (t2Ptr != t2Ptr_) + delete t2Ptr; + + return; + } + + needed = t1Ptr->nTicks; + if (needed != ops->major.nAllocated) { + delete [] ops->major.segments; + ops->major.segments = new Segment2d[needed]; + ops->major.nAllocated = needed; + } + needed = (t1Ptr->nTicks * t2Ptr->nTicks); + if (needed != ops->minor.nAllocated) { + delete [] ops->minor.segments; + ops->minor.segments = new Segment2d[needed]; + ops->minor.nAllocated = needed; + } + + Segment2d* s1 = ops->major.segments; + Segment2d* s2 = ops->minor.segments; + for (int ii=0; ii<t1Ptr->nTicks; ii++) { + double value = t1Ptr->values[ii]; + if (ops->showGridMinor) { + for (int jj=0; jj<t2Ptr->nTicks; jj++) { + double subValue = value + (majorSweep_.step * t2Ptr->values[jj]); + if (inRange(subValue, &axisRange_)) { + makeGridLine(subValue, s2); + s2++; + } + } + } + if (inRange(value, &axisRange_)) { + makeGridLine(value, s1); + s1++; + } + } + + if (t1Ptr != t1Ptr_) + delete t1Ptr; + if (t2Ptr != t2Ptr_) + delete t2Ptr; + + ops->major.nUsed = s1 - ops->major.segments; + ops->minor.nUsed = s2 - ops->minor.segments; +} + +void Axis::draw(Drawable drawable) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->hide || !use_) + return; + + if (ops->normalBg) { + int relief = active_ ? ops->activeRelief : ops->relief; + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(graphPtr_->tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg, + left_, top_, right_ - left_, bottom_ - top_, + ops->borderWidth, relief); + } + + if (ops->title) { + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_); + TextStyleOptions* tops = (TextStyleOptions*)ts.ops(); + + tops->angle = titleAngle_; + tops->font = ops->titleFont; + tops->anchor = titleAnchor_; + tops->color = active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->titleColor; + tops->justify = ops->titleJustify; + + ts.xPad_ = 1; + ts.yPad_ = 0; + ts.drawText(drawable, ops->title, titlePos_.x, titlePos_.y); + } + + if (ops->scrollCmdObjPtr) { + double worldMin = valueRange_.min; + double worldMax = valueRange_.max; + if (!isnan(scrollMin_)) + worldMin = scrollMin_; + if (!isnan(scrollMax_)) + worldMax = scrollMax_; + + double viewMin = min_; + double viewMax = max_; + if (viewMin < worldMin) + viewMin = worldMin; + if (viewMax > worldMax) + viewMax = worldMax; + + if (ops->logScale) { + worldMin = log10(worldMin); + worldMax = log10(worldMax); + viewMin = log10(viewMin); + viewMax = log10(viewMax); + } + + double worldWidth = worldMax - worldMin; + double viewWidth = viewMax - viewMin; + int isHoriz = isHorizontal(); + + double fract; + if (isHoriz != ops->descending) + fract = (viewMin - worldMin) / worldWidth; + else + fract = (worldMax - viewMax) / worldWidth; + + fract = AdjustViewport(fract, viewWidth / worldWidth); + + if (isHoriz != ops->descending) { + viewMin = (fract * worldWidth); + min_ = viewMin + worldMin; + max_ = min_ + viewWidth; + viewMax = viewMin + viewWidth; + if (ops->logScale) { + min_ = EXP10(min_); + max_ = EXP10(max_); + } + updateScrollbar(graphPtr_->interp_, ops->scrollCmdObjPtr, + (int)viewMin, (int)viewMax, (int)worldWidth); + } + else { + viewMax = (fract * worldWidth); + max_ = worldMax - viewMax; + min_ = max_ - viewWidth; + viewMin = viewMax + viewWidth; + if (ops->logScale) { + min_ = EXP10(min_); + max_ = EXP10(max_); + } + updateScrollbar(graphPtr_->interp_, ops->scrollCmdObjPtr, + (int)viewMax, (int)viewMin, (int)worldWidth); + } + } + + if (ops->showTicks) { + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_); + TextStyleOptions* tops = (TextStyleOptions*)ts.ops(); + + tops->angle = ops->tickAngle; + tops->font = ops->tickFont; + tops->anchor = tickAnchor_; + tops->color = active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->tickColor; + + ts.xPad_ = 2; + ts.yPad_ = 0; + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(tickLabels_); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + TickLabel* labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ts.drawText(drawable, labelPtr->string, labelPtr->anchorPos.x, + labelPtr->anchorPos.y); + } + } + + if ((nSegments_ > 0) && (ops->lineWidth > 0)) { + GC gc = active_ ? activeTickGC_ : tickGC_; + graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, gc, segments_, nSegments_); + } +} + +void Axis::drawGrids(Drawable drawable) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->hide || !ops->showGrid || !use_) + return; + + graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, ops->major.gc, + ops->major.segments, ops->major.nUsed); + + if (ops->showGridMinor) + graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, ops->minor.gc, + ops->minor.segments, ops->minor.nUsed); +} + +void Axis::drawLimits(Drawable drawable) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + if (!ops->limitsFormat) + return; + + int vMin = graphPtr_->left_ + gops->xPad + 2; + int vMax = vMin; + int hMin = graphPtr_->bottom_ - gops->yPad - 2; + int hMax = hMin; + + const int spacing =8; + int isHoriz = isHorizontal(); + char* minPtr =NULL; + char* maxPtr =NULL; + char minString[200]; + char maxString[200]; + const char* fmt = ops->limitsFormat; + if (fmt && *fmt) { + minPtr = minString; + snprintf(minString, 200, fmt, axisRange_.min); + + maxPtr = maxString; + snprintf(maxString, 200, fmt, axisRange_.max); + } + if (ops->descending) { + char *tmp = minPtr; + minPtr = maxPtr; + maxPtr = tmp; + } + + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->limitsTextStyle); + if (maxPtr) { + if (isHoriz) { + ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 90.0; + ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_SE; + + int ww, hh; + ts.drawTextBBox(drawable, maxPtr, graphPtr_->right_, hMax, &ww, &hh); + hMax -= (hh + spacing); + } + else { + ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 0.0; + ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_NW; + + int ww, hh; + ts.drawTextBBox(drawable, maxPtr, vMax, graphPtr_->top_, &ww, &hh); + vMax += (ww + spacing); + } + } + if (minPtr) { + ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_SW; + + if (isHoriz) { + ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 90.0; + + int ww, hh; + ts.drawTextBBox(drawable, minPtr, graphPtr_->left_, hMin, &ww, &hh); + hMin -= (hh + spacing); + } + else { + ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 0.0; + + int ww, hh; + ts.drawTextBBox(drawable, minPtr, vMin, graphPtr_->bottom_, &ww, &hh); + vMin += (ww + spacing); + } + } +} + +void Axis::setClass(ClassId classId) +{ + delete [] className_; + + classId_ = classId; + switch (classId) { + case CID_NONE: + className_ = dupstr("none"); + break; + case CID_AXIS_X: + className_ = dupstr("XAxis"); + break; + case CID_AXIS_Y: + className_ = dupstr("YAxis"); + break; + default: + className_ = NULL; + break; + } +} + +void Axis::logScale(double min, double max) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + double range; + double tickMin, tickMax; + double majorStep, minorStep; + int nMajor, nMinor; + + nMajor = nMinor = 0; + majorStep = minorStep = 0.0; + tickMin = tickMax = NAN; + if (min < max) { + min = (min != 0.0) ? log10(fabs(min)) : 0.0; + max = (max != 0.0) ? log10(fabs(max)) : 1.0; + + tickMin = floor(min); + tickMax = ceil(max); + range = tickMax - tickMin; + + if (range > 10) { + // There are too many decades to display a major tick at every + // decade. Instead, treat the axis as a linear scale + range = niceNum(range, 0); + majorStep = niceNum(range / ops->reqNumMajorTicks, 1); + tickMin = floor(tickMin/majorStep)*majorStep; + tickMax = ceil(tickMax/majorStep)*majorStep; + nMajor = (int)((tickMax - tickMin) / majorStep) + 1; + minorStep = EXP10(floor(log10(majorStep))); + if (minorStep == majorStep) { + nMinor = 4; + minorStep = 0.2; + } + else + nMinor = (int)(majorStep/minorStep) - 1; + } + else { + if (tickMin == tickMax) + tickMax++; + majorStep = 1.0; + nMajor = (int)(tickMax - tickMin + 1); /* FIXME: Check this. */ + + minorStep = 0.0; /* This is a special hack to pass + * information to the GenerateTicks + * routine. An interval of 0.0 tells 1) + * this is a minor sweep and 2) the axis + * is log scale. */ + nMinor = 10; + } + if (!ops->looseMin || (ops->looseMin && !isnan(ops->reqMin))) { + tickMin = min; + nMajor++; + } + if (!ops->looseMax || (ops->looseMax && !isnan(ops->reqMax))) { + tickMax = max; + } + } + majorSweep_.step = majorStep; + majorSweep_.initial = floor(tickMin); + majorSweep_.nSteps = nMajor; + minorSweep_.initial = minorSweep_.step = minorStep; + minorSweep_.nSteps = nMinor; + + setRange(&axisRange_, tickMin, tickMax); +} + +void Axis::linearScale(double min, double max) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + unsigned int nTicks = 0; + double step = 1.0; + double axisMin =NAN; + double axisMax =NAN; + double tickMin =NAN; + double tickMax =NAN; + + if (min < max) { + double range = max - min; + if (ops->reqStep > 0.0) { + step = ops->reqStep; + while ((2 * step) >= range && step >= (2 * DBL_EPSILON)) { + step *= 0.5; + } + } + else { + range = niceNum(range, 0); + step = niceNum(range / ops->reqNumMajorTicks, 1); + } + if (step >= DBL_EPSILON) { + axisMin = tickMin = floor(min / step) * step + 0.0; + axisMax = tickMax = ceil(max / step) * step + 0.0; + nTicks = (int)((tickMax-tickMin) / step) + 1; + } else { + /* + * A zero step can result from having a too small range, such that + * the floating point can no longer represent fractions of it (think + * subnormals). In such a case, let's just have two steps: the + * minimum and the maximum. + */ + axisMin = tickMin = min; + axisMax = tickMax = min + DBL_EPSILON; + step = DBL_EPSILON; + nTicks = 2; + } + } + majorSweep_.step = step; + majorSweep_.initial = tickMin; + majorSweep_.nSteps = nTicks; + + /* + * The limits of the axis are either the range of the data ("tight") or at + * the next outer tick interval ("loose"). The looseness or tightness has + * to do with how the axis fits the range of data values. This option is + * overridden when the user sets an axis limit (by either -min or -max + * option). The axis limit is always at the selected limit (otherwise we + * assume that user would have picked a different number). + */ + if (!ops->looseMin || (ops->looseMin && !isnan(ops->reqMin))) + axisMin = min; + + if (!ops->looseMax || (ops->looseMax && !isnan(ops->reqMax))) + axisMax = max; + + setRange(&axisRange_, axisMin, axisMax); + + if (ops->reqNumMinorTicks > 0) { + nTicks = ops->reqNumMinorTicks - 1; + step = 1.0 / (nTicks + 1); + } + else { + nTicks = 0; + step = 0.5; + } + minorSweep_.initial = minorSweep_.step = step; + minorSweep_.nSteps = nTicks; +} + +void Axis::setRange(AxisRange *rangePtr, double min, double max) +{ + rangePtr->min = min; + rangePtr->max = max; + rangePtr->range = max - min; + if (fabs(rangePtr->range) < DBL_EPSILON) { + rangePtr->range = DBL_EPSILON; + } + rangePtr->scale = 1.0 / rangePtr->range; +} + +void Axis::fixRange() +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + // When auto-scaling, the axis limits are the bounds of the element data. + // If no data exists, set arbitrary limits (wrt to log/linear scale). + double min = valueRange_.min; + double max = valueRange_.max; + + // Check the requested axis limits. Can't allow -min to be greater + // than -max, or have undefined log scale limits. */ + if (((!isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (!isnan(ops->reqMax))) && + (ops->reqMin >= ops->reqMax)) { + ops->reqMin = ops->reqMax = NAN; + } + if (ops->reqMin < -DBL_MAX) { + ops->reqMin = -DBL_MAX; + } + if (ops->reqMax > DBL_MAX) { + ops->reqMax = DBL_MAX; + } + if (ops->logScale) { + if ((!isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (ops->reqMin <= 0.0)) + ops->reqMin = NAN; + + if ((!isnan(ops->reqMax)) && (ops->reqMax <= 0.0)) + ops->reqMax = NAN; + } + + if (min == DBL_MAX) { + if (!isnan(ops->reqMin)) + min = ops->reqMin; + else + min = (ops->logScale) ? 0.001 : 0.0; + } + if (max == -DBL_MAX) { + if (!isnan(ops->reqMax)) + max = ops->reqMax; + else + max = 1.0; + } + if (min >= max) { + + // There is no range of data (i.e. min is not less than max), so + // manufacture one. + if (min == 0.0) + min = 0.0, max = 1.0; + else + max = min + (fabs(min) * 0.1); + } + setRange(&valueRange_, min, max); + + // The axis limits are either the current data range or overridden by the + // values selected by the user with the -min or -max options. + min_ = min; + max_ = max; + if (!isnan(ops->reqMin)) + min_ = ops->reqMin; + + if (!isnan(ops->reqMax)) + max_ = ops->reqMax; + + if (max_ < min_) { + // If the limits still don't make sense, it's because one limit + // configuration option (-min or -max) was set and the other default + // (based upon the data) is too small or large. Remedy this by making + // up a new min or max from the user-defined limit. + if (isnan(ops->reqMin)) + min_ = max_ - (fabs(max_) * 0.1); + + if (isnan(ops->reqMax)) + max_ = min_ + (fabs(max_) * 0.1); + } + + // If a window size is defined, handle auto ranging by shifting the axis + // limits. + if ((ops->windowSize > 0.0) && + (isnan(ops->reqMin)) && (isnan(ops->reqMax))) { + if (ops->shiftBy < 0.0) + ops->shiftBy = 0.0; + + max = min_ + ops->windowSize; + if (max_ >= max) { + if (ops->shiftBy > 0.0) + max = ceil(max_/ops->shiftBy)*ops->shiftBy; + min_ = max - ops->windowSize; + } + max_ = max; + } + if ((max_ != prevMax_) || + (min_ != prevMin_)) { + /* and save the previous minimum and maximum values */ + prevMin_ = min_; + prevMax_ = max_; + } +} + +// Reference: Paul Heckbert, "Nice Numbers for Graph Labels", +// Graphics Gems, pp 61-63. +double Axis::niceNum(double x, int round) +{ + double expt; /* Exponent of x */ + double frac; /* Fractional part of x */ + double nice; /* Nice, rounded fraction */ + + expt = floor(log10(x)); + frac = x / EXP10(expt); /* between 1 and 10 */ + if (round) { + if (frac < 1.5) { + nice = 1.0; + } else if (frac < 3.0) { + nice = 2.0; + } else if (frac < 7.0) { + nice = 5.0; + } else { + nice = 10.0; + } + } else { + if (frac <= 1.0) { + nice = 1.0; + } else if (frac <= 2.0) { + nice = 2.0; + } else if (frac <= 5.0) { + nice = 5.0; + } else { + nice = 10.0; + } + } + return nice * EXP10(expt); +} + +int Axis::inRange(double x, AxisRange *rangePtr) +{ + if (rangePtr->range < DBL_EPSILON) + return (fabs(rangePtr->max - x) >= DBL_EPSILON); + else { + double norm; + + norm = (x - rangePtr->min) * rangePtr->scale; + return ((norm >= -DBL_EPSILON) && ((norm - 1.0) < DBL_EPSILON)); + } +} + +int Axis::isHorizontal() +{ + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + return ((classId_ == CID_AXIS_Y) == gops->inverted); +} + +void Axis::freeTickLabels() +{ + Chain* chain = tickLabels_; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + TickLabel* labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link); + delete labelPtr; + } + chain->reset(); +} + +TickLabel* Axis::makeLabel(double value) +{ +#define TICK_LABEL_SIZE 200 + + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + char string[TICK_LABEL_SIZE + 1]; + + // zero out any extremely small numbers + if (value<DBL_EPSILON && value>-DBL_EPSILON) + value =0; + + if (ops->tickFormat && *ops->tickFormat) { + snprintf(string, TICK_LABEL_SIZE, ops->tickFormat, value); + } else if (ops->logScale) { + snprintf(string, TICK_LABEL_SIZE, "1E%d", int(value)); + } else { + snprintf(string, TICK_LABEL_SIZE, "%.15G", value); + } + + if (ops->tickFormatCmd) { + Tcl_Interp* interp = graphPtr_->interp_; + Tk_Window tkwin = graphPtr_->tkwin_; + + // A TCL proc was designated to format tick labels. Append the path + // name of the widget and the default tick label as arguments when + // invoking it. Copy and save the new label from interp->result. + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + if (Tcl_VarEval(interp, ops->tickFormatCmd, " ", Tk_PathName(tkwin), + " ", string, NULL) != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); + } + else { + // The proc could return a string of any length, so arbitrarily + // limit it to what will fit in the return string. + strncpy(string, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), TICK_LABEL_SIZE); + string[TICK_LABEL_SIZE] = '\0'; + + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); /* Clear the interpreter's result. */ + } + } + + TickLabel* labelPtr = new TickLabel(string); + + return labelPtr; +} + +double Axis::invHMap(double x) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + double value; + + x = (double)(x - screenMin_) * screenScale_; + if (ops->descending) { + x = 1.0 - x; + } + value = (x * axisRange_.range) + axisRange_.min; + if (ops->logScale) { + value = EXP10(value); + } + return value; +} + +double Axis::invVMap(double y) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + double value; + + y = (double)(y - screenMin_) * screenScale_; + if (ops->descending) { + y = 1.0 - y; + } + value = ((1.0 - y) * axisRange_.range) + axisRange_.min; + if (ops->logScale) { + value = EXP10(value); + } + return value; +} + +double Axis::hMap(double x) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + if (ops->logScale) { + x = log10(fabs(x)); + } + /* Map graph coordinate to normalized coordinates [0..1] */ + x = (x - axisRange_.min) * axisRange_.scale; + if (ops->descending) { + x = 1.0 - x; + } + return (x * screenRange_ + screenMin_); +} + +double Axis::vMap(double y) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + if (ops->logScale) { + y = log10(fabs(y)); + } + /* Map graph coordinate to normalized coordinates [0..1] */ + y = (y - axisRange_.min) * axisRange_.scale; + if (ops->descending) { + y = 1.0 - y; + } + return ((1.0 - y) * screenRange_ + screenMin_); +} + +void Axis::getDataLimits(double min, double max) +{ + if (valueRange_.min > min) + valueRange_.min = min; + + if (valueRange_.max < max) + valueRange_.max = max; +} + +void Axis::resetTextStyles() +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + XGCValues gcValues; + unsigned long gcMask; + gcMask = (GCForeground | GCLineWidth | GCCapStyle); + gcValues.foreground = ops->tickColor->pixel; + gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(ops->tickFont); + gcValues.line_width = ops->lineWidth; + gcValues.cap_style = CapProjecting; + + GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + if (tickGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, tickGC_); + tickGC_ = newGC; + + // Assuming settings from above GC + gcValues.foreground = ops->activeFgColor->pixel; + newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + if (activeTickGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, activeTickGC_); + activeTickGC_ = newGC; + + gcValues.background = gcValues.foreground = ops->major.color->pixel; + gcValues.line_width = ops->major.lineWidth; + gcMask = (GCForeground | GCBackground | GCLineWidth); + if (LineIsDashed(ops->major.dashes)) { + gcValues.line_style = LineOnOffDash; + gcMask |= GCLineStyle; + } + newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues); + if (LineIsDashed(ops->major.dashes)) + graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->major.dashes); + + if (ops->major.gc) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(ops->major.gc); + + ops->major.gc = newGC; + + gcValues.background = gcValues.foreground = ops->minor.color->pixel; + gcValues.line_width = ops->minor.lineWidth; + gcMask = (GCForeground | GCBackground | GCLineWidth); + if (LineIsDashed(ops->minor.dashes)) { + gcValues.line_style = LineOnOffDash; + gcMask |= GCLineStyle; + } + newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues); + if (LineIsDashed(ops->minor.dashes)) + graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->minor.dashes); + + if (ops->minor.gc) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(ops->minor.gc); + + ops->minor.gc = newGC; +} + +void Axis::makeLine(int line, Segment2d *sp) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + double min = axisRange_.min; + double max = axisRange_.max; + if (ops->logScale) { + min = EXP10(min); + max = EXP10(max); + } + if (isHorizontal()) { + sp->p.x = hMap(min); + sp->q.x = hMap(max); + sp->p.y = sp->q.y = line; + } + else { + sp->q.x = sp->p.x = line; + sp->p.y = vMap(min); + sp->q.y = vMap(max); + } +} + +void Axis::offsets(int margin, int offset, AxisInfo *infoPtr) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + int axisLine =0; + int t1 =0; + int t2 =0; + int labelOffset =AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + int tickLabel =0; + + float titleAngle[4] = {0.0, 90.0, 0.0, 270.0}; + titleAngle_ = titleAngle[margin]; + Margin *marginPtr = gops->margins + margin; + + if (ops->lineWidth > 0) { + if (ops->showTicks) { + t1 = ops->tickLength; + t2 = (t1 * 10) / 15; + } + labelOffset = t1 + AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + if (ops->exterior) + labelOffset += ops->lineWidth; + } + + int axisPad =0; + + // Adjust offset for the interior border width and the line width */ + // fixme + int pad = 0; + // int pad = 1; + // if (graphPtr_->plotBW > 0) + // pad += graphPtr_->plotBW + 1; + + // Pre-calculate the x-coordinate positions of the axis, tick labels, and + // the individual major and minor ticks. + int inset = pad + ops->lineWidth / 2; + + switch (margin) { + case MARGIN_TOP: + { + int mark = graphPtr_->top_ - offset - pad; + tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_S; + left_ = screenMin_ - inset - 2; + right_ = screenMin_ + screenRange_ + inset - 1; + if (gops->stackAxes) + top_ = mark - marginPtr->axesOffset; + else + top_ = mark - height_; + bottom_ = mark; + + axisLine = bottom_; + if (ops->exterior) { + axisLine -= gops->plotBW + axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2; + tickLabel = axisLine - 2; + if (ops->lineWidth > 0) + tickLabel -= ops->tickLength; + } + else { + if (gops->plotRelief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) + axisLine--; + + axisLine -= axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2; + tickLabel = graphPtr_->top_ - gops->plotBW - 2; + } + + int x, y; + if (ops->titleAlternate) { + x = graphPtr_->right_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + y = mark - (height_ / 2); + titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_W; + } + else { + x = (right_ + left_) / 2; + if (gops->stackAxes) + y = mark - marginPtr->axesOffset + AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + else + y = mark - height_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + + titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_N; + } + titlePos_.x = x; + titlePos_.y = y; + } + break; + + case MARGIN_BOTTOM: + { + /* + * ----------- bottom + plot borderwidth + * mark -------------------------------------------- + * ===================== axisLine (linewidth) + * tick + * title + * + * ===================== axisLine (linewidth) + * ----------- bottom + plot borderwidth + * mark -------------------------------------------- + * tick + * title + */ + int mark = graphPtr_->bottom_ + offset; + double fangle = fmod(ops->tickAngle, 90.0); + if (fangle == 0.0) + tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_N; + else { + int quadrant = (int)(ops->tickAngle / 90.0); + if ((quadrant == 0) || (quadrant == 2)) + tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_NE; + else + tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_NW; + } + + left_ = screenMin_ - inset - 2; + right_ = screenMin_ + screenRange_ + inset - 1; + top_ = mark + labelOffset - t1; + if (gops->stackAxes) + bottom_ = mark + marginPtr->axesOffset - 1; + else + bottom_ = mark + height_ - 1; + + axisLine = top_; + if (gops->plotRelief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) + axisLine++; + + if (ops->exterior) { + axisLine += gops->plotBW + axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2; + tickLabel = axisLine + 2; + if (ops->lineWidth > 0) + tickLabel += ops->tickLength; + } + else { + axisLine -= axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2; + tickLabel = graphPtr_->bottom_ + gops->plotBW + 2; + } + + int x, y; + if (ops->titleAlternate) { + x = graphPtr_->right_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + y = mark + (height_ / 2); + titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_W; + } + else { + x = (right_ + left_) / 2; + if (gops->stackAxes) + y = mark + marginPtr->axesOffset - AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + else + y = mark + height_ - AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_S; + } + titlePos_.x = x; + titlePos_.y = y; + } + break; + + case MARGIN_LEFT: + { + /* + * mark + * | : + * | : + * | : + * | : + * | : + * axisLine + */ + /* + * Exterior axis + * + plotarea right + * |A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H + * |right + * A = plot pad + * B = plot border width + * C = axis pad + * D = axis line + * E = tick length + * F = tick label + * G = graph border width + * H = highlight thickness + */ + /* + * Interior axis + * + plotarea right + * |A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H + * |right + * A = plot pad + * B = tick length + * C = axis line width + * D = axis pad + * E = plot border width + * F = tick label + * G = graph border width + * H = highlight thickness + */ + int mark = graphPtr_->left_ - offset; + tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_E; + if (gops->stackAxes) + left_ = mark - marginPtr->axesOffset; + else + left_ = mark - width_; + right_ = mark - 3; + top_ = screenMin_ - inset - 2; + bottom_ = screenMin_ + screenRange_ + inset - 1; + + axisLine = right_; + if (ops->exterior) { + axisLine -= gops->plotBW + axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2; + tickLabel = axisLine - 2; + if (ops->lineWidth > 0) + tickLabel -= ops->tickLength; + } + else { + if (gops->plotRelief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) + axisLine--; + axisLine += axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2; + tickLabel = graphPtr_->left_ - gops->plotBW - 2; + } + + int x, y; + if (ops->titleAlternate) { + x = mark - (width_ / 2); + y = graphPtr_->top_ - AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_SW; + } + else { + if (gops->stackAxes) + x = mark - marginPtr->axesOffset; + else + x = mark - width_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + y = (bottom_ + top_) / 2; + titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_W; + } + titlePos_.x = x; + titlePos_.y = y; + } + break; + + case MARGIN_RIGHT: + { + int mark = graphPtr_->right_ + offset + pad; + tickAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_W; + left_ = mark; + if (gops->stackAxes) + right_ = mark + marginPtr->axesOffset - 1; + else + right_ = mark + width_ - 1; + + top_ = screenMin_ - inset - 2; + bottom_ = screenMin_ + screenRange_ + inset -1; + + axisLine = left_; + if (gops->plotRelief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) + axisLine++; + + if (ops->exterior) { + axisLine += gops->plotBW + axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2; + tickLabel = axisLine + 2; + if (ops->lineWidth > 0) + tickLabel += ops->tickLength; + } + else { + axisLine -= axisPad + ops->lineWidth / 2; + tickLabel = graphPtr_->right_ + gops->plotBW + 2; + } + + int x, y; + if (ops->titleAlternate) { + x = mark + (width_ / 2); + y = graphPtr_->top_ - AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_SE; + } + else { + if (gops->stackAxes) + x = mark + marginPtr->axesOffset - AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + else + x = mark + width_ - AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + + y = (bottom_ + top_) / 2; + titleAnchor_ = TK_ANCHOR_E; + } + titlePos_.x = x; + titlePos_.y = y; + } + break; + + case MARGIN_NONE: + axisLine = 0; + break; + } + + if ((margin == MARGIN_LEFT) || (margin == MARGIN_TOP)) { + t1 = -t1; + t2 = -t2; + labelOffset = -labelOffset; + } + + infoPtr->axis = axisLine; + infoPtr->t1 = axisLine + t1; + infoPtr->t2 = axisLine + t2; + if (tickLabel > 0) + infoPtr->label = tickLabel; + else + infoPtr->label = axisLine + labelOffset; + + if (!ops->exterior) { + infoPtr->t1 = axisLine - t1; + infoPtr->t2 = axisLine - t2; + } +} + +void Axis::makeTick(double value, int tick, int line, Segment2d *sp) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->logScale) + value = EXP10(value); + + if (isHorizontal()) { + sp->p.x = hMap(value); + sp->p.y = line; + sp->q.x = sp->p.x; + sp->q.y = tick; + } + else { + sp->p.x = line; + sp->p.y = vMap(value); + sp->q.x = tick; + sp->q.y = sp->p.y; + } +} + +void Axis::makeSegments(AxisInfo *infoPtr) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + delete [] segments_; + segments_ = NULL; + + Ticks* t1Ptr = ops->t1UPtr ? ops->t1UPtr : t1Ptr_; + Ticks* t2Ptr = ops->t2UPtr ? ops->t2UPtr : t2Ptr_; + + int nMajorTicks= t1Ptr ? t1Ptr->nTicks : 0; + int nMinorTicks= t2Ptr ? t2Ptr->nTicks : 0; + + int arraySize = 1 + (nMajorTicks * (nMinorTicks + 1)); + Segment2d* segments = new Segment2d[arraySize]; + Segment2d* sp = segments; + if (ops->lineWidth > 0) { + makeLine(infoPtr->axis, sp); + sp++; + } + + if (ops->showTicks) { + int isHoriz = isHorizontal(); + for (int ii=0; ii<nMajorTicks; ii++) { + double t1 = t1Ptr->values[ii]; + /* Minor ticks */ + for (int jj=0; jj<nMinorTicks; jj++) { + double t2 = t1 + (majorSweep_.step*t2Ptr->values[jj]); + if (inRange(t2, &axisRange_)) { + makeTick(t2, infoPtr->t2, infoPtr->axis, sp); + sp++; + } + } + if (!inRange(t1, &axisRange_)) + continue; + + /* Major tick */ + makeTick(t1, infoPtr->t1, infoPtr->axis, sp); + sp++; + } + + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(tickLabels_); + double labelPos = (double)infoPtr->label; + + for (int ii=0; ii< nMajorTicks; ii++) { + double t1 = t1Ptr->values[ii]; + if (ops->labelOffset) + t1 += majorSweep_.step * 0.5; + + if (!inRange(t1, &axisRange_)) + continue; + + TickLabel* labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link); + link = Chain_NextLink(link); + Segment2d seg; + makeTick(t1, infoPtr->t1, infoPtr->axis, &seg); + // Save tick label X-Y position + if (isHoriz) { + labelPtr->anchorPos.x = seg.p.x; + labelPtr->anchorPos.y = labelPos; + } + else { + labelPtr->anchorPos.x = labelPos; + labelPtr->anchorPos.y = seg.p.y; + } + } + } + segments_ = segments; + nSegments_ = sp - segments; +} + +Ticks* Axis::generateTicks(TickSweep *sweepPtr) +{ + Ticks* ticksPtr = new Ticks(sweepPtr->nSteps); + + if (sweepPtr->step == 0.0) { + // Hack: A zero step indicates to use log values + // Precomputed log10 values [1..10] + static double logTable[] = { + 0.0, + 0.301029995663981, + 0.477121254719662, + 0.602059991327962, + 0.698970004336019, + 0.778151250383644, + 0.845098040014257, + 0.903089986991944, + 0.954242509439325, + 1.0 + }; + for (int ii=0; ii<sweepPtr->nSteps; ii++) + ticksPtr->values[ii] = logTable[ii]; + } + else { + double value = sweepPtr->initial; + for (int ii=0; ii<sweepPtr->nSteps; ii++) { + value = (value/sweepPtr->step)*sweepPtr->step; + ticksPtr->values[ii] = value; + value += sweepPtr->step; + } + } + + return ticksPtr; +} + +void Axis::makeGridLine(double value, Segment2d *sp) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->logScale) + value = EXP10(value); + + if (isHorizontal()) { + sp->p.x = hMap(value); + sp->p.y = graphPtr_->top_; + sp->q.x = sp->p.x; + sp->q.y = graphPtr_->bottom_; + } + else { + sp->p.x = graphPtr_->left_; + sp->p.y = vMap(value); + sp->q.x = graphPtr_->right_; + sp->q.y = sp->p.y; + } +} + +void Axis::print(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)graphPtr_->postscript_->ops_; + + if (ops->hide || !use_) + return; + + psPtr->format("%% Axis \"%s\"\n", name_); + if (pops->decorations) { + if (ops->normalBg) { + int relief = active_ ? ops->activeRelief : ops->relief; + psPtr->fill3DRectangle(ops->normalBg, left_, top_, + right_-left_, bottom_-top_, + ops->borderWidth, relief); + } + } + else { + psPtr->setClearBackground(); + psPtr->fillRectangle(left_, top_, right_-left_, bottom_-top_); + } + + if (ops->title) { + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_); + TextStyleOptions* tops = (TextStyleOptions*)ts.ops(); + + tops->angle = titleAngle_; + tops->font = ops->titleFont; + tops->anchor = titleAnchor_; + tops->color = active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->titleColor; + tops->justify = ops->titleJustify; + + ts.xPad_ = 1; + ts.yPad_ = 0; + ts.printText(psPtr, ops->title, titlePos_.x, titlePos_.y); + } + + if (ops->showTicks) { + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_); + TextStyleOptions* tops = (TextStyleOptions*)ts.ops(); + + tops->angle = ops->tickAngle; + tops->font = ops->tickFont; + tops->anchor = tickAnchor_; + tops->color = active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->tickColor; + + ts.xPad_ = 2; + ts.yPad_ = 0; + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(tickLabels_); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + TickLabel *labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ts.printText(psPtr, labelPtr->string, labelPtr->anchorPos.x, + labelPtr->anchorPos.y); + } + } + + if ((nSegments_ > 0) && (ops->lineWidth > 0)) { + psPtr->setLineAttributes(active_ ? ops->activeFgColor : ops->tickColor, + ops->lineWidth, (Dashes*)NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter); + psPtr->printSegments(segments_, nSegments_); + } +} + +void Axis::printGrids(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->hide || !ops->showGrid || !use_) + return; + + psPtr->format("%% Axis %s: grid line attributes\n", name_); + psPtr->setLineAttributes(ops->major.color, ops->major.lineWidth, + &ops->major.dashes, CapButt, JoinMiter); + psPtr->format("%% Axis %s: major grid line segments\n", name_); + psPtr->printSegments(ops->major.segments, ops->major.nUsed); + + if (ops->showGridMinor) { + psPtr->setLineAttributes(ops->minor.color, ops->minor.lineWidth, + &ops->minor.dashes, CapButt, JoinMiter); + psPtr->format("%% Axis %s: minor grid line segments\n", name_); + psPtr->printSegments(ops->minor.segments, ops->minor.nUsed); + } +} + +void Axis::printLimits(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + if (!ops->limitsFormat) + return; + + double vMin = graphPtr_->left_ + gops->xPad + 2; + double vMax = vMin; + double hMin = graphPtr_->bottom_ - gops->yPad - 2; + double hMax = hMin; + + const int spacing =8; + int isHoriz = isHorizontal(); + char* minPtr =NULL; + char* maxPtr =NULL; + char minString[200]; + char maxString[200]; + const char* fmt = ops->limitsFormat; + if (fmt && *fmt) { + minPtr = minString; + snprintf(minString, 200, fmt, axisRange_.min); + + maxPtr = maxString; + snprintf(maxString, 200, fmt, axisRange_.max); + } + if (ops->descending) { + char *tmp = minPtr; + minPtr = maxPtr; + maxPtr = tmp; + } + + int textWidth, textHeight; + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->limitsTextStyle); + if (maxPtr) { + graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->tickFont, maxPtr, -1, + &textWidth, &textHeight); + if ((textWidth > 0) && (textHeight > 0)) { + if (isHoriz) { + ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 90.0; + ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_SE; + + ts.printText(psPtr, maxPtr, graphPtr_->right_, (int)hMax); + hMax -= (textWidth + spacing); + } + else { + ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 0.0; + ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_NW; + + ts.printText(psPtr, maxPtr, (int)vMax, graphPtr_->top_); + vMax += (textWidth + spacing); + } + } + } + + if (minPtr) { + graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->tickFont, minPtr, -1, + &textWidth, &textHeight); + if ((textWidth > 0) && (textHeight > 0)) { + ops->limitsTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_SW; + + if (isHoriz) { + ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 90.0; + + ts.printText(psPtr, minPtr, graphPtr_->left_, (int)hMin); + hMin -= (textWidth + spacing); + } + else { + ops->limitsTextStyle.angle = 0.0; + + ts.printText(psPtr, minPtr, (int)vMin, graphPtr_->bottom_); + vMin += (textWidth + spacing); + } + } + } +} + +void Axis::updateScrollbar(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *scrollCmdObjPtr, + int first, int last, int width) +{ + double firstFract =0.0; + double lastFract = 1.0; + if (width > 0) { + firstFract = (double)first / (double)width; + lastFract = (double)last / (double)width; + } + Tcl_Obj *cmdObjPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(scrollCmdObjPtr); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, cmdObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(firstFract)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, cmdObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(lastFract)); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObjPtr); + if (Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, cmdObjPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL) != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); + } + Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObjPtr); +} + +void Axis::getGeometry() +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + freeTickLabels(); + + // Leave room for axis baseline and padding + unsigned int y =0; + if (ops->exterior && (gops->plotRelief != TK_RELIEF_SOLID)) + y += ops->lineWidth + 2; + + maxTickHeight_ = maxTickWidth_ = 0; + + if (t1Ptr_) + delete t1Ptr_; + t1Ptr_ = generateTicks(&majorSweep_); + + if (t2Ptr_) + delete t2Ptr_; + t2Ptr_ = generateTicks(&minorSweep_); + + if (ops->showTicks) { + Ticks* t1Ptr = ops->t1UPtr ? ops->t1UPtr : t1Ptr_; + + int nTicks =0; + if (t1Ptr) + nTicks = t1Ptr->nTicks; + + unsigned int nLabels =0; + for (int ii=0; ii<nTicks; ii++) { + double x = t1Ptr->values[ii]; + double x2 = t1Ptr->values[ii]; + if (ops->labelOffset) + x2 += majorSweep_.step * 0.5; + + if (!inRange(x2, &axisRange_)) + continue; + + TickLabel* labelPtr = makeLabel(x); + tickLabels_->append(labelPtr); + nLabels++; + + // Get the dimensions of each tick label. Remember tick labels + // can be multi-lined and/or rotated. + int lw, lh; + graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->tickFont, labelPtr->string, -1, &lw, &lh); + labelPtr->width = lw; + labelPtr->height = lh; + + if (ops->tickAngle != 0.0) { + // Rotated label width and height + double rlw, rlh; + graphPtr_->getBoundingBox(lw, lh, ops->tickAngle, &rlw, &rlh, NULL); + lw = (int)rlw; + lh = (int)rlh; + } + if (maxTickWidth_ < int(lw)) + maxTickWidth_ = lw; + + if (maxTickHeight_ < int(lh)) + maxTickHeight_ = lh; + } + + unsigned int pad =0; + if (ops->exterior) { + // Because the axis cap style is "CapProjecting", we need to + // account for an extra 1.5 linewidth at the end of each line + pad = ((ops->lineWidth * 12) / 8); + } + if (isHorizontal()) + y += maxTickHeight_ + pad; + else { + y += maxTickWidth_ + pad; + if (maxTickWidth_ > 0) + // Pad either size of label. + y += 5; + } + y += 2 * AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + if ((ops->lineWidth > 0) && ops->exterior) + // Distance from axis line to tick label. + y += ops->tickLength; + + } // showTicks + + if (ops->title) { + if (ops->titleAlternate) { + if (y < titleHeight_) + y = titleHeight_; + } + else + y += titleHeight_ + AXIS_PAD_TITLE; + } + + // Correct for orientation of the axis + if (isHorizontal()) + height_ = y; + else + width_ = y; +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d459e8c --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxis.h @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef ___BltGrAxis_h__ +#define ___BltGrAxis_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltChain.h" + +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrText.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +namespace Blt { + class Graph; + class Postscript; + + typedef struct { + int axis; + int t1; + int t2; + int label; + } AxisInfo; + + typedef struct { + const char* name; + ClassId classId; + } AxisName; + + extern AxisName axisNames[]; + + typedef struct { + Dashes dashes; + int lineWidth; + XColor* color; + GC gc; + Segment2d *segments; + int nUsed; + int nAllocated; + } Grid; + + typedef struct { + double min; + double max; + double range; + double scale; + } AxisRange; + + class TickLabel { + public: + Point2d anchorPos; + unsigned int width; + unsigned int height; + char* string; + + public: + TickLabel(char*); + virtual ~TickLabel(); + }; + + class Ticks { + public: + int nTicks; + double* values; + + public: + Ticks(int); + virtual ~Ticks(); + }; + + typedef struct { + double initial; + double step; + int nSteps; + } TickSweep; + + typedef struct { + const char** tags; + int checkLimits; + int exterior; + int showGrid; + int showGridMinor; + int hide; + int showTicks; + + double windowSize; + const char *tickFormatCmd; + int descending; + int labelOffset; + TextStyleOptions limitsTextStyle; + const char *limitsFormat; + int lineWidth; + int logScale; + int looseMin; + int looseMax; + Ticks* t1UPtr; + Ticks* t2UPtr; + double reqMin; + double reqMax; + Tcl_Obj *scrollCmdObjPtr; + int scrollUnits; + double reqScrollMin; + double reqScrollMax; + double shiftBy; + double reqStep; + int reqNumMajorTicks; + int reqNumMinorTicks; + int tickLength; + const char *title; + int titleAlternate; + + XColor* activeFgColor; + int activeRelief; + Tk_3DBorder normalBg; + int borderWidth; + XColor* tickColor; + Grid major; + Grid minor; + Tk_Justify titleJustify; + int relief; + double tickAngle; + Tk_Anchor reqTickAnchor; + Tk_Font tickFont; + Tk_Font titleFont; + XColor* titleColor; + + const char *tickFormat; + } AxisOptions; + + class Axis { + protected: + Tk_OptionTable optionTable_; + void* ops_; + + public: + Graph* graphPtr_; + ClassId classId_; + const char* name_; + const char* className_; + + Tcl_HashEntry* hashPtr_; + int refCount_; + int use_; + int active_; + + ChainLink* link; + Chain* chain; + + Point2d titlePos_; + unsigned int titleWidth_; + unsigned int titleHeight_; + double min_; + double max_; + double scrollMin_; + double scrollMax_; + AxisRange valueRange_; + AxisRange axisRange_; + double prevMin_; + double prevMax_; + Ticks* t1Ptr_; + Ticks* t2Ptr_; + TickSweep minorSweep_; + TickSweep majorSweep_; + + int margin_; + Segment2d *segments_; + int nSegments_; + Chain* tickLabels_; + int left_; + int right_; + int top_; + int bottom_; + int width_; + int height_; + int maxTickWidth_; + int maxTickHeight_; + Tk_Anchor tickAnchor_; + GC tickGC_; + GC activeTickGC_; + double titleAngle_; + Tk_Anchor titleAnchor_; + double screenScale_; + int screenMin_; + int screenRange_; + + protected: + double niceNum(double, int); + void setRange(AxisRange*, double, double); + void makeGridLine(double, Segment2d*); + void makeSegments(AxisInfo*); + void resetTextStyles(); + void makeLine(int, Segment2d*); + void makeTick(double, int, int, Segment2d*); + void offsets(int, int, AxisInfo*); + void updateScrollbar(Tcl_Interp*, Tcl_Obj*, int, int, int); + + public: + Axis(Graph*, const char*, int, Tcl_HashEntry*); + virtual ~Axis(); + + Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;} + void* ops() {return ops_;} + ClassId classId() {return classId_;} + const char* className() {return className_;} + + int configure(); + void map(int, int); + void draw(Drawable); + void drawGrids(Drawable); + void drawLimits(Drawable); + void print(PSOutput*); + void printGrids(PSOutput*); + void printLimits(PSOutput*); + + void mapStacked(int, int); + void mapGridlines(); + void setClass(ClassId); + void logScale(double, double); + void linearScale(double, double); + void fixRange(); + int isHorizontal(); + void freeTickLabels(); + TickLabel* makeLabel(double); + void getDataLimits(double, double); + Ticks* generateTicks(TickSweep*); + int inRange(double, AxisRange*); + void getGeometry(); + + double invHMap(double x); + double invVMap(double y); + double hMap(double x); + double vMap(double y); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb3277e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <string.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxisOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define EXP10(x) (pow(10.0,(x))) + +static int GetAxisScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[], + double *offsetPtr, double windowSize, + double scrollUnits, double scale); + +static double Clamp(double x) +{ + return (x < 0.0) ? 0.0 : (x > 1.0) ? 1.0 : x; +} + +int Blt::AxisObjConfigure(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_; + Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; + int mask =0; + int error; + Tcl_Obj* errorResult; + + for (error=0; error<=1; error++) { + if (!error) { + if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)axisPtr->ops(), axisPtr->optionTable(), + objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask) + != TCL_OK) + continue; + } + else { + errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); + Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + } + + if (axisPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + graphPtr->flags |= mask; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + break; + } + + if (!error) { + Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + return TCL_OK; + } + else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + +static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=5) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId option"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return AxisCgetOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1); +} + +static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId ?option value?..."); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return AxisConfigureOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1); +} + +static int ActivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return AxisActivateOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv); +} + +static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->axes_.tagTable, &iter); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + char* tagName = (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&graphPtr->axes_.tagTable, hPtr); + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(tagName, -1); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr); + } + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + else + return graphPtr->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->axisTag(Tcl_GetString(objv[3])), objc-4, objv+4); +} + +static int CreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (graphPtr->createAxis(objc, objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int DeleteOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (axisPtr->refCount_ == 0) + delete axisPtr; + + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int InvTransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=5) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId scoord"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return AxisInvTransformOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1); +} + +static int LimitsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return AxisLimitsOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1); +} + +static int MarginOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return AxisMarginOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1); +} + +static int NamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + if (objc<3) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?pattern...?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->axes_.table, &cursor); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(axisPtr->name_, -1)); + } + } + else { + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->axes_.table, &cursor); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) { + const char *pattern = (const char*)Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]); + if (Tcl_StringMatch(axisPtr->name_, pattern)) { + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj(axisPtr->name_, -1)); + break; + } + } + } + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int TransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=5) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId coord"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return AxisTransformOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1); +} + +static int TypeOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return AxisTypeOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1); +} + +static int ViewOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "axisId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(objv[3], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return AxisViewOp(axisPtr, interp, objc-1, objv+1); +} + +const Ensemble Blt::axisEnsemble[] = { + {"activate", ActivateOp, 0}, + {"bind", BindOp, 0}, + {"cget", CgetOp,0 }, + {"configure", ConfigureOp,0 }, + {"create", CreateOp, 0}, + {"deactivate", ActivateOp, 0}, + {"delete", DeleteOp, 0}, + {"invtransform", InvTransformOp, 0}, + {"limits", LimitsOp, 0}, + {"margin", MarginOp, 0}, + {"names", NamesOp, 0}, + {"transform", TransformOp, 0}, + {"type", TypeOp, 0}, + {"view", ViewOp, 0}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; + +// Support + +double AdjustViewport(double offset, double windowSize) +{ + // Canvas-style scrolling allows the world to be scrolled within the window. + if (windowSize > 1.0) { + if (windowSize < (1.0 - offset)) + offset = 1.0 - windowSize; + + if (offset > 0.0) + offset = 0.0; + } + else { + if ((offset + windowSize) > 1.0) + offset = 1.0 - windowSize; + + if (offset < 0.0) + offset = 0.0; + } + return offset; +} + +static int GetAxisScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[], + double *offsetPtr, double windowSize, + double scrollUnits, double scale) +{ + const char *string; + char c; + double offset; + int length; + + offset = *offsetPtr; + string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length); + c = string[0]; + scrollUnits *= scale; + if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(string, "scroll", length) == 0)) { + int count; + double fract; + + /* Scroll number unit/page */ + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &count) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length); + c = string[0]; + if ((c == 'u') && (strncmp(string, "units", length) == 0)) + fract = count * scrollUnits; + else if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(string, "pages", length) == 0)) + /* A page is 90% of the view-able window. */ + fract = (int)(count * windowSize * 0.9 + 0.5); + else if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(string, "pixels", length) == 0)) + fract = count * scale; + else { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown \"scroll\" units \"", string, + "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + offset += fract; + } + else if ((c == 'm') && (strncmp(string, "moveto", length) == 0)) { + double fract; + + /* moveto fraction */ + if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &fract) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + offset = fract; + } + else { + int count; + double fract; + + /* Treat like "scroll units" */ + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[0], &count) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + fract = (double)count * scrollUnits; + offset += fract; + /* CHECK THIS: return TCL_OK; */ + } + *offsetPtr = AdjustViewport(offset, windowSize); + return TCL_OK; +} + +// Common Ops + +int AxisCgetOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_; + + if (objc != 4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "cget option"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char*)axisPtr->ops(), + axisPtr->optionTable(), + objv[3], graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (!objPtr) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int AxisConfigureOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_; + + if (objc <= 4) { + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)axisPtr->ops(), + axisPtr->optionTable(), + (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, + graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (!objPtr) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + else + return AxisObjConfigure(axisPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3); +} + +int AxisActivateOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_; + const char *string; + + string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + axisPtr->active_ = (string[0] == 'a') ? 1 : 0; + + if (!ops->hide && axisPtr->use_) { + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +int AxisInvTransformOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_; + + if (graphPtr->flags & RESET) + graphPtr->resetAxes(); + + int sy; + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &sy) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Is the axis vertical or horizontal? + // Check the site where the axis was positioned. If the axis is + // virtual, all we have to go on is how it was mapped to an + // element (using either -mapx or -mapy options). + double y = axisPtr->isHorizontal() ? + axisPtr->invHMap(sy) : axisPtr->invVMap(sy); + + Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), y); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int AxisLimitsOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_; + + if (graphPtr->flags & RESET) + graphPtr->resetAxes(); + + double min, max; + if (ops->logScale) { + min = EXP10(axisPtr->axisRange_.min); + max = EXP10(axisPtr->axisRange_.max); + } + else { + min = axisPtr->axisRange_.min; + max = axisPtr->axisRange_.max; + } + + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(min)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(max)); + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int AxisMarginOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + const char *marginName = ""; + if (axisPtr->use_) + marginName = axisNames[axisPtr->margin_].name; + + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), marginName, -1); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int AxisTransformOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_; + + if (graphPtr->flags & RESET) + graphPtr->resetAxes(); + + double x; + if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (axisPtr->isHorizontal()) + x = axisPtr->hMap(x); + else + x = axisPtr->vMap(x); + + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), (int)x); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int AxisTypeOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + const char* typeName = ""; + if (axisPtr->use_) { + switch (axisPtr->classId_) { + case CID_AXIS_X: + typeName = "x"; + break; + case CID_AXIS_Y: + typeName = "y"; + break; + } + } + + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), typeName, -1); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int AxisViewOp(Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + Graph* graphPtr = axisPtr->graphPtr_; + double worldMin = axisPtr->valueRange_.min; + double worldMax = axisPtr->valueRange_.max; + /* Override data dimensions with user-selected limits. */ + if (!isnan(axisPtr->scrollMin_)) + worldMin = axisPtr->scrollMin_; + + if (!isnan(axisPtr->scrollMax_)) + worldMax = axisPtr->scrollMax_; + + double viewMin = axisPtr->min_; + double viewMax = axisPtr->max_; + /* Bound the view within scroll region. */ + if (viewMin < worldMin) + viewMin = worldMin; + + if (viewMax > worldMax) + viewMax = worldMax; + + if (ops->logScale) { + worldMin = log10(worldMin); + worldMax = log10(worldMax); + viewMin = log10(viewMin); + viewMax = log10(viewMax); + } + double worldWidth = worldMax - worldMin; + double viewWidth = viewMax - viewMin; + + /* Unlike horizontal axes, vertical axis values run opposite of the + * scrollbar first/last values. So instead of pushing the axis minimum + * around, we move the maximum instead. */ + double axisOffset; + double axisScale; + if (axisPtr->isHorizontal() != ops->descending) { + axisOffset = viewMin - worldMin; + axisScale = graphPtr->hScale_; + } else { + axisOffset = worldMax - viewMax; + axisScale = graphPtr->vScale_; + } + if (objc == 4) { + double first = Clamp(axisOffset / worldWidth); + double last = Clamp((axisOffset + viewWidth) / worldWidth); + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(first)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(last)); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + double fract = axisOffset / worldWidth; + if (GetAxisScrollInfo(interp, objc, objv, &fract, viewWidth / worldWidth, + ops->scrollUnits, axisScale) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (axisPtr->isHorizontal() != ops->descending) { + ops->reqMin = (fract * worldWidth) + worldMin; + ops->reqMax = ops->reqMin + viewWidth; + } + else { + ops->reqMax = worldMax - (fract * worldWidth); + ops->reqMin = ops->reqMax - viewWidth; + } + if (ops->logScale) { + ops->reqMin = EXP10(ops->reqMin); + ops->reqMax = EXP10(ops->reqMax); + } + + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..777aea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrAxisOp_h__ +#define __BltGrAxisOp_h__ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + extern const Ensemble axisEnsemble[]; + extern int AxisObjConfigure(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +}; + +extern int AxisCgetOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +extern int AxisConfigureOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +extern int AxisActivateOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +extern int AxisInvTransformOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +extern int AxisLimitsOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +extern int AxisMarginOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +extern int AxisTransformOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +extern int AxisTypeOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +extern int AxisViewOp(Blt::Axis* axisPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f91d99 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.C @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxisOption.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" +#include "tkbltInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc AxisSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc AxisGetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc AxisFreeProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption = + { + "xaxis", AxisSetProc, AxisGetProc, RestoreProc, AxisFreeProc, + (ClientData)CID_AXIS_X + }; +Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption = + { + "yaxis", AxisSetProc, AxisGetProc, RestoreProc, AxisFreeProc, + (ClientData)CID_AXIS_Y + }; + +static int AxisSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* savePtr, int flags) +{ + Axis** axisPtrPtr = (Axis**)(widgRec + offset); + *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)axisPtrPtr; + + if (!axisPtrPtr) + return TCL_OK; + + Graph* graphPtr = getGraphFromWindowData(tkwin); +#ifdef _WIN64 + ClassId classId = (ClassId)((long long)clientData); +#else + ClassId classId = (ClassId)((long)clientData); +#endif + + Axis *axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(*objPtr, &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (classId != CID_NONE) { + // Set the axis type on the first use of it. + if ((axisPtr->refCount_ == 0) || (axisPtr->classId_ == CID_NONE)) + axisPtr->setClass(classId); + + else if (axisPtr->classId_ != classId) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "axis \"", Tcl_GetString(*objPtr), + "\" is already in use on an opposite ", + axisPtr->className_, "-axis", + NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + axisPtr->refCount_++; + } + + *axisPtrPtr = axisPtr; + return TCL_OK; +}; + +static Tcl_Obj* AxisGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + Axis* axisPtr = *(Axis**)(widgRec + offset); + if (!axisPtr) + return Tcl_NewStringObj("", -1); + + return Tcl_NewStringObj(axisPtr->name_, -1); +}; + +static void AxisFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr) +{ + Axis* axisPtr = *(Axis**)ptr; + if (axisPtr) { + axisPtr->refCount_--; + if (axisPtr->refCount_ == 0) + delete axisPtr; + } +} + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc LimitSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc LimitGetProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption limitObjOption = + { + "limit", LimitSetProc, LimitGetProc, NULL, NULL, NULL + }; + +static int LimitSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* save, int flags) +{ + double* limitPtr = (double*)(widgRec + offset); + const char* string = Tcl_GetString(*objPtr); + if (!string || !string[0]) { + *limitPtr = NAN; + return TCL_OK; + } + + if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, *objPtr, limitPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static Tcl_Obj* LimitGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + double limit = *(double*)(widgRec + offset); + Tcl_Obj* objPtr; + + if (!isnan(limit)) + objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(limit); + else + objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("", -1); + + return objPtr; +} + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc TicksSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc TicksGetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc TicksFreeProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption ticksObjOption = + { + "ticks", TicksSetProc, TicksGetProc, RestoreProc, TicksFreeProc, NULL + }; + +static int TicksSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* savePtr, int flags) +{ + Ticks** ticksPtrPtr = (Ticks**)(widgRec + offset); + *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)ticksPtrPtr; + + if (!ticksPtrPtr) + return TCL_OK; + + int objc; + Tcl_Obj** objv; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Ticks* ticksPtr = NULL; + if (objc > 0) { + ticksPtr = new Ticks(objc); + for (int ii=0; ii<objc; ii++) { + double value; + if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[ii], &value) != TCL_OK) { + delete ticksPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + ticksPtr->values[ii] = value; + } + ticksPtr->nTicks = objc; + } + + *ticksPtrPtr = ticksPtr; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static Tcl_Obj* TicksGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + Ticks* ticksPtr = *(Ticks**)(widgRec + offset); + + if (!ticksPtr) + return Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); + + int cnt = ticksPtr->nTicks; + Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt]; + for (int ii = 0; ii<cnt; ii++) + ll[ii] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(ticksPtr->values[ii]); + + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll); + delete [] ll; + + return listObjPtr; +} + +static void TicksFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *ptr) +{ + Ticks* ticksPtr = *(Ticks**)ptr; + delete ticksPtr; +} + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc ObjectSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc ObjectGetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc ObjectFreeProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption objectObjOption = + { + "object", ObjectSetProc, ObjectGetProc, RestoreProc, ObjectFreeProc, NULL, + }; + +static int ObjectSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* savePtr, int flags) +{ + Tcl_Obj** objectPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj**)(widgRec + offset); + *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)objectPtrPtr; + + if (!objectPtrPtr) + return TCL_OK; + + Tcl_IncrRefCount(*objPtr); + *objectPtrPtr = *objPtr; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static Tcl_Obj* ObjectGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + Tcl_Obj** objectPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj**)(widgRec + offset); + + if (!objectPtrPtr) + return Tcl_NewObj(); + + return *objectPtrPtr; +} + +static void ObjectFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *ptr) +{ + Tcl_Obj* objectPtr = *(Tcl_Obj**)ptr; + if (objectPtr) + Tcl_DecrRefCount(objectPtr); +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4efa8ee --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrAxisOption.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrAxisOption_h__ +#define __BltGrAxisOption_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption limitObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption ticksObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption objectObjOption; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e7e81e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.C @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1998 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <iostream> +#include <sstream> +#include <iomanip> +using namespace std; + +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegd.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tk_EventProc BindProc; + +BindTable::BindTable(Graph* graphPtr, Pick* pickPtr) +{ + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + pickPtr_ = pickPtr; + grab_ =0; + table_ = Tk_CreateBindingTable(graphPtr->interp_); + currentItem_ =NULL; + currentContext_ =CID_NONE; + newItem_ =NULL; + newContext_ =CID_NONE; + focusItem_ =NULL; + focusContext_ =CID_NONE; + // pickEvent =NULL; + state_ =0; + + unsigned int mask = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | + ButtonReleaseMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | + PointerMotionMask); + Tk_CreateEventHandler(graphPtr->tkwin_, mask, BindProc, this); +} + +BindTable::~BindTable() +{ + Tk_DeleteBindingTable(table_); + unsigned int mask = (KeyPressMask | KeyReleaseMask | ButtonPressMask | + ButtonReleaseMask | EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | + PointerMotionMask); + Tk_DeleteEventHandler(graphPtr_->tkwin_, mask, BindProc, this); +} + +int BindTable::configure(ClientData item, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (objc == 0) { + Tk_GetAllBindings(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, item); + return TCL_OK; + } + + const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]); + if (objc == 1) { + const char* command = + Tk_GetBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, item, string); + if (!command) { + Tcl_ResetResult(graphPtr_->interp_); + Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, "invalid binding event \"", + string, "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(graphPtr_->interp_), command, -1); + return TCL_OK; + } + + const char* seq = string; + const char* command = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); + if (command[0] == '\0') + return Tk_DeleteBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, item, seq); + + unsigned long mask; + if (command[0] == '+') + mask = Tk_CreateBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, + item, seq, command+1, 1); + else + mask = Tk_CreateBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, + item, seq, command, 0); + if (!mask) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (mask & (unsigned) ~(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask + |Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask + |Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask + |EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask + |KeyReleaseMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask)) { + Tk_DeleteBinding(graphPtr_->interp_, table_, item, seq); + Tcl_ResetResult(graphPtr_->interp_); + Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, "requested illegal events; ", + "only key, button, motion, enter, leave, and virtual ", + "events may be used", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void BindTable::deleteBindings(ClientData object) +{ + Tk_DeleteAllBindings(table_, object); + + if (currentItem_ == object) { + currentItem_ =NULL; + currentContext_ =CID_NONE; + } + + if (newItem_ == object) { + newItem_ =NULL; + newContext_ =CID_NONE; + } + + if (focusItem_ == object) { + focusItem_ =NULL; + focusContext_ =CID_NONE; + } +} + +void BindTable::doEvent(XEvent* eventPtr) +{ + ClientData item = currentItem_; + ClassId classId = currentContext_; + + if ((eventPtr->type == KeyPress) || (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease)) { + item = focusItem_; + classId = focusContext_; + } + if (!item) + return; + + int nTags; + const char** tagArray = graphPtr_->getTags(item, classId, &nTags); + Tk_BindEvent(table_, eventPtr, graphPtr_->tkwin_, nTags, (void**)tagArray); + + delete [] tagArray; +} + +void BindTable::pickItem(XEvent* eventPtr) +{ + int buttonDown = state_ + & (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask); + + // A LeaveNotify event automatically means that there's no current item, + if (eventPtr->type != LeaveNotify) { + int x = eventPtr->xcrossing.x; + int y = eventPtr->xcrossing.y; + newItem_ = pickPtr_->pickEntry(x, y, &newContext_); + } + else { + newItem_ =NULL; + newContext_ = CID_NONE; + } + + // Nothing to do: the current item hasn't changed. + if ((newItem_ == currentItem_) && !grab_) + return; + + if (!buttonDown) + grab_ =0; + + if ((newItem_ != currentItem_) && buttonDown) { + grab_ =1; + return; + } + + grab_ =0; + currentItem_ = newItem_; + currentContext_ = newContext_; +} + +static void BindProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent* eventPtr) +{ + BindTable* bindPtr = (BindTable*)clientData; + Tcl_Preserve(bindPtr->graphPtr_); + + switch (eventPtr->type) { + case ButtonPress: + case ButtonRelease: + bindPtr->state_ = eventPtr->xbutton.state; + break; + case EnterNotify: + case LeaveNotify: + bindPtr->state_ = eventPtr->xcrossing.state; + break; + case MotionNotify: + bindPtr->state_ = eventPtr->xmotion.state; + break; + case KeyPress: + case KeyRelease: + bindPtr->state_ = eventPtr->xkey.state; + break; + } + + bindPtr->pickItem(eventPtr); + bindPtr->doEvent(eventPtr); + + Tcl_Release(bindPtr->graphPtr_); +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7947210 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrBind.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1998-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrBind_h__ +#define __BltGrBind_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" + +namespace Blt { + class Graph; + class Pick; + + class BindTable { + protected: + Tk_BindingTable table_; + unsigned int grab_; + ClientData newItem_; + ClassId newContext_; + Pick* pickPtr_; + + public: + Graph* graphPtr_; + ClientData currentItem_; + ClassId currentContext_; + ClientData focusItem_; + ClassId focusContext_; + int state_; + XEvent pickEvent_; + + public: + BindTable(Graph*, Pick*); + virtual ~BindTable(); + + int configure(ClientData, int, Tcl_Obj *const []); + void deleteBindings(ClientData object); + void doEvent(XEvent*); + void pickItem(XEvent*); + + ClientData currentItem() {return currentItem_;} + }; +}; + + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrDef.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrDef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d73836a --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrDef.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrDef_h__ +#define __BltGrDef_h__ + +#define STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND "gray85" +#define STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND "black" +#define STD_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND "gray90" +#define STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND "black" + +#define STD_FONT_LARGE "helvetica 16 normal roman" +#define STD_FONT_MEDIUM "helvetica 14 normal roman" +#define STD_FONT_NORMAL "helvetica 12 normal roman" +#define STD_FONT_SMALL "helvetica 10 normal roman" + +#define STD_BORDERWIDTH "2" + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..faf1b72 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.C @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <float.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +// Class ElemValues + +ElemValues::ElemValues() +{ + values_ =NULL; + nValues_ =0; + min_ =0; + max_ =0; +} + +ElemValues::~ElemValues() +{ + delete [] values_; +} + +void ElemValues::reset() +{ + delete [] values_; + values_ =NULL; + nValues_ =0; + min_ =0; + max_ =0; +} + +ElemValuesSource::ElemValuesSource(int nn) : ElemValues() +{ + nValues_ = nn; + values_ = new double[nn]; +} + +ElemValuesSource::ElemValuesSource(int nn, double* vv) : ElemValues() +{ + nValues_ = nn; + values_ = vv; +} + +ElemValuesSource::~ElemValuesSource() +{ +} + +void ElemValuesSource::findRange() +{ + if (nValues_<1 || !values_) + return; + + min_ = DBL_MAX; + max_ = -DBL_MAX; + for (int ii=0; ii<nValues_; ii++) { + if (isfinite(values_[ii])) { + if (values_[ii] < min_) + min_ = values_[ii]; + if (values_[ii] > max_) + max_ = values_[ii]; + } + } +} + +ElemValuesVector::ElemValuesVector(Element* ptr, const char* vecName) + : ElemValues() +{ + elemPtr_ = ptr; + Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr_->graphPtr_; + source_ = Blt_AllocVectorId(graphPtr->interp_, vecName); +} + +ElemValuesVector::~ElemValuesVector() +{ + freeSource(); +} + +int ElemValuesVector::getVector() +{ + Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr_->graphPtr_; + + Blt_Vector *vecPtr; + if (Blt_GetVectorById(graphPtr->interp_, source_, &vecPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (fetchValues(vecPtr) != TCL_OK) { + freeSource(); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(source_, VectorChangedProc, this); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int ElemValuesVector::fetchValues(Blt_Vector* vector) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr_->graphPtr_; + + delete [] values_; + values_ = NULL; + nValues_ = 0; + min_ =0; + max_ =0; + + int ss = Blt_VecLength(vector); + if (!ss) + return TCL_OK; + + double* array = new double[ss]; + if (!array) { + Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr->interp_, "can't allocate new vector", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + memcpy(array, Blt_VecData(vector), ss*sizeof(double)); + values_ = array; + nValues_ = Blt_VecLength(vector); + min_ = Blt_VecMin(vector); + max_ = Blt_VecMax(vector); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void ElemValuesVector::freeSource() +{ + if (source_) { + Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(source_, NULL, NULL); + Blt_FreeVectorId(source_); + source_ = NULL; + } +} + +// Class Element + +Element::Element(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) +{ + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + name_ = dupstr(name); + optionTable_ =NULL; + ops_ =NULL; + hashPtr_ = hPtr; + + row_ =0; + col_ =0; + activeIndices_ =NULL; + nActiveIndices_ =0; + xRange_ =0; + yRange_ =0; + active_ =0; + labelActive_ =0; + + link =NULL; +} + +Element::~Element() +{ + graphPtr_->bindTable_->deleteBindings(this); + + if (link) + graphPtr_->elements_.displayList->deleteLink(link); + + if (hashPtr_) + Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr_); + + delete [] name_; + + delete [] activeIndices_; + + Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_); + free(ops_); +} + +double Element::FindElemValuesMinimum(ElemValues* valuesPtr, double minLimit) +{ + double min = DBL_MAX; + if (!valuesPtr) + return min; + + for (int ii=0; ii<valuesPtr->nValues(); ii++) { + double x = valuesPtr->values_[ii]; + // What do you do about negative values when using log + // scale values seems like a grey area. Mirror. + if (x < 0.0) + x = -x; + if ((x > minLimit) && (min > x)) + min = x; + } + if (min == DBL_MAX) + min = minLimit; + + return min; +} + +PenStyle** Element::StyleMap() +{ + ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)ops_; + + int nPoints = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops); + int nWeights = MIN(ops->w ? ops->w->nValues() : 0, nPoints); + double* w = ops->w ? ops->w->values_ : NULL; + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); + PenStyle* stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + + // Create a style mapping array (data point index to style), + // initialized to the default style. + PenStyle** dataToStyle = new PenStyle*[nPoints]; + for (int ii=0; ii<nPoints; ii++) + dataToStyle[ii] = stylePtr; + + for (int ii=0; ii<nWeights; ii++) { + for (link=Chain_LastLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link=Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + + if (stylePtr->weight.range > 0.0) { + double norm = (w[ii] - stylePtr->weight.min) / stylePtr->weight.range; + if (((norm - 1.0) <= DBL_EPSILON) && + (((1.0 - norm) - 1.0) <= DBL_EPSILON)) { + dataToStyle[ii] = stylePtr; + break; + } + } + } + } + + return dataToStyle; +} + +void Element::freeStylePalette(Chain* stylePalette) +{ + // Skip the first slot. It contains the built-in "normal" pen of the element + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette); + if (link) { + ChainLink* next; + for (link=Chain_NextLink(link); link; link=next) { + next = Chain_NextLink(link); + PenStyle *stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + Pen* penPtr = stylePtr->penPtr; + if (penPtr) { + penPtr->refCount_--; + if (penPtr->refCount_ == 0) + delete penPtr; + } + stylePalette->deleteLink(link); + } + } +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8904df0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElem.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrElem_h__ +#define __BltGrElem_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltVector.h" +#include "tkbltChain.h" + +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +#define SHOW_NONE 0 +#define SHOW_X 1 +#define SHOW_Y 2 +#define SHOW_BOTH 3 + +#define NUMBEROFPOINTS(e) MIN( (e)->coords.x ? (e)->coords.x->nValues() : 0, \ + (e)->coords.y ? (e)->coords.y->nValues() : 0 ) +#define NORMALPEN(e) ((((e)->normalPenPtr == NULL) ? \ + (e)->builtinPenPtr : (e)->normalPenPtr)) + +namespace Blt { + class Axis; + class Element; + class Pen; + class Postscript; + + class ElemValues { + protected: + double min_; + double max_; + int nValues_; + + public: + double* values_; + + public: + ElemValues(); + virtual ~ElemValues(); + + void reset(); + int nValues() {return nValues_;} + double min() {return min_;} + double max() {return max_;} + }; + + class ElemValuesSource : public ElemValues + { + public: + ElemValuesSource(int); + ElemValuesSource(int, double*); + ~ElemValuesSource(); + + void findRange(); + }; + + class ElemValuesVector : public ElemValues + { + public: + Element* elemPtr_; + Blt_VectorId source_; + + public: + ElemValuesVector(Element*, const char*); + ~ElemValuesVector(); + + int getVector(); + int fetchValues(Blt_Vector*); + void freeSource(); + }; + + typedef struct { + Segment2d *segments; + int *map; + int length; + } GraphSegments; + + typedef struct { + ElemValuesSource* x; + ElemValuesSource* y; + } ElemCoords; + + typedef struct { + double min; + double max; + double range; + } Weight; + + typedef struct { + Weight weight; + Pen* penPtr; + } PenStyle; + + typedef struct { + Element* elemPtr; + const char* label; + const char** tags; + Axis* xAxis; + Axis* yAxis; + ElemCoords coords; + ElemValues* w; + ElemValues* xError; + ElemValues* yError; + ElemValues* xHigh; + ElemValues* xLow; + ElemValues* yHigh; + ElemValues* yLow; + int hide; + int legendRelief; + Chain* stylePalette; + Pen* builtinPenPtr; + Pen* activePenPtr; + Pen* normalPenPtr; + PenOptions builtinPen; + } ElementOptions; + + class Element { + protected: + Tk_OptionTable optionTable_; + void* ops_; + + double xRange_; + double yRange_; + + public: + Graph* graphPtr_; + const char* name_; + Tcl_HashEntry* hashPtr_; + unsigned row_; + unsigned col_; + int nActiveIndices_; + int* activeIndices_; + int active_; + int labelActive_; + + ChainLink* link; + + protected: + double FindElemValuesMinimum(ElemValues*, double); + PenStyle** StyleMap(); + + public: + Element(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + virtual ~Element(); + + virtual int configure() =0; + virtual void map() =0; + virtual void extents(Region2d*) =0; + virtual void draw(Drawable) =0; + virtual void drawActive(Drawable) =0; + virtual void drawSymbol(Drawable, int, int, int) =0; + virtual void closest() =0; + virtual void print(PSOutput*) =0; + virtual void printActive(PSOutput*) =0; + virtual void printSymbol(PSOutput*, double, double, int) =0; + + virtual ClassId classId() =0; + virtual const char* className() =0; + virtual const char* typeName() =0; + + void freeStylePalette (Chain*); + + Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;} + void* ops() {return ops_;} + }; +}; + +extern void VectorChangedProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, ClientData clientData, + Blt_VectorNotify notify); + + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6698760 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.C @@ -0,0 +1,1315 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <float.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGraphBar.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemOption.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" +#include "tkbltInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define CLAMP(x,l,h) ((x) = (((x)<(l))? (l) : ((x)>(h)) ? (h) : (x))) +#define MIN3(a,b,c) (((a)<(b))?(((a)<(c))?(a):(c)):(((b)<(c))?(b):(c))) + +#define PointInRectangle(r,x0,y0) \ + (((x0) <= (int)((r)->x + (r)->width - 1)) && ((x0) >= (int)(r)->x) && \ + ((y0) <= (int)((r)->y + (r)->height - 1)) && ((y0) >= (int)(r)->y)) + +// OptionSpecs + +static Tk_ObjCustomOption styleObjOption = + { + "style", StyleSetProc, StyleGetProc, StyleRestoreProc, StyleFreeProc, + (ClientData)sizeof(BarStyle) + }; + +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption penObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption pairsObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption valuesObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption; + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-activepen", "activePen", "ActivePen", + "active", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, activePenPtr), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &penObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-background", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-barwidth", "barWidth", "BarWidth", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, barWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags", + "all", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, tags), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", + STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.borderWidth), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-color", "color", "color", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.fill), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-data", "data", "Data", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, coords), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &pairsObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-errorbarcolor", "errorBarColor", "ErrorBarColor", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS,"-errorbarwidth", "errorBarWidth", "ErrorBarWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarLineWidth), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarcap", "errorBarCap", "ErrorBarCap", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarCapWidth), + 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-outline", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fill", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-foreground", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-outline", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, hide), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", "label", "Label", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, label), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-legendrelief", "legendRelief", "LegendRelief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, legendRelief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX", + "x", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY", + "y", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.outlineColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-pen", "pen", "Pen", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, normalPenPtr), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &penObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", + "raised", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.relief), + 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showerrorbars", "showErrorBars", "ShowErrorBars", + "both", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarShow), + 0, &fillObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showvalues", "showValues", "ShowValues", + "none", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueShow), + 0, &fillObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-stack", "stack", "Stack", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, groupName), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-styles", "styles", "Styles", + "", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, stylePalette), + 0, &styleObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-valueanchor", "valueAnchor", "ValueAnchor", + "s", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.anchor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-valuecolor", "valueColor", "ValueColor", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, + Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions,builtinPen.valueStyle.color), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-valuefont", "valueFont", "ValueFont", + STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.font), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-valueformat", "valueFormat", "ValueFormat", + "%g", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueFormat), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-valuerotate", "valueRotate", "ValueRotate", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.angle), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-weights", "weights", "Weights", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, w), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-x", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-xdata", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xdata", "xData", "XData", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, coords.x), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xerror", "xError", "XError", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, xError), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xhigh", "xHigh", "XHigh", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, xHigh), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xlow", "xLow", "XLow", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, xLow), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-y", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-ydata", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-ydata", "yData", "YData", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, coords.y), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-yerror", "yError", "YError", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, yError), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-yhigh", "yHigh", "YHigh", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, yHigh), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-ylow", "yLow", "YLow", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarElementOptions, yLow), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +BarElement::BarElement(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) + : Element(graphPtr, name, hPtr) +{ + barToData_ =NULL; + bars_ =NULL; + activeToData_ =NULL; + activeRects_ =NULL; + nBars_ =0; + nActive_ =0; + + xeb_.segments =NULL; + xeb_.map =NULL; + xeb_.length =0; + yeb_.segments =NULL; + yeb_.map =NULL; + yeb_.length =0; + + ops_ = (BarElementOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(BarElementOptions)); + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + ops->elemPtr = (Element*)this; + + builtinPenPtr = new BarPen(graphPtr_, "builtin", &ops->builtinPen); + ops->builtinPenPtr = builtinPenPtr; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs); + + ops->stylePalette = new Chain(); + + // this is an option and will be freed via Tk_FreeConfigOptions + // By default an element's name and label are the same + ops->label = Tcl_Alloc(strlen(name)+1); + if (name) + strcpy((char*)ops->label,(char*)name); + + Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr_->interp_, (char*)&(ops->builtinPen), + builtinPenPtr->optionTable(), graphPtr->tkwin_); +} + +BarElement::~BarElement() +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + delete builtinPenPtr; + + reset(); + + if (ops->stylePalette) { + freeStylePalette(ops->stylePalette); + delete ops->stylePalette; + } +} + +int BarElement::configure() +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + if (builtinPenPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Point to the static normal pen if no external pens have been selected. + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); + if (!link) { + link = new ChainLink(sizeof(BarStyle)); + ops->stylePalette->linkAfter(link, NULL); + } + BarStyle* stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void BarElement::map() +{ + BarGraph* barGraphPtr_ = (BarGraph*)graphPtr_; + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + if (!link) + return; + + reset(); + if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y || + !ops->coords.x->nValues() || !ops->coords.y->nValues()) + return; + int nPoints = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops); + + double barWidth = (ops->barWidth > 0.0) ? ops->barWidth : gops->barWidth; + AxisOptions* axisyops = (AxisOptions*)ops->yAxis->ops(); + double baseline = (axisyops->logScale) ? 0.0 : gops->baseline; + double barOffset = barWidth * 0.5; + + // Create an array of bars representing the screen coordinates of all the + // segments in the bar. + Rectangle* bars = new Rectangle[nPoints]; + int* barToData = new int[nPoints]; + + double* x = ops->coords.x->values_; + double* y = ops->coords.y->values_; + int count = 0; + + int ii; + Rectangle* rp; + for (rp=bars, ii=0; ii<nPoints; ii++) { + // Two opposite corners of the rectangle in graph coordinates + Point2d c1, c2; + + // check Abscissa is out of range of the x-axis + if (((x[ii] - barWidth) > ops->xAxis->axisRange_.max) || + ((x[ii] + barWidth) < ops->xAxis->axisRange_.min)) + continue; + + c1.x = x[ii] - barOffset; + c1.y = y[ii]; + c2.x = c1.x + barWidth; + c2.y = baseline; + + // If the mode is "aligned" or "stacked" we need to adjust the x or y + // coordinates of the two corners. + if ((barGraphPtr_->nBarGroups_ > 0) && + ((BarGraph::BarMode)gops->barMode != BarGraph::INFRONT) && + (!gops->stackAxes)) { + + BarSetKey key; + key.value =x[ii]; + key.xAxis =ops->xAxis; + key.yAxis =NULL; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = + Tcl_FindHashEntry(&barGraphPtr_->setTable_, (char*)&key); + + if (hPtr) { + Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + const char *name = (ops->groupName) ? ops->groupName:ops->yAxis->name_; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr2 = Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, name); + if (hPtr2) { + BarGroup* groupPtr = (BarGroup*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr2); + double slice = barWidth / (double)barGraphPtr_->maxBarSetSize_; + double offset = (slice * groupPtr->index); + if (barGraphPtr_->maxBarSetSize_ > 1) { + offset += slice * 0.05; + slice *= 0.90; + } + + switch ((BarGraph::BarMode)gops->barMode) { + case BarGraph::STACKED: + groupPtr->count++; + c2.y = groupPtr->lastY; + c1.y += c2.y; + groupPtr->lastY = c1.y; + c1.x += offset; + c2.x = c1.x + slice; + break; + + case BarGraph::ALIGNED: + slice /= groupPtr->nSegments; + c1.x += offset + (slice * groupPtr->count); + c2.x = c1.x + slice; + groupPtr->count++; + break; + + case BarGraph::OVERLAP: + { + slice /= (groupPtr->nSegments + 1); + double width = slice + slice; + groupPtr->count++; + c1.x += offset + + (slice * (groupPtr->nSegments - groupPtr->count)); + c2.x = c1.x + width; + } + break; + + case BarGraph::INFRONT: + break; + } + } + } + } + + int invertBar = 0; + if (c1.y < c2.y) { + // Handle negative bar values by swapping ordinates + double temp = c1.y; + c1.y = c2.y; + c2.y = temp; + invertBar = 1; + } + + // Get the two corners of the bar segment and compute the rectangle + double ybot = c2.y; + c1 = graphPtr_->map2D(c1.x, c1.y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + c2 = graphPtr_->map2D(c2.x, c2.y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + if ((ybot == 0.0) && (axisyops->logScale)) + c2.y = graphPtr_->bottom_; + + if (c2.y < c1.y) { + double t = c1.y; + c1.y = c2.y; + c2.y = t; + } + + if (c2.x < c1.x) { + double t = c1.x; + c1.x = c2.x; + c2.x = t; + } + + if ((c1.x > graphPtr_->right_) || (c2.x < graphPtr_->left_) || + (c1.y > graphPtr_->bottom_) || (c2.y < graphPtr_->top_)) + continue; + + // Bound the bars horizontally by the width of the graph window + // Bound the bars vertically by the position of the axis. + double right =0; + double left =0; + double top =0; + double bottom =0; + if (gops->stackAxes) { + top = ops->yAxis->screenMin_; + bottom = ops->yAxis->screenMin_ + ops->yAxis->screenRange_; + left = graphPtr_->left_; + right = graphPtr_->right_; + } + else { + bottom = right = 10000; + // Shouldn't really have a call to Tk_Width or Tk_Height in + // mapping routine. We only want to clamp the bar segment to the + // size of the window if we're actually mapped onscreen + if (Tk_Height(graphPtr_->tkwin_) > 1) + bottom = Tk_Height(graphPtr_->tkwin_); + if (Tk_Width(graphPtr_->tkwin_) > 1) + right = Tk_Width(graphPtr_->tkwin_); + } + + CLAMP(c1.y, top, bottom); + CLAMP(c2.y, top, bottom); + CLAMP(c1.x, left, right); + CLAMP(c2.x, left, right); + double dx = fabs(c1.x - c2.x); + double dy = fabs(c1.y - c2.y); + if ((dx == 0) || (dy == 0)) + continue; + + int height = (int)dy; + int width = (int)dx; + if (invertBar) + rp->y = (int)MIN(c1.y, c2.y); + else + rp->y = (int)(MAX(c1.y, c2.y)) - height; + + rp->x = (int)MIN(c1.x, c2.x); + + rp->width = width + 1; + rp->width |= 0x1; + if (rp->width < 1) + rp->width = 1; + + rp->height = height + 1; + if (rp->height < 1) + rp->height = 1; + + // Save the data index corresponding to the rectangle + barToData[count] = ii; + count++; + rp++; + } + nBars_ = count; + bars_ = bars; + barToData_ = barToData; + if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) + mapActive(); + + int size = 20; + if (count > 0) + size = bars->width; + + // Set the symbol size of all the pen styles + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + BarPen* penPtr = stylePtr->penPtr; + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + stylePtr->symbolSize = size; + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth = pops->errorBarCapWidth; + } + + BarStyle** dataToStyle = (BarStyle**)StyleMap(); + if (((ops->yHigh && ops->yHigh->nValues() > 0) && + (ops->yLow && ops->yLow->nValues() > 0)) || + ((ops->xHigh && ops->xHigh->nValues() > 0) && + (ops->xLow && ops->xLow->nValues() > 0)) || + (ops->xError && ops->xError->nValues() > 0) || + (ops->yError && ops->yError->nValues() > 0)) { + mapErrorBars(dataToStyle); + } + + mergePens(dataToStyle); + delete [] dataToStyle; +} + +void BarElement::extents(Region2d *regPtr) +{ + BarGraph* barGraphPtr_ = (BarGraph*)graphPtr_; + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + regPtr->top = regPtr->left = DBL_MAX; + regPtr->bottom = regPtr->right = -DBL_MAX; + + if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y || + !ops->coords.x->nValues() || !ops->coords.y->nValues()) + return; + + int nPoints = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops); + + double middle = 0.5; + regPtr->left = ops->coords.x->min() - middle; + regPtr->right = ops->coords.x->max() + middle; + + regPtr->top = ops->coords.y->min(); + regPtr->bottom = ops->coords.y->max(); + if (regPtr->bottom < gops->baseline) + regPtr->bottom = gops->baseline; + + // Handle stacked bar elements specially. + // If element is stacked, the sum of its ordinates may be outside the + // minimum/maximum limits of the element's data points. + if (((BarGraph::BarMode)gops->barMode == BarGraph::STACKED) && + (barGraphPtr_->nBarGroups_ > 0)) + checkStacks(ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis, ®Ptr->top, ®Ptr->bottom); + + // Warning: You get what you deserve if the x-axis is logScale + AxisOptions* axisxops = (AxisOptions*)ops->xAxis->ops(); + AxisOptions* axisyops = (AxisOptions*)ops->yAxis->ops(); + if (axisxops->logScale) + regPtr->left = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->coords.x, DBL_MIN) + middle; + + // Fix y-min limits for barchart + if (axisyops->logScale) { + if ((regPtr->top <= 0.0) || (regPtr->top > 1.0)) + regPtr->top = 1.0; + } + else { + if (regPtr->top > 0.0) + regPtr->top = 0.0; + } + + // Correct the extents for error bars if they exist + if (ops->xError && (ops->xError->nValues() > 0)) { + nPoints = MIN(ops->xError->nValues(), nPoints); + for (int ii=0; ii<nPoints; ii++) { + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii] + ops->xError->values_[ii]; + if (x > regPtr->right) + regPtr->right = x; + + x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii] - ops->xError->values_[ii]; + if (axisxops->logScale) { + // Mirror negative values, instead of ignoring them + if (x < 0.0) + x = -x; + + if ((x > DBL_MIN) && (x < regPtr->left)) + regPtr->left = x; + + } + else if (x < regPtr->left) + regPtr->left = x; + } + } + else { + if ((ops->xHigh) && + (ops->xHigh->nValues() > 0) && + (ops->xHigh->max() > regPtr->right)) + regPtr->right = ops->xHigh->max(); + + if (ops->xLow && (ops->xLow->nValues() > 0)) { + double left; + if ((ops->xLow->min() <= 0.0) && (axisxops->logScale)) + left = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->xLow, DBL_MIN); + else + left = ops->xLow->min(); + + if (left < regPtr->left) + regPtr->left = left; + } + } + + if (ops->yError && (ops->yError->nValues() > 0)) { + nPoints = MIN(ops->yError->nValues(), nPoints); + + for (int ii=0; ii<nPoints; ii++) { + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii] + ops->yError->values_[ii]; + if (y > regPtr->bottom) + regPtr->bottom = y; + + y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii] - ops->yError->values_[ii]; + if (axisyops->logScale) { + // Mirror negative values, instead of ignoring them + if (y < 0.0) + y = -y; + + if ((y > DBL_MIN) && (y < regPtr->left)) + regPtr->top = y; + + } + else if (y < regPtr->top) + regPtr->top = y; + } + } + else { + if ((ops->yHigh) && + (ops->yHigh->nValues() > 0) && + (ops->yHigh->max() > regPtr->bottom)) + regPtr->bottom = ops->yHigh->max(); + + if (ops->yLow && ops->yLow->nValues() > 0) { + double top; + if ((ops->yLow->min() <= 0.0) && + (axisyops->logScale)) + top = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->yLow, DBL_MIN); + else + top = ops->yLow->min(); + + if (top < regPtr->top) + regPtr->top = top; + } + } +} + +void BarElement::closest() +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &gops->search; + double minDist = searchPtr->dist; + int imin = 0; + + int ii; + Rectangle* bp; + for (bp=bars_, ii=0; ii<nBars_; ii++, bp++) { + if (PointInRectangle(bp, searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y)) { + imin = barToData_[ii]; + minDist = 0.0; + break; + } + double left = bp->x; + double top = bp->y; + double right = (double)(bp->x + bp->width); + double bottom = (double)(bp->y + bp->height); + + Point2d outline[5]; + outline[4].x = outline[3].x = outline[0].x = left; + outline[4].y = outline[1].y = outline[0].y = top; + outline[2].x = outline[1].x = right; + outline[3].y = outline[2].y = bottom; + + Point2d *pp, *pend; + for (pp=outline, pend=outline+4; pp<pend; pp++) { + Point2d t = getProjection(searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y, pp, pp + 1); + if (t.x > right) + t.x = right; + else if (t.x < left) + t.x = left; + + if (t.y > bottom) + t.y = bottom; + else if (t.y < top) + t.y = top; + + double dist = hypot((t.x - searchPtr->x), (t.y - searchPtr->y)); + if (dist < minDist) { + minDist = dist; + imin = barToData_[ii]; + } + } + } + if (minDist < searchPtr->dist) { + searchPtr->elemPtr = (Element*)this; + searchPtr->dist = minDist; + searchPtr->index = imin; + searchPtr->point.x = + ops->coords.x ? (double)ops->coords.x->values_[imin] : 0; + searchPtr->point.y = + ops->coords.y ? (double)ops->coords.y->values_[imin] : 0; + } +} + +void BarElement::draw(Drawable drawable) +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->hide) + return; + + int count = 0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + + BarStyle* stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + BarPen* penPtr = (BarPen*)stylePtr->penPtr; + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (stylePtr->nBars > 0) + drawSegments(drawable, penPtr, stylePtr->bars, stylePtr->nBars); + + if ((stylePtr->xeb.length > 0) && (pops->errorBarShow & SHOW_X)) + graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, penPtr->errorBarGC_, + stylePtr->xeb.segments, stylePtr->xeb.length); + + if ((stylePtr->yeb.length > 0) && (pops->errorBarShow & SHOW_Y)) + graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, penPtr->errorBarGC_, + stylePtr->yeb.segments, stylePtr->yeb.length); + + if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + drawValues(drawable, penPtr, stylePtr->bars, stylePtr->nBars, + barToData_ + count); + + count += stylePtr->nBars; + } +} + +void BarElement::drawActive(Drawable drawable) +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->hide || !active_) + return; + + BarPen* penPtr = (BarPen*)ops->activePenPtr; + if (!penPtr) + return; + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) { + mapActive(); + + drawSegments(drawable, penPtr, activeRects_, nActive_); + if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + drawValues(drawable, penPtr, activeRects_, nActive_, activeToData_); + } + else if (nActiveIndices_ < 0) { + drawSegments(drawable, penPtr, bars_, nBars_); + if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + drawValues(drawable, penPtr, bars_, nBars_, barToData_); + } +} + +void BarElement::drawSymbol(Drawable drawable, int x, int y, int size) +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + BarPen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + int radius = (size / 2); + size--; + + x -= radius; + y -= radius; + + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(graphPtr_->tkwin_, drawable, + pops->fill, x, y, size, size, + pops->borderWidth, pops->relief); + + if (pops->outlineColor) + XDrawRectangle(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->outlineGC_, + x, y, size, size); +} + +void BarElement::print(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->hide) + return; + + psPtr->format("\n%% Element \"%s\"\n\n", name_); + + int count = 0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + + BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + BarPen* penPtr = (BarPen*)stylePtr->penPtr; + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (stylePtr->nBars > 0) + printSegments(psPtr, penPtr, stylePtr->bars, stylePtr->nBars); + + XColor* colorPtr = pops->errorBarColor; + if (!colorPtr) + colorPtr = pops->outlineColor; + if (!colorPtr) + colorPtr = Tk_3DBorderColor(pops->fill); + + if ((stylePtr->xeb.length > 0) && (pops->errorBarShow & SHOW_X)) { + psPtr->setLineAttributes(colorPtr, pops->errorBarLineWidth, + NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter); + psPtr->printSegments(stylePtr->xeb.segments, stylePtr->xeb.length); + } + + if ((stylePtr->yeb.length > 0) && (pops->errorBarShow & SHOW_Y)) { + psPtr->setLineAttributes(colorPtr, pops->errorBarLineWidth, + NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter); + psPtr->printSegments(stylePtr->yeb.segments, stylePtr->yeb.length); + } + + if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + printValues(psPtr, penPtr, stylePtr->bars, stylePtr->nBars, + barToData_ + count); + + count += stylePtr->nBars; + } +} + +void BarElement::printActive(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->hide || !active_) + return; + + BarPen* penPtr = (BarPen*)ops->activePenPtr; + if (!penPtr) + return; + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + psPtr->format("\n%% Active Element \"%s\"\n\n", name_); + + if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) { + mapActive(); + + printSegments(psPtr, penPtr, activeRects_, nActive_); + if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + printValues(psPtr, penPtr, activeRects_, nActive_,activeToData_); + } + else if (nActiveIndices_ < 0) { + printSegments(psPtr, penPtr, bars_, nBars_); + if (pops->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + printValues(psPtr, penPtr, bars_, nBars_, barToData_); + } +} + +void BarElement::printSymbol(PSOutput* psPtr, double x, double y, int size) +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + BarPen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + x -= size/2.; + y -= size/2.; + + psPtr->fill3DRectangle(pops->fill, x, y, size, size, + pops->borderWidth, pops->relief); + + if (pops->outlineColor) { + psPtr->setForeground(pops->outlineColor); + psPtr->printRectangle(x, y, size, size); + } +} + +// Support + +void BarElement::ResetStylePalette(Chain* stylePalette) +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->xeb.length = 0; + stylePtr->yeb.length = 0; + stylePtr->nBars = 0; + } +} + +void BarElement::checkStacks(Axis* xAxis, Axis* yAxis, + double* minPtr, double* maxPtr) +{ + BarGraph* barGraphPtr_ = (BarGraph*)graphPtr_; + BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + if (((BarGraph::BarMode)gops->barMode != BarGraph::STACKED) || + barGraphPtr_->nBarGroups_ == 0) + return; + + for (BarGroup *gp = barGraphPtr_->barGroups_, + *gend = gp + barGraphPtr_->nBarGroups_; gp < gend; gp++) { + if ((gp->xAxis == xAxis) && (gp->yAxis == yAxis)) { + + // Check if any of the y-values (because of stacking) are greater + // than the current limits of the graph. + if (gp->sum < 0.0) { + if (*minPtr > gp->sum) + *minPtr = gp->sum; + } + else { + if (*maxPtr < gp->sum) + *maxPtr = gp->sum; + } + } + } +} + +void BarElement::mergePens(BarStyle** dataToStyle) +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + if (Chain_GetLength(ops->stylePalette) < 2) { + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); + BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->nBars = nBars_; + stylePtr->bars = bars_; + stylePtr->symbolSize = bars_->width / 2; + stylePtr->xeb.length = xeb_.length; + stylePtr->xeb.segments = xeb_.segments; + stylePtr->yeb.length = yeb_.length; + stylePtr->yeb.segments = yeb_.segments; + return; + } + + // We have more than one style. Group bar segments of like pen styles together + if (nBars_ > 0) { + Rectangle* bars = new Rectangle[nBars_]; + int* barToData = new int[nBars_]; + Rectangle* bp = bars; + int* ip = barToData; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->symbolSize = bp->width / 2; + stylePtr->bars = bp; + for (int ii=0; ii<nBars_; ii++) { + int iData = barToData[ii]; + if (dataToStyle[iData] == stylePtr) { + *bp++ = bars[ii]; + *ip++ = iData; + } + } + stylePtr->nBars = bp - stylePtr->bars; + } + delete [] bars_; + bars_ = bars; + delete [] barToData_; + barToData_ = barToData; + } + + if (xeb_.length > 0) { + Segment2d* bars = new Segment2d[xeb_.length]; + Segment2d *sp = bars; + int* map = new int[xeb_.length]; + int* ip = map; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->xeb.segments = sp; + for (int ii=0; ii<xeb_.length; ii++) { + int iData = xeb_.map[ii]; + if (dataToStyle[iData] == stylePtr) { + *sp++ = xeb_.segments[ii]; + *ip++ = iData; + } + } + stylePtr->xeb.length = sp - stylePtr->xeb.segments; + } + delete [] xeb_.segments; + xeb_.segments = bars; + delete [] xeb_.map; + xeb_.map = map; + } + + if (yeb_.length > 0) { + Segment2d* bars = new Segment2d[yeb_.length]; + Segment2d* sp = bars; + int* map = new int[yeb_.length]; + int* ip = map; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + BarStyle *stylePtr = (BarStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->yeb.segments = sp; + for (int ii=0; ii<yeb_.length; ii++) { + int iData = yeb_.map[ii]; + if (dataToStyle[iData] == stylePtr) { + *sp++ = yeb_.segments[ii]; + *ip++ = iData; + } + } + stylePtr->yeb.length = sp - stylePtr->yeb.segments; + } + delete [] yeb_.segments; + yeb_.segments = bars; + delete [] yeb_.map; + yeb_.map = map; + } +} + +void BarElement::mapActive() +{ + delete [] activeRects_; + activeRects_ = NULL; + + delete [] activeToData_; + activeToData_ = NULL; + + nActive_ = 0; + + if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) { + Rectangle* activeRects = new Rectangle[nActiveIndices_]; + int* activeToData = new int[nActiveIndices_]; + int count = 0; + for (int ii=0; ii<nBars_; ii++) { + for (int *ip = activeIndices_, *iend = ip + nActiveIndices_; + ip < iend; ip++) { + if (barToData_[ii] == *ip) { + activeRects[count] = bars_[ii]; + activeToData[count] = ii; + count++; + } + } + } + nActive_ = count; + activeRects_ = activeRects; + activeToData_ = activeToData; + } +} + +void BarElement::reset() +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + ResetStylePalette(ops->stylePalette); + + delete [] activeRects_; + activeRects_ = NULL; + delete [] activeToData_; + activeToData_ = NULL; + + delete [] xeb_.segments; + xeb_.segments = NULL; + delete [] xeb_.map; + xeb_.map = NULL; + xeb_.length = 0; + + delete [] yeb_.segments; + yeb_.segments = NULL; + delete [] yeb_.map; + yeb_.map = NULL; + yeb_.length = 0; + + delete [] bars_; + bars_ = NULL; + delete [] barToData_; + barToData_ = NULL; + + nActive_ = 0; + nBars_ = 0; +} + +void BarElement::mapErrorBars(BarStyle **dataToStyle) +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + + Region2d reg; + graphPtr_->extents(®); + + int nPoints = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops); + int nn =0; + if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) { + if (ops->xError && (ops->xError->nValues() > 0)) + nn = MIN(ops->xError->nValues(), nPoints); + else + if (ops->xHigh && ops->xLow) + nn = MIN3(ops->xHigh->nValues(), ops->xLow->nValues(), nPoints); + } + + if (nn) { + Segment2d* bars = new Segment2d[nn * 3]; + Segment2d* segPtr = bars; + int* map = new int[nn * 3]; + int* indexPtr = map; + + for (int ii=0; ii<nn; ii++) { + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii]; + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii]; + BarStyle* stylePtr = dataToStyle[ii]; + + if ((isfinite(x)) && (isfinite(y))) { + double high, low; + if (ops->xError->nValues() > 0) { + high = x + ops->xError->values_[ii]; + low = x - ops->xError->values_[ii]; + } + else { + high = ops->xHigh ? ops->xHigh->values_[ii] : 0; + low = ops->xLow ? ops->xLow->values_[ii] : 0; + } + if ((isfinite(high)) && (isfinite(low))) { + Point2d p = graphPtr_->map2D(high, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + Point2d q = graphPtr_->map2D(low, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + segPtr->p = p; + segPtr->q = q; + if (lineRectClip(®, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + // Left cap + segPtr->p.x = p.x; + segPtr->q.x = p.x; + segPtr->p.y = p.y - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + segPtr->q.y = p.y + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + if (lineRectClip(®, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + // Right cap + segPtr->p.x = q.x; + segPtr->q.x = q.x; + segPtr->p.y = q.y - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + segPtr->q.y = q.y + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + if (lineRectClip(®, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + } + } + } + xeb_.segments = bars; + xeb_.length = segPtr - bars; + xeb_.map = map; + } + + nn =0; + if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) { + if (ops->yError && (ops->yError->nValues() > 0)) + nn = MIN(ops->yError->nValues(), nPoints); + else + if (ops->yHigh && ops->yLow) + nn = MIN3(ops->yHigh->nValues(), ops->yLow->nValues(), nPoints); + } + + if (nn) { + Segment2d* bars = new Segment2d[nn * 3]; + Segment2d* segPtr = bars; + int* map = new int[nn * 3]; + int* indexPtr = map; + + for (int ii=0; ii<nn; ii++) { + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii]; + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii]; + BarStyle *stylePtr = dataToStyle[ii]; + + if ((isfinite(x)) && (isfinite(y))) { + double high, low; + if (ops->yError->nValues() > 0) { + high = y + ops->yError->values_[ii]; + low = y - ops->yError->values_[ii]; + } + else { + high = ops->yHigh->values_[ii]; + low = ops->yLow->values_[ii]; + } + if ((isfinite(high)) && (isfinite(low))) { + Point2d p = graphPtr_->map2D(x, high, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + Point2d q = graphPtr_->map2D(x, low, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + segPtr->p = p; + segPtr->q = q; + if (lineRectClip(®, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + // Top cap + segPtr->p.y = p.y; + segPtr->q.y = p.y; + segPtr->p.x = p.x - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + segPtr->q.x = p.x + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + if (lineRectClip(®, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + // Bottom cap + segPtr->p.y = q.y; + segPtr->q.y = q.y; + segPtr->p.x = q.x - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + segPtr->q.x = q.x + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + if (lineRectClip(®, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + } + } + } + yeb_.segments = bars; + yeb_.length = segPtr - bars; + yeb_.map = map; + } +} + +void BarElement::drawSegments(Drawable drawable, BarPen* penPtr, + Rectangle *bars, int nBars) +{ + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + for (Rectangle *rp = bars, *rend = rp + nBars; rp < rend; rp++) { + if ((rp->width < 1) || (rp->height < 1)) + continue; + + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(graphPtr_->tkwin_, drawable, + pops->fill, rp->x, rp->y, rp->width, rp->height, + pops->borderWidth, pops->relief); + + if (pops->outlineColor) + XDrawRectangle(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->outlineGC_, + rp->x, rp->y, rp->width, rp->height); + } +} + +void BarElement::drawValues(Drawable drawable, BarPen* penPtr, + Rectangle *bars, int nBars, int *barToData) +{ + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + const char *fmt = pops->valueFormat; + if (!fmt) + fmt = "%g"; + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &pops->valueStyle); + + int count = 0; + for (Rectangle *rp = bars, *rend = rp + nBars; rp < rend; rp++) { + Point2d anchorPos; + char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2 + 2]; + + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[barToData[count]]; + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[barToData[count]]; + + count++; + if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_X) + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x); + else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_Y) + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y); + else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_BOTH) { + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x); + strcat(string, ","); + snprintf(string + strlen(string), TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y); + } + + if (gops->inverted) { + anchorPos.y = rp->y + rp->height * 0.5; + anchorPos.x = rp->x + rp->width; + if (x < gops->baseline) + anchorPos.x -= rp->width; + } + else { + anchorPos.x = rp->x + rp->width * 0.5; + anchorPos.y = rp->y; + if (y < gops->baseline) + anchorPos.y += rp->height; + } + + ts.drawText(drawable, string, anchorPos.x, anchorPos.y); + } +} + +void BarElement::printSegments(PSOutput* psPtr, BarPen* penPtr, + Rectangle *bars, int nBars) +{ + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + for (Rectangle *rp = bars, *rend = rp + nBars; rp < rend; rp++) { + if ((rp->width < 1) || (rp->height < 1)) + continue; + + psPtr->fill3DRectangle(pops->fill, (double)rp->x, (double)rp->y, + (int)rp->width, (int)rp->height, + pops->borderWidth, pops->relief); + + if (pops->outlineColor) { + psPtr->setForeground(pops->outlineColor); + psPtr->printRectangle((double)rp->x, (double)rp->y, + (int)rp->width, (int)rp->height); + } + } +} + +void BarElement::printValues(PSOutput* psPtr, BarPen* penPtr, + Rectangle *bars, int nBars, int *barToData) +{ + BarPenOptions* pops = (BarPenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)ops_; + BarGraphOptions* gops = (BarGraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + int count = 0; + const char* fmt = pops->valueFormat; + if (!fmt) + fmt = "%g"; + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &pops->valueStyle); + + for (Rectangle *rp = bars, *rend = rp + nBars; rp < rend; rp++) { + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[barToData[count]]; + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[barToData[count]]; + + count++; + char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2 + 2]; + if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_X) + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x); + else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_Y) + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y); + else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_BOTH) { + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x); + strcat(string, ","); + snprintf(string + strlen(string), TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y); + } + + Point2d anchorPos; + if (gops->inverted) { + anchorPos.y = rp->y + rp->height * 0.5; + anchorPos.x = rp->x + rp->width; + if (x < gops->baseline) + anchorPos.x -= rp->width; + } + else { + anchorPos.x = rp->x + rp->width * 0.5; + anchorPos.y = rp->y; + if (y < gops->baseline) + anchorPos.y += rp->height; + } + + ts.printText(psPtr, string, anchorPos.x, anchorPos.y); + } +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b48114 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemBar.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrElemBar_h__ +#define __BltGrElemBar_h__ + +#include <cmath> + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h" + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + float x1; + float y1; + float x2; + float y2; + } BarRegion; + + typedef struct { + Weight weight; + BarPen* penPtr; + Rectangle* bars; + int nBars; + GraphSegments xeb; + GraphSegments yeb; + int symbolSize; + int errorBarCapWidth; + } BarStyle; + + typedef struct { + Element* elemPtr; + const char *label; + char** tags; + Axis* xAxis; + Axis* yAxis; + ElemCoords coords; + ElemValues* w; + ElemValues* xError; + ElemValues* yError; + ElemValues* xHigh; + ElemValues* xLow; + ElemValues* yHigh; + ElemValues* yLow; + int hide; + int legendRelief; + Chain* stylePalette; + BarPen* builtinPenPtr; + BarPen* activePenPtr; + BarPen* normalPenPtr; + BarPenOptions builtinPen; + + // derived + double barWidth; + const char *groupName; + } BarElementOptions; + + class BarElement : public Element { + protected: + BarPen* builtinPenPtr; + int* barToData_; + Rectangle* bars_; + int* activeToData_; + Rectangle* activeRects_; + int nBars_; + int nActive_; + GraphSegments xeb_; + GraphSegments yeb_; + + protected: + void ResetStylePalette(Chain*); + void checkStacks(Axis*, Axis*, double*, double*); + void mergePens(BarStyle**); + void mapActive(); + void reset(); + void mapErrorBars(BarStyle**); + void drawSegments(Drawable, BarPen*, Rectangle*, int); + void drawValues(Drawable, BarPen*, Rectangle*, int, int*); + void printSegments(PSOutput*, BarPen*, Rectangle*, int); + void printValues(PSOutput*, BarPen*, Rectangle*, int, int*); + + public: + BarElement(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + virtual ~BarElement(); + + ClassId classId() {return CID_ELEM_BAR;} + const char* className() {return "BarElement";} + const char* typeName() {return "bar";} + + int configure(); + void map(); + void extents(Region2d*); + void closest(); + void draw(Drawable); + void drawActive(Drawable); + void drawSymbol(Drawable, int, int, int); + void print(PSOutput*); + void printActive(PSOutput*); + void printSymbol(PSOutput*, double, double, int); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8ec8f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.C @@ -0,0 +1,2405 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1993 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <float.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemOption.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" +#include "tkbltInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define SEARCH_X 0 +#define SEARCH_Y 1 +#define SEARCH_BOTH 2 + +#define SEARCH_POINTS 0 // closest data point. +#define SEARCH_TRACES 1 // closest point on trace. +#define SEARCH_AUTO 2 // traces if linewidth is > 0 and more than one + +#define MIN3(a,b,c) (((a)<(b))?(((a)<(c))?(a):(c)):(((b)<(c))?(b):(c))) +#define PointInRegion(e,x,y) (((x) <= (e)->right) && ((x) >= (e)->left) && ((y) <= (e)->bottom) && ((y) >= (e)->top)) + +#define BROKEN_TRACE(dir,last,next) (((dir == INCREASING)&&(next < last)) || ((dir == DECREASING)&&(next > last))) +#define DRAW_SYMBOL() (symbolInterval_==0||(symbolCounter_%symbolInterval_)==0) + +static const char* symbolMacros[] = + {"Li", "Sq", "Ci", "Di", "Pl", "Cr", "Sp", "Sc", "Tr", "Ar", "Bm", NULL}; + +// OptionSpecs + +static const char* smoothObjOption[] = + {"linear", "step", "cubic", "quadratic", "catrom", NULL}; + +static const char* penDirObjOption[] = + {"increasing", "decreasing", "both", NULL}; + +static Tk_ObjCustomOption styleObjOption = + { + "styles", StyleSetProc, StyleGetProc, StyleRestoreProc, StyleFreeProc, + (ClientData)sizeof(LineStyle) + }; + +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption penObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption pairsObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption valuesObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption; + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-activepen", "activePen", "ActivePen", + "active", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, activePenPtr), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &penObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-areabackground", "areaBackground", "AreaBackground", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, fillBg), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags", + "all", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, tags), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, + Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.traceColor), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.traceDashes), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-data", "data", "Data", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, coords), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &pairsObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-errorbarcolor", "errorBarColor", "ErrorBarColor", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS,"-errorbarwidth", "errorBarWidth", "ErrorBarWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarLineWidth), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarcap", "errorBarCap", "ErrorBarCap", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarCapWidth), + 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-fill", "fill", "Fill", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol.fillColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, hide), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", "label", "Label", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, label), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK | TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-legendrelief", "legendRelief", "LegendRelief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, legendRelief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.traceWidth), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX", + "x", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY", + "y", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_INT, "-maxsymbols", "maxSymbols", "MaxSymbols", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, reqMaxSymbols), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-offdash", "offDash", "OffDash", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.traceOffColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol.outlineColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-outlinewidth", "outlineWidth", "OutlineWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol.outlineWidth), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-pen", "pen", "Pen", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, normalPenPtr), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &penObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixels", "pixels", "Pixels", + "0.1i", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol.size), + 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-reduce", "reduce", "Reduce", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, rTolerance), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-scalesymbols", "scaleSymbols", "ScaleSymbols", + "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, scaleSymbols), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showerrorbars", "showErrorBars", "ShowErrorBars", + "both", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.errorBarShow), + 0, &fillObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showvalues", "showValues", "ShowValues", + "none", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueShow), + 0, &fillObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-smooth", "smooth", "Smooth", + "linear", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, reqSmooth), + 0, &smoothObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-styles", "styles", "Styles", + "", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, stylePalette), + 0, &styleObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-symbol", "symbol", "Symbol", + "none", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.symbol), + 0, &symbolObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-trace", "trace", "Trace", + "both", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, penDir), + 0, &penDirObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-valueanchor", "valueAnchor", "ValueAnchor", + "s", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.anchor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-valuecolor", "valueColor", "ValueColor", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND,-1, + Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.color), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-valuefont", "valueFont", "ValueFont", + STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, + Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.font), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-valueformat", "valueFormat", "ValueFormat", + "%g", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueFormat), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-valuerotate", "valueRotate", "ValueRotate", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, builtinPen.valueStyle.angle), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-weights", "weights", "Weights", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, w), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-x", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-xdata", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xdata", "xData", "XData", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, coords.x), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xerror", "xError", "XError", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, xError), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xhigh", "xHigh", "XHigh", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, xHigh), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-xlow", "xLow", "XLow", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, xLow), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-y", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-ydata", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-ydata", "yData", "YData", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, coords.y), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-yerror", "yError", "YError", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, yError), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-yhigh", "yHigh", "YHigh", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, yHigh), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-ylow", "yLow", "YLow", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineElementOptions, yLow), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &valuesObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +LineElement::LineElement(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) + : Element(graphPtr, name, hPtr) +{ + smooth_ = LINEAR; + fillPts_ =NULL; + nFillPts_ = 0; + + symbolPts_.points =NULL; + symbolPts_.length =0; + symbolPts_.map =NULL; + activePts_.points =NULL; + activePts_.length =0; + activePts_.map =NULL; + + xeb_.segments =NULL; + xeb_.map =NULL; + xeb_.length =0; + yeb_.segments =NULL; + yeb_.map =NULL; + yeb_.length =0; + + symbolInterval_ =0; + symbolCounter_ =0; + traces_ =NULL; + + ops_ = (LineElementOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(LineElementOptions)); + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + ops->elemPtr = (Element*)this; + + builtinPenPtr = new LinePen(graphPtr, "builtin", &ops->builtinPen); + ops->builtinPenPtr = builtinPenPtr; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs); + + ops->stylePalette = new Chain(); + // this is an option and will be freed via Tk_FreeConfigOptions + // By default an element's name and label are the same + ops->label = Tcl_Alloc(strlen(name)+1); + if (name) + strcpy((char*)ops->label,(char*)name); + + Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr->interp_, (char*)&(ops->builtinPen), + builtinPenPtr->optionTable(), graphPtr->tkwin_); +} + +LineElement::~LineElement() +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + delete builtinPenPtr; + + reset(); + + if (ops->stylePalette) { + freeStylePalette(ops->stylePalette); + delete ops->stylePalette; + } + + delete [] fillPts_; +} + +int LineElement::configure() +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + if (builtinPenPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Point to the static normal/active pens if no external pens have been + // selected. + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); + if (!link) { + link = new ChainLink(sizeof(LineStyle)); + ops->stylePalette->linkAfter(link, NULL); + } + LineStyle* stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void LineElement::map() +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + if (!link) + return; + + reset(); + if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y || + !ops->coords.x->nValues() || !ops->coords.y->nValues()) + return; + + MapInfo mi; + getScreenPoints(&mi); + mapSymbols(&mi); + + if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) + mapActiveSymbols(); + + // Map connecting line segments if they are to be displayed. + smooth_ = (Smoothing)ops->reqSmooth; + if ((mi.nScreenPts > 1) && (ops->builtinPen.traceWidth > 0)) { + // Do smoothing if necessary. This can extend the coordinate array, + // so both mi.points and mi.nPoints may change. + switch (smooth_) { + case STEP: + generateSteps(&mi); + break; + + case CUBIC: + case QUADRATIC: + // Can't interpolate with less than three points + if (mi.nScreenPts < 3) + smooth_ = LINEAR; + else + generateSpline(&mi); + break; + + case CATROM: + // Can't interpolate with less than three points + if (mi.nScreenPts < 3) + smooth_ = LINEAR; + else + generateParametricSpline(&mi); + break; + + default: + break; + } + if (ops->rTolerance > 0.0) + reducePoints(&mi, ops->rTolerance); + + if (ops->fillBg) + mapFillArea(&mi); + + mapTraces(&mi); + } + delete [] mi.screenPts; + delete [] mi.map; + + // Set the symbol size of all the pen styles + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle* stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)stylePtr->penPtr; + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + int size = scaleSymbol(penOps->symbol.size); + stylePtr->symbolSize = size; + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth = penOps->errorBarCapWidth; + } + + LineStyle** styleMap = (LineStyle**)StyleMap(); + if (((ops->yHigh && ops->yHigh->nValues() > 0) && + (ops->yLow && ops->yLow->nValues() > 0)) || + ((ops->xHigh && ops->xHigh->nValues() > 0) && + (ops->xLow && ops->xLow->nValues() > 0)) || + (ops->xError && ops->xError->nValues() > 0) || + (ops->yError && ops->yError->nValues() > 0)) { + mapErrorBars(styleMap); + } + + mergePens(styleMap); + delete [] styleMap; +} + +void LineElement::extents(Region2d *extsPtr) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + extsPtr->top = extsPtr->left = DBL_MAX; + extsPtr->bottom = extsPtr->right = -DBL_MAX; + + if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y || + !ops->coords.x->nValues() || !ops->coords.y->nValues()) + return; + int np = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops); + + extsPtr->right = ops->coords.x->max(); + AxisOptions* axisxops = (AxisOptions*)ops->xAxis->ops(); + if ((ops->coords.x->min() <= 0.0) && (axisxops->logScale)) + extsPtr->left = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->coords.x, DBL_MIN); + else + extsPtr->left = ops->coords.x->min(); + + extsPtr->bottom = ops->coords.y->max(); + AxisOptions* axisyops = (AxisOptions*)ops->yAxis->ops(); + if ((ops->coords.y->min() <= 0.0) && (axisyops->logScale)) + extsPtr->top = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->coords.y, DBL_MIN); + else + extsPtr->top = ops->coords.y->min(); + + // Correct the data limits for error bars + if (ops->xError && ops->xError->nValues() > 0) { + np = MIN(ops->xError->nValues(), np); + for (int ii=0; ii<np; ii++) { + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii] + ops->xError->values_[ii]; + if (x > extsPtr->right) + extsPtr->right = x; + + x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii] - ops->xError->values_[ii]; + AxisOptions* axisxops = (AxisOptions*)ops->xAxis->ops(); + if (axisxops->logScale) { + // Mirror negative values, instead of ignoring them + if (x < 0.0) + x = -x; + if ((x > DBL_MIN) && (x < extsPtr->left)) + extsPtr->left = x; + } + else if (x < extsPtr->left) + extsPtr->left = x; + } + } + else { + if (ops->xHigh && + (ops->xHigh->nValues() > 0) && + (ops->xHigh->max() > extsPtr->right)) { + extsPtr->right = ops->xHigh->max(); + } + if (ops->xLow && ops->xLow->nValues() > 0) { + double left; + if ((ops->xLow->min() <= 0.0) && (axisxops->logScale)) + left = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->xLow, DBL_MIN); + else + left = ops->xLow->min(); + + if (left < extsPtr->left) + extsPtr->left = left; + } + } + + if (ops->yError && ops->yError->nValues() > 0) { + np = MIN(ops->yError->nValues(), np); + for (int ii=0; ii<np; ii++) { + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii] + ops->yError->values_[ii]; + if (y > extsPtr->bottom) + extsPtr->bottom = y; + + y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii] - ops->yError->values_[ii]; + AxisOptions* axisyops = (AxisOptions*)ops->yAxis->ops(); + if (axisyops->logScale) { + // Mirror negative values, instead of ignoring them + if (y < 0.0) + y = -y; + if ((y > DBL_MIN) && (y < extsPtr->left)) + extsPtr->top = y; + } + else if (y < extsPtr->top) + extsPtr->top = y; + } + } + else { + if (ops->yHigh && (ops->yHigh->nValues() > 0) && + (ops->yHigh->max() > extsPtr->bottom)) + extsPtr->bottom = ops->yHigh->max(); + + if (ops->yLow && ops->yLow->nValues() > 0) { + double top; + if ((ops->yLow->min() <= 0.0) && (axisyops->logScale)) + top = FindElemValuesMinimum(ops->yLow, DBL_MIN); + else + top = ops->yLow->min(); + + if (top < extsPtr->top) + extsPtr->top = top; + } + } +} + +void LineElement::closest() +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &gops->search; + int mode = searchPtr->mode; + if (mode == SEARCH_AUTO) { + LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + mode = SEARCH_POINTS; + if ((NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops) > 1) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0)) + mode = SEARCH_TRACES; + } + if (mode == SEARCH_POINTS) + closestPoint(searchPtr); + else { + int found = closestTrace(); + if ((!found) && (searchPtr->along != SEARCH_BOTH)) + closestPoint(searchPtr); + } +} + +void LineElement::draw(Drawable drawable) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (ops->hide) + return; + + // Fill area under the curve + if (ops->fillBg && fillPts_) { + XPoint*points = new XPoint[nFillPts_]; + + unsigned int count =0; + for (Point2d *pp = fillPts_, *endp = pp + nFillPts_; pp < endp; pp++) { + points[count].x = (short)pp->x; + points[count].y = (short)pp->y; + count++; + } + Tk_Fill3DPolygon(graphPtr_->tkwin_, drawable, ops->fillBg, points, + nFillPts_, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); + delete [] points; + } + + // Error bars + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle* stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)stylePtr->penPtr; + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if ((stylePtr->xeb.length > 0) && (penOps->errorBarShow & SHOW_X)) + graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, penPtr->errorBarGC_, + stylePtr->xeb.segments, stylePtr->xeb.length); + + if ((stylePtr->yeb.length > 0) && (penOps->errorBarShow & SHOW_Y)) + graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, penPtr->errorBarGC_, + stylePtr->yeb.segments, stylePtr->yeb.length); + } + + // traces + if ((Chain_GetLength(traces_) > 0) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0)) + drawTraces(drawable, penPtr); + + // Symbols, values + if (ops->reqMaxSymbols > 0) { + int total = 0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + total += stylePtr->symbolPts.length; + } + symbolInterval_ = total / ops->reqMaxSymbols; + symbolCounter_ = 0; + } + + unsigned int count =0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle* stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)stylePtr->penPtr; + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if ((stylePtr->symbolPts.length > 0) && + (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE)) + drawSymbols(drawable, penPtr, stylePtr->symbolSize, + stylePtr->symbolPts.length, stylePtr->symbolPts.points); + + if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + drawValues(drawable, penPtr, stylePtr->symbolPts.length, + stylePtr->symbolPts.points, symbolPts_.map + count); + + count += stylePtr->symbolPts.length; + } + + symbolInterval_ = 0; + symbolCounter_ = 0; +} + +void LineElement::drawActive(Drawable drawable) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen*)ops->activePenPtr; + if (!penPtr) + return; + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (ops->hide || !active_) + return; + + int symbolSize = scaleSymbol(penOps->symbol.size); + + if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) { + mapActiveSymbols(); + + if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE) + drawSymbols(drawable, penPtr, symbolSize, activePts_.length, + activePts_.points); + if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + drawValues(drawable, penPtr, activePts_.length, activePts_.points, + activePts_.map); + } + else if (nActiveIndices_ < 0) { + if ((Chain_GetLength(traces_) > 0) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0)) + drawTraces(drawable, penPtr); + + if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE) + drawSymbols(drawable, penPtr, symbolSize, symbolPts_.length, + symbolPts_.points); + + if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) { + drawValues(drawable, penPtr, symbolPts_.length, symbolPts_.points, + symbolPts_.map); + } + } +} + +void LineElement::drawSymbol(Drawable drawable, int x, int y, int size) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (penOps->traceWidth > 0) { + // Draw an extra line offset by one pixel from the previous to give a + // thicker appearance. This is only for the legend entry. This routine + // is never called for drawing the actual line segments. + XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->traceGC_, x - size, y, + x + size, y); + XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->traceGC_, x - size, y + 1, + x + size, y + 1); + } + if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE) { + Point2d point; + point.x = x; + point.y = y; + drawSymbols(drawable, penPtr, size, 1, &point); + } +} + +void LineElement::print(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (ops->hide) + return; + + psPtr->format("\n%% Element \"%s\"\n\n", name_); + + // Draw fill area + if (ops->fillBg && fillPts_) { + psPtr->append("% start fill area\n"); + psPtr->setBackground(ops->fillBg); + psPtr->printPolyline(fillPts_, nFillPts_); + psPtr->append("gsave fill grestore\n"); + psPtr->append("% end fill area\n"); + } + + // traces + if ((Chain_GetLength(traces_) > 0) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0)) + printTraces(psPtr, penPtr); + + // Symbols, error bars, values + if (ops->reqMaxSymbols > 0) { + int total = 0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + total += stylePtr->symbolPts.length; + } + symbolInterval_ = total / ops->reqMaxSymbols; + symbolCounter_ = 0; + } + + unsigned int count =0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)stylePtr->penPtr; + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + XColor* colorPtr = penOps->errorBarColor; + if (!colorPtr) + colorPtr = penOps->traceColor; + + if ((stylePtr->xeb.length > 0) && (penOps->errorBarShow & SHOW_X)) { + psPtr->setLineAttributes(colorPtr, penOps->errorBarLineWidth, + NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter); + psPtr->printSegments(stylePtr->xeb.segments, stylePtr->xeb.length); + } + + if ((stylePtr->yeb.length > 0) && (penOps->errorBarShow & SHOW_Y)) { + psPtr->setLineAttributes(colorPtr, penOps->errorBarLineWidth, + NULL, CapButt, JoinMiter); + psPtr->printSegments(stylePtr->yeb.segments, stylePtr->yeb.length); + } + + if ((stylePtr->symbolPts.length > 0) && + (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE)) + printSymbols(psPtr, penPtr, stylePtr->symbolSize, + stylePtr->symbolPts.length, stylePtr->symbolPts.points); + + if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + printValues(psPtr, penPtr, stylePtr->symbolPts.length, + stylePtr->symbolPts.points, symbolPts_.map + count); + + count += stylePtr->symbolPts.length; + } + + symbolInterval_ = 0; + symbolCounter_ = 0; +} + +void LineElement::printActive(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + LinePen* penPtr = (LinePen *)ops->activePenPtr; + if (!penPtr) + return; + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (ops->hide || !active_) + return; + + psPtr->format("\n%% Active Element \"%s\"\n\n", name_); + + int symbolSize = scaleSymbol(penOps->symbol.size); + if (nActiveIndices_ > 0) { + mapActiveSymbols(); + + if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE) + printSymbols(psPtr, penPtr, symbolSize, activePts_.length, + activePts_.points); + + if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) + printValues(psPtr, penPtr, activePts_.length, activePts_.points, + activePts_.map); + } + else if (nActiveIndices_ < 0) { + if ((Chain_GetLength(traces_) > 0) && (penOps->traceWidth > 0)) + printTraces(psPtr, (LinePen*)penPtr); + + if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE) + printSymbols(psPtr, penPtr, symbolSize, symbolPts_.length, + symbolPts_.points); + if (penOps->valueShow != SHOW_NONE) { + printValues(psPtr, penPtr, symbolPts_.length, symbolPts_.points, + symbolPts_.map); + } + } +} + +void LineElement::printSymbol(PSOutput* psPtr, double x, double y, int size) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + LinePen* penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (penOps->traceWidth > 0) { + // Draw an extra line offset by one pixel from the previous to give a + // thicker appearance. This is only for the legend entry. This routine + // is never called for drawing the actual line segments. + psPtr->setLineAttributes(penOps->traceColor, penOps->traceWidth, + &penOps->traceDashes, CapButt, JoinMiter); + psPtr->format("%g %g %d Li\n", x, y, size + size); + } + + if (penOps->symbol.type != SYMBOL_NONE) { + Point2d point; + point.x = x; + point.y = y; + printSymbols(psPtr, penPtr, size, 1, &point); + } +} + +// Support + +double LineElement::distanceToLine(int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q, + Point2d *t) +{ + double right, left, top, bottom; + + *t = getProjection(x, y, p, q); + if (p->x > q->x) + right = p->x, left = q->x; + else + left = p->x, right = q->x; + + if (p->y > q->y) + bottom = p->y, top = q->y; + else + top = p->y, bottom = q->y; + + if (t->x > right) + t->x = right; + else if (t->x < left) + t->x = left; + + if (t->y > bottom) + t->y = bottom; + else if (t->y < top) + t->y = top; + + return hypot((t->x - x), (t->y - y)); +} + +double LineElement::distanceToX(int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q, + Point2d *t) +{ + double dx, dy; + double d; + + if (p->x > q->x) { + if ((x > p->x) || (x < q->x)) { + return DBL_MAX; /* X-coordinate outside line segment. */ + } + } else { + if ((x > q->x) || (x < p->x)) { + return DBL_MAX; /* X-coordinate outside line segment. */ + } + } + dx = p->x - q->x; + dy = p->y - q->y; + t->x = (double)x; + if (fabs(dx) < DBL_EPSILON) { + double d1, d2; + /* + * Same X-coordinate indicates a vertical line. Pick the closest end + * point. + */ + d1 = p->y - y; + d2 = q->y - y; + if (fabs(d1) < fabs(d2)) { + t->y = p->y, d = d1; + } else { + t->y = q->y, d = d2; + } + } + else if (fabs(dy) < DBL_EPSILON) { + /* Horizontal line. */ + t->y = p->y, d = p->y - y; + } + else { + double m = dy / dx; + double b = p->y - (m * p->x); + t->y = (x * m) + b; + d = y - t->y; + } + + return fabs(d); +} + +double LineElement::distanceToY(int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q, + Point2d *t) +{ + double dx, dy; + double d; + + if (p->y > q->y) { + if ((y > p->y) || (y < q->y)) { + return DBL_MAX; + } + } + else { + if ((y > q->y) || (y < p->y)) { + return DBL_MAX; + } + } + dx = p->x - q->x; + dy = p->y - q->y; + t->y = y; + if (fabs(dy) < DBL_EPSILON) { + double d1, d2; + + /* Save Y-coordinate indicates an horizontal line. Pick the closest end + * point. */ + d1 = p->x - x; + d2 = q->x - x; + if (fabs(d1) < fabs(d2)) { + t->x = p->x, d = d1; + } + else { + t->x = q->x, d = d2; + } + } + else if (fabs(dx) < DBL_EPSILON) { + /* Vertical line. */ + t->x = p->x, d = p->x - x; + } + else { + double m = dy / dx; + double b = p->y - (m * p->x); + t->x = (y - b) / m; + d = x - t->x; + } + + return fabs(d); +} + +int LineElement::scaleSymbol(int normalSize) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + double scale = 1.0; + if (ops->scaleSymbols) { + double xRange = (ops->xAxis->max_ - ops->xAxis->min_); + double yRange = (ops->yAxis->max_ - ops->yAxis->min_); + // Save the ranges as a baseline for future scaling + if (!xRange_ || !yRange_) { + xRange_ = xRange; + yRange_ = yRange; + } + else { + // Scale the symbol by the smallest change in the X or Y axes + double xScale = xRange_ / xRange; + double yScale = yRange_ / yRange; + scale = MIN(xScale, yScale); + } + } + int newSize = (int)(normalSize * scale); + + int maxSize = MIN(graphPtr_->hRange_, graphPtr_->vRange_); + if (newSize > maxSize) + newSize = maxSize; + + // Make the symbol size odd so that its center is a single pixel. + newSize |= 0x01; + + return newSize; +} + +void LineElement::getScreenPoints(MapInfo* mapPtr) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + if (!ops->coords.x || !ops->coords.y) { + mapPtr->screenPts = NULL; + mapPtr->nScreenPts = 0; + mapPtr->map = NULL; + } + + int np = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops); + double* x = ops->coords.x->values_; + double* y = ops->coords.y->values_; + Point2d* points = new Point2d[np]; + int* map = new int[np]; + + int count = 0; + if (gops->inverted) { + for (int ii=0; ii<np; ii++) { + if ((isfinite(x[ii])) && (isfinite(y[ii]))) { + points[count].x = ops->yAxis->hMap(y[ii]); + points[count].y = ops->xAxis->vMap(x[ii]); + map[count] = ii; + count++; + } + } + } + else { + for (int ii=0; ii< np; ii++) { + if ((isfinite(x[ii])) && (isfinite(y[ii]))) { + points[count].x = ops->xAxis->hMap(x[ii]); + points[count].y = ops->yAxis->vMap(y[ii]); + map[count] = ii; + count++; + } + } + } + mapPtr->screenPts = points; + mapPtr->nScreenPts = count; + mapPtr->map = map; +} + +void LineElement::reducePoints(MapInfo *mapPtr, double tolerance) +{ + int* simple = new int[mapPtr->nScreenPts]; + int* map = new int[mapPtr->nScreenPts]; + Point2d* screenPts = new Point2d[mapPtr->nScreenPts]; + int np = simplify(mapPtr->screenPts, 0, mapPtr->nScreenPts - 1, + tolerance, simple); + for (int ii=0; ii<np; ii++) { + int kk = simple[ii]; + screenPts[ii] = mapPtr->screenPts[kk]; + map[ii] = mapPtr->map[kk]; + } + delete [] simple; + + delete [] mapPtr->screenPts; + mapPtr->screenPts = screenPts; + delete [] mapPtr->map; + mapPtr->map = map; + mapPtr->nScreenPts = np; +} + +// Douglas-Peucker line simplification algorithm +int LineElement::simplify(Point2d *inputPts, int low, int high, + double tolerance, int *indices) +{ +#define StackPush(a) s++, stack[s] = (a) +#define StackPop(a) (a) = stack[s], s-- +#define StackEmpty() (s < 0) +#define StackTop() stack[s] + int split = -1; + double dist2, tolerance2; + int s = -1; /* Points to top stack item. */ + + int* stack = new int[high - low + 1]; + StackPush(high); + int count = 0; + indices[count++] = 0; + tolerance2 = tolerance * tolerance; + while (!StackEmpty()) { + dist2 = findSplit(inputPts, low, StackTop(), &split); + if (dist2 > tolerance2) + StackPush(split); + else { + indices[count++] = StackTop(); + StackPop(low); + } + } + delete [] stack; + return count; +} + +double LineElement::findSplit(Point2d *points, int i, int j, int *split) +{ + double maxDist2 = -1.0; + if ((i + 1) < j) { + double a = points[i].y - points[j].y; + double b = points[j].x - points[i].x; + double c = (points[i].x * points[j].y) - (points[i].y * points[j].x); + for (int kk = (i + 1); kk < j; kk++) { + double dist2 = (points[kk].x * a) + (points[kk].y * b) + c; + if (dist2 < 0.0) + dist2 = -dist2; + + // Track the maximum. + if (dist2 > maxDist2) { + maxDist2 = dist2; + *split = kk; + } + } + // Correction for segment length---should be redone if can == 0 + maxDist2 *= maxDist2 / (a * a + b * b); + } + return maxDist2; +} + +void LineElement::generateSteps(MapInfo *mapPtr) +{ + int newSize = ((mapPtr->nScreenPts - 1) * 2) + 1; + Point2d* screenPts = new Point2d[newSize]; + int* map = new int[newSize]; + screenPts[0] = mapPtr->screenPts[0]; + map[0] = 0; + + int count = 1; + for (int i = 1; i < mapPtr->nScreenPts; i++) { + screenPts[count + 1] = mapPtr->screenPts[i]; + + // Hold last y-coordinate, use new x-coordinate + screenPts[count].x = screenPts[count + 1].x; + screenPts[count].y = screenPts[count - 1].y; + + // Use the same style for both the hold and the step points + map[count] = map[count + 1] = mapPtr->map[i]; + count += 2; + } + delete [] mapPtr->map; + mapPtr->map = map; + delete [] mapPtr->screenPts; + mapPtr->screenPts = screenPts; + mapPtr->nScreenPts = newSize; +} + +void LineElement::generateSpline(MapInfo *mapPtr) +{ + int nOrigPts = mapPtr->nScreenPts; + Point2d* origPts = mapPtr->screenPts; + + // check points are not monotonically increasing + for (int ii=0, jj=1; jj<nOrigPts; ii++, jj++) { + if (origPts[jj].x <= origPts[ii].x) + return; + } + if (((origPts[0].x > (double)graphPtr_->right_)) || + ((origPts[mapPtr->nScreenPts - 1].x < (double)graphPtr_->left_))) + return; + + // The spline is computed in screen coordinates instead of data points so + // that we can select the abscissas of the interpolated points from each + // pixel horizontally across the plotting area. + int extra = (graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_) + 1; + if (extra < 1) + return; + + int niPts = nOrigPts + extra + 1; + Point2d* iPts = new Point2d[niPts]; + int* map = new int[niPts]; + + // Populate the x2 array with both the original X-coordinates and extra + // X-coordinates for each horizontal pixel that the line segment contains + int count = 0; + for (int ii=0, jj=1; jj<nOrigPts; ii++, jj++) { + // Add the original x-coordinate + iPts[count].x = origPts[ii].x; + + // Include the starting offset of the point in the offset array + map[count] = mapPtr->map[ii]; + count++; + + // Is any part of the interval (line segment) in the plotting area? + if ((origPts[jj].x >= (double)graphPtr_->left_) || + (origPts[ii].x <= (double)graphPtr_->right_)) { + double x = origPts[ii].x + 1.0; + + /* + * Since the line segment may be partially clipped on the left or + * right side, the points to interpolate are always interior to + * the plotting area. + * + * left right + * x1----|---------------------------|---x2 + * + * Pick the max of the starting X-coordinate and the left edge and + * the min of the last X-coordinate and the right edge. + */ + x = MAX(x, (double)graphPtr_->left_); + double last = MIN(origPts[jj].x, (double)graphPtr_->right_); + + // Add the extra x-coordinates to the interval + while (x < last) { + map[count] = mapPtr->map[ii]; + iPts[count++].x = x; + x++; + } + } + } + niPts = count; + int result = 0; + if (smooth_ == CUBIC) + result = naturalSpline(origPts, nOrigPts, iPts, niPts); + else if (smooth_ == QUADRATIC) + result = quadraticSpline(origPts, nOrigPts, iPts, niPts); + + // The spline interpolation failed. We will fall back to the current + // coordinates and do no smoothing (standard line segments) + if (!result) { + smooth_ = LINEAR; + delete [] iPts; + delete [] map; + } + else { + delete [] mapPtr->map; + mapPtr->map = map; + delete [] mapPtr->screenPts; + mapPtr->screenPts = iPts; + mapPtr->nScreenPts = niPts; + } +} + +void LineElement::generateParametricSpline(MapInfo *mapPtr) +{ + int nOrigPts = mapPtr->nScreenPts; + Point2d *origPts = mapPtr->screenPts; + + Region2d exts; + graphPtr_->extents(&exts); + + /* + * Populate the x2 array with both the original X-coordinates and extra + * X-coordinates for each horizontal pixel that the line segment contains. + */ + int count = 1; + for (int i = 0, j = 1; j < nOrigPts; i++, j++) { + Point2d p = origPts[i]; + Point2d q = origPts[j]; + count++; + if (lineRectClip(&exts, &p, &q)) + count += (int)(hypot(q.x - p.x, q.y - p.y) * 0.5); + } + int niPts = count; + Point2d *iPts = new Point2d[niPts]; + int* map = new int[niPts]; + + /* + * FIXME: This is just plain wrong. The spline should be computed + * and evaluated in separate steps. This will mean breaking + * up this routine since the catrom coefficients can be + * independently computed for original data point. This + * also handles the problem of allocating enough points + * since evaluation is independent of the number of points + * to be evalualted. The interpolated + * line segments should be clipped, not the original segments. + */ + count = 0; + int i,j; + for (i = 0, j = 1; j < nOrigPts; i++, j++) { + Point2d p = origPts[i]; + Point2d q = origPts[j]; + + double d = hypot(q.x - p.x, q.y - p.y); + /* Add the original x-coordinate */ + iPts[count].x = (double)i; + iPts[count].y = 0.0; + + /* Include the starting offset of the point in the offset array */ + map[count] = mapPtr->map[i]; + count++; + + /* Is any part of the interval (line segment) in the plotting + * area? */ + + if (lineRectClip(&exts, &p, &q)) { + double dp, dq; + + /* Distance of original point to p. */ + dp = hypot(p.x - origPts[i].x, p.y - origPts[i].y); + /* Distance of original point to q. */ + dq = hypot(q.x - origPts[i].x, q.y - origPts[i].y); + dp += 2.0; + while(dp <= dq) { + /* Point is indicated by its interval and parameter t. */ + iPts[count].x = (double)i; + iPts[count].y = dp / d; + map[count] = mapPtr->map[i]; + count++; + dp += 2.0; + } + } + } + iPts[count].x = (double)i; + iPts[count].y = 0.0; + map[count] = mapPtr->map[i]; + count++; + niPts = count; + int result = 0; + if (smooth_ == CUBIC) + result = naturalParametricSpline(origPts, nOrigPts, &exts, 0, iPts, niPts); + else if (smooth_ == CATROM) + result = catromParametricSpline(origPts, nOrigPts, iPts, niPts); + + // The spline interpolation failed. We will fall back to the current + // coordinates and do no smoothing (standard line segments) + if (!result) { + smooth_ = LINEAR; + delete [] iPts; + delete [] map; + } + else { + delete [] mapPtr->map; + mapPtr->map = map; + delete [] mapPtr->screenPts; + mapPtr->screenPts = iPts; + mapPtr->nScreenPts = niPts; + } +} + +void LineElement::mapSymbols(MapInfo *mapPtr) +{ + Point2d* points = new Point2d[mapPtr->nScreenPts]; + int *map = new int[mapPtr->nScreenPts]; + + Region2d exts; + graphPtr_->extents(&exts); + + Point2d *pp; + int count = 0; + int i; + for (pp=mapPtr->screenPts, i=0; i<mapPtr->nScreenPts; i++, pp++) { + if (PointInRegion(&exts, pp->x, pp->y)) { + points[count].x = pp->x; + points[count].y = pp->y; + map[count] = mapPtr->map[i]; + count++; + } + } + symbolPts_.points = points; + symbolPts_.length = count; + symbolPts_.map = map; +} + +void LineElement::mapActiveSymbols() +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + delete [] activePts_.points; + activePts_.points = NULL; + delete [] activePts_.map; + activePts_.map = NULL; + + Region2d exts; + graphPtr_->extents(&exts); + + Point2d *points = new Point2d[nActiveIndices_]; + int* map = new int[nActiveIndices_]; + int np = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops); + int count = 0; + if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) { + for (int ii=0; ii<nActiveIndices_; ii++) { + int iPoint = activeIndices_[ii]; + if (iPoint >= np) + continue; + + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[iPoint]; + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[iPoint]; + points[count] = graphPtr_->map2D(x, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + map[count] = iPoint; + if (PointInRegion(&exts, points[count].x, points[count].y)) { + count++; + } + } + } + + if (count > 0) { + activePts_.points = points; + activePts_.map = map; + } + else { + delete [] points; + delete [] map; + } + activePts_.length = count; +} + +void LineElement::mergePens(LineStyle **styleMap) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + if (Chain_GetLength(ops->stylePalette) < 2) { + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); + LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->symbolPts.length = symbolPts_.length; + stylePtr->symbolPts.points = symbolPts_.points; + stylePtr->xeb.length = xeb_.length; + stylePtr->xeb.segments = xeb_.segments; + stylePtr->yeb.length = yeb_.length; + stylePtr->yeb.segments = yeb_.segments; + return; + } + + if (symbolPts_.length > 0) { + Point2d* points = new Point2d[symbolPts_.length]; + int* map = new int[symbolPts_.length]; + Point2d *pp = points; + int* ip = map; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->symbolPts.points = pp; + for (int ii=0; ii<symbolPts_.length; ii++) { + int iData = symbolPts_.map[ii]; + if (styleMap[iData] == stylePtr) { + *pp++ = symbolPts_.points[ii]; + *ip++ = iData; + } + } + stylePtr->symbolPts.length = pp - stylePtr->symbolPts.points; + } + delete [] symbolPts_.points; + symbolPts_.points = points; + delete [] symbolPts_.map; + symbolPts_.map = map; + } + + if (xeb_.length > 0) { + Segment2d* segments = new Segment2d[xeb_.length]; + Segment2d *sp = segments; + int* map = new int[xeb_.length]; + int* ip = map; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->xeb.segments = sp; + for (int ii=0; ii<xeb_.length; ii++) { + int iData = xeb_.map[ii]; + if (styleMap[iData] == stylePtr) { + *sp++ = xeb_.segments[ii]; + *ip++ = iData; + } + } + stylePtr->xeb.length = sp - stylePtr->xeb.segments; + } + delete [] xeb_.segments; + xeb_.segments = segments; + delete [] xeb_.map; + xeb_.map = map; + } + + if (yeb_.length > 0) { + Segment2d* segments = new Segment2d[yeb_.length]; + Segment2d* sp = segments; + int* map = new int [yeb_.length]; + int* ip = map; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->yeb.segments = sp; + for (int ii=0; ii<yeb_.length; ii++) { + int iData = yeb_.map[ii]; + if (styleMap[iData] == stylePtr) { + *sp++ = yeb_.segments[ii]; + *ip++ = iData; + } + } + stylePtr->yeb.length = sp - stylePtr->yeb.segments; + } + delete [] yeb_.segments; + yeb_.segments = segments; + delete [] yeb_.map; + yeb_.map = map; + } +} + +void LineElement::saveTrace(int start, int length, MapInfo* mapPtr) +{ + bltTrace* tracePtr = new bltTrace; + Point2d* screenPts = new Point2d[length]; + int* map = new int[length]; + + // Copy the screen coordinates of the trace into the point array + if (mapPtr->map) { + for (int ii=0, jj=start; ii<length; ii++, jj++) { + screenPts[ii].x = mapPtr->screenPts[jj].x; + screenPts[ii].y = mapPtr->screenPts[jj].y; + map[ii] = mapPtr->map[jj]; + } + } + else { + for (int ii=0, jj=start; ii<length; ii++, jj++) { + screenPts[ii].x = mapPtr->screenPts[jj].x; + screenPts[ii].y = mapPtr->screenPts[jj].y; + map[ii] = jj; + } + } + tracePtr->screenPts.length = length; + tracePtr->screenPts.points = screenPts; + tracePtr->screenPts.map = map; + tracePtr->start = start; + if (traces_ == NULL) + traces_ = new Chain(); + + traces_->append(tracePtr); +} + +void LineElement::freeTraces() +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(traces_); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + bltTrace* tracePtr = (bltTrace*)Chain_GetValue(link); + delete [] tracePtr->screenPts.map; + delete [] tracePtr->screenPts.points; + delete tracePtr; + } + delete traces_; + traces_ = NULL; +} + +void LineElement::mapTraces(MapInfo *mapPtr) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + Region2d exts; + graphPtr_->extents(&exts); + + int count = 1; + Point2d* p = mapPtr->screenPts; + Point2d* q = p + 1; + + int start; + int ii; + for (ii=1; ii<mapPtr->nScreenPts; ii++, p++, q++) { + // Save the coordinates of the last point before clipping. + Point2d originalq = *q; + int broken = BROKEN_TRACE(ops->penDir, p->x, q->x); + LineRectClipResult clipresult = lineRectClip(&exts, p, q); + + if (broken || clipresult == CLIP_OUTSIDE) { + // The last line segment is either totally clipped by the plotting + // area or the x-direction is wrong, breaking the trace. Either + // way, save information about the last trace (if one exists), + // discarding the current line segment + if (count > 1) { + start = ii - count; + saveTrace(start, count, mapPtr); + count = 1; + } + } + else { + // Add the point to the trace + count++; + + // If the last point is clipped, this means that the trace is + // broken after this point. Restore the original coordinate + // (before clipping) after saving the trace. + if (clipresult & CLIP_Q) { + start = ii - (count - 1); + saveTrace(start, count, mapPtr); + mapPtr->screenPts[ii] = originalq; + count = 1; + } + } + } + if (count > 1) { + start = ii - count; + saveTrace(start, count, mapPtr); + } +} + +void LineElement::mapFillArea(MapInfo *mapPtr) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + if (fillPts_) { + delete [] fillPts_; + fillPts_ = NULL; + nFillPts_ = 0; + } + if (mapPtr->nScreenPts < 3) + return; + + int np = mapPtr->nScreenPts + 3; + Region2d exts; + graphPtr_->extents(&exts); + + Point2d* origPts = new Point2d[np]; + if (gops->inverted) { + int i; + double minX = (double)ops->yAxis->screenMin_; + for (i = 0; i < mapPtr->nScreenPts; i++) { + origPts[i].x = mapPtr->screenPts[i].x + 1; + origPts[i].y = mapPtr->screenPts[i].y; + if (origPts[i].x < minX) { + minX = origPts[i].x; + } + } + // Add edges to make the polygon fill to the bottom of plotting window + origPts[i].x = minX; + origPts[i].y = origPts[i - 1].y; + i++; + origPts[i].x = minX; + origPts[i].y = origPts[0].y; + i++; + origPts[i] = origPts[0]; + } + else { + int i; + double maxY = (double)ops->yAxis->bottom_; + for (i = 0; i < mapPtr->nScreenPts; i++) { + origPts[i].x = mapPtr->screenPts[i].x + 1; + origPts[i].y = mapPtr->screenPts[i].y; + if (origPts[i].y > maxY) { + maxY = origPts[i].y; + } + } + // Add edges to extend the fill polygon to the bottom of plotting window + origPts[i].x = origPts[i - 1].x; + origPts[i].y = maxY; + i++; + origPts[i].x = origPts[0].x; + origPts[i].y = maxY; + i++; + origPts[i] = origPts[0]; + } + + Point2d *clipPts = new Point2d[np * 3]; + np = polyRectClip(&exts, origPts, np - 1, clipPts); + + delete [] origPts; + if (np < 3) + delete [] clipPts; + else { + fillPts_ = clipPts; + nFillPts_ = np; + } +} + +void LineElement::reset() +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + freeTraces(); + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + LineStyle *stylePtr = (LineStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->symbolPts.length = 0; + stylePtr->xeb.length = 0; + stylePtr->yeb.length = 0; + } + + delete [] symbolPts_.points; + symbolPts_.points = NULL; + + delete [] symbolPts_.map; + symbolPts_.map = NULL; + symbolPts_.length = 0; + + delete [] activePts_.points; + activePts_.points = NULL; + activePts_.length = 0; + + delete [] activePts_.map; + activePts_.map = NULL; + + delete [] xeb_.segments; + xeb_.segments = NULL; + delete [] xeb_.map; + xeb_.map = NULL; + xeb_.length = 0; + + delete [] yeb_.segments; + yeb_.segments = NULL; + delete [] yeb_.map; + yeb_.map = NULL; + yeb_.length = 0; +} + +void LineElement::mapErrorBars(LineStyle **styleMap) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + Region2d exts; + graphPtr_->extents(&exts); + + int nn =0; + int np = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops); + if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) { + if (ops->xError && (ops->xError->nValues() > 0)) + nn = MIN(ops->xError->nValues(), np); + else + if (ops->xHigh && ops->xLow) + nn = MIN3(ops->xHigh->nValues(), ops->xLow->nValues(), np); + } + + if (nn) { + Segment2d* errorBars = new Segment2d[nn * 3]; + Segment2d* segPtr = errorBars; + int* errorToData = new int[nn * 3]; + int* indexPtr = errorToData; + + for (int ii=0; ii<nn; ii++) { + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii]; + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii]; + LineStyle* stylePtr = styleMap[ii]; + + if ((isfinite(x)) && (isfinite(y))) { + double high; + double low; + if (ops->xError && ops->xError->nValues() > 0) { + high = x + ops->xError->values_[ii]; + low = x - ops->xError->values_[ii]; + } + else { + high = ops->xHigh ? ops->xHigh->values_[ii] : 0; + low = ops->xLow ? ops->xLow->values_[ii] : 0; + } + + if ((isfinite(high)) && (isfinite(low))) { + Point2d p = graphPtr_->map2D(high, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + Point2d q = graphPtr_->map2D(low, y, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + segPtr->p = p; + segPtr->q = q; + if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + // Left cap + segPtr->p.x = p.x; + segPtr->q.x = p.x; + segPtr->p.y = p.y - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + segPtr->q.y = p.y + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + // Right cap + segPtr->p.x = q.x; + segPtr->q.x = q.x; + segPtr->p.y = q.y - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + segPtr->q.y = q.y + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + } + } + } + xeb_.segments = errorBars; + xeb_.length = segPtr - errorBars; + xeb_.map = errorToData; + } + + nn =0; + if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) { + if (ops->yError && (ops->yError->nValues() > 0)) + nn = MIN(ops->yError->nValues(), np); + else + if (ops->yHigh && ops->yLow) + nn = MIN3(ops->yHigh->nValues(), ops->yLow->nValues(), np); + } + + if (nn) { + Segment2d* errorBars = new Segment2d[nn * 3]; + Segment2d* segPtr = errorBars; + int* errorToData = new int[nn * 3]; + int* indexPtr = errorToData; + + for (int ii=0; ii<nn; ii++) { + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[ii]; + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[ii]; + LineStyle* stylePtr = styleMap[ii]; + + if ((isfinite(x)) && (isfinite(y))) { + double high; + double low; + if (ops->yError && ops->yError->nValues() > 0) { + high = y + ops->yError->values_[ii]; + low = y - ops->yError->values_[ii]; + } + else { + high = ops->yHigh->values_[ii]; + low = ops->yLow->values_[ii]; + } + + if ((isfinite(high)) && (isfinite(low))) { + Point2d p = graphPtr_->map2D(x, high, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + Point2d q = graphPtr_->map2D(x, low, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + segPtr->p = p; + segPtr->q = q; + if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + // Top cap + segPtr->p.y = p.y; + segPtr->q.y = p.y; + segPtr->p.x = p.x - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + segPtr->q.x = p.x + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + // Bottom cap + segPtr->p.y = q.y; + segPtr->q.y = q.y; + segPtr->p.x = q.x - stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + segPtr->q.x = q.x + stylePtr->errorBarCapWidth; + if (lineRectClip(&exts, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + *indexPtr++ = ii; + } + } + } + } + yeb_.segments = errorBars; + yeb_.length = segPtr - errorBars; + yeb_.map = errorToData; + } +} + +int LineElement::closestTrace() +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &gops->search; + + Point2d closest; + + int iClose = -1; + double dMin = searchPtr->dist; + closest.x = closest.y = 0; + for (ChainLink *link=Chain_FirstLink(traces_); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + bltTrace *tracePtr = (bltTrace*)Chain_GetValue(link); + for (Point2d *p=tracePtr->screenPts.points, + *pend=p + (tracePtr->screenPts.length - 1); p<pend; p++) { + Point2d b; + double d; + if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_X) + d = distanceToX(searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y, p, p + 1, &b); + else if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_Y) + d = distanceToY(searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y, p, p + 1, &b); + else + d = distanceToLine(searchPtr->x, searchPtr->y, p, p + 1, &b); + + if (d < dMin) { + closest = b; + iClose = tracePtr->screenPts.map[p-tracePtr->screenPts.points]; + dMin = d; + } + } + } + if (dMin < searchPtr->dist) { + searchPtr->dist = dMin; + searchPtr->elemPtr = (Element*)this; + searchPtr->index = iClose; + searchPtr->point = graphPtr_->invMap2D(closest.x, closest.y, + ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + return 1; + } + + return 0; +} + +void LineElement::closestPoint(ClosestSearch *searchPtr) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + + double dMin = searchPtr->dist; + int iClose = 0; + + // Instead of testing each data point in graph coordinates, look at the + // array of mapped screen coordinates. The advantages are + // 1) only examine points that are visible (unclipped), and + // 2) the computed distance is already in screen coordinates. + int count =0; + for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts_.points; count < symbolPts_.length; + count++, pp++) { + double dx = (double)abs(searchPtr->x - pp->x); + double dy = (double)abs(searchPtr->y - pp->y); + double d; + if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_BOTH) + d = hypot(dx, dy); + else if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_X) + d = dx; + else if (searchPtr->along == SEARCH_Y) + d = dy; + else + continue; + + if (d < dMin) { + iClose = symbolPts_.map[count]; + dMin = d; + } + } + if (dMin < searchPtr->dist) { + searchPtr->elemPtr = (Element*)this; + searchPtr->dist = dMin; + searchPtr->index = iClose; + searchPtr->point.x = ops->coords.x->values_[iClose]; + searchPtr->point.y = ops->coords.y->values_[iClose]; + } +} + +void LineElement::drawCircle(Display *display, Drawable drawable, + LinePen* penPtr, + int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int radius) +{ + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + int count = 0; + int s = radius + radius; + XArc* arcs = new XArc[nSymbolPts]; + XArc *ap = arcs; + for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *pend=pp+nSymbolPts; pp<pend; pp++) { + if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) { + ap->x = (short)(pp->x - radius); + ap->y = (short)(pp->y - radius); + ap->width = (short)s; + ap->height = (short)s; + ap->angle1 = 0; + ap->angle2 = 23040; + ap++; + count++; + } + symbolCounter_++; + } + + for (XArc *ap=arcs, *aend=ap+count; ap<aend; ap++) { + if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) + XFillArc(display, drawable, penOps->symbol.fillGC, + ap->x, ap->y, ap->width, ap->height, ap->angle1, ap->angle2); + + if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) + XDrawArc(display, drawable, penOps->symbol.outlineGC, + ap->x, ap->y, ap->width, ap->height, ap->angle1, ap->angle2); + } + + delete [] arcs; +} + +void LineElement::drawSquare(Display *display, Drawable drawable, + LinePen* penPtr, + int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int r) +{ + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + int s = r + r; + int count =0; + Rectangle* rectangles = new Rectangle[nSymbolPts]; + Rectangle* rp=rectangles; + for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *pend=pp+nSymbolPts; pp<pend; pp++) { + if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) { + rp->x = (int)pp->x - r; + rp->y = (int)pp->y - r; + rp->width = s; + rp->height = s; + rp++; + count++; + } + symbolCounter_++; + } + + for (Rectangle *rp=rectangles, *rend=rp+count; rp<rend; rp ++) { + if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) + XFillRectangle(display, drawable, penOps->symbol.fillGC, + rp->x, rp->y, rp->width, rp->height); + + if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) + XDrawRectangle(display, drawable, penOps->symbol.outlineGC, + rp->x, rp->y, rp->width, rp->height); + } + + delete [] rectangles; +} + +void LineElement::drawSCross(Display* display, Drawable drawable, + LinePen* penPtr, + int nSymbolPts, Point2d* symbolPts, int r2) +{ + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + Point pattern[4]; + if (penOps->symbol.type == SYMBOL_SCROSS) { + r2 = (int)(r2 * M_SQRT1_2); + pattern[3].y = pattern[2].x = pattern[0].x = pattern[0].y = -r2; + pattern[3].x = pattern[2].y = pattern[1].y = pattern[1].x = r2; + } + else { + pattern[0].y = pattern[1].y = pattern[2].x = pattern[3].x = 0; + pattern[0].x = pattern[2].y = -r2; + pattern[1].x = pattern[3].y = r2; + } + + for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *endp=pp+nSymbolPts; pp<endp; pp++) { + if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) { + int rndx = (int)pp->x; + int rndy = (int)pp->y; + XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penOps->symbol.outlineGC, + pattern[0].x + rndx, pattern[0].y + rndy, + pattern[1].x + rndx, pattern[1].y + rndy); + XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penOps->symbol.outlineGC, + pattern[2].x + rndx, pattern[2].y + rndy, + pattern[3].x + rndx, pattern[3].y + rndy); + } + } +} + +void LineElement::drawCross(Display *display, Drawable drawable, + LinePen* penPtr, + int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int r2) +{ + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + /* + * 2 3 The plus/cross symbol is a closed polygon + * of 12 points. The diagram to the left + * 0,12 1 4 5 represents the positions of the points + * x,y which are computed below. The extra + * 11 10 7 6 (thirteenth) point connects the first and + * last points. + * 9 8 + */ + int d = (r2 / 3); + Point pattern[13]; + pattern[0].x = pattern[11].x = pattern[12].x = -r2; + pattern[2].x = pattern[1].x = pattern[10].x = pattern[9].x = -d; + pattern[3].x = pattern[4].x = pattern[7].x = pattern[8].x = d; + pattern[5].x = pattern[6].x = r2; + pattern[2].y = pattern[3].y = -r2; + pattern[0].y = pattern[1].y = pattern[4].y = pattern[5].y = + pattern[12].y = -d; + pattern[11].y = pattern[10].y = pattern[7].y = pattern[6].y = d; + pattern[9].y = pattern[8].y = r2; + + if (penOps->symbol.type == SYMBOL_CROSS) { + // For the cross symbol, rotate the points by 45 degrees + for (int ii=0; ii<12; ii++) { + double dx = (double)pattern[ii].x * M_SQRT1_2; + double dy = (double)pattern[ii].y * M_SQRT1_2; + pattern[ii].x = (int)(dx - dy); + pattern[ii].y = (int)(dx + dy); + } + pattern[12] = pattern[0]; + } + + int count = 0; + XPoint* polygon = new XPoint[nSymbolPts*13]; + XPoint* xpp = polygon; + for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts, *endp = pp + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) { + if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) { + int rndx = (int)pp->x; + int rndy = (int)pp->y; + for (int ii=0; ii<13; ii++) { + xpp->x = (short)(pattern[ii].x + rndx); + xpp->y = (short)(pattern[ii].y + rndy); + xpp++; + } + count++; + } + symbolCounter_++; + } + + if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) { + XPoint* xpp = polygon; + for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 13) + XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, + penOps->symbol.fillGC, xpp, 13, Complex, + CoordModeOrigin); + } + + if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) { + XPoint*xpp = polygon; + for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 13) + XDrawLines(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, + penOps->symbol.outlineGC, xpp, 13, CoordModeOrigin); + } + + delete [] polygon; +} + +void LineElement::drawDiamond(Display *display, Drawable drawable, + LinePen* penPtr, + int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int r1) +{ + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + /* + * The plus symbol is a closed polygon + * 1 of 4 points. The diagram to the left + * represents the positions of the points + * 0,4 x,y 2 which are computed below. The extra + * (fifth) point connects the first and + * 3 last points. + */ + Point pattern[5]; + pattern[1].y = pattern[0].x = -r1; + pattern[2].y = pattern[3].x = pattern[0].y = pattern[1].x = 0; + pattern[3].y = pattern[2].x = r1; + pattern[4] = pattern[0]; + + int count = 0; + XPoint* polygon = new XPoint[nSymbolPts*5]; + XPoint* xpp = polygon; + for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts, *endp = pp + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) { + if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) { + int rndx = (int)pp->x; + int rndy = (int)pp->y; + for (int ii=0; ii<5; ii++) { + xpp->x = (short)(pattern[ii].x + rndx); + xpp->y = (short)(pattern[ii].y + rndy); + xpp++; + } + count++; + } + symbolCounter_++; + } + + if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) { + XPoint* xpp = polygon; + for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 5) + XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, + penOps->symbol.fillGC, xpp, 5, Convex, CoordModeOrigin); + } + + if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) { + XPoint* xpp = polygon; + for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 5) + XDrawLines(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, + penOps->symbol.outlineGC, xpp, 5, CoordModeOrigin); + } + + delete [] polygon; +} + +#define B_RATIO 1.3467736870885982 +#define TAN30 0.57735026918962573 +#define COS30 0.86602540378443871 +void LineElement::drawArrow(Display *display, Drawable drawable, + LinePen* penPtr, + int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, int size) +{ + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + double b = size * B_RATIO * 0.7 * 0.5; + short b2 = (short)b; + short h2 = (short)(TAN30 * b); + short h1 = (short)(b / COS30); + /* + * The triangle symbol is a closed polygon + * 0,3 of 3 points. The diagram to the left + * represents the positions of the points + * x,y which are computed below. The extra + * (fourth) point connects the first and + * 2 1 last points. + */ + + Point pattern[4]; + if (penOps->symbol.type == SYMBOL_ARROW) { + pattern[3].x = pattern[0].x = 0; + pattern[3].y = pattern[0].y = h1; + pattern[1].x = b2; + pattern[2].y = pattern[1].y = -h2; + pattern[2].x = -b2; + } else { + pattern[3].x = pattern[0].x = 0; + pattern[3].y = pattern[0].y = -h1; + pattern[1].x = b2; + pattern[2].y = pattern[1].y = h2; + pattern[2].x = -b2; + } + + int count = 0; + XPoint* polygon = new XPoint[nSymbolPts*4]; + XPoint* xpp = polygon; + for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts, *endp = pp + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) { + if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) { + int rndx = (int)pp->x; + int rndy = (int)pp->y; + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + xpp->x = (short)(pattern[ii].x + rndx); + xpp->y = (short)(pattern[ii].y + rndy); + xpp++; + } + count++; + } + symbolCounter_++; + } + + if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) { + XPoint* xpp = polygon; + for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 4) + XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, + penOps->symbol.fillGC, xpp, 4, Convex, CoordModeOrigin); + } + + if (penOps->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) { + XPoint* xpp = polygon; + for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp += 4) + XDrawLines(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, + penOps->symbol.outlineGC, xpp, 4, CoordModeOrigin); + } + + delete [] polygon; +} + +#define S_RATIO 0.886226925452758 +void LineElement::drawSymbols(Drawable drawable, LinePen* penPtr, int size, + int nSymbolPts, Point2d* symbolPts) +{ + LinePenOptions* penOps = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + if (size < 3) { + if (penOps->symbol.fillGC) { + for (Point2d *pp = symbolPts, *endp = pp + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) + XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penOps->symbol.fillGC, + (int)pp->x, (int)pp->y, (int)pp->x+1, (int)pp->y+1); + } + return; + } + + int r1 = (int)ceil(size * 0.5); + int r2 = (int)ceil(size * S_RATIO * 0.5); + + switch (penOps->symbol.type) { + case SYMBOL_NONE: + break; + case SYMBOL_SQUARE: + drawSquare(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r2); + break; + case SYMBOL_CIRCLE: + drawCircle(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r1); + break; + case SYMBOL_SPLUS: + case SYMBOL_SCROSS: + drawSCross(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r2); + break; + case SYMBOL_PLUS: + case SYMBOL_CROSS: + drawCross(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r2); + break; + case SYMBOL_DIAMOND: + drawDiamond(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,r1); + break; + case SYMBOL_TRIANGLE: + case SYMBOL_ARROW: + drawArrow(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr, nSymbolPts,symbolPts,size); + break; + } +} + +void LineElement::drawTraces(Drawable drawable, LinePen* penPtr) +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(traces_); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + bltTrace* tracePtr = (bltTrace*)Chain_GetValue(link); + + int count = tracePtr->screenPts.length; + XPoint* points = new XPoint[count]; + XPoint*xpp = points; + for (int ii=0; ii<count; ii++, xpp++) { + xpp->x = (short)tracePtr->screenPts.points[ii].x; + xpp->y = (short)tracePtr->screenPts.points[ii].y; + } + XDrawLines(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, penPtr->traceGC_, points, + count, CoordModeOrigin); + delete [] points; + } +} + +void LineElement::drawValues(Drawable drawable, LinePen* penPtr, + int length, Point2d *points, int *map) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + LinePenOptions* pops = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2 + 2]; + const char* fmt = pops->valueFormat; + if (fmt == NULL) + fmt = "%g"; + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &pops->valueStyle); + + double* xval = ops->coords.x->values_; + double* yval = ops->coords.y->values_; + int count = 0; + + for (Point2d *pp = points, *endp = points + length; pp < endp; pp++) { + double x = xval[map[count]]; + double y = yval[map[count]]; + count++; + if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_X) + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x); + else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_Y) + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y); + else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_BOTH) { + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x); + strcat(string, ","); + snprintf(string + strlen(string), TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y); + } + + ts.drawText(drawable, string, pp->x, pp->y); + } +} + +void LineElement::printSymbols(PSOutput* psPtr, LinePen* penPtr, int size, + int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts) +{ + LinePenOptions* pops = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + double symbolSize; + + // Set line and foreground attributes + XColor* fillColor = pops->symbol.fillColor; + if (!fillColor) + fillColor = pops->traceColor; + + XColor* outlineColor = pops->symbol.outlineColor; + if (!outlineColor) + outlineColor = pops->traceColor; + + if (pops->symbol.type == SYMBOL_NONE) + psPtr->setLineAttributes(pops->traceColor, pops->traceWidth + 2, + &pops->traceDashes, CapButt, JoinMiter); + else { + psPtr->setLineWidth(pops->symbol.outlineWidth); + psPtr->setDashes(NULL); + } + + // build DrawSymbolProc + psPtr->append("\n/DrawSymbolProc {\n"); + switch (pops->symbol.type) { + case SYMBOL_NONE: + break; + default: + psPtr->append(" "); + psPtr->setBackground(fillColor); + psPtr->append(" gsave fill grestore\n"); + + if (pops->symbol.outlineWidth > 0) { + psPtr->append(" "); + psPtr->setForeground(outlineColor); + psPtr->append(" stroke\n"); + } + break; + } + psPtr->append("} def\n\n"); + + // set size + symbolSize = (double)size; + switch (pops->symbol.type) { + case SYMBOL_SQUARE: + case SYMBOL_CROSS: + case SYMBOL_PLUS: + case SYMBOL_SCROSS: + case SYMBOL_SPLUS: + symbolSize = (double)size * S_RATIO; + break; + case SYMBOL_TRIANGLE: + case SYMBOL_ARROW: + symbolSize = (double)size * 0.7; + break; + case SYMBOL_DIAMOND: + symbolSize = (double)size * M_SQRT1_2; + break; + + default: + break; + } + + int count =0; + for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *endp=symbolPts + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) { + if (DRAW_SYMBOL()) { + psPtr->format("%g %g %g %s\n", pp->x, pp->y, symbolSize, + symbolMacros[pops->symbol.type]); + count++; + } + symbolCounter_++; + } +} + +void LineElement::setLineAttributes(PSOutput* psPtr, LinePen* penPtr) +{ + LinePenOptions* pops = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + psPtr->setLineAttributes(pops->traceColor, pops->traceWidth, + &pops->traceDashes, CapButt, JoinMiter); + + if ((LineIsDashed(pops->traceDashes)) && + (pops->traceOffColor)) { + psPtr->append("/DashesProc {\n gsave\n "); + psPtr->setBackground(pops->traceOffColor); + psPtr->append(" "); + psPtr->setDashes(NULL); + psPtr->append("stroke\n grestore\n} def\n"); + } else { + psPtr->append("/DashesProc {} def\n"); + } +} + +void LineElement::printTraces(PSOutput* psPtr, LinePen* penPtr) +{ + setLineAttributes(psPtr, penPtr); + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(traces_); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + bltTrace *tracePtr = (bltTrace*)Chain_GetValue(link); + if (tracePtr->screenPts.length > 0) { + psPtr->append("% start trace\n"); + psPtr->printMaxPolyline(tracePtr->screenPts.points, + tracePtr->screenPts.length); + psPtr->append("% end trace\n"); + } + } +} + +void LineElement::printValues(PSOutput* psPtr, LinePen* penPtr, + int nSymbolPts, Point2d *symbolPts, + int *pointToData) +{ + LineElementOptions* ops = (LineElementOptions*)ops_; + LinePenOptions* pops = (LinePenOptions*)penPtr->ops(); + + const char* fmt = pops->valueFormat; + if (fmt == NULL) + fmt = "%g"; + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &pops->valueStyle); + + int count = 0; + for (Point2d *pp=symbolPts, *endp=symbolPts + nSymbolPts; pp < endp; pp++) { + double x = ops->coords.x->values_[pointToData[count]]; + double y = ops->coords.y->values_[pointToData[count]]; + count++; + + char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2 + 2]; + if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_X) + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x); + else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_Y) + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y); + else if (pops->valueShow == SHOW_BOTH) { + snprintf(string, TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, x); + strcat(string, ","); + snprintf(string + strlen(string), TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE, fmt, y); + } + + ts.printText(psPtr, string, pp->x, pp->y); + } +} + + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f937615 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLine.h @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrElemLine_h__ +#define __BltGrElemLine_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h" + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + Point2d *screenPts; + int nScreenPts; + int *styleMap; + int *map; + } MapInfo; + + typedef struct { + Point2d *points; + int length; + int *map; + } GraphPoints; + + typedef struct { + int start; + GraphPoints screenPts; + } bltTrace; + + typedef struct { + Weight weight; + LinePen* penPtr; + GraphPoints symbolPts; + GraphSegments xeb; + GraphSegments yeb; + int symbolSize; + int errorBarCapWidth; + } LineStyle; + + typedef struct { + Element* elemPtr; + const char* label; + char** tags; + Axis* xAxis; + Axis* yAxis; + ElemCoords coords; + ElemValues* w; + ElemValues* xError; + ElemValues* yError; + ElemValues* xHigh; + ElemValues* xLow; + ElemValues* yHigh; + ElemValues* yLow; + int hide; + int legendRelief; + Chain* stylePalette; + LinePen *builtinPenPtr; + LinePen *activePenPtr; + LinePen *normalPenPtr; + LinePenOptions builtinPen; + + // derived + Tk_3DBorder fillBg; + int reqMaxSymbols; + double rTolerance; + int scaleSymbols; + int reqSmooth; + int penDir; + } LineElementOptions; + + class LineElement : public Element { + public: + enum PenDirection {INCREASING, DECREASING, BOTH_DIRECTIONS}; + enum Smoothing {LINEAR, STEP, CUBIC, QUADRATIC, CATROM}; + + protected: + LinePen* builtinPenPtr; + Smoothing smooth_; + Point2d *fillPts_; + int nFillPts_; + GraphPoints symbolPts_; + GraphPoints activePts_; + GraphSegments xeb_; + GraphSegments yeb_; + int symbolInterval_; + int symbolCounter_; + Chain* traces_; + + void drawCircle(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int); + void drawSquare(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int); + void drawSCross(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int); + void drawCross(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int); + void drawDiamond(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int); + void drawArrow(Display*, Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int); + + protected: + int scaleSymbol(int); + void getScreenPoints(MapInfo*); + void reducePoints(MapInfo*, double); + void generateSteps(MapInfo*); + void generateSpline(MapInfo*); + void generateParametricSpline(MapInfo*); + void mapSymbols(MapInfo*); + void mapActiveSymbols(); + void mergePens(LineStyle**); + int outCode(Region2d*, Point2d*); + int clipSegment(Region2d*, int, int, Point2d*, Point2d*); + void saveTrace(int, int, MapInfo*); + void freeTraces(); + void mapTraces(MapInfo*); + void mapFillArea(MapInfo*); + void mapErrorBars(LineStyle**); + void reset(); + int closestTrace(); + void closestPoint(ClosestSearch*); + void drawSymbols(Drawable, LinePen*, int, int, Point2d*); + void drawTraces(Drawable, LinePen*); + void drawValues(Drawable, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int*); + void setLineAttributes(PSOutput*, LinePen*); + void printTraces(PSOutput*, LinePen*); + void printValues(PSOutput*, LinePen*, int, Point2d*, int*); + void printSymbols(PSOutput*, LinePen*, int, int, Point2d*); + double distanceToLine(int, int, Point2d*, Point2d*, Point2d*); + double distanceToX(int, int, Point2d*, Point2d*, Point2d*); + double distanceToY(int, int, Point2d*, Point2d*, Point2d*); + int simplify(Point2d*, int, int, double, int*); + double findSplit(Point2d*, int, int, int*); + + int naturalSpline(Point2d*, int, Point2d*, int); + int quadraticSpline(Point2d*, int, Point2d*, int); + int naturalParametricSpline(Point2d*, int, Region2d*, int, Point2d*, int); + int catromParametricSpline(Point2d*, int, Point2d*, int); + + public: + LineElement(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + virtual ~LineElement(); + + ClassId classId() {return CID_ELEM_LINE;} + const char* className() {return "LineElement";} + const char* typeName() {return "line";} + + int configure(); + void map(); + void extents(Region2d*); + void closest(); + void draw(Drawable); + void drawActive(Drawable); + void drawSymbol(Drawable, int, int, int); + void print(PSOutput*); + void printActive(PSOutput*); + void printSymbol(PSOutput*, double, double, int); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9224d53 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemLineSpline.C @@ -0,0 +1,1086 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 2009 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + */ + +#include <float.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +typedef double TriDiagonalMatrix[3]; +typedef struct { + double b, c, d; +} Cubic2D; + +typedef struct { + double b, c, d, e, f; +} Quint2D; + +// Quadratic spline parameters +#define E1 param[0] +#define E2 param[1] +#define V1 param[2] +#define V2 param[3] +#define W1 param[4] +#define W2 param[5] +#define Z1 param[6] +#define Z2 param[7] +#define Y1 param[8] +#define Y2 param[9] + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Search -- + * + * Conducts a binary search for a value. This routine is called + * only if key is between x(0) and x(len - 1). + * + * Results: + * Returns the index of the largest value in xtab for which + * x[i] < key. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static int Search(Point2d points[], int nPoints, double key, int *foundPtr) +{ + int low = 0; + int high = nPoints - 1; + + while (high >= low) { + int mid = (high + low) / 2; + if (key > points[mid].x) + low = mid + 1; + else if (key < points[mid].x) + high = mid - 1; + else { + *foundPtr = 1; + return mid; + } + } + *foundPtr = 0; + return low; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * QuadChoose -- + * + * Determines the case needed for the computation of the parame- + * ters of the quadratic spline. + * + * Results: + * Returns a case number (1-4) which controls how the parameters + * of the quadratic spline are evaluated. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static int QuadChoose(Point2d* p, Point2d* q, double m1, double m2, + double epsilon) +{ + // Calculate the slope of the line joining P and Q + double slope = (q->y - p->y) / (q->x - p->x); + + if (slope != 0.0) { + double prod1 = slope * m1; + double prod2 = slope * m2; + + // Find the absolute values of the slopes slope, m1, and m2 + double mref = fabs(slope); + double mref1 = fabs(m1); + double mref2 = fabs(m2); + + // If the relative deviation of m1 or m2 from slope is less than + // epsilon, then choose case 2 or case 3. + double relerr = epsilon * mref; + if ((fabs(slope - m1) > relerr) && (fabs(slope - m2) > relerr) && + (prod1 >= 0.0) && (prod2 >= 0.0)) { + double prod = (mref - mref1) * (mref - mref2); + if (prod < 0.0) { + // l1, the line through (x1,y1) with slope m1, and l2, + // the line through (x2,y2) with slope m2, intersect + // at a point whose abscissa is between x1 and x2. + // The abscissa becomes a knot of the spline. + return 1; + } + if (mref1 > (mref * 2.0)) { + if (mref2 <= ((2.0 - epsilon) * mref)) + return 3; + } + else if (mref2 <= (mref * 2.0)) { + // Both l1 and l2 cross the line through + // (x1+x2)/2.0,y1 and (x1+x2)/2.0,y2, which is the + // midline of the rectangle formed by P and Q or both + // m1 and m2 have signs different than the sign of + // slope, or one of m1 and m2 has opposite sign from + // slope and l1 and l2 intersect to the left of x1 or + // to the right of x2. The point (x1+x2)/2. is a knot + // of the spline. + return 2; + } + else if (mref1 <= ((2.0 - epsilon) * mref)) { + // In cases 3 and 4, sign(m1)=sign(m2)=sign(slope). + // Either l1 or l2 crosses the midline, but not both. + // Choose case 4 if mref1 is greater than + // (2.-epsilon)*mref; otherwise, choose case 3. + return 3; + } + // If neither l1 nor l2 crosses the midline, the spline + // requires two knots between x1 and x2. + return 4; + } + else { + // The sign of at least one of the slopes m1 or m2 does not + // agree with the sign of *slope*. + if ((prod1 < 0.0) && (prod2 < 0.0)) { + return 2; + } + else if (prod1 < 0.0) { + if (mref2 > ((epsilon + 1.0) * mref)) + return 1; + else + return 2; + } + else if (mref1 > ((epsilon + 1.0) * mref)) + return 1; + else + return 2; + } + } + else if ((m1 * m2) >= 0.0) + return 2; + else + return 1; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Computes the knots and other parameters of the spline on the + * interval PQ. + * On input-- + * P and Q are the coordinates of the points of interpolation. + * m1 is the slope at P. + * m2 is the slope at Q. + * ncase controls the number and location of the knots. + * On output-- + * + * (v1,v2),(w1,w2),(z1,z2), and (e1,e2) are the coordinates of + * the knots and other parameters of the spline on P. + * (e1,e2) and Q are used only if ncase=4. + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static void QuadCases(Point2d* p, Point2d* q, double m1, double m2, + double param[], int which) +{ + if ((which == 3) || (which == 4)) { + double c1 = p->x + (q->y - p->y) / m1; + double d1 = q->x + (p->y - q->y) / m2; + double h1 = c1 * 2.0 - p->x; + double j1 = d1 * 2.0 - q->x; + double mbar1 = (q->y - p->y) / (h1 - p->x); + double mbar2 = (p->y - q->y) / (j1 - q->x); + + if (which == 4) { + // Case 4 + Y1 = (p->x + c1) / 2.0; + V1 = (p->x + Y1) / 2.0; + V2 = m1 * (V1 - p->x) + p->y; + Z1 = (d1 + q->x) / 2.0; + W1 = (q->x + Z1) / 2.0; + W2 = m2 * (W1 - q->x) + q->y; + double mbar3 = (W2 - V2) / (W1 - V1); + Y2 = mbar3 * (Y1 - V1) + V2; + Z2 = mbar3 * (Z1 - V1) + V2; + E1 = (Y1 + Z1) / 2.0; + E2 = mbar3 * (E1 - V1) + V2; + } + else { + // Case 3 + double k1 = (p->y - q->y + q->x * mbar2 - p->x * mbar1) / (mbar2 - mbar1); + if (fabs(m1) > fabs(m2)) { + Z1 = (k1 + p->x) / 2.0; + } else { + Z1 = (k1 + q->x) / 2.0; + } + V1 = (p->x + Z1) / 2.0; + V2 = p->y + m1 * (V1 - p->x); + W1 = (q->x + Z1) / 2.0; + W2 = q->y + m2 * (W1 - q->x); + Z2 = V2 + (W2 - V2) / (W1 - V1) * (Z1 - V1); + } + } + else if (which == 2) { + // Case 2 + Z1 = (p->x + q->x) / 2.0; + V1 = (p->x + Z1) / 2.0; + V2 = p->y + m1 * (V1 - p->x); + W1 = (Z1 + q->x) / 2.0; + W2 = q->y + m2 * (W1 - q->x); + Z2 = (V2 + W2) / 2.0; + } + else { + // Case 1 + Z1 = (p->y - q->y + m2 * q->x - m1 * p->x) / (m2 - m1); + double ztwo = p->y + m1 * (Z1 - p->x); + V1 = (p->x + Z1) / 2.0; + V2 = (p->y + ztwo) / 2.0; + W1 = (Z1 + q->x) / 2.0; + W2 = (ztwo + q->y) / 2.0; + Z2 = V2 + (W2 - V2) / (W1 - V1) * (Z1 - V1); + } +} + +static int QuadSelect(Point2d* p, Point2d* q, double m1, double m2, + double epsilon, double param[]) +{ + int ncase = QuadChoose(p, q, m1, m2, epsilon); + QuadCases(p, q, m1, m2, param, ncase); + return ncase; +} + +static double QuadGetImage(double p1, double p2, double p3, double x1, + double x2, double x3) +{ + double A = x1 - x2; + double B = x2 - x3; + double C = x1 - x3; + + double y = (p1 * (A * A) + p2 * 2.0 * B * A + p3 * (B * B)) / (C * C); + return y; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Finds the image of a point in x. + * On input + * x Contains the value at which the spline is evaluated. + * leftX, leftY + * Coordinates of the left-hand data point used in the + * evaluation of x values. + * rightX, rightY + * Coordinates of the right-hand data point used in the + * evaluation of x values. + * Z1, Z2, Y1, Y2, E2, W2, V2 + * Parameters of the spline. + * ncase Controls the evaluation of the spline by indicating + * whether one or two knots were placed in the interval + * (xtabs,xtabs1). + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static void QuadSpline(Point2d* intp, Point2d* left, Point2d* right, + double param[], int ncase) + +{ + double y; + + if (ncase == 4) { + // Case 4: More than one knot was placed in the interval. + // Determine the location of data point relative to the 1st knot. + if (Y1 > intp->x) + y = QuadGetImage(left->y, V2, Y2, Y1, intp->x, left->x); + else if (Y1 < intp->x) { + // Determine the location of the data point relative to the 2nd knot. + if (Z1 > intp->x) + y = QuadGetImage(Y2, E2, Z2, Z1, intp->x, Y1); + else if (Z1 < intp->x) + y = QuadGetImage(Z2, W2, right->y, right->x, intp->x, Z1); + else + y = Z2; + } + else + y = Y2; + } + else { + // Cases 1, 2, or 3: + // Determine the location of the data point relative to the knot. + if (Z1 < intp->x) + y = QuadGetImage(Z2, W2, right->y, right->x, intp->x, Z1); + else if (Z1 > intp->x) + y = QuadGetImage(left->y, V2, Z2, Z1, intp->x, left->x); + else + y = Z2; + } + + intp->y = y; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Calculates the derivative at each of the data points. The + * slopes computed will insure that an osculatory quadratic + * spline will have one additional knot between two adjacent + * points of interpolation. Convexity and monotonicity are + * preserved wherever these conditions are compatible with the + * data. + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static void QuadSlopes(Point2d *points, double *m, int nPoints) +{ + double m1s =0; + double m2s =0; + double m1 =0; + double m2 =0; + int i, n, l; + for (l = 0, i = 1, n = 2; i < (nPoints - 1); l++, i++, n++) { + // Calculate the slopes of the two lines joining three + // consecutive data points. + double ydif1 = points[i].y - points[l].y; + double ydif2 = points[n].y - points[i].y; + m1 = ydif1 / (points[i].x - points[l].x); + m2 = ydif2 / (points[n].x - points[i].x); + if (i == 1) { + // Save slopes of starting point + m1s = m1; + m2s = m2; + } + // If one of the preceding slopes is zero or if they have opposite + // sign, assign the value zero to the derivative at the middle point. + if ((m1 == 0.0) || (m2 == 0.0) || ((m1 * m2) <= 0.0)) + m[i] = 0.0; + else if (fabs(m1) > fabs(m2)) { + // Calculate the slope by extending the line with slope m1. + double xbar = ydif2 / m1 + points[i].x; + double xhat = (xbar + points[n].x) / 2.0; + m[i] = ydif2 / (xhat - points[i].x); + } + else { + // Calculate the slope by extending the line with slope m2. + double xbar = -ydif1 / m2 + points[i].x; + double xhat = (points[l].x + xbar) / 2.0; + m[i] = ydif1 / (points[i].x - xhat); + } + } + + // Calculate the slope at the last point, x(n). + i = nPoints - 2; + n = nPoints - 1; + if ((m1 * m2) < 0.0) + m[n] = m2 * 2.0; + else { + double xmid = (points[i].x + points[n].x) / 2.0; + double yxmid = m[i] * (xmid - points[i].x) + points[i].y; + m[n] = (points[n].y - yxmid) / (points[n].x - xmid); + if ((m[n] * m2) < 0.0) + m[n] = 0.0; + } + + // Calculate the slope at the first point, x(0). + if ((m1s * m2s) < 0.0) + m[0] = m1s * 2.0; + else { + double xmid = (points[0].x + points[1].x) / 2.0; + double yxmid = m[1] * (xmid - points[1].x) + points[1].y; + m[0] = (yxmid - points[0].y) / (xmid - points[0].x); + if ((m[0] * m1s) < 0.0) + m[0] = 0.0; + } +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * QuadEval -- + * + * QuadEval controls the evaluation of an osculatory quadratic + * spline. The user may provide his own slopes at the points of + * interpolation or use the subroutine 'QuadSlopes' to calculate + * slopes which are consistent with the shape of the data. + * + * ON INPUT-- + * intpPts must be a nondecreasing vector of points at which the + * spline will be evaluated. + * origPts contains the abscissas of the data points to be + * interpolated. xtab must be increasing. + * y contains the ordinates of the data points to be + * interpolated. + * m contains the slope of the spline at each point of + * interpolation. + * nPoints number of data points (dimension of xtab and y). + * numEval is the number of points of evaluation (dimension of + * xval and yval). + * epsilon is a relative error tolerance used in subroutine + * 'QuadChoose' to distinguish the situation m(i) or + * m(i+1) is relatively close to the slope or twice + * the slope of the linear segment between xtab(i) and + * xtab(i+1). If this situation occurs, roundoff may + * cause a change in convexity or monotonicity of the + * resulting spline and a change in the case number + * provided by 'QuadChoose'. If epsilon is not equal to zero, + * then epsilon should be greater than or equal to machine + * epsilon. + * ON OUTPUT-- + * yval contains the images of the points in xval. + * err is one of the following error codes: + * 0 - QuadEval ran normally. + * 1 - xval(i) is less than xtab(1) for at least one + * i or xval(i) is greater than xtab(num) for at + * least one i. QuadEval will extrapolate to provide + * function values for these abscissas. + * 2 - xval(i+1) < xval(i) for some i. + * + * + * QuadEval calls the following subroutines or functions: + * Search + * QuadCases + * QuadChoose + * QuadSpline + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static int QuadEval(Point2d origPts[], int nOrigPts, Point2d intpPts[], + int nIntpPts, double *m, double epsilon) +{ + double param[10]; + + // Initialize indices and set error result + int error = 0; + int l = nOrigPts - 1; + int p = l - 1; + int ncase = 1; + + // Determine if abscissas of new vector are non-decreasing. + for (int jj=1; jj<nIntpPts; jj++) { + if (intpPts[jj].x < intpPts[jj - 1].x) + return 2; + } + // Determine if any of the points in xval are LESS than the + // abscissa of the first data point. + int start; + for (start = 0; start < nIntpPts; start++) { + if (intpPts[start].x >= origPts[0].x) + break; + } + // Determine if any of the points in xval are GREATER than the + // abscissa of the l data point. + int end; + for (end = nIntpPts - 1; end >= 0; end--) { + if (intpPts[end].x <= origPts[l].x) + break; + } + + if (start > 0) { + // Set error value to indicate that extrapolation has occurred + error = 1; + + // Calculate the images of points of evaluation whose abscissas + // are less than the abscissa of the first data point. + ncase = QuadSelect(origPts, origPts + 1, m[0], m[1], epsilon, param); + for (int jj=0; jj<(start - 1); jj++) + QuadSpline(intpPts + jj, origPts, origPts + 1, param, ncase); + if (nIntpPts == 1) + return error; + } + int ii; + int nn; + if ((nIntpPts == 1) && (end != (nIntpPts - 1))) + goto noExtrapolation; + + // Search locates the interval in which the first in-range + // point of evaluation lies. + int found; + ii = Search(origPts, nOrigPts, intpPts[start].x, &found); + + nn = ii + 1; + if (nn >= nOrigPts) { + nn = nOrigPts - 1; + ii = nOrigPts - 2; + } + /* + * If the first in-range point of evaluation is equal to one + * of the data points, assign the appropriate value from y. + * Continue until a point of evaluation is found which is not + * equal to a data point. + */ + if (found) { + do { + intpPts[start].y = origPts[ii].y; + start++; + if (start >= nIntpPts) { + return error; + } + } while (intpPts[start - 1].x == intpPts[start].x); + + for (;;) { + if (intpPts[start].x < origPts[nn].x) { + break; /* Break out of for-loop */ + } + if (intpPts[start].x == origPts[nn].x) { + do { + intpPts[start].y = origPts[nn].y; + start++; + if (start >= nIntpPts) { + return error; + } + } while (intpPts[start].x == intpPts[start - 1].x); + } + ii++; + nn++; + } + } + /* + * Calculate the images of all the points which lie within + * range of the data. + */ + if ((ii > 0) || (error != 1)) + ncase = QuadSelect(origPts+ii, origPts+nn, m[ii], m[nn], epsilon, param); + + for (int jj=start; jj<=end; jj++) { + // If xx(j) - x(n) is negative, do not recalculate + // the parameters for this section of the spline since + // they are already known. + if (intpPts[jj].x == origPts[nn].x) { + intpPts[jj].y = origPts[nn].y; + continue; + } + else if (intpPts[jj].x > origPts[nn].x) { + double delta; + + // Determine that the routine is in the correct part of the spline + do { + ii++; + nn++; + delta = intpPts[jj].x - origPts[nn].x; + } while (delta > 0.0); + + if (delta < 0.0) + ncase = QuadSelect(origPts+ii, origPts+nn, m[ii], m[nn], + epsilon, param); + else if (delta == 0.0) { + intpPts[jj].y = origPts[nn].y; + continue; + } + } + QuadSpline(intpPts+jj, origPts+ii, origPts+nn, param, ncase); + } + + if (end == (nIntpPts - 1)) + return error; + + if ((nn == l) && (intpPts[end].x != origPts[l].x)) + goto noExtrapolation; + + // Set error value to indicate that extrapolation has occurred + error = 1; + ncase = QuadSelect(origPts + p, origPts + l, m[p], m[l], epsilon, param); + + noExtrapolation: + // Calculate the images of the points of evaluation whose + // abscissas are greater than the abscissa of the last data point. + for (int jj=(end + 1); jj<nIntpPts; jj++) + QuadSpline(intpPts + jj, origPts + p, origPts + l, param, ncase); + + return error; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Shape preserving quadratic splines + * by D.F.Mcallister & J.A.Roulier + * Coded by S.L.Dodd & M.Roulier + * N.C.State University + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +/* + * Driver routine for quadratic spline package + * On input-- + * X,Y Contain n-long arrays of data (x is increasing) + * XM Contains m-long array of x values (increasing) + * eps Relative error tolerance + * n Number of input data points + * m Number of output data points + * On output-- + * work Contains the value of the first derivative at each data point + * ym Contains the interpolated spline value at each data point + */ +int LineElement::quadraticSpline(Point2d *origPts, int nOrigPts, + Point2d *intpPts, int nIntpPts) +{ + double* work = new double[nOrigPts]; + double epsilon = 0.0; + /* allocate space for vectors used in calculation */ + QuadSlopes(origPts, work, nOrigPts); + int result = QuadEval(origPts, nOrigPts, intpPts, nIntpPts, work, epsilon); + delete [] work; + if (result > 1) { + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Reference: + * Numerical Analysis, R. Burden, J. Faires and A. Reynolds. + * Prindle, Weber & Schmidt 1981 pp 112 + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +int LineElement::naturalSpline(Point2d *origPts, int nOrigPts, + Point2d *intpPts, int nIntpPts) +{ + Point2d *ip, *iend; + double x, dy, alpha; + int isKnot; + int i, j, n; + + double* dx = new double[nOrigPts]; + /* Calculate vector of differences */ + for (i = 0, j = 1; j < nOrigPts; i++, j++) { + dx[i] = origPts[j].x - origPts[i].x; + if (dx[i] < 0.0) { + return 0; + } + } + n = nOrigPts - 1; /* Number of intervals. */ + TriDiagonalMatrix* A = new TriDiagonalMatrix[nOrigPts]; + if (!A) { + delete [] dx; + return 0; + } + /* Vectors to solve the tridiagonal matrix */ + A[0][0] = A[n][0] = 1.0; + A[0][1] = A[n][1] = 0.0; + A[0][2] = A[n][2] = 0.0; + + /* Calculate the intermediate results */ + for (i = 0, j = 1; j < n; j++, i++) { + alpha = 3.0 * ((origPts[j + 1].y / dx[j]) - (origPts[j].y / dx[i]) - + (origPts[j].y / dx[j]) + (origPts[i].y / dx[i])); + A[j][0] = 2 * (dx[j] + dx[i]) - dx[i] * A[i][1]; + A[j][1] = dx[j] / A[j][0]; + A[j][2] = (alpha - dx[i] * A[i][2]) / A[j][0]; + } + + Cubic2D* eq = new Cubic2D[nOrigPts]; + if (!eq) { + delete [] A; + delete [] dx; + return 0; + } + eq[0].c = eq[n].c = 0.0; + for (j = n, i = n - 1; i >= 0; i--, j--) { + eq[i].c = A[i][2] - A[i][1] * eq[j].c; + dy = origPts[i+1].y - origPts[i].y; + eq[i].b = (dy) / dx[i] - dx[i] * (eq[j].c + 2.0 * eq[i].c) / 3.0; + eq[i].d = (eq[j].c - eq[i].c) / (3.0 * dx[i]); + } + delete [] A; + delete [] dx; + + /* Now calculate the new values */ + for (ip = intpPts, iend = ip + nIntpPts; ip < iend; ip++) { + ip->y = 0.0; + x = ip->x; + + /* Is it outside the interval? */ + if ((x < origPts[0].x) || (x > origPts[n].x)) { + continue; + } + /* Search for the interval containing x in the point array */ + i = Search(origPts, nOrigPts, x, &isKnot); + if (isKnot) { + ip->y = origPts[i].y; + } else { + i--; + x -= origPts[i].x; + ip->y = origPts[i].y + x * (eq[i].b + x * (eq[i].c + x * eq[i].d)); + } + } + delete [] eq; + return 1; +} + +typedef struct { + double t; /* Arc length of interval. */ + double x; /* 2nd derivative of X with respect to T */ + double y; /* 2nd derivative of Y with respect to T */ +} CubicSpline; + +/* + * The following two procedures solve the special linear system which arise + * in cubic spline interpolation. If x is assumed cyclic ( x[i]=x[n+i] ) the + * equations can be written as (i=0,1,...,n-1): + * m[i][0] * x[i-1] + m[i][1] * x[i] + m[i][2] * x[i+1] = b[i] . + * In matrix notation one gets A * x = b, where the matrix A is tridiagonal + * with additional elements in the upper right and lower left position: + * A[i][0] = A_{i,i-1} for i=1,2,...,n-1 and m[0][0] = A_{0,n-1} , + * A[i][1] = A_{i, i } for i=0,1,...,n-1 + * A[i][2] = A_{i,i+1} for i=0,1,...,n-2 and m[n-1][2] = A_{n-1,0}. + * A should be symmetric (A[i+1][0] == A[i][2]) and positive definite. + * The size of the system is given in n (n>=1). + * + * In the first procedure the Cholesky decomposition A = C^T * D * C + * (C is upper triangle with unit diagonal, D is diagonal) is calculated. + * Return TRUE if decomposition exist. + */ +static int SolveCubic1(TriDiagonalMatrix A[], int n) +{ + int i; + double m_ij, m_n, m_nn, d; + + if (n < 1) { + return 0; /* Dimension should be at least 1 */ + } + d = A[0][1]; /* D_{0,0} = A_{0,0} */ + if (d <= 0.0) { + return 0; /* A (or D) should be positive definite */ + } + m_n = A[0][0]; /* A_{0,n-1} */ + m_nn = A[n - 1][1]; /* A_{n-1,n-1} */ + for (i = 0; i < n - 2; i++) { + m_ij = A[i][2]; /* A_{i,1} */ + A[i][2] = m_ij / d; /* C_{i,i+1} */ + A[i][0] = m_n / d; /* C_{i,n-1} */ + m_nn -= A[i][0] * m_n; /* to get C_{n-1,n-1} */ + m_n = -A[i][2] * m_n; /* to get C_{i+1,n-1} */ + d = A[i + 1][1] - A[i][2] * m_ij; /* D_{i+1,i+1} */ + if (d <= 0.0) { + return 0; /* Elements of D should be positive */ + } + A[i + 1][1] = d; + } + if (n >= 2) { /* Complete last column */ + m_n += A[n - 2][2]; /* add A_{n-2,n-1} */ + A[n - 2][0] = m_n / d; /* C_{n-2,n-1} */ + A[n - 1][1] = d = m_nn - A[n - 2][0] * m_n; /* D_{n-1,n-1} */ + if (d <= 0.0) { + return 0; + } + } + return 1; +} + +/* + * The second procedure solves the linear system, with the Cholesky + * decomposition calculated above (in m[][]) and the right side b given + * in x[]. The solution x overwrites the right side in x[]. + */ +static void SolveCubic2(TriDiagonalMatrix A[], CubicSpline spline[], + int nIntervals) +{ + int n = nIntervals - 2; + int m = nIntervals - 1; + + // Division by transpose of C : b = C^{-T} * b + double x = spline[m].x; + double y = spline[m].y; + for (int ii=0; ii<n; ii++) { + spline[ii + 1].x -= A[ii][2] * spline[ii].x; /* C_{i,i+1} * x(i) */ + spline[ii + 1].y -= A[ii][2] * spline[ii].y; /* C_{i,i+1} * x(i) */ + x -= A[ii][0] * spline[ii].x; /* C_{i,n-1} * x(i) */ + y -= A[ii][0] * spline[ii].y; /* C_{i,n-1} * x(i) */ + } + if (n >= 0) { + // C_{n-2,n-1} * x_{n-1} + spline[m].x = x - A[n][0] * spline[n].x; + spline[m].y = y - A[n][0] * spline[n].y; + } + // Division by D: b = D^{-1} * b + for (int ii=0; ii<nIntervals; ii++) { + spline[ii].x /= A[ii][1]; + spline[ii].y /= A[ii][1]; + } + + // Division by C: b = C^{-1} * b + x = spline[m].x; + y = spline[m].y; + if (n >= 0) { + // C_{n-2,n-1} * x_{n-1} + spline[n].x -= A[n][0] * x; + spline[n].y -= A[n][0] * y; + } + for (int ii=(n - 1); ii>=0; ii--) { + // C_{i,i+1} * x_{i+1} + C_{i,n-1} * x_{n-1} + spline[ii].x -= A[ii][2] * spline[ii + 1].x + A[ii][0] * x; + spline[ii].y -= A[ii][2] * spline[ii + 1].y + A[ii][0] * y; + } +} + +/* + * Find second derivatives (x''(t_i),y''(t_i)) of cubic spline interpolation + * through list of points (x_i,y_i). The parameter t is calculated as the + * length of the linear stroke. The number of points must be at least 3. + * Note: For CLOSED_CONTOURs the first and last point must be equal. + */ +static CubicSpline* CubicSlopes(Point2d points[], int nPoints, + int isClosed, double unitX, double unitY) +{ + CubicSpline *s1, *s2; + int n, i; + double norm, dx, dy; + + CubicSpline* spline = new CubicSpline[nPoints]; + if (!spline) + return NULL; + + TriDiagonalMatrix *A = new TriDiagonalMatrix[nPoints]; + if (!A) { + delete [] spline; + return NULL; + } + /* + * Calculate first differences in (dxdt2[i], y[i]) and interval lengths + * in dist[i]: + */ + s1 = spline; + for (i = 0; i < nPoints - 1; i++) { + s1->x = points[i+1].x - points[i].x; + s1->y = points[i+1].y - points[i].y; + + /* + * The Norm of a linear stroke is calculated in "normal coordinates" + * and used as interval length: + */ + dx = s1->x / unitX; + dy = s1->y / unitY; + s1->t = sqrt(dx * dx + dy * dy); + + s1->x /= s1->t; /* first difference, with unit norm: */ + s1->y /= s1->t; /* || (dxdt2[i], y[i]) || = 1 */ + s1++; + } + + /* + * Setup linear System: Ax = b + */ + n = nPoints - 2; /* Without first and last point */ + if (isClosed) { + /* First and last points must be equal for CLOSED_CONTOURs */ + spline[nPoints - 1].t = spline[0].t; + spline[nPoints - 1].x = spline[0].x; + spline[nPoints - 1].y = spline[0].y; + n++; /* Add last point (= first point) */ + } + s1 = spline, s2 = s1 + 1; + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { + /* Matrix A, mainly tridiagonal with cyclic second index + ("j = j+n mod n") + */ + A[i][0] = s1->t; /* Off-diagonal element A_{i,i-1} */ + A[i][1] = 2.0 * (s1->t + s2->t); /* A_{i,i} */ + A[i][2] = s2->t; /* Off-diagonal element A_{i,i+1} */ + + /* Right side b_x and b_y */ + s1->x = (s2->x - s1->x) * 6.0; + s1->y = (s2->y - s1->y) * 6.0; + + /* + * If the linear stroke shows a cusp of more than 90 degree, + * the right side is reduced to avoid oscillations in the + * spline: + */ + /* + * The Norm of a linear stroke is calculated in "normal coordinates" + * and used as interval length: + */ + dx = s1->x / unitX; + dy = s1->y / unitY; + norm = sqrt(dx * dx + dy * dy) / 8.5; + if (norm > 1.0) { + /* The first derivative will not be continuous */ + s1->x /= norm; + s1->y /= norm; + } + s1++, s2++; + } + + if (!isClosed) { + /* Third derivative is set to zero at both ends */ + A[0][1] += A[0][0]; /* A_{0,0} */ + A[0][0] = 0.0; /* A_{0,n-1} */ + A[n-1][1] += A[n-1][2]; /* A_{n-1,n-1} */ + A[n-1][2] = 0.0; /* A_{n-1,0} */ + } + /* Solve linear systems for dxdt2[] and y[] */ + + if (SolveCubic1(A, n)) { /* Cholesky decomposition */ + SolveCubic2(A, spline, n); /* A * dxdt2 = b_x */ + } + else { /* Should not happen, but who knows ... */ + delete [] A; + delete [] spline; + return NULL; + } + /* Shift all second derivatives one place right and update the ends. */ + s2 = spline + n, s1 = s2 - 1; + for (/* empty */; s2 > spline; s2--, s1--) { + s2->x = s1->x; + s2->y = s1->y; + } + if (isClosed) { + spline[0].x = spline[n].x; + spline[0].y = spline[n].y; + } else { + /* Third derivative is 0.0 for the first and last interval. */ + spline[0].x = spline[1].x; + spline[0].y = spline[1].y; + spline[n + 1].x = spline[n].x; + spline[n + 1].y = spline[n].y; + } + delete [] A; + return spline; +} + +// Calculate interpolated values of the spline function (defined via p_cntr +// and the second derivatives dxdt2[] and dydt2[]). The number of tabulated +// values is n. On an equidistant grid n_intpol values are calculated. +static int CubicEval(Point2d *origPts, int nOrigPts, Point2d *intpPts, + int nIntpPts, CubicSpline *spline) +{ + double t, tSkip; + Point2d q; + int count; + + /* Sum the lengths of all the segments (intervals). */ + double tMax = 0.0; + for (int ii=0; ii<nOrigPts - 1; ii++) + tMax += spline[ii].t; + + /* Need a better way of doing this... */ + + /* The distance between interpolated points */ + tSkip = (1. - 1e-7) * tMax / (nIntpPts - 1); + + t = 0.0; /* Spline parameter value. */ + q = origPts[0]; + count = 0; + + intpPts[count++] = q; /* First point. */ + t += tSkip; + + for (int ii=0, jj=1; jj<nOrigPts; ii++, jj++) { + // Interval length + double d = spline[ii].t; + Point2d p = q; + q = origPts[ii+1]; + double hx = (q.x - p.x) / d; + double hy = (q.y - p.y) / d; + double dx0 = (spline[jj].x + 2 * spline[ii].x) / 6.0; + double dy0 = (spline[jj].y + 2 * spline[ii].y) / 6.0; + double dx01 = (spline[jj].x - spline[ii].x) / (6.0 * d); + double dy01 = (spline[jj].y - spline[ii].y) / (6.0 * d); + while (t <= spline[ii].t) { /* t in current interval ? */ + p.x += t * (hx + (t - d) * (dx0 + t * dx01)); + p.y += t * (hy + (t - d) * (dy0 + t * dy01)); + intpPts[count++] = p; + t += tSkip; + } + + // Parameter t relative to start of next interval + t -= spline[ii].t; + } + + return count; +} + +int LineElement::naturalParametricSpline(Point2d *origPts, int nOrigPts, + Region2d *extsPtr, int isClosed, + Point2d *intpPts, int nIntpPts) +{ + // Generate a cubic spline curve through the points (x_i,y_i) which are + // stored in the linked list p_cntr. + // The spline is defined as a 2d-function s(t) = (x(t),y(t)), where the + // parameter t is the length of the linear stroke. + + if (nOrigPts < 3) + return 0; + + if (isClosed) { + origPts[nOrigPts].x = origPts[0].x; + origPts[nOrigPts].y = origPts[0].y; + nOrigPts++; + } + + // Width and height of the grid is used at unit length (2d-norm) + double unitX = extsPtr->right - extsPtr->left; + double unitY = extsPtr->bottom - extsPtr->top; + if (unitX < FLT_EPSILON) + unitX = FLT_EPSILON; + if (unitY < FLT_EPSILON) + unitY = FLT_EPSILON; + + /* Calculate parameters for cubic spline: + * t = arc length of interval. + * dxdt2 = second derivatives of x with respect to t, + * dydt2 = second derivatives of y with respect to t, + */ + CubicSpline* spline = CubicSlopes(origPts, nOrigPts, isClosed, unitX, unitY); + if (spline == NULL) + return 0; + + int result= CubicEval(origPts, nOrigPts, intpPts, nIntpPts, spline); + + delete [] spline; + return result; +} + +static void CatromCoeffs(Point2d* p, Point2d* a, Point2d* b, + Point2d* c, Point2d* d) +{ + a->x = -p[0].x + 3.0 * p[1].x - 3.0 * p[2].x + p[3].x; + b->x = 2.0 * p[0].x - 5.0 * p[1].x + 4.0 * p[2].x - p[3].x; + c->x = -p[0].x + p[2].x; + d->x = 2.0 * p[1].x; + a->y = -p[0].y + 3.0 * p[1].y - 3.0 * p[2].y + p[3].y; + b->y = 2.0 * p[0].y - 5.0 * p[1].y + 4.0 * p[2].y - p[3].y; + c->y = -p[0].y + p[2].y; + d->y = 2.0 * p[1].y; +} + +int LineElement::catromParametricSpline(Point2d* points, int nPoints, + Point2d* intpPts, int nIntpPts) +{ + // The spline is computed in screen coordinates instead of data points so + // that we can select the abscissas of the interpolated points from each + // pixel horizontally across the plotting area. + + Point2d* origPts = new Point2d[nPoints + 4]; + memcpy(origPts + 1, points, sizeof(Point2d) * nPoints); + + origPts[0] = origPts[1]; + origPts[nPoints + 2] = origPts[nPoints + 1] = origPts[nPoints]; + + for (int ii=0; ii<nIntpPts; ii++) { + int interval = (int)intpPts[ii].x; + double t = intpPts[ii].y; + Point2d a, b, c, d; + CatromCoeffs(origPts + interval, &a, &b, &c, &d); + intpPts[ii].x = (d.x + t * (c.x + t * (b.x + t * a.x))) / 2.0; + intpPts[ii].y = (d.y + t * (c.y + t * (b.y + t * a.y))) / 2.0; + } + + delete [] origPts; + return 1; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fdfe4f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,652 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <string.h> + +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegd.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static int GetIndex(Tcl_Interp* interp, Element* elemPtr, + Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *indexPtr); +static Tcl_Obj *DisplayListObj(Graph* graphPtr); + +int Blt::ElementObjConfigure(Element* elemPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr->graphPtr_; + Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; + int mask =0; + int error; + Tcl_Obj* errorResult; + + for (error=0; error<=1; error++) { + if (!error) { + if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)elemPtr->ops(), elemPtr->optionTable(), + objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask) + != TCL_OK) + continue; + } + else { + errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); + Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + } + + if (elemPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + graphPtr->flags |= mask; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + break; + } + + if (!error) { + Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + return TCL_OK; + } + else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + +static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=5) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId option"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, + (char*)elemPtr->ops(), + elemPtr->optionTable(), + objv[4], graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId ?option value...?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (objc <= 5) { + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)elemPtr->ops(), + elemPtr->optionTable(), + (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, + graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + else + return ElementObjConfigure(elemPtr, interp, objc-4, objv+4); +} + +static int ActivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (objc<3) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?elemId? ?index...?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + // List all the currently active elements + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.table, &iter); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + if (elemPtr->active_) + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1)); + } + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int* indices = NULL; + int nIndices = -1; + if (objc > 4) { + nIndices = objc - 4; + indices = new int[nIndices]; + + int* activePtr = indices; + for (int ii=4; ii<objc; ii++) { + if (GetIndex(interp, elemPtr, objv[ii], activePtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + activePtr++; + } + } + + delete [] elemPtr->activeIndices_; + elemPtr->activeIndices_ = indices; + elemPtr->nActiveIndices_ = nIndices; + + elemPtr->active_ = 1; + + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.tagTable, &iter); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + char* tagName = + (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&graphPtr->elements_.tagTable, hPtr); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,Tcl_NewStringObj(tagName,-1)); + } + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + + return graphPtr->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->elementTag(Tcl_GetString(objv[3])), objc - 4, objv + 4); +} + +static int ClosestOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<5) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y ?elemName?..."); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr->ops_; + ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &gops->search; + + if (graphPtr->flags & RESET) + graphPtr->resetAxes(); + + int x; + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ": bad window x-coordinate", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + int y; + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ": bad window y-coordinate", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + searchPtr->x = x; + searchPtr->y = y; + searchPtr->index = -1; + searchPtr->dist = (double)(searchPtr->halo + 1); + + if (objc>5) { + for (int ii=5; ii<objc; ii++) { + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + if (!eops->hide) + elemPtr->closest(); + } + } + else { + // Find the closest point from the set of displayed elements, + // searching the display list from back to front. That way if + // the points from two different elements overlay each other + // exactly, the last one picked will be the topmost. + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + if (!eops->hide) + elemPtr->closest(); + } + } + + if (searchPtr->dist < (double)searchPtr->halo) { + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("name", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(searchPtr->elemPtr->name_, -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("index", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(searchPtr->index)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("x", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(searchPtr->point.x)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("y", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(searchPtr->point.y)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("dist", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(searchPtr->dist)); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int CreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + // may vary in length + // if (objc!=4) { + // Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId"); + // return TCL_ERROR; + // } + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId..."); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (graphPtr->createElement(objc, objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]); + + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int DeactivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId..."); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) { + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + delete [] elemPtr->activeIndices_; + elemPtr->activeIndices_ = NULL; + elemPtr->nActiveIndices_ = 0; + elemPtr->active_ = 0; + } + + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int DeleteOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId..."); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) { + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + graphPtr->legend_->removeElement(elemPtr); + delete elemPtr; + } + + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ExistsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = + Tcl_FindHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.table, Tcl_GetString(objv[3])); + Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), (hPtr != NULL)); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int LowerOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId..."); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + // Move the links of lowered elements out of the display list into + // a temporary list + Chain* chain = new Chain(); + + for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) { + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // look for duplicates + int ok=1; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* ptr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + if (ptr == elemPtr) { + ok=0; + break; + } + } + + if (ok && elemPtr->link) { + graphPtr->elements_.displayList->unlinkLink(elemPtr->link); + chain->linkAfter(elemPtr->link, NULL); + } + } + + // Append the links to end of the display list + ChainLink *next; + for (ChainLink *link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link; link = next) { + next = Chain_NextLink(link); + chain->unlinkLink(link); + graphPtr->elements_.displayList->linkAfter(link, NULL); + } + delete chain; + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, DisplayListObj(graphPtr)); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int NamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (objc<3) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?pattern...?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.table, &iter); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr); + } + } + else { + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.table, &iter); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + + for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) { + if (Tcl_StringMatch(elemPtr->name_,Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]))) { + Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr); + break; + } + } + } + } + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int RaiseOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId..."); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Chain* chain = new Chain(); + for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) { + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // look for duplicates + int ok=1; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* ptr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + if (ptr == elemPtr) { + ok=0; + break; + } + } + + if (ok && elemPtr->link) { + graphPtr->elements_.displayList->unlinkLink(elemPtr->link); + chain->linkAfter(elemPtr->link, NULL); + } + } + + // Prepend the links to beginning of the display list in reverse order + ChainLink *prev; + for (ChainLink *link = Chain_LastLink(chain); link; link = prev) { + prev = Chain_PrevLink(link); + chain->unlinkLink(link); + graphPtr->elements_.displayList->linkBefore(link, NULL); + } + delete chain; + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, DisplayListObj(graphPtr)); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ShowOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + // may vary in length + if (objc<3) { + // if (objc!=3 || objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?nameList?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, DisplayListObj(graphPtr)); + return TCL_OK; + } + + int elemObjc; + Tcl_Obj** elemObjv; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &elemObjc, &elemObjv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Collect the named elements into a list + Chain* chain = new Chain(); + for (int ii=0; ii<elemObjc; ii++) { + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(elemObjv[ii], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) { + delete chain; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + // look for duplicates + int ok=1; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* ptr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + if (ptr == elemPtr) { + ok=0; + break; + } + } + + if (ok) + chain->append(elemPtr); + } + + // Clear the links from the currently displayed elements + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + elemPtr->link = NULL; + } + delete graphPtr->elements_.displayList; + graphPtr->elements_.displayList = chain; + + // Set links on all the displayed elements + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + elemPtr->link = link; + } + + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, DisplayListObj(graphPtr)); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int TypeOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "elemId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Element* elemPtr; + if (graphPtr->getElement(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), elemPtr->typeName(), -1); + return TCL_OK; +} + +const Ensemble Blt::elementEnsemble[] = { + {"activate", ActivateOp, 0}, + {"bind", BindOp, 0}, + {"cget", CgetOp, 0}, + {"closest", ClosestOp, 0}, + {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0}, + {"create", CreateOp, 0}, + {"deactivate", DeactivateOp, 0}, + {"delete", DeleteOp, 0}, + {"exists", ExistsOp, 0}, + {"lower", LowerOp, 0}, + {"names", NamesOp, 0}, + {"raise", RaiseOp, 0}, + {"show", ShowOp, 0}, + {"type", TypeOp, 0}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; + +// Support + +static Tcl_Obj *DisplayListObj(Graph* graphPtr) +{ + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(graphPtr->interp_, listObjPtr, objPtr); + } + + return listObjPtr; +} + +static int GetIndex(Tcl_Interp* interp, Element* elemPtr, + Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *indexPtr) +{ + ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + + char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); + if ((*string == 'e') && (strcmp("end", string) == 0)) + *indexPtr = NUMBEROFPOINTS(ops); + else if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objPtr, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return TCL_OK; +} + + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b596b11 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrElemOp_h__ +#define __BltGrElemOp_h__ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + extern const Ensemble elementEnsemble[]; + extern int ElementObjConfigure(Blt::Element* elemPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0a67e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.C @@ -0,0 +1,396 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <float.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltChain.h" + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemOption.h" +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define SETRANGE(l) ((l).range = ((l).max > (l).min) ? ((l).max - (l).min) : DBL_EPSILON) +#define SETWEIGHT(l, lo, hi) ((l).min = (lo), (l).max = (hi), SETRANGE(l)) + +// Defs + +static int GetPenStyleFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Graph* graphPtr, + Tcl_Obj *objPtr, ClassId classId, + PenStyle *stylePtr); +static int ParseValues(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *nValuesPtr, + double **arrayPtr); + +// OptionSpecs + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc ValuesSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc ValuesGetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc ValuesFreeProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption valuesObjOption = + { + "values", ValuesSetProc, ValuesGetProc, RestoreProc, ValuesFreeProc, NULL + }; + +static int ValuesSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* savePtr, int flags) +{ + ElemValues** valuesPtrPtr = (ElemValues**)(widgRec + offset); + *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)valuesPtrPtr; + ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)widgRec; + Element* elemPtr = ops->elemPtr; + + if (!valuesPtrPtr) + return TCL_OK; + + Tcl_Obj** objv; + int objc; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (objc == 0) { + *valuesPtrPtr = NULL; + return TCL_OK; + } + + const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]); + if (objc == 1) { + if (Blt_VectorExists2(interp, string)) { + ElemValuesVector* valuesPtr = new ElemValuesVector(elemPtr, string); + if (valuesPtr->getVector() != TCL_OK) { + delete valuesPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *valuesPtrPtr = valuesPtr; + } + else + return TCL_ERROR; + } + else { + double* values; + int nValues; + if (ParseValues(interp, *objPtr, &nValues, &values) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + ElemValuesSource* valuesPtr = new ElemValuesSource(nValues, values); + valuesPtr->findRange(); + *valuesPtrPtr = valuesPtr; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static Tcl_Obj* ValuesGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + ElemValues* valuesPtr = *(ElemValues**)(widgRec + offset); + + if (!valuesPtr) + return Tcl_NewStringObj("", -1); + + int cnt = valuesPtr->nValues(); + if (!cnt) + return Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj**)NULL); + + Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt]; + for (int ii=0; ii<cnt; ii++) + ll[ii] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(valuesPtr->values_[ii]); + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll); + delete [] ll; + + return listObjPtr; +} + +static void ValuesFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr) +{ + ElemValues* valuesPtr = *(ElemValues**)ptr; + delete valuesPtr; +} + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc PairsSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc PairsGetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionRestoreProc PairsRestoreProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc PairsFreeProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption pairsObjOption = + { + "pairs", PairsSetProc, PairsGetProc, PairsRestoreProc, PairsFreeProc, NULL + }; + +static int PairsSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* savePtr, int flags) +{ + ElemCoords* coordsPtr = (ElemCoords*)(widgRec + offset); + *(double*)savePtr = (double)NULL; + + double* values; + int nValues; + if (ParseValues(interp, *objPtr, &nValues, &values) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (nValues == 0) + return TCL_OK; + + if (nValues & 1) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "odd number of data points", NULL); + delete [] values; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + nValues /= 2; + delete coordsPtr->x; + coordsPtr->x = new ElemValuesSource(nValues); + + delete coordsPtr->y; + coordsPtr->y = new ElemValuesSource(nValues); + + int ii=0; + for (double* p = values; ii<nValues; ii++) { + coordsPtr->x->values_[ii] = *p++; + coordsPtr->y->values_[ii] = *p++; + } + delete [] values; + + coordsPtr->x->findRange(); + coordsPtr->y->findRange(); + + return TCL_OK; +}; + +static Tcl_Obj* PairsGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + ElemCoords* coordsPtr = (ElemCoords*)(widgRec + offset); + + if (!coordsPtr || + !coordsPtr->x || !coordsPtr->y || + !coordsPtr->x->nValues() || !coordsPtr->y->nValues()) + return Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj**)NULL); + + int cnt = MIN(coordsPtr->x->nValues(), coordsPtr->y->nValues()); + Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[2*cnt]; + for (int ii=0, jj=0; ii<cnt; ii++) { + ll[jj++] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(coordsPtr->x->values_[ii]); + ll[jj++] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(coordsPtr->y->values_[ii]); + } + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(2*cnt, ll); + delete [] ll; + + return listObjPtr; +}; + +static void PairsRestoreProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *ptr, char *savePtr) +{ + // do nothing +} + +static void PairsFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr) +{ + // do nothing +} + +int StyleSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* save, int flags) +{ + Chain* stylePalette = *(Chain**)(widgRec + offset); + ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)(widgRec); + Element* elemPtr = ops->elemPtr; + size_t size = (size_t)clientData; + + int objc; + Tcl_Obj** objv; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Reserve the first entry for the "normal" pen. We'll set the style later + elemPtr->freeStylePalette(stylePalette); + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette); + if (!link) { + link = new ChainLink(size); + stylePalette->linkAfter(link, NULL); + } + + PenStyle* stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->penPtr = NORMALPEN(ops); + for (int ii = 0; ii<objc; ii++) { + link = new ChainLink(size); + stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + stylePtr->weight.min = (double)ii; + stylePtr->weight.max = (double)ii + 1.0; + stylePtr->weight.range = 1.0; + if (GetPenStyleFromObj(interp, elemPtr->graphPtr_, objv[ii], + elemPtr->classId(), + (PenStyle*)stylePtr) != TCL_OK) { + elemPtr->freeStylePalette(stylePalette); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + stylePalette->linkAfter(link, NULL); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +Tcl_Obj* StyleGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + Chain* stylePalette = *(Chain**)(widgRec + offset); + + // count how many + int cnt =0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link), cnt++) {} + if (!cnt) + return Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj**)NULL); + + Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[3*cnt]; + int ii=0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(stylePalette); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + PenStyle *stylePtr = (PenStyle*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ll[ii++] = Tcl_NewStringObj(stylePtr->penPtr->name_, -1); + ll[ii++] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(stylePtr->weight.min); + ll[ii++] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(stylePtr->weight.max); + } + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(3*cnt,ll); + delete [] ll; + + return listObjPtr; +} + +void StyleRestoreProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *ptr, char *savePtr) +{ + // do nothing +} + +void StyleFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr) +{ + // do nothing +} + +// Support + +static int GetPenStyleFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Graph* graphPtr, + Tcl_Obj *objPtr, ClassId classId, + PenStyle *stylePtr) +{ + int objc; + Tcl_Obj **objv; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if ((objc != 1) && (objc != 3)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad style entry \"", + Tcl_GetString(objPtr), + "\": should be \"penName\" or \"penName min max\"", + NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Pen* penPtr; + if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[0], &penPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (objc == 3) { + double min, max; + if ((Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &min) != TCL_OK) || + (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &max) != TCL_OK)) + return TCL_ERROR; + + SETWEIGHT(stylePtr->weight, min, max); + } + + penPtr->refCount_++; + stylePtr->penPtr = penPtr; + return TCL_OK; +} + +void VectorChangedProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, ClientData clientData, + Blt_VectorNotify notify) +{ + ElemValuesVector* valuesPtr = (ElemValuesVector*)clientData; + if (!valuesPtr) + return; + + if (notify == BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY) { + valuesPtr->freeSource(); + valuesPtr->reset(); + } + else { + Blt_Vector* vector; + Blt_GetVectorById(interp, valuesPtr->source_, &vector); + if (valuesPtr->fetchValues(vector) != TCL_OK) + return; + } + + Element* elemPtr = valuesPtr->elemPtr_; + Graph* graphPtr = elemPtr->graphPtr_; + + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); +} + +static int ParseValues(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *nValuesPtr, + double **arrayPtr) +{ + int objc; + Tcl_Obj **objv; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + *arrayPtr = NULL; + *nValuesPtr = 0; + if (objc > 0) { + double* array = new double[objc]; + if (!array) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't allocate new vector", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + int i=0; + for (double* p = array; i < objc; i++, p++) { + if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[i], p) != TCL_OK) { + delete [] array; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + *arrayPtr = array; + *nValuesPtr = objc; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4312691 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrElemOption.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrElemOption_h__ +#define __BltGrElemOption_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +extern const char* fillObjOption[]; +extern Tk_CustomOptionSetProc StyleSetProc; +extern Tk_CustomOptionGetProc StyleGetProc; +extern Tk_CustomOptionRestoreProc StyleRestoreProc; +extern Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc StyleFreeProc; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7ea3d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.C @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrHairs.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color", + "green", -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, colorPtr), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, dashes), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "Linewidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, lineWidth), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", "x", "X", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, x), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", "y", "Y", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(CrosshairsOptions, y), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +Crosshairs::Crosshairs(Graph* graphPtr) +{ + ops_ = (CrosshairsOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(CrosshairsOptions)); + + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + visible_ =0; + gc_ =NULL; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs); + Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr->interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_, + graphPtr->tkwin_); +} + +Crosshairs::~Crosshairs() +{ + if (gc_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(gc_); + + Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_); + free(ops_); +} + +// Configure + +int Crosshairs::configure() +{ + CrosshairsOptions* ops = (CrosshairsOptions*)ops_; + + XGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.foreground = ops->colorPtr->pixel; + gcValues.line_width = ops->lineWidth; + unsigned long gcMask = (GCForeground | GCLineWidth); + if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) { + gcValues.line_style = LineOnOffDash; + gcMask |= GCLineStyle; + } + GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues); + if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) + graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->dashes); + + if (gc_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(gc_); + gc_ = newGC; + + // Are the new coordinates on the graph? + map(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void Crosshairs::map() +{ + CrosshairsOptions* ops = (CrosshairsOptions*)ops_; + + segArr_[0].x = ops->x; + segArr_[1].x = ops->x; + segArr_[0].y = graphPtr_->bottom_; + segArr_[1].y = graphPtr_->top_; + segArr_[2].y = ops->y; + segArr_[3].y = ops->y; + segArr_[2].x = graphPtr_->left_; + segArr_[3].x = graphPtr_->right_; +} + +void Crosshairs::on() +{ + visible_ =1; +} + +void Crosshairs::off() +{ + visible_ =0; +} + +void Crosshairs::draw(Drawable drawable) +{ + CrosshairsOptions* ops = (CrosshairsOptions*)ops_; + + if (visible_ && Tk_IsMapped(graphPtr_->tkwin_)) { + if (ops->x <= graphPtr_->right_ && + ops->x >= graphPtr_->left_ && + ops->y <= graphPtr_->bottom_ && + ops->y >= graphPtr_->top_) { + XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, gc_, + segArr_[0].x, segArr_[0].y, segArr_[1].x, segArr_[1].y); + XDrawLine(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, gc_, + segArr_[2].x, segArr_[2].y, segArr_[3].x, segArr_[3].y); + } + } +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a86d0c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairs.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrHairs_h__ +#define __BltGrHairs_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" + +namespace Blt { + class Graph; + + typedef struct { + XColor* colorPtr; + Dashes dashes; + int lineWidth; + int x; + int y; + } CrosshairsOptions; + + class Crosshairs { + protected: + Graph* graphPtr_; + Tk_OptionTable optionTable_; + void* ops_; + + int visible_; + GC gc_; + Point segArr_[4]; + + public: + Crosshairs(Graph*); + virtual ~Crosshairs(); + + int configure(); + void map(); + void draw(Drawable); + + void on(); + void off(); + int isOn() {return visible_;} + + Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;} + void* ops() {return ops_;} + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57650ce --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrHairs.h" +#include "tkbltGrHairsOp.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static int CrosshairsObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Crosshairs* chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_; + Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; + int mask =0; + int error; + Tcl_Obj* errorResult; + + for (error=0; error<=1; error++) { + if (!error) { + if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)chPtr->ops(), chPtr->optionTable(), + objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask) + != TCL_OK) + continue; + } + else { + errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); + Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + } + + if (chPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + graphPtr->flags |= mask; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + break; + } + + if (!error) { + Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + return TCL_OK; + } + else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + +static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc != 4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "cget option"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Crosshairs* chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_; + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, + (char*)chPtr->ops(), + chPtr->optionTable(), + objv[3], graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Crosshairs* chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_; + if (objc <= 4) { + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)chPtr->ops(), + chPtr->optionTable(), + (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, + graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + else + return CrosshairsObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3); +} + +static int OnOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Crosshairs *chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_; + + chPtr->on(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int OffOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Crosshairs *chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_; + + chPtr->off(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ToggleOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Crosshairs *chPtr = graphPtr->crosshairs_; + + if (chPtr->isOn()) + chPtr->off(); + else + chPtr->on(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +const Ensemble Blt::crosshairsEnsemble[] = { + {"cget", CgetOp, 0}, + {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0}, + {"off", OffOp, 0}, + {"on", OnOp, 0}, + {"toggle", ToggleOp, 0}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f3d009 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrHairsOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrHairsOp_h__ +#define __BltGrHairsOp_h__ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + extern const Ensemble crosshairsEnsemble[]; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8822f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.C @@ -0,0 +1,1070 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <tk.h> +#include <tkInt.h> + +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegd.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static void SelectCmdProc(ClientData); +static Tk_SelectionProc SelectionProc; + +// OptionSpecs + +static const char* selectmodeObjOption[] = { + "single", "multiple", NULL +}; +static const char* positionObjOption[] = { + "rightmargin", "leftmargin", "topmargin", "bottommargin", + "plotarea", "xy", NULL +}; + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", + "ActiveBackground", + STD_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, activeBg), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth", + "ActiveBorderWidth", + STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, entryBW), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "ActiveForeground", + STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, activeFgColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "ActiveRelief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, activeRelief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", + "n", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, anchor), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, normalBg), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", + STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, borderWidth), + 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_INT, "-columns", "columns", "columns", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, reqColumns), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection", "ExportSelection", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, exportSelection), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-focusdashes", "focusDashes", "FocusDashes", + "dot", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, focusDashes), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-focusforeground", "focusForeground", "FocusForeground", + STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, focusColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", + STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, style.font), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, fgColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, hide), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-ipadx", "iPadX", "Pad", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, ixPad), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-ipady", "iPadY", "Pad", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, iyPad), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-nofocusselectbackground", "noFocusSelectBackground", + "NoFocusSelectBackground", + STD_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selOutFocusBg), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-nofocusselectforeground", "noFocusSelectForeground", + "NoFocusSelectForeground", + STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selOutFocusFgColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, xPad), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, yPad), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-position", "position", "Position", + "rightmargin", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, position), + 0, &positionObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-raised", "raised", "Raised", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, raised), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, relief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_INT, "-rows", "rows", "rows", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, reqRows), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", + "SelectBackground", + STD_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selInFocusBg), + 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", + "SelectBorderWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selBW), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectcommand", "selectCommand", "SelectCommand", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selectCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "SelectForeground", + STD_ACTIVE_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selInFocusFgColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode", + "multiple", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selectMode), + 0, &selectmodeObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-selectrelief", "selectRelief", "SelectRelief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, selRelief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, title), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-titlecolor", "titleColor", "TitleColor", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, titleStyle.color), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-titlefont", "titleFont", "TitleFont", + STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, titleStyle.font), + 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", "x", "X", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, xReq), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", "y", "Y", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LegendOptions, yReq), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +Legend::Legend(Graph* graphPtr) +{ + ops_ = (void*)calloc(1, sizeof(LegendOptions)); + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_; + + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + flags =0; + nEntries_ =0; + nColumns_ =0; + nRows_ =0; + width_ =0; + height_ =0; + entryWidth_ =0; + entryHeight_ =0; + x_ =0; + y_ =0; + bindTable_ =NULL; + focusGC_ =NULL; + focusPtr_ =NULL; + selAnchorPtr_ =NULL; + selMarkPtr_ =NULL; + selected_ = new Chain(); + titleWidth_ =0; + titleHeight_ =0; + + ops->style.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW; + ops->style.color =NULL; + ops->style.font =NULL; + ops->style.angle =0; + ops->style.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + ops->titleStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW; + ops->titleStyle.color =NULL; + ops->titleStyle.font =NULL; + ops->titleStyle.angle =0; + ops->titleStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + bindTable_ = new BindTable(graphPtr, this); + + Tcl_InitHashTable(&selectTable_, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); + + Tk_CreateSelHandler(graphPtr_->tkwin_, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING, + SelectionProc, this, XA_STRING); + + optionTable_ =Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs); + Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr->interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr->tkwin_); +} + +Legend::~Legend() +{ + // LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_; + + delete bindTable_; + + if (focusGC_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(focusGC_); + + if (graphPtr_->tkwin_) + Tk_DeleteSelHandler(graphPtr_->tkwin_, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING); + + delete selected_; + + Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_); + free(ops_); +} + +int Legend::configure() +{ + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_; + + // GC for active label, Dashed outline + unsigned long gcMask = GCForeground | GCLineStyle; + XGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.foreground = ops->focusColor->pixel; + gcValues.line_style = (LineIsDashed(ops->focusDashes)) + ? LineOnOffDash : LineSolid; + GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues); + if (LineIsDashed(ops->focusDashes)) { + ops->focusDashes.offset = 2; + graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->focusDashes); + } + if (focusGC_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(focusGC_); + + focusGC_ = newGC; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void Legend::map(int plotWidth, int plotHeight) +{ + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_; + + entryWidth_ =0; + entryHeight_ = 0; + nRows_ =0; + nColumns_ =0; + nEntries_ =0; + height_ =0; + width_ = 0; + + TextStyle tts(graphPtr_, &ops->titleStyle); + tts.getExtents(ops->title, &titleWidth_, &titleHeight_); + + // Count the number of legend entries and determine the widest and tallest + // label. The number of entries would normally be the number of elements, + // but elements can have no legend entry (-label ""). + int nEntries =0; + int maxWidth =0; + int maxHeight =0; + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style); + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + + if (!elemOps->label) + continue; + + int w, h; + ts.getExtents(elemOps->label, &w, &h); + if (maxWidth < (int)w) + maxWidth = w; + + if (maxHeight < (int)h) + maxHeight = h; + + nEntries++; + } + if (nEntries == 0) + return; + + Tk_FontMetrics fontMetrics; + Tk_GetFontMetrics(ops->style.font, &fontMetrics); + int symbolWidth = 2 * fontMetrics.ascent; + + maxWidth += 2 * ops->entryBW + 2*ops->ixPad + + + symbolWidth + 3 * 2; + + maxHeight += 2 * ops->entryBW + 2*ops->iyPad; + + maxWidth |= 0x01; + maxHeight |= 0x01; + + int lw = plotWidth - 2 * ops->borderWidth - 2*ops->xPad; + int lh = plotHeight - 2 * ops->borderWidth - 2*ops->yPad; + + /* + * The number of rows and columns is computed as one of the following: + * + * both options set User defined. + * -rows Compute columns from rows. + * -columns Compute rows from columns. + * neither set Compute rows and columns from + * size of plot. + */ + int nRows =0; + int nColumns =0; + if (ops->reqRows > 0) { + nRows = MIN(ops->reqRows, nEntries); + if (ops->reqColumns > 0) + nColumns = MIN(ops->reqColumns, nEntries); + else + nColumns = ((nEntries - 1) / nRows) + 1; /* Only -rows. */ + } + else if (ops->reqColumns > 0) { /* Only -columns. */ + nColumns = MIN(ops->reqColumns, nEntries); + nRows = ((nEntries - 1) / nColumns) + 1; + } + else { + // Compute # of rows and columns from the legend size + nRows = lh / maxHeight; + nColumns = lw / maxWidth; + if (nRows < 1) { + nRows = nEntries; + } + if (nColumns < 1) { + nColumns = nEntries; + } + if (nRows > nEntries) { + nRows = nEntries; + } + switch ((Position)ops->position) { + case TOP: + case BOTTOM: + nRows = ((nEntries - 1) / nColumns) + 1; + break; + case LEFT: + case RIGHT: + default: + nColumns = ((nEntries - 1) / nRows) + 1; + break; + } + } + if (nColumns < 1) + nColumns = 1; + + if (nRows < 1) + nRows = 1; + + lh = (nRows * maxHeight); + if (titleHeight_ > 0) + lh += titleHeight_ + ops->yPad; + + lw = nColumns * maxWidth; + if (lw < (int)(titleWidth_)) + lw = titleWidth_; + + width_ = lw + 2 * ops->borderWidth + 2*ops->xPad; + height_ = lh + 2 * ops->borderWidth + 2*ops->yPad; + nRows_ = nRows; + nColumns_ = nColumns; + nEntries_ = nEntries; + entryHeight_ = maxHeight; + entryWidth_ = maxWidth; + + int row =0; + int col =0; + int count =0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + count++; + elemPtr->row_ = row; + elemPtr->col_ = col; + row++; + if ((count % nRows) == 0) { + col++; + row = 0; + } + } +} + +void Legend::draw(Drawable drawable) +{ + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + if ((ops->hide) || (nEntries_ == 0)) + return; + + setOrigin(); + Tk_Window tkwin = graphPtr_->tkwin_; + int w = width_; + int h = height_; + + Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(graphPtr_->display_, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), w, h, + Tk_Depth(tkwin)); + + if (ops->normalBg) + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, ops->normalBg, 0, 0, + w, h, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); + else { + switch ((Position)ops->position) { + case TOP: + case BOTTOM: + case RIGHT: + case LEFT: + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, gops->normalBg, 0, 0, + w, h, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); + break; + case PLOT: + case XY: + // Legend background is transparent and is positioned over the the + // plot area. Either copy the part of the background from the backing + // store pixmap or (if no backing store exists) just fill it with the + // background color of the plot. + if (graphPtr_->cache_ != None) + XCopyArea(graphPtr_->display_, graphPtr_->cache_, pixmap, + graphPtr_->drawGC_, x_, y_, w, h, 0, 0); + else + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, gops->plotBg, 0, 0, + w, h, TK_RELIEF_FLAT, 0); + break; + }; + } + + Tk_FontMetrics fontMetrics; + Tk_GetFontMetrics(ops->style.font, &fontMetrics); + + int symbolSize = fontMetrics.ascent; + int xMid = symbolSize + 1 + ops->entryBW; + int yMid = (symbolSize / 2) + 1 + ops->entryBW; + int xLabel = 2 * symbolSize + ops->entryBW + ops->ixPad + 2 * 2; + int ySymbol = yMid + ops->iyPad; + int xSymbol = xMid + 2; + + int x = ops->xPad + ops->borderWidth; + int y = ops->yPad + ops->borderWidth; + + TextStyle tts(graphPtr_, &ops->titleStyle); + tts.drawText(pixmap, ops->title, x, y); + if (titleHeight_ > 0) + y += titleHeight_ + ops->yPad; + + int count = 0; + int yStart = y; + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style); + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + if (!elemOps->label) + continue; + + int isSelected = entryIsSelected(elemPtr); + if (elemPtr->labelActive_) + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, ops->activeBg, + x, y, entryWidth_, entryHeight_, + ops->entryBW, ops->activeRelief); + else if (isSelected) { + XColor* fg = (flags & FOCUS) ? + ops->selInFocusFgColor : ops->selOutFocusFgColor; + Tk_3DBorder bg = (flags & FOCUS) ? + ops->selInFocusBg : ops->selOutFocusBg; + ops->style.color = fg; + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, bg, x, y, + entryWidth_, entryHeight_, + ops->selBW, ops->selRelief); + } + else { + ops->style.color = ops->fgColor; + if (elemOps->legendRelief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, gops->normalBg, + x, y, entryWidth_, + entryHeight_, ops->entryBW, + elemOps->legendRelief); + } + elemPtr->drawSymbol(pixmap, x + xSymbol, y + ySymbol, symbolSize); + + ts.drawText(pixmap, elemOps->label, x+xLabel, y+ops->entryBW+ops->iyPad); + count++; + + if (focusPtr_ == elemPtr) { + if (isSelected) { + XColor* color = (flags & FOCUS) ? + ops->selInFocusFgColor : ops->selOutFocusFgColor; + XSetForeground(graphPtr_->display_, focusGC_, color->pixel); + } + XDrawRectangle(graphPtr_->display_, pixmap, focusGC_, + x + 1, y + 1, entryWidth_ - 3, + entryHeight_ - 3); + if (isSelected) + XSetForeground(graphPtr_->display_, focusGC_, ops->focusColor->pixel); + } + + // Check when to move to the next column + if ((count % nRows_) > 0) + y += entryHeight_; + else { + x += entryWidth_; + y = yStart; + } + } + + Tk_3DBorder bg = ops->normalBg; + if (!bg) + bg = gops->normalBg; + + Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, bg, 0, 0, w, h, + ops->borderWidth, ops->relief); + XCopyArea(graphPtr_->display_, pixmap, drawable, graphPtr_->drawGC_, + 0, 0, w, h, x_, y_); + + Tk_FreePixmap(graphPtr_->display_, pixmap); +} + +void Legend::print(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)graphPtr_->postscript_->ops_; + + if ((ops->hide) || (nEntries_ == 0)) + return; + + setOrigin(); + + double x = x_; + double y = y_; + int width = width_ - 2*ops->xPad; + int height = height_ - 2*ops->yPad; + + psPtr->append("% Legend\n"); + if (pops->decorations) { + if (ops->normalBg) + psPtr->fill3DRectangle(ops->normalBg, x, y, width, height, + ops->borderWidth, ops->relief); + else + psPtr->print3DRectangle(gops->normalBg, x, y, width, height, + ops->borderWidth, ops->relief); + + } + else { + psPtr->setClearBackground(); + psPtr->fillRectangle(x, y, width, height); + } + + Tk_FontMetrics fontMetrics; + Tk_GetFontMetrics(ops->style.font, &fontMetrics); + int symbolSize = fontMetrics.ascent; + int xMid = symbolSize + 1 + ops->entryBW; + int yMid = (symbolSize / 2) + 1 + ops->entryBW; + int xLabel = 2 * symbolSize + ops->entryBW + ops->ixPad + 5; + int xSymbol = xMid + ops->ixPad; + int ySymbol = yMid + ops->iyPad; + + x += ops->borderWidth; + y += ops->borderWidth; + TextStyle tts(graphPtr_, &ops->titleStyle); + tts.printText(psPtr, ops->title, x, y); + if (titleHeight_ > 0) + y += titleHeight_ + ops->yPad; + + int count = 0; + double yStart = y; + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style); + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + + if (!elemOps->label) + continue; + + if (elemPtr->labelActive_) { + ops->style.color = ops->activeFgColor; + psPtr->fill3DRectangle(ops->activeBg, x, y, entryWidth_, + entryHeight_, ops->entryBW, + ops->activeRelief); + } + else { + ops->style.color = ops->fgColor; + if (elemOps->legendRelief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) + psPtr->print3DRectangle(gops->normalBg, x, y, entryWidth_, entryHeight_, + ops->entryBW, elemOps->legendRelief); + } + elemPtr->printSymbol(psPtr, x + xSymbol, y + ySymbol, symbolSize); + ts.printText(psPtr, elemOps->label, x + xLabel, + y + ops->entryBW + ops->iyPad); + count++; + + if ((count % nRows_) > 0) + y += entryHeight_; + else { + x += entryWidth_; + y = yStart; + } + } +} + +void Legend::removeElement(Element* elemPtr) +{ + bindTable_->deleteBindings(elemPtr); +} + +void Legend::eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd() +{ + if ((flags & SELECT_PENDING) == 0) { + flags |= SELECT_PENDING; + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SelectCmdProc, this); + } +} + +void Legend::setOrigin() +{ + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_; + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + + int x =0; + int y =0; + int w =0; + int h =0; + switch ((Position)ops->position) { + case RIGHT: + w = gops->rightMargin.width - gops->rightMargin.axesOffset; + h = graphPtr_->bottom_ - graphPtr_->top_; + x = graphPtr_->right_ + gops->rightMargin.axesOffset; + y = graphPtr_->top_; + break; + + case LEFT: + w = gops->leftMargin.width - gops->leftMargin.axesOffset; + h = graphPtr_->bottom_ - graphPtr_->top_; + x = graphPtr_->inset_; + y = graphPtr_->top_; + break; + + case TOP: + w = graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_; + h = gops->topMargin.height - gops->topMargin.axesOffset; + if (gops->title) + h -= graphPtr_->titleHeight_; + + x = graphPtr_->left_; + y = graphPtr_->inset_; + if (gops->title) + y += graphPtr_->titleHeight_; + break; + + case BOTTOM: + w = graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_; + h = gops->bottomMargin.height - gops->bottomMargin.axesOffset; + x = graphPtr_->left_; + y = graphPtr_->bottom_ + gops->bottomMargin.axesOffset; + break; + + case PLOT: + w = graphPtr_->right_ - graphPtr_->left_; + h = graphPtr_->bottom_ - graphPtr_->top_; + x = graphPtr_->left_; + y = graphPtr_->top_; + break; + + case XY: + w = width_; + h = height_; + x = ops->xReq; + y = ops->yReq; + if (x < 0) + x += graphPtr_->width_; + + if (y < 0) + y += graphPtr_->height_; + break; + } + + switch (ops->anchor) { + case TK_ANCHOR_NW: + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_W: + if (h > height_) + y += (h - height_) / 2; + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_SW: + if (h > height_) + y += (h - height_); + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_N: + if (w > width_) + x += (w - width_) / 2; + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: + if (h > height_) + y += (h - height_) / 2; + + if (w > width_) + x += (w - width_) / 2; + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_S: + if (w > width_) + x += (w - width_) / 2; + + if (h > height_) + y += (h - height_); + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_NE: + if (w > width_) + x += w - width_; + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_E: + if (w > width_) + x += w - width_; + + if (h > height_) + y += (h - height_) / 2; + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_SE: + if (w > width_) { + x += w - width_; + } + if (h > height_) { + y += (h - height_); + } + break; + } + + x_ = x + ops->xPad; + y_ = y + ops->yPad; +} + +void Legend::selectEntry(Element* elemPtr) +{ + switch (flags & SELECT_TOGGLE) { + case SELECT_CLEAR: + deselectElement(elemPtr); + break; + case SELECT_SET: + selectElement(elemPtr); + break; + case SELECT_TOGGLE: + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&selectTable_, (char*)elemPtr); + if (hPtr) + deselectElement(elemPtr); + else + selectElement(elemPtr); + break; + } +} + +void Legend::selectElement(Element* elemPtr) +{ + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&selectTable_, (char*)elemPtr, &isNew); + if (isNew) { + ChainLink* link = selected_->append(elemPtr); + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, link); + } +} + +void Legend::deselectElement(Element* elemPtr) +{ + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&selectTable_, (char*)elemPtr); + if (hPtr) { + ChainLink* link = (ChainLink*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + selected_->deleteLink(link); + Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr); + } +} + + +int Legend::selectRange(Element *fromPtr, Element *toPtr) +{ + int isBefore=0; + for (ChainLink* linkPtr = fromPtr->link; linkPtr; linkPtr = linkPtr->next()) + if (linkPtr == toPtr->link) + isBefore =1; + + if (isBefore) { + for (ChainLink* link = fromPtr->link; link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + selectEntry(elemPtr); + if (link == toPtr->link) + break; + } + } + else { + for (ChainLink* link = fromPtr->link; link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + selectEntry(elemPtr); + if (link == toPtr->link) + break; + } + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void Legend::clearSelection() +{ + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_; + + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&selectTable_); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&selectTable_, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); + selected_->reset(); + + if (ops->selectCmd) + eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd(); +} + +int Legend::entryIsSelected(Element* elemPtr) +{ + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&selectTable_, (char*)elemPtr); + return (hPtr != NULL); +} + +int Legend::getElementFromObj(Tcl_Obj* objPtr, Element** elemPtrPtr) +{ + const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); + Element* elemPtr = NULL; + + if (!strcmp(string, "anchor")) + elemPtr = selAnchorPtr_; + else if (!strcmp(string, "current")) + elemPtr = (Element*)bindTable_->currentItem(); + else if (!strcmp(string, "first")) + elemPtr = getFirstElement(); + else if (!strcmp(string, "focus")) + elemPtr = focusPtr_; + else if (!strcmp(string, "last")) + elemPtr = getLastElement(); + else if (!strcmp(string, "end")) + elemPtr = getLastElement(); + else if (!strcmp(string, "next.row")) + elemPtr = getNextRow(focusPtr_); + else if (!strcmp(string, "next.column")) + elemPtr = getNextColumn(focusPtr_); + else if (!strcmp(string, "previous.row")) + elemPtr = getPreviousRow(focusPtr_); + else if (!strcmp(string, "previous.column")) + elemPtr = getPreviousColumn(focusPtr_); + else if (string[0] == '@') { + int x, y; + if (graphPtr_->getXY(string, &x, &y) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + ClassId classId; + elemPtr = (Element*)pickEntry(x, y, &classId); + } + else { + if (graphPtr_->getElement(objPtr, &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (!elemPtr->link) { + Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr_->interp_, "bad legend index \"", string, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + if (!elemOps->label) + elemPtr = NULL; + } + + *elemPtrPtr = elemPtr; + return TCL_OK; +} + +Element* Legend::getNextRow(Element* focusPtr) +{ + unsigned col = focusPtr->col_; + unsigned row = focusPtr->row_ + 1; + for (ChainLink* link = focusPtr->link; link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + + if (!elemOps->label) + continue; + + if ((elemPtr->col_ == col) && (elemPtr->row_ == row)) + return elemPtr; + } + return NULL; +} + +Element* Legend::getNextColumn(Element* focusPtr) +{ + unsigned col = focusPtr->col_ + 1; + unsigned row = focusPtr->row_; + for (ChainLink* link = focusPtr->link; link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + + if (!elemOps->label) + continue; + + if ((elemPtr->col_ == col) && (elemPtr->row_ == row)) + return elemPtr; + } + return NULL; +} + +Element* Legend::getPreviousRow(Element* focusPtr) +{ + unsigned col = focusPtr->col_; + unsigned row = focusPtr->row_ - 1; + for (ChainLink* link = focusPtr->link; link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + + if (!elemOps->label) + continue; + + if ((elemPtr->col_ == col) && (elemPtr->row_ == row)) + return elemPtr; + } + return NULL; +} + +Element* Legend::getPreviousColumn(Element* focusPtr) +{ + unsigned col = focusPtr->col_ - 1; + unsigned row = focusPtr->row_; + for (ChainLink* link = focusPtr->link; link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + + if (!elemOps->label) + continue; + + if ((elemPtr->col_ == col) && (elemPtr->row_ == row)) + return elemPtr; + } + return NULL; +} + +Element* Legend::getFirstElement() +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + if (elemOps->label) + return elemPtr; + } + return NULL; +} + +Element* Legend::getLastElement() +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + if (elemOps->label) + return elemPtr; + } + return NULL; +} + +ClientData Legend::pickEntry(int xx, int yy, ClassId* classIdPtr) +{ + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)ops_; + + int ww = width_; + int hh = height_; + + if (titleHeight_ > 0) + yy -= titleHeight_ + ops->yPad; + + xx -= x_ + ops->borderWidth; + yy -= y_ + ops->borderWidth; + ww -= 2 * ops->borderWidth + 2*ops->xPad; + hh -= 2 * ops->borderWidth + 2*ops->yPad; + + // In the bounding box? if so, compute the index + if (xx >= 0 && xx < ww && yy >= 0 && yy < hh) { + int row = yy / entryHeight_; + int column = xx / entryWidth_; + int nn = (column * nRows_) + row; + + // Legend entries are stored in bottom-to-top + if (nn < nEntries_) { + int count = 0; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr_->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemOps = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + if (elemOps->label) { + if (count == nn) { + *classIdPtr = elemPtr->classId(); + return elemPtr; + } + count++; + } + } + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +// Support + +static int SelectionProc(ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, + int maxBytes) +{ + Legend* legendPtr = (Legend*)clientData; + Graph* graphPtr = legendPtr->graphPtr_; + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops(); + + if ((ops->exportSelection) == 0) + return -1; + + // Retrieve the names of the selected entries + Tcl_DString dString; + Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); + if (legendPtr->flags & SELECT_SORTED) { + for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(legendPtr->selected_); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, elemPtr->name_, -1); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n", -1); + } + } + else { + for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + if (legendPtr->entryIsSelected(elemPtr)) { + Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, elemPtr->name_, -1); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, "\n", -1); + } + } + } + + int nBytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString) - offset; + strncpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&dString) + offset, maxBytes); + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); + buffer[maxBytes] = '\0'; + return MIN(nBytes, maxBytes); +} + +static void SelectCmdProc(ClientData clientData) +{ + Legend* legendPtr = (Legend*)clientData; + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops(); + + Tcl_Preserve(legendPtr); + legendPtr->flags &= ~SELECT_PENDING; + if (ops->selectCmd) { + Tcl_Interp* interp = legendPtr->graphPtr_->interp_; + if (Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, ops->selectCmd) != TCL_OK) + Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); + } + Tcl_Release(legendPtr); +} + + + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66ffbc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegd.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrLegend_h__ +#define __BltGrLegend_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrText.h" + +namespace Blt { + class Graph; + class Pick; + class Element; + + /* + * Selection related flags: + * SELECT_PENDING A "selection" command idle task is pending. + * SELECT_CLEAR Clear selection flag of entry. + * SELECT_SET Set selection flag of entry. + * SELECT_TOGGLE Toggle selection flag of entry. + * Mask of selection set/clear/toggle flags. + * SELECT_SORTED Indicates if the entries in the selection + * should be sorted or displayed in the order + * they were selected. + */ + +#define SELECT_CLEAR (1<<24) +#define SELECT_PENDING (1<<25) +#define SELECT_SET (1<<26) +#define SELECT_SORTED (1<<27) +#define SELECT_TOGGLE (SELECT_SET | SELECT_CLEAR) + + typedef enum { + SELECT_MODE_SINGLE, SELECT_MODE_MULTIPLE + } SelectMode; + + typedef struct { + Tk_3DBorder activeBg; + XColor* activeFgColor; + int activeRelief; + Tk_3DBorder normalBg; + XColor* fgColor; + Tk_Anchor anchor; + int borderWidth; + int reqColumns; + int exportSelection; + Dashes focusDashes; + XColor* focusColor; + TextStyleOptions style; + int hide; + int ixPad; + int iyPad; + int xPad; + int yPad; + int raised; + int relief; + int reqRows; + int entryBW; + int selBW; + int xReq; + int yReq; + int position; + const char *selectCmd; + Tk_3DBorder selOutFocusBg; + Tk_3DBorder selInFocusBg; + XColor* selOutFocusFgColor; + XColor* selInFocusFgColor; + SelectMode selectMode; + int selRelief; + const char *title; + TextStyleOptions titleStyle; + } LegendOptions; + + class Legend : public Pick { + public: + enum Position {RIGHT, LEFT, TOP, BOTTOM, PLOT, XY}; + + protected: + Tk_OptionTable optionTable_; + void* ops_; + + GC focusGC_; + Tcl_HashTable selectTable_; + + public: + Graph* graphPtr_; + unsigned int flags; + + int width_; + int height_; + int x_; + int y_; + + int nEntries_; + int nColumns_; + int nRows_; + int entryWidth_; + int entryHeight_; + BindTable* bindTable_; + Element* focusPtr_; + Element* selAnchorPtr_; + Element* selMarkPtr_; + Chain* selected_; + int titleWidth_; + int titleHeight_; + + protected: + void setOrigin(); + Element* getNextRow(Element*); + Element* getNextColumn(Element*); + Element* getPreviousRow(Element*); + Element* getPreviousColumn(Element*); + Element* getFirstElement(); + Element* getLastElement(); + + public: + Legend(Graph*); + virtual ~Legend(); + + int configure(); + void map(int, int); + void draw(Drawable drawable); + void print(PSOutput* ps); + void eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd(); + + void removeElement(Element*); + int getElementFromObj(Tcl_Obj*, Element**); + + void selectEntry(Element*); + void selectElement(Element*); + void deselectElement(Element*); + int selectRange(Element*, Element*); + void clearSelection(); + int entryIsSelected(Element*); + + void* ops() {return ops_;} + Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;} + + Position position() {return (Position)((LegendOptions*)ops_)->position;} + int isRaised() {return ((LegendOptions*)ops_)->raised;} + int isHidden() {return ((LegendOptions*)ops_)->hide;} + + ClientData pickEntry(int, int, ClassId*); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..139d2f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,496 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <tk.h> +#include <tkInt.h> + +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegd.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegdOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tk_LostSelProc LostSelectionProc; + +static int LegendObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; + int mask =0; + int error; + Tcl_Obj* errorResult; + + for (error=0; error<=1; error++) { + if (!error) { + if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)legendPtr->ops(), + legendPtr->optionTable(), + objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask) + != TCL_OK) + continue; + } + else { + errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); + Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + } + + if (legendPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + graphPtr->flags |= mask; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + break; + } + + if (!error) { + Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + return TCL_OK; + } + else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + +static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc != 4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "cget option"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, + (char*)legendPtr->ops(), + legendPtr->optionTable(), + objv[3], graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + if (objc <= 4) { + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)legendPtr->ops(), + legendPtr->optionTable(), + (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, + graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + else + return LegendObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3); +} + +static int ActivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops(); + + const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + int active = (string[0] == 'a') ? 1 : 0; + int redraw = 0; + for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) { + + const char* pattern = Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]); + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + if (Tcl_StringMatch(elemPtr->name_, pattern)) { + if (active) { + if (!elemPtr->labelActive_) { + elemPtr->labelActive_ =1; + redraw = 1; + } + } + else { + if (elemPtr->labelActive_) { + elemPtr->labelActive_ =0; + redraw = 1; + } + } + } + } + } + + if (redraw && !ops->hide) { + graphPtr->flags |= LAYOUT; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + } + + // List active elements in stacking order + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + if (elemPtr->labelActive_) { + Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr); + } + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->elements_.tagTable, &iter); hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + char* tagName = + (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&graphPtr->elements_.tagTable, hPtr); + Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(tagName, -1); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr); + } + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + + return graphPtr->legend_->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->elementTag(Tcl_GetString(objv[3])), objc - 4, objv + 4); +} + +static int CurselectionOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + if (legendPtr->flags & SELECT_SORTED) { + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(legendPtr->selected_); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr); + } + } + else { + // List of selected entries is in stacking order + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + + if (legendPtr->entryIsSelected(elemPtr)) { + Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(elemPtr->name_, -1); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr); + } + } + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int FocusOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + + legendPtr->focusPtr_ = NULL; + if (objc == 4) { + Element* elemPtr; + if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (elemPtr) { + legendPtr->focusPtr_ = elemPtr; + + legendPtr->bindTable_->focusItem_ = (ClientData)elemPtr; + legendPtr->bindTable_->focusContext_ = elemPtr->classId(); + } + } + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + if (legendPtr->focusPtr_) + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),legendPtr->focusPtr_->name_,-1); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int GetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<3) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops(); + + if (((ops->hide) == 0) && (legendPtr->nEntries_ > 0)) { + Element* elemPtr; + + if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[3], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (elemPtr) + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), elemPtr->name_, -1); + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +const Ensemble Blt::legendEnsemble[] = { + {"activate", ActivateOp, 0}, + {"bind", BindOp, 0}, + {"cget", CgetOp, 0}, + {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0}, + {"curselection", CurselectionOp, 0}, + {"deactivate", ActivateOp, 0}, + {"focus", FocusOp, 0}, + {"get", GetOp, 0}, + {"selection", 0, selectionEnsemble}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; + +// Selection Ops + +static int SelectionAnchorOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + Element* elemPtr; + + if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[4], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Set both the anchor and the mark. Indicates that a single entry + // is selected + legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_ = elemPtr; + legendPtr->selMarkPtr_ = NULL; + if (elemPtr) + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), elemPtr->name_, -1); + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int SelectionClearallOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + legendPtr->clearSelection(); + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int SelectionIncludesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + Element* elemPtr; + if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[4], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int boo = legendPtr->entryIsSelected(elemPtr); + Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), boo); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int SelectionMarkOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops(); + Element* elemPtr; + + if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[4], &elemPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_ == NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "selection anchor must be set first", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (legendPtr->selMarkPtr_ != elemPtr) { + // Deselect entry from the list all the way back to the anchor + ChainLink *link, *next; + for (link = Chain_LastLink(legendPtr->selected_); link; link = next) { + next = Chain_PrevLink(link); + Element *selectPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + if (selectPtr == legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_) + break; + + legendPtr->deselectElement(selectPtr); + } + + legendPtr->flags &= ~SELECT_TOGGLE; + legendPtr->flags |= SELECT_SET; + legendPtr->selectRange(legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_, elemPtr); + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), elemPtr->name_, -1); + legendPtr->selMarkPtr_ = elemPtr; + + if (ops->selectCmd) + legendPtr->eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd(); + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int SelectionPresentOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + int boo = (Chain_GetLength(legendPtr->selected_) > 0); + Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), boo); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int SelectionSetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Legend* legendPtr = graphPtr->legend_; + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops(); + + legendPtr->flags &= ~SELECT_TOGGLE; + const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + switch (string[0]) { + case 's': + legendPtr->flags |= SELECT_SET; + break; + case 'c': + legendPtr->flags |= SELECT_CLEAR; + break; + case 't': + legendPtr->flags |= SELECT_TOGGLE; + break; + } + + Element *firstPtr; + if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[4], &firstPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)firstPtr->ops(); + + if ((eops->hide) && ((legendPtr->flags & SELECT_CLEAR)==0)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't select hidden node \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Element* lastPtr = firstPtr; + if (objc > 5) { + if (legendPtr->getElementFromObj(objv[5], &lastPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)firstPtr->ops(); + + if (eops->hide && ((legendPtr->flags & SELECT_CLEAR) == 0)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't select hidden node \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[5]), "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + + if (firstPtr == lastPtr) + legendPtr->selectEntry(firstPtr); + else + legendPtr->selectRange(firstPtr, lastPtr); + + // Set both the anchor and the mark. Indicates that a single entry is + // selected + if (legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_ == NULL) + legendPtr->selAnchorPtr_ = firstPtr; + + if (ops->exportSelection) + Tk_OwnSelection(graphPtr->tkwin_, XA_PRIMARY, LostSelectionProc, legendPtr); + + if (ops->selectCmd) + legendPtr->eventuallyInvokeSelectCmd(); + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +const Ensemble Blt::selectionEnsemble[] = { + {"anchor", SelectionAnchorOp, 0}, + {"clear", SelectionSetOp, 0}, + {"clearall", SelectionClearallOp, 0}, + {"includes", SelectionIncludesOp, 0}, + {"mark", SelectionMarkOp, 0}, + {"present", SelectionPresentOp, 0}, + {"set", SelectionSetOp, 0}, + {"toggle", SelectionSetOp, 0}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; + +// Support + +static void LostSelectionProc(ClientData clientData) +{ + Legend* legendPtr = (Legend*)clientData; + LegendOptions* ops = (LegendOptions*)legendPtr->ops(); + Graph* graphPtr = legendPtr->graphPtr_; + + if (ops->exportSelection) + legendPtr->clearSelection(); + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); +} + + + + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6369a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrLegdOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrLegdOp_h__ +#define __BltGrLegdOp_h__ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + extern const Ensemble legendEnsemble[]; + extern const Ensemble selectionEnsemble[]; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f701f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.C @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <float.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +Marker::Marker(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) +{ + optionTable_ =NULL; + ops_ =NULL; + + graphPtr_ =graphPtr; + name_ = dupstr(name); + hashPtr_ = hPtr; + link =NULL; + flags =0; + clipped_ =0; +} + +Marker::~Marker() +{ + graphPtr_->bindTable_->deleteBindings(this); + + if (link) + graphPtr_->markers_.displayList->deleteLink(link); + + if (hashPtr_) + Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr_); + + delete [] name_; + + Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_); + free(ops_); +} + +double Marker::HMap(Axis *axisPtr, double x) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + + if (x == DBL_MAX) + x = 1.0; + else if (x == -DBL_MAX) + x = 0.0; + else { + if (ops->logScale) { + if (x > 0.0) + x = log10(x); + else if (x < 0.0) + x = 0.0; + } + x = (x - axisPtr->axisRange_.min) * axisPtr->axisRange_.scale; + } + if (ops->descending) + x = 1.0 - x; + + // Horizontal transformation + return (x * axisPtr->screenRange_ + axisPtr->screenMin_); +} + +double Marker::VMap(Axis *axisPtr, double y) +{ + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + + if (y == DBL_MAX) + y = 1.0; + else if (y == -DBL_MAX) + y = 0.0; + else { + if (ops->logScale) { + if (y > 0.0) + y = log10(y); + else if (y < 0.0) + y = 0.0; + } + y = (y - axisPtr->axisRange_.min) * axisPtr->axisRange_.scale; + } + if (ops->descending) + y = 1.0 - y; + + // Vertical transformation + return (((1.0 - y) * axisPtr->screenRange_) + axisPtr->screenMin_); +} + +Point2d Marker::mapPoint(Point2d* pointPtr, Axis* xAxis, Axis* yAxis) +{ + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + Point2d result; + if (gops->inverted) { + result.x = HMap(yAxis, pointPtr->y); + result.y = VMap(xAxis, pointPtr->x); + } + else { + result.x = HMap(xAxis, pointPtr->x); + result.y = VMap(yAxis, pointPtr->y); + } + + return result; +} + +int Marker::boxesDontOverlap(Graph* graphPtr_, Region2d *extsPtr) +{ + return (((double)graphPtr_->right_ < extsPtr->left) || + ((double)graphPtr_->bottom_ < extsPtr->top) || + (extsPtr->right < (double)graphPtr_->left_) || + (extsPtr->bottom < (double)graphPtr_->top_)); +} + +int Marker::regionInPolygon(Region2d *regionPtr, Point2d *points, int nPoints, + int enclosed) +{ + if (enclosed) { + // All points of the polygon must be inside the rectangle. + for (Point2d *pp = points, *pend = pp + nPoints; pp < pend; pp++) { + if ((pp->x < regionPtr->left) || (pp->x > regionPtr->right) || + (pp->y < regionPtr->top) || (pp->y > regionPtr->bottom)) { + return 0; /* One point is exterior. */ + } + } + return 1; + } + else { + // If any segment of the polygon clips the bounding region, the + // polygon overlaps the rectangle. + points[nPoints] = points[0]; + for (Point2d *pp = points, *pend = pp + nPoints; pp < pend; pp++) { + Point2d p = *pp; + Point2d q = *(pp + 1); + if (lineRectClip(regionPtr, &p, &q)) + return 1; + } + + // Otherwise the polygon and rectangle are either disjoint or + // enclosed. Check if one corner of the rectangle is inside the polygon. + Point2d r; + r.x = regionPtr->left; + r.y = regionPtr->top; + + return pointInPolygon(&r, points, nPoints); + } +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..573357d --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarker.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrMarker_h__ +#define __BltGrMarker_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltChain.h" + +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +namespace Blt { + class Graph; + class Postscript; + class Axis; + + typedef struct { + Point2d* points; + int num; + } Coords; + + typedef struct { + const char** tags; + Coords* worldPts; + const char* elemName; + Axis* xAxis; + Axis* yAxis; + int hide; + int drawUnder; + int xOffset; + int yOffset; + } MarkerOptions; + + class Marker { + protected: + Tk_OptionTable optionTable_; + void* ops_; + + public: + Graph* graphPtr_; + const char *name_; + Tcl_HashEntry* hashPtr_; + ChainLink* link; + unsigned int flags; + int clipped_; + + protected: + double HMap(Axis*, double); + double VMap(Axis*, double); + Point2d mapPoint(Point2d*, Axis*, Axis*); + int boxesDontOverlap(Graph*, Region2d*); + int regionInPolygon(Region2d *extsPtr, Point2d *points, + int nPoints, int enclosed); + + public: + Marker(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + virtual ~Marker(); + + virtual int configure() =0; + virtual void draw(Drawable) =0; + virtual void map() =0; + virtual int pointIn(Point2d*) =0; + virtual int regionIn(Region2d*, int) =0; + virtual void print(PSOutput*) =0; + + virtual ClassId classId() =0; + virtual const char* className() =0; + virtual const char* typeName() =0; + + Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;} + void* ops() {return ops_;} + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82c9ab8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.C @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <float.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerOption.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define BOUND(x, lo, hi) (((x) > (hi)) ? (hi) : ((x) < (lo)) ? (lo) : (x)) + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags", + "Line all", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, tags), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-cap", "cap", "Cap", + "butt", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, capStyle), + 0, &capStyleObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-coords", "coords", "Coords", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, worldPts), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &coordsObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, dashes), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", "dashOffset", "DashOffset", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, dashes.offset), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-element", "element", "Element", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, elemName), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-fill", "fill", "Fill", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, fillColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-join", "join", "Join", + "miter", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, joinStyle), + 0, &joinStyleObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, lineWidth), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, hide), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX", + "x", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY", + "y", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, outlineColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-under", "under", "Under", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, drawUnder), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-xoffset", "xOffset", "XOffset", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, xOffset), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-yoffset", "yOffset", "YOffset", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineMarkerOptions, yOffset), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +LineMarker::LineMarker(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) + : Marker(graphPtr, name, hPtr) +{ + ops_ = (LineMarkerOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(LineMarkerOptions)); + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs); + + gc_ =NULL; + segments_ =NULL; + nSegments_ =0; +} + +LineMarker::~LineMarker() +{ + if (gc_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(gc_); + delete [] segments_; +} + +int LineMarker::configure() +{ + LineMarkerOptions* ops = (LineMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCLineStyle | GCCapStyle | GCJoinStyle); + XGCValues gcValues; + if (ops->outlineColor) { + gcMask |= GCForeground; + gcValues.foreground = ops->outlineColor->pixel; + } + if (ops->fillColor) { + gcMask |= GCBackground; + gcValues.background = ops->fillColor->pixel; + } + gcValues.cap_style = ops->capStyle; + gcValues.join_style = ops->joinStyle; + gcValues.line_width = ops->lineWidth; + gcValues.line_style = LineSolid; + if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) { + gcValues.line_style = + (gcMask & GCBackground) ? LineDoubleDash : LineOnOffDash; + } + + GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues); + if (gc_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(gc_); + + if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) + graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->dashes); + gc_ = newGC; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void LineMarker::draw(Drawable drawable) +{ + if (nSegments_ > 0) + graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, gc_, segments_, nSegments_); +} + +void LineMarker::map() +{ + LineMarkerOptions* ops = (LineMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + delete [] segments_; + segments_ = NULL; + nSegments_ = 0; + + if (!ops->worldPts || (ops->worldPts->num < 2)) + return; + + Region2d extents; + graphPtr_->extents(&extents); + + // Allow twice the number of world coordinates. The line will represented + // as series of line segments, not one continous polyline. This is + // because clipping against the plot area may chop the line into several + // disconnected segments. + + Segment2d* segments = new Segment2d[ops->worldPts->num]; + Point2d* srcPtr = ops->worldPts->points; + Point2d p = mapPoint(srcPtr, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + p.x += ops->xOffset; + p.y += ops->yOffset; + + Segment2d* segPtr = segments; + Point2d* pend; + for (srcPtr++, pend = ops->worldPts->points + ops->worldPts->num; + srcPtr < pend; srcPtr++) { + Point2d next = mapPoint(srcPtr, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + next.x += ops->xOffset; + next.y += ops->yOffset; + Point2d q = next; + + if (lineRectClip(&extents, &p, &q)) { + segPtr->p = p; + segPtr->q = q; + segPtr++; + } + p = next; + } + nSegments_ = segPtr - segments; + segments_ = segments; + clipped_ = (nSegments_ == 0); +} + +int LineMarker::pointIn(Point2d *samplePtr) +{ + GraphOptions* gops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr_->ops_; + return pointInSegments(samplePtr, segments_, nSegments_, + (double)gops->search.halo); +} + +int LineMarker::pointInSegments(Point2d* samplePtr, Segment2d* segments, + int nSegments, double halo) +{ + double minDist = DBL_MAX; + for (Segment2d *sp = segments, *send = sp + nSegments; sp < send; sp++) { + Point2d t = getProjection((int)samplePtr->x, (int)samplePtr->y, + &sp->p, &sp->q); + double right; + double left; + if (sp->p.x > sp->q.x) { + right = sp->p.x; + left = sp->q.x; + } + else { + right = sp->q.x; + left = sp->p.x; + } + + double top; + double bottom; + if (sp->p.y > sp->q.y) { + bottom = sp->p.y; + top = sp->q.y; + } + else { + bottom = sp->q.y; + top = sp->p.y; + } + + Point2d p; + p.x = BOUND(t.x, left, right); + p.y = BOUND(t.y, top, bottom); + + double dist = hypot(p.x - samplePtr->x, p.y - samplePtr->y); + if (dist < minDist) + minDist = dist; + } + + return (minDist < halo); +} + +int LineMarker::regionIn(Region2d *extsPtr, int enclosed) +{ + LineMarkerOptions* ops = (LineMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (!ops->worldPts || ops->worldPts->num < 2) + return 0; + + if (enclosed) { + for (Point2d *pp = ops->worldPts->points, *pend = pp + ops->worldPts->num; + pp < pend; pp++) { + Point2d p = mapPoint(pp, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + if ((p.x < extsPtr->left) && (p.x > extsPtr->right) && + (p.y < extsPtr->top) && (p.y > extsPtr->bottom)) { + return 0; + } + } + return 1; + } + else { + int count = 0; + for (Point2d *pp=ops->worldPts->points, *pend=pp+(ops->worldPts->num - 1); + pp < pend; pp++) { + Point2d p = mapPoint(pp, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + Point2d q = mapPoint(pp + 1, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + if (lineRectClip(extsPtr, &p, &q)) + count++; + } + return (count > 0); /* At least 1 segment passes through + * region. */ + } +} + +void LineMarker::print(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + LineMarkerOptions* ops = (LineMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (nSegments_ > 0) { + psPtr->setLineAttributes(ops->outlineColor, ops->lineWidth, + &ops->dashes, ops->capStyle, ops->joinStyle); + if ((LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) && (ops->fillColor)) { + psPtr->append("/DashesProc {\n gsave\n "); + psPtr->setBackground(ops->fillColor); + psPtr->append(" "); + psPtr->setDashes(NULL); + psPtr->append("stroke\n"); + psPtr->append("grestore\n"); + psPtr->append("} def\n"); + } + else + psPtr->append("/DashesProc {} def\n"); + + psPtr->printSegments(segments_, nSegments_); + } +} + + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3191951 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerLine.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrMarkerLine_h__ +#define __BltGrMarkerLine_h__ + +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + const char** tags; + Coords* worldPts; + const char* elemName; + Axis* xAxis; + Axis* yAxis; + int hide; + int drawUnder; + int xOffset; + int yOffset; + + int capStyle; + Dashes dashes; + XColor* fillColor; + int joinStyle; + int lineWidth; + XColor* outlineColor; + } LineMarkerOptions; + + class LineMarker : public Marker { + protected: + GC gc_; + Segment2d* segments_; + int nSegments_; + + protected: + int configure(); + void draw(Drawable); + void map(); + int pointIn(Point2d*); + int regionIn(Region2d*, int); + void print(PSOutput*); + int pointInSegments(Point2d *samplePtr, Segment2d *segments, + int nSegments, double halo); + + public: + LineMarker(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + virtual ~LineMarker(); + + ClassId classId() {return CID_MARKER_LINE;} + const char* className() {return "LineMarker";} + const char* typeName() {return "line";} + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5103a3d --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,495 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <string.h> + +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerText.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static int GetMarkerFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Graph* graphPtr, + Tcl_Obj* objPtr, Marker** markerPtrPtr); + +#define FIND_ENCLOSED (1<<0) +#define FIND_OVERLAPPING (1<<1) + +static int MarkerObjConfigure( Graph* graphPtr,Marker* markerPtr, + Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; + int mask =0; + int error; + Tcl_Obj* errorResult; + + for (error=0; error<=1; error++) { + if (!error) { + if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)markerPtr->ops(), + markerPtr->optionTable(), + objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask) + != TCL_OK) + continue; + } + else { + errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); + Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + } + + markerPtr->flags |= MAP_ITEM; + if (markerPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + MarkerOptions* ops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops(); + if (ops->drawUnder) + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->flags |= mask; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + break; + } + + if (!error) { + Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + return TCL_OK; + } + else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + +static int CreateMarker(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + int offset = 5; + const char* name =NULL; + ostringstream str; + if (objc == 4) { + offset = 4; + str << "marker" << graphPtr->nextMarkerId_++ << ends; + name = dupstr(str.str().c_str()); + } + else { + name = dupstr(Tcl_GetString(objv[4])); + if (name[0] == '-') { + delete [] name; + offset = 4; + str << "marker" << graphPtr->nextMarkerId_++ << ends; + name = dupstr(str.str().c_str()); + } + } + + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.table, name, &isNew); + if (!isNew) { + Tcl_AppendResult(graphPtr->interp_, "marker \"", name, + "\" already exists in \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), + "\"", NULL); + delete [] name; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + const char* type = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + Marker* markerPtr; + if (!strcmp(type, "line")) + markerPtr = new LineMarker(graphPtr, name, hPtr); + else if (!strcmp(type, "polygon")) + markerPtr = new PolygonMarker(graphPtr, name, hPtr); + else if (!strcmp(type, "text")) + markerPtr = new TextMarker(graphPtr, name, hPtr); + else { + Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr); + delete [] name; + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown marker type ", type, NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, markerPtr); + + if ((Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr->interp_, (char*)markerPtr->ops(), markerPtr->optionTable(), graphPtr->tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (MarkerObjConfigure(graphPtr, markerPtr, interp, objc-offset, objv+offset) != TCL_OK)) { + delete markerPtr; + delete [] name; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + // Unlike elements, new markers are drawn on top of old markers + markerPtr->link = graphPtr->markers_.displayList->prepend(markerPtr); + + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), name, -1); + + delete [] name; + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=5) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId option"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Marker* markerPtr; + if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[3], &markerPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, + (char*)markerPtr->ops(), + markerPtr->optionTable(), + objv[4], graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId ?option value...?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Marker* markerPtr; + if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[3], &markerPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (objc <= 5) { + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)markerPtr->ops(), + markerPtr->optionTable(), + (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, + graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + else + return MarkerObjConfigure(graphPtr, markerPtr, interp, objc-4, objv+4); +} + +static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hp = + Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.tagTable, &iter); + hp; hp = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + + const char* tag = + (const char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&graphPtr->markers_.tagTable, hp); + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(tag, -1); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, objPtr); + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } else if (objc >= 4) { + return graphPtr->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->markerTag(Tcl_GetString(objv[3])), objc - 4, objv + 4); + } else { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId ?tag? ?sequence? ?command?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + +static int CreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "markerId ?type? ?option value...?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (CreateMarker(graphPtr, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + // set in CreateMarker + // Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]); + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int DeleteOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (objc<4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "markerId..."); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + int res = TCL_OK; + + for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) { + Marker* markerPtr; + const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]); + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.table, string); + if (!hPtr) { + if (res == TCL_OK) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't find markers in \"", + Tk_PathName(graphPtr->tkwin_), "\":", NULL); + } + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", Tcl_GetString(objv[ii])); + res = TCL_ERROR; + } else { + markerPtr = (Marker*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + delete markerPtr; + } + } + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return res; +} + +static int ExistsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = + Tcl_FindHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.table, Tcl_GetString(objv[3])); + Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), (hPtr != NULL)); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int FindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=8) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "searchtype left top right bottom"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + int mode; + if (strcmp(string, "enclosed") == 0) + mode = FIND_ENCLOSED; + else if (strcmp(string, "overlapping") == 0) + mode = FIND_OVERLAPPING; + else { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad search type \"", string, + ": should be \"enclosed\", or \"overlapping\"", + NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + int left, right, top, bottom; + if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &left) != TCL_OK) || + (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &top) != TCL_OK) || + (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &right) != TCL_OK) || + (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[7], &bottom) != TCL_OK)) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Region2d extents; + if (left < right) { + extents.left = (double)left; + extents.right = (double)right; + } + else { + extents.left = (double)right; + extents.right = (double)left; + } + if (top < bottom) { + extents.top = (double)top; + extents.bottom = (double)bottom; + } + else { + extents.top = (double)bottom; + extents.bottom = (double)top; + } + + int enclosed = (mode == FIND_ENCLOSED); + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->markers_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link); + MarkerOptions* ops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops(); + if (ops->hide) + continue; + + if (graphPtr->isElementHidden(markerPtr)) + continue; + + if (markerPtr->regionIn(&extents, enclosed)) { + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + Tcl_SetStringObj(objPtr, markerPtr->name_, -1); + return TCL_OK; + } + } + + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), "", -1); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int NamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + if (objc == 3) { + for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->markers_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj(markerPtr->name_, -1)); + } + } + else { + for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(graphPtr->markers_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link); + for (int ii = 3; ii<objc; ii++) { + const char* pattern = (const char*)Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]); + if (Tcl_StringMatch(markerPtr->name_, pattern)) { + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj(markerPtr->name_, -1)); + break; + } + } + } + } + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int RelinkOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4 && objc!=5) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId ?placeId?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Marker* markerPtr; + if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[3], &markerPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Marker* placePtr =NULL; + if (objc == 5) + if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[4], &placePtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + ChainLink* link = markerPtr->link; + graphPtr->markers_.displayList->unlinkLink(markerPtr->link); + + ChainLink* place = placePtr ? placePtr->link : NULL; + + const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + if (string[0] == 'l') + graphPtr->markers_.displayList->linkAfter(link, place); + else + graphPtr->markers_.displayList->linkBefore(link, place); + + graphPtr->flags |= CACHE; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int TypeOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc!=4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markerId"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Marker* markerPtr; + if (GetMarkerFromObj(interp, graphPtr, objv[3], &markerPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), markerPtr->typeName(), -1); + return TCL_OK; +} + +const Ensemble Blt::markerEnsemble[] = { + {"bind", BindOp, 0}, + {"cget", CgetOp, 0}, + {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0}, + {"create", CreateOp, 0}, + {"delete", DeleteOp, 0}, + {"exists", ExistsOp, 0}, + {"find", FindOp, 0}, + {"lower", RelinkOp, 0}, + {"names", NamesOp, 0}, + {"raise", RelinkOp, 0}, + {"type", TypeOp, 0}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; + +// Support + +static int GetMarkerFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Graph* graphPtr, + Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Marker** markerPtrPtr) +{ + const char* string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&graphPtr->markers_.table, string); + if (hPtr) { + *markerPtrPtr = (Marker*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + if (interp) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't find marker \"", string, + "\" in \"", Tk_PathName(graphPtr->tkwin_), "\"", NULL); + } + + return TCL_ERROR; +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f7c16f --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __Blt_GrMarkerOp_h__ +#define __Blt_GrMarkerOp_h__ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + extern const Ensemble markerEnsemble[]; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b13fd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.C @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <float.h> + +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerOption.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tcl_Obj* PrintCoordinate(double x); +static int GetCoordinate(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *valuePtr); + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc CoordsSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc CoordsGetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc CoordsFreeProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption coordsObjOption = + { + "coords", CoordsSetProc, CoordsGetProc, RestoreProc, CoordsFreeProc, NULL + }; + +static int CoordsSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* savePtr, int flags) +{ + Coords** coordsPtrPtr = (Coords**)(widgRec + offset); + *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)coordsPtrPtr; + + if (!coordsPtrPtr) + return TCL_OK; + + int objc; + Tcl_Obj** objv; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, *objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (objc == 0) { + *coordsPtrPtr = NULL; + return TCL_OK; + } + + if (objc & 1) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "odd number of marker coordinates specified",NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Coords* coordsPtr = new Coords; + coordsPtr->num = objc/2; + coordsPtr->points = new Point2d[coordsPtr->num]; + + Point2d* pp = coordsPtr->points; + for (int ii=0; ii<objc; ii+=2) { + double x, y; + if ((GetCoordinate(interp, objv[ii], &x) != TCL_OK) || + (GetCoordinate(interp, objv[ii+1], &y) != TCL_OK)) + return TCL_ERROR; + pp->x = x; + pp->y = y; + pp++; + } + + *coordsPtrPtr = coordsPtr; + return TCL_OK; +} + +static Tcl_Obj* CoordsGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + Coords* coordsPtr = *(Coords**)(widgRec + offset); + + if (!coordsPtr) + return Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); + + int cnt = coordsPtr->num*2; + Tcl_Obj** ll = new Tcl_Obj*[cnt]; + + Point2d* pp = coordsPtr->points; + for (int ii=0; ii<cnt; pp++) { + ll[ii++] = PrintCoordinate(pp->x); + ll[ii++] = PrintCoordinate(pp->y); + } + + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(cnt, ll); + delete [] ll; + return listObjPtr; +} + +static void CoordsFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *ptr) +{ + Coords* coordsPtr = *(Coords**)ptr; + if (coordsPtr) { + delete [] coordsPtr->points; + delete coordsPtr; + } +} + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc CapStyleSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc CapStyleGetProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption capStyleObjOption = + { + "capStyle", CapStyleSetProc, CapStyleGetProc, NULL, NULL, NULL + }; + +static int CapStyleSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* save, int flags) +{ + int* ptr = (int*)(widgRec + offset); + + Tk_Uid uid = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(*objPtr)); + int cap; + if (Tk_GetCapStyle(interp, uid, &cap) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + *ptr = cap; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static Tcl_Obj* CapStyleGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + int* ptr = (int*)(widgRec + offset); + return Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfCapStyle(*ptr), -1); +} + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc JoinStyleSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc JoinStyleGetProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption joinStyleObjOption = + { + "joinStyle", JoinStyleSetProc, JoinStyleGetProc, NULL, NULL, NULL + }; + +static int JoinStyleSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* save, int flags) +{ + int* ptr = (int*)(widgRec + offset); + + Tk_Uid uid = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(*objPtr)); + int join; + if (Tk_GetJoinStyle(interp, uid, &join) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + *ptr = join; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static Tcl_Obj* JoinStyleGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + int* ptr = (int*)(widgRec + offset); + return Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(*ptr), -1); +} + +static Tcl_Obj* PrintCoordinate(double x) +{ + if (x == DBL_MAX) + return Tcl_NewStringObj("+Inf", -1); + else if (x == -DBL_MAX) + return Tcl_NewStringObj("-Inf", -1); + else + return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(x); +} + +static int GetCoordinate(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *valuePtr) +{ + const char* expr = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); + char c = expr[0]; + if ((c == 'I') && (strcmp(expr, "Inf") == 0)) + *valuePtr = DBL_MAX; /* Elastic upper bound */ + else if ((c == '-') && (expr[1] == 'I') && (strcmp(expr, "-Inf") == 0)) + *valuePtr = -DBL_MAX; /* Elastic lower bound */ + else if ((c == '+') && (expr[1] == 'I') && (strcmp(expr, "+Inf") == 0)) + *valuePtr = DBL_MAX; /* Elastic upper bound */ + else if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objPtr, valuePtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return TCL_OK; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..143810e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerOption.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __Blt_GrMarkerOption_h__ +#define __Blt_GrMarkerOption_h__ + +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption coordsObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption capStyleObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption joinStyleObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption xAxisObjOption; +extern Tk_ObjCustomOption yAxisObjOption; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..383d0e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.C @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerOption.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags", + "Polygon all", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, tags), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-cap", "cap", "Cap", + "butt", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, capStyle), + 0, &capStyleObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-coords", "coords", "Coords", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, worldPts), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &coordsObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, dashes), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-element", "element", "Element", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, elemName), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-fill", "fill", "Fill", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, fill), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-join", "join", "Join", + "miter", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, joinStyle), + 0, &joinStyleObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, lineWidth), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, hide), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX", + "x", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY", + "y", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, outline), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-under", "under", "Under", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, drawUnder), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-xoffset", "xOffset", "XOffset", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, xOffset), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-yoffset", "yOffset", "YOffset", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(PolygonMarkerOptions, yOffset), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +PolygonMarker::PolygonMarker(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) + : Marker(graphPtr, name, hPtr) +{ + ops_ = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(PolygonMarkerOptions)); + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs); + + screenPts_ =NULL; + outlineGC_ =NULL; + fillGC_ =NULL; + fillPts_ =NULL; + nFillPts_ =0; + outlinePts_ =NULL; + nOutlinePts_ =0; +} + +PolygonMarker::~PolygonMarker() +{ + if (fillGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, fillGC_); + if (outlineGC_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(outlineGC_); + delete [] fillPts_; + delete [] outlinePts_; + delete [] screenPts_; +} + +int PolygonMarker::configure() +{ + PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + // outlineGC + unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCLineStyle); + XGCValues gcValues; + if (ops->outline) { + gcMask |= GCForeground; + gcValues.foreground = ops->outline->pixel; + } + gcMask |= (GCCapStyle | GCJoinStyle); + gcValues.cap_style = ops->capStyle; + gcValues.join_style = ops->joinStyle; + gcValues.line_style = LineSolid; + gcValues.dash_offset = 0; + gcValues.line_width = ops->lineWidth; + if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) + gcValues.line_style = LineOnOffDash; + + GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues); + if (LineIsDashed(ops->dashes)) + graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->dashes); + if (outlineGC_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(outlineGC_); + outlineGC_ = newGC; + + // fillGC + gcMask = 0; + if (ops->fill) { + gcMask |= GCForeground; + gcValues.foreground = ops->fill->pixel; + } + newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + if (fillGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, fillGC_); + fillGC_ = newGC; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void PolygonMarker::draw(Drawable drawable) +{ + PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + // fill region + if ((nFillPts_ > 0) && (ops->fill)) { + XPoint* points = new XPoint[nFillPts_]; + if (!points) + return; + + XPoint* dp = points; + for (Point2d *sp = fillPts_, *send = sp + nFillPts_; sp < send; sp++) { + dp->x = (short)sp->x; + dp->y = (short)sp->y; + dp++; + } + + XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, fillGC_, points, + nFillPts_, Complex, CoordModeOrigin); + delete [] points; + } + + // outline + if ((nOutlinePts_ > 0) && (ops->lineWidth > 0) && (ops->outline)) + graphPtr_->drawSegments(drawable, outlineGC_, outlinePts_, nOutlinePts_); +} + +void PolygonMarker::map() +{ + PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (outlinePts_) { + delete [] outlinePts_; + outlinePts_ = NULL; + nOutlinePts_ = 0; + } + + if (fillPts_) { + delete [] fillPts_; + fillPts_ = NULL; + nFillPts_ = 0; + } + + if (screenPts_) { + delete [] screenPts_; + screenPts_ = NULL; + } + + if (!ops->worldPts || ops->worldPts->num < 3) + return; + + // Allocate and fill a temporary array to hold the screen coordinates of + // the polygon. + + int nScreenPts = ops->worldPts->num + 1; + Point2d* screenPts = new Point2d[nScreenPts + 1]; + { + Point2d* dp = screenPts; + for (Point2d *sp = ops->worldPts->points, *send = sp + ops->worldPts->num; + sp < send; sp++) { + *dp = mapPoint(sp, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + dp->x += ops->xOffset; + dp->y += ops->yOffset; + dp++; + } + *dp = screenPts[0]; + } + Region2d extents; + graphPtr_->extents(&extents); + + clipped_ = 1; + if (ops->fill) { + Point2d* lfillPts = new Point2d[nScreenPts * 3]; + int n = polyRectClip(&extents, screenPts, ops->worldPts->num,lfillPts); + if (n < 3) + delete [] lfillPts; + else { + nFillPts_ = n; + fillPts_ = lfillPts; + clipped_ = 0; + } + } + if ((ops->outline) && (ops->lineWidth > 0)) { + // Generate line segments representing the polygon outline. The + // resulting outline may or may not be closed from viewport clipping. + Segment2d* outlinePts = new Segment2d[nScreenPts]; + if (!outlinePts) + return; + + // Note that this assumes that the point array contains an extra point + // that closes the polygon. + Segment2d* segPtr = outlinePts; + for (Point2d *sp=screenPts, *send=sp+(nScreenPts - 1); sp < send; sp++) { + segPtr->p = sp[0]; + segPtr->q = sp[1]; + if (lineRectClip(&extents, &segPtr->p, &segPtr->q)) { + segPtr++; + } + } + nOutlinePts_ = segPtr - outlinePts; + outlinePts_ = outlinePts; + if (nOutlinePts_ > 0) + clipped_ = 0; + } + + screenPts_ = screenPts; +} + +int PolygonMarker::pointIn(Point2d *samplePtr) +{ + PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->worldPts && (ops->worldPts->num >= 3) && screenPts_) + return pointInPolygon(samplePtr, screenPts_, ops->worldPts->num + 1); + + return 0; +} + +int PolygonMarker::regionIn(Region2d *extsPtr, int enclosed) +{ + PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->worldPts && (ops->worldPts->num >= 3) && screenPts_) + return regionInPolygon(extsPtr, screenPts_, ops->worldPts->num, enclosed); + + return 0; +} + +void PolygonMarker::print(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + PolygonMarkerOptions* ops = (PolygonMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->fill) { + psPtr->printPolyline(fillPts_, nFillPts_); + psPtr->setForeground(ops->fill); + psPtr->append("fill\n"); + } + + if ((ops->lineWidth > 0) && (ops->outline)) { + psPtr->setLineAttributes(ops->outline, ops->lineWidth, &ops->dashes, + ops->capStyle, ops->joinStyle); + psPtr->append("/DashesProc {} def\n"); + + psPtr->printSegments(outlinePts_, nOutlinePts_); + } +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8eb2216 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerPolygon.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrMarkerPolygon_h__ +#define __BltGrMarkerPolygon_h__ + +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + const char** tags; + Coords* worldPts; + const char* elemName; + Axis* xAxis; + Axis* yAxis; + int hide; + int drawUnder; + int xOffset; + int yOffset; + + int capStyle; + Dashes dashes; + XColor* fill; + int joinStyle; + int lineWidth; + XColor* outline; + } PolygonMarkerOptions; + + class PolygonMarker : public Marker { + protected: + Point2d *screenPts_; + GC outlineGC_; + GC fillGC_; + Point2d *fillPts_; + int nFillPts_; + Segment2d *outlinePts_; + int nOutlinePts_; + + protected: + int configure(); + void draw(Drawable); + void map(); + int pointIn(Point2d*); + int regionIn(Region2d*, int); + void print(PSOutput*); + + public: + PolygonMarker(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + virtual ~PolygonMarker(); + + ClassId classId() {return CID_MARKER_POLYGON;} + const char* className() {return "PolygonMarker";} + const char* typeName() {return "polygon";} + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c4da2a --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.C @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerText.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerOption.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", + "center", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, anchor), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "background", "Background", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, fillColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-bindtags", "bindTags", "BindTags", + "Text all", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, tags), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-coords", "coords", "Coords", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, worldPts), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &coordsObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-element", "element", "Element", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, elemName), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fill", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", + STD_FONT_NORMAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, style.font), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, style.color), + 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify", + "left", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, style.justify), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, hide), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapx", "mapX", "MapX", + "x", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, xAxis), 0, &xAxisObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-mapy", "mapY", "MapY", + "y", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, yAxis), 0, &yAxisObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-outline", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rotate", "rotate", "Rotate", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, style.angle), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, string), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-under", "under", "Under", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, drawUnder), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-xoffset", "xOffset", "XOffset", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, xOffset), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-yoffset", "yOffset", "YOffset", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(TextMarkerOptions, yOffset), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +TextMarker::TextMarker(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) + : Marker(graphPtr, name, hPtr) +{ + ops_ = (TextMarkerOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(TextMarkerOptions)); + TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + ops->style.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW; + ops->style.color =NULL; + ops->style.font =NULL; + ops->style.angle =0; + ops->style.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + anchorPt_.x =0; + anchorPt_.y =0; + width_ =0; + height_ =0; + fillGC_ =NULL; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr->interp_, optionSpecs); +} + +TextMarker::~TextMarker() +{ +} + +int TextMarker::configure() +{ + TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + ops->style.angle = (float)fmod(ops->style.angle, 360.0); + if (ops->style.angle < 0.0) + ops->style.angle += 360.0; + + GC newGC = NULL; + XGCValues gcValues; + unsigned long gcMask; + if (ops->fillColor) { + gcMask = GCForeground; + gcValues.foreground = ops->fillColor->pixel; + newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + } + if (fillGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, fillGC_); + fillGC_ = newGC; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void TextMarker::draw(Drawable drawable) +{ + TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (!ops->string) + return; + + if (fillGC_) { + XPoint points[4]; + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + points[ii].x = (short)(outline_[ii].x + anchorPt_.x); + points[ii].y = (short)(outline_[ii].y + anchorPt_.y); + } + XFillPolygon(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, fillGC_, points, 4, + Convex, CoordModeOrigin); + } + + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style); + ts.drawText(drawable, ops->string, anchorPt_.x, anchorPt_.y); +} + +void TextMarker::map() +{ + TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (!ops->string) + return; + + if (!ops->worldPts || (ops->worldPts->num < 1)) + return; + + width_ =0; + height_ =0; + + int w, h; + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style); + ts.getExtents(ops->string, &w, &h); + + double rw; + double rh; + graphPtr_->getBoundingBox(w, h, ops->style.angle, &rw, &rh, outline_); + width_ = (int)rw; + height_ = (int)rh; + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + outline_[ii].x += rw * 0.5; + outline_[ii].y += rh * 0.5; + } + outline_[4].x = outline_[0].x; + outline_[4].y = outline_[0].y; + + Point2d anchorPtr = mapPoint(ops->worldPts->points, ops->xAxis, ops->yAxis); + anchorPtr = graphPtr_->anchorPoint(anchorPtr.x, anchorPtr.y, + width_, height_, ops->anchor); + anchorPtr.x += ops->xOffset; + anchorPtr.y += ops->yOffset; + + Region2d extents; + extents.left = anchorPtr.x; + extents.top = anchorPtr.y; + extents.right = anchorPtr.x + width_ - 1; + extents.bottom = anchorPtr.y + height_ - 1; + clipped_ = boxesDontOverlap(graphPtr_, &extents); + + anchorPt_ = anchorPtr; +} + +int TextMarker::pointIn(Point2d *samplePtr) +{ + TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (!ops->string) + return 0; + + if (ops->style.angle != 0.0) { + Point2d points[5]; + + // Figure out the bounding polygon (isolateral) for the text and see + // if the point is inside of it. + for (int ii=0; ii<5; ii++) { + points[ii].x = outline_[ii].x + anchorPt_.x; + points[ii].y = outline_[ii].y + anchorPt_.y; + } + return pointInPolygon(samplePtr, points, 5); + } + + return ((samplePtr->x >= anchorPt_.x) && + (samplePtr->x < (anchorPt_.x + width_)) && + (samplePtr->y >= anchorPt_.y) && + (samplePtr->y < (anchorPt_.y + height_))); +} + +int TextMarker::regionIn(Region2d *extsPtr, int enclosed) +{ + TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->style.angle != 0.0) { + Point2d points[5]; + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + points[ii].x = outline_[ii].x + anchorPt_.x; + points[ii].y = outline_[ii].y + anchorPt_.y; + } + return regionInPolygon(extsPtr, points, 4, enclosed); + } + + if (enclosed) + return ((anchorPt_.x >= extsPtr->left) && + (anchorPt_.y >= extsPtr->top) && + ((anchorPt_.x + width_) <= extsPtr->right) && + ((anchorPt_.y + height_) <= extsPtr->bottom)); + + return !((anchorPt_.x >= extsPtr->right) || + (anchorPt_.y >= extsPtr->bottom) || + ((anchorPt_.x + width_) <= extsPtr->left) || + ((anchorPt_.y + height_) <= extsPtr->top)); +} + +void TextMarker::print(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + TextMarkerOptions* ops = (TextMarkerOptions*)ops_; + + if (!ops->string) + return; + + if (fillGC_) { + Point2d points[4]; + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + points[ii].x = outline_[ii].x + anchorPt_.x; + points[ii].y = outline_[ii].y + anchorPt_.y; + } + psPtr->setBackground(ops->fillColor); + psPtr->fillPolygon(points, 4); + } + + TextStyle ts(graphPtr_, &ops->style); + ts.printText(psPtr, ops->string, anchorPt_.x, anchorPt_.y); +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99dc814 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMarkerText.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrMarkerText_h__ +#define __BltGrMarkerText_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + const char** tags; + Coords* worldPts; + const char* elemName; + Axis* xAxis; + Axis* yAxis; + int hide; + int drawUnder; + int xOffset; + int yOffset; + + Tk_Anchor anchor; + XColor* fillColor; + TextStyleOptions style; + const char* string; + } TextMarkerOptions; + + class TextMarker : public Marker { + protected: + Point2d anchorPt_; + int width_; + int height_; + GC fillGC_; + Point2d outline_[5]; + + protected: + int configure(); + void draw(Drawable); + void map(); + int pointIn(Point2d*); + int regionIn(Region2d*, int); + void print(PSOutput*); + + public: + TextMarker(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + virtual ~TextMarker(); + + ClassId classId() {return CID_MARKER_TEXT;} + const char* className() {return "TextMarker";} + const char* typeName() {return "text";} + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaafcfd --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.C @@ -0,0 +1,405 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <limits.h> +#include <float.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include <tk.h> +#include <tkInt.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +char* Blt::dupstr(const char* str) +{ + char* copy =NULL; + if (str) { + copy=new char[strlen(str)+1]; + strcpy(copy,str); + } + + return copy; +} + +int Blt::pointInPolygon(Point2d *s, Point2d *points, int nPoints) +{ + int count = 0; + for (Point2d *p=points, *q=p+1, *qend=p + nPoints; q < qend; p++, q++) { + if (((p->y <= s->y) && (s->y < q->y)) || + ((q->y <= s->y) && (s->y < p->y))) { + double b; + + b = (q->x - p->x) * (s->y - p->y) / (q->y - p->y) + p->x; + if (s->x < b) { + count++; /* Count the number of intersections. */ + } + } + } + return (count & 0x01); +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Clips a rectangle in one direction where some of the coordinates are + * infinite. + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static LineRectClipResult ClipInfinity (double *pa, double *pb, double *qa, double *qb, double region_min, double region_max) +{ + int finitepa = isfinite(*pa); + int finiteqa = isfinite(*qa); + + if (!finitepa) { + if (finiteqa) { + if (*pa > 0) { // +Inf + *pa = region_max; + } else if (*pa < 0) { // -Inf + *pa = region_min; + } else { // NaN + return CLIP_OUTSIDE; + } + // *qa is finite, simplify to zero slope at *pb. + *pb = *qb; + return CLIP_P; + } else { // Both infinite. + int positivepa = *pa > 0; + int positiveqa = *qa > 0; + + if (positivepa < positiveqa) { // (p,q) ~ (-Inf,Inf) + *pa = region_min; + *qa = region_max; + } else if (positivepa > positiveqa) { // (p,q) ~ (Inf,-Inf) + *pa = region_max; + *qa = region_min; + } else { // (Inf,Inf), (-Inf,-Inf) or NaN. + return CLIP_OUTSIDE; + } + // At opposite infinities; simplify to zero slope in the middle. + *pb = *qb = (*pb + *qb) / 2.0; + return CLIP_P | CLIP_Q; + } + } else if (!finiteqa) { + // *pa is finite. + if (*qa > 0) { // +Inf + *qa = region_max; + } else if (*qa < 0) { // -Inf + *qa = region_min; + } else { // NaN + return CLIP_OUTSIDE; + } + // *pa is finite, simplify to zero slope at *qb. + *qb = *pb; + return CLIP_Q; + } + return CLIP_OUTSIDE; +} + + +static int ClipTest (double ds, double dr, double *t1, double *t2) +{ + double t; + + if (ds < 0.0) { + t = dr / ds; + if (t > *t2) { + return 0; /* Line is outside clipping edge */ + } + if (t > *t1) { + *t1 = t; + } + } else if (ds > 0.0) { + t = dr / ds; + if (t < *t1) { + return 0; /* Line is outside clipping edge */ + } + if (t < *t2) { + *t2 = t; + } + } else { + /* d = 0, so line is parallel to this clipping edge */ + if (dr < 0.0) { /* Line is outside clipping edge */ + return 0; + } + } + return 1; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Clips the given line segment to a rectangular region. The coordinates + * of the clipped line segment are returned. The original coordinates + * are overwritten. + * + * The return value indicates whether the line was completely outside of + * the region, returning CLIP_OUTSIDE; or at least partly inside, returning + * CLIP_INSIDE. In the latter case, the result might be or'ed with CLIP_P + * if p coordinates were clipped, or CLIP_Q if q coordinates were. + * + * Reference: + * Liang, Y-D., and B. Barsky, A new concept and method for + * Line Clipping, ACM, TOG,3(1), 1984, pp.1-22. + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +LineRectClipResult Blt::lineRectClip(Region2d* regionPtr, Point2d *p, Point2d *q) +{ + double t1, t2; + double dx, dy; + LineRectClipResult res = CLIP_OUTSIDE; + + res |= ClipInfinity(&p->x, &p->y, &q->x, &q->y, regionPtr->bottom, regionPtr->top); + + t1 = 0.0, t2 = 1.0; + dx = q->x - p->x; + if ((ClipTest (-dx, p->x - regionPtr->left, &t1, &t2)) && + (ClipTest (dx, regionPtr->right - p->x, &t1, &t2))) { + res |= ClipInfinity(&p->y, &p->x, &q->y, &q->x, regionPtr->top, regionPtr->bottom); + + dy = q->y - p->y; + if ((ClipTest (-dy, p->y - regionPtr->top, &t1, &t2)) && + (ClipTest (dy, regionPtr->bottom - p->y, &t1, &t2))) { + if (t2 < 1.0) { + q->x = p->x + t2 * dx; + q->y = p->y + t2 * dy; + res |= CLIP_Q; + } + if (t1 > 0.0) { + p->x += t1 * dx; + p->y += t1 * dy; + res |= CLIP_P; + } + return res | CLIP_INSIDE; + } + } + return CLIP_OUTSIDE; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Clips the given polygon to a rectangular region. The resulting + * polygon is returned. Note that the resulting polyon may be complex, + * connected by zero width/height segments. The drawing routine (such as + * XFillPolygon) will not draw a connecting segment. + * + * Reference: + * Liang Y. D. and Brian A. Barsky, "Analysis and Algorithm for + * Polygon Clipping", Communications of ACM, Vol. 26, + * p.868-877, 1983 + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +#define AddVertex(vx, vy) r->x=(vx), r->y=(vy), r++, count++ +#define LastVertex(vx, vy) r->x=(vx), r->y=(vy), count++ + +int Blt::polyRectClip(Region2d *regionPtr, Point2d *points, int nPoints, + Point2d *clipPts) +{ + Point2d* r = clipPts; + // Counts # of vertices in output polygon. + int count = 0; + + points[nPoints] = points[0]; + for (Point2d *p=points, *q=p+1, *pend=p+nPoints; p<pend; p++, q++) { + double dx, dy; + double tin1, tin2, tinx, tiny; + double xin, yin, xout, yout; + + dx = q->x - p->x; /* X-direction */ + dy = q->y - p->y; /* Y-direction */ + + if (fabs(dx) < FLT_EPSILON) + dx = (p->x > regionPtr->left) ? -FLT_EPSILON : FLT_EPSILON ; + + if (fabs(dy) < FLT_EPSILON) + dy = (p->y > regionPtr->top) ? -FLT_EPSILON : FLT_EPSILON ; + + if (dx > 0.0) { /* Left */ + xin = regionPtr->left; + xout = regionPtr->right + 1.0; + } + else { /* Right */ + xin = regionPtr->right + 1.0; + xout = regionPtr->left; + } + if (dy > 0.0) { /* Top */ + yin = regionPtr->top; + yout = regionPtr->bottom + 1.0; + } + else { /* Bottom */ + yin = regionPtr->bottom + 1.0; + yout = regionPtr->top; + } + + tinx = (xin - p->x) / dx; + tiny = (yin - p->y) / dy; + + if (tinx < tiny) { /* Hits x first */ + tin1 = tinx; + tin2 = tiny; + } + else { /* Hits y first */ + tin1 = tiny; + tin2 = tinx; + } + + if (tin1 <= 1.0) { + if (tin1 > 0.0) { + AddVertex(xin, yin); + } + if (tin2 <= 1.0) { + double toutx = (xout - p->x) / dx; + double touty = (yout - p->y) / dy; + double tout1 = MIN(toutx, touty); + + if ((tin2 > 0.0) || (tout1 > 0.0)) { + if (tin2 <= tout1) { + if (tin2 > 0.0) { + if (tinx > tiny) { + AddVertex(xin, p->y + tinx * dy); + } else { + AddVertex(p->x + tiny * dx, yin); + } + } + if (tout1 < 1.0) { + if (toutx < touty) { + AddVertex(xout, p->y + toutx * dy); + } else { + AddVertex(p->x + touty * dx, yout); + } + } else { + AddVertex(q->x, q->y); + } + } else { + if (tinx > tiny) { + AddVertex(xin, yout); + } else { + AddVertex(xout, yin); + } + + } + } + } + } + } + if (count > 0) { + LastVertex(clipPts[0].x, clipPts[0].y); + } + return count; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Computes the projection of a point on a line. The line (given by two + * points), is assumed the be infinite. + * + * Compute the slope (angle) of the line and rotate it 90 degrees. Using + * the slope-intercept method (we know the second line from the sample + * test point and the computed slope), then find the intersection of both + * lines. This will be the projection of the sample point on the first + * line. + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +Point2d Blt::getProjection(int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q) +{ + double dx = p->x - q->x; + double dy = p->y - q->y; + + /* Test for horizontal and vertical lines */ + Point2d t; + if (fabs(dx) < DBL_EPSILON) { + t.x = p->x; + t.y = (double)y; + } + else if (fabs(dy) < DBL_EPSILON) { + t.x = (double)x; + t.y = p->y; + } + else { + /* Compute the slope and intercept of PQ. */ + double m1 = (dy / dx); + double b1 = p->y - (p->x * m1); + + /* + * Compute the slope and intercept of a second line segment: one that + * intersects through sample X-Y coordinate with a slope perpendicular + * to original line. + */ + + /* Find midpoint of PQ. */ + double midX = (p->x + q->x) * 0.5; + double midY = (p->y + q->y) * 0.5; + + /* Rotate the line 90 degrees */ + double ax = midX - (0.5 * dy); + double ay = midY - (0.5 * -dx); + double bx = midX + (0.5 * dy); + double by = midY + (0.5 * -dx); + + double m2 = (ay - by) / (ax - bx); + double b2 = y - (x * m2); + + /* + * Given the equations of two lines which contain the same point, + * + * y = m1 * x + b1 + * y = m2 * x + b2 + * + * solve for the intersection. + * + * x = (b2 - b1) / (m1 - m2) + * y = m1 * x + b1 + * + */ + + t.x = (b2 - b1) / (m1 - m2); + t.y = m1 * t.x + b1; + } + + return t; +} + +Graph* Blt::getGraphFromWindowData(Tk_Window tkwin) +{ + while (tkwin) { + TkWindow* winPtr = (TkWindow*)tkwin; + if (winPtr->instanceData != NULL) { + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)winPtr->instanceData; + if (graphPtr) + return graphPtr; + } + tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin); + } + return NULL; +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c16dce --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrMisc.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrMisc_h__ +#define __BltGrMisc_h__ + +#include <iostream> +#include <sstream> +#include <iomanip> +using namespace std; + +#include <tk.h> + +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) +#endif + +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y)) +#endif + +#define GRAPH_DELETED (1<<1) +#define REDRAW_PENDING (1<<2) +#define FOCUS (1<<3) + +#define MAP_ITEM (1<<4) + +#define RESET (1<<5) +#define LAYOUT (1<<6) +#define MAP_MARKERS (1<<7) +#define CACHE (1<<8) + +#define MARGIN_NONE -1 +#define MARGIN_BOTTOM 0 /* x */ +#define MARGIN_LEFT 1 /* y */ +#define MARGIN_TOP 2 /* x2 */ +#define MARGIN_RIGHT 3 /* y2 */ + +#define LineIsDashed(d) ((d).values[0] != 0) + +namespace Blt { + class Graph; + + typedef struct { + int x, y; + } Point; + + typedef struct { + int x, y; + unsigned width, height; + } Rectangle; + + typedef struct { + double x; + double y; + } Point2d; + + typedef struct { + Point2d p; + Point2d q; + } Segment2d; + + typedef struct { + double left; + double right; + double top; + double bottom; + } Region2d; + + typedef enum { + CID_NONE, CID_AXIS_X, CID_AXIS_Y, CID_ELEM_BAR, CID_ELEM_LINE, + CID_MARKER_BITMAP, CID_MARKER_IMAGE, CID_MARKER_LINE, CID_MARKER_POLYGON, + CID_MARKER_TEXT + } ClassId; + + typedef struct { + unsigned char values[12]; + int offset; + } Dashes; + + typedef enum { + CLIP_OUTSIDE = 0, + CLIP_INSIDE = 1 << 0, + CLIP_P = 1 << 1, + CLIP_Q = 1 << 2 + } LineRectClipResult; + + inline LineRectClipResult operator|(LineRectClipResult a, LineRectClipResult b) { + return static_cast<LineRectClipResult>(static_cast<int>(a) | static_cast<int>(b)); + } + + inline LineRectClipResult operator&(LineRectClipResult a, LineRectClipResult b) { + return static_cast<LineRectClipResult>(static_cast<int>(a) & static_cast<int>(b)); + } + + inline LineRectClipResult & operator|=(LineRectClipResult & rhs, LineRectClipResult v) { + rhs = rhs | v; + return rhs; + } + + extern char* dupstr(const char*); + extern Graph* getGraphFromWindowData(Tk_Window tkwin); + + extern int pointInPolygon(Point2d *samplePtr, Point2d *screenPts, + int nScreenPts); + extern int polyRectClip(Region2d *extsPtr, Point2d *inputPts, + int nInputPts, Point2d *outputPts); + extern LineRectClipResult lineRectClip(Region2d *regionPtr, Point2d *p, Point2d *q); + extern Point2d getProjection (int x, int y, Point2d *p, Point2d *q); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07d4864 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.C @@ -0,0 +1,931 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <time.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tk.h" + +// copied from tk3d.h + +typedef struct TkBorder { + Screen *screen; /* Screen on which the border will be used. */ + Visual *visual; /* Visual for all windows and pixmaps using + * the border. */ + int depth; /* Number of bits per pixel of drawables where + * the border will be used. */ + Colormap colormap; /* Colormap out of which pixels are + * allocated. */ + int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this color (each + * active use corresponds to a call to + * Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj or Tk_Get3DBorder). + * If this count is 0, then this structure is + * no longer valid and it isn't present in + * borderTable: it is being kept around only + * because there are objects referring to it. + * The structure is freed when objRefCount and + * resourceRefCount are both 0. */ + int objRefCount; /* The number of Tcl objects that reference + * this structure. */ + XColor *bgColorPtr; /* Background color (intensity between + * lightColorPtr and darkColorPtr). */ + XColor *darkColorPtr; /* Color for darker areas (must free when + * deleting structure). NULL means shadows + * haven't been allocated yet.*/ + XColor *lightColorPtr; /* Color used for lighter areas of border + * (must free this when deleting structure). + * NULL means shadows haven't been allocated + * yet. */ + Pixmap shadow; /* Stipple pattern to use for drawing shadows + * areas. Used for displays with <= 64 colors + * or where colormap has filled up. */ + GC bgGC; /* Used (if necessary) to draw areas in the + * background color. */ + GC darkGC; /* Used to draw darker parts of the border. + * None means the shadow colors haven't been + * allocated yet.*/ + GC lightGC; /* Used to draw lighter parts of the border. + * None means the shadow colors haven't been + * allocated yet. */ + Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Entry in borderTable (needed in order to + * delete structure). */ + struct TkBorder *nextPtr; /* Points to the next TkBorder structure with + * the same color name. Borders with the same + * name but different screens or colormaps are + * chained together off a single entry in + * borderTable. */ +} TkBorder; + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +PSOutput::PSOutput(Graph* graphPtr) +{ + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + + Tcl_DStringInit(&dString_); +} + +PSOutput::~PSOutput() +{ + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString_); +} + +void PSOutput::printPolyline(Point2d* screenPts, int nScreenPts) +{ + Point2d* pp = screenPts; + append("newpath\n"); + format(" %g %g moveto\n", pp->x, pp->y); + + Point2d* pend; + for (pp++, pend = screenPts + nScreenPts; pp < pend; pp++) + format(" %g %g lineto\n", pp->x, pp->y); +} + +void PSOutput::printMaxPolyline(Point2d* points, int nPoints) +{ + if (nPoints <= 0) + return; + + for (int nLeft = nPoints; nLeft > 0; nLeft -= 1500) { + int length = MIN(1500, nLeft); + printPolyline(points, length); + append("DashesProc stroke\n"); + points += length; + } +} + +void PSOutput::printSegments(Segment2d* segments, int nSegments) +{ + append("newpath\n"); + + for (Segment2d *sp = segments, *send = sp + nSegments; sp < send; sp++) { + format(" %g %g moveto %g %g lineto\n", sp->p.x, sp->p.y, sp->q.x, sp->q.y); + append("DashesProc stroke\n"); + } +} + +void PSOutput::computeBBox(int width, int height) +{ + Postscript* setupPtr = graphPtr_->postscript_; + PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)setupPtr->ops_; + + // scale from points to pica + double pica = 25.4 / 72 * + WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(graphPtr_->tkwin_)) / + WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(graphPtr_->tkwin_)); + + double hBorder = 2*pops->xPad/pica; + double vBorder = 2*pops->yPad/pica; + int hSize = !pops->landscape ? width : height; + int vSize = !pops->landscape ? height : width; + + // If the paper size wasn't specified, set it to the graph size plus the + // paper border. + double paperWidth = pops->reqPaperWidth > 0 ? pops->reqPaperWidth/pica : + hSize + hBorder; + double paperHeight = pops->reqPaperHeight > 0 ? pops->reqPaperHeight/pica : + vSize + vBorder; + + // Scale the plot size if it's bigger than the paper + double hScale = (hSize+hBorder) > paperWidth ? 1.0 : + paperWidth - hBorder / hSize; + double vScale = (vSize + vBorder) > paperHeight ? 1.0 : + paperHeight - vBorder / vSize; + + double scale = MIN(hScale, vScale); + if (scale != 1.0) { + hSize = (int)(hSize*scale + 0.5); + vSize = (int)(vSize*scale + 0.5); + } + + int x = (int)((paperWidth > hSize) && pops->center ? + (paperWidth - hSize) / 2 : pops->xPad/pica); + int y = (int)((paperHeight > vSize) && pops->center ? + (paperHeight - vSize) / 2 : pops->yPad/pica); + + setupPtr->left = x; + setupPtr->bottom = y; + setupPtr->right = x + hSize - 1; + setupPtr->top = y + vSize - 1; + setupPtr->scale = scale; + setupPtr->paperHeight = (int)paperHeight; + setupPtr->paperWidth = (int)paperWidth; +} + +const char* PSOutput::getValue(int* lengthPtr) +{ + *lengthPtr = strlen(Tcl_DStringValue(&dString_)); + return Tcl_DStringValue(&dString_); +} + +void PSOutput::append(const char* string) +{ + Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString_, string, -1); +} + +void PSOutput::format(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list argList; + + va_start(argList, fmt); + vsnprintf(scratchArr_, POSTSCRIPT_BUFSIZ, fmt, argList); + va_end(argList); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString_, scratchArr_, -1); +} + +void PSOutput::setLineWidth(int lineWidth) +{ + if (lineWidth < 1) + lineWidth = 1; + format("%d setlinewidth\n", lineWidth); +} + +void PSOutput::printRectangle(double x, double y, int width, int height) +{ + append("newpath\n"); + format(" %g %g moveto\n", x, y); + format(" %d %d rlineto\n", width, 0); + format(" %d %d rlineto\n", 0, height); + format(" %d %d rlineto\n", -width, 0); + append("closepath\n"); + append("stroke\n"); +} + +void PSOutput::fillRectangle(double x, double y, int width, int height) +{ + append("newpath\n"); + format(" %g %g moveto\n", x, y); + format(" %d %d rlineto\n", width, 0); + format(" %d %d rlineto\n", 0, height); + format(" %d %d rlineto\n", -width, 0); + append("closepath\n"); + append("fill\n"); +} + +void PSOutput::fillRectangles(Rectangle* rectangles, int nRectangles) +{ + for (Rectangle *rp = rectangles, *rend = rp + nRectangles; rp < rend; rp++) + fillRectangle((double)rp->x, (double)rp->y, (int)rp->width,(int)rp->height); +} + +void PSOutput::setBackground(XColor* colorPtr) +{ + PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)graphPtr_->postscript_->ops_; + printXColor(colorPtr); + append(" setrgbcolor\n"); + if (pops->greyscale) + append(" currentgray setgray\n"); +} + +void PSOutput::setForeground(XColor* colorPtr) +{ + PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)graphPtr_->postscript_->ops_; + printXColor(colorPtr); + append(" setrgbcolor\n"); + if (pops->greyscale) + append(" currentgray setgray\n"); +} + +void PSOutput::setBackground(Tk_3DBorder border) +{ + TkBorder* borderPtr = (TkBorder*)border; + setBackground(borderPtr->bgColorPtr); +} + +void PSOutput::setFont(Tk_Font font) +{ + Tcl_DString psdstr; + Tcl_DStringInit(&psdstr); + int psSize = Tk_PostscriptFontName(font, &psdstr); + format("%d /%s SetFont\n", psSize, Tcl_DStringValue(&psdstr)); + Tcl_DStringFree(&psdstr); +} + +void PSOutput::setLineAttributes(XColor* colorPtr,int lineWidth, + Dashes* dashesPtr, int capStyle, + int joinStyle) +{ + setJoinStyle(joinStyle); + setCapStyle(capStyle); + setForeground(colorPtr); + setLineWidth(lineWidth); + setDashes(dashesPtr); + append("/DashesProc {} def\n"); +} + +void PSOutput::fill3DRectangle(Tk_3DBorder border, double x, double y, + int width, int height, int borderWidth, + int relief) +{ + TkBorder* borderPtr = (TkBorder*)border; + + setBackground(borderPtr->bgColorPtr); + fillRectangle(x, y, width, height); + print3DRectangle(border, x, y, width, height, borderWidth, relief); +} + +void PSOutput::setClearBackground() +{ + append("1 1 1 setrgbcolor\n"); +} + +void PSOutput::setDashes(Dashes* dashesPtr) +{ + + append("[ "); + if (dashesPtr) { + for (unsigned char* vp = dashesPtr->values; *vp != 0; vp++) + format(" %d", *vp); + } + append("] 0 setdash\n"); +} + +void PSOutput::fillPolygon(Point2d *screenPts, int nScreenPts) +{ + printPolygon(screenPts, nScreenPts); + append("fill\n"); +} + +void PSOutput::setJoinStyle(int joinStyle) +{ + // miter = 0, round = 1, bevel = 2 + format("%d setlinejoin\n", joinStyle); +} + +void PSOutput::setCapStyle(int capStyle) +{ + // X11:not last = 0, butt = 1, round = 2, projecting = 3 + // PS: butt = 0, round = 1, projecting = 2 + if (capStyle > 0) + capStyle--; + + format("%d setlinecap\n", capStyle); +} + +void PSOutput::printPolygon(Point2d *screenPts, int nScreenPts) +{ + Point2d* pp = screenPts; + append("newpath\n"); + format(" %g %g moveto\n", pp->x, pp->y); + + Point2d* pend; + for (pp++, pend = screenPts + nScreenPts; pp < pend; pp++) + format(" %g %g lineto\n", pp->x, pp->y); + + format(" %g %g lineto\n", screenPts[0].x, screenPts[0].y); + append("closepath\n"); +} + +void PSOutput::print3DRectangle(Tk_3DBorder border, double x, double y, + int width, int height, int borderWidth, + int relief) +{ + int twiceWidth = (borderWidth * 2); + if ((width < twiceWidth) || (height < twiceWidth)) + return; + + TkBorder* borderPtr = (TkBorder*)border; + + // Handle grooves and ridges with recursive calls + if ((relief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) || (relief == TK_RELIEF_RIDGE)) { + int halfWidth = borderWidth / 2; + int insideOffset = borderWidth - halfWidth; + print3DRectangle(border, (double)x, (double)y, width, height, halfWidth, + (relief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) ? + TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN : TK_RELIEF_RAISED); + print3DRectangle(border, (double)(x + insideOffset), + (double)(y + insideOffset), width - insideOffset * 2, + height - insideOffset * 2, halfWidth, + (relief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) ? + TK_RELIEF_RAISED : TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN); + return; + } + + XColor* lightPtr = borderPtr->lightColorPtr; + XColor* darkPtr = borderPtr->darkColorPtr; + XColor light; + if (!lightPtr) { + light.red = 0x00; + light.blue = 0x00; + light.green = 0x00; + lightPtr = &light; + } + XColor dark; + if (!darkPtr) { + dark.red = 0x00; + dark.blue = 0x00; + dark.green = 0x00; + darkPtr = &dark; + } + + XColor* topPtr, *bottomPtr; + if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) { + topPtr = lightPtr; + bottomPtr = darkPtr; + } + else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) { + topPtr = darkPtr; + bottomPtr = lightPtr; + } + else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) { + topPtr = lightPtr; + bottomPtr = lightPtr; + } + else { + topPtr = borderPtr->bgColorPtr; + bottomPtr = borderPtr->bgColorPtr; + } + + setBackground(bottomPtr); + fillRectangle(x, y + height - borderWidth, width, borderWidth); + fillRectangle(x + width - borderWidth, y, borderWidth, height); + + Point2d points[7]; + points[0].x = points[1].x = points[6].x = x; + points[0].y = points[6].y = y + height; + points[1].y = points[2].y = y; + points[2].x = x + width; + points[3].x = x + width - borderWidth; + points[3].y = points[4].y = y + borderWidth; + points[4].x = points[5].x = x + borderWidth; + points[5].y = y + height - borderWidth; + if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) + setBackground(topPtr); + + fillPolygon(points, 7); +} + +void PSOutput::printXColor(XColor* colorPtr) +{ + format("%g %g %g", + ((double)(colorPtr->red >> 8) / 255.0), + ((double)(colorPtr->green >> 8) / 255.0), + ((double)(colorPtr->blue >> 8) / 255.0)); +} + +int PSOutput::preamble(const char* fileName) +{ + Postscript* setupPtr = graphPtr_->postscript_; + PostscriptOptions* ops = (PostscriptOptions*)setupPtr->ops_; + + if (!fileName) + fileName = Tk_PathName(graphPtr_->tkwin_); + + // Comments + append("%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0\n"); + + // The "BoundingBox" comment is required for EPS files. The box + // coordinates are integers, so we need round away from the center of the + // box. + format("%%%%BoundingBox: %d %d %d %d\n", + setupPtr->left, setupPtr->paperHeight - setupPtr->top, + setupPtr->right, setupPtr->paperHeight - setupPtr->bottom); + + append("%%Pages: 0\n"); + + format("%%%%Creator: (%s %s %s)\n", PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE_VERSION, + Tk_Class(graphPtr_->tkwin_)); + + time_t ticks = time((time_t *) NULL); + char date[200]; + strcpy(date, ctime(&ticks)); + char* newline = date + strlen(date) - 1; + if (*newline == '\n') + *newline = '\0'; + + format("%%%%CreationDate: (%s)\n", date); + format("%%%%Title: (%s)\n", fileName); + append("%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit\n"); + if (ops->landscape) + append("%%Orientation: Landscape\n"); + else + append("%%Orientation: Portrait\n"); + + append("%%DocumentNeededResources: font Helvetica Courier\n"); + addComments(ops->comments); + append("%%EndComments\n\n"); + + // Prolog + prolog(); + + // Setup + append("%%BeginSetup\n"); + append("gsave\n"); + append("1 setlinewidth\n"); + append("1 setlinejoin\n"); + append("0 setlinecap\n"); + append("[] 0 setdash\n"); + append("0 0 0 setrgbcolor\n"); + + if (ops->footer) { + const char* who = getenv("LOGNAME"); + if (!who) + who = "???"; + + append("8 /Helvetica SetFont\n"); + append("10 30 moveto\n"); + format("(Date: %s) show\n", date); + append("10 20 moveto\n"); + format("(File: %s) show\n", fileName); + append("10 10 moveto\n"); + format("(Created by: %s@%s) show\n", who, Tcl_GetHostName()); + append("0 0 moveto\n"); + } + + // Set the conversion from postscript to X11 coordinates. Scale pica to + // pixels and flip the y-axis (the origin is the upperleft corner). + // Papersize is in pixels. Translate the new origin *after* changing the scale + append("% Transform coordinate system to use X11 coordinates\n"); + append("% 1. Flip y-axis over by reversing the scale,\n"); + append("% 2. Translate the origin to the other side of the page,\n"); + append("% making the origin the upper left corner\n"); + append("1 -1 scale\n"); + format("0 %d translate\n", -setupPtr->paperHeight); + + // Set Origin + format("%% Set origin\n%d %d translate\n\n", setupPtr->left,setupPtr->bottom); + if (ops->landscape) + format("%% Landscape orientation\n0 %g translate\n-90 rotate\n", + ((double)graphPtr_->width_ * setupPtr->scale)); + + append("\n%%EndSetup\n\n"); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void PSOutput::addComments(const char** comments) +{ + if (!comments) + return; + + for (const char** pp = comments; *pp; pp+=2) { + if (*(pp+1) == NULL) + break; + format("%% %s: %s\n", *pp, *(pp+1)); + } +} + +unsigned char PSOutput::reverseBits(unsigned char byte) +{ + byte = ((byte >> 1) & 0x55) | ((byte << 1) & 0xaa); + byte = ((byte >> 2) & 0x33) | ((byte << 2) & 0xcc); + byte = ((byte >> 4) & 0x0f) | ((byte << 4) & 0xf0); + return byte; +} + +void PSOutput::byteToHex(unsigned char byte, char* string) +{ + static char hexDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF"; + + string[0] = hexDigits[byte >> 4]; + string[1] = hexDigits[byte & 0x0F]; +} + +void PSOutput::prolog() +{ + append( +"%%BeginProlog\n" +"%\n" +"% PostScript prolog file of the BLT graph widget.\n" +"%\n" +"% Copyright 1989-1992 Regents of the University of California.\n" +"% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this\n" +"% software and its documentation for any purpose and without\n" +"% fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright\n" +"% notice appear in all copies. The University of California\n" +"% makes no representations about the suitability of this\n" +"% software for any purpose. It is provided 'as is' without\n" +"% express or implied warranty.\n" +"%\n" +"% Copyright 1991-1997 Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies.\n" +"%\n" +"% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n" +"% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided\n" +"% that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that the\n" +"% copyright notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,\n" +"% and that the names of Lucent Technologies any of their entities not be used\n" +"% in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software\n" +"% without specific, written prior permission.\n" +"%\n" +"% Lucent Technologies disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,\n" +"% including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness. In no event\n" +"% shall Lucent Technologies be liable for any special, indirect or\n" +"% consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from loss of use,\n" +"% data or profits, whether in an action of contract, negligence or other\n" +"% tortuous action, arising out of or in connection with the use or performance\n" +"% of this software.\n" +"%\n" +"\n" +"200 dict begin\n" +"\n" +"/BaseRatio 1.3467736870885982 def % Ratio triangle base / symbol size\n" +"/DrawSymbolProc 0 def % Routine to draw symbol outline/fill\n" +"/DashesProc 0 def % Dashes routine (line segments)\n" +"\n" +"% Define the array ISOLatin1Encoding (which specifies how characters are \n" +"% encoded for ISO-8859-1 fonts), if it isn't already present (Postscript \n" +"% level 2 is supposed to define it, but level 1 doesn't). \n" +"\n" +"systemdict /ISOLatin1Encoding known not { \n" +" /ISOLatin1Encoding [ \n" +" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n" +" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n" +" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n" +" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n" +" /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign /dollar /percent /ampersand \n" +" /quoteright \n" +" /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /minus /period /slash \n" +" /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven \n" +" /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question \n" +" /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G \n" +" /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O \n" +" /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W \n" +" /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore \n" +" /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g \n" +" /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o \n" +" /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w \n" +" /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde /space \n" +" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n" +" /space /space /space /space /space /space /space /space \n" +" /dotlessi /grave /acute /circumflex /tilde /macron /breve /dotaccent \n" +" /dieresis /space /ring /cedilla /space /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron \n" +" /space /exclamdown /cent /sterling /currency /yen /brokenbar /section \n" +" /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft /logicalnot /hyphen \n" +" /registered /macron \n" +" /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior /acute /mu /paragraph \n" +" /periodcentered \n" +" /cedillar /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright /onequarter \n" +" /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown \n" +" /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla \n" +" /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex \n" +" /Idieresis \n" +" /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply \n" +" /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn \n" +" /germandbls \n" +" /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla \n" +" /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis /igrave /iacute /icircumflex \n" +" /idieresis \n" +" /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide \n" +" /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis /yacute /thorn \n" +" /ydieresis \n" +" ] def \n" +"} if \n" +"\n" +"% font ISOEncode font \n" +"% This procedure changes the encoding of a font from the default \n" +"% Postscript encoding to ISOLatin1. It is typically invoked just \n" +"% before invoking 'setfont'. The body of this procedure comes from \n" +"% Section 5.6.1 of the Postscript book. \n" +"\n" +"/ISOEncode { \n" +" dup length dict\n" +" begin \n" +" {1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall \n" +" /Encoding ISOLatin1Encoding def \n" +" currentdict \n" +" end \n" +"\n" +" % I'm not sure why it's necessary to use 'definefont' on this new \n" +" % font, but it seems to be important; just use the name 'Temporary' \n" +" % for the font. \n" +"\n" +" /Temporary exch definefont \n" +"} bind def \n" +"\n" +"/Stroke {\n" +" gsave\n" +" stroke\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"/Fill {\n" +" gsave\n" +" fill\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"/SetFont { \n" +" % Stack: pointSize fontName\n" +" findfont exch scalefont ISOEncode setfont\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"/Box {\n" +" % Stack: x y width height\n" +" newpath\n" +" exch 4 2 roll moveto\n" +" dup 0 rlineto\n" +" exch 0 exch rlineto\n" +" neg 0 rlineto\n" +" closepath\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"/LS { % Stack: x1 y1 x2 y2\n" +" newpath \n" +" 4 2 roll moveto \n" +" lineto \n" +" closepath\n" +" stroke\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"/baselineSampler ( TXygqPZ) def\n" +"% Put an extra-tall character in; done this way to avoid encoding trouble\n" +"baselineSampler 0 196 put\n" +"\n" +"/cstringshow {\n" +" {\n" +" dup type /stringtype eq\n" +" { show } { glyphshow }\n" +" ifelse\n" +" } forall\n" +"} bind def\n" +"\n" +"/cstringwidth {\n" +" 0 exch 0 exch\n" +" {\n" +" dup type /stringtype eq\n" +" { stringwidth } {\n" +" currentfont /Encoding get exch 1 exch put (\001)\n" +" stringwidth\n" +" }\n" +" ifelse\n" +" exch 3 1 roll add 3 1 roll add exch\n" +" } forall\n" +"} bind def\n" +"\n" +"/DrawText {\n" +" gsave\n" +" /justify exch def\n" +" /yoffset exch def\n" +" /xoffset exch def\n" +" /strings exch def\n" +" % Compute the baseline offset and the actual font height.\n" +" 0 0 moveto baselineSampler false charpath\n" +" pathbbox dup /baseline exch def\n" +" exch pop exch sub /height exch def pop\n" +" newpath\n" +" % overall width\n" +" /ww 0 def\n" +" strings {\n" +" cstringwidth pop\n" +" dup ww gt {/ww exch def} {pop} ifelse\n" +" newpath\n" +" } forall\n" +" % overall height\n" +" /hh 0 def\n" +" strings length height mul /hh exch def\n" +" newpath\n" +" % Translate to x,y\n" +" translate\n" +" % Translate to offset\n" +" ww xoffset mul hh yoffset mul translate\n" +" % rotate\n" +" ww 2 div hh 2 div translate\n" +" neg rotate\n" +" ww -2 div hh -2 div translate\n" +" % Translate to justify and baseline\n" +" justify ww mul baseline translate\n" +" % For each line, justify and display\n" +" strings {\n" +" dup cstringwidth pop\n" +" justify neg mul 0 moveto\n" +" gsave\n" +" 1 -1 scale\n" +" cstringshow\n" +" grestore\n" +" 0 height translate\n" +" } forall\n" +" grestore\n" +"} bind def \n" +"\n" +"% Symbols:\n" +"\n" +"% Skinny-cross\n" +"/Sc {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" 3 -2 roll translate 45 rotate\n" +" 0 0 3 -1 roll Sp\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"% Skinny-plus\n" +"/Sp {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" 3 -2 roll translate\n" +" 2 div\n" +" dup 2 copy\n" +" newpath \n" +" neg 0 \n" +" moveto 0 \n" +" lineto\n" +" DrawSymbolProc\n" +" newpath \n" +" neg 0 \n" +" exch moveto 0 \n" +" exch lineto\n" +" DrawSymbolProc\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"% Cross\n" +"/Cr {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" 3 -2 roll translate 45 rotate\n" +" 0 0 3 -1 roll Pl\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"% Plus\n" +"/Pl {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" 3 -2 roll translate\n" +" dup 2 div\n" +" exch 6 div\n" +"\n" +" %\n" +" % 2 3 The plus/cross symbol is a\n" +" % closed polygon of 12 points.\n" +" % 0 1 4 5 The diagram to the left\n" +" % x,y represents the positions of\n" +" % 11 10 7 6 the points which are computed\n" +" % below.\n" +" % 9 8\n" +" %\n" +"\n" +" newpath\n" +" 2 copy exch neg exch neg moveto \n" +" dup neg dup lineto\n" +" 2 copy neg exch neg lineto\n" +" 2 copy exch neg lineto\n" +" dup dup neg lineto \n" +" 2 copy neg lineto 2 copy lineto\n" +" dup dup lineto \n" +" 2 copy exch lineto \n" +" 2 copy neg exch lineto\n" +" dup dup neg exch lineto \n" +" exch neg exch lineto\n" +" closepath\n" +" DrawSymbolProc\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"% Circle\n" +"/Ci {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" 3 copy pop moveto \n" +" newpath\n" +" 2 div 0 360 arc\n" +" closepath \n" +" DrawSymbolProc\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"% Square\n" +"/Sq {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" dup dup 2 div dup\n" +" 6 -1 roll exch sub exch\n" +" 5 -1 roll exch sub 4 -2 roll Box\n" +" DrawSymbolProc\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"% Line\n" +"/Li {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" 3 1 roll exch 3 -1 roll 2 div 3 copy\n" +" newpath\n" +" sub exch moveto \n" +" add exch lineto\n" +" closepath\n" +" stroke\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"% Diamond\n" +"/Di {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" 3 1 roll translate 45 rotate 0 0 3 -1 roll Sq\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +" \n" +"% Triangle\n" +"/Tr {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" 3 -2 roll translate\n" +" BaseRatio mul 0.5 mul % Calculate 1/2 base\n" +" dup 0 exch 30 cos mul % h1 = height above center point\n" +" neg % b2 0 -h1\n" +" newpath \n" +" moveto % point 1; b2\n" +" dup 30 sin 30 cos div mul % h2 = height below center point\n" +" 2 copy lineto % point 2; b2 h2\n" +" exch neg exch lineto % \n" +" closepath\n" +" DrawSymbolProc\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"% Arrow\n" +"/Ar {\n" +" % Stack: x y symbolSize\n" +" gsave\n" +" 3 -2 roll translate\n" +" BaseRatio mul 0.5 mul % Calculate 1/2 base\n" +" dup 0 exch 30 cos mul % h1 = height above center point\n" +" % b2 0 h1\n" +" newpath moveto % point 1; b2\n" +" dup 30 sin 30 cos div mul % h2 = height below center point\n" +" neg % -h2 b2\n" +" 2 copy lineto % point 2; b2 h2\n" +" exch neg exch lineto % \n" +" closepath\n" +" DrawSymbolProc\n" +" grestore\n" +"} def\n" +"\n" +"%%EndProlog\n" +); +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04bb2fd --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPSOutput.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __Blt_GrPSOutput_h__ +#define __Blt_GrPSOutput_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#define POSTSCRIPT_BUFSIZ ((BUFSIZ*2)-1) + +namespace Blt { + class Graph; + class Postscript; + + class PSOutput { + protected: + Graph* graphPtr_; + Tcl_DString dString_; + char scratchArr_[POSTSCRIPT_BUFSIZ+1]; + + protected: + void addComments(const char**); + void printXColor(XColor*); + unsigned char reverseBits(unsigned char); + void byteToHex(unsigned char, char*); + void setJoinStyle(int); + void setCapStyle(int); + void prolog(); + + public: + PSOutput(Graph*); + virtual ~PSOutput(); + + void printPolyline(Point2d*, int); + void printMaxPolyline(Point2d*, int); + void printSegments(Segment2d*, int); + void printRectangle(double, double, int, int); + void printPolygon(Point2d*, int); + void print3DRectangle(Tk_3DBorder, double, double, int, int, int, int); + + void fillRectangle(double, double, int, int); + void fillRectangles(Rectangle*, int); + void fill3DRectangle(Tk_3DBorder, double, double, int, int, int, int); + void fillPolygon(Point2d*, int); + + void setFont(Tk_Font); + void setLineWidth(int); + void setBackground(XColor*); + void setForeground(XColor*); + void setBackground(Tk_3DBorder); + void setLineAttributes(XColor*,int, Dashes*, int, int); + void setClearBackground(); + void setDashes(Dashes*); + + int preamble(const char*); + void computeBBox(int, int); + const char* getValue(int*); + void append(const char*); + void format(const char*, ...); + void varAppend(const char*, ...); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71e5fe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.C @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +Pen::Pen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) +{ + optionTable_ = NULL; + ops_ = NULL; + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + name_ = dupstr(name); + hashPtr_ = hPtr; + refCount_ =0; + flags =0; + manageOptions_ =0; +} + +Pen::~Pen() +{ + delete [] name_; + + if (hashPtr_) + Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashPtr_); + + // PenOptions* ops = (PenOptions*)ops_; + + Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_); + + if (manageOptions_) + free(ops_); +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..003e8dd --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPen.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrPen_h__ +#define __BltGrPen_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGrText.h" + +namespace Blt { + class Graph; + + typedef struct { + int errorBarShow; + int errorBarLineWidth; + int errorBarCapWidth; + XColor* errorBarColor; + int valueShow; + const char* valueFormat; + TextStyleOptions valueStyle; + } PenOptions; + + class Pen { + protected: + Tk_OptionTable optionTable_; + void* ops_; + + public: + Graph* graphPtr_; + const char *name_; + Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr_; + int refCount_; + unsigned int flags; + int manageOptions_; + + public: + Pen(); + Pen(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + virtual ~Pen(); + + virtual ClassId classId() =0; + virtual const char* className() =0; + virtual const char* typeName() =0; + + Tk_OptionTable optionTable() {return optionTable_;} + void* ops() {return ops_;} + + virtual int configure() =0; + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f6e59a --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.C @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tk_OptionSpec barPenOptionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-background", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", + STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, borderWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-color", "color", "Color", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, fill), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-errorbarcolor", "errorBarColor", "ErrorBarColor", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, errorBarColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarwidth", "errorBarWidth","ErrorBarWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, errorBarLineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarcap", "errorBarCap", "ErrorBarCap", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, errorBarCapWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-outline", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fill", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-color", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-foreground", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-outline", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, outlineColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", + "raised", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, relief), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showerrorbars", "showErrorBars", "ShowErrorBars", + "both", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, errorBarShow), + 0, &fillObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showvalues", "showValues", "ShowValues", + "none", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueShow), 0, &fillObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-valueanchor", "valueAnchor", "ValueAnchor", + "s", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueStyle.anchor), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-valuecolor", "valueColor", "ValueColor", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueStyle.color), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-valuefont", "valueFont", "ValueFont", + STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueStyle.font), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-valueformat", "valueFormat", "ValueFormat", + "%g", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueFormat), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-valuerotate", "valueRotate", "ValueRotate", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarPenOptions, valueStyle.angle), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +BarPen::BarPen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) + : Pen(graphPtr, name, hPtr) +{ + ops_ = calloc(1, sizeof(BarPenOptions)); + BarPenOptions* ops = (BarPenOptions*)ops_; + manageOptions_ =1; + + outlineGC_ =NULL; + errorBarGC_ =NULL; + + ops->valueStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW; + ops->valueStyle.color =NULL; + ops->valueStyle.font =NULL; + ops->valueStyle.angle =0; + ops->valueStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, barPenOptionSpecs); +} + +BarPen::BarPen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, void* options) + : Pen(graphPtr, name, NULL) +{ + ops_ = options; + BarPenOptions* ops = (BarPenOptions*)ops_; + manageOptions_ =0; + + outlineGC_ =NULL; + errorBarGC_ =NULL; + + ops->valueStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW; + ops->valueStyle.color =NULL; + ops->valueStyle.font =NULL; + ops->valueStyle.angle =0; + ops->valueStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, barPenOptionSpecs); +} + +BarPen::~BarPen() +{ + if (outlineGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, outlineGC_); + if (errorBarGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, errorBarGC_); +} + +int BarPen::configure() +{ + BarPenOptions* ops = (BarPenOptions*)ops_; + + // outlineGC + { + unsigned long gcMask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth; + XGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.line_width = ops->borderWidth; + if (ops->outlineColor) + gcValues.foreground = ops->outlineColor->pixel; + else if (ops->fill) + gcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->fill)->pixel; + GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + if (outlineGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, outlineGC_); + outlineGC_ = newGC; + } + + // errorBarGC + { + unsigned long gcMask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth; + XGCValues gcValues; + if (ops->errorBarColor) + gcValues.foreground = ops->errorBarColor->pixel; + else if (ops->outlineColor) + gcValues.foreground = ops->outlineColor->pixel; + else if (ops->fill) + gcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->fill)->pixel; + + gcValues.line_width = ops->errorBarLineWidth; + GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + if (errorBarGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, errorBarGC_); + errorBarGC_ = newGC; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f39db94 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenBar.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrPenBar_h__ +#define __BltGrPenBar_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + int errorBarShow; + int errorBarLineWidth; + int errorBarCapWidth; + XColor* errorBarColor; + int valueShow; + const char *valueFormat; + TextStyleOptions valueStyle; + + XColor* outlineColor; + Tk_3DBorder fill; + int borderWidth; + int relief; + } BarPenOptions; + + class BarPen : public Pen { + public: + GC fillGC_; + GC outlineGC_; + GC errorBarGC_; + + public: + BarPen(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + BarPen(Graph*, const char*, void*); + virtual ~BarPen(); + + ClassId classId() {return CID_ELEM_BAR;} + const char* className() {return "BarElement";} + const char* typeName() {return "bar";} + + int configure(); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f15ce8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.C @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +const char* symbolObjOption[] = + {"none", "square", "circle", "diamond", "plus", "cross", "splus", "scross", "triangle", "arrow", NULL}; + +// Defs + +static Tk_OptionSpec linePenOptionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, traceColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-dashes", "dashes", "Dashes", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, traceDashes), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &dashesObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-errorbarcolor", "errorBarColor", "ErrorBarColor", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, errorBarColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarwidth", "errorBarWidth", "ErrorBarWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, errorBarLineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-errorbarcap", "errorBarCap", "ErrorBarCap", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, errorBarCapWidth), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-fill", "fill", "Fill", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol.fillColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-linewidth", "lineWidth", "LineWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, traceWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-offdash", "offDash", "OffDash", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, traceOffColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-outline", "outline", "Outline", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol.outlineColor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-outlinewidth", "outlineWidth", "OutlineWidth", + "1", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol.outlineWidth), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixels", "pixels", "Pixels", + "0.1i", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol.size), 0, NULL, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showerrorbars", "showErrorBars", "ShowErrorBars", + "both", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, errorBarShow), + 0, &fillObjOption, LAYOUT}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-showvalues", "showValues", "ShowValues", + "none", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueShow), 0, &fillObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-symbol", "symbol", "Symbol", + "none", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, symbol), 0, &symbolObjOption, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-valueanchor", "valueAnchor", "ValueAnchor", + "s", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueStyle.anchor), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-valuecolor", "valueColor", "ValueColor", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueStyle.color), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-valuefont", "valueFont", "ValueFont", + STD_FONT_SMALL, -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueStyle.font), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-valueformat", "valueFormat", "ValueFormat", + "%g", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueFormat), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-valuerotate", "valueRotate", "ValueRotate", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LinePenOptions, valueStyle.angle), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +LinePen::LinePen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr) + : Pen(graphPtr, name, hPtr) +{ + ops_ = calloc(1, sizeof(LinePenOptions)); + LinePenOptions* ops = (LinePenOptions*)ops_; + manageOptions_ =1; + + traceGC_ =NULL; + errorBarGC_ =NULL; + + ops->symbol.type = SYMBOL_NONE; + + ops->valueStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW; + ops->valueStyle.color =NULL; + ops->valueStyle.font =NULL; + ops->valueStyle.angle =0; + ops->valueStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, linePenOptionSpecs); +} + +LinePen::LinePen(Graph* graphPtr, const char* name, void* options) + : Pen(graphPtr, name, NULL) +{ + ops_ = options; + LinePenOptions* ops = (LinePenOptions*)ops_; + manageOptions_ =0; + + traceGC_ =NULL; + errorBarGC_ =NULL; + + ops->symbol.type = SYMBOL_NONE; + + ops->valueStyle.anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW; + ops->valueStyle.color =NULL; + ops->valueStyle.font =NULL; + ops->valueStyle.angle =0; + ops->valueStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, linePenOptionSpecs); +} + +LinePen::~LinePen() +{ + LinePenOptions* ops = (LinePenOptions*)ops_; + + if (errorBarGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, errorBarGC_); + + if (traceGC_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(traceGC_); + + if (ops->symbol.outlineGC) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, ops->symbol.outlineGC); + + if (ops->symbol.fillGC) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, ops->symbol.fillGC); +} + +int LinePen::configure() +{ + LinePenOptions* ops = (LinePenOptions*)ops_; + + // symbol outline + { + unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCForeground); + XColor* colorPtr = ops->symbol.outlineColor; + if (!colorPtr) + colorPtr = ops->traceColor; + XGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel; + gcValues.line_width = ops->symbol.outlineWidth; + GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + if (ops->symbol.outlineGC) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, ops->symbol.outlineGC); + ops->symbol.outlineGC = newGC; + } + + // symbol fill + { + unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCForeground); + XColor* colorPtr = ops->symbol.fillColor; + if (!colorPtr) + colorPtr = ops->traceColor; + GC newGC = NULL; + XGCValues gcValues; + if (colorPtr) { + gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel; + newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + } + if (ops->symbol.fillGC) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, ops->symbol.fillGC); + ops->symbol.fillGC = newGC; + } + + // trace + { + unsigned long gcMask = + (GCLineWidth | GCForeground | GCLineStyle | GCCapStyle | GCJoinStyle); + XGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.cap_style = CapButt; + gcValues.join_style = JoinRound; + gcValues.line_style = LineSolid; + gcValues.line_width = ops->traceWidth; + + gcValues.foreground = ops->traceColor->pixel; + XColor* colorPtr = ops->traceOffColor; + if (colorPtr) { + gcMask |= GCBackground; + gcValues.background = colorPtr->pixel; + } + if (LineIsDashed(ops->traceDashes)) { + gcValues.line_width = ops->traceWidth; + gcValues.line_style = !colorPtr ? LineOnOffDash : LineDoubleDash; + } + GC newGC = graphPtr_->getPrivateGC(gcMask, &gcValues); + if (traceGC_) + graphPtr_->freePrivateGC(traceGC_); + + if (LineIsDashed(ops->traceDashes)) { + ops->traceDashes.offset = ops->traceDashes.values[0] / 2; + graphPtr_->setDashes(newGC, &ops->traceDashes); + } + traceGC_ = newGC; + } + + // errorbar + { + unsigned long gcMask = (GCLineWidth | GCForeground); + XColor* colorPtr = ops->errorBarColor; + if (!colorPtr) + colorPtr = ops->traceColor; + XGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.line_width = ops->errorBarLineWidth; + gcValues.foreground = colorPtr->pixel; + GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + if (errorBarGC_) { + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, errorBarGC_); + } + errorBarGC_ = newGC; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..63eeeb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenLine.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrPenLine_h__ +#define __BltGrPenLine_h__ + +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" + +namespace Blt { + + typedef enum { + SYMBOL_NONE, SYMBOL_SQUARE, SYMBOL_CIRCLE, SYMBOL_DIAMOND, SYMBOL_PLUS, + SYMBOL_CROSS, SYMBOL_SPLUS, SYMBOL_SCROSS, SYMBOL_TRIANGLE, SYMBOL_ARROW + } SymbolType; + + typedef struct { + SymbolType type; + int size; + XColor* outlineColor; + int outlineWidth; + GC outlineGC; + XColor* fillColor; + GC fillGC; + } Symbol; + + typedef struct { + int errorBarShow; + int errorBarLineWidth; + int errorBarCapWidth; + XColor* errorBarColor; + int valueShow; + const char* valueFormat; + TextStyleOptions valueStyle; + + Symbol symbol; + int traceWidth; + Dashes traceDashes; + XColor* traceColor; + XColor* traceOffColor; + } LinePenOptions; + + class LinePen : public Pen { + public: + GC traceGC_; + GC errorBarGC_; + + public: + LinePen(Graph*, const char*, Tcl_HashEntry*); + LinePen(Graph*, const char*, void*); + virtual ~LinePen(); + + ClassId classId() {return CID_ELEM_LINE;} + const char* className() {return "LineElement";} + const char* typeName() {return "line";} + + int configure(); + }; +}; + +extern const char* symbolObjOption[]; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c5669d --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1996-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +int Blt::PenObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Pen* penPtr, + Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; + int mask =0; + int error; + Tcl_Obj* errorResult; + + for (error=0; error<=1; error++) { + if (!error) { + if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)penPtr->ops(), penPtr->optionTable(), + objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask) + != TCL_OK) + continue; + } + else { + errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); + Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + } + + if (penPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + graphPtr->flags |= mask; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + break; + } + + if (!error) { + Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + return TCL_OK; + } + else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + +static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc != 5) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "cget option"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Pen* penPtr; + if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[3], &penPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, + (char*)penPtr->ops(), + penPtr->optionTable(), + objv[4], graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<4) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Pen* penPtr; + if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[3], &penPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (objc <= 5) { + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)penPtr->ops(), + penPtr->optionTable(), + (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, + graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + else + return PenObjConfigure(graphPtr, penPtr, interp, objc-4, objv+4); +} + +static int CreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<4) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (graphPtr->createPen(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), objc, objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int DeleteOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<4) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Pen* penPtr; + if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[3], &penPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (penPtr->refCount_ == 0) + delete penPtr; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int NamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->penTable_, &iter); + hPtr; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + Pen* penPtr = (Pen*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj(penPtr->name_, -1)); + } + } + else { + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&graphPtr->penTable_, &iter); + hPtr; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + Pen* penPtr = (Pen*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + for (int ii=3; ii<objc; ii++) { + char *pattern = Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]); + if (Tcl_StringMatch(penPtr->name_, pattern)) { + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj(penPtr->name_, -1)); + break; + } + } + } + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int TypeOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc<4) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Pen* penPtr; + if (graphPtr->getPen(objv[3], &penPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), penPtr->typeName(), -1); + return TCL_OK; +} + +const Ensemble Blt::penEnsemble[] = { + {"cget", CgetOp, 0}, + {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0}, + {"create", CreateOp, 0}, + {"delete", DeleteOp, 0}, + {"names", NamesOp, 0}, + {"type", TypeOp, 0}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dab592 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrPenOp_h__ +#define __BltGrPenOp_h__ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + extern const Ensemble penEnsemble[]; + extern int PenObjConfigure(Blt::Graph* graphPtr, Blt::Pen* penPtr, + Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOption.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOption.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1da1b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPenOption.C @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1996-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tk_CustomOptionSetProc PenSetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionGetProc PenGetProc; +static Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc PenFreeProc; +Tk_ObjCustomOption penObjOption = + { + "pen", PenSetProc, PenGetProc, RestoreProc, PenFreeProc, NULL + }; + +static int PenSetProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj** objPtr, char* widgRec, + int offset, char* savePtr, int flags) +{ + Pen** penPtrPtr = (Pen**)(widgRec + offset); + *(double*)savePtr = *(double*)penPtrPtr; + + if (!penPtrPtr) + return TCL_OK; + + const char* string = Tcl_GetString(*objPtr); + if (!string || !string[0]) { + *penPtrPtr = NULL; + return TCL_OK; + } + + Graph* graphPtr = getGraphFromWindowData(tkwin); + Pen* penPtr; + if (graphPtr->getPen(*objPtr, &penPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + penPtr->refCount_++; + *penPtrPtr = penPtr; + + return TCL_OK; +}; + +static Tcl_Obj* PenGetProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, + char *widgRec, int offset) +{ + Pen* penPtr = *(Pen**)(widgRec + offset); + if (!penPtr) + return Tcl_NewStringObj("", -1); + + return Tcl_NewStringObj(penPtr->name_, -1); +}; + +static void PenFreeProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *ptr) +{ + Pen* penPtr = *(Pen**)ptr; + if (penPtr) + if (penPtr->refCount_ > 0) + penPtr->refCount_--; +} + + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4bbf504 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.C @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h" +#include "tkbltConfig.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-center", "center", "Center", + "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, center), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-comments", "comments", "Comments", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, comments), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, &listObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-decorations", "decorations", "Decorations", + "yes", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, decorations), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-footer", "footer", "Footer", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, footer), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-greyscale", "greyscale", "Greyscale", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, greyscale), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, reqHeight), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-landscape", "landscape", "Landscape", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, landscape), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_INT, "-level", "level", "Level", + "2", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, level), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "PadX", + "1.0i", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, xPad), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "PadY", + "1.0i", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, yPad), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-paperheight", "paperHeight", "PaperHeight", + "11.0i", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, reqPaperHeight), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-paperwidth", "paperWidth", "PaperWidth", + "8.5i", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, reqPaperWidth), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(PostscriptOptions, reqWidth), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +Postscript::Postscript(Graph* graphPtr) +{ + ops_ = (PostscriptOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(PostscriptOptions)); + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + + optionTable_ =Tk_CreateOptionTable(graphPtr_->interp_, optionSpecs); + Tk_InitOptions(graphPtr_->interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_, + graphPtr_->tkwin_); +} + +Postscript::~Postscript() +{ + Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, graphPtr_->tkwin_); + free(ops_); +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0c35a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscript.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrPostscript_h__ +#define __BltGrPostscript_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + int center; + const char **comments; + int decorations; + int footer; + int greyscale; + int landscape; + int level; + int xPad; + int yPad; + int reqPaperWidth; + int reqPaperHeight; + int reqWidth; + int reqHeight; + } PostscriptOptions; + + class Postscript { + public: + Tk_OptionTable optionTable_; + void* ops_; + Graph* graphPtr_; + + int left; + int bottom; + int right; + int top; + double scale; + int paperHeight; + int paperWidth; + + public: + Postscript(Graph*); + virtual ~Postscript(); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..931feb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +int Blt::PostscriptObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Postscript* setupPtr = graphPtr->postscript_; + Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; + int mask =0; + int error; + Tcl_Obj* errorResult; + + for (error=0; error<=1; error++) { + if (!error) { + if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)setupPtr->ops_, setupPtr->optionTable_, + objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask) + != TCL_OK) + continue; + } + else { + errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); + Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + } + + break; + } + + if (!error) { + Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + return TCL_OK; + } + else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + +static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (objc != 4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "cget option"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Postscript *setupPtr = graphPtr->postscript_; + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, + (char*)setupPtr->ops_, + setupPtr->optionTable_, + objv[3], graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Postscript* setupPtr = graphPtr->postscript_; + if (objc <= 4) { + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)setupPtr->ops_, + setupPtr->optionTable_, + (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, + graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + else + return PostscriptObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3); +} + +static int OutputOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + const char *fileName = NULL; + Tcl_Channel channel = NULL; + if (objc > 3) { + fileName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + if (fileName[0] != '-') { + // First argument is the file name + objv++, objc--; + + channel = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "w", 0666); + if (!channel) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation", "binary") + != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + + PSOutput* psPtr = new PSOutput(graphPtr); + + if (PostscriptObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-3, objv+3) != TCL_OK) { + if (channel) + Tcl_Close(interp, channel); + delete psPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (graphPtr->print(fileName, psPtr) != TCL_OK) { + if (channel) + Tcl_Close(interp, channel); + delete psPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + int length; + const char* buffer = psPtr->getValue(&length); + if (channel) { + int nBytes = Tcl_Write(channel, buffer, length); + if (nBytes < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error writing file \"", fileName, "\": ", + Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *)NULL); + if (channel) + Tcl_Close(interp, channel); + delete psPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Tcl_Close(interp, channel); + } + else + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), buffer, length); + + delete psPtr; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +const Ensemble Blt::postscriptEnsemble[] = { + {"cget", CgetOp, 0}, + {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0}, + {"output", OutputOp, 0}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a81266 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrPostscriptOp_h__ +#define __BltGrPostscriptOp_h__ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + extern const Ensemble postscriptEnsemble[]; + extern int PostscriptObjConfigure(Blt::Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b4e3e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.C @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <cmath> + +#include <tk.h> +#include <tkInt.h> + +#include "tkbltGrText.h" +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +TextStyle::TextStyle(Graph* graphPtr) +{ + ops_ = (TextStyleOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(TextStyleOptions)); + TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_; + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + manageOptions_ = 1; + + ops->anchor =TK_ANCHOR_NW; + ops->color =NULL; + ops->font =NULL; + ops->angle =0; + ops->justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + xPad_ = 0; + yPad_ = 0; + gc_ = NULL; +} + +TextStyle::TextStyle(Graph* graphPtr, TextStyleOptions* ops) +{ + ops_ = (TextStyleOptions*)ops; + graphPtr_ = graphPtr; + manageOptions_ = 0; + + xPad_ = 0; + yPad_ = 0; + gc_ = NULL; +} + +TextStyle::~TextStyle() +{ + // TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_; + + if (gc_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, gc_); + + if (manageOptions_) + free(ops_); +} + +void TextStyle::drawText(Drawable drawable, const char *text, double x, double y) { + drawText(drawable, text, (int)x, (int)y); +} + +void TextStyle::drawText(Drawable drawable, const char *text, int x, int y) +{ + drawTextBBox(drawable, text, x, y, NULL, NULL); +} + +void TextStyle::drawTextBBox(Drawable drawable, const char *text, + int x, int y, int* ww, int* hh) +{ + TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_; + + if (!text || !(*text)) + return; + + if (!gc_) + resetStyle(); + + int w1, h1; + Tk_TextLayout layout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(ops->font, text, -1, -1, + ops->justify, 0, &w1, &h1); + Point2d rr = rotateText(x, y, w1, h1); +#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == 8) && (TCL_MINOR_VERSION >= 6) + TkDrawAngledTextLayout(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, gc_, layout, + (int)rr.x, (int)rr.y, ops->angle, 0, -1); +#else + Tk_DrawTextLayout(graphPtr_->display_, drawable, gc_, layout, + (int)rr.x, (int)rr.y, 0, -1); +#endif + Tk_FreeTextLayout(layout); + + if (ww && hh) { + double angle = fmod(ops->angle, 360.0); + if (angle < 0.0) + angle += 360.0; + + if (angle != 0.0) { + double rotWidth, rotHeight; + graphPtr_->getBoundingBox(w1, h1, angle, &rotWidth, &rotHeight, NULL); + w1 = (int)rotWidth; + h1 = (int)rotHeight; + } + + *ww = w1; + *hh = h1; + } +} + +void TextStyle::printText(PSOutput* psPtr, const char *text, int x, int y) +{ + TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_; + + if (!text || !(*text)) + return; + + int w1, h1; + Tk_TextLayout layout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(ops->font, text, -1, -1, + ops->justify, 0, &w1, &h1); + + int xx =0; + int yy =0; + switch (ops->anchor) { + case TK_ANCHOR_NW: xx = 0; yy = 0; break; + case TK_ANCHOR_N: xx = 1; yy = 0; break; + case TK_ANCHOR_NE: xx = 2; yy = 0; break; + case TK_ANCHOR_E: xx = 2; yy = 1; break; + case TK_ANCHOR_SE: xx = 2; yy = 2; break; + case TK_ANCHOR_S: xx = 1; yy = 2; break; + case TK_ANCHOR_SW: xx = 0; yy = 2; break; + case TK_ANCHOR_W: xx = 0; yy = 1; break; + case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: xx = 1; yy = 1; break; + } + + const char* justify =NULL; + switch (ops->justify) { + case TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT: justify = "0"; break; + case TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER: justify = "0.5"; break; + case TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: justify = "1"; break; + } + + psPtr->setFont(ops->font); + psPtr->setForeground(ops->color); + + psPtr->format("%g %d %d [\n", ops->angle, x, y); + Tcl_ResetResult(graphPtr_->interp_); + Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript(graphPtr_->interp_, layout); + psPtr->append(Tcl_GetStringResult(graphPtr_->interp_)); + Tcl_ResetResult(graphPtr_->interp_); + psPtr->format("] %g %g %s DrawText\n", xx/-2.0, yy/-2.0, justify); +} + +void TextStyle::printText(PSOutput* psPtr, const char *text, double x, double y) { + return printText(psPtr, text, (int)x, (int)y); +} + +void TextStyle::resetStyle() +{ + TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_; + + unsigned long gcMask; + gcMask = GCFont; + + XGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(ops->font); + if (ops->color) { + gcMask |= GCForeground; + gcValues.foreground = ops->color->pixel; + } + GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(graphPtr_->tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + if (gc_) + Tk_FreeGC(graphPtr_->display_, gc_); + + gc_ = newGC; +} + +Point2d TextStyle::rotateText(int x, int y, int w1, int h1) +{ + TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_; + + // Matrix t0 = Translate(-x,-y); + // Matrix t1 = Translate(-w1/2,-h1/2); + // Matrix rr = Rotate(angle); + // Matrix t2 = Translate(w2/2,h2/2); + // Matrix t3 = Translate(x,y); + + double angle = ops->angle; + double ccos = cos(M_PI*angle/180.); + double ssin = sin(M_PI*angle/180.); + double w2, h2; + graphPtr_->getBoundingBox(w1, h1, angle, &w2, &h2, NULL); + + double x1 = x+w1/2.; + double y1 = y+h1/2.; + double x2 = w2/2.+x; + double y2 = h2/2.+y; + + double rx = x*ccos + y*ssin + (-x1*ccos -y1*ssin +x2); + double ry = -x*ssin + y*ccos + ( x1*ssin -y1*ccos +y2); + + return graphPtr_->anchorPoint(rx, ry, w2, h2, ops->anchor); +} + +void TextStyle::getExtents(const char *text, int* ww, int* hh) +{ + TextStyleOptions* ops = (TextStyleOptions*)ops_; + + int w, h; + graphPtr_->getTextExtents(ops->font, text, -1, &w, &h); + *ww = w + 2*xPad_; + *hh = h + 2*yPad_; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4593b33 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrText.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltText_h__ +#define __BltText_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" + +namespace Blt { + class Graph; + class PSOutput; + + typedef struct { + Tk_Anchor anchor; + XColor* color; + Tk_Font font; + double angle; + Tk_Justify justify; + } TextStyleOptions; + + class TextStyle { + protected: + Graph* graphPtr_; + void* ops_; + GC gc_; + int manageOptions_; + + public: + int xPad_; + int yPad_; + + protected: + void resetStyle(); + Point2d rotateText(int, int, int, int); + + public: + TextStyle(Graph*); + TextStyle(Graph*, TextStyleOptions*); + virtual ~TextStyle(); + + void* ops() {return ops_;} + void drawText(Drawable, const char*, int, int); + void drawText(Drawable, const char*, double, double); + void drawTextBBox(Drawable, const char*, int, int, int*, int*); + void printText(PSOutput*, const char*, int, int); + void printText(PSOutput*, const char*, double, double); + void getExtents(const char*, int*, int*); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac788ff --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <string.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxisOp.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Axis* GetAxisFromCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Obj* obj) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr->ops_; + + int margin; + const char* name = Tcl_GetString(obj); + if (!strcmp(name,"xaxis")) + margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_LEFT : MARGIN_BOTTOM; + else if (!strcmp(name,"yaxis")) + margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_BOTTOM : MARGIN_LEFT; + else if (!strcmp(name,"x2axis")) + margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_RIGHT : MARGIN_TOP; + else if (!strcmp(name,"y2axis")) + margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_TOP : MARGIN_RIGHT; + else + return NULL; + + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->margins[margin].axes); + return (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); +} + +static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]); + return AxisCgetOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv); +} + +static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]); + return AxisConfigureOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv); +} + +static int ActivateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]); + return AxisActivateOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv); +} + +static int BindOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]); + return graphPtr->bindTable_->configure(graphPtr->axisTag(axisPtr->name_), objc-3, objv+3); +} + +static int InvTransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]); + return AxisInvTransformOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv); +} + +static int LimitsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]); + return AxisLimitsOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv); +} + +static int TransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]); + return AxisTransformOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv); +} + +static int UseOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr->ops_; + + int margin; + ClassId classId; + const char* name = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); + if (!strcmp(name,"xaxis")) { + classId = CID_AXIS_X; + margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_LEFT : MARGIN_BOTTOM; + } + else if (!strcmp(name,"yaxis")) { + classId = CID_AXIS_Y; + margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_BOTTOM : MARGIN_LEFT; + } + else if (!strcmp(name,"x2axis")) { + classId = CID_AXIS_X; + margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_RIGHT : MARGIN_TOP; + } + else if (!strcmp(name,"y2axis")) { + classId = CID_AXIS_Y; + margin = (ops->inverted) ? MARGIN_TOP : MARGIN_RIGHT; + } + else + return TCL_ERROR; + + Chain* chain = ops->margins[margin].axes; + + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj(axisPtr->name_, -1)); + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + + int axisObjc; + Tcl_Obj **axisObjv; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &axisObjc, &axisObjv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); + axisPtr->link = NULL; + axisPtr->use_ =0; + axisPtr->margin_ = MARGIN_NONE; + // Clear the axis type if it's not currently used + if (axisPtr->refCount_ == 0) + axisPtr->setClass(CID_NONE); + } + + chain->reset(); + for (int ii=0; ii<axisObjc; ii++) { + Axis* axisPtr; + if (graphPtr->getAxis(axisObjv[ii], &axisPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (axisPtr->classId_ == CID_NONE) + axisPtr->setClass(classId); + else if (axisPtr->classId_ != classId) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong type axis \"", + axisPtr->name_, "\": can't use ", + axisPtr->className_, " type axis.", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (axisPtr->link) { + // Move the axis from the old margin's "use" list to the new + axisPtr->chain->unlinkLink(axisPtr->link); + chain->linkAfter(axisPtr->link, NULL); + } + else + axisPtr->link = chain->append(axisPtr); + + axisPtr->chain = chain; + axisPtr->use_ =1; + axisPtr->margin_ = margin; + } + + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ViewOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Axis* axisPtr = GetAxisFromCmd(clientData, objv[1]); + return AxisViewOp(axisPtr, interp, objc, objv); +} + +const Ensemble Blt::xaxisEnsemble[] = { + {"activate", ActivateOp, 0}, + {"bind", BindOp, 0}, + {"cget", CgetOp, 0}, + {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0}, + {"deactivate", ActivateOp, 0}, + {"invtransform", InvTransformOp, 0}, + {"limits", LimitsOp, 0}, + {"transform", TransformOp, 0}, + {"use", UseOp, 0}, + {"view", ViewOp, 0}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b813c83 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGrXAxisOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGrXAxisOp_h__ +#define __BltGrXAxisOp_h__ + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + extern const Ensemble xaxisEnsemble[]; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1453dc --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.C @@ -0,0 +1,1458 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <cfloat> +#include <cmath> + +#include <tkInt.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGraphOp.h" + +#include "tkbltGrBind.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxisOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegd.h" +#include "tkbltGrHairs.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h" +#include "tkbltGrPSOutput.h" +#include "tkbltInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define MARKER_ABOVE 0 +#define MARKER_UNDER 1 + +// OptionSpecs + +Graph::Graph(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + valid_ =1; + interp_ = interp; + tkwin_ = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp_, Tk_MainWindow(interp_), + Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL); + if (!tkwin_) { + valid_ =0; + return; + } + display_ = Tk_Display(tkwin_); + ((TkWindow*)tkwin_)->instanceData = this; + + cmdToken_ = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp_, Tk_PathName(tkwin_), + GraphInstCmdProc, this, + GraphInstCmdDeleteProc); + + flags = RESET; + nextMarkerId_ = 1; + + inset_ =0; + titleX_ =0; + titleY_ =0; + titleWidth_ =0; + titleHeight_ =0; + width_ =0; + height_ =0; + left_ =0; + right_ =0; + top_ =0; + bottom_ =0; + focusPtr_ =NULL; + halo_ =0; + drawGC_ =NULL; + vRange_ =0; + hRange_ =0; + vOffset_ =0; + hOffset_ =0; + vScale_ =0; + hScale_ =0; + cache_ =None; + cacheWidth_ =0; + cacheHeight_ =0; + + Tcl_InitHashTable(&axes_.table, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&axes_.tagTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&elements_.table, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&elements_.tagTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&markers_.table, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&markers_.tagTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&penTable_, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + + axes_.displayList = new Chain(); + elements_.displayList = new Chain(); + markers_.displayList = new Chain(); + bindTable_ = new BindTable(this, this); + + // Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the graph, + // otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it. + Tcl_Preserve(tkwin_); + + Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin_, + ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, + GraphEventProc, this); +} + +Graph::~Graph() +{ + // GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + destroyMarkers(); + destroyElements(); // must come before legend and others + + delete crosshairs_; + delete legend_; + delete postscript_; + + destroyAxes(); + destroyPens(); + + delete bindTable_; + + if (drawGC_) + Tk_FreeGC(display_, drawGC_); + + if (cache_ != None) + Tk_FreePixmap(display_, cache_); + + Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char*)ops_, optionTable_, tkwin_); + Tcl_Release(tkwin_); + tkwin_ = NULL; + + free (ops_); +} + +int Graph::configure() +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + inset_ = ops->borderWidth + ops->highlightWidth; + if ((ops->reqHeight != Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin_)) || + (ops->reqWidth != Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin_))) + Tk_GeometryRequest(tkwin_, ops->reqWidth, ops->reqHeight); + + Tk_SetInternalBorder(tkwin_, ops->borderWidth); + XColor* colorPtr = Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->normalBg); + + titleWidth_ =0; + titleHeight_ =0; + if (ops->title != NULL) { + int w, h; + TextStyle ts(this, &ops->titleTextStyle); + ts.getExtents(ops->title, &w, &h); + titleHeight_ = h; + } + + // Create GCs for interior and exterior regions, and a background GC for + // clearing the margins with XFillRectangle + // Margin + XGCValues gcValues; + gcValues.foreground = ops->titleTextStyle.color->pixel; + gcValues.background = colorPtr->pixel; + unsigned long gcMask = (GCForeground | GCBackground); + GC newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin_, gcMask, &gcValues); + if (drawGC_ != NULL) + Tk_FreeGC(display_, drawGC_); + drawGC_ = newGC; + + // If the -inverted option changed, we need to readjust the pointers + // to the axes and recompute the their scales. + adjustAxes(); + + // Free the pixmap if we're not buffering the display of elements anymore. + if (cache_ != None) { + Tk_FreePixmap(display_, cache_); + cache_ = None; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void Graph::map() +{ + if (flags & RESET) { + resetAxes(); + flags &= ~RESET; + flags |= LAYOUT; + } + + if (flags & LAYOUT) { + layoutGraph(); + crosshairs_->map(); + mapAxes(); + mapElements(); + flags &= ~LAYOUT; + flags |= MAP_MARKERS | CACHE; + } + + mapMarkers(); +} + +void Graph::draw() +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; + if ((flags & GRAPH_DELETED) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin_)) + return; + + // Don't bother computing the layout until the size of the window is + // something reasonable. + if ((Tk_Width(tkwin_) <= 1) || (Tk_Height(tkwin_) <= 1)) + return; + + width_ = Tk_Width(tkwin_); + height_ = Tk_Height(tkwin_); + + map(); + + // Create a pixmap the size of the window for double buffering + Pixmap drawable = Tk_GetPixmap(display_, Tk_WindowId(tkwin_), + width_, height_, Tk_Depth(tkwin_)); + + if (cache_ == None || cacheWidth_ != width_ || cacheHeight_ != height_) { + if (cache_ != None) + Tk_FreePixmap(display_, cache_); + cache_ = Tk_GetPixmap(display_, Tk_WindowId(tkwin_), width_, height_, + Tk_Depth(tkwin_)); + cacheWidth_ = width_; + cacheHeight_ = height_; + flags |= CACHE; + } + + // Update cache if needed + if (flags & CACHE) { + drawMargins(cache_); + + switch (legend_->position()) { + case Legend::TOP: + case Legend::BOTTOM: + case Legend::RIGHT: + case Legend::LEFT: + legend_->draw(cache_); + break; + default: + break; + } + + // Draw the background of the plotting area with 3D border + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, cache_, ops->plotBg, + left_-ops->plotBW, + top_-ops->plotBW, + right_-left_+1+2*ops->plotBW, + bottom_-top_+1+2*ops->plotBW, + ops->plotBW, ops->plotRelief); + + drawAxesGrids(cache_); + drawAxes(cache_); + drawAxesLimits(cache_); + + if (!legend_->isRaised()) { + switch (legend_->position()) { + case Legend::PLOT: + case Legend::XY: + legend_->draw(cache_); + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + drawMarkers(cache_, MARKER_UNDER); + drawElements(cache_); + drawActiveElements(cache_); + + if (legend_->isRaised()) { + switch (legend_->position()) { + case Legend::PLOT: + case Legend::XY: + legend_->draw(cache_); + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + flags &= ~CACHE; + } + + XCopyArea(display_, cache_, drawable, drawGC_, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin_), + Tk_Height(tkwin_), 0, 0); + + drawMarkers(drawable, MARKER_ABOVE); + + // Draw 3D border just inside of the focus highlight ring + if ((ops->borderWidth > 0) && (ops->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) + Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg, + ops->highlightWidth, ops->highlightWidth, + width_ - 2*ops->highlightWidth, + height_ - 2*ops->highlightWidth, + ops->borderWidth, ops->relief); + + // Draw focus highlight ring + if ((ops->highlightWidth > 0) && (flags & FOCUS)) { + GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(ops->highlightColor, drawable); + Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin_, gc, ops->highlightWidth, drawable); + } + + // crosshairs + crosshairs_->draw(drawable); + + XCopyArea(display_, drawable, Tk_WindowId(tkwin_), drawGC_, + 0, 0, width_, height_, 0, 0); + + Tk_FreePixmap(display_, drawable); +} + +int Graph::print(const char* ident, PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)postscript_->ops_; + + // be sure the window is realized so that relief colors are available + if (flags & REDRAW_PENDING) { + flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; + DisplayGraph(this); + } + + // We need to know how big a graph to print. If the graph hasn't been drawn + // yet, the width and height will be 1. Instead use the requested size of + // the widget. The user can still override this with the -width and -height + // postscript options. + if (pops->reqWidth > 0) + width_ = pops->reqWidth; + else if (width_ < 2) + width_ = Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin_); + + if (pops->reqHeight > 0) + height_ = pops->reqHeight; + else if (height_ < 2) + height_ = Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin_); + + psPtr->computeBBox(width_, height_); + flags |= RESET; + + // Turn on PostScript measurements when computing the graph's layout. + reconfigure(); + + map(); + + int x = left_ - ops->plotBW; + int y = top_ - ops->plotBW; + + int w = (right_ - left_ + 1) + (2*ops->plotBW); + int h = (bottom_ - top_ + 1) + (2*ops->plotBW); + + int result = psPtr->preamble(ident); + if (result != TCL_OK) + goto error; + + psPtr->setFont(ops->titleTextStyle.font); + if (pops->decorations) + psPtr->setBackground(Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->plotBg)); + else + psPtr->setClearBackground(); + + psPtr->fillRectangle(x, y, w, h); + psPtr->append("gsave\n\n"); + + // Start + printMargins(psPtr); + + switch (legend_->position()) { + case Legend::TOP: + case Legend::BOTTOM: + case Legend::RIGHT: + case Legend::LEFT: + legend_->print(psPtr); + break; + default: + break; + } + + printAxesGrids(psPtr); + printAxes(psPtr); + printAxesLimits(psPtr); + + if (!legend_->isRaised()) { + switch (legend_->position()) { + case Legend::PLOT: + case Legend::XY: + legend_->print(psPtr); + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + printMarkers(psPtr, MARKER_UNDER); + printElements(psPtr); + printActiveElements(psPtr); + + if (legend_->isRaised()) { + switch (legend_->position()) { + case Legend::PLOT: + case Legend::XY: + legend_->print(psPtr); + break; + default: + break; + } + } + printMarkers(psPtr, MARKER_ABOVE); + + psPtr->append("\n"); + psPtr->append("% Unset clipping\n"); + psPtr->append("grestore\n\n"); + psPtr->append("showpage\n"); + psPtr->append("%Trailer\n"); + psPtr->append("grestore\n"); + psPtr->append("end\n"); + psPtr->append("%EOF\n"); + + error: + width_ = Tk_Width(tkwin_); + height_ = Tk_Height(tkwin_); + reconfigure(); + + // Redraw the graph in order to re-calculate the layout as soon as + // possible. This is in the case the crosshairs are active. + flags |= LAYOUT; + eventuallyRedraw(); + + return result; +} + +void Graph::eventuallyRedraw() +{ + if (flags & GRAPH_DELETED) + return; + + if (!(flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { + flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayGraph, this); + } +} + +void Graph::extents(Region2d* regionPtr) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + regionPtr->left = (double)(hOffset_ - ops->xPad); + regionPtr->top = (double)(vOffset_ - ops->yPad); + regionPtr->right = (double)(hOffset_ + hRange_ + ops->xPad); + regionPtr->bottom = (double)(vOffset_ + vRange_ + ops->yPad); +} + +int Graph::invoke(const Ensemble* ensemble, int cmdIndex, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + while (cmdIndex < objc) { + int index; + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp_, objv[cmdIndex], ensemble, sizeof(ensemble[0]), "command", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (ensemble[index].proc) + return ensemble[index].proc(this, interp_, objc, objv); + + ensemble = ensemble[index].subensemble; + ++cmdIndex; + } + + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp_, cmdIndex, objv, "option ?arg ...?"); + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +void Graph::reconfigure() +{ + configure(); + legend_->configure(); + configureElements(); + configureAxes(); + configureMarkers(); +} + +// Margins + +void Graph::drawMargins(Drawable drawable) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + Rectangle rects[4]; + + // Draw the four outer rectangles which encompass the plotting + // surface. This clears the surrounding area and clips the plot. + rects[0].x = rects[0].y = rects[3].x = rects[1].x = 0; + rects[0].width = rects[3].width = width_; + rects[0].height = top_; + rects[3].y = bottom_; + rects[3].height = height_ - bottom_; + rects[2].y = rects[1].y = top_; + rects[1].width = left_; + rects[2].height = rects[1].height = bottom_ - top_; + rects[2].x = right_; + rects[2].width = width_ - right_; + + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg, + rects[0].x, rects[0].y, rects[0].width, rects[0].height, + 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg, + rects[1].x, rects[1].y, rects[1].width, rects[1].height, + 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg, + rects[2].x, rects[2].y, rects[2].width, rects[2].height, + 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg, + rects[3].x, rects[3].y, rects[3].width, rects[3].height, + 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); + + // Draw 3D border around the plotting area + if (ops->plotBW > 0) { + int x = left_ - ops->plotBW; + int y = top_ - ops->plotBW; + int w = (right_ - left_) + (2*ops->plotBW); + int h = (bottom_ - top_) + (2*ops->plotBW); + Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin_, drawable, ops->normalBg, + x, y, w, h, ops->plotBW, ops->plotRelief); + } + + if (ops->title) { + TextStyle ts(this, &ops->titleTextStyle); + ts.drawText(drawable, ops->title, titleX_, titleY_); + } +} + +void Graph::printMargins(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + PostscriptOptions* pops = (PostscriptOptions*)postscript_->ops_; + Rectangle margin[4]; + + margin[0].x = margin[0].y = margin[3].x = margin[1].x = 0; + margin[0].width = margin[3].width = width_; + margin[0].height = top_; + margin[3].y = bottom_; + margin[3].height = height_ - bottom_; + margin[2].y = margin[1].y = top_; + margin[1].width = left_; + margin[2].height = margin[1].height = bottom_ - top_; + margin[2].x = right_; + margin[2].width = width_ - right_; + + // Clear the surrounding margins and clip the plotting surface + if (pops->decorations) + psPtr->setBackground(Tk_3DBorderColor(ops->normalBg)); + else + psPtr->setClearBackground(); + + psPtr->append("% Margins\n"); + psPtr->fillRectangles(margin, 4); + + if (pops->decorations) { + psPtr->append("% Interior 3D border\n"); + if (ops->plotBW > 0) { + int x = left_ - ops->plotBW; + int y = top_ - ops->plotBW; + int w = (right_ - left_) + (2*ops->plotBW); + int h = (bottom_ - top_) + (2*ops->plotBW); + psPtr->print3DRectangle(ops->normalBg, (double)x, (double)y, w, h, + ops->plotBW, ops->plotRelief); + } + } + + if (ops->title) { + psPtr->append("% Graph title\n"); + TextStyle ts(this, &ops->titleTextStyle); + ts.printText(psPtr, ops->title, titleX_, titleY_); + } +} + +// Pens + +void Graph::destroyPens() +{ + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&penTable_, &iter); + hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + Pen* penPtr = (Pen*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + delete penPtr; + } + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&penTable_); +} + +int Graph::getPen(Tcl_Obj* objPtr, Pen** penPtrPtr) +{ + *penPtrPtr = NULL; + const char *name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); + if (!name || !name[0]) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&penTable_, name); + if (!hPtr) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "can't find pen \"", name, "\" in \"", + Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + *penPtrPtr = (Pen*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +// Elements + +void Graph::destroyElements() +{ + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&elements_.table, &iter); + hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + legend_->removeElement(elemPtr); + delete elemPtr; + } + + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&elements_.table); + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&elements_.tagTable); + delete elements_.displayList; +} + +void Graph::configureElements() +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + elemPtr->configure(); + } +} + +void Graph::mapElements() +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + elemPtr->map(); + } +} + +void Graph::drawElements(Drawable drawable) +{ + // Draw with respect to the stacking order + for (ChainLink* link=Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + elemPtr->draw(drawable); + } +} + +void Graph::drawActiveElements(Drawable drawable) +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + elemPtr->drawActive(drawable); + } +} + +void Graph::printElements(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + elemPtr->print(psPtr); + } +} + +void Graph::printActiveElements(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + elemPtr->printActive(psPtr); + } +} + +int Graph::getElement(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Element **elemPtrPtr) +{ + *elemPtrPtr =NULL; + const char* name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); + if (!name || !name[0]) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_HashEntry*hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&elements_.table, name); + if (!hPtr) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "can't find element \"", name, "\" in \"", + Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + *elemPtrPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +ClientData Graph::elementTag(const char *tagName) +{ + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&elements_.tagTable, tagName, &isNew); + return Tcl_GetHashKey(&elements_.tagTable, hPtr); +} + +// Markers + +void Graph::destroyMarkers() +{ + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&markers_.table, &iter); + hPtr; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + delete markerPtr; + } + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&markers_.table); + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&markers_.tagTable); + delete markers_.displayList; +} + + +void Graph::configureMarkers() +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(markers_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link); + markerPtr->configure(); + } +} + +void Graph::mapMarkers() +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(markers_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link); + MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops(); + + if (mops->hide) + continue; + + if ((flags & MAP_MARKERS) || (markerPtr->flags & MAP_ITEM)) { + markerPtr->map(); + markerPtr->flags &= ~MAP_ITEM; + } + } + + flags &= ~MAP_MARKERS; +} + +void Graph::drawMarkers(Drawable drawable, int under) +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(markers_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link); + MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops(); + + if ((mops->drawUnder != under) || markerPtr->clipped_ || mops->hide) + continue; + + if (isElementHidden(markerPtr)) + continue; + + markerPtr->draw(drawable); + } +} + +void Graph::printMarkers(PSOutput* psPtr, int under) +{ + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(markers_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link); + MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops(); + if (mops->drawUnder != under) + continue; + + if (mops->hide) + continue; + + if (isElementHidden(markerPtr)) + continue; + + psPtr->format("%% Marker \"%s\" is a %s.\n", + markerPtr->name_, markerPtr->className()); + markerPtr->print(psPtr); + } +} + +ClientData Graph::markerTag(const char* tagName) +{ + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&markers_.tagTable, tagName,&isNew); + return Tcl_GetHashKey(&markers_.tagTable, hPtr); +} + +Marker* Graph::nearestMarker(int x, int y, int under) +{ + Point2d point; + point.x = (double)x; + point.y = (double)y; + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(markers_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Marker* markerPtr = (Marker*)Chain_GetValue(link); + MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops(); + + if ((markerPtr->flags & MAP_ITEM) || mops->hide) + continue; + + if (isElementHidden(markerPtr)) + continue; + + if (mops->drawUnder == under) + if (markerPtr->pointIn(&point)) + return markerPtr; + } + return NULL; +} + +int Graph::isElementHidden(Marker* markerPtr) +{ + MarkerOptions* mops = (MarkerOptions*)markerPtr->ops(); + + if (mops->elemName) { + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&elements_.table, mops->elemName); + if (hPtr) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + if (!elemPtr->link || eops->hide) + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +// Axis + +int Graph::createAxes() +{ + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&axes_.table, axisNames[ii].name, &isNew); + Chain* chain = new Chain(); + + Axis* axisPtr = new Axis(this, axisNames[ii].name, ii, hPtr); + if (!axisPtr) + return TCL_ERROR; + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, axisPtr); + + axisPtr->refCount_ = 1; + axisPtr->use_ =1; + + axisPtr->setClass(!(ii&1) ? CID_AXIS_X : CID_AXIS_Y); + + if (Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)axisPtr->ops(), + axisPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (axisPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if ((axisPtr->margin_ == MARGIN_RIGHT) || (axisPtr->margin_ == MARGIN_TOP)) + ops->hide = 1; + + axisChain_[ii] = chain; + axisPtr->link = chain->append(axisPtr); + axisPtr->chain = chain; + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Graph::createAxis(int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + if (string[0] == '-') { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "name of axis \"", string, + "\" can't start with a '-'", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&axes_.table, string, &isNew); + if (!isNew) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "axis \"", string, "\" already exists in \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Axis* axisPtr = new Axis(this, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), MARGIN_NONE, hPtr); + if (!axisPtr) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, axisPtr); + + if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)axisPtr->ops(), axisPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (AxisObjConfigure(axisPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) { + delete axisPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void Graph::destroyAxes() +{ + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor); + hPtr; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + delete axisPtr; + } + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&axes_.table); + + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) + delete axisChain_[ii]; + + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&axes_.tagTable); + delete axes_.displayList; +} + +void Graph::configureAxes() +{ + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor); + hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + axisPtr->configure(); + } +} + +void Graph::mapAxes() +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + int count =0; + int offset =0; + + Chain* chain = ops->margins[ii].axes; + for (ChainLink* link=Chain_FirstLink(chain); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); + AxisOptions* aops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + if (!axisPtr->use_) + continue; + + if (aops->reqNumMajorTicks <= 0) + aops->reqNumMajorTicks = 4; + + if (ops->stackAxes) + axisPtr->mapStacked(count, ii); + else + axisPtr->map(offset, ii); + + if (aops->showGrid) + axisPtr->mapGridlines(); + + offset += axisPtr->isHorizontal() ? axisPtr->height_ : axisPtr->width_; + count++; + } + } +} + +void Graph::drawAxes(Drawable drawable) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(ops->margins[ii].axes); link; + link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); + axisPtr->draw(drawable); + } + } +} + +void Graph::drawAxesLimits(Drawable drawable) +{ + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor); + hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + axisPtr->drawLimits(drawable); + } +} + +void Graph::drawAxesGrids(Drawable drawable) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->margins[ii].axes); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); + axisPtr->drawGrids(drawable); + } + } +} + +void Graph::printAxes(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + for (Margin *mp = ops->margins, *mend = mp + 4; mp < mend; mp++) { + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(mp->axes); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); + axisPtr->print(psPtr); + } + } +} + +void Graph::printAxesGrids(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(ops->margins[ii].axes); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); + axisPtr->printGrids(psPtr); + } + } +} + +void Graph::printAxesLimits(PSOutput* psPtr) +{ + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor); + hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + axisPtr->printLimits(psPtr); + } +} + +int Graph::getAxis(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Axis **axisPtrPtr) +{ + *axisPtrPtr = NULL; + const char* name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); + if (!name || !name[0]) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&axes_.table, name); + if (!hPtr) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "can't find axis \"", name, "\" in \"", + Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + *axisPtrPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +ClientData Graph::axisTag(const char *tagName) +{ + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&axes_.tagTable, tagName, &isNew); + return Tcl_GetHashKey(&axes_.tagTable, hPtr); +} + +void Graph::adjustAxes() +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + if (ops->inverted) { + ops->leftMargin.axes = axisChain_[0]; + ops->bottomMargin.axes = axisChain_[1]; + ops->rightMargin.axes = axisChain_[2]; + ops->topMargin.axes = axisChain_[3]; + } + else { + ops->leftMargin.axes = axisChain_[1]; + ops->bottomMargin.axes = axisChain_[0]; + ops->rightMargin.axes = axisChain_[3]; + ops->topMargin.axes = axisChain_[2]; + } +} + +Point2d Graph::map2D(double x, double y, Axis* xAxis, Axis* yAxis) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + Point2d point; + if (ops->inverted) { + point.x = yAxis->hMap(y); + point.y = xAxis->vMap(x); + } + else { + point.x = xAxis->hMap(x); + point.y = yAxis->vMap(y); + } + return point; +} + +Point2d Graph::invMap2D(double x, double y, Axis* xAxis, Axis* yAxis) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + Point2d point; + if (ops->inverted) { + point.x = xAxis->invVMap(y); + point.y = yAxis->invHMap(x); + } + else { + point.x = xAxis->invHMap(x); + point.y = yAxis->invVMap(y); + } + return point; +} + +void Graph::resetAxes() +{ + // Step 1: Reset all axes. Initialize the data limits of the axis to + // impossible values. + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor); + hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + axisPtr->min_ = axisPtr->valueRange_.min = DBL_MAX; + axisPtr->max_ = axisPtr->valueRange_.max = -DBL_MAX; + } + + // Step 2: For each element that's to be displayed, get the smallest + // and largest data values mapped to each X and Y-axis. This + // will be the axis limits if the user doesn't override them + // with -min and -max options. + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Region2d exts; + + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* elemops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + elemPtr->extents(&exts); + elemops->xAxis->getDataLimits(exts.left, exts.right); + elemops->yAxis->getDataLimits(exts.top, exts.bottom); + } + + // Step 3: Now that we know the range of data values for each axis, + // set axis limits and compute a sweep to generate tick values. + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor); + hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + axisPtr->fixRange(); + + double min = axisPtr->min_; + double max = axisPtr->max_; + if ((!isnan(axisPtr->scrollMin_)) && (min < axisPtr->scrollMin_)) + min = axisPtr->scrollMin_; + + if ((!isnan(axisPtr->scrollMax_)) && (max > axisPtr->scrollMax_)) + max = axisPtr->scrollMax_; + + if (ops->logScale) + axisPtr->logScale(min, max); + else + axisPtr->linearScale(min, max); + } +} + +Axis* Graph::nearestAxis(int x, int y) +{ + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&axes_.table, &cursor); + hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Axis *axisPtr = (Axis*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + if (ops->hide || !axisPtr->use_) + continue; + + if (ops->showTicks) { + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(axisPtr->tickLabels_); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + TickLabel *labelPtr = (TickLabel*)Chain_GetValue(link); + double rw, rh; + Point2d bbox[5]; + getBoundingBox(labelPtr->width, labelPtr->height, ops->tickAngle, + &rw, &rh, bbox); + Point2d t; + t = anchorPoint(labelPtr->anchorPos.x, labelPtr->anchorPos.y, + rw, rh, axisPtr->tickAnchor_); + t.x = x - t.x - (rw * 0.5); + t.y = y - t.y - (rh * 0.5); + + bbox[4] = bbox[0]; + if (pointInPolygon(&t, bbox, 5)) { + return axisPtr; + } + } + } + + if (ops->title) { + int w, h; + double rw, rh; + Point2d bbox[5]; + getTextExtents(ops->titleFont, ops->title, -1, &w, &h); + getBoundingBox(w, h, axisPtr->titleAngle_, &rw, &rh, bbox); + Point2d t = anchorPoint(axisPtr->titlePos_.x, axisPtr->titlePos_.y, + rw, rh, axisPtr->titleAnchor_); + // Translate the point so that the 0,0 is the upper left + // corner of the bounding box + t.x = x - t.x - (rw * 0.5); + t.y = y - t.y - (rh * 0.5); + + bbox[4] = bbox[0]; + if (pointInPolygon(&t, bbox, 5)) { + return axisPtr; + } + } + if (ops->lineWidth > 0) { + if ((x <= axisPtr->right_) && (x >= axisPtr->left_) && + (y <= axisPtr->bottom_) && (y >= axisPtr->top_)) { + return axisPtr; + } + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +// Bind + +const char** Graph::getTags(ClientData object, ClassId classId, int* num) +{ + const char** tags =NULL; + + switch (classId) { + case CID_ELEM_BAR: + case CID_ELEM_LINE: + { + Element* ptr = (Element*)object; + ElementOptions* ops = (ElementOptions*)ptr->ops(); + int cnt =0; + for (const char** pp=ops->tags; *pp; pp++) + cnt++; + cnt +=2; + + tags = new const char*[cnt]; + tags[0] = (const char*)elementTag(ptr->name_); + tags[1] = (const char*)elementTag(ptr->className()); + int ii=2; + for (const char** pp = ops->tags; *pp; pp++, ii++) + tags[ii] = (const char*)elementTag(*pp); + + *num = cnt; + return tags; + } + break; + case CID_AXIS_X: + case CID_AXIS_Y: + { + Axis* ptr = (Axis*)object; + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)ptr->ops(); + int cnt =0; + for (const char** pp=ops->tags; *pp; pp++) + cnt++; + cnt +=2; + + tags = new const char*[cnt]; + tags[0] = (const char*)axisTag(ptr->name_); + tags[1] = (const char*)axisTag(ptr->className()); + int ii=2; + for (const char** pp = ops->tags; *pp; pp++, ii++) + tags[ii] = (const char*)axisTag(*pp); + + *num = cnt; + return tags; + } + break; + case CID_MARKER_BITMAP: + case CID_MARKER_LINE: + case CID_MARKER_POLYGON: + case CID_MARKER_TEXT: + { + Marker* ptr = (Marker*)object; + MarkerOptions* ops = (MarkerOptions*)ptr->ops(); + int cnt =0; + for (const char** pp=ops->tags; *pp; pp++) + cnt++; + cnt +=2; + + tags = new const char*[cnt]; + tags[0] = (const char*)markerTag(ptr->name_); + tags[1] = (const char*)markerTag(ptr->className()); + int ii=2; + for (const char** pp = ops->tags; *pp; pp++, ii++) + tags[ii] = (const char*)markerTag(*pp); + + *num = cnt; + return tags; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + return NULL; +} + +ClientData Graph::pickEntry(int xx, int yy, ClassId* classIdPtr) +{ + if (flags & (LAYOUT | MAP_MARKERS)) { + *classIdPtr = CID_NONE; + return NULL; + } + + // Sample coordinate is in one of the graph margins. Can only pick an axis. + Region2d exts; + extents(&exts); + if (xx>=exts.right || xx<exts.left || yy>=exts.bottom || yy<exts.top) { + Axis* axisPtr = nearestAxis(xx, yy); + if (axisPtr) { + *classIdPtr = axisPtr->classId(); + return axisPtr; + } + } + + // From top-to-bottom check: + // 1. markers drawn on top (-under false). + // 2. elements using its display list back to front. + // 3. markers drawn under element (-under true). + Marker* markerPtr = nearestMarker(xx, yy, 0); + if (markerPtr) { + *classIdPtr = markerPtr->classId(); + return markerPtr; + } + + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + ClosestSearch* searchPtr = &ops->search; + searchPtr->index = -1; + searchPtr->x = xx; + searchPtr->y = yy; + searchPtr->dist = (double)(searchPtr->halo + 1); + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_LastLink(elements_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_PrevLink(link)) { + Element* elemPtr = (Element*)Chain_GetValue(link); + ElementOptions* eops = (ElementOptions*)elemPtr->ops(); + if (eops->hide) + continue; + elemPtr->closest(); + } + + // Found an element within the minimum halo distance. + if (searchPtr->dist <= (double)searchPtr->halo) { + *classIdPtr = searchPtr->elemPtr->classId(); + return searchPtr->elemPtr; + } + + markerPtr = nearestMarker(xx, yy, 1); + if (markerPtr) { + *classIdPtr = markerPtr->classId(); + return markerPtr; + } + + *classIdPtr = CID_NONE; + return NULL; +} + +int Graph::getXY(const char* string, int* xPtr, int* yPtr) +{ + if (!string || !*string) { + *xPtr = -SHRT_MAX; + *yPtr = -SHRT_MAX; + return TCL_OK; + } + + if (*string != '@') { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "bad position \"", string, + "\": should be \"@x,y\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + char* comma = (char*)strchr(string + 1, ','); + if (!comma) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "bad position \"", string, + "\": should be \"@x,y\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + *comma = '\0'; + int x, y; + int result = ((Tk_GetPixels(interp_, tkwin_, string + 1, &x) == TCL_OK) && + (Tk_GetPixels(interp_, tkwin_, comma + 1, &y) == TCL_OK)); + *comma = ','; + if (!result) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, ": can't parse position \"", string, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + *xPtr = x; + *yPtr = y; + return TCL_OK; +} + +// Graphics + +void Graph::drawSegments(Drawable drawable, GC gc, + Segment2d* segments, int nSegments) +{ + for (Segment2d *sp = segments, *send = sp + nSegments; sp < send; sp++) + XDrawLine(display_, drawable, gc, (int)sp->p.x, (int)sp->p.y, (int)sp->q.x, (int)sp->q.y); +} + +GC Graph::getPrivateGC(unsigned long gcMask, XGCValues *valuePtr) +{ + Pixmap pixmap = None; + Drawable drawable = Tk_WindowId(tkwin_); + Display* display = Tk_Display(tkwin_); + if (drawable == None) + drawable = RootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin_),Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin_)); + + GC gc = XCreateGC(display, drawable, gcMask, valuePtr); + if (pixmap != None) + Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap); + + return gc; +} + +void Graph::freePrivateGC(GC gc) +{ + Tk_FreeXId(display_, (XID)XGContextFromGC(gc)); + XFreeGC(display_, gc); +} + +void Graph::setDashes(GC gc, Dashes* dashesPtr) +{ + XSetDashes(display_, gc, dashesPtr->offset, (const char*)dashesPtr->values, + (int)strlen((char*)dashesPtr->values)); +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f8df01 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraph.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGraph_h__ +#define __BltGraph_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltChain.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" +#include "tkbltGrText.h" + +typedef struct Ensemble { + const char *name; + Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc; + const struct Ensemble *subensemble; +} Ensemble; + +namespace Blt { + class Axis; + class BindTable; + class Crosshairs; + class Element; + class Marker; + class Legend; + class Pen; + class Postscript; + class PSOutput; + + class Pick { + public: + virtual ClientData pickEntry(int, int, ClassId*) =0; + }; + + typedef struct { + int halo; + int mode; + int x; + int y; + int along; + + Element* elemPtr; + Point2d point; + int index; + double dist; + } ClosestSearch; + + typedef struct { + int width; + int height; + int axesOffset; + int axesTitleLength; + int maxTickWidth; + int maxTickHeight; + unsigned int nAxes; + Chain* axes; + int reqSize; + int site; + } Margin; + + typedef struct { + Tcl_HashTable table; + Chain* displayList; + Tcl_HashTable tagTable; + } Component; + +#define rightMargin margins[MARGIN_RIGHT] +#define leftMargin margins[MARGIN_LEFT] +#define topMargin margins[MARGIN_TOP] +#define bottomMargin margins[MARGIN_BOTTOM] + + typedef struct { + double aspect; + Tk_3DBorder normalBg; + int borderWidth; + Margin margins[4]; + Tk_Cursor cursor; + TextStyleOptions titleTextStyle; + int reqHeight; + XColor* highlightBgColor; + XColor* highlightColor; + int highlightWidth; + int inverted; + Tk_3DBorder plotBg; + int plotBW; + int xPad; + int yPad; + int plotRelief; + int relief; + ClosestSearch search; + int stackAxes; + const char *takeFocus; // nor used in C code + const char *title; + int reqWidth; + int reqPlotWidth; + int reqPlotHeight; + } GraphOptions; + + class Graph : public Pick { + public: + Tcl_Interp* interp_; + Tk_Window tkwin_; + Display *display_; + Tcl_Command cmdToken_; + Tk_OptionTable optionTable_; + void* ops_; + int valid_; + + unsigned int flags; + int nextMarkerId_; + + Component axes_; + Component elements_; + Component markers_; + Tcl_HashTable penTable_; + BindTable* bindTable_; + Chain* axisChain_[4]; + + Legend* legend_; + Crosshairs* crosshairs_; + Postscript* postscript_; + + int inset_; + int titleX_; + int titleY_; + int titleWidth_; + int titleHeight_; + int width_; + int height_; + int left_; + int right_; + int top_; + int bottom_; + Axis* focusPtr_; + int halo_; + GC drawGC_; + int vRange_; + int hRange_; + int vOffset_; + int hOffset_; + double vScale_; + double hScale_; + Pixmap cache_; + int cacheWidth_; + int cacheHeight_; + + protected: + void layoutGraph(); + + void drawMargins(Drawable); + void printMargins(PSOutput*); + int getMarginGeometry(Margin*); + + void destroyPens(); + + void destroyElements(); + void configureElements(); + virtual void mapElements(); + void drawElements(Drawable); + void drawActiveElements(Drawable); + void printElements(PSOutput*); + void printActiveElements(PSOutput*); + + void destroyMarkers(); + void configureMarkers(); + void mapMarkers(); + void drawMarkers(Drawable, int); + void printMarkers(PSOutput*, int); + + int createAxes(); + void destroyAxes(); + void configureAxes(); + void mapAxes(); + void drawAxes(Drawable); + void drawAxesLimits(Drawable); + void drawAxesGrids(Drawable); + void adjustAxes(); + + public: + Graph(ClientData, Tcl_Interp*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []); + virtual ~Graph(); + + virtual int configure(); + void map(); + void draw(); + void eventuallyRedraw(); + int print(const char*, PSOutput*); + void extents(Region2d*); + int invoke(const Ensemble*, int, int, Tcl_Obj* const []); + void reconfigure(); + + int createAxis(int, Tcl_Obj* const []); + void printAxes(PSOutput*); + void printAxesGrids(PSOutput*); + void printAxesLimits(PSOutput*); + int getAxis(Tcl_Obj*, Axis**); + ClientData axisTag(const char*); + Point2d map2D(double, double, Axis*, Axis*); + Point2d invMap2D(double, double, Axis*, Axis*); + virtual void resetAxes(); + Axis* nearestAxis(int, int); + + ClientData markerTag(const char*); + Marker* nearestMarker(int, int, int); + int isElementHidden(Marker*); + + virtual int createElement(int, Tcl_Obj* const []) =0; + int getElement(Tcl_Obj*, Element**); + ClientData elementTag(const char*); + + virtual int createPen(const char*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []) =0; + int getPen(Tcl_Obj*, Pen**); + + int getXY(const char*, int*, int*); + void getTextExtents(Tk_Font, const char*, int, int*, int*); + void getBoundingBox(int, int, double, double*, double*, Point2d*); + Point2d anchorPoint(double, double, double, double, Tk_Anchor); + + const char** getTags(ClientData, ClassId, int*); + ClientData pickEntry(int, int, ClassId*); + + void drawSegments(Drawable, GC, Segment2d*, int); + void setDashes(GC, Dashes*); + + GC getPrivateGC(unsigned long, XGCValues*); + void freePrivateGC(GC); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..861c12a --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.C @@ -0,0 +1,516 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "tkbltGraphBar.h" +#include "tkbltGraphOp.h" + +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegd.h" +#include "tkbltGrHairs.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +// BarGroup + +BarGroup::BarGroup() +{ + nSegments =0; + xAxis =NULL; + yAxis =NULL; + sum =0; + count =0; + lastY =0; + index =0; +} + +// BarGraph + +static const char* barmodeObjOption[] = + {"normal", "stacked", "aligned", "overlap", NULL}; +static const char* searchModeObjOption[] = {"points", "traces", "auto", NULL}; +static const char* searchAlongObjOption[] = {"x", "y", "both", NULL}; + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-aspect", "aspect", "Aspect", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, aspect), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background", + STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, normalBg), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-barmode", "barMode", "BarMode", + "normal", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, barMode), + 0, &barmodeObjOption, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-barwidth", "barWidth", "BarWidth", + ".9", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, barWidth), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-baseline", "baseline", "Baseline", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, baseline), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bm", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-bottommargin", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", + STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, borderWidth), + 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-bottommargin", "bottomMargin", "BottomMargin", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, bottomMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", + "crosshair", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, cursor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", + STD_FONT_MEDIUM, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.font), + 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.color), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-halo", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-searchhalo", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", + "4i", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, reqHeight), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground", + "HighlightBackground", + STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, highlightBgColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, highlightColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness", + "HighlightThickness", + "2", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, highlightWidth), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-invertxy", "invertXY", "InvertXY", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, inverted), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify", + "center", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.justify), + 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-leftmargin", "leftMargin", "Margin", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, leftMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-lm", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-leftmargin", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-plotbackground", "plotbackground", "PlotBackground", + STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, plotBg), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotborderwidth", "plotBorderWidth", "PlotBorderWidth", + STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, plotBW), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotpadx", "plotPadX", "PlotPad", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, xPad), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotpady", "plotPadY", "PlotPad", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, yPad), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-plotrelief", "plotRelief", "Relief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, plotRelief), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, relief), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-rightmargin", "rightMargin", "Margin", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, rightMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-rm", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-rightmargin", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-searchhalo", "searchhalo", "SearchHalo", + "2m", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, search.halo), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-searchmode", "searchMode", "SearchMode", + "points", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, search.mode), + 0, &searchModeObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-searchalong", "searchAlong", "SearchAlong", + "both", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, search.along), + 0, &searchAlongObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stackaxes", "stackAxes", "StackAxes", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, stackAxes), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, takeFocus), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, title), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-tm", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-topmargin", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-topmargin", "topMargin", "TopMargin", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, topMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", + "5i", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, reqWidth), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotwidth", "plotWidth", "PlotWidth", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, reqPlotWidth), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotheight", "plotHeight", "PlotHeight", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(BarGraphOptions, reqPlotHeight), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +// Create + +BarGraph::BarGraph(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) + : Graph(clientData, interp, objc, objv) +{ + // problems so far? + if (!valid_) + return; + + ops_ = (BarGraphOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(BarGraphOptions)); + BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_; + + Tk_SetClass(tkwin_, "Barchart"); + + barGroups_ =NULL; + nBarGroups_ =0; + maxBarSetSize_ =0; + Tcl_InitHashTable(&setTable_, sizeof(BarSetKey)/sizeof(int)); + + ops->bottomMargin.site = MARGIN_BOTTOM; + ops->leftMargin.site = MARGIN_LEFT; + ops->topMargin.site = MARGIN_TOP; + ops->rightMargin.site = MARGIN_RIGHT; + + ops->titleTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_N; + ops->titleTextStyle.color =NULL; + ops->titleTextStyle.font =NULL; + ops->titleTextStyle.angle =0; + ops->titleTextStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp_, optionSpecs); + if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_, tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (GraphObjConfigure(this, interp_, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) { + valid_ =0; + return; + } + + // do this last after Tk_SetClass set + legend_ = new Legend(this); + crosshairs_ = new Crosshairs(this); + postscript_ = new Postscript(this); + + if (createPen("active", 0, NULL) != TCL_OK) { + valid_ =0; + return; + } + + if (createAxes() != TCL_OK) { + valid_ =0; + return; + } + + adjustAxes(); + + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp_), Tk_PathName(tkwin_), -1); +} + +BarGraph::~BarGraph() +{ + destroyBarSets(); +} + +int BarGraph::configure() +{ + BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_; + // Don't allow negative bar widths. Reset to an arbitrary value (0.1) + if (ops->barWidth <= 0.0) + ops->barWidth = 0.9; + + return Graph::configure(); +} + +int BarGraph::createPen(const char* penName, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&penTable_, penName, &isNew); + if (!isNew) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "pen \"", penName, "\" already exists in \"", + Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Pen* penPtr = new BarPen(this, penName, hPtr); + if (!penPtr) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, penPtr); + + if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)penPtr->ops(), penPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (PenObjConfigure(this, penPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) { + delete penPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + flags |= RESET; + eventuallyRedraw(); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +int BarGraph::createElement(int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + char *name = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + if (name[0] == '-') { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "name of element \"", name, + "\" can't start with a '-'", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&elements_.table, name, &isNew); + if (!isNew) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "element \"", name, + "\" already exists in \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), + "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Element* elemPtr = new BarElement(this, name, hPtr); + if (!elemPtr) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, elemPtr); + + if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)elemPtr->ops(), elemPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (ElementObjConfigure(elemPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) { + delete elemPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + elemPtr->link = elements_.displayList->append(elemPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +void BarGraph::mapElements() +{ + BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_; + if ((BarMode)ops->barMode != INFRONT) + resetBarSets(); + + Graph::mapElements(); +} + +void BarGraph::resetAxes() +{ + BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_; + + /* FIXME: This should be called whenever the display list of + * elements change. Maybe yet another flag INIT_STACKS to + * indicate that the element display list has changed. + * Needs to be done before the axis limits are set. + */ + initBarSets(); + if (((BarMode)ops->barMode == STACKED) && (nBarGroups_ > 0)) + computeBarStacks(); + + Graph::resetAxes(); +} + +void BarGraph::initBarSets() +{ + BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_; + + // Free resources associated with a previous frequency table. This includes + // the array of frequency information and the table itself + destroyBarSets(); + if ((BarMode)ops->barMode == INFRONT) + return; + + // Initialize a hash table and fill it with unique abscissas. Keep track + // of the frequency of each x-coordinate and how many abscissas have + // duplicate mappings. + Tcl_HashTable setTable; + Tcl_InitHashTable(&setTable, sizeof(BarSetKey)/sizeof(int)); + int nSegs =0; + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList); + link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + BarElement* bePtr = (BarElement*)Chain_GetValue(link); + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)bePtr->ops(); + if (ops->hide) + continue; + + nSegs++; + if (ops->coords.x) { + int nPoints = ops->coords.x->nValues(); + for (double *x=ops->coords.x->values_, *xend=x+nPoints; x<xend; x++) { + BarSetKey key; + key.value =*x; + key.xAxis =ops->xAxis; + key.yAxis =NULL; + + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hhPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&setTable, (char*)&key, &isNew); + Tcl_HashTable* tablePtr; + if (isNew) { + tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)malloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable)); + Tcl_InitHashTable(tablePtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Tcl_SetHashValue(hhPtr, tablePtr); + } + else + tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hhPtr); + + const char* name = ops->groupName ? ops->groupName : ops->yAxis->name_; + Tcl_HashEntry* hhPtr2 = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, name, &isNew); + size_t count =1; + if (!isNew) { + count = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(hhPtr2); + count++; + } + Tcl_SetHashValue(hhPtr2, count); + } + } + } + + // no bar elements to be displayed + if (setTable.numEntries == 0) + return; + + int sum =0; + int max =0; + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hhPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&setTable, &iter); hhPtr; + hhPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + BarSetKey* keyPtr = (BarSetKey*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&setTable, hhPtr); + Tcl_HashTable* tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hhPtr); + + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&setTable_, (char*)keyPtr, &isNew); + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, tablePtr); + + if (max < tablePtr->numEntries) + max = tablePtr->numEntries; // # of stacks in group + sum += tablePtr->numEntries; + } + + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&setTable); + + if (sum > 0) { + barGroups_ = new BarGroup[sum]; + BarGroup* groupPtr = barGroups_; + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&setTable_, &iter); + hPtr; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + BarSetKey* keyPtr = (BarSetKey*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&setTable_, hPtr); + Tcl_HashTable* tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + + size_t xcount = 0; + Tcl_HashSearch iter2; + for (Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr2 = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(tablePtr, &iter2); + hPtr2; hPtr2 = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter2)) { + size_t count = (size_t)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr2); + groupPtr->nSegments = count; + groupPtr->xAxis = keyPtr->xAxis; + groupPtr->yAxis = keyPtr->yAxis; + groupPtr->index = xcount++; + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr2, groupPtr); + + groupPtr++; + } + } + } + + maxBarSetSize_ = max; + nBarGroups_ = sum; +} + +void BarGraph::destroyBarSets() +{ + delete [] barGroups_; + barGroups_ = NULL; + + nBarGroups_ = 0; + Tcl_HashSearch iter; + for (Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&setTable_, &iter); hPtr; + hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&iter)) { + Tcl_HashTable* tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(tablePtr); + free(tablePtr); + } + + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&setTable_); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&setTable_, sizeof(BarSetKey)/sizeof(int)); +} + +void BarGraph::resetBarSets() +{ + for (BarGroup *gp = barGroups_, *gend = gp + nBarGroups_; gp < gend; gp++) { + gp->lastY = 0.0; + gp->count = 0; + } +} + +void BarGraph::computeBarStacks() +{ + BarGraphOptions* ops = (BarGraphOptions*)ops_; + + if (((BarMode)ops->barMode != STACKED) || (nBarGroups_ == 0)) + return; + + // Initialize the stack sums to zero + for (BarGroup *gp = barGroups_, *gend = gp + nBarGroups_; gp < gend; gp++) + gp->sum = 0.0; + + // Consider each bar x-y coordinate. Add the ordinates of duplicate + // abscissas + + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(elements_.displayList); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + BarElement* bePtr = (BarElement*)Chain_GetValue(link); + BarElementOptions* ops = (BarElementOptions*)bePtr->ops(); + if (ops->hide) + continue; + + if (ops->coords.x && ops->coords.y) { + for (double *x=ops->coords.x->values_, *y=ops->coords.y->values_, + *xend=x+ops->coords.x->nValues(); x<xend; x++, y++) { + BarSetKey key; + key.value =*x; + key.xAxis =ops->xAxis; + key.yAxis =NULL; + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&setTable_, (char*)&key); + if (!hPtr) + continue; + + Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + const char *name = ops->groupName ? ops->groupName : ops->yAxis->name_; + hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(tablePtr, name); + if (!hPtr) + continue; + + BarGroup *groupPtr = (BarGroup*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + groupPtr->sum += *y; + } + } + } +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ee1ab8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphBar.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGraphBar_h__ +#define __BltGraphBar_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + double value; + Axis* xAxis; + Axis* yAxis; + } BarSetKey; + + class BarGroup { + public: + int nSegments; + Axis* xAxis; + Axis* yAxis; + double sum; + int count; + double lastY; + size_t index; + + public: + BarGroup(); + }; + + typedef struct { + double aspect; + Tk_3DBorder normalBg; + int borderWidth; + Margin margins[4]; + Tk_Cursor cursor; + TextStyleOptions titleTextStyle; + int reqHeight; + XColor* highlightBgColor; + XColor* highlightColor; + int highlightWidth; + int inverted; + Tk_3DBorder plotBg; + int plotBW; + int xPad; + int yPad; + int plotRelief; + int relief; + ClosestSearch search; + int stackAxes; + const char *takeFocus; // nor used in C code + const char *title; + int reqWidth; + int reqPlotWidth; + int reqPlotHeight; + + // bar graph + int barMode; + double barWidth; + double baseline; + } BarGraphOptions; + + class BarGraph : public Graph { + public: + enum BarMode {INFRONT, STACKED, ALIGNED, OVERLAP}; + + public: + BarGroup* barGroups_; + int nBarGroups_; + Tcl_HashTable setTable_; + int maxBarSetSize_; + + protected: + void resetAxes(); + void mapElements(); + void initBarSets(); + void destroyBarSets(); + void resetBarSets(); + void computeBarStacks(); + + public: + BarGraph(ClientData, Tcl_Interp*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []); + virtual ~BarGraph(); + + int configure(); + int createPen(const char*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []); + int createElement(int, Tcl_Obj* const []); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe3f5d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.C @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "tkbltGraphLine.h" +#include "tkbltGraphOp.h" + +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenBar.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemBar.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemLine.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegd.h" +#include "tkbltGrHairs.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h" +#include "tkbltGrDef.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static const char* searchModeObjOption[] = {"points", "traces", "auto", NULL}; +static const char* searchAlongObjOption[] = {"x", "y", "both", NULL}; + +static Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { + {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-aspect", "aspect", "Aspect", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, aspect), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background", + STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, normalBg), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-borderwidth", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-background", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bm", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-bottommargin", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", + STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, borderWidth), + 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-bottommargin", "bottomMargin", "BottomMargin", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, bottomMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", + "crosshair", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, cursor), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-foreground", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", + STD_FONT_MEDIUM, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.font), + 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, + Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.color), 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-halo", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-searchhalo", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", + "4i", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, reqHeight), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground", + "HighlightBackground", + STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, highlightBgColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor", + STD_NORMAL_FOREGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, highlightColor), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness", + "HighlightThickness", + "2", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, highlightWidth), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-invertxy", "invertXY", "InvertXY", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, inverted), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify", + "center", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, titleTextStyle.justify), + 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-leftmargin", "leftMargin", "Margin", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, leftMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-lm", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-leftmargin", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-plotbackground", "plotbackground", "PlotBackground", + STD_NORMAL_BACKGROUND, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, plotBg), + 0, NULL, CACHE}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotborderwidth", "plotBorderWidth", "PlotBorderWidth", + STD_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, plotBW), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotpadx", "plotPadX", "PlotPad", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, xPad), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotpady", "plotPadY", "PlotPad", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, yPad), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-plotrelief", "plotRelief", "Relief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, plotRelief), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", + "flat", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, relief), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-rightmargin", "rightMargin", "Margin", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, rightMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-rm", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-rightmargin", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-searchhalo", "searchhalo", "SearchHalo", + "2m", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, search.halo), 0, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-searchmode", "searchMode", "SearchMode", + "points", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, search.mode), + 0, &searchModeObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-searchalong", "searchAlong", "SearchAlong", + "both", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, search.along), + 0, &searchAlongObjOption, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stackaxes", "stackAxes", "StackAxes", + "no", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, stackAxes), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, takeFocus), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, 0}, + {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title", + NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, title), + TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-tm", NULL, NULL, + NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData)"-topmargin", 0}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-topmargin", "topMargin", "TopMargin", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, topMargin.reqSize), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", + "5i", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, reqWidth), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotwidth", "plotWidth", "PlotWidth", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, reqPlotWidth), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-plotheight", "plotHeight", "PlotHeight", + "0", -1, Tk_Offset(LineGraphOptions, reqPlotHeight), 0, NULL, RESET}, + {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0} +}; + +// Create + +LineGraph::LineGraph(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) + : Graph(clientData, interp, objc, objv) +{ + // problems so far? + if (!valid_) + return; + + ops_ = (LineGraphOptions*)calloc(1, sizeof(LineGraphOptions)); + LineGraphOptions* ops = (LineGraphOptions*)ops_; + + Tk_SetClass(tkwin_, "Graph"); + + ops->bottomMargin.site = MARGIN_BOTTOM; + ops->leftMargin.site = MARGIN_LEFT; + ops->topMargin.site = MARGIN_TOP; + ops->rightMargin.site = MARGIN_RIGHT; + + ops->titleTextStyle.anchor = TK_ANCHOR_N; + ops->titleTextStyle.color =NULL; + ops->titleTextStyle.font =NULL; + ops->titleTextStyle.angle =0; + ops->titleTextStyle.justify =TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT; + + optionTable_ = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp_, optionSpecs); + if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)ops_, optionTable_, tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (GraphObjConfigure(this, interp_, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) { + valid_ =0; + return; + } + + // do this last after Tk_SetClass set + legend_ = new Legend(this); + crosshairs_ = new Crosshairs(this); + postscript_ = new Postscript(this); + + if (createPen("active", 0, NULL) != TCL_OK) { + valid_ =0; + return; + } + + if (createAxes() != TCL_OK) { + valid_ =0; + return; + } + + adjustAxes(); + + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp_), Tk_PathName(tkwin_), -1); +} + +LineGraph::~LineGraph() +{ +} + +int LineGraph::createPen(const char* penName, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&penTable_, penName, &isNew); + if (!isNew) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "pen \"", penName, "\" already exists in \"", + Tk_PathName(tkwin_), "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Pen* penPtr = new LinePen(this, penName, hPtr); + if (!penPtr) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, penPtr); + + if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)penPtr->ops(), penPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (PenObjConfigure(this, penPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) { + delete penPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +int LineGraph::createElement(int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + char *name = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + if (name[0] == '-') { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "name of element \"", name, + "\" can't start with a '-'", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + int isNew; + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = + Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&elements_.table, name, &isNew); + if (!isNew) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp_, "element \"", name, + "\" already exists in \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), + "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Element* elemPtr = new LineElement(this, name, hPtr); + if (!elemPtr) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, elemPtr); + + if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp_, (char*)elemPtr->ops(), elemPtr->optionTable(), tkwin_) != TCL_OK) || (ElementObjConfigure(elemPtr, interp_, objc-4, objv+4) != TCL_OK)) { + delete elemPtr; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + elemPtr->link = elements_.displayList->append(elemPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea8d2a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphLine.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGraphLine_h__ +#define __BltGraphLine_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + double aspect; + Tk_3DBorder normalBg; + int borderWidth; + Margin margins[4]; + Tk_Cursor cursor; + Blt::TextStyleOptions titleTextStyle; + int reqHeight; + XColor* highlightBgColor; + XColor* highlightColor; + int highlightWidth; + int inverted; + Tk_3DBorder plotBg; + int plotBW; + int xPad; + int yPad; + int plotRelief; + int relief; + ClosestSearch search; + int stackAxes; + const char *takeFocus; // nor used in C code + const char *title; + int reqWidth; + int reqPlotWidth; + int reqPlotHeight; + } LineGraphOptions; + + class LineGraph : public Graph { + public: + LineGraph(ClientData, Tcl_Interp*, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const []); + virtual ~LineGraph(); + + int createElement(int, Tcl_Obj* const []); + int createPen(const char*, int, Tcl_Obj* const []); + }; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ada2758 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,462 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <string.h> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGraphLine.h" +#include "tkbltGraphBar.h" +#include "tkbltGraphOp.h" + +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxisOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrElemOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrHairs.h" +#include "tkbltGrHairsOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegd.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegdOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarker.h" +#include "tkbltGrMarkerOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscript.h" +#include "tkbltGrPostscriptOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrPen.h" +#include "tkbltGrPenOp.h" +#include "tkbltGrXAxisOp.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static Tcl_ObjCmdProc BarchartObjCmd; +static Tcl_ObjCmdProc GraphObjCmd; + +static Axis* GetFirstAxis(Chain* chain); + +int GraphObjConfigure(Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; + int mask =0; + int error; + Tcl_Obj* errorResult; + + for (error=0; error<=1; error++) { + if (!error) { + if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)graphPtr->ops_, graphPtr->optionTable_, + objc, objv, graphPtr->tkwin_, &savedOptions, &mask) + != TCL_OK) + continue; + } + else { + errorResult = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(errorResult); + Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + } + + if (graphPtr->configure() != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + graphPtr->flags |= mask; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + + break; + } + + if (!error) { + Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); + return TCL_OK; + } + else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +} + +static int CgetOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc != 3) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, + (char*)graphPtr->ops_, + graphPtr->optionTable_, + objv[2], graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ConfigureOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (objc <= 3) { + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char*)graphPtr->ops_, + graphPtr->optionTable_, + (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, + graphPtr->tkwin_); + if (objPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + else + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + else + return GraphObjConfigure(graphPtr, interp, objc-2, objv+2); +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * ExtentsOp -- + * + * Reports the size of one of several items within the graph. The + * following are valid items: + * + * "bottommargin" Height of the bottom margin + * "leftmargin" Width of the left margin + * "legend" x y w h of the legend + * "plotarea" x y w h of the plotarea + * "plotheight" Height of the plot area + * "rightmargin" Width of the right margin + * "topmargin" Height of the top margin + * "plotwidth" Width of the plot area + * + * Results: + * Always returns TCL_OK. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int ExtentsOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)graphPtr->ops_; + int length; + const char* string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length); + char c = string[0]; + if ((c == 'p') && (length > 4) && + (strncmp("plotheight", string, length) == 0)) { + int height = graphPtr->bottom_ - graphPtr->top_ + 1; + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), height); + } + else if ((c == 'p') && (length > 4) && + (strncmp("plotwidth", string, length) == 0)) { + int width = graphPtr->right_ - graphPtr->left_ + 1; + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), width); + } + else if ((c == 'p') && (length > 4) && + (strncmp("plotarea", string, length) == 0)) { + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->left_)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->top_)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->right_ - graphPtr->left_+1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->bottom_ - graphPtr->top_+1)); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + } + else if ((c == 'l') && (length > 2) && + (strncmp("legend", string, length) == 0)) { + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->legend_->x_)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->legend_->y_)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->legend_->width_)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewIntObj(graphPtr->legend_->height_)); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + } + else if ((c == 'l') && (length > 2) && + (strncmp("leftmargin", string, length) == 0)) { + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), ops->leftMargin.width); + } + else if ((c == 'r') && (length > 1) && + (strncmp("rightmargin", string, length) == 0)) { + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), ops->rightMargin.width); + } + else if ((c == 't') && (length > 1) && + (strncmp("topmargin", string, length) == 0)) { + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), ops->topMargin.height); + } + else if ((c == 'b') && (length > 1) && + (strncmp("bottommargin", string, length) == 0)) { + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), ops->bottomMargin.height); + } + else { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad extent item \"", objv[2], + "\": should be plotheight, plotwidth, leftmargin, rightmargin, \ +topmargin, bottommargin, plotarea, or legend", (char*)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int InsideOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (objc != 4) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + int x; + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int y; + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Region2d exts; + graphPtr->extents(&exts); + + int result = (x<=exts.right && x>=exts.left && y<=exts.bottom && y>=exts.top); + Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), result); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int InvtransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + double x, y; + if ((Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) || + (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (graphPtr->flags & RESET) + graphPtr->resetAxes(); + + // Perform the reverse transformation, converting from window coordinates + // to graph data coordinates. Note that the point is always mapped to the + // bottom and left axes (which may not be what the user wants) + Axis* xAxis = GetFirstAxis(graphPtr->axisChain_[0]); + Axis* yAxis = GetFirstAxis(graphPtr->axisChain_[1]); + Point2d point = graphPtr->invMap2D(x, y, xAxis, yAxis); + + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(point.x)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(point.y)); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int TransformOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + double x, y; + if ((Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) || + (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (graphPtr->flags & RESET) + graphPtr->resetAxes(); + + // Perform the transformation from window to graph coordinates. Note that + // the points are always mapped onto the bottom and left axes (which may + // not be the what the user wants + Axis* xAxis = GetFirstAxis(graphPtr->axisChain_[0]); + Axis* yAxis = GetFirstAxis(graphPtr->axisChain_[1]); + + Point2d point = graphPtr->map2D(x, y, xAxis, yAxis); + + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)point.x)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)point.y)); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static const Ensemble graphEnsemble[] = { + {"axis", 0, Blt::axisEnsemble}, + {"bar", 0, Blt::elementEnsemble}, + {"cget", CgetOp, 0}, + {"configure", ConfigureOp, 0}, + {"crosshairs", 0, Blt::crosshairsEnsemble}, + {"element", 0, Blt::elementEnsemble}, + {"extents", ExtentsOp, 0}, + {"inside", InsideOp, 0}, + {"invtransform",InvtransformOp, 0}, + {"legend", 0, Blt::legendEnsemble}, + {"line", 0, Blt::elementEnsemble}, + {"marker", 0, Blt::markerEnsemble}, + {"pen", 0, Blt::penEnsemble}, + {"postscript", 0, Blt::postscriptEnsemble}, + {"transform", TransformOp, 0}, + {"xaxis", 0, Blt::xaxisEnsemble}, + {"yaxis", 0, Blt::xaxisEnsemble}, + {"x2axis", 0, Blt::xaxisEnsemble}, + {"y2axis", 0, Blt::xaxisEnsemble}, + { 0,0,0 } +}; + +// Support + +static Axis* GetFirstAxis(Chain* chain) +{ + ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(chain); + if (!link) + return NULL; + + return (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); +} + +// Tk Interface + +int Blt_GraphCmdInitProc(Tcl_Interp* interp) +{ + Tcl_Namespace* nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, "::blt", NULL, + TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG); + if (nsPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + { + const char* cmdPath = "::blt::graph"; + Tcl_Command cmdToken = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, cmdPath, NULL, 0); + if (cmdToken) + return TCL_OK; + cmdToken = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPath, GraphObjCmd, NULL, NULL); + if (Tcl_Export(interp, nsPtr, "graph", 0) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + { + const char* cmdPath = "::blt::barchart"; + Tcl_Command cmdToken = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, cmdPath, NULL, 0); + if (cmdToken) + return TCL_OK; + cmdToken = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPath, BarchartObjCmd, NULL,NULL); + if (Tcl_Export(interp, nsPtr, "barchart", 0) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int GraphObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (objc < 2) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Graph* graphPtr = new LineGraph(clientData, interp, objc, objv); + return graphPtr->valid_ ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR; +} + +static int BarchartObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (objc < 2) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Graph* graphPtr = new BarGraph(clientData, interp, objc, objv); + return graphPtr->valid_ ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR; +} + +int GraphInstCmdProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + Tcl_Preserve(graphPtr); + int result = graphPtr->invoke(graphEnsemble, 1, objc, objv); + Tcl_Release(graphPtr); + return result; +} + +// called by Tcl_DeleteCommand +void GraphInstCmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + if (!(graphPtr->flags & GRAPH_DELETED)) + Tk_DestroyWindow(graphPtr->tkwin_); +} + +void GraphEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent* eventPtr) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + + if (eventPtr->type == Expose) { + if (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0) + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + } + else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn || eventPtr->type == FocusOut) { + if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { + if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) + graphPtr->flags |= FOCUS; + else + graphPtr->flags &= ~FOCUS; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + } + } + else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { + if (!(graphPtr->flags & GRAPH_DELETED)) { + graphPtr->flags |= GRAPH_DELETED; + Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(graphPtr->interp_, graphPtr->cmdToken_); + if (graphPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayGraph, graphPtr); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(graphPtr, DestroyGraph); + } + } + else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { + graphPtr->flags |= RESET; + graphPtr->eventuallyRedraw(); + } +} + +void DisplayGraph(ClientData clientData) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)clientData; + graphPtr->draw(); +} + +// called by Tcl_EventuallyFree and others +void DestroyGraph(char* dataPtr) +{ + Graph* graphPtr = (Graph*)dataPtr; + delete graphPtr; +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff3f6ef --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltGraphOp_h__ +#define __BltGraphOp_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +extern int GraphObjConfigure(Blt::Graph* graphPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); + +extern Tcl_ObjCmdProc GraphInstCmdProc; +extern Tcl_CmdDeleteProc GraphInstCmdDeleteProc; +extern Tk_EventProc GraphEventProc; +extern Tcl_IdleProc DisplayGraph; +extern Tcl_FreeProc DestroyGraph; + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphSup.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphSup.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5eb3d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltGraphSup.C @@ -0,0 +1,686 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltGraph.h" +#include "tkbltGrAxis.h" +#include "tkbltGrElem.h" +#include "tkbltGrLegd.h" +#include "tkbltGrMisc.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define AXIS_PAD_TITLE 2 +#define ROTATE_0 0 +#define ROTATE_90 1 +#define ROTATE_180 2 +#define ROTATE_270 3 + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * layoutGraph -- + * + * Calculate the layout of the graph. Based upon the data, axis limits, + * X and Y titles, and title height, determine the cavity left which is + * the plotting surface. The first step get the data and axis limits for + * calculating the space needed for the top, bottom, left, and right + * margins. + * + * 1) The LEFT margin is the area from the left border to the Y axis + * (not including ticks). It composes the border width, the width an + * optional Y axis label and its padding, and the tick numeric labels. + * The Y axis label is rotated 90 degrees so that the width is the + * font height. + * + * 2) The RIGHT margin is the area from the end of the graph + * to the right window border. It composes the border width, + * some padding, the font height (this may be dubious. It + * appears to provide a more even border), the max of the + * legend width and 1/2 max X tick number. This last part is + * so that the last tick label is not clipped. + * + * Window Width + * ___________________________________________________________ + * | | | | + * | | TOP height of title | | + * | | | | + * | | x2 title | | + * | | | | + * | | height of x2-axis | | + * |__________|_______________________________|_______________| W + * | | -plotpady | | i + * |__________|_______________________________|_______________| n + * | | top right | | d + * | | | | o + * | LEFT | | RIGHT | w + * | | | | + * | y | Free area = 104% | y2 | H + * | | Plotting surface = 100% | | e + * | t | Tick length = 2 + 2% | t | i + * | i | | i | g + * | t | | t legend| h + * | l | | l width| t + * | e | | e | + * | height| |height | + * | of | | of | + * | y-axis| |y2-axis | + * | | | | + * | |origin 0,0 | | + * |__________|_left_________________bottom___|_______________| + * | |-plotpady | | + * |__________|_______________________________|_______________| + * | | (xoffset, yoffset) | | + * | | | | + * | | height of x-axis | | + * | | | | + * | | BOTTOM x title | | + * |__________|_______________________________|_______________| + * + * 3) The TOP margin is the area from the top window border to the top + * of the graph. It composes the border width, twice the height of + * the title font (if one is given) and some padding between the + * title. + * + * 4) The BOTTOM margin is area from the bottom window border to the + * X axis (not including ticks). It composes the border width, the height + * an optional X axis label and its padding, the height of the font + * of the tick labels. + * + * The plotting area is between the margins which includes the X and Y axes + * including the ticks but not the tick numeric labels. The length of the + * ticks and its padding is 5% of the entire plotting area. Hence the entire + * plotting area is scaled as 105% of the width and height of the area. + * + * The axis labels, ticks labels, title, and legend may or may not be + * displayed which must be taken into account. + * + * if reqWidth > 0 : set outer size + * if reqPlotWidth > 0 : set plot size + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void Graph::layoutGraph() +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + + int width = width_; + int height = height_; + + // Step 1 + // Compute the amount of space needed to display the axes + // associated with each margin. They can be overridden by + // -leftmargin, -rightmargin, -bottommargin, and -topmargin + // graph options, respectively. + int left = getMarginGeometry(&ops->leftMargin); + int right = getMarginGeometry(&ops->rightMargin); + int top = getMarginGeometry(&ops->topMargin); + int bottom = getMarginGeometry(&ops->bottomMargin); + + int pad = ops->bottomMargin.maxTickWidth; + if (pad < ops->topMargin.maxTickWidth) + pad = ops->topMargin.maxTickWidth; + + pad = pad / 2 + 3; + if (right < pad) + right = pad; + + if (left < pad) + left = pad; + + pad = ops->leftMargin.maxTickHeight; + if (pad < ops->rightMargin.maxTickHeight) + pad = ops->rightMargin.maxTickHeight; + + pad = pad / 2; + if (top < pad) + top = pad; + + if (bottom < pad) + bottom = pad; + + if (ops->leftMargin.reqSize > 0) + left = ops->leftMargin.reqSize; + + if (ops->rightMargin.reqSize > 0) + right = ops->rightMargin.reqSize; + + if (ops->topMargin.reqSize > 0) + top = ops->topMargin.reqSize; + + if (ops->bottomMargin.reqSize > 0) + bottom = ops->bottomMargin.reqSize; + + // Step 2 + // Add the graph title height to the top margin. + if (ops->title) + top += titleHeight_ + 6; + + int inset = (inset_ + ops->plotBW); + int inset2 = 2 * inset; + + // Step 3 + // Estimate the size of the plot area from the remaining + // space. This may be overridden by the -plotwidth and + // -plotheight graph options. We use this to compute the + // size of the legend. + if (width == 0) + width = 400; + + if (height == 0) + height = 400; + + int plotWidth = (ops->reqPlotWidth > 0) ? ops->reqPlotWidth : + width - (inset2 + left + right); + int plotHeight = (ops->reqPlotHeight > 0) ? ops->reqPlotHeight : + height - (inset2 + top + bottom); + legend_->map(plotWidth, plotHeight); + + // Step 4 + // Add the legend to the appropiate margin. + if (!legend_->isHidden()) { + switch (legend_->position()) { + case Legend::RIGHT: + right += legend_->width_ + 2; + break; + case Legend::LEFT: + left += legend_->width_ + 2; + break; + case Legend::TOP: + top += legend_->height_ + 2; + break; + case Legend::BOTTOM: + bottom += legend_->height_ + 2; + break; + case Legend::XY: + case Legend::PLOT: + break; + } + } + + // Recompute the plotarea or graph size, now accounting for the legend. + if (ops->reqPlotWidth == 0) { + plotWidth = width - (inset2 + left + right); + if (plotWidth < 1) + plotWidth = 1; + } + if (ops->reqPlotHeight == 0) { + plotHeight = height - (inset2 + top + bottom); + if (plotHeight < 1) + plotHeight = 1; + } + + // Step 5 + // If necessary, correct for the requested plot area aspect ratio. + if ((ops->reqPlotWidth == 0) && (ops->reqPlotHeight == 0) && + (ops->aspect > 0.0)) { + double ratio; + + // Shrink one dimension of the plotarea to fit the requested + // width/height aspect ratio. + ratio = plotWidth / plotHeight; + if (ratio > ops->aspect) { + // Shrink the width + int scaledWidth = (int)(plotHeight * ops->aspect); + if (scaledWidth < 1) + scaledWidth = 1; + + // Add the difference to the right margin. + // CHECK THIS: w = scaledWidth + right += (plotWidth - scaledWidth); + } + else { + // Shrink the height + int scaledHeight = (int)(plotWidth / ops->aspect); + if (scaledHeight < 1) + scaledHeight = 1; + + // Add the difference to the top margin + // CHECK THIS: h = scaledHeight; + top += (plotHeight - scaledHeight); + } + } + + // Step 6 + // If there's multiple axes in a margin, the axis titles will be + // displayed in the adjoining margins. Make sure there's room + // for the longest axis titles. + if (top < ops->leftMargin.axesTitleLength) + top = ops->leftMargin.axesTitleLength; + + if (right < ops->bottomMargin.axesTitleLength) + right = ops->bottomMargin.axesTitleLength; + + if (top < ops->rightMargin.axesTitleLength) + top = ops->rightMargin.axesTitleLength; + + if (right < ops->topMargin.axesTitleLength) + right = ops->topMargin.axesTitleLength; + + // Step 7 + // Override calculated values with requested margin sizes. + if (ops->leftMargin.reqSize > 0) + left = ops->leftMargin.reqSize; + + if (ops->rightMargin.reqSize > 0) + right = ops->rightMargin.reqSize; + + if (ops->topMargin.reqSize > 0) + top = ops->topMargin.reqSize; + + if (ops->bottomMargin.reqSize > 0) + bottom = ops->bottomMargin.reqSize; + + if (ops->reqPlotWidth > 0) { + // Width of plotarea is constained. If there's extra space, add it to + // the left and/or right margins. If there's too little, grow the + // graph width to accomodate it. + int w = plotWidth + inset2 + left + right; + + // Extra space in window + if (width > w) { + int extra = (width - w) / 2; + if (ops->leftMargin.reqSize == 0) { + left += extra; + if (ops->rightMargin.reqSize == 0) + right += extra; + else + left += extra; + } + else if (ops->rightMargin.reqSize == 0) + right += extra + extra; + } + else if (width < w) + width = w; + } + + // Constrain the plotarea height + if (ops->reqPlotHeight > 0) { + + // Height of plotarea is constained. If there's extra space, + // add it to th top and/or bottom margins. If there's too little, + // grow the graph height to accomodate it. + int h = plotHeight + inset2 + top + bottom; + + // Extra space in window + if (height > h) { + int extra = (height - h) / 2; + if (ops->topMargin.reqSize == 0) { + top += extra; + if (ops->bottomMargin.reqSize == 0) + bottom += extra; + else + top += extra; + } + else if (ops->bottomMargin.reqSize == 0) + bottom += extra + extra; + } + else if (height < h) + height = h; + } + + width_ = width; + height_ = height; + left_ = left + inset; + top_ = top + inset; + right_ = width - right - inset; + bottom_ = height - bottom - inset; + + ops->leftMargin.width = left + inset_; + ops->rightMargin.width = right + inset_; + ops->topMargin.height = top + inset_; + ops->bottomMargin.height = bottom + inset_; + + vOffset_ = top_ + ops->yPad; + vRange_ = plotHeight - 2*ops->yPad; + hOffset_ = left_ + ops->xPad; + hRange_ = plotWidth - 2*ops->xPad; + + if (vRange_ < 1) + vRange_ = 1; + + if (hRange_ < 1) + hRange_ = 1; + + hScale_ = 1.0 / hRange_; + vScale_ = 1.0 / vRange_; + + // Calculate the placement of the graph title so it is centered within the + // space provided for it in the top margin + titleY_ = 3 + inset_; + titleX_ = (right_ + left_) / 2; +} + +int Graph::getMarginGeometry(Margin *marginPtr) +{ + GraphOptions* ops = (GraphOptions*)ops_; + int isHoriz = !(marginPtr->site & 0x1); /* Even sites are horizontal */ + + // Count the visible axes. + unsigned int nVisible = 0; + unsigned int l =0; + int w =0; + int h =0; + + marginPtr->maxTickWidth =0; + marginPtr->maxTickHeight =0; + + if (ops->stackAxes) { + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(marginPtr->axes); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + if (!ops->hide && axisPtr->use_) { + nVisible++; + axisPtr->getGeometry(); + + if (isHoriz) { + if (h < axisPtr->height_) + h = axisPtr->height_; + } + else { + if (w < axisPtr->width_) + w = axisPtr->width_; + } + if (axisPtr->maxTickWidth_ > marginPtr->maxTickWidth) + marginPtr->maxTickWidth = axisPtr->maxTickWidth_; + + if (axisPtr->maxTickHeight_ > marginPtr->maxTickHeight) + marginPtr->maxTickHeight = axisPtr->maxTickHeight_; + } + } + } + else { + for (ChainLink* link = Chain_FirstLink(marginPtr->axes); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + Axis* axisPtr = (Axis*)Chain_GetValue(link); + AxisOptions* ops = (AxisOptions*)axisPtr->ops(); + if (!ops->hide && axisPtr->use_) { + nVisible++; + axisPtr->getGeometry(); + + if ((ops->titleAlternate) && (l < axisPtr->titleWidth_)) + l = axisPtr->titleWidth_; + + if (isHoriz) + h += axisPtr->height_; + else + w += axisPtr->width_; + + if (axisPtr->maxTickWidth_ > marginPtr->maxTickWidth) + marginPtr->maxTickWidth = axisPtr->maxTickWidth_; + + if (axisPtr->maxTickHeight_ > marginPtr->maxTickHeight) + marginPtr->maxTickHeight = axisPtr->maxTickHeight_; + } + } + } + // Enforce a minimum size for margins. + if (w < 3) + w = 3; + + if (h < 3) + h = 3; + + marginPtr->nAxes = nVisible; + marginPtr->axesTitleLength = l; + marginPtr->width = w; + marginPtr->height = h; + marginPtr->axesOffset = (isHoriz) ? h : w; + return marginPtr->axesOffset; +} + +void Graph::getTextExtents(Tk_Font font, const char *text, int textLen, + int* ww, int* hh) +{ + if (!text) { + *ww =0; + *hh =0; + return; + } + + Tk_FontMetrics fm; + Tk_GetFontMetrics(font, &fm); + int lineHeight = fm.linespace; + + if (textLen < 0) + textLen = strlen(text); + + int maxWidth =0; + int maxHeight =0; + int lineLen =0; + const char *line =NULL; + const char *p, *pend; + for (p =line=text, pend=text+textLen; p<pend; p++) { + if (*p == '\n') { + if (lineLen > 0) { + int lineWidth = Tk_TextWidth(font, line, lineLen); + if (lineWidth > maxWidth) + maxWidth = lineWidth; + } + maxHeight += lineHeight; + line = p + 1; /* Point to the start of the next line. */ + lineLen = 0; /* Reset counter to indicate the start of a + * new line. */ + continue; + } + lineLen++; + } + + if ((lineLen > 0) && (*(p - 1) != '\n')) { + maxHeight += lineHeight; + int lineWidth = Tk_TextWidth(font, line, lineLen); + if (lineWidth > maxWidth) + maxWidth = lineWidth; + } + + *ww = maxWidth; + *hh = maxHeight; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Computes the dimensions of the bounding box surrounding a rectangle + * rotated about its center. If pointArr isn't NULL, the coordinates of + * the rotated rectangle are also returned. + * + * The dimensions are determined by rotating the rectangle, and doubling + * the maximum x-coordinate and y-coordinate. + * + * w = 2 * maxX, h = 2 * maxY + * + * Since the rectangle is centered at 0,0, the coordinates of the + * bounding box are (-w/2,-h/2 w/2,-h/2, w/2,h/2 -w/2,h/2). + * + * 0 ------- 1 + * | | + * | x | + * | | + * 3 ------- 2 + * + * Results: + * The width and height of the bounding box containing the rotated + * rectangle are returned. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +void Graph::getBoundingBox(int width, int height, double angle, + double *rotWidthPtr, double *rotHeightPtr, + Point2d *bbox) +{ + angle = fmod(angle, 360.0); + if (fmod(angle, 90.0) == 0.0) { + int ll, ur, ul, lr; + double rotWidth, rotHeight; + + // Handle right-angle rotations specially + int quadrant = (int)(angle / 90.0); + switch (quadrant) { + case ROTATE_270: + ul = 3, ur = 0, lr = 1, ll = 2; + rotWidth = (double)height; + rotHeight = (double)width; + break; + case ROTATE_90: + ul = 1, ur = 2, lr = 3, ll = 0; + rotWidth = (double)height; + rotHeight = (double)width; + break; + case ROTATE_180: + ul = 2, ur = 3, lr = 0, ll = 1; + rotWidth = (double)width; + rotHeight = (double)height; + break; + default: + case ROTATE_0: + ul = 0, ur = 1, lr = 2, ll = 3; + rotWidth = (double)width; + rotHeight = (double)height; + break; + } + if (bbox) { + double x = rotWidth * 0.5; + double y = rotHeight * 0.5; + bbox[ll].x = bbox[ul].x = -x; + bbox[ur].y = bbox[ul].y = -y; + bbox[lr].x = bbox[ur].x = x; + bbox[ll].y = bbox[lr].y = y; + } + *rotWidthPtr = rotWidth; + *rotHeightPtr = rotHeight; + return; + } + + // Set the four corners of the rectangle whose center is the origin + Point2d corner[4]; + corner[1].x = corner[2].x = (double)width * 0.5; + corner[0].x = corner[3].x = -corner[1].x; + corner[2].y = corner[3].y = (double)height * 0.5; + corner[0].y = corner[1].y = -corner[2].y; + + double radians = (-angle / 180.0) * M_PI; + double sinTheta = sin(radians); + double cosTheta = cos(radians); + double xMax =0; + double yMax =0; + + // Rotate the four corners and find the maximum X and Y coordinates + for (int ii=0; ii<4; ii++) { + double x = (corner[ii].x * cosTheta) - (corner[ii].y * sinTheta); + double y = (corner[ii].x * sinTheta) + (corner[ii].y * cosTheta); + if (x > xMax) + xMax = x; + + if (y > yMax) + yMax = y; + + if (bbox) { + bbox[ii].x = x; + bbox[ii].y = y; + } + } + + // By symmetry, the width and height of the bounding box are twice the + // maximum x and y coordinates. + *rotWidthPtr = xMax + xMax; + *rotHeightPtr = yMax + yMax; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Blt_AnchorPoint -- + * + * Translates a position, using both the dimensions of the bounding box, + * and the anchor direction, returning the coordinates of the upper-left + * corner of the box. The anchor indicates where the given x-y position + * is in relation to the bounding box. + * + * 7 nw --- 0 n --- 1 ne + * | | + * 6 w 8 center 2 e + * | | + * 5 sw --- 4 s --- 3 se + * + * The coordinates returned are translated to the origin of the bounding + * box (suitable for giving to XCopyArea, XCopyPlane, etc.) + * + * Results: + * The translated coordinates of the bounding box are returned. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +Point2d Graph::anchorPoint(double x, double y, double w, double h, + Tk_Anchor anchor) +{ + Point2d t; + + switch (anchor) { + case TK_ANCHOR_NW: /* 7 Upper left corner */ + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_W: /* 6 Left center */ + y -= (h * 0.5); + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_SW: /* 5 Lower left corner */ + y -= h; + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_N: /* 0 Top center */ + x -= (w * 0.5); + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: /* 8 Center */ + x -= (w * 0.5); + y -= (h * 0.5); + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_S: /* 4 Bottom center */ + x -= (w * 0.5); + y -= h; + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_NE: /* 1 Upper right corner */ + x -= w; + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_E: /* 2 Right center */ + x -= w; + y -= (h * 0.5); + break; + case TK_ANCHOR_SE: /* 3 Lower right corner */ + x -= w; + y -= h; + break; + } + + t.x = x; + t.y = y; + return t; +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f9c3ac --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.C @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <tk.h> +#include <iostream> +using namespace std; + +extern "C" { +DLLEXPORT Tcl_AppInitProc Tkblt_Init; +DLLEXPORT Tcl_AppInitProc Tkblt_SafeInit; +}; + +Tcl_AppInitProc Blt_VectorCmdInitProc; +Tcl_AppInitProc Blt_GraphCmdInitProc; + +#include "tkbltStubInit.c" + +DLLEXPORT int Tkblt_Init(Tcl_Interp* interp) +{ + Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr; + + if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, TCL_PATCH_LEVEL, 0) == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, 0) == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, "::blt", (Tcl_Namespace *)NULL, 0); + if (nsPtr == NULL) { + nsPtr = Tcl_CreateNamespace(interp, "::blt", NULL, NULL); + if (nsPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (Blt_VectorCmdInitProc(interp) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + if (Blt_GraphCmdInitProc(interp) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE_VERSION, (ClientData)&tkbltStubs) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +DLLEXPORT int Tkblt_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp* interp) +{ + return Tkblt_Init(interp); +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2bf96ee --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltInt.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2017 Patzschke+Rasp Software GmbH + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __TKBLT_INT_H__ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) + +#include <limits> + +#if !defined(NAN) +#define NAN (std::numeric_limits<double>::quiet_NaN()) +#endif + +#if !defined(isnan) +#define isnan(x) _isnan(x) +#endif + +#if !defined(isfinite) +#define isfinite(x) _finite(x) +#endif + +#if !defined(isinf) +#define isinf(x) !_finite(x) +#endif + +#if !defined(numeric_limits) +#define numeric_limits(x) _numeric_limits(x) +#endif + +#if _MSC_VER < 1900 +#define snprintf _snprintf +#else +#include <stdio.h> //sprintf +#endif + +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +#endif /* __TKBLT_INT_H__ */ diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2ecfa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.C @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1997-2008 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +extern "C" { +#include <tclInt.h> +} +#else +#include <tclInt.h> +#endif + +#include "tkbltNsUtil.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +Tcl_Namespace* Blt::GetCommandNamespace(Tcl_Command cmdToken) +{ + Command* cmdPtr = (Command*)cmdToken; + return (Tcl_Namespace *)cmdPtr->nsPtr; +} + +int Blt::ParseObjectName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *path, + Blt_ObjectName *namePtr, unsigned int flags) +{ + namePtr->nsPtr = NULL; + namePtr->name = NULL; + char* colon = NULL; + + /* Find the last namespace separator in the qualified name. */ + char* last = (char *)(path + strlen(path)); + while (--last > path) { + if ((*last == ':') && (*(last - 1) == ':')) { + last++; /* just after the last "::" */ + colon = last - 2; + break; + } + } + if (colon == NULL) { + namePtr->name = path; + if ((flags & BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS) == 0) { + namePtr->nsPtr = Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace(interp); + } + return 1; /* No namespace designated in name. */ + } + + /* Separate the namespace and the object name. */ + *colon = '\0'; + if (path[0] == '\0') { + namePtr->nsPtr = Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace(interp); + } else { + namePtr->nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, (char *)path, NULL, + (flags & BLT_NO_ERROR_MSG) ? 0 : TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG); + } + /* Repair the string. */ *colon = ':'; + + if (namePtr->nsPtr == NULL) { + return 0; /* Namespace doesn't exist. */ + } + namePtr->name =last; + return 1; +} + +char* Blt::MakeQualifiedName(Blt_ObjectName *namePtr, Tcl_DString *resultPtr) +{ + Tcl_DStringInit(resultPtr); + if ((namePtr->nsPtr->fullName[0] != ':') || + (namePtr->nsPtr->fullName[1] != ':') || + (namePtr->nsPtr->fullName[2] != '\0')) { + Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, namePtr->nsPtr->fullName, -1); + } + Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, "::", -1); + Tcl_DStringAppend(resultPtr, (char *)namePtr->name, -1); + return Tcl_DStringValue(resultPtr); +} + +static Tcl_Namespace* NamespaceOfVariable(Var *varPtr) +{ + if (varPtr->flags & VAR_IN_HASHTABLE) { + VarInHash *vhashPtr = (VarInHash *)varPtr; + TclVarHashTable *vtablePtr; + + vtablePtr = (TclVarHashTable *)vhashPtr->entry.tablePtr; + return (Tcl_Namespace*)(vtablePtr->nsPtr); + } + return NULL; +} + +Tcl_Namespace* Blt::GetVariableNamespace(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *path) +{ + Blt_ObjectName objName; + if (!ParseObjectName(interp, path, &objName, BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS)) + return NULL; + + if (objName.nsPtr == NULL) { + Var*varPtr = (Var*)Tcl_FindNamespaceVar(interp, (char *)path, + (Tcl_Namespace *)NULL, + TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); + if (varPtr) + return NamespaceOfVariable(varPtr); + + } + return objName.nsPtr; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..950a48a --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltNsUtil.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef BLT_NS_UTIL_H +#define BLT_NS_UTIL_H 1 + +#define NS_SEARCH_NONE (0) +#define NS_SEARCH_CURRENT (1<<0) +#define NS_SEARCH_GLOBAL (1<<1) +#define NS_SEARCH_BOTH (NS_SEARCH_GLOBAL | NS_SEARCH_CURRENT) + +#define BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS (1<<0) +#define BLT_NO_ERROR_MSG (1<<1) + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + const char *name; + Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr; + } Blt_ObjectName; + + extern Tcl_Namespace* GetVariableNamespace(Tcl_Interp* interp, + const char *varName); + + extern Tcl_Namespace* GetCommandNamespace(Tcl_Command cmdToken); + + extern int ParseObjectName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name, + Blt_ObjectName *objNamePtr, + unsigned int flags); + + extern char* MakeQualifiedName(Blt_ObjectName *objNamePtr, + Tcl_DString *resultPtr); +}; + +#endif /* BLT_NS_UTIL_H */ diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4199a44 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <string.h> + +#include "tkbltOp.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +static int BinaryOpSearch(Blt_OpSpec *specs, int nSpecs, const char *string, + int length) +{ + int low = 0; + int high = nSpecs - 1; + char c = string[0]; + while (low <= high) { + int median = (low + high) >> 1; + Blt_OpSpec *specPtr = specs + median; + + /* Test the first character */ + int compare = c - specPtr->name[0]; + if (compare == 0) { + /* Now test the entire string */ + compare = strncmp(string, specPtr->name, length); + if (compare == 0) { + if ((int)length < specPtr->minChars) { + return -2; /* Ambiguous operation name */ + } + } + } + if (compare < 0) { + high = median - 1; + } else if (compare > 0) { + low = median + 1; + } else { + return median; /* Op found. */ + } + } + return -1; /* Can't find operation */ +} + +static int LinearOpSearch(Blt_OpSpec *specs, int nSpecs, const char *string, + int length) +{ + char c = string[0]; + int nMatches = 0; + int last = -1; + int i =0; + for (Blt_OpSpec *specPtr = specs; i<nSpecs; i++, specPtr++) { + if ((c == specPtr->name[0]) && + (strncmp(string, specPtr->name, length) == 0)) { + last = i; + nMatches++; + if ((int)length == specPtr->minChars) { + break; + } + } + } + if (nMatches > 1) + return -2; /* Ambiguous operation name */ + + if (nMatches == 0) + return -1; /* Can't find operation */ + + return last; /* Op found. */ +} + +void* Blt::GetOpFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, int nSpecs, Blt_OpSpec *specs, + int operPos, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[], + int flags) +{ + Blt_OpSpec *specPtr; + int n; + + if (objc <= operPos) { /* No operation argument */ + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: ", (char *)NULL); + usage: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "should be one of...", (char *)NULL); + for (n = 0; n < nSpecs; n++) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n ", (char *)NULL); + for (int ii = 0; ii < operPos; ii++) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]), " ", + (char *)NULL); + } + specPtr = specs + n; + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, specPtr->name, " ", specPtr->usage, + (char *)NULL); + } + return NULL; + } + + int length; + const char* string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[operPos], &length); + if (flags & BLT_OP_LINEAR_SEARCH) + n = LinearOpSearch(specs, nSpecs, string, length); + else + n = BinaryOpSearch(specs, nSpecs, string, length); + + if (n == -2) { + char c; + + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous", (char *)NULL); + if (operPos > 2) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", Tcl_GetString(objv[operPos - 1]), + (char *)NULL); + } + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " operation \"", string, "\" matches: ", + (char *)NULL); + + c = string[0]; + for (n = 0; n < nSpecs; n++) { + specPtr = specs + n; + if ((c == specPtr->name[0]) && + (strncmp(string, specPtr->name, length) == 0)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", specPtr->name, (char *)NULL); + } + } + return NULL; + + } else if (n == -1) { /* Can't find operation, display help */ + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad", (char *)NULL); + if (operPos > 2) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", Tcl_GetString(objv[operPos - 1]), + (char *)NULL); + } + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " operation \"", string, "\": ", (char *)NULL); + goto usage; + } + specPtr = specs + n; + if ((objc < specPtr->minArgs) || + ((specPtr->maxArgs > 0) && (objc > specPtr->maxArgs))) { + int i; + + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", (char *)NULL); + for (i = 0; i < operPos; i++) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), " ", + (char *)NULL); + } + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, specPtr->name, " ", specPtr->usage, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + return NULL; + } + return specPtr->proc; +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc9ffb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltOp.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __BltOp_h__ +#define __BltOp_h__ + +#include <tk.h> + +#define BLT_OP_BINARY_SEARCH 0 +#define BLT_OP_LINEAR_SEARCH 1 + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + const char *name; /* Name of operation */ + int minChars; /* Minimum # characters to disambiguate */ + void *proc; + int minArgs; /* Minimum # args required */ + int maxArgs; /* Maximum # args required */ + const char *usage; /* Usage message */ + } Blt_OpSpec; + + typedef enum { + BLT_OP_ARG0, /* Op is the first argument. */ + BLT_OP_ARG1, /* Op is the second argument. */ + BLT_OP_ARG2, /* Op is the third argument. */ + BLT_OP_ARG3, /* Op is the fourth argument. */ + BLT_OP_ARG4 /* Op is the fifth argument. */ + + } Blt_OpIndex; + + void *GetOpFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, int nSpecs, + Blt_OpSpec *specs, int operPos, int objc, + Tcl_Obj* const objv[], int flags); +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..095b16a --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.C @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * + * This file is copied from tclParse.c in the TCL library distribution. + * + * Copyright (c) 1987-1993 The Regents of the University of + * California. + * + * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * + */ + +/* + * Since TCL 8.1.0 these routines have been replaced by ones that + * generate byte-codes. But since these routines are used in vector + * expressions, where no such byte-compilation is necessary, I now + * include them. In fact, the byte-compiled versions would be slower + * since the compiled code typically runs only one time. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <iostream> +#include <sstream> +#include <iomanip> +using namespace std; + +#include <tcl.h> + +#include "tkbltParse.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +/* + * A table used to classify input characters to assist in parsing + * TCL commands. The table should be indexed with a signed character + * using the CHAR_TYPE macro. The character may have a negative + * value. The CHAR_TYPE macro takes a pointer to a signed character + * and a pointer to the last character in the source string. If the + * src pointer is pointing at the terminating null of the string, + * CHAR_TYPE returns TCL_COMMAND_END. + */ + +#define STATIC_STRING_SPACE 150 +#define TCL_NORMAL 0x01 +#define TCL_SPACE 0x02 +#define TCL_COMMAND_END 0x04 +#define TCL_QUOTE 0x08 +#define TCL_OPEN_BRACKET 0x10 +#define TCL_OPEN_BRACE 0x20 +#define TCL_CLOSE_BRACE 0x40 +#define TCL_BACKSLASH 0x80 +#define TCL_DOLLAR 0x00 + +/* + * The following table assigns a type to each character. Only types + * meaningful to TCL parsing are represented here. The table is + * designed to be referenced with either signed or unsigned characters, + * so it has 384 entries. The first 128 entries correspond to negative + * character values, the next 256 correspond to positive character + * values. The last 128 entries are identical to the first 128. The + * table is always indexed with a 128-byte offset (the 128th entry + * corresponds to a 0 character value). + */ + +static unsigned char tclTypeTable[] = +{ + /* + * Negative character values, from -128 to -1: + */ + + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + + /* + * Positive character values, from 0-127: + */ + + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_SPACE, TCL_COMMAND_END, TCL_SPACE, + TCL_SPACE, TCL_SPACE, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_SPACE, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_QUOTE, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_DOLLAR, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_COMMAND_END, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_OPEN_BRACKET, + TCL_BACKSLASH, TCL_COMMAND_END, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_OPEN_BRACE, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_CLOSE_BRACE, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + + /* + * Large unsigned character values, from 128-255: + */ + + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, + TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, TCL_NORMAL, +}; + +#define CHAR_TYPE(src,last) \ + (((src)==(last))?TCL_COMMAND_END:(tclTypeTable+128)[(int)*(src)]) + +int Blt::ParseNestedCmd(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, + int flags, const char **termPtr, ParseValue *parsePtr) + +{ + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +int Blt::ParseBraces(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, + const char **termPtr, ParseValue *parsePtr) +{ + int level; + const char *src; + char *dest, *end; + char c; + const char *lastChar = string + strlen(string); + + src = string; + dest = parsePtr->next; + end = parsePtr->end; + level = 1; + + /* + * Copy the characters one at a time to the result area, stopping + * when the matching close-brace is found. + */ + + for (;;) { + c = *src; + src++; + + if (dest == end) { + parsePtr->next = dest; + (*parsePtr->expandProc) (parsePtr, 20); + dest = parsePtr->next; + end = parsePtr->end; + } + *dest = c; + dest++; + + if (CHAR_TYPE(src - 1, lastChar) == TCL_NORMAL) { + continue; + } else if (c == '{') { + level++; + } else if (c == '}') { + level--; + if (level == 0) { + dest--; /* Don't copy the last close brace. */ + break; + } + } else if (c == '\\') { + int count; + + /* + * Must always squish out backslash-newlines, even when in + * braces. This is needed so that this sequence can appear + * anywhere in a command, such as the middle of an expression. + */ + + if (*src == '\n') { + dest[-1] = Tcl_Backslash(src - 1, &count); + src += count - 1; + } else { + Tcl_Backslash(src - 1, &count); + while (count > 1) { + if (dest == end) { + parsePtr->next = dest; + (*parsePtr->expandProc) (parsePtr, 20); + dest = parsePtr->next; + end = parsePtr->end; + } + *dest = *src; + dest++; + src++; + count--; + } + } + } else if (c == '\0') { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing close-brace", (char *)NULL); + *termPtr = string - 1; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + + *dest = '\0'; + parsePtr->next = dest; + *termPtr = src; + return TCL_OK; +} + +void Blt::ExpandParseValue(ParseValue *parsePtr, int needed) + +{ + /* + * Either double the size of the buffer or add enough new space + * to meet the demand, whichever produces a larger new buffer. + */ + int size = (parsePtr->end - parsePtr->buffer) + 1; + if (size < needed) + size += needed; + else + size += size; + + char* buffer = (char*)malloc((unsigned int)size); + + /* + * Copy from old buffer to new, free old buffer if needed, and + * mark new buffer as malloc-ed. + */ + memcpy((VOID *) buffer, (VOID *) parsePtr->buffer, + (size_t) (parsePtr->next - parsePtr->buffer)); + parsePtr->next = buffer + (parsePtr->next - parsePtr->buffer); + if (parsePtr->clientData != 0) { + free(parsePtr->buffer); + } + parsePtr->buffer = buffer; + parsePtr->end = buffer + size - 1; + parsePtr->clientData = (ClientData)1; +} + +int Blt::ParseQuotes(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, int termChar, + int flags, const char **termPtr, ParseValue *parsePtr) +{ + const char *src; + char *dest, c; + const char *lastChar = string + strlen(string); + + src = string; + dest = parsePtr->next; + + for (;;) { + if (dest == parsePtr->end) { + /* + * Target buffer space is about to run out. Make more space. + */ + parsePtr->next = dest; + (*parsePtr->expandProc) (parsePtr, 1); + dest = parsePtr->next; + } + c = *src; + src++; + if (c == termChar) { + *dest = '\0'; + parsePtr->next = dest; + *termPtr = src; + return TCL_OK; + } else if (CHAR_TYPE(src - 1, lastChar) == TCL_NORMAL) { + copy: + *dest = c; + dest++; + continue; + } else if (c == '$') { + int length; + const char *value; + + value = Tcl_ParseVar(interp, src - 1, termPtr); + if (value == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + src = *termPtr; + length = strlen(value); + if ((parsePtr->end - dest) <= length) { + parsePtr->next = dest; + (*parsePtr->expandProc) (parsePtr, length); + dest = parsePtr->next; + } + strcpy(dest, value); + dest += length; + continue; + } else if (c == '[') { + int result; + + parsePtr->next = dest; + result = ParseNestedCmd(interp, src, flags, termPtr, parsePtr); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + return result; + } + src = *termPtr; + dest = parsePtr->next; + continue; + } else if (c == '\\') { + int nRead; + + src--; + *dest = Tcl_Backslash(src, &nRead); + dest++; + src += nRead; + continue; + } else if (c == '\0') { + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + ostringstream str; + str << "missing " << termChar << ends; + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), str.str().c_str(), 9); + *termPtr = string - 1; + return TCL_ERROR; + } else { + goto copy; + } + } +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee215a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltParse.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef _BLT_PARSE_H +#define _BLT_PARSE_H + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct _ParseValue ParseValue; + struct _ParseValue { + char *buffer; + char *next; + char *end; + void (*expandProc)(ParseValue *pvPtr, int needed); + ClientData clientData; + }; + + extern int ParseBraces(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, + const char **termPtr, ParseValue *pvPtr); + extern int ParseNestedCmd(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, + int flags, const char **termPtr, + ParseValue *pvPtr); + extern int ParseQuotes(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, + int termChar, int flags, const char **termPtr, + ParseValue * pvPtr); + extern void ExpandParseValue(ParseValue *pvPtr, int needed); +} + +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubInit.c b/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubInit.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..354b7f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubInit.c @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#include "tkbltVector.h" + +/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */ + +const TkbltStubs tkbltStubs = { + TCL_STUB_MAGIC, + 0, + Blt_CreateVector, /* 0 */ + Blt_CreateVector2, /* 1 */ + Blt_DeleteVectorByName, /* 2 */ + Blt_DeleteVector, /* 3 */ + Blt_GetVector, /* 4 */ + Blt_GetVectorFromObj, /* 5 */ + Blt_ResetVector, /* 6 */ + Blt_ResizeVector, /* 7 */ + Blt_VectorExists, /* 8 */ + Blt_VectorExists2, /* 9 */ + Blt_AllocVectorId, /* 10 */ + Blt_GetVectorById, /* 11 */ + Blt_SetVectorChangedProc, /* 12 */ + Blt_FreeVectorId, /* 13 */ + Blt_NameOfVectorId, /* 14 */ + Blt_NameOfVector, /* 15 */ + Blt_ExprVector, /* 16 */ + Blt_InstallIndexProc, /* 17 */ + Blt_VecMin, /* 18 */ + Blt_VecMax, /* 19 */ +}; + +/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */ diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubLib.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubLib.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e973063 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltStubLib.C @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#ifndef USE_TCL_STUBS +#define USE_TCL_STUBS +#endif + +#include <tcl.h> + +ClientData tkbltStubsPtr =NULL; + +const char* Tkblt_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char* version, int exact) +{ + const char* actualVersion = + Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "tkblt", version, exact, &tkbltStubsPtr); + + return (actualVersion && tkbltStubsPtr) ? actualVersion : NULL; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb80663 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.C @@ -0,0 +1,407 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <iostream> +#include <sstream> +#include <iomanip> +using namespace std; + +#include <tcl.h> + +#include "tkbltSwitch.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define COUNT_NNEG 0 +#define COUNT_POS 1 +#define COUNT_ANY 2 + +static char* Blt_Strdup(const char *string) +{ + size_t size = strlen(string) + 1; + char* ptr = (char*)malloc(size * sizeof(char)); + if (ptr != NULL) { + strcpy(ptr, string); + } + return ptr; +} + +static int Blt_GetCountFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int check, + long *valuePtr) +{ + long count; + if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objPtr, &count) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + switch (check) { + case COUNT_NNEG: + if (count < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad value \"", Tcl_GetString(objPtr), + "\": can't be negative", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + break; + case COUNT_POS: + if (count <= 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad value \"", Tcl_GetString(objPtr), + "\": must be positive", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + break; + case COUNT_ANY: + break; + } + *valuePtr = count; + return TCL_OK; +} + +static void DoHelp(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *specs) +{ + Tcl_DString ds; + Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "following switches are available:", -1); + for (Blt_SwitchSpec *sp = specs; sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END; sp++) { + Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "\n ", 4); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, sp->switchName, -1); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, " ", 1); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, sp->help, -1); + } + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), (char *)NULL); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); +} + +static Blt_SwitchSpec *FindSwitchSpec(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *specs, + const char *name, int length, + int needFlags, int hateFlags) +{ + char c = name[1]; + Blt_SwitchSpec *matchPtr = NULL; + for (Blt_SwitchSpec *sp = specs; sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END; sp++) { + if (sp->switchName == NULL) + continue; + + if (((sp->flags & needFlags) != needFlags) || (sp->flags & hateFlags)) + continue; + + if ((sp->switchName[1] != c) || (strncmp(sp->switchName,name,length)!=0)) + continue; + + if (sp->switchName[length] == '\0') + return sp; /* Stop on a perfect match. */ + + if (matchPtr != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous switch \"", name, "\"\n", + (char *) NULL); + DoHelp(interp, specs); + return NULL; + } + matchPtr = sp; + } + + if (strcmp(name, "-help") == 0) { + DoHelp(interp, specs); + return NULL; + } + + if (matchPtr == NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown switch \"", name, "\"\n", + (char *)NULL); + DoHelp(interp, specs); + return NULL; + } + + return matchPtr; +} + +static int DoSwitch(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *sp, + Tcl_Obj *objPtr, void *record) +{ + do { + char *ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset; + switch (sp->type) { + case BLT_SWITCH_BOOLEAN: + { + int boo; + + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objPtr, &boo) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (sp->mask > 0) { + if (boo) { + *((int *)ptr) |= sp->mask; + } else { + *((int *)ptr) &= ~sp->mask; + } + } else { + *((int *)ptr) = boo; + } + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_DOUBLE: + if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objPtr, (double *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_OBJ: + Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr); + *(Tcl_Obj **)ptr = objPtr; + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_FLOAT: + { + double value; + + if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *(float *)ptr = (float)value; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_INT: + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objPtr, (int *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_INT_NNEG: + { + long value; + + if (Blt_GetCountFromObj(interp, objPtr, COUNT_NNEG, + &value) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *(int *)ptr = (int)value; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_INT_POS: + { + long value; + + if (Blt_GetCountFromObj(interp, objPtr, COUNT_POS, + &value) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *(int *)ptr = (int)value; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_LIST: + { + int argc; + + if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &argc, + (const char ***)ptr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_LONG: + if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objPtr, (long *)ptr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_LONG_NNEG: + { + long value; + + if (Blt_GetCountFromObj(interp, objPtr, COUNT_NNEG, + &value) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *(long *)ptr = value; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_LONG_POS: + { + long value; + + if (Blt_GetCountFromObj(interp, objPtr, COUNT_POS, &value) + != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *(long *)ptr = value; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_STRING: + { + char *value; + + value = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); + value = (*value == '\0') ? NULL : Blt_Strdup(value); + if (*(char **)ptr != NULL) { + free(*(char **)ptr); + } + *(char **)ptr = value; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM: + if ((*sp->customPtr->parseProc)(sp->customPtr->clientData, interp, + sp->switchName, objPtr, (char *)record, sp->offset, sp->flags) + != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + break; + + default: + ostringstream str; + str << sp->type << ends; + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad switch table: unknown type \"", + str.str().c_str(), "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + sp++; + } while ((sp->switchName == NULL) && (sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END)); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt::ParseSwitches(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *specs, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[], void *record, + int flags) +{ + Blt_SwitchSpec *sp; + int needFlags = flags & ~(BLT_SWITCH_USER_BIT - 1); + int hateFlags = 0; + + /* + * Pass 1: Clear the change flags on all the specs so that we + * can check it later. + */ + for (sp = specs; sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END; sp++) + sp->flags &= ~BLT_SWITCH_SPECIFIED; + + /* + * Pass 2: Process the arguments that match entries in the specs. + * It's an error if the argument doesn't match anything. + */ + int count; + for (count = 0; count < objc; count++) { + char *arg; + int length; + + arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[count], &length); + if (flags & BLT_SWITCH_OBJV_PARTIAL) { + /* + * If the argument doesn't start with a '-' (not a switch) or is + * '--', stop processing and return the number of arguments + * comsumed. + */ + if (arg[0] != '-') { + return count; + } + if ((arg[1] == '-') && (arg[2] == '\0')) { + return count + 1; /* include the "--" in the count. */ + } + } + sp = FindSwitchSpec(interp, specs, arg, length, needFlags, hateFlags); + if (sp == NULL) { + return -1; + } + if (sp->type == BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK) { + char *ptr; + + ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset; + *((int *)ptr) |= sp->mask; + } else if (sp->type == BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK_INVERT) { + char *ptr; + + ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset; + *((int *)ptr) &= ~sp->mask; + } else if (sp->type == BLT_SWITCH_VALUE) { + char *ptr; + + ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset; + *((int *)ptr) = sp->mask; + } else { + count++; + if (count == objc) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", arg, "\" missing", + (char *) NULL); + return -1; + } + if (DoSwitch(interp, sp, objv[count], record) != TCL_OK) { + ostringstream str; + str << "\n (processing \"" << sp->switchName << "\" switch)" << ends; + Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, str.str().c_str()); + return -1; + } + } + sp->flags |= BLT_SWITCH_SPECIFIED; + } + + return count; +} + +void Blt::FreeSwitches(Blt_SwitchSpec *specs, void *record, int needFlags) +{ + for (Blt_SwitchSpec *sp = specs; sp->type != BLT_SWITCH_END; sp++) { + if ((sp->flags & needFlags) == needFlags) { + char *ptr = (char *)record + sp->offset; + switch (sp->type) { + case BLT_SWITCH_STRING: + case BLT_SWITCH_LIST: + if (*((char **) ptr) != NULL) { + free(*((char **) ptr)); + *((char **) ptr) = NULL; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_OBJ: + if (*((Tcl_Obj **) ptr) != NULL) { + Tcl_DecrRefCount(*((Tcl_Obj **)ptr)); + *((Tcl_Obj **) ptr) = NULL; + } + break; + + case BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM: + if ((*(char **)ptr != NULL) && + (sp->customPtr->freeProc != NULL)) { + (*sp->customPtr->freeProc)((char *)record, sp->offset, + sp->flags); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eed7b31 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltSwitch.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef BLT_SWITCH_H +#define BLT_SWITCH_H + +#include <stddef.h> + +#define BLT_SWITCH_DEFAULTS (0) +#define BLT_SWITCH_ARGV_PARTIAL (1<<1) +#define BLT_SWITCH_OBJV_PARTIAL (1<<1) + + /* + * Possible flag values for Blt_SwitchSpec structures. Any bits at or + * above BLT_SWITCH_USER_BIT may be used by clients for selecting + * certain entries. + */ +#define BLT_SWITCH_NULL_OK (1<<0) +#define BLT_SWITCH_DONT_SET_DEFAULT (1<<3) +#define BLT_SWITCH_SPECIFIED (1<<4) +#define BLT_SWITCH_USER_BIT (1<<8) + +namespace Blt { + + typedef int (Blt_SwitchParseProc)(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + const char *switchName, + Tcl_Obj *valueObjPtr, char *record, + int offset, int flags); + typedef void (Blt_SwitchFreeProc)(char *record, int offset, int flags); + + typedef struct { + Blt_SwitchParseProc *parseProc; /* Procedure to parse a switch + * value and store it in its * + * converted form in the data * + * record. */ + + Blt_SwitchFreeProc *freeProc; /* Procedure to free a switch. */ + + ClientData clientData; /* Arbitrary one-word value used by + * switch parser, passed to + * parseProc. */ + } Blt_SwitchCustom; + + /* + * Type values for Blt_SwitchSpec structures. See the user + * documentation for details. + */ + typedef enum { + BLT_SWITCH_BOOLEAN, + BLT_SWITCH_DOUBLE, + BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, + BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK_INVERT, + BLT_SWITCH_FLOAT, + BLT_SWITCH_INT, + BLT_SWITCH_INT_NNEG, + BLT_SWITCH_INT_POS, + BLT_SWITCH_LIST, + BLT_SWITCH_LONG, + BLT_SWITCH_LONG_NNEG, + BLT_SWITCH_LONG_POS, + BLT_SWITCH_OBJ, + BLT_SWITCH_STRING, + BLT_SWITCH_VALUE, + BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM, + BLT_SWITCH_END + } Blt_SwitchTypes; + + typedef struct { + Blt_SwitchTypes type; /* Type of option, such as + * BLT_SWITCH_COLOR; see definitions + * below. Last option in table must + * have type BLT_SWITCH_END. */ + + const char *switchName; /* Switch used to specify option in + * argv. NULL means this spec is part + * of a group. */ + + const char *help; /* Help string. */ + int offset; /* Where in widget record to store + * value; use Blt_Offset macro to + * generate values for this. */ + + int flags; /* Any combination of the values + * defined below. */ + + unsigned int mask; + + Blt_SwitchCustom *customPtr; /* If type is BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM then + * this is a pointer to info about how + * to parse and print the option. + * Otherwise it is irrelevant. */ + } Blt_SwitchSpec; + + extern int ParseSwitches(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_SwitchSpec *specPtr, + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, void *rec, + int flags); + extern void FreeSwitches(Blt_SwitchSpec *specs, void *rec, int flags); +}; + +#endif /* BLT_SWITCH_H */ diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecCmd.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecCmd.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a03fe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecCmd.C @@ -0,0 +1,1821 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1995-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + * + * Code for binary data read operation was donated by Harold Kirsch. + * + */ + +/* + * TODO: + * o Add H. Kirsch's vector binary read operation + * x binread file0 + * x binread -file file0 + * + * o Add ASCII/binary file reader + * x read fileName + * + * o Allow Tcl-based client notifications. + * vector x + * x notify call Display + * x notify delete Display + * x notify reorder #1 #2 + */ + +#include <float.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltVecInt.h" +#include "tkbltOp.h" +#include "tkbltNsUtil.h" +#include "tkbltSwitch.h" +#include "tkbltInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +extern int Blt_SimplifyLine (Point2d *origPts, int low, int high, + double tolerance, int *indices); + +typedef int (VectorCmdProc)(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); +typedef int (QSortCompareProc) (const void *, const void *); + +static Blt_SwitchParseProc ObjToFFTVector; +static Blt_SwitchCustom fftVectorSwitch = { + ObjToFFTVector, NULL, (ClientData)0, +}; + +static Blt_SwitchParseProc ObjToIndex; +static Blt_SwitchCustom indexSwitch = { + ObjToIndex, NULL, (ClientData)0, +}; + +typedef struct { + Tcl_Obj *formatObjPtr; + int from, to; +} PrintSwitches; + +static Blt_SwitchSpec printSwitches[] = + { + {BLT_SWITCH_OBJ, "-format", "string", + Tk_Offset(PrintSwitches, formatObjPtr), 0}, + {BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM, "-from", "index", + Tk_Offset(PrintSwitches, from), 0, 0, &indexSwitch}, + {BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM, "-to", "index", + Tk_Offset(PrintSwitches, to), 0, 0, &indexSwitch}, + {BLT_SWITCH_END} + }; + + +typedef struct { + int flags; +} SortSwitches; + +#define SORT_DECREASING (1<<0) +#define SORT_UNIQUE (1<<1) + +static Blt_SwitchSpec sortSwitches[] = + { + {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-decreasing", "", + Tk_Offset(SortSwitches, flags), 0, SORT_DECREASING}, + {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-reverse", "", + Tk_Offset(SortSwitches, flags), 0, SORT_DECREASING}, + {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-uniq", "", + Tk_Offset(SortSwitches, flags), 0, SORT_UNIQUE}, + {BLT_SWITCH_END} + }; + +typedef struct { + double delta; + Vector *imagPtr; /* Vector containing imaginary part. */ + Vector *freqPtr; /* Vector containing frequencies. */ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; + int mask; /* Flags controlling FFT. */ +} FFTData; + + +static Blt_SwitchSpec fftSwitches[] = { + {BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM, "-imagpart", "vector", + Tk_Offset(FFTData, imagPtr), 0, 0, &fftVectorSwitch}, + {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-noconstant", "", + Tk_Offset(FFTData, mask), 0, FFT_NO_CONSTANT}, + {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-spectrum", "", + Tk_Offset(FFTData, mask), 0, FFT_SPECTRUM}, + {BLT_SWITCH_BITMASK, "-bartlett", "", + Tk_Offset(FFTData, mask), 0, FFT_BARTLETT}, + {BLT_SWITCH_DOUBLE, "-delta", "float", + Tk_Offset(FFTData, mask), 0, 0, }, + {BLT_SWITCH_CUSTOM, "-frequencies", "vector", + Tk_Offset(FFTData, freqPtr), 0, 0, &fftVectorSwitch}, + {BLT_SWITCH_END} +}; + +static int Blt_ExprIntFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, + int *valuePtr) +{ + // First try to extract the value as a simple integer. + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, objPtr, valuePtr) == TCL_OK) + return TCL_OK; + + // Otherwise try to parse it as an expression. + long lvalue; + if (Tcl_ExprLong(interp, Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &lvalue) == TCL_OK) { + *valuePtr = lvalue; + return TCL_OK; + } + + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +static int Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, + double *valuePtr) +{ + // First try to extract the value as a double precision number. + if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, objPtr, valuePtr) == TCL_OK) + return TCL_OK; + + // Interpret the empty string "" and "NaN" as NaN. + int length; + char *string; + string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length); + if (length == 0 || (length == 3 && strcmp(string, "NaN") == 0)) { + *valuePtr = NAN; + return TCL_OK; + } + + // Then try to parse it as an expression. + if (Tcl_ExprDouble(interp, string, valuePtr) == TCL_OK) + return TCL_OK; + + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +static int ObjToFFTVector(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + const char *switchName, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, + char *record, int offset, int flags) +{ + FFTData *dataPtr = (FFTData *)record; + Vector *vPtr; + Vector **vPtrPtr = (Vector **)(record + offset); + int isNew; /* Not used. */ + char *string; + + string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr); + vPtr = Vec_Create(dataPtr->dataPtr, string, string, string, &isNew); + if (vPtr == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *vPtrPtr = vPtr; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ObjToIndex(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + const char *switchName, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, char *record, + int offset, int flags) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector*)clientData; + int *indexPtr = (int *)(record + offset); + int index; + + if (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &index, + INDEX_CHECK, (Blt_VectorIndexProc **)NULL) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *indexPtr = index; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static Tcl_Obj* GetValues(Vector *vPtr, int first, int last) +{ + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + for (double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+last; + vp <= vend; vp++) + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(vPtr->interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*vp)); + + return listObjPtr; +} + +static void ReplicateValue(Vector *vPtr, int first, int last, double value) +{ + for (double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+last; + vp <= vend; vp++) + *vp = value; + + vPtr->notifyFlags |= UPDATE_RANGE; +} + +static int CopyList(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, objc) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + for (int ii = 0; ii < objc; ii++) { + double value; + if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[ii], &value) != TCL_OK) { + Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, ii); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + vPtr->valueArr[ii] = value; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int AppendVector(Vector *destPtr, Vector *srcPtr) +{ + size_t oldSize = destPtr->length; + size_t newSize = oldSize + srcPtr->last - srcPtr->first + 1; + if (Vec_ChangeLength(destPtr->interp, destPtr, newSize) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + size_t nBytes = (newSize - oldSize) * sizeof(double); + memcpy((char *)(destPtr->valueArr + oldSize), + (srcPtr->valueArr + srcPtr->first), nBytes); + destPtr->notifyFlags |= UPDATE_RANGE; + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int AppendList(Vector *vPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Tcl_Interp* interp = vPtr->interp; + + int oldSize = vPtr->length; + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, vPtr->length + objc) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int count = oldSize; + for (int i = 0; i < objc; i++) { + double value; + if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[i], &value) != TCL_OK) { + Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, count); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + vPtr->valueArr[count++] = value; + } + vPtr->notifyFlags |= UPDATE_RANGE; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +// Vector instance option commands + +static int AppendOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) { + Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_ParseElement((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr->dataPtr, + Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), + (const char **)NULL, NS_SEARCH_BOTH); + int result; + if (v2Ptr != NULL) + result = AppendVector(vPtr, v2Ptr); + else { + int nElem; + Tcl_Obj **elemObjArr; + + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[i], &nElem, &elemObjArr) + != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + result = AppendList(vPtr, nElem, elemObjArr); + } + + if (result != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (objc > 2) { + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ClearOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int DeleteOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + // FIXME: Don't delete vector with no indices + if (objc == 2) { + Vec_Free(vPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + + // Allocate an "unset" bitmap the size of the vector + unsigned char* unsetArr = + (unsigned char*)calloc(sizeof(unsigned char), (vPtr->length + 7) / 8); +#define SetBit(i) (unsetArr[(i) >> 3] |= (1 << ((i) & 0x07))) +#define GetBit(i) (unsetArr[(i) >> 3] & (1 << ((i) & 0x07))) + + for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) { + char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); + if (Vec_GetIndexRange(interp, vPtr, string, (INDEX_COLON | INDEX_CHECK), + (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK) { + free(unsetArr); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + // Mark the range of elements for deletion + for (int j = vPtr->first; j <= vPtr->last; j++) + SetBit(j); + } + + int count = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + // Skip elements marked for deletion + if (GetBit(i)) + continue; + + if (count < i) { + vPtr->valueArr[count] = vPtr->valueArr[i]; + } + count++; + } + free(unsetArr); + vPtr->length = count; + + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int DupOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) { + char* name = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); + int isNew; + Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, name, name, name, &isNew); + if (v2Ptr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (v2Ptr == vPtr) + continue; + + if (Vec_Duplicate(v2Ptr, vPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (!isNew) { + if (v2Ptr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr); + Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr); + } + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int FFTOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + FFTData data; + memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data)); + data.delta = 1.0; + + char* realVecName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + int isNew; + Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, realVecName, realVecName, + realVecName, &isNew); + if (v2Ptr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (v2Ptr == vPtr) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "real vector \"", realVecName, "\"", + " can't be the same as the source", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (ParseSwitches(interp, fftSwitches, objc - 3, objv + 3, &data, + BLT_SWITCH_DEFAULTS) < 0) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (Vec_FFT(interp, v2Ptr, data.imagPtr, data.freqPtr, data.delta, + data.mask, vPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Update bookkeeping + if (!isNew) { + if (v2Ptr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr); + Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr); + } + + if (data.imagPtr != NULL) { + if (data.imagPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(data.imagPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(data.imagPtr); + } + + if (data.freqPtr != NULL) { + if (data.freqPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(data.freqPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(data.freqPtr); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int InverseFFTOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + char* name = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + Vector *srcImagPtr; + if (Vec_LookupName(vPtr->dataPtr, name, &srcImagPtr) != TCL_OK ) + return TCL_ERROR; + + name = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + int isNew; + Vector* destRealPtr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, name, name, name, &isNew); + name = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]); + Vector* destImagPtr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, name, name, name, &isNew); + + if (Vec_InverseFFT(interp, srcImagPtr, destRealPtr, destImagPtr, vPtr) + != TCL_OK ) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (destRealPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(destRealPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(destRealPtr); + + if (destImagPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(destImagPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(destImagPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int IndexOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + if (Vec_GetIndexRange(interp, vPtr, string, INDEX_ALL_FLAGS, + (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int first = vPtr->first; + int last = vPtr->last; + if (objc == 3) { + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr; + + if (first == vPtr->length) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't get index \"", string, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; /* Can't read from index "++end" */ + } + listObjPtr = GetValues(vPtr, first, last); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + } + else { + // FIXME: huh? Why set values here? + if (first == SPECIAL_INDEX) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't set index \"", string, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + // Tried to set "min" or "max" + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + double value; + if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (first == vPtr->length) { + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, vPtr->length + 1) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + ReplicateValue(vPtr, first, last, value); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[3]); + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int LengthOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (objc == 3) { + int nElem; + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &nElem) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (nElem < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector size \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if ((Vec_SetSize(interp, vPtr, nElem) != TCL_OK) || + (Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, nElem) != TCL_OK)) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + } + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), vPtr->length); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int MapOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (objc > 2) { + if (Vec_MapVariable(interp, vPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2])) + != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (vPtr->arrayName != NULL) + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), vPtr->arrayName, -1); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int MaxOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), Vec_Max(vPtr)); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int MergeOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + // Allocate an array of vector pointers of each vector to be + // merged in the current vector. + Vector** vecArr = (Vector**)malloc(sizeof(Vector *) * objc); + Vector** vPtrPtr = vecArr; + + int refSize = -1; + int nElem = 0; + for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) { + Vector *v2Ptr; + if (Vec_LookupName(vPtr->dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), &v2Ptr) + != TCL_OK) { + free(vecArr); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + // Check that all the vectors are the same length + int length = v2Ptr->last - v2Ptr->first + 1; + if (refSize < 0) + refSize = length; + else if (length != refSize) { + Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "vectors \"", vPtr->name, + "\" and \"", v2Ptr->name, "\" differ in length", + (char *)NULL); + free(vecArr); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *vPtrPtr++ = v2Ptr; + nElem += refSize; + } + *vPtrPtr = NULL; + + double* valueArr = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * nElem); + if (valueArr == NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "not enough memory to allocate ", + Itoa(nElem), " vector elements", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + // Merge the values from each of the vectors into the current vector + double* valuePtr = valueArr; + for (int i = 0; i < refSize; i++) { + for (Vector** vpp = vecArr; *vpp != NULL; vpp++) { + *valuePtr++ = (*vpp)->valueArr[i + (*vpp)->first]; + } + } + free(vecArr); + Vec_Reset(vPtr, valueArr, nElem, nElem, TCL_DYNAMIC); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int MinOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), Vec_Min(vPtr)); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int NormalizeOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Vec_UpdateRange(vPtr); + double range = vPtr->max - vPtr->min; + if (objc > 2) { + char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + int isNew; + Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, string, string, string, &isNew); + if (v2Ptr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (Vec_SetLength(interp, v2Ptr, vPtr->length) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) + v2Ptr->valueArr[i] = (vPtr->valueArr[i] - vPtr->min) / range; + + Vec_UpdateRange(v2Ptr); + if (!isNew) { + if (v2Ptr->flush) { + Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr); + } + Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr); + } + } + else { + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + double norm = (vPtr->valueArr[i] - vPtr->min) / range; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewDoubleObj(norm)); + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int NotifyOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + enum optionIndices { + OPTION_ALWAYS, OPTION_NEVER, OPTION_WHENIDLE, + OPTION_NOW, OPTION_CANCEL, OPTION_PENDING + }; + static const char *optionArr[] = { + "always", "never", "whenidle", "now", "cancel", "pending", NULL + }; + + int option; + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], optionArr, "qualifier", TCL_EXACT, + &option) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_OK; + + switch (option) { + case OPTION_ALWAYS: + vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_WHEN_MASK; + vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_ALWAYS; + break; + case OPTION_NEVER: + vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_WHEN_MASK; + vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_NEVER; + break; + case OPTION_WHENIDLE: + vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_WHEN_MASK; + vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_WHENIDLE; + break; + case OPTION_NOW: + // FIXME: How does this play when an update is pending? + Blt_Vec_NotifyClients(vPtr); + break; + case OPTION_CANCEL: + if (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_PENDING) { + vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_PENDING; + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(Blt_Vec_NotifyClients, (ClientData)vPtr); + } + break; + case OPTION_PENDING: + int boll = (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_PENDING); + Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), boll); + break; + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int PopulateOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + int isNew; + Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, string, string, string, &isNew); + if (v2Ptr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Source vector is empty + if (vPtr->length == 0) + return TCL_OK; + + int density; + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &density) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (density < 1) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad density \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), + "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + int size = (vPtr->length - 1) * (density + 1) + 1; + if (Vec_SetLength(interp, v2Ptr, size) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int count = 0; + double* valuePtr = v2Ptr->valueArr; + int i; + for (i = 0; i < (vPtr->length - 1); i++) { + double range = vPtr->valueArr[i + 1] - vPtr->valueArr[i]; + double slice = range / (double)(density + 1); + for (int j = 0; j <= density; j++) { + *valuePtr = vPtr->valueArr[i] + (slice * (double)j); + valuePtr++; + count++; + } + } + count++; + *valuePtr = vPtr->valueArr[i]; + if (!isNew) { + if (v2Ptr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr); + Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ValuesOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + PrintSwitches switches; + switches.formatObjPtr = NULL; + switches.from = 0; + switches.to = vPtr->length - 1; + indexSwitch.clientData = vPtr; + if (ParseSwitches(interp, printSwitches, objc - 2, objv + 2, &switches, + BLT_SWITCH_DEFAULTS) < 0) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (switches.from > switches.to) { + // swap positions + int tmp = switches.to; + switches.to = switches.from; + switches.from = tmp; + } + + if (switches.formatObjPtr == NULL) { + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + for (int i = switches.from; i <= switches.to; i++) + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewDoubleObj(vPtr->valueArr[i])); + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + } + else { + Tcl_DString ds; + Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); + const char* fmt = Tcl_GetString(switches.formatObjPtr); + for (int i = switches.from; i <= switches.to; i++) { + char buffer[200]; + sprintf(buffer, fmt, vPtr->valueArr[i]); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, buffer, -1); + } + Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &ds); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + } + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int RangeOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + int first; + int last; + + if (objc == 2) { + first = 0; + last = vPtr->length - 1; + } + else if (objc == 4) { + if ((Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &first, + INDEX_CHECK, (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK) || + (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &last, + INDEX_CHECK, (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK)) + return TCL_ERROR; + + } + else { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " range ?first last?", + (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + if (first > last) { + // Return the list reversed + for (int i=last; i<=first; i++) + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewDoubleObj(vPtr->valueArr[i])); + } + else { + for (int i=first; i<=last; i++) + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewDoubleObj(vPtr->valueArr[i])); + } + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int InRange(double value, double min, double max) +{ + double range = max - min; + if (range < DBL_EPSILON) + return (fabs(max - value) < DBL_EPSILON); + + double norm = (value - min) / range; + return ((norm >= -DBL_EPSILON) && ((norm - 1.0) < DBL_EPSILON)); +} + +enum NativeFormats { + FMT_UNKNOWN = -1, + FMT_UCHAR, FMT_CHAR, + FMT_USHORT, FMT_SHORT, + FMT_UINT, FMT_INT, + FMT_ULONG, FMT_LONG, + FMT_FLOAT, FMT_DOUBLE +}; + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * GetBinaryFormat + * + * Translates a format string into a native type. Valid formats are + * + * signed i1, i2, i4, i8 + * unsigned u1, u2, u4, u8 + * real r4, r8, r16 + * + * There must be a corresponding native type. For example, this for + * reading 2-byte binary integers from an instrument and converting them + * to unsigned shorts or ints. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static enum NativeFormats GetBinaryFormat(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string, + int *sizePtr) +{ + char c = tolower(string[0]); + if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string + 1, sizePtr) != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown binary format \"", string, + "\": incorrect byte size", (char *)NULL); + return FMT_UNKNOWN; + } + + switch (c) { + case 'r': + if (*sizePtr == sizeof(double)) + return FMT_DOUBLE; + else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(float)) + return FMT_FLOAT; + + break; + + case 'i': + if (*sizePtr == sizeof(char)) + return FMT_CHAR; + else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(int)) + return FMT_INT; + else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(long)) + return FMT_LONG; + else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(short)) + return FMT_SHORT; + + break; + + case 'u': + if (*sizePtr == sizeof(unsigned char)) + return FMT_UCHAR; + else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(unsigned int)) + return FMT_UINT; + else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(unsigned long)) + return FMT_ULONG; + else if (*sizePtr == sizeof(unsigned short)) + return FMT_USHORT; + + break; + + default: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown binary format \"", string, + "\": should be either i#, r#, u# (where # is size in bytes)", + (char *)NULL); + return FMT_UNKNOWN; + } + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't handle format \"", string, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + + return FMT_UNKNOWN; +} + +static int CopyValues(Vector *vPtr, char *byteArr, enum NativeFormats fmt, + int size, int length, int swap, int *indexPtr) +{ + if ((swap) && (size > 1)) { + int nBytes = size * length; + for (int i = 0; i < nBytes; i += size) { + unsigned char* p = (unsigned char *)(byteArr + i); + int left, right; + for (left = 0, right = size - 1; left < right; left++, right--) { + p[left] ^= p[right]; + p[right] ^= p[left]; + p[left] ^= p[right]; + } + } + } + + int newSize = *indexPtr + length; + if (newSize > vPtr->length) { + if (Vec_ChangeLength(vPtr->interp, vPtr, newSize) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + } + +#define CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, arr) \ + for (int i = 0, n = *indexPtr; i < length; i++, n++) { \ + (vPtr)->valueArr[n] = (double)(arr)[i]; \ + } + + switch (fmt) { + case FMT_CHAR: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (char *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_UCHAR: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (unsigned char *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_INT: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (int *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_UINT: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (unsigned int *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_LONG: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (long *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_ULONG: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (unsigned long *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_SHORT: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (short int *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_USHORT: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (unsigned short int *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_FLOAT: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (float *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_DOUBLE: + CopyArrayToVector(vPtr, (double *)byteArr); + break; + + case FMT_UNKNOWN: + break; + } + *indexPtr += length; + return TCL_OK; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * BinreadOp -- + * + * Reads binary values from a TCL channel. Values are either appended to + * the end of the vector or placed at a given index (using the "-at" + * option), overwriting existing values. Data is read until EOF is found + * on the channel or a specified number of values are read. (note that + * this is not necessarily the same as the number of bytes). + * + * The following flags are supported: + * -swap Swap bytes + * -at index Start writing data at the index. + * -format fmt Specifies the format of the data. + * + * This binary reader was created and graciously donated by Harald Kirsch + * (kir@iitb.fhg.de). Anything that's wrong is due to my (gah) munging + * of the code. + * + * Results: + * Returns a standard TCL result. The interpreter result will contain the + * number of values (not the number of bytes) read. + * + * Caveats: + * Channel reads must end on an element boundary. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int BinreadOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + enum NativeFormats fmt; + + char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + int mode; + Tcl_Channel channel = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, string, &mode); + if (channel == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if ((mode & TCL_READABLE) == 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "channel \"", string, + "\" wasn't opened for reading", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + int first = vPtr->length; + fmt = FMT_DOUBLE; + int size = sizeof(double); + int swap = 0; + int count = 0; + + if (objc > 3) { + string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + if (string[0] != '-') { + long int value; + // Get the number of values to read. + if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[3], &value) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (value < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "count can't be negative", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + count = (size_t)value; + objc--, objv++; + } + } + + // Process any option-value pairs that remain. + for (int i = 3; i < objc; i++) { + string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); + if (strcmp(string, "-swap") == 0) + swap = 1; + else if (strcmp(string, "-format") == 0) { + i++; + if (i >= objc) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing arg after \"", string, + "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); + fmt = GetBinaryFormat(interp, string, &size); + if (fmt == FMT_UNKNOWN) + return TCL_ERROR; + } + else if (strcmp(string, "-at") == 0) { + i++; + if (i >= objc) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing arg after \"", string, + "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); + if (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, string, &first, 0, + (Blt_VectorIndexProc **)NULL) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (first > vPtr->length) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "index \"", string, + "\" is out of range", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + } + +#define BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + int arraySize = (count == 0) ? BUFFER_SIZE*size : count*size; + + char* byteArr = (char*)malloc(arraySize); + // FIXME: restore old channel translation later? + if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation","binary") != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int total = 0; + while (!Tcl_Eof(channel)) { + int bytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, byteArr, arraySize); + if (bytesRead < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading channel: ", + Tcl_PosixError(interp), (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if ((bytesRead % size) != 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading channel: short read", + (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + int length = bytesRead / size; + if (CopyValues(vPtr, byteArr, fmt, size, length, swap, &first) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + total += length; + if (count > 0) + break; + } + free(byteArr); + + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + + // Set the result as the number of values read + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), total); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int SearchOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + int wantValue = 0; + char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + if ((string[0] == '-') && (strcmp(string, "-value") == 0)) { + wantValue = 1; + objv++, objc--; + } + double min; + if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &min) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + double max = min; + if (objc > 4) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # arguments: should be \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " search ?-value? min ?max?", + (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if ((objc > 3) && (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &max) != TCL_OK)) + return TCL_ERROR; + + // Bogus range. Don't bother looking + if ((min - max) >= DBL_EPSILON) + return TCL_OK; + + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + if (wantValue) { + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + if (InRange(vPtr->valueArr[i], min, max)) + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewDoubleObj(vPtr->valueArr[i])); + } + } + else { + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + if (InRange(vPtr->valueArr[i], min, max)) + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewIntObj(i + vPtr->offset)); + } + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int OffsetOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (objc == 3) { + int newOffset; + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &newOffset) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + vPtr->offset = newOffset; + } + Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), vPtr->offset); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int RandomOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) + vPtr->valueArr[i] = drand48(); + + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int SeqOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + double start; + if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &start) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + double stop; + if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &stop) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int n = vPtr->length; + if ((objc > 4) && (Blt_ExprIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &n) != TCL_OK)) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (n > 1) { + if (Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, n) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + double step = (stop - start) / (double)(n - 1); + for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) + vPtr->valueArr[i] = start + (step * i); + + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int SetOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + int nElem; + Tcl_Obj **elemObjArr; + + // The source can be either a list of numbers or another vector. + + Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_ParseElement((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr->dataPtr, + Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL, + NS_SEARCH_BOTH); + int result; + if (v2Ptr != NULL) { + if (vPtr == v2Ptr) { + // Source and destination vectors are the same. Copy the source + // first into a temporary vector to avoid memory overlaps. + Vector* tmpPtr = Vec_New(vPtr->dataPtr); + result = Vec_Duplicate(tmpPtr, v2Ptr); + if (result == TCL_OK) { + result = Vec_Duplicate(vPtr, tmpPtr); + } + Vec_Free(tmpPtr); + } + else + result = Vec_Duplicate(vPtr, v2Ptr); + } + else if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &nElem, &elemObjArr) + == TCL_OK) + result = CopyList(vPtr, interp, nElem, elemObjArr); + else + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (result == TCL_OK) { + // The vector has changed; so flush the array indices (they're wrong + // now), find the new range of the data, and notify the vector's + //clients that it's been modified. + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + } + + return result; +} + +static int SimplifyOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + double tolerance = 10.0; + + int nPoints = vPtr->length / 2; + int* simple = (int*)malloc(nPoints * sizeof(int)); + Point2d* reduced = (Point2d*)malloc(nPoints * sizeof(Point2d)); + Point2d* orig = (Point2d *)vPtr->valueArr; + int n = Blt_SimplifyLine(orig, 0, nPoints - 1, tolerance, simple); + for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) + reduced[i] = orig[simple[i]]; + + free(simple); + Vec_Reset(vPtr, (double *)reduced, n * 2, vPtr->length, TCL_DYNAMIC); + // The vector has changed; so flush the array indices (they're wrong + // now), find the new range of the data, and notify the vector's + // clients that it's been modified. + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int SplitOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + int nVectors = objc - 2; + if ((vPtr->length % nVectors) != 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't split vector \"", vPtr->name, + "\" into ", Itoa(nVectors), " even parts.", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (nVectors > 0) { + int extra = vPtr->length / nVectors; + for (int i = 0; i < nVectors; i++) { + char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+2]); + int isNew; + Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_Create(vPtr->dataPtr, string, string, string, &isNew); + int oldSize = v2Ptr->length; + int newSize = oldSize + extra; + if (Vec_SetLength(interp, v2Ptr, newSize) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int j,k; + for (j = i, k = oldSize; j < vPtr->length; j += nVectors, k++) + v2Ptr->valueArr[k] = vPtr->valueArr[j]; + + Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr); + if (v2Ptr->flush) { + Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr); + } + } + } + return TCL_OK; +} + + +// Pointer to the array of values currently being sorted. +static Vector **sortVectors; +// Indicates the ordering of the sort. If non-zero, the vectors are sorted in +// decreasing order +static int sortDecreasing; +static int nSortVectors; + +static int CompareVectors(void *a, void *b) +{ + int sign = (sortDecreasing) ? -1 : 1; + for (int i = 0; i < nSortVectors; i++) { + Vector* vPtr = sortVectors[i]; + double delta = vPtr->valueArr[*(int *)a] - vPtr->valueArr[*(int *)b]; + if (delta < 0.0) + return (-1 * sign); + else if (delta > 0.0) + return (1 * sign); + } + + return 0; +} + +size_t* Blt::Vec_SortMap(Vector **vectors, int nVectors) +{ + Vector *vPtr = *vectors; + int length = vPtr->last - vPtr->first + 1; + size_t* map = (size_t*)malloc(sizeof(size_t) * length); + for (int i = vPtr->first; i <= vPtr->last; i++) + map[i] = i; + + // Set global variables for sorting routine + sortVectors = vectors; + nSortVectors = nVectors; + qsort((char *)map, length, sizeof(size_t),(QSortCompareProc *)CompareVectors); + + return map; +} + +static size_t* SortVectors(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + + Vector** vectors = (Vector**)malloc(sizeof(Vector *) * (objc + 1)); + vectors[0] = vPtr; + size_t* map = NULL; + for (int i = 0; i < objc; i++) { + Vector* v2Ptr; + if (Vec_LookupName(vPtr->dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), + &v2Ptr) != TCL_OK) + goto error; + + if (v2Ptr->length != vPtr->length) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "vector \"", v2Ptr->name, + "\" is not the same size as \"", vPtr->name, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + vectors[i + 1] = v2Ptr; + } + map = Vec_SortMap(vectors, objc + 1); + + error: + free(vectors); + + return map; +} + +static int SortOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + sortDecreasing = 0; + SortSwitches switches; + switches.flags = 0; + int i = ParseSwitches(interp, sortSwitches, objc - 2, objv + 2, &switches, + BLT_SWITCH_OBJV_PARTIAL); + if (i < 0) + return TCL_ERROR; + + objc -= i, objv += i; + sortDecreasing = (switches.flags & SORT_DECREASING); + + size_t *map = (objc > 2) ? SortVectors(vPtr, interp, objc - 2, objv + 2) : + Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1); + + if (map == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + int sortLength = vPtr->length; + + // Create an array to store a copy of the current values of the + // vector. We'll merge the values back into the vector based upon the + // indices found in the index array. + size_t nBytes = sizeof(double) * sortLength; + double* copy = (double*)malloc(nBytes); + memcpy((char *)copy, (char *)vPtr->valueArr, nBytes); + if (switches.flags & SORT_UNIQUE) { + int count =1; + for (int n = 1; n < sortLength; n++) { + size_t next = map[n]; + size_t prev = map[n - 1]; + if (copy[next] != copy[prev]) { + map[count] = next; + count++; + } + } + sortLength = count; + nBytes = sortLength * sizeof(double); + } + + if (sortLength != vPtr->length) + Vec_SetLength(interp, vPtr, sortLength); + + for (int n = 0; n < sortLength; n++) + vPtr->valueArr[n] = copy[map[n]]; + + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + + // Now sort any other vectors in the same fashion. The vectors must be + // the same size as the map though + int result = TCL_ERROR; + for (int i = 2; i < objc; i++) { + Vector *v2Ptr; + if (Vec_LookupName(vPtr->dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), &v2Ptr) != TCL_OK) + goto error; + + if (sortLength != v2Ptr->length) + Vec_SetLength(interp, v2Ptr, sortLength); + + memcpy((char *)copy, (char *)v2Ptr->valueArr, nBytes); + for (int n = 0; n < sortLength; n++) + v2Ptr->valueArr[n] = copy[map[n]]; + + Vec_UpdateClients(v2Ptr); + if (v2Ptr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(v2Ptr); + } + result = TCL_OK; + + error: + free(copy); + free(map); + + return result; +} + +static int InstExprOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + if (Blt_ExprVector(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), (Blt_Vector *)vPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ArithOp(Vector *vPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + double value; + double scalar; + + Vector* v2Ptr = Vec_ParseElement((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr->dataPtr, + Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL, + NS_SEARCH_BOTH); + if (v2Ptr != NULL) { + int length = v2Ptr->last - v2Ptr->first + 1; + if (length != vPtr->length) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "vectors \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), + "\" and \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), + "\" are not the same length", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + switch (string[0]) { + case '*': + for (int i = 0, j = v2Ptr->first; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) { + value = vPtr->valueArr[i] * v2Ptr->valueArr[j]; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value)); + } + break; + + case '/': + for (int i = 0, j = v2Ptr->first; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) { + value = vPtr->valueArr[i] / v2Ptr->valueArr[j]; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value)); + } + break; + + case '-': + for (int i = 0, j = v2Ptr->first; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) { + value = vPtr->valueArr[i] - v2Ptr->valueArr[j]; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value)); + } + break; + + case '+': + for (int i = 0, j = v2Ptr->first; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) { + value = vPtr->valueArr[i] + v2Ptr->valueArr[j]; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value)); + } + break; + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + + } + else if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &scalar) == TCL_OK) { + Tcl_Obj* listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **)NULL); + char* string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); + switch (string[0]) { + case '*': + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + value = vPtr->valueArr[i] * scalar; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value)); + } + break; + + case '/': + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + value = vPtr->valueArr[i] / scalar; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value)); + } + break; + + case '-': + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + value = vPtr->valueArr[i] - scalar; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value)); + } + break; + + case '+': + for (int i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + value = vPtr->valueArr[i] + scalar; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value)); + } + break; + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + } + else + return TCL_ERROR; + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static Blt_OpSpec vectorInstOps[] = + { + {"*", 1, (void*)ArithOp, 3, 3, "item",}, /*Deprecated*/ + {"+", 1, (void*)ArithOp, 3, 3, "item",}, /*Deprecated*/ + {"-", 1, (void*)ArithOp, 3, 3, "item",}, /*Deprecated*/ + {"/", 1, (void*)ArithOp, 3, 3, "item",}, /*Deprecated*/ + {"append", 1, (void*)AppendOp, 3, 0, "items ?items...?",}, + {"binread", 1, (void*)BinreadOp, 3, 0, "channel ?numValues? ?flags?",}, + {"clear", 1, (void*)ClearOp, 2, 2, "",}, + {"delete", 2, (void*)DeleteOp, 2, 0, "index ?index...?",}, + {"dup", 2, (void*)DupOp, 3, 0, "vecName",}, + {"expr", 1, (void*)InstExprOp, 3, 3, "expression",}, + {"fft", 1, (void*)FFTOp, 3, 0, "vecName ?switches?",}, + {"index", 3, (void*)IndexOp, 3, 4, "index ?value?",}, + {"inversefft",3, (void*)InverseFFTOp,4, 4, "vecName vecName",}, + {"length", 1, (void*)LengthOp, 2, 3, "?newSize?",}, + {"max", 2, (void*)MaxOp, 2, 2, "",}, + {"merge", 2, (void*)MergeOp, 3, 0, "vecName ?vecName...?",}, + {"min", 2, (void*)MinOp, 2, 2, "",}, + {"normalize", 3, (void*)NormalizeOp, 2, 3, "?vecName?",}, /*Deprecated*/ + {"notify", 3, (void*)NotifyOp, 3, 3, "keyword",}, + {"offset", 1, (void*)OffsetOp, 2, 3, "?offset?",}, + {"populate", 1, (void*)PopulateOp, 4, 4, "vecName density",}, + {"random", 4, (void*)RandomOp, 2, 2, "",}, /*Deprecated*/ + {"range", 4, (void*)RangeOp, 2, 4, "first last",}, + {"search", 3, (void*)SearchOp, 3, 5, "?-value? value ?value?",}, + {"seq", 3, (void*)SeqOp, 4, 5, "begin end ?num?",}, + {"set", 3, (void*)SetOp, 3, 3, "list",}, + {"simplify", 2, (void*)SimplifyOp, 2, 2, }, + {"sort", 2, (void*)SortOp, 2, 0, "?switches? ?vecName...?",}, + {"split", 2, (void*)SplitOp, 2, 0, "?vecName...?",}, + {"values", 3, (void*)ValuesOp, 2, 0, "?switches?",}, + {"variable", 3, (void*)MapOp, 2, 3, "?varName?",}, + }; + +static int nInstOps = sizeof(vectorInstOps) / sizeof(Blt_OpSpec); + +int Blt::Vec_InstCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)clientData; + vPtr->first = 0; + vPtr->last = vPtr->length - 1; + VectorCmdProc *proc = + (VectorCmdProc*)GetOpFromObj(interp, nInstOps, vectorInstOps, + BLT_OP_ARG1, objc, objv, 0); + if (proc == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return (*proc) (vPtr, interp, objc, objv); +} + +#define MAX_ERR_MSG 1023 +static char message[MAX_ERR_MSG + 1]; +char* Blt::Vec_VarTrace(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags) +{ + Blt_VectorIndexProc *indexProc; + Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)clientData; + + if (part2 == NULL) { + if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { + free((void*)(vPtr->arrayName)); + vPtr->arrayName = NULL; + if (vPtr->freeOnUnset) + Vec_Free(vPtr); + } + + return NULL; + } + + int first; + int last; + int varFlags; + + if (Vec_GetIndexRange(interp, vPtr, part2, INDEX_ALL_FLAGS, &indexProc) + != TCL_OK) + goto error; + + first = vPtr->first; + last = vPtr->last; + varFlags = TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG | (TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY & flags); + if (flags & TCL_TRACE_WRITES) { + // Tried to set "min" or "max" + if (first == SPECIAL_INDEX) + return (char *)"read-only index"; + + Tcl_Obj* objPtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, part1, part2, varFlags); + if (objPtr == NULL) + goto error; + + double value; + if (Blt_ExprDoubleFromObj(interp, objPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) { + // Single numeric index. Reset the array element to + // its old value on errors + if ((last == first) && (first >= 0)) + Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, part1, part2, objPtr, varFlags); + goto error; + } + + if (first == vPtr->length) { + if (Vec_ChangeLength((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr, vPtr->length + 1) + != TCL_OK) + return (char *)"error resizing vector"; + } + + // Set possibly an entire range of values + ReplicateValue(vPtr, first, last, value); + } + else if (flags & TCL_TRACE_READS) { + Tcl_Obj *objPtr; + + if (vPtr->length == 0) { + if (Tcl_SetVar2(interp, part1, part2, "", varFlags) == NULL) + goto error; + + return NULL; + } + + if (first == vPtr->length) + return (char *)"write-only index"; + + if (first == last) { + double value; + if (first >= 0) + value = vPtr->valueArr[first]; + else { + vPtr->first = 0, vPtr->last = vPtr->length - 1; + value = (*indexProc) ((Blt_Vector *) vPtr); + } + + objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value); + if (Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, part1, part2, objPtr, varFlags) == NULL) { + Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr); + goto error; + } + } + else { + objPtr = GetValues(vPtr, first, last); + if (Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, part1, part2, objPtr, varFlags) == NULL) + Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr); + goto error; + } + } + else if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) { + if ((first == vPtr->length) || (first == SPECIAL_INDEX)) + return (char *)"special vector index"; + + // Collapse the vector from the point of the first unset element. + // Also flush any array variable entries so that the shift is + // reflected when the array variable is read. + for (int i = first, j = last + 1; j < vPtr->length; i++, j++) + vPtr->valueArr[i] = vPtr->valueArr[j]; + + vPtr->length -= ((last - first) + 1); + if (vPtr->flush) + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + + } + else + return (char *)"unknown variable trace flag"; + + if (flags & (TCL_TRACE_UNSETS | TCL_TRACE_WRITES)) + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + return NULL; + + error: + strncpy(message, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), MAX_ERR_MSG); + message[MAX_ERR_MSG] = '\0'; + return message; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecInt.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecInt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc516a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecInt.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1995-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + + +#include "tkbltChain.h" +#include "tkbltVector.h" + +#define VECTOR_THREAD_KEY "BLT Vector Data" +#define VECTOR_MAGIC ((unsigned int) 0x46170277) + +/* These defines allow parsing of different types of indices */ + +#define INDEX_SPECIAL (1<<0) /* Recognize "min", "max", and "++end" as + * valid indices */ +#define INDEX_COLON (1<<1) /* Also recognize a range of indices separated + * by a colon */ +#define INDEX_CHECK (1<<2) /* Verify that the specified index or range of + * indices are within limits */ +#define INDEX_ALL_FLAGS (INDEX_SPECIAL | INDEX_COLON | INDEX_CHECK) + +#define SPECIAL_INDEX -2 + +#define FFT_NO_CONSTANT (1<<0) +#define FFT_BARTLETT (1<<1) +#define FFT_SPECTRUM (1<<2) + +#define NOTIFY_UPDATED ((int)BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE) +#define NOTIFY_DESTROYED ((int)BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY) + +#define NOTIFY_NEVER (1<<3) /* Never notify clients of updates to + * the vector */ +#define NOTIFY_ALWAYS (1<<4) /* Notify clients after each update + * of the vector is made */ +#define NOTIFY_WHENIDLE (1<<5) /* Notify clients at the next idle point + * that the vector has been updated. */ + +#define NOTIFY_PENDING (1<<6) /* A do-when-idle notification of the + * vector's clients is pending. */ +#define NOTIFY_NOW (1<<7) /* Notify clients of changes once + * immediately */ + +#define NOTIFY_WHEN_MASK (NOTIFY_NEVER|NOTIFY_ALWAYS|NOTIFY_WHENIDLE) + +#define UPDATE_RANGE (1<<9) /* The data of the vector has changed. + * Update the min and max limits when + * they are needed */ + +#define FindRange(array, first, last, min, max) \ + { \ + min = max = 0.0; \ + if (first <= last) { \ + register int i; \ + min = max = array[first]; \ + for (i = first + 1; i <= last; i++) { \ + if (min > array[i]) { \ + min = array[i]; \ + } else if (max < array[i]) { \ + max = array[i]; \ + } \ + } \ + } \ + } + +namespace Blt { + + typedef struct { + double x; + double y; + } Point2d; + + typedef struct { + Tcl_HashTable vectorTable; /* Table of vectors */ + Tcl_HashTable mathProcTable; /* Table of vector math functions */ + Tcl_HashTable indexProcTable; + Tcl_Interp* interp; + unsigned int nextId; + } VectorInterpData; + + typedef struct { + // If you change these fields, make sure you change the definition of + // Blt_Vector in blt.h too. + double *valueArr; /* Array of values (malloc-ed) */ + int length; /* Current number of values in the array. */ + int size; /* Maximum number of values that can be stored + * in the value array. */ + double min, max; /* Minimum and maximum values in the vector */ + int dirty; /* Indicates if the vector has been updated */ + int reserved; + + /* The following fields are local to this module */ + + const char *name; /* The namespace-qualified name of the vector. + * It points to the hash key allocated for the + * entry in the vector hash table. */ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; + Tcl_Interp* interp; /* Interpreter associated with the vector */ + Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* If non-NULL, pointer in a hash table to + * track the vectors in use. */ + Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc; /* Address of procedure to call to release + * storage for the value array, Optionally can + * be one of the following: TCL_STATIC, + * TCL_DYNAMIC, or TCL_VOLATILE. */ + const char *arrayName; /* The name of the TCL array variable mapped + * to the vector (malloc'ed). If NULL, + * indicates that the vector isn't mapped to + * any variable */ + Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr; /* Namespace context of the vector itself. */ + int offset; /* Offset from zero of the vector's starting + * index */ + Tcl_Command cmdToken; /* Token for vector's TCL command. */ + Chain* chain; /* List of clients using this vector */ + int notifyFlags; /* Notification flags. See definitions + * below */ + int varFlags; /* Indicate if the variable is global, + * namespace, or local */ + int freeOnUnset; /* For backward compatibility only: If + * non-zero, free the vector when its variable + * is unset. */ + int flush; + int first, last; /* Selected region of vector. This is used + * mostly for the math routines */ + } Vector; + + extern const char* Itoa(int value); + extern int Vec_GetIndex(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr, + const char *string, int *indexPtr, int flags, + Blt_VectorIndexProc **procPtrPtr); + extern int Vec_GetIndexRange(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr, + const char *string, int flags, + Blt_VectorIndexProc **procPtrPtr); + extern Vector* Vec_ParseElement(Tcl_Interp* interp, VectorInterpData *dataPtr, + const char *start, const char **endPtr, + int flags); + extern int Vec_SetLength(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr, int length); + extern int Vec_SetSize(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr, int size); + extern void Vec_FlushCache(Vector *vPtr); + extern void Vec_UpdateRange(Vector *vPtr); + extern void Vec_UpdateClients(Vector *vPtr); + extern void Vec_Free(Vector *vPtr); + extern Vector* Vec_New(VectorInterpData *dataPtr); + extern int Vec_MapVariable(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr, + const char *name); + extern int Vec_ChangeLength(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr, int length); + extern Vector* Vec_Create(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *name, + const char *cmdName, const char *varName, + int *newPtr); + extern int Vec_LookupName(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *vecName, + Vector **vPtrPtr); + extern VectorInterpData* Vec_GetInterpData (Tcl_Interp* interp); + extern int Vec_Reset(Vector *vPtr, double *dataArr, int nValues, + int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); + extern int Vec_FFT(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *realPtr, + Vector *phasesPtr, Vector *freqPtr, double delta, + int flags, Vector *srcPtr); + extern int Vec_InverseFFT(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *iSrcPtr, + Vector *rDestPtr, Vector *iDestPtr, + Vector *srcPtr); + extern int Vec_Duplicate(Vector *destPtr, Vector *srcPtr); + extern size_t *Vec_SortMap(Vector **vectors, int nVectors); + extern double Vec_Max(Vector *vecObjPtr); + extern double Vec_Min(Vector *vecObjPtr); + extern int ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string, Blt_Vector *vector); + + extern Tcl_ObjCmdProc Vec_InstCmd; + extern Tcl_VarTraceProc Vec_VarTrace; + extern void Vec_InstallMathFunctions(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); + extern void Vec_UninstallMathFunctions(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); + extern void Vec_InstallSpecialIndices(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); +}; + +extern Tcl_IdleProc Blt_Vec_NotifyClients; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +double drand48(void); +void srand48(long int seed); +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecMath.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecMath.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03277d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecMath.C @@ -0,0 +1,1612 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1995-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <cmath> + +#include <float.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltInt.h" +#include "tkbltVecInt.h" +#include "tkbltNsUtil.h" +#include "tkbltParse.h" + +using namespace std; +using namespace Blt; + +/* + * Three types of math functions: + * + * ComponentProc Function is applied in multiple calls to + * each component of the vector. + * VectorProc Entire vector is passed, each component is + * modified. + * ScalarProc Entire vector is passed, single scalar value + * is returned. + */ + +typedef double (ComponentProc)(double value); +typedef int (VectorProc)(Vector *vPtr); +typedef double (ScalarProc)(Vector *vPtr); + +/* + * Built-in math functions: + */ +typedef int (GenericMathProc) (void*, Tcl_Interp*, Vector*); + +/* + * MathFunction -- + * + * Contains information about math functions that can be called + * for vectors. The table of math functions is global within the + * application. So you can't define two different "sqrt" + * functions. + */ +typedef struct { + const char *name; /* Name of built-in math function. If + * NULL, indicates that the function + * was user-defined and dynamically + * allocated. Function names are + * global across all interpreters. */ + + void *proc; /* Procedure that implements this math + * function. */ + + ClientData clientData; /* Argument to pass when invoking the + * function. */ + +} MathFunction; + +/* The data structure below is used to describe an expression value, + * which can be either a double-precision floating-point value, or a + * string. A given number has only one value at a time. */ + +#define STATIC_STRING_SPACE 150 + +/* + * Tokens -- + * + * The token types are defined below. In addition, there is a + * table associating a precedence with each operator. The order + * of types is important. Consult the code before changing it. + */ +enum Tokens { + VALUE, OPEN_PAREN, CLOSE_PAREN, COMMA, END, UNKNOWN, + MULT = 8, DIVIDE, MOD, PLUS, MINUS, + LEFT_SHIFT, RIGHT_SHIFT, + LESS, GREATER, LEQ, GEQ, EQUAL, NEQ, + OLD_BIT_AND, EXPONENT, OLD_BIT_OR, OLD_QUESTY, OLD_COLON, + AND, OR, UNARY_MINUS, OLD_UNARY_PLUS, NOT, OLD_BIT_NOT +}; + +typedef struct { + Vector *vPtr; + char staticSpace[STATIC_STRING_SPACE]; + ParseValue pv; /* Used to hold a string value, if any. */ +} Value; + +/* + * ParseInfo -- + * + * The data structure below describes the state of parsing an + * expression. It's passed among the routines in this module. + */ +typedef struct { + const char *expr; /* The entire right-hand side of the + * expression, as originally passed to + * Blt_ExprVector. */ + + const char *nextPtr; /* Position of the next character to + * be scanned from the expression + * string. */ + + enum Tokens token; /* Type of the last token to be parsed + * from nextPtr. See below for + * definitions. Corresponds to the + * characters just before nextPtr. */ + +} ParseInfo; + +/* + * Precedence table. The values for non-operator token types are ignored. + */ +static int precTable[] = + { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 12, 12, 12, /* MULT, DIVIDE, MOD */ + 11, 11, /* PLUS, MINUS */ + 10, 10, /* LEFT_SHIFT, RIGHT_SHIFT */ + 9, 9, 9, 9, /* LESS, GREATER, LEQ, GEQ */ + 8, 8, /* EQUAL, NEQ */ + 7, /* OLD_BIT_AND */ + 13, /* EXPONENTIATION */ + 5, /* OLD_BIT_OR */ + 4, /* AND */ + 3, /* OR */ + 2, /* OLD_QUESTY */ + 1, /* OLD_COLON */ + 14, 14, 14, 14 /* UNARY_MINUS, OLD_UNARY_PLUS, NOT, + * OLD_BIT_NOT */ + }; + + +/* + * Forward declarations. + */ + +static int NextValue(Tcl_Interp* interp, ParseInfo *piPtr, int prec, + Value *valuePtr); + +static int Sort(Vector *vPtr) +{ + size_t* map = Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1); + double* values = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * vPtr->length); + for(int ii = vPtr->first; ii <= vPtr->last; ii++) + values[ii] = vPtr->valueArr[map[ii]]; + + free(map); + for (int ii = vPtr->first; ii <= vPtr->last; ii++) + vPtr->valueArr[ii] = values[ii]; + + free(values); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static double Length(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + return (double)(vPtr->last - vPtr->first + 1); +} + +double Blt_VecMax(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + return Vec_Max(vPtr); +} + +double Blt_VecMin(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + return Vec_Min(vPtr); +} + +int Blt_ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string, Blt_Vector *vector) +{ + return ExprVector(interp,string,vector); +} + +static double Product(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + double prod; + double *vp, *vend; + + prod = 1.0; + for(vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first, + vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last; vp <= vend; vp++) { + prod *= *vp; + } + return prod; +} + +static double Sum(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + // Kahan summation algorithm + + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + double* vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first; + double sum = *vp++; + double c = 0.0; /* A running compensation for lost + * low-order bits.*/ + for (double* vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last; vp <= vend; vp++) { + double y = *vp - c; /* So far, so good: c is zero.*/ + double t = sum + y; /* Alas, sum is big, y small, so + * low-order digits of y are lost.*/ + c = (t - sum) - y; /* (t - sum) recovers the high-order + * part of y; subtracting y recovers + * -(low part of y) */ + sum = t; + } + + return sum; +} + +static double Mean(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + double sum = Sum(vectorPtr); + int n = vPtr->last - vPtr->first + 1; + + return sum / (double)n; +} + +// var = 1/N Sum( (x[i] - mean)^2 ) +static double Variance(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + double mean = Mean(vectorPtr); + double var = 0.0; + int count = 0; + for(double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->last; + vp <= vend; vp++) { + double dx = *vp - mean; + var += dx * dx; + count++; + } + + if (count < 2) + return 0.0; + + var /= (double)(count - 1); + return var; +} + +// skew = Sum( (x[i] - mean)^3 ) / (var^3/2) +static double Skew(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + double mean = Mean(vectorPtr); + double var = 0; + double skew = 0; + int count = 0; + for(double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->last; + vp <= vend; vp++) { + double diff = *vp - mean; + diff = fabs(diff); + double diffsq = diff * diff; + var += diffsq; + skew += diffsq * diff; + count++; + } + + if (count < 2) + return 0.0; + + var /= (double)(count - 1); + skew /= count * var * sqrt(var); + return skew; +} + +static double StdDeviation(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + double var; + + var = Variance(vectorPtr); + if (var > 0.0) { + return sqrt(var); + } + return 0.0; +} + +static double AvgDeviation(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + double mean = Mean(vectorPtr); + double avg = 0.0; + int count = 0; + for(double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->last; + vp <= vend; vp++) { + double diff = *vp - mean; + avg += fabs(diff); + count++; + } + + if (count < 2) + return 0.0; + + avg /= (double)count; + return avg; +} + +static double Kurtosis(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + double mean = Mean(vectorPtr); + double var = 0; + double kurt = 0; + int count = 0; + for(double *vp=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->first, *vend=vPtr->valueArr+vPtr->last; + vp <= vend; vp++) { + double diff = *vp - mean; + double diffsq = diff * diff; + var += diffsq; + kurt += diffsq * diffsq; + count++; + } + + if (count < 2) + return 0.0; + + var /= (double)(count - 1); + + if (var == 0.0) + return 0.0; + + kurt /= (count * var * var); + return kurt - 3.0; /* Fisher Kurtosis */ +} + +static double Median(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + size_t *map; + double q2; + int mid; + + if (vPtr->length == 0) { + return -DBL_MAX; + } + map = Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1); + mid = (vPtr->length - 1) / 2; + + /* + * Determine Q2 by checking if the number of elements [0..n-1] is + * odd or even. If even, we must take the average of the two + * middle values. + */ + if (vPtr->length & 1) { /* Odd */ + q2 = vPtr->valueArr[map[mid]]; + } else { /* Even */ + q2 = (vPtr->valueArr[map[mid]] + + vPtr->valueArr[map[mid + 1]]) * 0.5; + } + free(map); + return q2; +} + +static double Q1(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + double q1; + size_t *map; + + if (vPtr->length == 0) { + return -DBL_MAX; + } + map = Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1); + + if (vPtr->length < 4) { + q1 = vPtr->valueArr[map[0]]; + } else { + int mid, q; + + mid = (vPtr->length - 1) / 2; + q = mid / 2; + + /* + * Determine Q1 by checking if the number of elements in the + * bottom half [0..mid) is odd or even. If even, we must + * take the average of the two middle values. + */ + if (mid & 1) { /* Odd */ + q1 = vPtr->valueArr[map[q]]; + } else { /* Even */ + q1 = (vPtr->valueArr[map[q]] + + vPtr->valueArr[map[q + 1]]) * 0.5; + } + } + free(map); + return q1; +} + +static double Q3(Blt_Vector *vectorPtr) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vectorPtr; + double q3; + size_t *map; + + if (vPtr->length == 0) { + return -DBL_MAX; + } + + map = Vec_SortMap(&vPtr, 1); + + if (vPtr->length < 4) { + q3 = vPtr->valueArr[map[vPtr->length - 1]]; + } else { + int mid, q; + + mid = (vPtr->length - 1) / 2; + q = (vPtr->length + mid) / 2; + + /* + * Determine Q3 by checking if the number of elements in the + * upper half (mid..n-1] is odd or even. If even, we must + * take the average of the two middle values. + */ + if (mid & 1) { /* Odd */ + q3 = vPtr->valueArr[map[q]]; + } else { /* Even */ + q3 = (vPtr->valueArr[map[q]] + + vPtr->valueArr[map[q + 1]]) * 0.5; + } + } + free(map); + return q3; +} + +static int Norm(Blt_Vector *vector) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vector; + double norm, range, min, max; + int i; + + min = Vec_Min(vPtr); + max = Vec_Max(vPtr); + range = max - min; + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + norm = (vPtr->valueArr[i] - min) / range; + vPtr->valueArr[i] = norm; + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +static double Nonzeros(Blt_Vector *vector) +{ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vector; + int count; + double *vp, *vend; + + count = 0; + for(vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first, vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last; vp <= vend; vp++) { + if (*vp == 0.0) + count++; + } + return (double) count; +} + +static double Fabs(double value) +{ + if (value < 0.0) + return -value; + return value; +} + +static double Round(double value) +{ + if (value < 0.0) + return ceil(value - 0.5); + else + return floor(value + 0.5); +} + +static double Fmod(double x, double y) +{ + if (y == 0.0) + return 0.0; + return x - (floor(x / y) * y); +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * MathError -- + * + * This procedure is called when an error occurs during a + * floating-point operation. It reads errno and sets + * interp->result accordingly. + * + * Results: + * Interp->result is set to hold an error message. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static void MathError(Tcl_Interp* interp, double value) +{ + if ((errno == EDOM) || (value != value)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "domain error: argument not in valid range", + (char *)NULL); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "DOMAIN", + Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), (char *)NULL); + } + else if ((errno == ERANGE) || isinf(value)) { + if (value == 0.0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "floating-point value too small to represent", + (char *)NULL); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "UNDERFLOW", + Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), (char *)NULL); + } + else { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "floating-point value too large to represent", + (char *)NULL); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "OVERFLOW", + Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), (char *)NULL); + } + } + else { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown floating-point error, ", + "errno = ", Itoa(errno), (char *)NULL); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "UNKNOWN", + Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), (char *)NULL); + } +} + +static int ParseString(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, Value *valuePtr) +{ + const char *endPtr; + double value; + + errno = 0; + + /* + * The string can be either a number or a vector. First try to + * convert the string to a number. If that fails then see if + * we can find a vector by that name. + */ + + value = strtod(string, (char **)&endPtr); + if ((endPtr != string) && (*endPtr == '\0')) { + if (errno != 0) { + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + MathError(interp, value); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + /* Numbers are stored as single element vectors. */ + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, valuePtr->vPtr, 1) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + valuePtr->vPtr->valueArr[0] = value; + return TCL_OK; + } else { + Vector *vPtr; + + while (isspace((unsigned char)(*string))) { + string++; /* Skip spaces leading the vector name. */ + } + vPtr = Vec_ParseElement(interp, valuePtr->vPtr->dataPtr, + string, &endPtr, NS_SEARCH_BOTH); + if (vPtr == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (*endPtr != '\0') { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "extra characters after vector", + (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + /* Copy the designated vector to our temporary. */ + Vec_Duplicate(valuePtr->vPtr, vPtr); + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ParseMathFunction(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *start, + ParseInfo *piPtr, Value *valuePtr) +{ + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + MathFunction *mathPtr; /* Info about math function. */ + char *p; + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */ + GenericMathProc *proc; + + /* + * Find the end of the math function's name and lookup the + * record for the function. + */ + p = (char *)start; + while (isspace((unsigned char)(*p))) { + p++; + } + piPtr->nextPtr = p; + while (isalnum((unsigned char)(*p)) || (*p == '_')) { + p++; + } + if (*p != '(') { + return TCL_RETURN; /* Must start with open parenthesis */ + } + dataPtr = valuePtr->vPtr->dataPtr; + *p = '\0'; + hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataPtr->mathProcTable, piPtr->nextPtr); + *p = '('; + if (hPtr == NULL) { + return TCL_RETURN; /* Name doesn't match any known function */ + } + /* Pick up the single value as the argument to the function */ + piPtr->token = OPEN_PAREN; + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 1; + valuePtr->pv.next = valuePtr->pv.buffer; + if (NextValue(interp, piPtr, -1, valuePtr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; /* Parse error */ + } + if (piPtr->token != CLOSE_PAREN) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unmatched parentheses in expression \"", + piPtr->expr, "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; /* Missing right parenthesis */ + } + mathPtr = (MathFunction*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + proc = (GenericMathProc*)mathPtr->proc; + if ((*proc) (mathPtr->clientData, interp, valuePtr->vPtr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; /* Function invocation error */ + } + piPtr->token = VALUE; + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int NextToken(Tcl_Interp* interp, ParseInfo *piPtr, Value *valuePtr) +{ + const char *p; + const char *endPtr; + const char *var; + int result; + + p = piPtr->nextPtr; + while (isspace((unsigned char)(*p))) { + p++; + } + if (*p == '\0') { + piPtr->token = END; + piPtr->nextPtr = p; + return TCL_OK; + } + /* + * Try to parse the token as a floating-point number. But check + * that the first character isn't a "-" or "+", which "strtod" + * will happily accept as an unary operator. Otherwise, we might + * accidently treat a binary operator as unary by mistake, which + * will eventually cause a syntax error. + */ + if ((*p != '-') && (*p != '+')) { + double value; + + errno = 0; + value = strtod(p, (char **)&endPtr); + if (endPtr != p) { + if (errno != 0) { + MathError(interp, value); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + piPtr->token = VALUE; + piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr; + + /* + * Save the single floating-point value as an 1-component vector. + */ + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, valuePtr->vPtr, 1) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + valuePtr->vPtr->valueArr[0] = value; + return TCL_OK; + } + } + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 1; + switch (*p) { + case '$': + piPtr->token = VALUE; + var = Tcl_ParseVar(interp, p, &endPtr); + if (var == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr; + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + result = ParseString(interp, var, valuePtr); + return result; + + case '[': + piPtr->token = VALUE; + result = ParseNestedCmd(interp, p + 1, 0, &endPtr, &valuePtr->pv); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + return result; + } + piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr; + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + result = ParseString(interp, valuePtr->pv.buffer, valuePtr); + return result; + + case '"': + piPtr->token = VALUE; + result = ParseQuotes(interp, p + 1, '"', 0, &endPtr, &valuePtr->pv); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + return result; + } + piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr; + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + result = ParseString(interp, valuePtr->pv.buffer, valuePtr); + return result; + + case '{': + piPtr->token = VALUE; + result = ParseBraces(interp, p + 1, &endPtr, &valuePtr->pv); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + return result; + } + piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr; + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + result = ParseString(interp, valuePtr->pv.buffer, valuePtr); + return result; + + case '(': + piPtr->token = OPEN_PAREN; + break; + + case ')': + piPtr->token = CLOSE_PAREN; + break; + + case ',': + piPtr->token = COMMA; + break; + + case '*': + piPtr->token = MULT; + break; + + case '/': + piPtr->token = DIVIDE; + break; + + case '%': + piPtr->token = MOD; + break; + + case '+': + piPtr->token = PLUS; + break; + + case '-': + piPtr->token = MINUS; + break; + + case '^': + piPtr->token = EXPONENT; + break; + + case '<': + switch (*(p + 1)) { + case '<': + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2; + piPtr->token = LEFT_SHIFT; + break; + case '=': + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2; + piPtr->token = LEQ; + break; + default: + piPtr->token = LESS; + break; + } + break; + + case '>': + switch (*(p + 1)) { + case '>': + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2; + piPtr->token = RIGHT_SHIFT; + break; + case '=': + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2; + piPtr->token = GEQ; + break; + default: + piPtr->token = GREATER; + break; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (*(p + 1) == '=') { + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2; + piPtr->token = EQUAL; + } else { + piPtr->token = UNKNOWN; + } + break; + + case '&': + if (*(p + 1) == '&') { + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2; + piPtr->token = AND; + } else { + piPtr->token = UNKNOWN; + } + break; + + case '|': + if (*(p + 1) == '|') { + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2; + piPtr->token = OR; + } else { + piPtr->token = UNKNOWN; + } + break; + + case '!': + if (*(p + 1) == '=') { + piPtr->nextPtr = p + 2; + piPtr->token = NEQ; + } else { + piPtr->token = NOT; + } + break; + + default: + piPtr->token = VALUE; + result = ParseMathFunction(interp, p, piPtr, valuePtr); + if ((result == TCL_OK) || (result == TCL_ERROR)) { + return result; + } else { + Vector *vPtr; + + while (isspace((unsigned char)(*p))) { + p++; /* Skip spaces leading the vector name. */ + } + vPtr = Vec_ParseElement(interp, valuePtr->vPtr->dataPtr, + p, &endPtr, NS_SEARCH_BOTH); + if (vPtr == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Vec_Duplicate(valuePtr->vPtr, vPtr); + piPtr->nextPtr = endPtr; + } + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int NextValue(Tcl_Interp* interp, ParseInfo *piPtr, + int prec, Value *valuePtr) +{ + Value value2; /* Second operand for current operator. */ + int oper; /* Current operator (either unary or binary). */ + int gotOp; /* Non-zero means already lexed the operator + * (while picking up value for unary operator). + * Don't lex again. */ + int result; + Vector *vPtr, *v2Ptr; + int i; + + /* + * There are two phases to this procedure. First, pick off an initial + * value. Then, parse (binary operator, value) pairs until done. + */ + + vPtr = valuePtr->vPtr; + v2Ptr = Vec_New(vPtr->dataPtr); + gotOp = 0; + value2.vPtr = v2Ptr; + value2.pv.buffer = value2.pv.next = value2.staticSpace; + value2.pv.end = value2.pv.buffer + STATIC_STRING_SPACE - 1; + value2.pv.expandProc = ExpandParseValue; + value2.pv.clientData = NULL; + + result = NextToken(interp, piPtr, valuePtr); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + goto done; + } + if (piPtr->token == OPEN_PAREN) { + + /* Parenthesized sub-expression. */ + + result = NextValue(interp, piPtr, -1, valuePtr); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + goto done; + } + if (piPtr->token != CLOSE_PAREN) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unmatched parentheses in expression \"", + piPtr->expr, "\"", (char *)NULL); + result = TCL_ERROR; + goto done; + } + } else { + if (piPtr->token == MINUS) { + piPtr->token = UNARY_MINUS; + } + if (piPtr->token >= UNARY_MINUS) { + oper = piPtr->token; + result = NextValue(interp, piPtr, precTable[oper], valuePtr); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + goto done; + } + gotOp = 1; + /* Process unary operators. */ + switch (oper) { + case UNARY_MINUS: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + vPtr->valueArr[i] = -(vPtr->valueArr[i]); + } + break; + + case NOT: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + vPtr->valueArr[i] = (double)(!vPtr->valueArr[i]); + } + break; + default: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown operator", (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + } else if (piPtr->token != VALUE) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "missing operand", (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + } + if (!gotOp) { + result = NextToken(interp, piPtr, &value2); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + goto done; + } + } + /* + * Got the first operand. Now fetch (operator, operand) pairs. + */ + for (;;) { + oper = piPtr->token; + + value2.pv.next = value2.pv.buffer; + if ((oper < MULT) || (oper >= UNARY_MINUS)) { + if ((oper == END) || (oper == CLOSE_PAREN) || + (oper == COMMA)) { + result = TCL_OK; + goto done; + } else { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad operator", (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + } + if (precTable[oper] <= prec) { + result = TCL_OK; + goto done; + } + result = NextValue(interp, piPtr, precTable[oper], &value2); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + goto done; + } + if ((piPtr->token < MULT) && (piPtr->token != VALUE) && + (piPtr->token != END) && (piPtr->token != CLOSE_PAREN) && + (piPtr->token != COMMA)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unexpected token in expression", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + /* + * At this point we have two vectors and an operator. + */ + + if (v2Ptr->length == 1) { + double *opnd; + double scalar; + + /* + * 2nd operand is a scalar. + */ + scalar = v2Ptr->valueArr[0]; + opnd = vPtr->valueArr; + switch (oper) { + case MULT: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] *= scalar; + } + break; + + case DIVIDE: + if (scalar == 0.0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "divide by zero", (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] /= scalar; + } + break; + + case PLUS: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] += scalar; + } + break; + + case MINUS: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] -= scalar; + } + break; + + case EXPONENT: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = pow(opnd[i], scalar); + } + break; + + case MOD: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = Fmod(opnd[i], scalar); + } + break; + + case LESS: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] < scalar); + } + break; + + case GREATER: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] > scalar); + } + break; + + case LEQ: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] <= scalar); + } + break; + + case GEQ: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] >= scalar); + } + break; + + case EQUAL: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] == scalar); + } + break; + + case NEQ: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] != scalar); + } + break; + + case AND: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] && scalar); + } + break; + + case OR: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] || scalar); + } + break; + + case LEFT_SHIFT: + { + int offset; + + offset = (int)scalar % vPtr->length; + if (offset > 0) { + double *hold; + int j; + + hold = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * offset); + for (i = 0; i < offset; i++) { + hold[i] = opnd[i]; + } + for (i = offset, j = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) { + opnd[j] = opnd[i]; + } + for (i = 0, j = vPtr->length - offset; + j < vPtr->length; i++, j++) { + opnd[j] = hold[i]; + } + free(hold); + } + } + break; + + case RIGHT_SHIFT: + { + int offset; + + offset = (int)scalar % vPtr->length; + if (offset > 0) { + double *hold; + int j; + + hold = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * offset); + for (i = vPtr->length - offset, j = 0; + i < vPtr->length; i++, j++) { + hold[j] = opnd[i]; + } + for (i = vPtr->length - offset - 1, + j = vPtr->length - 1; i >= 0; i--, j--) { + opnd[j] = opnd[i]; + } + for (i = 0; i < offset; i++) { + opnd[i] = hold[i]; + } + free(hold); + } + } + break; + + default: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown operator in expression", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + + } else if (vPtr->length == 1) { + double *opnd; + double scalar; + + /* + * 1st operand is a scalar. + */ + scalar = vPtr->valueArr[0]; + Vec_Duplicate(vPtr, v2Ptr); + opnd = vPtr->valueArr; + switch (oper) { + case MULT: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] *= scalar; + } + break; + + case PLUS: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] += scalar; + } + break; + + case DIVIDE: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + if (opnd[i] == 0.0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "divide by zero", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + opnd[i] = (scalar / opnd[i]); + } + break; + + case MINUS: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = scalar - opnd[i]; + } + break; + + case EXPONENT: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = pow(scalar, opnd[i]); + } + break; + + case MOD: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = Fmod(scalar, opnd[i]); + } + break; + + case LESS: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(scalar < opnd[i]); + } + break; + + case GREATER: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(scalar > opnd[i]); + } + break; + + case LEQ: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(scalar >= opnd[i]); + } + break; + + case GEQ: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(scalar <= opnd[i]); + } + break; + + case EQUAL: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] == scalar); + } + break; + + case NEQ: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] != scalar); + } + break; + + case AND: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] && scalar); + } + break; + + case OR: + for(i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd[i] = (double)(opnd[i] || scalar); + } + break; + + case LEFT_SHIFT: + case RIGHT_SHIFT: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "second shift operand must be scalar", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + + default: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown operator in expression", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + } else { + double *opnd1, *opnd2; + /* + * Carry out the function of the specified operator. + */ + if (vPtr->length != v2Ptr->length) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "vectors are different lengths", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + opnd1 = vPtr->valueArr, opnd2 = v2Ptr->valueArr; + switch (oper) { + case MULT: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] *= opnd2[i]; + } + break; + + case DIVIDE: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + if (opnd2[i] == 0.0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "can't divide by 0.0 vector component", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + opnd1[i] /= opnd2[i]; + } + break; + + case PLUS: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] += opnd2[i]; + } + break; + + case MINUS: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] -= opnd2[i]; + } + break; + + case MOD: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = Fmod(opnd1[i], opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case EXPONENT: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = pow(opnd1[i], opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case LESS: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] < opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case GREATER: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] > opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case LEQ: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] <= opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case GEQ: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] >= opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case EQUAL: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] == opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case NEQ: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] != opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case AND: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] && opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case OR: + for (i = 0; i < vPtr->length; i++) { + opnd1[i] = (double)(opnd1[i] || opnd2[i]); + } + break; + + case LEFT_SHIFT: + case RIGHT_SHIFT: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "second shift operand must be scalar", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + + default: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown operator in expression", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + } + } + done: + if (value2.pv.buffer != value2.staticSpace) { + free(value2.pv.buffer); + } + Vec_Free(v2Ptr); + return result; + + error: + if (value2.pv.buffer != value2.staticSpace) { + free(value2.pv.buffer); + } + Vec_Free(v2Ptr); + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +static int EvaluateExpression(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string, + Value *valuePtr) +{ + ParseInfo info; + int result; + Vector *vPtr; + double *vp, *vend; + + info.expr = info.nextPtr = string; + valuePtr->pv.buffer = valuePtr->pv.next = valuePtr->staticSpace; + valuePtr->pv.end = valuePtr->pv.buffer + STATIC_STRING_SPACE - 1; + valuePtr->pv.expandProc = ExpandParseValue; + valuePtr->pv.clientData = NULL; + + result = NextValue(interp, &info, -1, valuePtr); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + return result; + } + if (info.token != END) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ": syntax error in expression \"", + string, "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + vPtr = valuePtr->vPtr; + + /* Check for NaN's and overflows. */ + for (vp = vPtr->valueArr, vend = vp + vPtr->length; vp < vend; vp++) { + if (!isfinite(*vp)) { + /* + * IEEE floating-point error. + */ + MathError(interp, *vp); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ComponentFunc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + Vector *vPtr) +{ + ComponentProc *procPtr = (ComponentProc *) clientData; + double *vp, *vend; + + errno = 0; + for(vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first, + vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last; vp <= vend; vp++) { + *vp = (*procPtr) (*vp); + if (errno != 0) { + MathError(interp, *vp); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (!isfinite(*vp)) { + /* + * IEEE floating-point error. + */ + MathError(interp, *vp); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int ScalarFunc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr) +{ + double value; + ScalarProc *procPtr = (ScalarProc *) clientData; + + errno = 0; + value = (*procPtr) (vPtr); + if (errno != 0) { + MathError(interp, value); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, 1) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + vPtr->valueArr[0] = value; + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int VectorFunc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector *vPtr) +{ + VectorProc *procPtr = (VectorProc *) clientData; + + return (*procPtr) (vPtr); +} + + +static MathFunction mathFunctions[] = + { + {"abs", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)Fabs}, + {"acos", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))acos}, + {"asin", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))asin}, + {"atan", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))atan}, + {"adev", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)AvgDeviation}, + {"ceil", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))ceil}, + {"cos", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))cos}, + {"cosh", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))cosh}, + {"exp", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))exp}, + {"floor", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))floor}, + {"kurtosis",(void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Kurtosis}, + {"length", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Length}, + {"log", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))log}, + {"log10", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))log10}, + {"max", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Blt_VecMax}, + {"mean", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Mean}, + {"median", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Median}, + {"min", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Blt_VecMin}, + {"norm", (void*)VectorFunc, (ClientData)Norm}, + {"nz", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Nonzeros}, + {"q1", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Q1}, + {"q3", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Q3}, + {"prod", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Product}, + {"random", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)drand48}, + {"round", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)Round}, + {"sdev", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)StdDeviation}, + {"sin", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))sin}, + {"sinh", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))sinh}, + {"skew", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Skew}, + {"sort", (void*)VectorFunc, (ClientData)Sort}, + {"sqrt", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))sqrt}, + {"sum", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Sum}, + {"tan", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))tan}, + {"tanh", (void*)ComponentFunc, (ClientData)(double (*)(double))tanh}, + {"var", (void*)ScalarFunc, (ClientData)Variance}, + {(char *)NULL,}, + }; + +void Blt::Vec_InstallMathFunctions(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr) +{ + MathFunction *mathPtr; + + for (mathPtr = mathFunctions; mathPtr->name != NULL; mathPtr++) { + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + int isNew; + + hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, mathPtr->name, &isNew); + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (ClientData)mathPtr); + } +} + +void Blt::Vec_UninstallMathFunctions(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr) +{ + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + + for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(tablePtr, &cursor); hPtr != NULL; + hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + MathFunction *mathPtr = (MathFunction*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + if (mathPtr->name == NULL) + free(mathPtr); + } +} + +static void InstallIndexProc(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, const char *string, + Blt_VectorIndexProc *procPtr) +{ + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + int dummy; + + hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, string, &dummy); + if (procPtr == NULL) + Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr); + else + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (ClientData)procPtr); +} + +void Blt::Vec_InstallSpecialIndices(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr) +{ + InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "min", Blt_VecMin); + InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "max", Blt_VecMax); + InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "mean", Mean); + InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "sum", Sum); + InstallIndexProc(tablePtr, "prod", Product); +} + +int Blt::ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *string, Blt_Vector *vector) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */ + Vector *vPtr = (Vector *)vector; + Value value; + + dataPtr = (vector != NULL) ? vPtr->dataPtr : Vec_GetInterpData(interp); + value.vPtr = Vec_New(dataPtr); + if (EvaluateExpression(interp, string, &value) != TCL_OK) { + Vec_Free(value.vPtr); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (vPtr != NULL) { + Vec_Duplicate(vPtr, value.vPtr); + } else { + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr; + double *vp, *vend; + + /* No result vector. Put values in interp->result. */ + listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL); + for (vp = value.vPtr->valueArr, vend = vp + value.vPtr->length; + vp < vend; vp++) { + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*vp)); + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + } + Vec_Free(value.vPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +#ifdef _WIN32 +double drand48(void) +{ + return (double)rand() / (double)RAND_MAX; +} + +void srand48(long int seed) +{ + srand(seed); +} +#endif diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecOp.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecOp.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c84723 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVecOp.C @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1991-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#include <tcl.h> + +#include "tkbltVecInt.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +extern Tcl_ObjCmdProc VectorObjCmd; + +int Blt_VectorCmdInitProc(Tcl_Interp* interp) +{ + + Tcl_Namespace* nsPtr = Tcl_FindNamespace(interp, "::blt", NULL, + TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG); + if (nsPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + const char* cmdPath = "::blt::vector"; + Tcl_Command cmdToken = Tcl_FindCommand(interp, cmdPath, NULL, 0); + if (cmdToken) + return TCL_OK; + cmdToken = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPath, VectorObjCmd, + Vec_GetInterpData(interp), NULL); + if (Tcl_Export(interp, nsPtr, "vector", 0) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + return TCL_OK; +} diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.C b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.C new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0837917 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.C @@ -0,0 +1,1875 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1995-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining + * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the + * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including + * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, + * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to + * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to + * the following conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND + * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE + * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION + * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION + * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +/* + * TODO: + * o Add H. Kirsch's vector binary read operation + * x binread file0 + * x binread -file file0 + * + * o Add ASCII/binary file reader + * x read fileName + * + * o Allow Tcl-based client notifications. + * vector x + * x notify call Display + * x notify delete Display + * x notify reorder #1 #2 + */ + +#include <float.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +#include <cmath> + +#include "tkbltInt.h" +#include "tkbltVecInt.h" +#include "tkbltNsUtil.h" +#include "tkbltSwitch.h" +#include "tkbltOp.h" + +using namespace Blt; + +#define DEF_ARRAY_SIZE 64 +#define TRACE_ALL (TCL_TRACE_WRITES | TCL_TRACE_READS | TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) + + +#define VECTOR_CHAR(c) ((isalnum((unsigned char)(c))) || \ + (c == '_') || (c == ':') || (c == '@') || (c == '.')) + +/* + * VectorClient -- + * + * A vector can be shared by several clients. Each client allocates this + * structure that acts as its key for using the vector. Clients can also + * designate a callback routine that is executed whenever the vector is + * updated or destroyed. + * + */ +typedef struct { + unsigned int magic; /* Magic value designating whether this really + * is a vector token or not */ + Vector* serverPtr; /* Pointer to the master record of the vector. + * If NULL, indicates that the vector has been + * destroyed but as of yet, this client hasn't + * recognized it. */ + Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc;/* Routine to call when the contents of the + * vector change or the vector is deleted. */ + ClientData clientData; /* Data passed whenever the vector change + * procedure is called. */ + ChainLink* link; /* Used to quickly remove this entry from its + * server's client chain. */ +} VectorClient; + +static Tcl_CmdDeleteProc VectorInstDeleteProc; +extern Tcl_ObjCmdProc VectorObjCmd; +static Tcl_InterpDeleteProc VectorInterpDeleteProc; + +typedef struct { + char *varName; /* Requested variable name. */ + char *cmdName; /* Requested command name. */ + int flush; /* Flush */ + int watchUnset; /* Watch when variable is unset. */ +} CreateSwitches; + +static Blt_SwitchSpec createSwitches[] = + { + {BLT_SWITCH_STRING, "-variable", "varName", + Tk_Offset(CreateSwitches, varName), BLT_SWITCH_NULL_OK}, + {BLT_SWITCH_STRING, "-command", "command", + Tk_Offset(CreateSwitches, cmdName), BLT_SWITCH_NULL_OK}, + {BLT_SWITCH_BOOLEAN, "-watchunset", "bool", + Tk_Offset(CreateSwitches, watchUnset), 0}, + {BLT_SWITCH_BOOLEAN, "-flush", "bool", + Tk_Offset(CreateSwitches, flush), 0}, + {BLT_SWITCH_END} + }; + +typedef int (VectorCmdProc)(Vector* vecObjPtr, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]); + +static char stringRep[200]; + +const char *Blt::Itoa(int value) +{ + snprintf(stringRep, 200, "%d", value); + return stringRep; +} + +static char* Blt_Strdup(const char *string) +{ + size_t size = strlen(string) + 1; + char* ptr = (char*)malloc(size * sizeof(char)); + if (ptr != NULL) + strcpy(ptr, string); + + return ptr; +} + +static Vector* FindVectorInNamespace(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, + Blt_ObjectName *objNamePtr) +{ + Tcl_DString dString; + const char* name = MakeQualifiedName(objNamePtr, &dString); + Tcl_HashEntry* hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, name); + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); + if (hPtr != NULL) + return (Vector*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + + return NULL; +} + +static Vector* GetVectorObject(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *name, + int flags) +{ + Tcl_Interp* interp = dataPtr->interp; + Blt_ObjectName objName; + if (!ParseObjectName(interp, name, &objName, BLT_NO_ERROR_MSG | BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS)) + return NULL; + + Vector* vPtr = NULL; + if (objName.nsPtr != NULL) + vPtr = FindVectorInNamespace(dataPtr, &objName); + else { + if (flags & NS_SEARCH_CURRENT) { + objName.nsPtr = Tcl_GetCurrentNamespace(interp); + vPtr = FindVectorInNamespace(dataPtr, &objName); + } + if ((vPtr == NULL) && (flags & NS_SEARCH_GLOBAL)) { + objName.nsPtr = Tcl_GetGlobalNamespace(interp); + vPtr = FindVectorInNamespace(dataPtr, &objName); + } + } + + return vPtr; +} + +void Blt::Vec_UpdateRange(Vector* vPtr) +{ + double* vp = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->first; + double* vend = vPtr->valueArr + vPtr->last; + double min = *vp; + double max = *vp++; + for (/* empty */; vp <= vend; vp++) { + if (min > *vp) + min = *vp; + else if (max < *vp) + max = *vp; + } + vPtr->min = min; + vPtr->max = max; + vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~UPDATE_RANGE; +} + +int Blt::Vec_GetIndex(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, const char *string, + int *indexPtr, int flags, Blt_VectorIndexProc **procPtrPtr) +{ + int value; + char c = string[0]; + + // Treat the index "end" like a numeric index + if ((c == 'e') && (strcmp(string, "end") == 0)) { + if (vPtr->length < 1) { + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"end\": vector is empty", + (char *)NULL); + } + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *indexPtr = vPtr->length - 1; + return TCL_OK; + } else if ((c == '+') && (strcmp(string, "++end") == 0)) { + *indexPtr = vPtr->length; + return TCL_OK; + } + if (procPtrPtr != NULL) { + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + + hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&vPtr->dataPtr->indexProcTable, string); + if (hPtr != NULL) { + *indexPtr = SPECIAL_INDEX; + *procPtrPtr = (Blt_VectorIndexProc*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + return TCL_OK; + } + } + if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, (char *)string, &value) != TCL_OK) { + long int lvalue; + /* + * Unlike Tcl_GetInt, Tcl_ExprLong needs a valid interpreter, but the + * interp passed in may be NULL. So we have to use vPtr->interp and + * then reset the result. + */ + if (Tcl_ExprLong(vPtr->interp, (char *)string, &lvalue) != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_ResetResult(vPtr->interp); + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + } + return TCL_ERROR; + } + value = (int)lvalue; + } + /* + * Correct the index by the current value of the offset. This makes all + * the numeric indices non-negative, which is how we distinguish the + * special non-numeric indices. + */ + value -= vPtr->offset; + + if ((value < 0) || ((flags & INDEX_CHECK) && (value >= vPtr->length))) { + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "index \"", string, "\" is out of range", + (char *)NULL); + } + return TCL_ERROR; + } + *indexPtr = (int)value; + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt::Vec_GetIndexRange(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, const char *string, + int flags, Blt_VectorIndexProc** procPtrPtr) +{ + int ielem; + char* colon = NULL; + if (flags & INDEX_COLON) + colon = (char*)strchr(string, ':'); + + if (colon != NULL) { + if (string == colon) { + vPtr->first = 0; /* Default to the first index */ + } + else { + int result; + + *colon = '\0'; + result = Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, string, &ielem, flags, + (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL); + *colon = ':'; + if (result != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + vPtr->first = ielem; + } + if (*(colon + 1) == '\0') { + /* Default to the last index */ + vPtr->last = (vPtr->length > 0) ? vPtr->length - 1 : 0; + } else { + if (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, colon + 1, &ielem, flags, + (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + vPtr->last = ielem; + } + if (vPtr->first > vPtr->last) { + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad range \"", string, + "\" (first > last)", (char *)NULL); + } + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } else { + if (Vec_GetIndex(interp, vPtr, string, &ielem, flags, + procPtrPtr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + vPtr->last = vPtr->first = ielem; + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +Vector* Blt::Vec_ParseElement(Tcl_Interp* interp, VectorInterpData *dataPtr, + const char* start, const char** endPtr, int flags) +{ + char* p = (char*)start; + // Find the end of the vector name + while (VECTOR_CHAR(*p)) { + p++; + } + char saved = *p; + *p = '\0'; + + Vector* vPtr = GetVectorObject(dataPtr, start, flags); + if (vPtr == NULL) { + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't find vector \"", start, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + } + *p = saved; + return NULL; + } + *p = saved; + vPtr->first = 0; + vPtr->last = vPtr->length - 1; + if (*p == '(') { + int count, result; + + start = p + 1; + p++; + + /* Find the matching right parenthesis */ + count = 1; + while (*p != '\0') { + if (*p == ')') { + count--; + if (count == 0) { + break; + } + } else if (*p == '(') { + count++; + } + p++; + } + if (count > 0) { + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unbalanced parentheses \"", start, + "\"", (char *)NULL); + } + return NULL; + } + *p = '\0'; + result = Vec_GetIndexRange(interp, vPtr, start, (INDEX_COLON | INDEX_CHECK), (Blt_VectorIndexProc **) NULL); + *p = ')'; + if (result != TCL_OK) { + return NULL; + } + p++; + } + if (endPtr != NULL) { + *endPtr = p; + } + return vPtr; +} + +void Blt_Vec_NotifyClients(ClientData clientData) +{ + Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)clientData; + ChainLink *link, *next; + Blt_VectorNotify notify; + + notify = (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_DESTROYED) + ? BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY : BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE; + vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~(NOTIFY_UPDATED | NOTIFY_DESTROYED | NOTIFY_PENDING); + for (link = Chain_FirstLink(vPtr->chain); link; link = next) { + next = Chain_NextLink(link); + VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient*)Chain_GetValue(link); + if ((clientPtr->proc != NULL) && (clientPtr->serverPtr != NULL)) { + (*clientPtr->proc) (vPtr->interp, clientPtr->clientData, notify); + } + } + + // Some clients may not handle the "destroy" callback properly (they + // should call Blt_FreeVectorId to release the client identifier), so mark + // any remaining clients to indicate that vector's server has gone away. + if (notify == BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY) { + for (link = Chain_FirstLink(vPtr->chain); link; + link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient*)Chain_GetValue(link); + clientPtr->serverPtr = NULL; + } + } +} + +void Blt::Vec_UpdateClients(Vector* vPtr) +{ + vPtr->dirty++; + vPtr->max = vPtr->min = NAN; + if (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_NEVER) { + return; + } + vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_UPDATED; + if (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_ALWAYS) { + Blt_Vec_NotifyClients(vPtr); + return; + } + if (!(vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_PENDING)) { + vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_PENDING; + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(Blt_Vec_NotifyClients, vPtr); + } +} + +void Blt::Vec_FlushCache(Vector* vPtr) +{ + Tcl_Interp* interp = vPtr->interp; + + if (vPtr->arrayName == NULL) + return; + + /* Turn off the trace temporarily so that we can unset all the + * elements in the array. */ + + Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL, + TRACE_ALL | vPtr->varFlags, Vec_VarTrace, vPtr); + + /* Clear all the element entries from the entire array */ + Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL, vPtr->varFlags); + + /* Restore the "end" index by default and the trace on the entire array */ + Tcl_SetVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, "end", "", vPtr->varFlags); + Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL, + TRACE_ALL | vPtr->varFlags, Vec_VarTrace, vPtr); +} + +int Blt::Vec_LookupName(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *vecName, + Vector** vPtrPtr) +{ + + const char *endPtr; + Vector* vPtr = Vec_ParseElement(dataPtr->interp, dataPtr, vecName, &endPtr, NS_SEARCH_BOTH); + if (vPtr == NULL) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (*endPtr != '\0') { + Tcl_AppendResult(dataPtr->interp, + "extra characters after vector name", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + *vPtrPtr = vPtr; + return TCL_OK; +} + +double Blt::Vec_Min(Vector* vecObjPtr) +{ + double* vp = vecObjPtr->valueArr + vecObjPtr->first; + double* vend = vecObjPtr->valueArr + vecObjPtr->last; + double min = *vp++; + for (/* empty */; vp <= vend; vp++) { + if (min > *vp) + min = *vp; + } + vecObjPtr->min = min; + return vecObjPtr->min; +} + +double Blt::Vec_Max(Vector* vecObjPtr) +{ + double max = NAN; + double* vp = vecObjPtr->valueArr + vecObjPtr->first; + double* vend = vecObjPtr->valueArr + vecObjPtr->last; + max = *vp++; + for (/* empty */; vp <= vend; vp++) { + if (max < *vp) + max = *vp; + } + vecObjPtr->max = max; + return vecObjPtr->max; +} + +static void DeleteCommand(Vector* vPtr) +{ + Tcl_Interp* interp = vPtr->interp; + char *qualName; + Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo; + Tcl_DString dString; + Blt_ObjectName objName; + + Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); + objName.name = Tcl_GetCommandName(interp, vPtr->cmdToken); + objName.nsPtr = GetCommandNamespace(vPtr->cmdToken); + qualName = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString); + if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, qualName, &cmdInfo)) { + // Disable the callback before deleting the TCL command + cmdInfo.deleteProc = NULL; + Tcl_SetCommandInfo(interp, qualName, &cmdInfo); + Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, vPtr->cmdToken); + } + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); + vPtr->cmdToken = 0; +} + +static void UnmapVariable(Vector* vPtr) +{ + Tcl_Interp* interp = vPtr->interp; + + // Unset the entire array + Tcl_UntraceVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL, + (TRACE_ALL | vPtr->varFlags), Vec_VarTrace, vPtr); + Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, vPtr->arrayName, (char *)NULL, vPtr->varFlags); + + if (vPtr->arrayName != NULL) { + free((void*)(vPtr->arrayName)); + vPtr->arrayName = NULL; + } +} + +int Blt::Vec_MapVariable(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, const char *path) +{ + Blt_ObjectName objName; + char *newPath; + const char *result; + Tcl_DString dString; + + if (vPtr->arrayName != NULL) { + UnmapVariable(vPtr); + } + if ((path == NULL) || (path[0] == '\0')) { + return TCL_OK; /* If the variable pathname is the empty + * string, simply return after removing any + * existing variable. */ + } + /* Get the variable name (without the namespace qualifier). */ + if (!ParseObjectName(interp, path, &objName, BLT_NO_DEFAULT_NS)) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (objName.nsPtr == NULL) { + /* + * If there was no namespace qualifier, try harder to see if the + * variable is non-local. + */ + objName.nsPtr = GetVariableNamespace(interp, objName.name); + } + Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); + vPtr->varFlags = 0; + if (objName.nsPtr != NULL) { /* Global or namespace variable. */ + newPath = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString); + vPtr->varFlags |= (TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); + } else { /* Local variable. */ + newPath = (char *)objName.name; + } + + /* + * To play it safe, delete the variable first. This has the benefical + * side-effect of unmapping the variable from another vector that may be + * currently associated with it. + */ + Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, newPath, (char *)NULL, 0); + + /* + * Set the index "end" in the array. This will create the variable + * immediately so that we can check its namespace context. + */ + result = Tcl_SetVar2(interp, newPath, "end", "", TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG); + if (result == NULL) { + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + /* Create a full-array trace on reads, writes, and unsets. */ + Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, newPath, (char *)NULL, TRACE_ALL, Vec_VarTrace, + vPtr); + vPtr->arrayName = Blt_Strdup(newPath); + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt::Vec_SetSize(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, int newSize) +{ + if (newSize <= 0) { + newSize = DEF_ARRAY_SIZE; + } + if (newSize == vPtr->size) { + /* Same size, use the current array. */ + return TCL_OK; + } + if (vPtr->freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) { + /* Old memory was dynamically allocated, so use realloc. */ + double* newArr = (double*)realloc(vPtr->valueArr, newSize * sizeof(double)); + if (newArr == NULL) { + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't reallocate ", + Itoa(newSize), " elements for vector \"", + vPtr->name, "\"", (char *)NULL); + } + return TCL_ERROR; + } + vPtr->size = newSize; + vPtr->valueArr = newArr; + return TCL_OK; + } + + { + /* Old memory was created specially (static or special allocator). + * Replace with dynamically allocated memory (malloc-ed). */ + + double* newArr = (double*)calloc(newSize, sizeof(double)); + if (newArr == NULL) { + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't allocate ", + Itoa(newSize), " elements for vector \"", + vPtr->name, "\"", (char *)NULL); + } + return TCL_ERROR; + } + { + int used, wanted; + + /* Copy the contents of the old memory into the new. */ + used = vPtr->length; + wanted = newSize; + + if (used > wanted) { + used = wanted; + } + /* Copy any previous data */ + if (used > 0) { + memcpy(newArr, vPtr->valueArr, used * sizeof(double)); + } + } + + /* + * We're not using the old storage anymore, so free it if it's not + * TCL_STATIC. It's static because the user previously reset the + * vector with a statically allocated array (setting freeProc to + * TCL_STATIC). + */ + if (vPtr->freeProc != TCL_STATIC) { + if (vPtr->freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) { + free(vPtr->valueArr); + } else { + (*vPtr->freeProc) ((char *)vPtr->valueArr); + } + } + vPtr->freeProc = TCL_DYNAMIC; /* Set the type of the new storage */ + vPtr->valueArr = newArr; + vPtr->size = newSize; + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt::Vec_SetLength(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, int newLength) +{ + if (vPtr->size < newLength) { + if (Vec_SetSize(interp, vPtr, newLength) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + vPtr->length = newLength; + vPtr->first = 0; + vPtr->last = newLength - 1; + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt::Vec_ChangeLength(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* vPtr, int newLength) +{ + if (newLength < 0) { + newLength = 0; + } + if (newLength > vPtr->size) { + int newSize; /* Size of array in elements */ + + /* Compute the new size of the array. It's a multiple of + * DEF_ARRAY_SIZE. */ + newSize = DEF_ARRAY_SIZE; + while (newSize < newLength) { + newSize += newSize; + } + if (newSize != vPtr->size) { + if (Vec_SetSize(interp, vPtr, newSize) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + } + vPtr->length = newLength; + vPtr->first = 0; + vPtr->last = newLength - 1; + return TCL_OK; + +} + +int Blt::Vec_Reset(Vector* vPtr, double *valueArr, int length, + int size, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc) +{ + if (vPtr->valueArr != valueArr) { /* New array of values resides + * in different memory than + * the current vector. */ + if ((valueArr == NULL) || (size == 0)) { + /* Empty array. Set up default values */ + valueArr = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * DEF_ARRAY_SIZE); + size = DEF_ARRAY_SIZE; + if (valueArr == NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "can't allocate ", + Itoa(size), " elements for vector \"", + vPtr->name, "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + freeProc = TCL_DYNAMIC; + length = 0; + } + else if (freeProc == TCL_VOLATILE) { + /* Data is volatile. Make a copy of the value array. */ + double* newArr = (double*)malloc(size * sizeof(double)); + if (newArr == NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "can't allocate ", + Itoa(size), " elements for vector \"", + vPtr->name, "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + memcpy((char *)newArr, (char *)valueArr, + sizeof(double) * length); + valueArr = newArr; + freeProc = TCL_DYNAMIC; + } + + if (vPtr->freeProc != TCL_STATIC) { + /* Old data was dynamically allocated. Free it before attaching + * new data. */ + if (vPtr->freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) { + free(vPtr->valueArr); + } else { + (*freeProc) ((char *)vPtr->valueArr); + } + } + vPtr->freeProc = freeProc; + vPtr->valueArr = valueArr; + vPtr->size = size; + } + + vPtr->length = length; + if (vPtr->flush) { + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + } + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +Vector* Blt::Vec_New(VectorInterpData *dataPtr) +{ + Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)calloc(1, sizeof(Vector)); + vPtr->valueArr = (double*)malloc(sizeof(double) * DEF_ARRAY_SIZE); + if (vPtr->valueArr == NULL) { + free(vPtr); + return NULL; + } + vPtr->size = DEF_ARRAY_SIZE; + vPtr->freeProc = TCL_DYNAMIC; + vPtr->length = 0; + vPtr->interp = dataPtr->interp; + vPtr->hashPtr = NULL; + vPtr->chain = new Chain(); + vPtr->flush = 0; + vPtr->min = vPtr->max = NAN; + vPtr->notifyFlags = NOTIFY_WHENIDLE; + vPtr->dataPtr = dataPtr; + return vPtr; +} + +void Blt::Vec_Free(Vector* vPtr) +{ + ChainLink* link; + + if (vPtr->cmdToken != 0) { + DeleteCommand(vPtr); + } + if (vPtr->arrayName != NULL) { + UnmapVariable(vPtr); + } + vPtr->length = 0; + + /* Immediately notify clients that vector is going away */ + if (vPtr->notifyFlags & NOTIFY_PENDING) { + vPtr->notifyFlags &= ~NOTIFY_PENDING; + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(Blt_Vec_NotifyClients, vPtr); + } + vPtr->notifyFlags |= NOTIFY_DESTROYED; + Blt_Vec_NotifyClients(vPtr); + + for (link = Chain_FirstLink(vPtr->chain); link; link = Chain_NextLink(link)) { + VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient*)Chain_GetValue(link); + free(clientPtr); + } + delete vPtr->chain; + if ((vPtr->valueArr != NULL) && (vPtr->freeProc != TCL_STATIC)) { + if (vPtr->freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) { + free(vPtr->valueArr); + } else { + (*vPtr->freeProc) ((char *)vPtr->valueArr); + } + } + if (vPtr->hashPtr != NULL) { + Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(vPtr->hashPtr); + } +#ifdef NAMESPACE_DELETE_NOTIFY + if (vPtr->nsPtr != NULL) { + Blt_DestroyNsDeleteNotify(vPtr->interp, vPtr->nsPtr, vPtr); + } +#endif /* NAMESPACE_DELETE_NOTIFY */ + free(vPtr); +} + +static void VectorInstDeleteProc(ClientData clientData) +{ + Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)clientData; + vPtr->cmdToken = 0; + Vec_Free(vPtr); +} + +Vector* Blt::Vec_Create(VectorInterpData *dataPtr, const char *vecName, + const char *cmdName, const char *varName, int *isNewPtr) +{ + Tcl_DString dString; + Blt_ObjectName objName; + char *qualName; + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + Tcl_Interp* interp = dataPtr->interp; + + int isNew = 0; + Vector* vPtr = NULL; + + if (!ParseObjectName(interp, vecName, &objName, 0)) + return NULL; + + Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); + if ((objName.name[0] == '#') && (strcmp(objName.name, "#auto") == 0)) { + + do { /* Generate a unique vector name. */ + char string[200]; + + snprintf(string, 200, "vector%d", dataPtr->nextId++); + objName.name = string; + qualName = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString); + hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, qualName); + } while (hPtr != NULL); + } else { + const char *p; + + for (p = objName.name; *p != '\0'; p++) { + if (!VECTOR_CHAR(*p)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector name \"", objName.name, + "\": must contain digits, letters, underscore, or period", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + } + qualName = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString); + vPtr = Vec_ParseElement((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, dataPtr, qualName, + NULL, NS_SEARCH_CURRENT); + } + if (vPtr == NULL) { + hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, qualName, &isNew); + vPtr = Vec_New(dataPtr); + vPtr->hashPtr = hPtr; + vPtr->nsPtr = objName.nsPtr; + + vPtr->name = (const char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dataPtr->vectorTable, hPtr); +#ifdef NAMESPACE_DELETE_NOTIFY + Blt_CreateNsDeleteNotify(interp, objName.nsPtr, vPtr, + VectorInstDeleteProc); +#endif /* NAMESPACE_DELETE_NOTIFY */ + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, vPtr); + } + if (cmdName != NULL) { + Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo; + + if ((cmdName == vecName) || + ((cmdName[0] == '#') && (strcmp(cmdName, "#auto")==0))) { + cmdName = qualName; + } + if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, (char *)cmdName, &cmdInfo)) { + if (vPtr != cmdInfo.objClientData) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "command \"", cmdName, + "\" already exists", (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + /* We get here only if the old name is the same as the new. */ + goto checkVariable; + } + } + if (vPtr->cmdToken != 0) { + DeleteCommand(vPtr); /* Command already exists, delete old first */ + } + if (cmdName != NULL) { + Tcl_DString dString2; + + Tcl_DStringInit(&dString2); + if (cmdName != qualName) { + if (!ParseObjectName(interp, cmdName, &objName, 0)) { + goto error; + } + cmdName = MakeQualifiedName(&objName, &dString2); + } + vPtr->cmdToken = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, (char *)cmdName, Vec_InstCmd, + vPtr, VectorInstDeleteProc); + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString2); + } + checkVariable: + if (varName != NULL) { + if ((varName[0] == '#') && (strcmp(varName, "#auto") == 0)) { + varName = qualName; + } + if (Vec_MapVariable(interp, vPtr, varName) != TCL_OK) { + goto error; + } + } + + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); + *isNewPtr = isNew; + return vPtr; + + error: + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); + if (vPtr != NULL) { + Vec_Free(vPtr); + } + return NULL; +} + +int Blt::Vec_Duplicate(Vector* destPtr, Vector* srcPtr) +{ + size_t nBytes; + size_t length; + + if (destPtr == srcPtr) { + /* Copying the same vector. */ + } + length = srcPtr->last - srcPtr->first + 1; + if (Vec_ChangeLength(destPtr->interp, destPtr, length) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + nBytes = length * sizeof(double); + memcpy(destPtr->valueArr, srcPtr->valueArr + srcPtr->first, nBytes); + destPtr->offset = srcPtr->offset; + return TCL_OK; +} + + +static int VectorNamesOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + VectorInterpData* dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)clientData; + Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr; + + listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL); + if (objc == 2) { + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + + for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, &cursor); + hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + char *name = (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dataPtr->vectorTable, hPtr); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1)); + } + } else { + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + + for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, &cursor); + hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + char *name = (char*)Tcl_GetHashKey(&dataPtr->vectorTable, hPtr); + int i; + for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) { + char *pattern; + + pattern = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); + if (Tcl_StringMatch(name, pattern)) { + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1)); + break; + } + } + } + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObjPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int VectorCreate2(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int argStart, int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)clientData; + Vector* vPtr; + int count, i; + CreateSwitches switches; + + // Handle switches to the vector command and collect the vector name + // arguments into an array. + count = 0; + vPtr = NULL; + for (i = argStart; i < objc; i++) { + char *string; + + string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); + if (string[0] == '-') { + break; + } + } + count = i - argStart; + if (count == 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no vector names supplied", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + memset(&switches, 0, sizeof(switches)); + if (ParseSwitches(interp, createSwitches, objc - i, objv + i, + &switches, BLT_SWITCH_DEFAULTS) < 0) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (count > 1) { + if (switches.cmdName != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "can't specify more than one vector with \"-command\" switch", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + if (switches.varName != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "can't specify more than one vector with \"-variable\" switch", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + } + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) { + char *leftParen, *rightParen; + char *string; + int isNew; + int size, first, last; + + size = first = last = 0; + string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + argStart]); + leftParen = strchr(string, '('); + rightParen = strchr(string, ')'); + if (((leftParen != NULL) && (rightParen == NULL)) || + ((leftParen == NULL) && (rightParen != NULL)) || + (leftParen > rightParen)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector specification \"", string, + "\"", (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + if (leftParen != NULL) { + int result; + char *colon; + + *rightParen = '\0'; + colon = strchr(leftParen + 1, ':'); + if (colon != NULL) { + + /* Specification is in the form vecName(first:last) */ + *colon = '\0'; + result = Tcl_GetInt(interp, leftParen + 1, &first); + if ((*(colon + 1) != '\0') && (result == TCL_OK)) { + result = Tcl_GetInt(interp, colon + 1, &last); + if (first > last) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector range \"", + string, "\"", (char *)NULL); + result = TCL_ERROR; + } + size = (last - first) + 1; + } + *colon = ':'; + } else { + /* Specification is in the form vecName(size) */ + result = Tcl_GetInt(interp, leftParen + 1, &size); + } + *rightParen = ')'; + if (result != TCL_OK) { + goto error; + } + if (size < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector size \"", string, "\"", + (char *)NULL); + goto error; + } + } + if (leftParen != NULL) { + *leftParen = '\0'; + } + /* + * By default, we create a TCL command by the name of the vector. + */ + vPtr = Vec_Create(dataPtr, string, + (switches.cmdName == NULL) ? string : switches.cmdName, + (switches.varName == NULL) ? string : switches.varName, &isNew); + if (leftParen != NULL) { + *leftParen = '('; + } + if (vPtr == NULL) { + goto error; + } + vPtr->freeOnUnset = switches.watchUnset; + vPtr->flush = switches.flush; + vPtr->offset = first; + if (size > 0) { + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, size) != TCL_OK) { + goto error; + } + } + if (!isNew) { + if (vPtr->flush) { + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + } + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + } + } + FreeSwitches(createSwitches, (char *)&switches, 0); + if (vPtr != NULL) { + /* Return the name of the last vector created */ + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), vPtr->name, -1); + } + return TCL_OK; + error: + FreeSwitches(createSwitches, (char *)&switches, 0); + return TCL_ERROR; +} + +static int VectorCreateOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + return VectorCreate2(clientData, interp, 2, objc, objv); +} + +static int VectorDestroyOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc,Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)clientData; + + for (int ii=2; ii<objc; ii++) { + Vector* vPtr; + if (Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[ii]), &vPtr) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + Vec_Free(vPtr); + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int VectorExprOp(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + return Blt_ExprVector(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), (Blt_Vector* )NULL); +} + +static Blt_OpSpec vectorCmdOps[] = + { + {"create", 1, (void*)VectorCreateOp, 3, 0, + "vecName ?vecName...? ?switches...?",}, + {"destroy", 1, (void*)VectorDestroyOp, 3, 0, + "vecName ?vecName...?",}, + {"expr", 1, (void*)VectorExprOp, 3, 3, "expression",}, + {"names", 1, (void*)VectorNamesOp, 2, 3, "?pattern?...",}, + }; + +static int nCmdOps = sizeof(vectorCmdOps) / sizeof(Blt_OpSpec); + +int VectorObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp, + int objc, Tcl_Obj* const objv[]) +{ + VectorCmdProc *proc; + + if (objc > 1) { + char *string; + char c; + int i; + Blt_OpSpec *specPtr; + + string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); + c = string[0]; + for (specPtr = vectorCmdOps, i = 0; i < nCmdOps; i++, specPtr++) { + if ((c == specPtr->name[0]) && + (strcmp(string, specPtr->name) == 0)) { + goto doOp; + } + } + // The first argument is not an operation, so assume that its + // actually the name of a vector to be created + return VectorCreate2(clientData, interp, 1, objc, objv); + } + doOp: + /* Do the usual vector operation lookup now. */ + proc = (VectorCmdProc*)GetOpFromObj(interp, nCmdOps, vectorCmdOps, + BLT_OP_ARG1, objc, objv,0); + if (proc == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + return (*proc) ((Vector*)clientData, interp, objc, objv); +} + +static void VectorInterpDeleteProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp* interp) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)clientData; + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + Tcl_HashSearch cursor; + + for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dataPtr->vectorTable, &cursor); + hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&cursor)) { + Vector* vPtr = (Vector*)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + vPtr->hashPtr = NULL; + Vec_Free(vPtr); + } + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dataPtr->vectorTable); + + /* If any user-defined math functions were installed, remove them. */ + Vec_UninstallMathFunctions(&dataPtr->mathProcTable); + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dataPtr->mathProcTable); + + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dataPtr->indexProcTable); + Tcl_DeleteAssocData(interp, VECTOR_THREAD_KEY); + free(dataPtr); +} + +VectorInterpData* Blt::Vec_GetInterpData(Tcl_Interp* interp) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; + Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc; + + dataPtr = (VectorInterpData *) + Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, VECTOR_THREAD_KEY, &proc); + if (dataPtr == NULL) { + dataPtr = (VectorInterpData*)malloc(sizeof(VectorInterpData)); + dataPtr->interp = interp; + dataPtr->nextId = 0; + Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, VECTOR_THREAD_KEY, VectorInterpDeleteProc, + dataPtr); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&dataPtr->vectorTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&dataPtr->mathProcTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Tcl_InitHashTable(&dataPtr->indexProcTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); + Vec_InstallMathFunctions(&dataPtr->mathProcTable); + Vec_InstallSpecialIndices(&dataPtr->indexProcTable); + srand48((long)time((time_t *) NULL)); + } + return dataPtr; +} + +/* C Application interface to vectors */ + +int Blt_CreateVector2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName, + const char *cmdName, const char *varName, + int initialSize, Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */ + Vector* vPtr; + int isNew; + char *nameCopy; + + if (initialSize < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector size \"", Itoa(initialSize), + "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp); + + nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(vecName); + vPtr = Vec_Create(dataPtr, nameCopy, cmdName, varName, &isNew); + free(nameCopy); + + if (vPtr == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (initialSize > 0) { + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, vPtr, initialSize) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + if (vecPtrPtr != NULL) { + *vecPtrPtr = (Blt_Vector* ) vPtr; + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt_CreateVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name, int size, + Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr) +{ + return Blt_CreateVector2(interp, name, name, name, size, vecPtrPtr); +} + +int Blt_DeleteVector(Blt_Vector* vecPtr) +{ + Vector* vPtr = (Vector* )vecPtr; + + Vec_Free(vPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt_DeleteVectorByName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name) +{ + // If the vector name was passed via a read-only string (e.g. "x"), the + // Vec_ParseElement routine will segfault when it tries to write into + // the string. Therefore make a writable copy and free it when we're done. + char* nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(name); + VectorInterpData *dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp); + Vector* vPtr; + int result = Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, nameCopy, &vPtr); + free(nameCopy); + + if (result != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + Vec_Free(vPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt_VectorExists2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; + + dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp); + if (GetVectorObject(dataPtr, vecName, NS_SEARCH_BOTH) != NULL) { + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +int Blt_VectorExists(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName) +{ + char *nameCopy; + int result; + + /* + * If the vector name was passed via a read-only string (e.g. "x"), the + * Blt_VectorParseName routine will segfault when it tries to write into + * the string. Therefore make a writable copy and free it when we're + * done. + */ + nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(vecName); + result = Blt_VectorExists2(interp, nameCopy); + free(nameCopy); + return result; +} + +int Blt_GetVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name, Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */ + Vector* vPtr; + char *nameCopy; + int result; + + dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp); + /* + * If the vector name was passed via a read-only string (e.g. "x"), the + * Blt_VectorParseName routine will segfault when it tries to write into + * the string. Therefore make a writable copy and free it when we're + * done. + */ + nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(name); + result = Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, nameCopy, &vPtr); + free(nameCopy); + if (result != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Vec_UpdateRange(vPtr); + *vecPtrPtr = (Blt_Vector* ) vPtr; + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt_GetVectorFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, + Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */ + Vector* vPtr; + + dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp); + if (Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &vPtr) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Vec_UpdateRange(vPtr); + *vecPtrPtr = (Blt_Vector* ) vPtr; + return TCL_OK; +} + +int Blt_ResetVector(Blt_Vector* vecPtr, double *valueArr, int length, + int size, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc) +{ + Vector* vPtr = (Vector* )vecPtr; + + if (size < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "bad array size", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + return Vec_Reset(vPtr, valueArr, length, size, freeProc); +} + +int Blt_ResizeVector(Blt_Vector* vecPtr, int length) +{ + Vector* vPtr = (Vector* )vecPtr; + + if (Vec_ChangeLength((Tcl_Interp *)NULL, vPtr, length) != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_AppendResult(vPtr->interp, "can't resize vector \"", vPtr->name, + "\"", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (vPtr->flush) { + Vec_FlushCache(vPtr); + } + Vec_UpdateClients(vPtr); + return TCL_OK; +} + +Blt_VectorId Blt_AllocVectorId(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *name) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */ + Vector* vPtr; + VectorClient *clientPtr; + Blt_VectorId clientId; + int result; + char *nameCopy; + + dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp); + /* + * If the vector name was passed via a read-only string (e.g. "x"), the + * Blt_VectorParseName routine will segfault when it tries to write into + * the string. Therefore make a writable copy and free it when we're + * done. + */ + nameCopy = Blt_Strdup(name); + result = Vec_LookupName(dataPtr, nameCopy, &vPtr); + free(nameCopy); + + if (result != TCL_OK) { + return (Blt_VectorId) 0; + } + /* Allocate a new client structure */ + clientPtr = (VectorClient*)calloc(1, sizeof(VectorClient)); + clientPtr->magic = VECTOR_MAGIC; + + /* Add the new client to the server's list of clients */ + clientPtr->link = vPtr->chain->append(clientPtr); + clientPtr->serverPtr = vPtr; + clientId = (Blt_VectorId) clientPtr; + return clientId; +} + +void Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(Blt_VectorId clientId, + Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc, + ClientData clientData) +{ + VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient *)clientId; + + if (clientPtr->magic != VECTOR_MAGIC) { + return; /* Not a valid token */ + } + clientPtr->clientData = clientData; + clientPtr->proc = proc; +} + +void Blt_FreeVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId) +{ + VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient *)clientId; + + if (clientPtr->magic != VECTOR_MAGIC) + return; + + if (clientPtr->serverPtr != NULL) { + // Remove the client from the server's list + clientPtr->serverPtr->chain->deleteLink(clientPtr->link); + } + free(clientPtr); +} + +const char* Blt_NameOfVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId) +{ + VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient *)clientId; + + if ((clientPtr->magic != VECTOR_MAGIC) || (clientPtr->serverPtr == NULL)) { + return NULL; + } + return clientPtr->serverPtr->name; +} + +const char* Blt_NameOfVector(Blt_Vector* vecPtr) /* Vector to query. */ +{ + Vector* vPtr = (Vector* )vecPtr; + return vPtr->name; +} + +int Blt_GetVectorById(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_VectorId clientId, + Blt_Vector* *vecPtrPtr) +{ + VectorClient *clientPtr = (VectorClient *)clientId; + + if (clientPtr->magic != VECTOR_MAGIC) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad vector token", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (clientPtr->serverPtr == NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "vector no longer exists", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Vec_UpdateRange(clientPtr->serverPtr); + *vecPtrPtr = (Blt_Vector* ) clientPtr->serverPtr; + return TCL_OK; +} + +void Blt_InstallIndexProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *string, + Blt_VectorIndexProc *procPtr) +{ + VectorInterpData *dataPtr; /* Interpreter-specific data. */ + Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; + int isNew; + + dataPtr = Vec_GetInterpData(interp); + hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dataPtr->indexProcTable, string, &isNew); + if (procPtr == NULL) { + Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr); + } else { + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, procPtr); + } +} + +#define SWAP(a,b) tempr=(a);(a)=(b);(b)=tempr + +/* routine by Brenner + * data is the array of complex data points, perversely + * starting at 1 + * nn is the number of complex points, i.e. half the length of data + * isign is 1 for forward, -1 for inverse + */ +static void four1(double *data, unsigned long nn, int isign) +{ + unsigned long n,mmax,m,j,istep,i; + double wtemp,wr,wpr,wpi,wi,theta; + double tempr,tempi; + + n=nn << 1; + j=1; + for (i = 1;i<n;i+=2) { + if (j > i) { + SWAP(data[j],data[i]); + SWAP(data[j+1],data[i+1]); + } + m=n >> 1; + while (m >= 2 && j > m) { + j -= m; + m >>= 1; + } + j += m; + } + mmax=2; + while (n > mmax) { + istep=mmax << 1; + theta=isign*(6.28318530717959/mmax); + wtemp=sin(0.5*theta); + wpr = -2.0*wtemp*wtemp; + wpi=sin(theta); + wr=1.0; + wi=0.0; + for (m=1;m<mmax;m+=2) { + for (i=m;i<=n;i+=istep) { + j=i+mmax; + tempr=wr*data[j]-wi*data[j+1]; + tempi=wr*data[j+1]+wi*data[j]; + data[j]=data[i]-tempr; + data[j+1]=data[i+1]-tempi; + data[i] += tempr; + data[i+1] += tempi; + } + wr=(wtemp=wr)*wpr-wi*wpi+wr; + wi=wi*wpr+wtemp*wpi+wi; + } + mmax=istep; + } +} +#undef SWAP + +static int +smallest_power_of_2_not_less_than(int x) +{ + int pow2 = 1; + + while (pow2 < x){ + pow2 <<= 1; + } + return pow2; +} + +int Blt::Vec_FFT(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* realPtr, Vector* phasesPtr, + Vector* freqPtr, double delta, int flags, Vector* srcPtr) +{ + int length; + int pow2len; + double *paddedData; + int i; + double Wss = 0.0; + /* TENTATIVE */ + int middle = 1; + int noconstant; + + noconstant = (flags & FFT_NO_CONSTANT) ? 1 : 0; + + /* Length of the original vector. */ + length = srcPtr->last - srcPtr->first + 1; + /* new length */ + pow2len = smallest_power_of_2_not_less_than( length ); + + /* We do not do in-place FFTs */ + if (realPtr == srcPtr) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "real vector \"", realPtr->name, + "\" can't be the same as the source", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (phasesPtr != NULL) { + if (phasesPtr == srcPtr) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "imaginary vector \"", phasesPtr->name, + "\" can't be the same as the source", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, phasesPtr, + pow2len/2-noconstant+middle) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + if (freqPtr != NULL) { + if (freqPtr == srcPtr) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "frequency vector \"", freqPtr->name, + "\" can't be the same as the source", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, freqPtr, + pow2len/2-noconstant+middle) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Allocate memory zero-filled array. */ + paddedData = (double*)calloc(pow2len * 2, sizeof(double)); + if (paddedData == NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't allocate memory for padded data", + (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + /* + * Since we just do real transforms, only even locations will be + * filled with data. + */ + if (flags & FFT_BARTLETT) { /* Bartlett window 1 - ( (x - N/2) / (N/2) ) */ + double Nhalf = pow2len*0.5; + double Nhalf_1 = 1.0 / Nhalf; + double w; + + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) { + w = 1.0 - fabs( (i-Nhalf) * Nhalf_1 ); + Wss += w; + paddedData[2*i] = w * srcPtr->valueArr[i]; + } + for(/*empty*/; i < pow2len; i++) { + w = 1.0 - fabs((i-Nhalf) * Nhalf_1); + Wss += w; + } + } else { /* Squared window, i.e. no data windowing. */ + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) { + paddedData[2*i] = srcPtr->valueArr[i]; + } + Wss = pow2len; + } + + /* Fourier */ + four1(paddedData-1, pow2len, 1); + + /* + for(i=0;i<pow2len;i++){ + printf( "(%f %f) ", paddedData[2*i], paddedData[2*i+1] ); + } + */ + + /* the spectrum is the modulus of the transforms, scaled by 1/N^2 */ + /* or 1/(N * Wss) for windowed data */ + if (flags & FFT_SPECTRUM) { + double re, im, reS, imS; + double factor = 1.0 / (pow2len*Wss); + double *v = realPtr->valueArr; + + for (i = 0 + noconstant; i < pow2len / 2; i++) { + re = paddedData[2*i]; + im = paddedData[2*i+1]; + reS = paddedData[2*pow2len-2*i-2]; + imS = paddedData[2*pow2len-2*i-1]; + v[i - noconstant] = factor * ( +# if 0 + hypot( paddedData[2*i], paddedData[2*i+1] ) + + hypot( + paddedData[pow2len*2-2*i-2], + paddedData[pow2len*2-2*i-1] + ) +# else + sqrt( re*re + im* im ) + sqrt( reS*reS + imS*imS ) +# endif + ); + } + } else { + for(i = 0 + noconstant; i < pow2len / 2 + middle; i++) { + realPtr->valueArr[i - noconstant] = paddedData[2*i]; + } + } + if( phasesPtr != NULL ){ + for (i = 0 + noconstant; i < pow2len / 2 + middle; i++) { + phasesPtr->valueArr[i-noconstant] = paddedData[2*i+1]; + } + } + + /* Compute frequencies */ + if (freqPtr != NULL) { + double N = pow2len; + double denom = 1.0 / N / delta; + for( i=0+noconstant; i<pow2len/2+middle; i++ ){ + freqPtr->valueArr[i-noconstant] = ((double) i) * denom; + } + } + + /* Memory is necessarily dynamic, because nobody touched it ! */ + free(paddedData); + + realPtr->offset = 0; + return TCL_OK; +} + + +int Blt::Vec_InverseFFT(Tcl_Interp* interp, Vector* srcImagPtr, + Vector* destRealPtr, Vector* destImagPtr, Vector* srcPtr) +{ + int length; + int pow2len; + double *paddedData; + int i; + double oneOverN; + + if ((destRealPtr == srcPtr) || (destImagPtr == srcPtr )){ + /* we do not do in-place FFTs */ + return TCL_ERROR; + } + length = srcPtr->last - srcPtr->first + 1; + + /* minus one because of the magical middle element! */ + pow2len = smallest_power_of_2_not_less_than( (length-1)*2 ); + oneOverN = 1.0 / pow2len; + + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, destRealPtr, pow2len) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (Vec_ChangeLength(interp, destImagPtr, pow2len) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if( length != (srcImagPtr->last - srcImagPtr->first + 1) ){ + Tcl_AppendResult(srcPtr->interp, + "the length of the imagPart vector must ", + "be the same as the real one", (char *)NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + paddedData = (double*)malloc( pow2len*2*sizeof(double) ); + if( paddedData == NULL ){ + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "memory allocation failed", (char *)NULL); + } + return TCL_ERROR; + } + for(i=0;i<pow2len*2;i++) { paddedData[i] = 0.0; } + for(i=0;i<length-1;i++){ + paddedData[2*i] = srcPtr->valueArr[i]; + paddedData[2*i+1] = srcImagPtr->valueArr[i]; + paddedData[pow2len*2 - 2*i - 2 ] = srcPtr->valueArr[i+1]; + paddedData[pow2len*2 - 2*i - 1 ] = - srcImagPtr->valueArr[i+1]; + } + /* mythical middle element */ + paddedData[(length-1)*2] = srcPtr->valueArr[length-1]; + paddedData[(length-1)*2+1] = srcImagPtr->valueArr[length-1]; + + /* + for(i=0;i<pow2len;i++){ + printf( "(%f %f) ", paddedData[2*i], paddedData[2*i+1] ); + } + */ + + /* fourier */ + four1( paddedData-1, pow2len, -1 ); + + /* put values in their places, normalising by 1/N */ + for(i=0;i<pow2len;i++){ + destRealPtr->valueArr[i] = paddedData[2*i] * oneOverN; + destImagPtr->valueArr[i] = paddedData[2*i+1] * oneOverN; + } + + /* memory is necessarily dynamic, because nobody touched it ! */ + free( paddedData ); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +static double FindSplit(Point2d *points, int i, int j, int *split) +{ + double maxDist2; + + maxDist2 = -1.0; + if ((i + 1) < j) { + int k; + double a, b, c; + + /* + * + * dist2 P(k) = | 1 P(i).x P(i).y | + * | 1 P(j).x P(j).y | + * | 1 P(k).x P(k).y | + * ------------------------------------------ + * (P(i).x - P(j).x)^2 + (P(i).y - P(j).y)^2 + */ + + a = points[i].y - points[j].y; + b = points[j].x - points[i].x; + c = (points[i].x * points[j].y) - (points[i].y * points[j].x); + for (k = (i + 1); k < j; k++) { + double dist2; + + dist2 = (points[k].x * a) + (points[k].y * b) + c; + if (dist2 < 0.0) { + dist2 = -dist2; + } + if (dist2 > maxDist2) { + maxDist2 = dist2; /* Track the maximum. */ + *split = k; + } + } + /* Correction for segment length---should be redone if can == 0 */ + maxDist2 *= maxDist2 / (a * a + b * b); + } + return maxDist2; +} + +// Douglas-Peucker line simplification algorithm */ +int Blt_SimplifyLine(Point2d *inputPts, int low, int high, double tolerance, + int *indices) +{ +#define StackPush(a) s++, stack[s] = (a) +#define StackPop(a) (a) = stack[s], s-- +#define StackEmpty() (s < 0) +#define StackTop() stack[s] + int *stack; + int split = -1; + double dist2, tolerance2; + int s = -1; /* Points to top stack item. */ + int count; + + stack = (int*)malloc(sizeof(int) * (high - low + 1)); + StackPush(high); + count = 0; + indices[count++] = 0; + tolerance2 = tolerance * tolerance; + while (!StackEmpty()) { + dist2 = FindSplit(inputPts, low, StackTop(), &split); + if (dist2 > tolerance2) { + StackPush(split); + } else { + indices[count++] = StackTop(); + StackPop(low); + } + } + free(stack); + return count; +} + diff --git a/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.h b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45ddf6e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/generic/tkbltVector.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA, USA + * This code has been modified under the terms listed below and is made + * available under the same terms. + */ + +/* + * Copyright 1993-2004 George A Howlett. + * + * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person + * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation + * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without + * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, + * copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or + * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the + * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following + * conditions: + * + * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be + * included in all copies or substantial portions of the + * Software. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + * PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS + * OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR + * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE + * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef _BLT_VECTOR_H +#define _BLT_VECTOR_H + +#include <tcl.h> + +#ifdef BUILD_tkblt +# define TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT +#else +# ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS +# define TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS /* */ +# else +# define TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT +# endif +#endif + + +typedef enum { + BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_UPDATE = 1, /* The vector's values has been updated */ + BLT_VECTOR_NOTIFY_DESTROY /* The vector has been destroyed and the client + * should no longer use its data (calling + * Blt_FreeVectorId) */ +} Blt_VectorNotify; + +typedef struct _Blt_VectorId *Blt_VectorId; + +typedef void (Blt_VectorChangedProc)(Tcl_Interp* interp, ClientData clientData, + Blt_VectorNotify notify); + +typedef struct { + double *valueArr; /* Array of values (possibly malloc-ed) */ + int numValues; /* Number of values in the array */ + int arraySize; /* Size of the allocated space */ + double min, max; /* Minimum and maximum values in the vector */ + int dirty; /* Indicates if the vector has been updated */ + int reserved; /* Reserved for future use */ + +} Blt_Vector; + +typedef double (Blt_VectorIndexProc)(Blt_Vector * vecPtr); + +typedef enum { + BLT_MATH_FUNC_SCALAR = 1, /* The function returns a single double + * precision value. */ + BLT_MATH_FUNC_VECTOR /* The function processes the entire vector. */ +} Blt_MathFuncType; + +/* + * To be safe, use the macros below, rather than the fields of the + * structure directly. + * + * The Blt_Vector is basically an opaque type. But it's also the + * actual memory address of the vector itself. I wanted to make the + * API as unobtrusive as possible. So instead of giving you a copy of + * the vector, providing various functions to access and update the + * vector, you get your hands on the actual memory (array of doubles) + * shared by all the vector's clients. + * + * The trade-off for speed and convenience is safety. You can easily + * break things by writing into the vector when other clients are + * using it. Use Blt_ResetVector to get around this. At least the + * macros are a reminder it isn't really safe to reset the data + * fields, except by the API routines. + */ +#define Blt_VecData(v) ((v)->valueArr) +#define Blt_VecLength(v) ((v)->numValues) +#define Blt_VecSize(v) ((v)->arraySize) +#define Blt_VecDirty(v) ((v)->dirty) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_CreateVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName, + int size, Blt_Vector** vecPtrPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_CreateVector2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName, + const char *cmdName, const char *varName, + int initialSize, Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_DeleteVectorByName(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_DeleteVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName, + Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVectorFromObj(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, + Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ResetVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, double *dataArr, int n, + int arraySize, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ResizeVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr, int n); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_VectorExists(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_VectorExists2(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS Blt_VectorId Blt_AllocVectorId(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *vecName); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_GetVectorById(Tcl_Interp* interp, Blt_VectorId clientId, + Blt_Vector **vecPtrPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_SetVectorChangedProc(Blt_VectorId clientId, + Blt_VectorChangedProc *proc, + ClientData clientData); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_FreeVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS const char *Blt_NameOfVectorId(Blt_VectorId clientId); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS const char *Blt_NameOfVector(Blt_Vector *vecPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS int Blt_ExprVector(Tcl_Interp* interp, char *expr, Blt_Vector *vecPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS void Blt_InstallIndexProc(Tcl_Interp* interp, const char *indexName, + Blt_VectorIndexProc * procPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS double Blt_VecMin(Blt_Vector *vPtr); + TKBLT_STORAGE_CLASS double Blt_VecMax(Blt_Vector *vPtr); +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#include "tkbltDecls.h" + +#endif /* _BLT_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/tkblt/library/graph.tcl b/tkblt/library/graph.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4dfe8e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/library/graph.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,554 @@ +package provide Tkblt 3.0 + +namespace eval ::blt::legend { + variable _private + array set _private { + afterId "" + scroll 0 + space off + drag 0 + x 0 + y 0 + } +} + +namespace eval ::blt::ZoomStack { + variable _private + array set _private { + afterId "" + scroll 0 + space off + drag 0 + x 0 + y 0 + } +} + +proc blt::legend::SetSelectionAnchor { w tagOrId } { + set elem [$w legend get $tagOrId] + # If the anchor hasn't changed, don't do anything + if { $elem != [$w legend get anchor] } { + $w legend selection clearall + $w legend focus $elem + $w legend selection set $elem + $w legend selection anchor $elem + } +} + +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +# +# MoveFocus -- +# +# Invoked by KeyPress bindings. Moves the active selection to +# the entry <where>, which is an index such as "up", "down", +# "prevsibling", "nextsibling", etc. +# +# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +proc blt::legend::MoveFocus { w elem } { + catch {$w legend focus $elem} result + puts stderr "result=$result elem=$elem" + if { [$w legend cget -selectmode] == "single" } { + $w legend selection clearall + $w legend selection set focus + $w legend selection anchor focus + } +} + + +proc Blt_ActiveLegend { g } { + $g legend bind all <Enter> [list blt::ActivateLegend $g ] + $g legend bind all <Leave> [list blt::DeactivateLegend $g] + $g legend bind all <ButtonPress-1> [list blt::HighlightLegend $g] +} + +proc Blt_Crosshairs { g } { + blt::Crosshairs $g +} + +proc Blt_ResetCrosshairs { g state } { + blt::Crosshairs $g "Any-Motion" $state +} + +proc Blt_ZoomStack { g args } { + array set params { + -mode click + -button "ButtonPress-3" + } + array set params $args + if { $params(-mode) == "click" } { + blt::ZoomStack::ClickClick $g $params(-button) + } else { + blt::ZoomStack::ClickRelease $g $params(-button) + } +} + +proc Blt_ClosestPoint { g } { + blt::ClosestPoint $g +} + +# +# The following procedures that reside in the "blt" namespace are +# supposed to be private. +# + +proc blt::ActivateLegend { g } { + set elem [$g legend get current] + $g legend activate $elem +} +proc blt::DeactivateLegend { g } { + set elem [$g legend get current] + $g legend deactivate $elem +} + +proc blt::HighlightLegend { g } { + set elem [$g legend get current] + if { $elem != "" } { + set relief [$g element cget $elem -legendrelief] + if { $relief == "flat" } { + $g element configure $elem -legendrelief raised + $g element activate $elem + } else { + $g element configure $elem -legendrelief flat + $g element deactivate $elem + } + } +} + +proc blt::Crosshairs { g {event "Any-Motion"} {state "on"}} { + $g crosshairs $state + bind crosshairs-$g <$event> { + %W crosshairs configure -position @%x,%y + } + bind crosshairs-$g <Leave> { + %W crosshairs off + } + bind crosshairs-$g <Enter> { + %W crosshairs on + } + $g crosshairs configure -color red + if { $state == "on" } { + blt::AddBindTag $g crosshairs-$g + } elseif { $state == "off" } { + blt::RemoveBindTag $g crosshairs-$g + } +} + +proc blt::ClosestPoint { g {event "Control-ButtonPress-2"} } { + bind closest-point-$g <$event> { + blt::FindElement %W %x %y + } + blt::AddBindTag $g closest-point-$g +} + +proc blt::AddBindTag { widget tag } { + set oldTagList [bindtags $widget] + if { [lsearch $oldTagList $tag] < 0 } { + bindtags $widget [linsert $oldTagList 0 $tag] + } +} + +proc blt::RemoveBindTag { widget tag } { + set oldTagList [bindtags $widget] + set index [lsearch $oldTagList $tag] + if { $index >= 0 } { + bindtags $widget [lreplace $oldTagList $index $index] + } +} + +proc blt::FindElement { g x y } { + array set info [$g element closest $x $y -interpolate yes] + if { ![info exists info(name)] } { + beep + return + } + # -------------------------------------------------------------- + # find(name) - element Id + # find(index) - index of closest point + # find(x) find(y) - coordinates of closest point + # or closest point on line segment. + # find(dist) - distance from sample coordinate + # -------------------------------------------------------------- + set markerName "bltClosest_$info(name)" + catch { $g marker delete $markerName } + $g marker create text $markerName \ + -coords "$info(x) $info(y)" \ + -text "$info(name): $info(dist)\nindex $info(index)" \ + -anchor center -justify left \ + -yoffset 0 -bg {} + + set coords [$g invtransform $x $y] + set nx [lindex $coords 0] + set ny [lindex $coords 1] + + $g marker create line line.$markerName -coords "$nx $ny $info(x) $info(y)" + + blt::FlashPoint $g $info(name) $info(index) 10 + blt::FlashPoint $g $info(name) [expr $info(index) + 1] 10 +} + +proc blt::FlashPoint { g name index count } { + if { $count & 1 } { + $g element deactivate $name + } else { + $g element activate $name $index + } + incr count -1 + if { $count > 0 } { + after 200 blt::FlashPoint $g $name $index $count + update + } else { + catch {eval $g marker delete [$g marker names "bltClosest_*"]} + } +} + + +proc blt::ZoomStack::Init { g } { + variable _private + set _private($g,interval) 100 + set _private($g,afterId) 0 + set _private($g,A,x) {} + set _private($g,A,y) {} + set _private($g,B,x) {} + set _private($g,B,y) {} + set _private($g,stack) {} + set _private($g,corner) A +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::ClickClick { g reset } { + variable _private + + Init $g + + bind zoom-$g <Enter> "focus %W" + bind zoom-$g <KeyPress-Escape> { blt::ZoomStack::Reset %W } + bind zoom-$g <ButtonPress-1> { blt::ZoomStack::SetPoint %W %x %y } + bind zoom-$g <${reset}> { + if { [%W inside %x %y] } { + blt::ZoomStack::Reset %W + } + } + blt::AddBindTag $g zoom-$g +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::ClickRelease { g reset } { + variable _private + + Init $g + bind zoom-$g <Enter> "focus %W" + bind zoom-$g <KeyPress-Escape> {blt::ZoomStack::Reset %W} + bind zoom-$g <ButtonPress-1> {blt::ZoomStack::DragStart %W %x %y} + bind zoom-$g <B1-Motion> {blt::ZoomStack::DragMotion %W %x %y} + bind zoom-$g <ButtonRelease-1> {blt::ZoomStack::DragFinish %W %x %y} + bind zoom-$g <${reset}> { + if { [%W inside %x %y] } { + blt::ZoomStack::Reset %W + } + } + blt::AddBindTag $g zoom-$g +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::GetCoords { g x y index } { + variable _private + if { [$g cget -invertxy] } { + set _private($g,$index,x) $y + set _private($g,$index,y) $x + } else { + set _private($g,$index,x) $x + set _private($g,$index,y) $y + } +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::MarkPoint { g index } { + variable _private + + if { [llength [$g xaxis use]] > 0 } { + set x [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,$index,x)] + } else if { [llength [$g x2axis use]] > 0 } { + set x [$g x2axis invtransform $_private($g,$index,x)] + } + if { [llength [$g yaxis use]] > 0 } { + set y [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,$index,y)] + } else if { [llength [$g y2axis use]] > 0 } { + set y [$g y2axis invtransform $_private($g,$index,y)] + } + set marker "zoomText_$index" + set text [format "x=%.4g\ny=%.4g" $x $y] + + if [$g marker exists $marker] { + $g marker configure $marker -coords "$x $y" -text $text + } else { + $g marker create text $marker \ + -coords "$x $y" \ + -text $text -anchor center -bg {} -justify left + } +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::DestroyTitle { g } { + variable _private + + if { $_private($g,corner) == "A" } { + catch { $g marker delete "zoomTitle" } + } +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::Pop { g } { + variable _private + + set zoomStack $_private($g,stack) + if { [llength $zoomStack] > 0 } { + set cmd [lindex $zoomStack 0] + set _private($g,stack) [lrange $zoomStack 1 end] + eval $cmd + TitleLast $g + update + after 2000 [list blt::ZoomStack::DestroyTitle $g] + } else { + catch { $g marker delete "zoomTitle" } + } +} + +# Push the old axis limits on the stack and set the new ones + +proc blt::ZoomStack::Push { g } { + variable _private + + catch {eval $g marker delete [$g marker names "zoom*"]} + if { [info exists _private($g,afterId)] } { + after cancel $_private($g,afterId) + } + set x1 $_private($g,A,x) + set y1 $_private($g,A,y) + set x2 $_private($g,B,x) + set y2 $_private($g,B,y) + + if { ($x1 == $x2) || ($y1 == $y2) } { + # No delta, revert to start + return + } + set cmd {} + foreach axis [$g axis names] { + if { [$g axis cget $axis -hide] } { + continue + } + set min [$g axis cget $axis -min] + set max [$g axis cget $axis -max] + set logscale [$g axis cget $axis -logscale] + # Save the current scale (log or linear) so that we can restore it. + # This is for the case where the user changes to logscale while + # zooming. A previously pushed axis limit could be negative. It + # seems better for popping the zoom stack to restore a previous view + # (not convert the ranges). + set c [list $g axis configure $axis] + lappend c -min $min -max $max -logscale $logscale + append cmd "$c\n" + } + + # This effectively pushes the command to reset the graph to the current + # zoom level onto the stack. This is useful if the new axis ranges are + # bad and we need to reset the zoom stack. + set _private($g,stack) [linsert $_private($g,stack) 0 $cmd] + foreach axis [$g axis names] { + if { [$g axis cget $axis -hide] } { + continue; # Don't set zoom on axes not displayed. + } + set type [$g axis type $axis] + if { $type == "x" } { + set min [$g axis invtransform $axis $x1] + set max [$g axis invtransform $axis $x2] + } elseif { $type == "y" } { + set min [$g axis invtransform $axis $y1] + set max [$g axis invtransform $axis $y2] + } else { + continue; # Axis is not bound to any margin. + } + if { ![SetAxisRanges $g $axis $min $max] } { + Pop $g + bell + return + } + } + update; # This "update" redraws the graph +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::SetAxisRanges { g axis min max } { + if { $min > $max } { + set tmp $max; set max $min; set min $tmp + } + if { [catch { $g axis configure $axis -min $min -max $max }] != 0 } { + return 0 + } + return 1 +} + +# +# This routine terminates either an existing zoom, or pops back to +# the previous zoom level (if no zoom is in progress). +# +proc blt::ZoomStack::Reset { g } { + variable _private + + if { ![info exists _private($g,corner)] } { + Init $g + } + catch {eval $g marker delete [$g marker names "zoom*"]} + + if { $_private($g,corner) == "A" } { + # Reset the whole axis + Pop $g + } else { + set _private($g,corner) A + blt::RemoveBindTag $g select-region-$g + } +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::TitleNext { g } { + variable _private + + set level [expr [llength $_private($g,stack)] + 1] + if { [$g cget -invertxy] } { + set coords "Inf -Inf" + } else { + set coords "-Inf Inf" + } + set marker "zoomTitle" + if {![$g marker exists $marker]} { + $g marker create text $marker -bindtags "" -anchor nw + } + $g marker configure $marker -text "Zoom #$level" -coords $coords +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::TitleLast { g } { + variable _private + + set level [llength $_private($g,stack)] + if { [$g cget -invertxy] } { + set coords "Inf -Inf" + } else { + set coords "-Inf Inf" + } + + set marker "zoomTitle" + if { $level > 0 } { + if {![$g marker exists $marker]} { + $g marker create text "zoomTitle" -anchor nw + } + $g marker configure $marker -text "Zoom #$level" -coords $coords + } +} + + +proc blt::ZoomStack::SetPoint { g x y } { + variable _private + if { ![info exists _private($g,corner)] } { + Init $g + } + GetCoords $g $x $y $_private($g,corner) + bind select-region-$g <Motion> { + blt::ZoomStack::GetCoords %W %x %y B + #blt::ZoomStack::MarkPoint $g B + blt::ZoomStack::Box %W + } + if { $_private($g,corner) == "A" } { + if { ![$g inside $x $y] } { + return + } + # First corner selected, start watching motion events + + #MarkPoint $g A + TitleNext $g + + blt::AddBindTag $g select-region-$g + set _private($g,corner) B + } else { + # Delete the modal binding + blt::RemoveBindTag $g select-region-$g + Push $g + set _private($g,corner) A + } +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::DragStart { g x y } { + variable _private + if { ![info exists _private($g,corner)] } { + Init $g + } + GetCoords $g $x $y A + if { ![$g inside $x $y] } { + return + } + set _private(drag) 1 + TitleNext $g +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::DragMotion { g x y } { + variable _private + + if { $_private(drag) } { + GetCoords $g $x $y B + set dx [expr abs($_private($g,B,x) - $_private($g,A,x))] + set dy [expr abs($_private($g,B,y) - $_private($g,A,y))] + Box $g + if { $dy > 10 && $dx > 10 } { + return 1 + } + } + return 0 +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::DragFinish { g x y } { + variable _private + if { [DragMotion $g $x $y] } { + Push $g + } else { + catch {eval $g marker delete [$g marker names "zoom*"]} + if { [info exists _private($g,afterId)] } { + after cancel $_private($g,afterId) + } + } + set _private(drag) 0 +} + + +proc blt::ZoomStack::MarchingAnts { g offset } { + variable _private + + incr offset + # wrap the counter after 2^16 + set offset [expr $offset & 0xFFFF] + if { [$g marker exists zoomOutline] } { + $g marker configure zoomOutline -dashoffset $offset + set interval $_private($g,interval) + set id [after $interval [list blt::ZoomStack::MarchingAnts $g $offset]] + set _private($g,afterId) $id + } +} + +proc blt::ZoomStack::Box { g } { + variable _private + + if { $_private($g,A,x) > $_private($g,B,x) } { + set x1 [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,B,x)] + set y1 [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,B,y)] + set x2 [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,A,x)] + set y2 [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,A,y)] + } else { + set x1 [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,A,x)] + set y1 [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,A,y)] + set x2 [$g xaxis invtransform $_private($g,B,x)] + set y2 [$g yaxis invtransform $_private($g,B,y)] + } + set coords "$x1 $y1 $x2 $y1 $x2 $y2 $x1 $y2 $x1 $y1" + if { [$g marker exists "zoomOutline"] } { + $g marker configure "zoomOutline" -coords $coords + } else { + set X [lindex [$g xaxis use] 0] + set Y [lindex [$g yaxis use] 0] + $g marker create line "zoomOutline" \ + -coords $coords -mapx $X -mapy $Y \ + -dashes 4 -linewidth 1 + set interval $_private($g,interval) + set id [after $interval [list blt::ZoomStack::MarchingAnts $g 0]] + set _private($g,afterId) $id + } +} + diff --git a/tkblt/pkgIndex.tcl.in b/tkblt/pkgIndex.tcl.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea7d80b --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/pkgIndex.tcl.in @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# +# Tcl package index file +# +package ifneeded @PACKAGE_NAME@ @PACKAGE_VERSION@ \ + [list load [file join $dir @PKG_LIB_FILE@] @PACKAGE_NAME@]\n[list source [file join $dir graph.tcl]] diff --git a/tkblt/tclconfig/ChangeLog b/tkblt/tclconfig/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9504def --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tclconfig/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,1003 @@ +2016-03-11 Sean Woods <yoda@etoyoc.com> + *tcl.m4 Fixed the search for Tcl and Wish shells under MinGW. Static builds and threaded builds + get an "s" or "t" added to the name. + +2015-08-28 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Rfe [00189c4afc]: Allow semi-static UCRT build on + Windows with VC 14.0 + +2013-10-08 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Bug [172223e008]: Wrong filename in + --disable-shared compile on MinGW + +2013-10-04 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: stub library is no longer linked with msvcrt??.dll. + +2013-10-01 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Workaround for MinGW bug #2065: "gcc --shared" links + with libgcc_s_dw2-1.dll when using 64-bit division in C + +2013-07-04 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Bug [3324676]: AC_PROG_INSTALL incompat, + Bug [3606445]: Unneeded -DHAVE_NO_SEH=1 when not building on Windows + +2013-07-02 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Bug [32afa6e256]: dirent64 check is incorrect in tcl.m4 + (thanks to Brian Griffin) + +2013-06-20 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Use X11/Xlib.h for checking where X11 can be found + in stead of X11/XIntrinsic.h. Suggested by Pietro Cerutti. + +2013-06-04 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Eliminate NO_VIZ macro as current + zlib uses HAVE_HIDDEN in stead. One more last-moment + fix for FreeBSD by Pietro Cerutti + +2013-05-19 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Fix for FreeBSD, and remove support for old + FreeBSD versions. Patch by Pietro Cerutti + +2013-03-12 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Patch by Andrew Shadura, providing better support for + * three architectures they have in Debian. + +2012-08-07 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: Added "-DNDEBUG" to CFLAGS_DEFAULT + when building with --disable-symbols. + +2012-08-07 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: [Bug 3555058]: Checkin [30736d63f0] broke + CFLAGS_DEFAULT, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT + +2012-08-07 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: [Bug 3511806]: Checkin [30736d63f0] broke CFLAGS + +2012-08-07 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: [Bug 3511806]: Checkin [30736d63f0] broke CFLAGS + +2012-07-25 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: My previous commit (2012-04-03) broke the ActiveTcl + build for AMD64, because of the quotes in "C:/<path>/AMD64/cl.exe". + It turns out that the AC_TRY_COMPILE macro cannot handle that. + +2012-07-22 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: Tidy: consistency, spelling, phrasing, whitespace. + No functional change. + +2012-04-03 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: [Bug 3511806] Compiler checks too early + This change allows to build the cygwin and mingw32 ports of + Tcl/Tk extensions to build out-of-the-box using a native or + cross-compiler, e.g. on Cygwin, Linux or Darwin. + +2011-04-02 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * install-sh: Fix issue with library stripping in install-sh + (backported from kevin_walzer's patch from Tcl 8.6 trunk) + +2011-04-05 Andreas Kupries <andreask@activestate.com> + + * tcl.m4: Applied patch by Jeff Lawson. Nicer error message when + tclConfig.sh was not found. + +2010-12-15 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net> + + * install-sh: Upgrade to newer install-sh and use it. + * tcl.m4: + +2010-12-14 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: Better building on OpenBSD. + +2010-12-14 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: when using gcc, don't try to determine Win64 SDK + +2010-12-12 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Determine correctly a cross-compiler-windres + +2010-11-23 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: add some cross-compile support, borrowed from Tcl 8.6 + +2010-09-16 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: correct HP-UX LDFLAGS (only used when building big shell) + +2010-09-14 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: add extra if check for .manifest file generation + Add notice about package name and version being built. + +2010-09-09 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: [FREQ #3058486] TEA_LOAD_CONFIG doesn't set all BUILD_ vars + Slightly related: defining BUILD_$1 on all platforms - not only win - + allows the -fvisibility feature to be used in extensions as well, at + least if you compile against tcl >= 8.5. + +2010-08-26 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: ensure safe quoting for autoheader usage + +2010-08-19 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: add TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES macro to make adding cleanfiles + easier, and add *.exp to CLEANFILES Windows default. + (TEA_MAKE_LIB): Enhanced to check for MSVC that requires manifests + and auto-embed it into proj DLL via MAKE_SHARED_LIB. Also define + VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL and VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE that do the same + magic in case it is needed for extended TEA projects. + +2010-08-16 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + *** Bump to TEA_VERSION 3.9 *** + If upgrading from TEA_VERSION 3.8, copy over tcl.m4, change + TEA_INIT to use 3.9 and reconfigure (ac-2.59+). + BUILD_${PACKAGE_NAME} will be auto-defined on Windows for + correct setting of TCL_STORAGE_CLASS. + TEA_LOAD_CONFIG users should remove the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting done + in configure.in (LIBS will be automagically populated by + TEA_LOAD_CONFIG). + TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG has been added for ${pkg}Config.sh creators + SHLIB_LD_FLAGS was deprecated a while ago, remove it if it is + still in your Makefile.in. + + * tcl.m4: add /usr/lib64 to set of auto-search dirs. [Bug 1230554] + Auto-define BUILD_$PACKAGE_NAME so users don't need to. This + needs to correspond with $pkg.h define magic for TCL_STORAGE_CLASS. + Auto-define CLEANFILES. Users can expand it. + (SHLIB_LD_LIBS): define to '${LIBS}' default and change it only if + necessary. Platforms not using this may simply not work or have + very funky linkers. + (TEA_LOAD_CONFIG): When loading config for another extension, + auto-add stub libraries found with TEA_ADD_LIBS. Eases + configure.in for modules like itk and img::*. + (TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG): Add standardized function for exporting a + ${pkg}Config.sh. See use by img::* and itcl. + +2010-08-12 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + *** Bump to TEA_VERSION 3.8 *** + If upgrading from TEA_VERSION 3.7, copy over tcl.m4, change + TEA_INIT to use 3.8 and reconfigure (ac-2.59+). + No other changes should be necessary. + + * tcl.m4: remove more vestigial bits from removed platforms. + Add back SCO_SV-3.2*. + Remove use of DL_LIBS and DL_OBJS and related baggage - these are + only needed by the core to support 'load'. + Allow for macosx in TEA_ADD_SOURCES. + Correct check for found_xincludes=no in TEA_PATH_UNIX_X. + +2010-08-11 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: remove the following old platform configurations: + UNIX_SV*|UnixWare-5*, SunOS-4.*, SINIX*5.4*, SCO_SV-3.2*<readded>, + OSF1-1.*, NEXTSTEP-*, NetBSD-1.*|FreeBSD-[[1-2]].*, MP-RAS-*, + IRIX-5.*, HP-UX-*.08.*|HP-UX-*.09.*|HP-UX-*.10.*, dgux*, + BSD/OS-2.1*|BSD/OS-3* + (AIX): drop AIX-pre4 support and use of ldAix, use -bexpall/-brtl + +2010-07-05 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: [Patch #1055668] removal of exported internals from + tclInt.h (EXTERN macro) + +2010-04-14 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4 - Backport a lot of quoting fixes from tcl8.6/unix/tcl.m4 + - Fix determination of CYGPATH for CYGWIN + With those fixes, itcl and tdbc compile fine with CYGWIN + +2010-04-06 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * install-sh [Bug 2982540] configure and install* script files + should always have LF + +2010-02-19 Stuart Cassoff <stwo@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: Correct compiler/linker flags for threaded builds on + OpenBSD. + +2010-01-19 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: Detect CYGWIN variant: win32 or unix + +2010-01-03 Donal K. Fellows <dkf@users.sf.net> + + * unix/tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): [Tcl Bug 1636685]: Use the + configuration for modern FreeBSD suggested by the FreeBSD porter. + +2009-10-22 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: [Tcl Patch #2883533] tcl.m4 support for Haiku OS + +2009-04-27 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): harden the check to add _r to CC on + AIX with threads. + +2009-04-10 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): check for 64-bit TkAqua. + +2009-03-26 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tclconfig/tcl.m4: Adapt LDFLAGS and LD_SEARCH_FLAGS + together with SHLIB_LD definition to unbreak building on HPUX. + +2009-03-20 Andreas Kupries <andreask@activestate.com> + + * tclconfig/tcl.m4: Changed SHLIB_LD definition to unbreak + building on HPUX. + +2009-03-16 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4(TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS): Look at ${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC} + (found in tkConfig.sh) when trying to guess where tk.h might be + [Patch 1960628]. + +2009-03-11 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: Allow ${SHLIB_SUFFIX} to be overridden at + configure-time [Patch 1960628]. Also fix some comment typos, + and an uninitialized variable bug-waiting-to-happen. + +2008-12-21 Jan Nijtmans <nijtmans@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4: [Bug 2073255] Tcl_GetString(NULL) doesn't crash on HP-UX + (this bug report was for Tcl, but holds for TEA as well.) + +2008-12-20 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: sync with tdbc tcl.m4 changes + (SunOS-5.11): Sun cc SHLIB_LD: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS + +2008-12-02 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + *** Bump to TEA_VERSION 3.7 *** + + * tcl.m4: in private header check, check for <plat>Port.h instead + of Int.h to ensure all private headers are available. + +2008-11-04 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): sync TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS handling of + Tk.framework PrivateHeaders with TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS. + +2008-11-04 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG, TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG): exit with error + when tclConfig.sh cannot be found. [Bug #1997760] + (TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS, TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS): allow for + finding the headers installed in the public areas, e.g. a result of + make install-private-headers. [Bug #1631922] + +2008-08-12 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): link shlib with current and compatiblity version + flags; look for libX11.dylib when searching for X11 libraries. + +2008-06-12 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (SunOS-5.11): fix 64bit amd64 support with gcc & Sun cc. + +2008-03-27 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (SunOS-5.1x): fix 64bit support for Sun cc. [Bug 1921166] + +2008-02-01 Donal K. Fellows <donal.k.fellows@man.ac.uk> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Updated to work at least in part with + more modern VC versions. Currently just made the linker flags more + flexible; more work may be needed. + +2007-10-26 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): add support for 64-bit X11. + +2007-10-23 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + *** Tagged tea-3-branch to start TEA 4 development on HEAD *** + +2007-09-17 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: use '${CC} -shared' instead of 'ld -Bshareable' + to build shared libraries on current NetBSDs [Bug 1749251]. + +2007-09-15 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: replace all direct references to compiler by ${CC} to + enable CC overriding at configure & make time. + (SunOS-5.1x): replace direct use of '/usr/ccs/bin/ld' in SHLIB_LD by + 'cc' compiler driver. + +2007-08-08 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: check Ttk dir for Tk private headers (8.5). + Add some comments to other bits. + +2007-06-25 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_PROG_WISH): move where / is added. + +2007-06-13 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: fix --with-tkinclude alignment. [Bug 1506111] + +2007-06-06 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): fix 64bit arch removal in fat 32&64bit builds. + +2007-05-18 Donal K. Fellows <donal.k.fellows@man.ac.uk> + + * tcl.m4: Added quoting so that paths with spaces cause fewer + problems. + +2007-03-07 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): s/CFLAGS/CPPFLAGS/ in -mmacosx-version-min check. + +2007-02-15 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: correct private header check to search in generic subdir + +2007-02-09 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + *** Bump to TEA_VERSION 3.6 *** + + * tcl.m4: correct -d to -f + (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): SHLIB_SUFFIX is .so on HP ia64 [Bug 1615058] + +2007-02-08 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS, TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS): check + that the dirs actually have private headers. [Bug 1631922] + +2007-02-04 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: add caching to -pipe check. + +2007-01-25 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: integrate CPPFLAGS into CFLAGS as late as possible and + move (rather than duplicate) -isysroot flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS to + avoid errors about multiple -isysroot flags from some older gcc builds. + +2006-01-19 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: ensure CPPFLAGS env var is used when set. [Bug 1586861] + (Darwin): add -isysroot and -mmacosx-version-min flags to CPPFLAGS when + present in CFLAGS to avoid discrepancies between what headers configure + sees during preprocessing tests and compiling tests. + +2006-12-19 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): --enable-64bit: verify linking with 64bit -arch flag + succeeds before enabling 64bit build. + +2006-12-16 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Linux): fix previous change to use makefile variable + LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS in SHLIB_LD, to ensure linker + flags in sampleextension Makefile are picked up. + +2006-11-26 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Linux): --enable-64bit support. [Patch 1597389], [Bug 1230558] + +2006-08-18 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): add support for --enable-64bit on x86_64, for + universal builds including x86_64 and for use of -mmacosx-version-min + instead of MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET. For Tk extensions, remove 64-bit + arch flags from CFLAGS like in the Tk configure, as neither TkAqua nor + TkX11 can be built for 64-bit at present. + +2006-03-28 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: []-quote AC_DEFUN functions. + (TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG): Fixed Windows-specific check for tkConfig.sh. + (TEA_MAKE_LIB): Prepend 'lib' for Windows-gcc configs. + +2006-03-07 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: Set SHLIB_LD_FLAGS='${LIBS}' on NetBSD, + as per the other *BSD variants [Bug 1334613]. + +2006-01-25 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + *** Bump to TEA version 3.5 *** + + * tcl.m4: keep LD_SEARCH_FLAGS and CC_SEARCH_FLAGS synchronous + with core tcl.m4 meaning. + +2006-01-24 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): use makefile variable LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of + LDFLAGS in SHLIB_LD, to ensure linker flags in sampleextension Makefile + are picked up. [Bug 1403343] + +2006-01-23 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: add C:/Tcl/lib and C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib dirs to check for + *Config.sh on Windows. [Bug 1407544] + +2006-01-23 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): for Tk extensions, remove -arch ppc64 from CFLAGS + like in the Tk configure, as neither TkAqua nor TkX11 can be built for + 64bit at present (no 64bit GUI libraries). + +2006-01-22 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: restore system=windows on Windows. + Remove error if 'ar' isn't found (it may not be on Windows). + Do not add -lxnet or define _XOPEN_SOURCE on HP-UX by default. + Ensure the C|LDFLAGS_DEFAULT gets the fully sub'd value at + configure time. + +2006-01-10 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: add caching, use AC_CACHE_CHECK instead of AC_CACHE_VAL + where possible, consistent message quoting, sync relevant + tcl/unix/tcl.m4 HEAD changes and gratuitous formatting differences + (notably sunc removal of support for for ancient BSD's, IRIX 4, + RISCos and Ultrix by kennykb), Darwin improvements to + TEA_LOAD_*CONFIG to make linking work against Tcl/Tk frameworks + installed in arbitrary location, change TEA_PROG_* search order + (look in *_BIN_DIR parents before *_PREFIX). + +2006-01-05 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: add dkf's system config refactor + +2006-01-04 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: remove extraneous ' that causes bash 3.1 to choke + +2005-12-19 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG &c): Look for tclConfig.sh &c + in ${libdir}, where they are installed by default [Patch #1377407]. + +2005-12-05 Don Porter <dgp@users.sf.net> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PUBLIC_*_HEADERS): Better support for finding + header files for uninstalled Tcl and Tk. + +2005-12-02 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: correctly bump TEA_VERSION var to 3.4 + +2005-12-01 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * unix/tcl.m4 (Darwin): fixed error when MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET unset + +2005-11-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: *** Bump to TEA version 3.4 *** + Add Windows x64 build support. + Remove TEA_PATH_NOSPACE and handle the problem with ""s where + necessary - the macro relied on TCLSH_PROG which didn't work for + cross-compiles. + +2005-11-27 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): add 64bit support, add CFLAGS to SHLIB_LD to + support passing -isysroot in env(CFLAGS) to configure (flag can't + be present twice, so can't be in both CFLAGS and LDFLAGS during + configure), don't use -prebind when deploying on 10.4. + (TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO, TEA_TIME_HANDLER): add/fix caching. + +2005-10-30 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: fixed two tests for TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM = "aqua" that + should have been for `uname -s` = "Darwin" instead; added some + missing quoting. + (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_PROG_WISH): fix incorrect assumption that + install location of tclConfig.sh/tkConfig.sh allows to determine + the tclsh/wish install dir via ../bin. Indeed tcl/tk can be + configured with arbitrary --libdir and --bindir (independent of + prefix) and such a configuration is in fact standard with Darwin + framework builds. At least now also check ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin + resp. ${TK_PREFIX}/bin for presence of tclsh resp. wish (if tcl/tk + have been configured with arbitrary --bindir, this will still not + find them, for a general solution *Config.sh would need to contain + the values of bindir/libdir/includedir passed to configure). + +2005-10-07 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: Fix Solaris 5.10 check and Solaris AMD64 64-bit builds. + +2005-10-04 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS): add / to finish sed macro + (TEA_ENABLE_THREADS): don't check for pthread_attr_setstacksize func + +2005-09-13 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: *** Update to TEA version 3.3 *** + define TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM in TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG. + Make --enable-threads the default (users can --disable-threads). + Improve AIX ${CC}_r fix to better check existing ${CC} value. + Do the appropriate evals to not require the *TOP_DIR_NATIVE vars + be set for extensions that use private headers. + Make aqua check for Xlib compat headers the same as win32. + +2005-07-26 Mo DeJong <mdejong@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_BUILD_TCLSH, + TEA_PROG_WISH, TEA_BUILD_WISH): Remove + TEA_BUILD_TCLSH and TEA_BUILD_WISH because + of complaints that it broke the build when + only an installed version of Tcl was available + at extension build time. The TEA_PROG_TCLSH and + TEA_PROG_WISH macros will no longer search the + path at all. The build tclsh or installed + tclsh shell will now be found by TEA_PROG_TCLSH. + +2005-07-24 Mo DeJong <mdejong@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_BUILD_TCLSH, + TEA_PROG_WISH, TEA_BUILD_WISH): + Split confused search for tclsh on PATH and + build and install locations into two macros. + TEA_PROG_TCLSH and TEA_PROG_WISH search the + system PATH for an installed tclsh or wish. + The TEA_BUILD_TCLSH and TEA_BUILD_WISH + macros determine the name of tclsh or + wish in the Tcl or Tk build directory even + if tclsh or wish has not yet been built. + [Tcl bug 1160114] + [Tcl patch 1244153] + +2005-06-23 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS): add ${TK_SRC_DIR}/macosx to + TK_INCLUDES when building against TkAqua. + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_X): fixed missing comma in AC_DEFINE + + * tcl.m4: changes to better support framework builds of Tcl and Tk out + of the box: search framework install locations for *Config.sh, and if in + presence of a framework build, use the framework's Headers and + PrivateHeaders directories for public and private includes. [FR 947735] + +2005-06-18 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): add -headerpad_max_install_names to LDFLAGS to + ensure we can always relocate binaries with install_name_tool. + +2005-06-04 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_X): for TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM == aqua, check if xlib + compat headers are available in tkheaders location, otherwise add xlib + sourcedir to TK_XINCLUDES. + +2005-04-25 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: added AC_DEFINE* descriptions (from core tcl.m4) to allow + use with autoheader. + (Darwin): added configure checks for recently added linker flags + -single_module and -search_paths_first to allow building with older + tools (and on Mac OS X 10.1), use -single_module in SHLIB_LD. + (TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS): added caching of dirent.h check. + (TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD): added caching (sync with core tcl.m4). + +2005-03-24 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS): use Tcl header defaults for wide + int type only on Windows when __int64 is detected as valid. + +2005-03-24 Don Porter <dgp@users.sf.net> + + * README.txt: Update reference to "SC_* macros" to "TEA_* macros". + * tcl.m4: Incorporated recent improvements in SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG + and SC_PATH_TKCONFIG into TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG and TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG. + Corrected search path in TEA_PATH_CONFIG and added + AC_SUBST($1_BIN_DIR) to TEA_LOAD_CONFIG so that packages that load + the configuration of another package can know where they loaded + it from. + +2005-03-18 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): correct 2005-03-17 change to have + variant LD_SEARCH_FLAGS for gcc and cc builds. + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_PROG_WISH): correct x-compile check. + +2005-03-17 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: Correct gcc build and HP-UX-11. + +2005-02-08 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_ADD_LIBS): don't touch lib args starting with -. + (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): only define _DLL for CE in shared build. + (TEA_MAKE_LIB): set RANLIB* to : on Windows (it's not needed). + +2005-02-01 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: redo of 2005-01-27 changes to correctly handle paths + with spaces. Win/CE and Win/64 builds now require a prebuilt + tclsh to handle conversion to short pathnames. This is done in + the new TEA_PATH_NOSPACE macro. For Win/CE|64, make CC just the + compiler and move the necessary includes to CFLAGS. + (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Add Solaris 64-bit gcc build support. + (TEA_PROG_TCLSH, TEA_PROG_WISH): Allow TCLSH_PROG and WISH_PROG to + be set in the env and prevent resetting. + (TEA_ADD_LIBS): On Windows using GCC (mingw), convert foo.lib + args to -lfoo, for use with mingw. + *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATABILITY *** + (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Fix AIX gcc builds to work out-of-box. + Bumped TEA to 3.2. + +2005-01-27 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: remove cygpath calls to support msys. + Update base CE build assumption to "420,ARMV4,ARM,Pocket PC 2003". + Make STLIB_LD use $LINKBIN -lib. + +2005-01-25 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (Darwin): fixed bug with static build linking to dynamic + library in /usr/lib etc instead of linking to static library earlier + in search path. [Tcl Bug 956908] + Removed obsolete references to Rhapsody. + +2004-12-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: Updates for VC7 compatibility, fixing CFLAGS and LDFLAGS + options, using better default -O levels. [Bug 1092952, 1091967] + +2004-12-29 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4: Do not use ${DBGX} suffix when building + shared libraries [patch #1081595, TIP #34] + +2004-09-07 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): support eVC4 Win/CE builds + +2004-08-10 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_INIT, TEA_PREFIX): update handling of exec_prefix to + work around subdir configures since autoconf only propagates the + prefix (not exec_prefix). + +2004-07-23 Daniel Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Darwin section: brought inline with + Tcl 8.5 HEAD config, removed core specific & obsolete settings. + +2004-07-22 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_PATH_X): check in TK_DEFS for MAC_OSX_TK to see if + we are compiling on Aqua. Add TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM var that + reflects 'tk windowingsystem' value. + +2004-07-16 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_ENABLE_THREADS): force a threaded build when + building against a threaded core. + (CFLAGS_WARNING): Remove -Wconversion for gcc builds + (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Reorder configure.in for better 64-bit build + configuration, replacing EXTRA_CFLAGS with CFLAGS. [Bug #874058] + Update to latest Tcl 8.5 head config settings. + Call this TEA version 3.1. + +2004-04-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS): replace AC_TRY_RUN test with + AC_TRY_COMPILE for the long vs. long long check. (kenny) + +2004-04-26 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS): update against core tcl.m4 to + define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG if 'using long'. + +2004-03-19 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: correct Windows builds getting LDFLAGS info in MAKE_LIB + +2004-02-11 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: correct TCL_INCLUDES for private headers on Windows - it + doesn't need the eval. + +2004-02-10 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: don't require TK_INCLUDES and TCL_INCLUDES to have the + DIR_NATIVE vars defined when using private headers on unix. + Allow $... to TEA_ADD_SOURCES for constructs like + TEA_ADD_SOURCES([\$(WIN_OBJECTS)]), that allow the developer to + place more in the Makefile.in. + tkUnixPort.h checks for HAVE_LIMITS_H, so do both HAVE and + CHECK on limits.h + +2003-12-10 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * Makefile.in: added TEA_ADD_LIBS, TEA_ADD_INCLUDES and + * configure: TEA_ADD_CFLAGS to configurable parameters with + * configure.in: PKG_* equivs in the Makefile. This allows the + * tclconfig/tcl.m4: user to worry less about actual magic VAR names. + Corrected Makefile.in to note that TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES requires + exact file names. + +2003-12-09 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: updated OpenBSD support based on [Patch #775246] (cassoff) + +2003-12-05 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * configure: + * configure.in: + * Makefile.in (VPATH): readd $(srcdir) to front of VPATH as the + first part of VPATH can get chopped off. + Change .c.$(OBJEXT) rule to .c.@OBJEXT@ to support more makes. + * tclconfig/tcl.m4: add TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES to support libstub + generation and TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES to replace RUNTIME_SOURCES as + the way the user specifies library files. + +2003-12-03 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * configure: Update of TEA spec to (hopefully) simplify + * configure.in: some aspects of TEA by making use of more + * Makefile.in: AC 2.5x features. Use PACKAGE_NAME (instead + * generic/tclsample.c: of PACKAGE) and PACKAGE_VERSION (instead of + * tclconfig/tcl.m4: VERSION) arguments to AC_INIT as the TEA + package name and version. + Provide a version argument to TEA_INIT - starting with 3.0. + Drop all use of interior shell substs that older makefiles didn't + like. Use PKG_* naming convention instead. + Move specification of source files and public headers into + configure.in with TEA_ADD_SOURCES and TEA_ADD_HEADERS. These will + be munged during ./configure into the right obj file names (no + $(SOURCES:.c=.obj) needed). + There is almost nothing that should be touched in Makefile.in now + for the developer. May want to add a TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES for the + RUNTIME_SOURCES that remains. + Use SHLID_LD_FLAGS (instead of SHLID_LDFLAGS) as Tcl does. + Only specify the user requested LDFLAGS/CFLAGS in the Makefile, + don't mention the _OPTIMIZE/_DEBUG variants. + +2003-10-15 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: create a TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC the precedes the + TEA_SETUP_COMPILER macro. They are split so the check for CC + occurs before any use of CC. Also add AC_PROG_CPP to the compiler + checks. + +2003-10-06 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: Updated for autoconf 2.5x prereq. + Where TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE would be __int64, defer to the code checks + in tcl.h, which also handles TCL_LL_MODIFIER* properly. + +2003-04-22 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: correct default setting of ARCH for WinCE builds. + Correct \ escaping for CE sed macros. + +2003-04-10 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: replace $(syscal) construct with older `syscall` for + systems where sh != bash. + +2003-04-09 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_WITH_CELIB): add --enable-wince and --with-celib + options for Windows/CE compilation support. Requires the + Microsoft eMbedded SDK and Keuchel's celib emulation layer. + +2003-02-18 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_ENABLE_THREADS): Make sure -lpthread gets passed on + the link line when checking for the pthread_attr_setstacksize + symbol. (dejong) + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_SETUP_COMPILER): added default calls to + TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS, TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS, + TEA_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS and TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD. + +2003-02-14 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: correct HP-UX ia64 --enable-64bit build flags + +2003-01-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: check $prefix/lib as well as $exec_prefix/lib when + looking for tcl|tkConfig.sh, as this check is done before we would + set exec_prefix when the user does not define it. + +2003-01-21 Mo DeJong <mdejong@users.sourceforge.net> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): Fix build support + for mingw, the previous implementation would + use VC++ when compiling with mingw gcc. Don't + pass -fPIC since gcc always compiles pic code + under win32. Change some hard coded cases + of gcc to ${CC}. + +2002-10-15 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: move the CFLAGS definition from TEA_ENABLE_SHARED to + TEA_MAKE_LIB because setting too early confuses other AC_* macros. + Correct the HP-11 SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting. + + * tcl.m4: add the CFLAGS definition into TEA_ENABLE_SHARED and + make it pick up the env CFLAGS at configure time. + +2002-10-09 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: add --enable-symbols=mem option to enable TCL_MEM_DEBUG. + Improved AIX 64-bit build support, allow it on AIX-4 as well. + Enable 64-bit HP-11 compilation with gcc. + Enable 64-bit IRIX64-6 cc build support. + Correct FreeBSD thread library linkage. + Add OSF1 static build support. + Improve SunOS-5 shared build SHLIB_LD macro. + +2002-07-20 Zoran Vasiljevic <zoran@archiware.com> + + * tcl.m4: Added MINGW32 to list of systems checked for Windows build. + Also, fixes some indentation issues with "--with-XXX" options. + +2002-04-23 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_ENABLE_THREADS): added USE_THREAD_ALLOC define to + use new threaded allocatory by default on Unix for Tcl 8.4. + (TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS): corrected LD_SEARCH_FLAGS for FreeBSD-3+. + +2002-04-22 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4 (TEA_SETUP_COMPILER): removed call to AC_CYGWIN so that + we can use autoconf 2.5x as well as 2.13. This prevents us from + being able to warn against the use of cygwin gcc at configure + time, but allows autoconf 2.5x, which is what is shipped with most + newer systems. + +2002-04-11 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: Enabled COFF as well as CV style debug info with + --enable-symbols to allow Dr. Watson users to see function info. + More info on debugging levels can be obtained at: + http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp + +2002-04-03 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: change all SC_* macros to TEA_*. The SC_ was for + Scriptics, which is no more. TEA represents a better, independent + prefix that won't need changing. + Added preliminary mingw gcc support. [Patch #538772] + Added TEA_PREFIX macro that handles defaulting the prefix and + exec_prefix vars to those used by Tcl if none were specified. + Added TEA_SETUP_COMPILER macro that encompasses the AC_PROG_CC + check and several other basic AC_PROG checks needed for making + executables. This greatly simplifies user's configure.in files. + Collapsed AIX-5 defines into AIX-* with extra checks for doing the + ELF stuff on AIX-5-ia64. + Updated TEA_ENABLE_THREADS to take an optional arg to allow + switching it on by default (for Thread) and add sanity checking to + warn the user if configuring threads incompatibly. + +2002-03-29 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: made sure that SHLIB_LDFLAGS was set to LDFLAGS_DEFAULT. + Removed --enable-64bit support for AIX-4 because it wasn't correct. + Added -MT or -MD Windows linker switches to properly support + symbols-enabled builds. + +2002-03-28 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: called AC_MSG_ERROR when SC_TEA_INIT wasn't called first + instead of calling it as that inlines it each time in shell code. + Changed Windows CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE to use -O2 instead of -Oti. + Noted TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots for Windows builds. + A few changes to support itcl (and perhaps others): + Added support for making your own stub libraries to SC_MAKE_LIB. + New SC_PATH_CONFIG and SC_LOAD_CONFIG that take a package name arg + and find that ${pkg}Config.sh file. itk uses this for itcl. + +2002-03-27 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: made SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG recognize when working with a Tk + build dir setup. + Added EXTRA_CFLAGS and SHLIB_LD_LIBS substs to SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS. + Added XLIBSW onto LIBS when it is defined. + Remove TCL_LIBS from MAKE_LIB and correctly use SHLIB_LD_LIBS + instead to not rely as much on tclConfig.sh cached info. + Add TK_BIN_DIR to paths to find wish in SC_PROG_WISH. + These move towards making TEA much more independent of *Config.sh. + +2002-03-19 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: corrected forgotten (UN)SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX and + SHLIB_SUFFIX defines for Win. + (SC_PATH_X): made this only do the check on unix platforms. + +2002-03-12 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * README.txt: updated to reflect fewer files + +2002-03-06 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * config.guess (removed): + * config.sub (removed): removed unnecessary files + + * installFile.tcl (removed): + * mkinstalldirs (removed): these aren't really necessary for + making TEA work + + * tcl.m4 (SC_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS, SC_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS): don't + check /usr(/local)/include for includes on Windows when not using + gcc + +2002-03-05 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com> + + * tcl.m4: added warnings on Windows, removed RELPATH define and + added TCL_LIBS to MAKE_LIB macro. + + This import represents 2.0.0, or a new start at attempting to + make TEA much easier for C extension developers. + + **** moved from tclpro project to core tcl project, **** + **** renamed to 'tclconfig' **** + +2001-03-15 Karl Lehenbauer <karl@procplace.com> + + * installFile.tcl: Added updating of the modification time of + the target file whether we overwrote it or decided that it + hadn't changed. This was necessary for us to be able to + determine whether or not a module install touched the file. + +2001-03-08 Karl Lehenbauer <karl@procplace.com> + + * installFile.tcl: Added support for converting new-style (1.1+) + Cygnus drive paths to Tcl-style. + +2001-01-15 <brent.welch@interwoven.com> + + * tcl.m4: Added FreeBSD clause. + +2001-01-03 <brent.welch@interwoven.com> + + * tcl.m4: Fixed typo in SC_LIB_SPEC where it is checking + for exec-prefix. + +2000-12-01 <brent.welch@interwoven.com> + + * tcl.m4: Concatenated most of the Ajuba acsite.m4 file + so we don't need to modify the autoconf installation. + * config.guess: + * config.sub: + * installFile.tcl: + Added files from the itcl config subdirectory, + which should go away. + +2000-7-29 <welch@ajubasolutions.com> + + * Fixed the use of TCL_SRC_DIR and TK_SRC_DIR within + TCL_PRIVATE_INCLUDES and TK_PRIVATE_INCLUDES to match their recent + change from $(srcdir) to $(srcdir)/.. diff --git a/tkblt/tclconfig/README.txt b/tkblt/tclconfig/README.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59b5a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tclconfig/README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +These files comprise the basic building blocks for a Tcl Extension +Architecture (TEA) extension. For more information on TEA see: + + http://www.tcl.tk/doc/tea/ + +This package is part of the Tcl project at SourceForge, and latest +sources should be available there: + + http://tcl.sourceforge.net/ + +This package is a freely available open source package. You can do +virtually anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing +it, and selling it either in whole or in part. + +CONTENTS +======== +The following is a short description of the files you will find in +the sample extension. + +README.txt This file + +install-sh Program used for copying binaries and script files + to their install locations. + +tcl.m4 Collection of Tcl autoconf macros. Included by a package's + aclocal.m4 to define TEA_* macros. diff --git a/tkblt/tclconfig/install-sh b/tkblt/tclconfig/install-sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..7c34c3f --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tclconfig/install-sh @@ -0,0 +1,528 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# install - install a program, script, or datafile + +scriptversion=2011-04-20.01; # UTC + +# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was +# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the +# following copyright and license. +# +# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium +# +# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to +# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the +# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or +# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +# +# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +# all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +# +# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN +# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- +# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +# +# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not +# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- +# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- +# tium. +# +# +# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. +# +# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent +# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it +# when there is no Makefile. +# +# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written +# from scratch. + +nl=' +' +IFS=" "" $nl" + +# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script + +# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. +doit=${DOITPROG-} +if test -z "$doit"; then + doit_exec=exec +else + doit_exec=$doit +fi + +# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; +# or use environment vars. + +chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} +chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} +chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} +cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} +cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} +mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} +mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} +rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} +stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} + +posix_glob='?' +initialize_posix_glob=' + test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { + if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then + posix_glob= + else + posix_glob=: + fi + } +' + +posix_mkdir= + +# Desired mode of installed file. +mode=0755 + +chgrpcmd= +chmodcmd=$chmodprog +chowncmd= +mvcmd=$mvprog +rmcmd="$rmprog -f" +stripcmd= + +src= +dst= +dir_arg= +dst_arg= + +copy_on_change=false +no_target_directory= + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE + or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY + or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... + or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... + +In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. +In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. +In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. + +Options: + --help display this help and exit. + --version display version info and exit. + + -c (ignored) + -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) + -d create directories instead of installing files. + -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. + -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. + -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. + -s $stripprog installed files. + -S $stripprog installed files. + -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. + -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. + +Environment variables override the default commands: + CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG + RMPROG STRIPPROG +" + +while test $# -ne 0; do + case $1 in + -c) ;; + + -C) copy_on_change=true;; + + -d) dir_arg=true;; + + -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" + shift;; + + --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; + + -m) mode=$2 + case $mode in + *' '* | *' '* | *' +'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) + echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 + exit 1;; + esac + shift;; + + -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" + shift;; + + -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; + + -S) stripcmd="$stripprog $2" + shift;; + + -t) dst_arg=$2 + shift;; + + -T) no_target_directory=true;; + + --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; + + --) shift + break;; + + -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 + exit 1;; + + *) break;; + esac + shift +done + +if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then + # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. + # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. + # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. + for arg + do + if test -n "$dst_arg"; then + # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. + set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" + shift # fnord + fi + shift # arg + dst_arg=$arg + done +fi + +if test $# -eq 0; then + if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. + # This can happen when creating conditional directories. + exit 0 +fi + +if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' + trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 + trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 + trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 + trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 + + # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. + # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. + case $mode in + # Optimize common cases. + *644) cp_umask=133;; + *755) cp_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw='% 200' + fi + cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; + *) + if test -z "$stripcmd"; then + u_plus_rw= + else + u_plus_rw=,u+rw + fi + cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; + esac +fi + +for src +do + # Protect names starting with `-'. + case $src in + -*) src=./$src;; + esac + + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + dst=$src + dstdir=$dst + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? + else + + # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command + # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad + # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. + if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then + echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + if test -z "$dst_arg"; then + echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + + dst=$dst_arg + # Protect names starting with `-'. + case $dst in + -*) dst=./$dst;; + esac + + # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work + # if double slashes aren't ignored. + if test -d "$dst"; then + if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then + echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + dstdir=$dst + dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` + dstdir_status=0 + else + # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. + dstdir=` + (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || + expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || + echo X"$dst" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ + s//\1/ + q + } + s/.*/./; q' + ` + + test -d "$dstdir" + dstdir_status=$? + fi + fi + + obsolete_mkdir_used=false + + if test $dstdir_status != 0; then + case $posix_mkdir in + '') + # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. + # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. + umask=`umask` + case $stripcmd.$umask in + # Optimize common cases. + *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; + .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ + - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ + - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 + `;; + *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; + esac + + # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. + # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + mkdir_mode=-m$mode + else + mkdir_mode= + fi + + posix_mkdir=false + case $umask in + *[123567][0-7][0-7]) + # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which + # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. + ;; + *) + tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ + trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 + + if (umask $mkdir_umask && + exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + if test -z "$dir_arg" || { + # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. + # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or + # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. + # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. + ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + case $ls_ld_tmpdir in + d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; + d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; + *) false;; + esac && + $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { + ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" + } + } + then posix_mkdir=: + fi + rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" + else + # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. + rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null + fi + trap '' 0;; + esac;; + esac + + if + $posix_mkdir && ( + umask $mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" + ) + then : + else + + # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, + # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the + # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. + + case $dstdir in + /*) prefix='/';; + -*) prefix='./';; + *) prefix='';; + esac + + eval "$initialize_posix_glob" + + oIFS=$IFS + IFS=/ + $posix_glob set -f + set fnord $dstdir + shift + $posix_glob set +f + IFS=$oIFS + + prefixes= + + for d + do + test -z "$d" && continue + + prefix=$prefix$d + if test -d "$prefix"; then + prefixes= + else + if $posix_mkdir; then + (umask=$mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 + else + case $prefix in + *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; + *) qprefix=$prefix;; + esac + prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" + fi + fi + prefix=$prefix/ + done + + if test -n "$prefixes"; then + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + (umask $mkdir_umask && + eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || + test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 + obsolete_mkdir_used=true + fi + fi + fi + + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && + { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || + test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 + else + + # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. + dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ + rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ + + # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. + trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 + + # Copy the file name to the temp name. + (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && + + # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. + # + # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to + # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore + # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. + # + { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && + + # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. + if $copy_on_change && + old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && + new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && + + eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && + $posix_glob set -f && + set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && + $posix_glob set +f && + + test "$old" = "$new" && + $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + rm -f "$dsttmp" + else + # Rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + + # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else + # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not + # support -f. + { + # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. + # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some + # systems and the destination file might be busy for other + # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new + # file should still install successfully. + { + test ! -f "$dst" || + $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && + { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } + } || + { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 + (exit 1); exit 1 + } + } && + + # Now rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" + } + fi || exit 1 + + trap '' 0 + fi +done + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/tkblt/tclconfig/tcl.m4 b/tkblt/tclconfig/tcl.m4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c20634 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tclconfig/tcl.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,4176 @@ +# tcl.m4 -- +# +# This file provides a set of autoconf macros to help TEA-enable +# a Tcl extension. +# +# Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Ajuba Solutions. +# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation. +# +# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution +# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + +AC_PREREQ(2.57) + +# Possible values for key variables defined: +# +# TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM - win32 aqua x11 (mirrors 'tk windowingsystem') +# TEA_PLATFORM - windows unix +# TEA_TK_EXTENSION - True if this is a Tk extension +# + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG -- +# +# Locate the tclConfig.sh file and perform a sanity check on +# the Tcl compile flags +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Adds the following arguments to configure: +# --with-tcl=... +# +# Defines the following vars: +# TCL_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing +# the tclConfig.sh file +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG], [ + dnl TEA specific: Make sure we are initialized + AC_REQUIRE([TEA_INIT]) + # + # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration + # First, look for one uninstalled. + # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl + # + + if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then + # we reset no_tcl in case something fails here + no_tcl=true + AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, + AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl], + [directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]), + with_tclconfig="${withval}") + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[ + + # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified. + if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then + case "${with_tclconfig}" in + */tclConfig.sh ) + if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then + AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself]) + with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`" + fi ;; + esac + if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`" + else + AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh]) + fi + fi + + # then check for a private Tcl installation + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ../tcl \ + `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../tcl \ + `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../../tcl \ + `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`" + break + fi + if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Network/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # check in a few common install locations + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # check in a few other private locations + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ${srcdir}/../tcl \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a -f "$i/win/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`" + break + fi + if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + ]) + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then + TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found" + AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh]) + else + no_tcl= + TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" + AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh]) + fi + fi +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG -- +# +# Locate the tkConfig.sh file +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Adds the following arguments to configure: +# --with-tk=... +# +# Defines the following vars: +# TK_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing +# the tkConfig.sh file +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG], [ + # + # Ok, lets find the tk configuration + # First, look for one uninstalled. + # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk + # + + if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then + # we reset no_tk in case something fails here + no_tk=true + AC_ARG_WITH(tk, + AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tk], + [directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]), + with_tkconfig="${withval}") + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[ + + # First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified. + if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then + case "${with_tkconfig}" in + */tkConfig.sh ) + if test -f "${with_tkconfig}"; then + AC_MSG_WARN([--with-tk argument should refer to directory containing tkConfig.sh, not to tkConfig.sh itself]) + with_tkconfig="`echo "${with_tkconfig}" | sed 's!/tkConfig\.sh$!!'`" + fi ;; + esac + if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd "${with_tkconfig}"; pwd)`" + else + AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh]) + fi + fi + + # then check for a private Tk library + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ../tk \ + `ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../tk \ + `ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../../tk \ + `ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`" + break + fi + if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Network/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # check in a few common install locations + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.6 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # TEA specific: on Windows, check in common installation locations + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d C:/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d C:/Progra~1/Tcl/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + + # check in a few other private locations + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ${srcdir}/../tk \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" \ + -a -f "$i/win/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/win; pwd)`" + break + fi + if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`" + break + fi + done + fi + ]) + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then + TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found" + AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tk configuration definitions. Use --with-tk to specify a directory containing tkConfig.sh]) + else + no_tk= + TK_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" + AC_MSG_RESULT([found ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh]) + fi + fi +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG -- +# +# Load the tclConfig.sh file +# +# Arguments: +# +# Requires the following vars to be set: +# TCL_BIN_DIR +# +# Results: +# +# Substitutes the following vars: +# TCL_BIN_DIR +# TCL_SRC_DIR +# TCL_LIB_FILE +# TCL_ZIP_FILE +# TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh]) + + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([loading]) + . "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh]) + fi + + # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution + eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\"" + eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\"" + + # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory), + # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables. + # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value + # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC + # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an + # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl. + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + TCL_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}" + TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}" + elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries + # from the framework at the given location so that linking works + # against Tcl.framework installed in an arbitrary location. + case ${TCL_DEFS} in + *TCL_FRAMEWORK*) + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_LIB_FILE}"; then + for i in "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \ + "`cd "${TCL_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do + if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TCL_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then + TCL_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TCL_LIB_FILE}" + break + fi + done + fi + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then + TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" + TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}" + fi + ;; + esac + fi + + # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution + eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\"" + eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\"" + eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\"" + eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\"" + + AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION) + AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL) + AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR) + AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR) + + AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE) + AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG) + AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC) + + AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) + AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG) + AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC) + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([platform]) + hold_cc=$CC; CC="$TCL_CC" + AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[ + #ifdef _WIN32 + #error win32 + #endif + ], [ + TEA_PLATFORM="unix" + CYGPATH=echo + ], [ + TEA_PLATFORM="windows" + AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo) ] + ) + CC=$hold_cc + AC_MSG_RESULT($TEA_PLATFORM) + + # The BUILD_$pkg is to define the correct extern storage class + # handling when making this package + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(BUILD_${PACKAGE_NAME}, [], + [Building extension source?]) + # Do this here as we have fully defined TEA_PLATFORM now + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + EXEEXT=".exe" + CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.lib *.dll *.pdb *.exp" + fi + + # TEA specific: + AC_SUBST(CLEANFILES) + AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS) + AC_SUBST(TCL_DEFS) + AC_SUBST(TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS) + AC_SUBST(TCL_LD_FLAGS) + AC_SUBST(TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG -- +# +# Load the tkConfig.sh file +# +# Arguments: +# +# Requires the following vars to be set: +# TK_BIN_DIR +# +# Results: +# +# Sets the following vars that should be in tkConfig.sh: +# TK_BIN_DIR +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh]) + + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([loading]) + . "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh]) + fi + + # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution + eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\"" + eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\"" + + # If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory), + # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables. + # For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value + # of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC + # instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an + # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl. + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + TK_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}" + TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}" + elif test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use the libraries + # from the framework at the given location so that linking works + # against Tk.framework installed in an arbitrary location. + case ${TK_DEFS} in + *TK_FRAMEWORK*) + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}"; then + for i in "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"; pwd`" \ + "`cd "${TK_BIN_DIR}"/../..; pwd`"; do + if test "`basename "$i"`" = "${TK_LIB_FILE}.framework"; then + TK_LIB_SPEC="-F`dirname "$i" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework ${TK_LIB_FILE}" + break + fi + done + fi + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then + TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L` echo "${TK_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" + TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}" + fi + ;; + esac + fi + + # eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution + eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\"" + eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\"" + eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\"" + eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\"" + + # TEA specific: Ensure windowingsystem is defined + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then + case ${TK_DEFS} in + *MAC_OSX_TK*) + AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building against Mac OS X TkAqua?]) + TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="aqua" + ;; + *) + TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="x11" + ;; + esac + elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM="win32" + fi + + AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION) + AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR) + AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR) + + AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE) + AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG) + AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC) + + AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) + AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG) + AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC) + + # TEA specific: + AC_SUBST(TK_LIBS) + AC_SUBST(TK_XINCLUDES) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PROG_TCLSH +# Determine the fully qualified path name of the tclsh executable +# in the Tcl build directory or the tclsh installed in a bin +# directory. This macro will correctly determine the name +# of the tclsh executable even if tclsh has not yet been +# built in the build directory. The tclsh found is always +# associated with a tclConfig.sh file. This tclsh should be used +# only for running extension test cases. It should never be +# or generation of files (like pkgIndex.tcl) at build time. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# Substitutes the following vars: +# TCLSH_PROG +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PROG_TCLSH], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh]) + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" ; then + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" ; then + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" ; then + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" ; then + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" + fi + else + TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh" + fi + else + # tclConfig.sh is in install location + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" + else + TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}" + fi + list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/.. 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/bin 2>/dev/null`" + for i in $list ; do + if test -f "$i/${TCLSH_PROG}" ; then + REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/" + break + fi + done + TCLSH_PROG="${REAL_TCL_BIN_DIR}${TCLSH_PROG}" + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT([${TCLSH_PROG}]) + AC_SUBST(TCLSH_PROG) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PROG_WISH +# Determine the fully qualified path name of the wish executable +# in the Tk build directory or the wish installed in a bin +# directory. This macro will correctly determine the name +# of the wish executable even if wish has not yet been +# built in the build directory. The wish found is always +# associated with a tkConfig.sh file. This wish should be used +# only for running extension test cases. It should never be +# or generation of files (like pkgIndex.tcl) at build time. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# Substitutes the following vars: +# WISH_PROG +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PROG_WISH], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for wish]) + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + # tkConfig.sh is in Tk build directory + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" ; then + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" ; then + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}$s{EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" ; then + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" + elif test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" ; then + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" + fi + else + WISH_PROG="${TK_BIN_DIR}/wish" + fi + else + # tkConfig.sh is in install location + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" + else + WISH_PROG="wish${TK_MAJOR_VERSION}.${TK_MINOR_VERSION}${TK_DBGX}" + fi + list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../bin 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/.. 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/bin 2>/dev/null`" + for i in $list ; do + if test -f "$i/${WISH_PROG}" ; then + REAL_TK_BIN_DIR="`cd "$i"; pwd`/" + break + fi + done + WISH_PROG="${REAL_TK_BIN_DIR}${WISH_PROG}" + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT([${WISH_PROG}]) + AC_SUBST(WISH_PROG) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ENABLE_SHARED -- +# +# Allows the building of shared libraries +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Adds the following arguments to configure: +# --enable-shared=yes|no +# --enable-stubs=yes|no +# +# Defines the following vars: +# STATIC_BUILD Used for building import/export libraries +# on Windows. +# +# Sets the following vars: +# SHARED_BUILD Value of 1 or 0 +# STUBS_BUILD Value if 1 or 0 +# USE_TCL_STUBS Value true: if SHARED_BUILD or --enable-stubs +# USE_TCLOO_STUBS Value true: if SHARED_BUILD or --enable-stubs +# USE_TK_STUBS Value true: if SHARED_BUILD or --enable-stubs +# AND TEA_WINDOWING_SYSTEM != "" +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_SHARED], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries]) + AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared], + [build and link with shared libraries (default: on)]), + [shared_ok=$enableval], [shared_ok=yes]) + + if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_shared" + shared_ok=$enableval + else + shared_ok=yes + fi + + AC_ARG_ENABLE(stubs, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-stubs], + [build and link with stub libraries. Always true for shared builds (default: on)]), + [stubs_ok=$enableval], [stubs_ok=yes]) + + if test "${enable_stubs+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_stubs" + stubs_ok=$enableval + else + stubs_ok=yes + fi + + # Stubs are always enabled for shared builds + if test "$shared_ok" = "yes" ; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([shared]) + SHARED_BUILD=1 + STUBS_BUILD=1 + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([static]) + SHARED_BUILD=0 + AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [This a static build]) + if test "$stubs_ok" = "yes" ; then + STUBS_BUILD=1 + else + STUBS_BUILD=0 + fi + fi + if test "${STUBS_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs]) + AC_DEFINE(USE_TCLOO_STUBS, 1, [Use TclOO stubs]) + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != ""; then + AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs]) + fi + fi + + AC_SUBST(SHARED_BUILD) + AC_SUBST(STUBS_BUILD) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ENABLE_THREADS -- +# +# Specify if thread support should be enabled. If "yes" is specified +# as an arg (optional), threads are enabled by default, "no" means +# threads are disabled. "yes" is the default. +# +# TCL_THREADS is checked so that if you are compiling an extension +# against a threaded core, your extension must be compiled threaded +# as well. +# +# Note that it is legal to have a thread enabled extension run in a +# threaded or non-threaded Tcl core, but a non-threaded extension may +# only run in a non-threaded Tcl core. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Adds the following arguments to configure: +# --enable-threads +# +# Sets the following vars: +# THREADS_LIBS Thread library(s) +# +# Defines the following vars: +# TCL_THREADS +# _REENTRANT +# _THREAD_SAFE +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_THREADS], [ + AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads], + [build with threads (default: on)]), + [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes]) + + if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then + enableval="$enable_threads" + tcl_ok=$enableval + else + tcl_ok=yes + fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then + TCL_THREADS=1 + + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then + # We are always OK on Windows, so check what this platform wants: + + # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based + # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention + AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1, + [Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?]) + AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?]) + if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then + AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1, + [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!]) + fi + AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?]) + AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no) + if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then + # Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same + # library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is + # defined. We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with + # pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't + # exist, like AIX 4.2. [Bug: 4359] + AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init, + tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) + fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then + # The space is needed + THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread" + else + AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init, + tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then + # The space is needed + THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads" + else + AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init, + tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) + if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then + AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init, + tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then + # The space is needed + THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread" + else + TCL_THREADS=0 + AC_MSG_WARN([Do not know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled]) + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi + else + TCL_THREADS=0 + fi + # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads]) + if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then + AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (default)]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + fi + # TCL_THREADS sanity checking. See if our request for building with + # threads is the same as the way Tcl was built. If not, warn the user. + case ${TCL_DEFS} in + *THREADS=1*) + if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "0"; then + AC_MSG_WARN([ + Building ${PACKAGE_NAME} without threads enabled, but building against Tcl + that IS thread-enabled. It is recommended to use --enable-threads.]) + fi + ;; + esac + AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS -- +# +# Specify if debugging symbols should be used. +# Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) debugging can also be enabled. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# TEA varies from core Tcl in that C|LDFLAGS_DEFAULT receives +# the value of C|LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE|DEBUG already substituted. +# Requires the following vars to be set in the Makefile: +# CFLAGS_DEFAULT +# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT +# +# Results: +# +# Adds the following arguments to configure: +# --enable-symbols +# +# Defines the following vars: +# CFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true +# Sets to "$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) -DNDEBUG" if false +# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true +# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false +# DBGX Formerly used as debug library extension; +# always blank now. +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [ + dnl TEA specific: Make sure we are initialized + AC_REQUIRE([TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS]) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols]) + AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols], + [build with debugging symbols (default: off)]), + [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no]) + DBGX="" + if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then + CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -DNDEBUG" + LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE}" + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + else + CFLAGS_DEFAULT="${CFLAGS_DEBUG}" + LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS_DEBUG}" + if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)]) + fi + fi + # TEA specific: + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then + LDFLAGS_DEFAULT="${LDFLAGS}" + fi + AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT) + AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT) + AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX) + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then + AC_DEFINE(TCL_MEM_DEBUG, 1, [Is memory debugging enabled?]) + fi + + if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then + if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled symbols mem debugging]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([enabled $tcl_ok debugging]) + fi + fi +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO -- +# +# Allows use of modern nl_langinfo check for better l10n. +# This is only relevant for Unix. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Adds the following arguments to configure: +# --enable-langinfo=yes|no (default is yes) +# +# Defines the following vars: +# HAVE_LANGINFO Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined. +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [ + AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-langinfo], + [use nl_langinfo if possible to determine encoding at startup, otherwise use old heuristic (default: on)]), + [langinfo_ok=$enableval], [langinfo_ok=yes]) + + HAVE_LANGINFO=0 + if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then + AC_CHECK_HEADER(langinfo.h,[langinfo_ok=yes],[langinfo_ok=no]) + fi + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use nl_langinfo]) + if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then + AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_langinfo_h, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <langinfo.h>], [nl_langinfo(CODESET);], + [tcl_cv_langinfo_h=yes],[tcl_cv_langinfo_h=no])]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_cv_langinfo_h]) + if test $tcl_cv_langinfo_h = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO, 1, [Do we have nl_langinfo()?]) + fi + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([$langinfo_ok]) + fi +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM +# +# Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked +# on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the +# "uname" command. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# Defines the following var: +# +# system - System/platform/version identification code. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [ + # TEA specific: + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + tcl_cv_sys_version=windows + else + tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r` + if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then + AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command]) + tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown + else + if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then + tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r` + fi + fi + fi + ]) + system=$tcl_cv_sys_version +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS +# +# Try to determine the proper flags to pass to the compiler +# for building shared libraries and other such nonsense. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Defines and substitutes the following vars: +# +# DL_OBJS, DL_LIBS - removed for TEA, only needed by core. +# LDFLAGS - Flags to pass to the compiler when linking object +# files into an executable application binary such +# as tclsh. +# LD_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ld, such as "-R /usr/local/tcl/lib", +# that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look +# for shared libraries such as libtcl.so. Depends on +# the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile. Could +# be the same as CC_SEARCH_FLAGS if ${CC} is used to link. +# CC_SEARCH_FLAGS-Flags to pass to ${CC}, such as "-Wl,-rpath,/usr/local/tcl/lib", +# that tell the run-time dynamic linker where to look +# for shared libraries such as libtcl.so. Depends on +# the variable LIB_RUNTIME_DIR in the Makefile. +# SHLIB_CFLAGS - Flags to pass to cc when compiling the components +# of a shared library (may request position-independent +# code, among other things). +# SHLIB_LD - Base command to use for combining object files +# into a shared library. +# SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when +# creating shared libraries. This symbol typically +# goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build +# shared libraries. The value of the symbol defaults to +# "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should +# be specified when creating a shared library. If +# dependent libraries should not be specified (as on +# SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in +# general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared +# libraries), then this symbol has an empty string +# as its value. +# SHLIB_SUFFIX - Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable +# extensions. An empty string means we don't know how +# to use shared libraries on this platform. +# LIB_SUFFIX - Specifies everything that comes after the "libfoo" +# in a static or shared library name, using the $PACKAGE_VERSION variable +# to put the version in the right place. This is used +# by platforms that need non-standard library names. +# Examples: ${PACKAGE_VERSION}.so.1.1 on NetBSD, since it needs +# to have a version after the .so, and ${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a +# on AIX, since a shared library needs to have +# a .a extension whereas shared objects for loadable +# extensions have a .so extension. Defaults to +# ${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}. +# CFLAGS_DEBUG - +# Flags used when running the compiler in debug mode +# CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE - +# Flags used when running the compiler in optimize mode +# CFLAGS - Additional CFLAGS added as necessary (usually 64-bit) +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [ + dnl TEA specific: Make sure we are initialized + AC_REQUIRE([TEA_INIT]) + + # Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support? + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested]) + AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit], + [enable 64bit support (default: off)]), + [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bit]) + + # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support? + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested]) + AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit-vis, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit-vis], + [enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)]), + [do64bitVIS=$enableval], [do64bitVIS=no]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bitVIS]) + # Force 64bit on with VIS + AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"], [do64bit=yes]) + + # Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so + # that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails. + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler supports visibility "hidden"], + tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden, [ + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror" + AC_TRY_LINK([ + extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void); + void f(void) {}], [f();], tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes, + tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no) + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) + AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes], [ + AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, + [extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden")))], + [Compiler support for module scope symbols]) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_HIDDEN, [1], [Compiler support for module scope symbols]) + ]) + + # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support? + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if rpath support is requested]) + AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath, + AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-rpath], + [disable rpath support (default: on)]), + [doRpath=$enableval], [doRpath=yes]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$doRpath]) + + # TEA specific: Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds? + + AS_IF([test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = windows], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Windows/CE build is requested]) + AC_ARG_ENABLE(wince, + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-wince], + [enable Win/CE support (where applicable)]), + [doWince=$enableval], [doWince=no]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$doWince]) + ]) + + # Set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number + # for the system. + + TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM + + # Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below. + + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB]) + + # Set configuration options based on system name and version. + # This is similar to Tcl's unix/tcl.m4 except that we've added a + # "windows" case and removed some core-only vars. + + do64bit_ok=no + # default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis + SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}' + # When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in + # LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load] + # is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796] + LDFLAGS_ARCH="" + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="" + # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION + TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`' + ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION}`' + TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok + CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2 + CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall" + ], [ + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O + CFLAGS_WARNING="" + ]) + AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar) + STLIB_LD='${AR} cr' + LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH" + AS_IF([test "x$SHLIB_VERSION" = x],[SHLIB_VERSION=""],[SHLIB_VERSION=".$SHLIB_VERSION"]) + case $system in + # TEA specific: + windows) + # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK + # We have to know where the SDK is installed. + # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs + # MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest, + # which requires x86|amd64|ia64. + MACHINE="X86" + if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then + if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then + MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft Platform SDK" + fi + MSSDK=`echo "$MSSDK" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` + PATH64="" + case "$do64bit" in + amd64|x64|yes) + MACHINE="AMD64" ; # default to AMD64 64-bit build + PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/x86/AMD64" + ;; + ia64) + MACHINE="IA64" + PATH64="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64" + ;; + esac + if test "$GCC" != "yes" -a ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then + AC_MSG_WARN([Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode]) + AC_MSG_WARN([Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed]) + do64bit="no" + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode]) + do64bit_ok="yes" + fi + fi + + if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then + if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows/CE and 64-bit builds incompatible]) + fi + if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([Windows/CE and GCC builds incompatible]) + fi + TEA_PATH_CELIB + # Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup + # Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets + CEVERSION=420; # could be 211 300 301 400 420 ... + TARGETCPU=ARMV4; # could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ... + ARCH=ARM; # could be ARM MIPS X86EM ... + PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002" + if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then + # If !yes then the user specified something + # Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it + ARCH= + eval `echo $doWince | awk -F, '{ \ + if (length([$]1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", [$]1; \ + if ([$]1 < 400) { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \ + if (length([$]2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]2) }; \ + if (length([$]3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]3) }; \ + if (length([$]4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", [$]4 }; \ + }'` + if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then + ARCH=$TARGETCPU; + fi + fi + OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION; + if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then + WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0" + if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then + WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools" + fi + fi + if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then + SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools" + if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then + SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools" + fi + fi + WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` + SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` + if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" \ + -o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode [$CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM]]) + doWince="no" + else + # We could PATH_NOSPACE these, but that's not important, + # as long as we quote them when used. + CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include" + if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then + CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" + fi + CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}" + fi + fi + + if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then + runtime=-MT + else + runtime=-MD + fi + case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in + x1[[4-9]]*) + lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib" + TEA_ADD_LIBS([ucrt.lib]) + ;; + *) + ;; + esac + + if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then + # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs + CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\"" + CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\"" + RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\"" + lflags="${lflags} -nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\"" + LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\"" + CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}" + # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' + # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573 + TEA_ADD_LIBS([bufferoverflowU.lib]) + elif test "$doWince" != "no" ; then + CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin" + if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then + CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe\"" + else + CC="\"${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe\"" + fi + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\"" + RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\"" + arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower([$]0)}'` + defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _WINDOWS" + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + # Static CE builds require static celib as well + defs="${defs} _DLL" + fi + for i in $defs ; do + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($i, 1, [WinCE def ]$i) + done + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE, $CEVERSION, [_WIN32_WCE version]) + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNDER_CE, $CEVERSION, [UNDER_CE version]) + CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox" + lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'` + lflags="${lflags} -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo" + LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\"" + AC_SUBST(CELIB_DIR) + else + RC="rc" + lflags="${lflags} -nologo" + LINKBIN="link" + CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}" + fi + fi + + if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then + # mingw gcc mode + AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres) + CFLAGS_DEBUG="-g" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' + LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-wl,--subsystem,console ${lflags}" + LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-wl,--subsystem,windows ${lflags}" + + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cross-compile version of gcc, + ac_cv_cross, + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ + #ifdef _WIN32 + #error cross-compiler + #endif + ], [], + ac_cv_cross=yes, + ac_cv_cross=no) + ) + if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then + case "$do64bit" in + amd64|x64|yes) + CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc" + LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld" + AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar" + RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib" + RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres" + ;; + *) + CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc" + LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld" + AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar" + RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib" + RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres" + ;; + esac + fi + + else + SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll ${lflags}" + # link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg + STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}" + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.lib' + PATHTYPE=-w + # For information on what debugtype is most useful, see: + # http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp + # and also + # http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/y0zzbyt4%28VS.80%29.aspx + # This essentially turns it all on. + LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug -debugtype:cv" + LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release" + if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then + LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}" + LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE} + else + LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}" + LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}" + fi + fi + + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll" + SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.dll' + + TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots + ;; + AIX-*) + AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"], [ + # AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used + case "${CC}" in + *_r|*_r\ *) + # ok ... + ;; + *) + # Make sure only first arg gets _r + CC=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's/^\([[^ ]]*\)/\1_r/'` + ;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([Using $CC for compiling with threads]) + ]) + LIBS="$LIBS -lc" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + + LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LIBPATH" + + # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker + AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [ + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system]) + ], [ + do64bit_ok=yes + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -q64" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="-q64" + RANLIB="${RANLIB} -X64" + AR="${AR} -X64" + SHLIB_LD_FLAGS="-b64" + ]) + ]) + + AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [ + # AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC + SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text" + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + ], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + ]) + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + ], [ + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared -Wl,-bexpall' + ], [ + SHLIB_LD="/bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bexpall -H512 -T512 -bnoentry" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -brtl" + ]) + SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} ${SHLIB_LD_FLAGS}" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + ]) + ;; + BeOS*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostart' + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + + #----------------------------------------------------------- + # Check for inet_ntoa in -lbind, for BeOS (which also needs + # -lsocket, even if the network functions are in -lnet which + # is always linked to, for compatibility. + #----------------------------------------------------------- + AC_CHECK_LIB(bind, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lbind -lsocket"]) + ;; + BSD/OS-4.*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + CYGWIN_*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\$[@].a" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll" + EXEEXT=".exe" + do64bit_ok=yes + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + Haiku*) + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared' + AC_CHECK_LIB(network, inet_ntoa, [LIBS="$LIBS -lnetwork"]) + ;; + HP-UX-*.11.*) + # Use updated header definitions where possible + AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?]) + # TEA specific: Needed by Tcl, but not most extensions + #AC_DEFINE(_XOPEN_SOURCE, 1, [Do we want to use the XOPEN network library?]) + #LIBS="$LIBS -lxnet" # Use the XOPEN network library + + AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = ia64], [ + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + # Use newer C++ library for C++ extensions + #if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then + # CPPFLAGS="-AA" + #fi + ], [ + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl" + ]) + AC_CHECK_LIB(dld, shl_load, tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no) + AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = yes], [ + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-E" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.' + LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH" + ]) + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + ], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -z" + # Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc + #CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z" + SHLIB_LD="ld -b" + ]) + + # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker + AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = "yes"], [ + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in + hppa64*) + # 64-bit gcc in use. Fix flags for GNU ld. + do64bit_ok=yes + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + ;; + *) + AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system]) + ;; + esac + ], [ + do64bit_ok=yes + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DD64" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="+DD64" + ]) + ]) ;; + IRIX-6.*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32" + ], [ + case $system in + IRIX-6.3) + # Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3. + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS" + ;; + *) + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -n32" + ;; + esac + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -n32" + ]) + ;; + IRIX64-6.*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) + + # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker + + AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [ + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported by gcc]) + ], [ + do64bit_ok=yes + SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64" + ]) + ]) + ;; + Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + + # TEA specific: + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer" + + # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS + SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -shared' + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic" + AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"]) + AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -m64 flag], tcl_cv_cc_m64, [ + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" + AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes, tcl_cv_cc_m64=no) + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) + AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" + do64bit_ok=yes + ]) + ]) + + # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of + # functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address + # this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind + # of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the + # files in compat/*.c is being linked in. + + AS_IF([test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x],[CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"]) + ;; + Lynx*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02 + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic" + AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) + ;; + OpenBSD-*) + arch=`arch -s` + case "$arch" in + alpha|sparc64) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + ;; + *) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic" + ;; + esac + SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared' + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}' + LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic" + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2" + AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [ + # On OpenBSD: Compile with -pthread + # Don't link with -lpthread + LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//` + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" + ]) + # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots. + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' + TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots + ;; + NetBSD-*) + # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared' + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" + AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [ + # The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS + LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//` + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread" + ]) + ;; + DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*) + # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports. + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared" + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$[@]" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + LDFLAGS="" + AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) + AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [ + # The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS + LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//` + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"]) + case $system in + FreeBSD-3.*) + # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy. + TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .` + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a' + SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1' + TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots + ;; + esac + ;; + Darwin-*) + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common" + # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during + # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and + # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS: + CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} `echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \ + awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \ + if ([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/) print "-"[$]i}'`" + CFLAGS="`echo " ${CFLAGS}" | \ + awk 'BEGIN {FS=" +-";ORS=" "}; {for (i=2;i<=NF;i++) \ + if (!([$]i~/^(isysroot|mmacosx-version-min)/)) print "-"[$]i}'`" + AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [ + case `arch` in + ppc) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag], + tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64, [ + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5" + AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes, + tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no) + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) + AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5" + do64bit_ok=yes + ]);; + i386) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag], + tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64, [ + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64" + AC_TRY_LINK(,, tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes, + tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no) + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) + AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64" + do64bit_ok=yes + ]);; + *) + AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture `arch`]);; + esac + ], [ + # Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build + AS_IF([echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \ + && echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '], [ + fat_32_64=yes]) + ]) + # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}' + AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -single_module flag], tcl_cv_ld_single_module, [ + hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module" + AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes, tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no) + LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags]) + AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes], [ + SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module" + ]) + # TEA specific: link shlib with current and compatibility version flags + vers=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | sed -e 's/^\([[0-9]]\{1,5\}\)\(\(\.[[0-9]]\{1,3\}\)\{0,2\}\).*$/\1\2/p' -e d` + SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -current_version ${vers:-0} -compatibility_version ${vers:-0}" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib" + # Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only: + AS_IF([test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \ + "`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4], [ + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"]) + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names" + AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag], + tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [ + hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" + AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes, + tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no) + LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags]) + AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes], [ + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first" + ]) + AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [ + AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [__private_extern__], + [Compiler support for module scope symbols]) + tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes + ]) + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH" + # TEA specific: for combined 32 & 64 bit fat builds of Tk + # extensions, verify that 64-bit build is possible. + AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes && test -n "${TK_BIN_DIR}"], [ + AS_IF([test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = x11], [ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [ + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"' + done + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();], + tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no) + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' + done]) + ]) + AS_IF([test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = aqua], [ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit Tk], tcl_cv_lib_tk_64, [ + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"' + done + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DUSE_TK_STUBS=1 ${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDES}" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include <tk.h>], [Tk_InitStubs(NULL, "", 0);], + tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=yes, tcl_cv_lib_tk_64=no) + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"' + done]) + ]) + # remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. if configuration + # does not support 64-bit. + AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_lib_tk_64" = no -o "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no], [ + AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags]) + for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do + eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"' + done]) + ]) + ;; + OS/390-*) + CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="" # Optimizer is buggy + AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1, # needed in sys/socket.h + [Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?]) + ;; + OSF1-V*) + # Digital OSF/1 + SHLIB_CFLAGS="" + AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [ + SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"' + ], [ + SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"' + ]) + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [ + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}']) + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"]) + # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa + AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE" + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64" + LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//` + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc" + ], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread" + ]) + ]) + ;; + QNX-6*) + # QNX RTP + # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6. + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x" + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + SCO_SV-3.2*) + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport" + ], [ + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport" + ]) + SHLIB_LD="ld -G" + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + SunOS-5.[[0-6]]) + # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case + + # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris + # won't define thread-safe library routines. + + AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?]) + AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1, + [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!]) + + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + ], [ + SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text" + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + ]) + ;; + SunOS-5*) + # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris + # won't define thread-safe library routines. + + AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?]) + AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1, + [Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!]) + + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" + + # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker + AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [ + arch=`isainfo` + AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [ + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + AS_IF([test "`${CC} -dumpversion | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 3], [ + AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC < 3.2 on $system]) + ], [ + do64bit_ok=yes + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64 -mcpu=v9" + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" + ]) + ], [ + do64bit_ok=yes + AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = yes], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9a" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9a" + ], [ + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=v9" + LDFLAGS_ARCH="-xarch=v9" + ]) + # Solaris 64 uses this as well + #LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH_64" + ]) + ], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [ + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + case $system in + SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*) + do64bit_ok=yes + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";; + *) + AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system]);; + esac + ], [ + do64bit_ok=yes + case $system in + SunOS-5.1[[1-9]]*|SunOS-5.[[2-9]][[0-9]]*) + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -m64";; + *) + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -xarch=amd64" + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -xarch=amd64";; + esac + ]) + ], [AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported for $arch])])]) + ]) + + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared' + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS} + AS_IF([test "$do64bit_ok" = yes], [ + AS_IF([test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc"], [ + # We need to specify -static-libgcc or we need to + # add the path to the sparv9 libgcc. + # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may + # not be necessary for extensions. + SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -mcpu=v9 -static-libgcc" + # for finding sparcv9 libgcc, get the regular libgcc + # path, remove so name and append 'sparcv9' + #v9gcclibdir="`gcc -print-file-name=libgcc_s.so` | ..." + #CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS},-R,$v9gcclibdir" + ], [AS_IF([test "$arch" = "amd64 i386"], [ + # JH: static-libgcc is necessary for core Tcl, but may + # not be necessary for extensions. + SHLIB_LD="$SHLIB_LD -m64 -static-libgcc" + ])]) + ]) + ], [ + case $system in + SunOS-5.[[1-9]][[0-9]]*) + # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G -z text ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}';; + *) + SHLIB_LD='/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text';; + esac + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}' + ]) + ;; + UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*) + SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC" + SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G' + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" + SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" + # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers + # that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does. + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [ + hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" + AC_TRY_LINK(, [int i;], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes, tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no) + LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags]) + AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes], [ + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" + ]) + CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" + ;; + esac + + AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes -a "$do64bit_ok" = no], [ + AC_MSG_WARN([64bit support being disabled -- don't know magic for this platform]) + ]) + +dnl # Add any CPPFLAGS set in the environment to our CFLAGS, but delay doing so +dnl # until the end of configure, as configure's compile and link tests use +dnl # both CPPFLAGS and CFLAGS (unlike our compile and link) but configure's +dnl # preprocessing tests use only CPPFLAGS. + AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""]) + + # Add in the arch flags late to ensure it wasn't removed. + # Not necessary in TEA, but this is aligned with core + LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $LDFLAGS_ARCH" + + # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared + # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the + # standard manufacturer compiler. + + AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [ + case $system in + AIX-*) ;; + BSD/OS*) ;; + CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*|MINGW64_*) ;; + IRIX*) ;; + NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;; + Darwin-*) ;; + SCO_SV-3.2*) ;; + windows) ;; + *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;; + esac]) + + AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [ + AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], + [No Compiler support for module scope symbols]) + ]) + + AS_IF([test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [ + # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION + SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}']) + AS_IF([test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [ + # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION + UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a']) + + if test "${GCC}" = "yes" -a ${SHLIB_SUFFIX} = ".dll"; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for SEH support in compiler, + tcl_cv_seh, + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include <windows.h> +#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN + + int main(int argc, char** argv) { + int a, b = 0; + __try { + a = 666 / b; + } + __except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) { + return 0; + } + return 1; + } + ], + tcl_cv_seh=yes, + tcl_cv_seh=no, + tcl_cv_seh=no) + ) + if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NO_SEH, 1, + [Defined when mingw does not support SEH]) + fi + + # + # Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the + # definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case + # with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int, + # sufficient for getting the current code to work. + # + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files, + tcl_cv_eh_disposition, + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +# undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN + ],[ + EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x; + ], + tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes, + tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no) + ) + if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then + AC_DEFINE(EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION, int, + [Defined when cygwin/mingw does not support EXCEPTION DISPOSITION]) + fi + + # Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG + # even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api + # used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this. + + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for winnt.h that ignores VOID define, + tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void, + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#define VOID void +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include <windows.h> +#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN + ], [ + CHAR c; + SHORT s; + LONG l; + ], + tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes, + tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no) + ) + if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID, 1, + [Defined when cygwin/mingw ignores VOID define in winnt.h]) + fi + fi + + # See if the compiler supports casting to a union type. + # This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler + # warning when initializing a union member. + + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support, + tcl_cv_cast_to_union, + AC_TRY_COMPILE([], + [ + union foo { int i; double d; }; + union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0; + ], + tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes, + tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no) + ) + if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1, + [Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.]) + fi + + AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEBUG) + AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) + AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_WARNING) + + AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD) + AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD) + + AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS) + AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS) + + AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR) + + # These must be called after we do the basic CFLAGS checks and + # verify any possible 64-bit or similar switches are necessary + TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS + TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# TEA_SERIAL_PORT +# +# Determine which interface to use to talk to the serial port. +# Note that #include lines must begin in leftmost column for +# some compilers to recognize them as preprocessor directives, +# and some build environments have stdin not pointing at a +# pseudo-terminal (usually /dev/null instead.) +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Defines only one of the following vars: +# HAVE_SYS_MODEM_H +# USE_TERMIOS +# USE_TERMIO +# USE_SGTTY +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_SERIAL_PORT], [ + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/modem.h) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([termios vs. termio vs. sgtty], tcl_cv_api_serial, [ + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include <termios.h> + +int main() { + struct termios t; + if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0) { + cfsetospeed(&t, 0); + t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB; + return 0; + } + return 1; +}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termios, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no) + if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include <termio.h> + +int main() { + struct termio t; + if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0) { + t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB; + return 0; + } + return 1; +}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termio, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no) + fi + if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include <sgtty.h> + +int main() { + struct sgttyb t; + if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0) { + t.sg_ospeed = 0; + t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW; + return 0; + } + return 1; +}], tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no) + fi + if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include <termios.h> +#include <errno.h> + +int main() { + struct termios t; + if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0 + || errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) { + cfsetospeed(&t, 0); + t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB; + return 0; + } + return 1; +}], tcl_cv_api_serial=termios, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no) + fi + if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include <termio.h> +#include <errno.h> + +int main() { + struct termio t; + if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0 + || errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) { + t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB; + return 0; + } + return 1; + }], tcl_cv_api_serial=termio, tcl_cv_api_serial=no, tcl_cv_api_serial=no) + fi + if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include <sgtty.h> +#include <errno.h> + +int main() { + struct sgttyb t; + if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0 + || errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) { + t.sg_ospeed = 0; + t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW; + return 0; + } + return 1; +}], tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty, tcl_cv_api_serial=none, tcl_cv_api_serial=none) + fi]) + case $tcl_cv_api_serial in + termios) AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIOS, 1, [Use the termios API for serial lines]);; + termio) AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIO, 1, [Use the termio API for serial lines]);; + sgtty) AC_DEFINE(USE_SGTTY, 1, [Use the sgtty API for serial lines]);; + esac +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# TEA_PATH_X +# +# Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive. Try +# the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff +# (e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through +# a list of possible directories. Under some conditions the +# autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains +# no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe. +# +# This should be called after TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS as setting the +# LIBS line can confuse some configure macro magic. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Sets the following vars: +# XINCLUDES +# XLIBSW +# PKG_LIBS (appends to) +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_X], [ + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "x11" ; then + TEA_PATH_UNIX_X + fi +]) + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_UNIX_X], [ + AC_PATH_X + not_really_there="" + if test "$no_x" = ""; then + if test "$x_includes" = ""; then + AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], , not_really_there="yes") + else + if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then + not_really_there="yes" + fi + fi + fi + if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files]) + found_xincludes="no" + AC_TRY_CPP([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], found_xincludes="yes", found_xincludes="no") + if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then + dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include" + for i in $dirs ; do + if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([$i]) + XINCLUDES=" -I$i" + found_xincludes="yes" + break + fi + done + fi + else + if test "$x_includes" != ""; then + XINCLUDES="-I$x_includes" + found_xincludes="yes" + fi + fi + if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([couldn't find any!]) + fi + + if test "$no_x" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 libraries]) + XLIBSW=nope + dirs="/usr/unsupported/lib /usr/local/lib /usr/X386/lib /usr/X11R6/lib /usr/X11R5/lib /usr/lib/X11R5 /usr/lib/X11R4 /usr/openwin/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/sww/X11/lib" + for i in $dirs ; do + if test -r $i/libX11.a -o -r $i/libX11.so -o -r $i/libX11.sl -o -r $i/libX11.dylib; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([$i]) + XLIBSW="-L$i -lX11" + x_libraries="$i" + break + fi + done + else + if test "$x_libraries" = ""; then + XLIBSW=-lX11 + else + XLIBSW="-L$x_libraries -lX11" + fi + fi + if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then + AC_CHECK_LIB(Xwindow, XCreateWindow, XLIBSW=-lXwindow) + fi + if test "$XLIBSW" = nope ; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find any! Using -lX11.]) + XLIBSW=-lX11 + fi + # TEA specific: + if test x"${XLIBSW}" != x ; then + PKG_LIBS="${PKG_LIBS} ${XLIBSW}" + fi +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# TEA_BLOCKING_STYLE +# +# The statements below check for systems where POSIX-style +# non-blocking I/O (O_NONBLOCK) doesn't work or is unimplemented. +# On these systems (mostly older ones), use the old BSD-style +# FIONBIO approach instead. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Defines some of the following vars: +# HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H +# HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H +# USE_FIONBIO +# O_NONBLOCK +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_BLOCKING_STYLE], [ + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ioctl.h) + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h) + TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM + AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O]) + case $system in + OSF*) + AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO]) + ;; + *) + AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK]) + ;; + esac +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# TEA_TIME_HANDLER +# +# Checks how the system deals with time.h, what time structures +# are used on the system, and what fields the structures have. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Defines some of the following vars: +# USE_DELTA_FOR_TZ +# HAVE_TM_GMTOFF +# HAVE_TM_TZADJ +# HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_TIME_HANDLER], [ + AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h) + AC_HEADER_TIME + AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE + + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_tzadj;], + tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=no)]) + if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj = yes ; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_TZADJ, 1, [Should we use the tm_tzadj field of struct tm?]) + fi + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_gmtoff in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [struct tm tm; tm.tm_gmtoff;], + tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=yes, tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=no)]) + if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff = yes ; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_GMTOFF, 1, [Should we use the tm_gmtoff field of struct tm?]) + fi + + # + # Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems + # (like convex) have timezone functions, etc. + # + AC_CACHE_CHECK([long timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_long, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], + [extern long timezone; + timezone += 1; + exit (0);], + tcl_cv_timezone_long=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_long=no)]) + if test $tcl_cv_timezone_long = yes ; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?]) + else + # + # On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long. + # + AC_CACHE_CHECK([time_t timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_time, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], + [extern time_t timezone; + timezone += 1; + exit (0);], + tcl_cv_timezone_time=yes, tcl_cv_timezone_time=no)]) + if test $tcl_cv_timezone_time = yes ; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?]) + fi + fi +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD +# +# Under Solaris 2.4, strtod returns the wrong value for the +# terminating character under some conditions. Check for this +# and if the problem exists use a substitute procedure +# "fixstrtod" (provided by Tcl) that corrects the error. +# Also, on Compaq's Tru64 Unix 5.0, +# strtod(" ") returns 0.0 instead of a failure to convert. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Might defines some of the following vars: +# strtod (=fixstrtod) +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD], [ + AC_CHECK_FUNC(strtod, tcl_strtod=1, tcl_strtod=0) + if test "$tcl_strtod" = 1; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for Solaris2.4/Tru64 strtod bugs], tcl_cv_strtod_buggy,[ + AC_TRY_RUN([ + extern double strtod(); + int main() { + char *infString="Inf", *nanString="NaN", *spaceString=" "; + char *term; + double value; + value = strtod(infString, &term); + if ((term != infString) && (term[-1] == 0)) { + exit(1); + } + value = strtod(nanString, &term); + if ((term != nanString) && (term[-1] == 0)) { + exit(1); + } + value = strtod(spaceString, &term); + if (term == (spaceString+1)) { + exit(1); + } + exit(0); + }], tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=ok, tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy, + tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy)]) + if test "$tcl_cv_strtod_buggy" = buggy; then + AC_LIBOBJ([fixstrtod]) + USE_COMPAT=1 + AC_DEFINE(strtod, fixstrtod, [Do we want to use the strtod() in compat?]) + fi + fi +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS +# +# Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS +# features are available. +# +# Arguments: +# None +# +# Results: +# +# Might define the following vars: +# _ISOC99_SOURCE +# _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE +# _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64 +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG],[ + AC_CACHE_VAL([tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z]), + AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], $3, [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no, + AC_TRY_COMPILE([[#define ]$1[ 1 +]$2], $3, + [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=yes, + [tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no))) + if test ["x${tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])[}" = "xyes"] ; then + AC_DEFINE($1, 1, [Add the ]$1[ flag when building]) + tcl_flags="$tcl_flags $1" + fi +]) + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS],[ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for required early compiler flags]) + tcl_flags="" + TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_ISOC99_SOURCE,[#include <stdlib.h>], + [char *p = (char *)strtoll; char *q = (char *)strtoull;]) + TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE,[#include <sys/stat.h>], + [struct stat64 buf; int i = stat64("/", &buf);]) + TEA_TCL_EARLY_FLAG(_LARGEFILE_SOURCE64,[#include <sys/stat.h>], + [char *p = (char *)open64;]) + if test "x${tcl_flags}" = "x" ; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([none]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_flags}]) + fi +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS +# +# Check for what is defined in the way of 64-bit features. +# +# Arguments: +# None +# +# Results: +# +# Might define the following vars: +# TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG +# TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE +# HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64 +# HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64 +# HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[ + tcl_cv_type_64bit=none + # See if the compiler knows natively about __int64 + AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;], + tcl_type_64bit=__int64, tcl_type_64bit="long long") + # See if we should use long anyway Note that we substitute in the + # type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check + # program, so it should be modified only carefully... + AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[switch (0) { + case 1: case (sizeof(]${tcl_type_64bit}[)==sizeof(long)): ; + }],tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit})]) + if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then + AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([using long]) + elif test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = "__int64" \ + -a "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + # TEA specific: We actually want to use the default tcl.h checks in + # this case to handle both TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE and TCL_LL_MODIFIER* + AC_MSG_RESULT([using Tcl header defaults]) + else + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit}, + [What type should be used to define wide integers?]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}]) + + # Now check for auxiliary declarations + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h> +#include <dirent.h>],[struct dirent64 p;], + tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no)]) + if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?]) + fi + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/stat.h>],[struct stat64 p; +], + tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes,tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no)]) + if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?]) + fi + + AC_CHECK_FUNCS(open64 lseek64) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for off64_t]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_off64_t,[ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[off64_t offset; +], + tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes,tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no)]) + dnl Define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T only when the off64_t type and the + dnl functions lseek64 and open64 are defined. + if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \ + test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \ + test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T, 1, [Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>?]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + fi + fi +]) + +## +## Here ends the standard Tcl configuration bits and starts the +## TEA specific functions +## + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_INIT -- +# +# Init various Tcl Extension Architecture (TEA) variables. +# This should be the first called TEA_* macro. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Defines and substs the following vars: +# CYGPATH +# EXEEXT +# Defines only: +# TEA_VERSION +# TEA_INITED +# TEA_PLATFORM (windows or unix) +# +# "cygpath" is used on windows to generate native path names for include +# files. These variables should only be used with the compiler and linker +# since they generate native path names. +# +# EXEEXT +# Select the executable extension based on the host type. This +# is a lightweight replacement for AC_EXEEXT that doesn't require +# a compiler. +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_INIT], [ + TEA_VERSION="3.13" + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([TEA configuration]) + if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([ +The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.ac]) + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT([ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})]) + + # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep macros + # like AC_PROG_CC and AC_TRY_COMPILE from adding "-g -O2". + if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then + CFLAGS="" + fi + + case "`uname -s`" in + *win32*|*WIN32*|*MINGW32_*|*MINGW64_*) + AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo) + EXEEXT=".exe" + TEA_PLATFORM="windows" + ;; + *CYGWIN_*) + EXEEXT=".exe" + # CYGPATH and TEA_PLATFORM are determined later in LOAD_TCLCONFIG + ;; + *) + CYGPATH=echo + # Maybe we are cross-compiling.... + case ${host_alias} in + *mingw32*) + EXEEXT=".exe" + TEA_PLATFORM="windows" + ;; + *) + EXEEXT="" + TEA_PLATFORM="unix" + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + + # Check if exec_prefix is set. If not use fall back to prefix. + # Note when adjusted, so that TEA_PREFIX can correct for this. + # This is needed for recursive configures, since autoconf propagates + # $prefix, but not $exec_prefix (doh!). + if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE ; then + exec_prefix_default=yes + exec_prefix=$prefix + fi + + AC_MSG_NOTICE([configuring ${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION}]) + + AC_SUBST(EXEEXT) + AC_SUBST(CYGPATH) + + # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work + AC_SUBST(PKG_LIB_FILE) + # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too. + AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE) + + # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed, + # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_... + AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_SOURCES) + AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS) + AC_SUBST(PKG_TCL_SOURCES) + AC_SUBST(PKG_HEADERS) + AC_SUBST(PKG_INCLUDES) + AC_SUBST(PKG_LIBS) + AC_SUBST(PKG_CFLAGS) + + # Configure the installer. + TEA_INSTALLER +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ADD_SOURCES -- +# +# Specify one or more source files. Users should check for +# the right platform before adding to their list. +# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is +# in the generic, win or unix subdirectory of $(srcdir). +# +# Arguments: +# one or more file names +# +# Results: +# +# Defines and substs the following vars: +# PKG_SOURCES +# PKG_OBJECTS +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_SOURCES], [ + vars="$@" + for i in $vars; do + case $i in + [\$]*) + # allow $-var names + PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i" + PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i" + ;; + *) + # check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH + # To add more dirs here (like 'src'), you have to update VPATH + # in Makefile.in as well + if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \ + -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \ + -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \ + ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find source file '$i']) + fi + PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i" + # this assumes it is in a VPATH dir +# i=`basename $i` + # handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER + if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then + j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}" + else + j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}" + fi + PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $j" + ;; + esac + done + AC_SUBST(PKG_SOURCES) + AC_SUBST(PKG_OBJECTS) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES -- +# +# Specify one or more source files. Users should check for +# the right platform before adding to their list. +# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is +# in the generic, win or unix subdirectory of $(srcdir). +# +# Arguments: +# one or more file names +# +# Results: +# +# Defines and substs the following vars: +# PKG_STUB_SOURCES +# PKG_STUB_OBJECTS +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES], [ + vars="$@" + for i in $vars; do + # check for existence - allows for generic/win/unix VPATH + if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/generic/$i" \ + -a ! -f "${srcdir}/win/$i" -a ! -f "${srcdir}/unix/$i" \ + -a ! -f "${srcdir}/macosx/$i" \ + ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find stub source file '$i']) + fi + PKG_STUB_SOURCES="$PKG_STUB_SOURCES $i" + # this assumes it is in a VPATH dir + i=`basename $i` + # handle user calling this before or after TEA_SETUP_COMPILER + if test x"${OBJEXT}" != x ; then + j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.${OBJEXT}" + else + j="`echo $i | sed -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//'`.\${OBJEXT}" + fi + PKG_STUB_OBJECTS="$PKG_STUB_OBJECTS $j" + done + AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_SOURCES) + AC_SUBST(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES -- +# +# Specify one or more Tcl source files. These should be platform +# independent runtime files. +# +# Arguments: +# one or more file names +# +# Results: +# +# Defines and substs the following vars: +# PKG_TCL_SOURCES +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES], [ + vars="$@" + for i in $vars; do + # check for existence, be strict because it is installed + if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find tcl source file '${srcdir}/$i']) + fi + PKG_TCL_SOURCES="$PKG_TCL_SOURCES $i" + done + AC_SUBST(PKG_TCL_SOURCES) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ADD_HEADERS -- +# +# Specify one or more source headers. Users should check for +# the right platform before adding to their list. +# +# Arguments: +# one or more file names +# +# Results: +# +# Defines and substs the following vars: +# PKG_HEADERS +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_HEADERS], [ + vars="$@" + for i in $vars; do + # check for existence, be strict because it is installed + if test ! -f "${srcdir}/$i" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i']) + fi + PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i" + done + AC_SUBST(PKG_HEADERS) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ADD_INCLUDES -- +# +# Specify one or more include dirs. Users should check for +# the right platform before adding to their list. +# +# Arguments: +# one or more file names +# +# Results: +# +# Defines and substs the following vars: +# PKG_INCLUDES +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_INCLUDES], [ + vars="$@" + for i in $vars; do + PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i" + done + AC_SUBST(PKG_INCLUDES) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ADD_LIBS -- +# +# Specify one or more libraries. Users should check for +# the right platform before adding to their list. For Windows, +# libraries provided in "foo.lib" format will be converted to +# "-lfoo" when using GCC (mingw). +# +# Arguments: +# one or more file names +# +# Results: +# +# Defines and substs the following vars: +# PKG_LIBS +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_LIBS], [ + vars="$@" + for i in $vars; do + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then + # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC. No-op if not *.lib + i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([[^-]].*\)\.lib[$]/-l\1/i'` + fi + PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i" + done + AC_SUBST(PKG_LIBS) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ADD_CFLAGS -- +# +# Specify one or more CFLAGS. Users should check for +# the right platform before adding to their list. +# +# Arguments: +# one or more file names +# +# Results: +# +# Defines and substs the following vars: +# PKG_CFLAGS +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_CFLAGS], [ + PKG_CFLAGS="$PKG_CFLAGS $@" + AC_SUBST(PKG_CFLAGS) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES -- +# +# Specify one or more CLEANFILES. +# +# Arguments: +# one or more file names to clean target +# +# Results: +# +# Appends to CLEANFILES, already defined for subst in LOAD_TCLCONFIG +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES], [ + CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES $@" +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PREFIX -- +# +# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# If --prefix or --exec-prefix was not specified, $prefix and +# $exec_prefix will be set to the values given to Tcl when it was +# configured. +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PREFIX], [ + if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then + prefix_default=yes + if test x"${TCL_PREFIX}" != x; then + AC_MSG_NOTICE([--prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}]) + prefix=${TCL_PREFIX} + else + AC_MSG_NOTICE([--prefix defaulting to /usr/local]) + prefix=/usr/local + fi + fi + if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE" -a x"${prefix_default}" = x"yes" \ + -o x"${exec_prefix_default}" = x"yes" ; then + if test x"${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" != x; then + AC_MSG_NOTICE([--exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}]) + exec_prefix=${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX} + else + AC_MSG_NOTICE([--exec-prefix defaulting to ${prefix}]) + exec_prefix=$prefix + fi + fi +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC -- +# +# Do compiler checks the way we want. This is just a replacement +# for AC_PROG_CC in TEA configure.ac files to make them cleaner. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Sets up CC var and other standard bits we need to make executables. +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC], [ + # Don't put any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) + # in this macro, they need to go into TEA_SETUP_COMPILER instead. + + AC_PROG_CC + AC_PROG_CPP + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable. + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Find ranlib + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib) + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.) + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + AC_OBJEXT + AC_EXEEXT +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER -- +# +# Do compiler checks that use the compiler. This must go after +# TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC, which does the actual compiler check. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Sets up CC var and other standard bits we need to make executables. +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER], [ + # Any macros that use the compiler (e.g. AC_TRY_COMPILE) have to go here. + AC_REQUIRE([TEA_SETUP_COMPILER_CC]) + + #------------------------------------------------------------------------ + # If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it. + # It makes compiling go faster. (This is only a performance feature.) + #------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + if test -z "$no_pipe" -a -n "$GCC"; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe], + tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [ + hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe" + AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes, tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no) + CFLAGS=$hold_cflags]) + if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe" + fi + fi + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Common compiler flag setup + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + AC_C_BIGENDIAN +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_MAKE_LIB -- +# +# Generate a line that can be used to build a shared/unshared library +# in a platform independent manner. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Requires: +# +# Results: +# +# Defines the following vars: +# CFLAGS - Done late here to note disturb other AC macros +# MAKE_LIB - Command to execute to build the Tcl library; +# differs depending on whether or not Tcl is being +# compiled as a shared library. +# MAKE_SHARED_LIB Makefile rule for building a shared library +# MAKE_STATIC_LIB Makefile rule for building a static library +# MAKE_STUB_LIB Makefile rule for building a stub library +# VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL Makefile rule for embedded VC manifest in DLL +# VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE Makefile rule for embedded VC manifest in EXE +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_MAKE_LIB], [ + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then + MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)" + MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)" + AC_EGREP_CPP([manifest needed], [ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 +print("manifest needed") +#endif + ], [ + # Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+ + VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest -outputresource:\[$]@\;2 ; fi" + VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest -outputresource:\[$]@\;1 ; fi" + MAKE_SHARED_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} ; ${VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL}" + TEA_ADD_CLEANFILES([*.manifest]) + ]) + MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -nodefaultlib -out:\[$]@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)" + else + MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS)" + MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \[$]@ \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}" + MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@ \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)" + fi + + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} " + else + MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_STATIC_LIB} " + fi + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # Shared libraries and static libraries have different names. + # Use the double eval to make sure any variables in the suffix is + # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore) + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in + # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk. + if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\"" + fi + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\"" + if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -static-libgcc" + fi + eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + else + eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then + PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_LIB_FILE} + fi + fi + # Some packages build their own stubs libraries + eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then + PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE} + fi + # These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc) + RANLIB=: + RANLIB_STUB=: + else + RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}" + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then + SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" + fi + eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + RANLIB=: + else + eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + fi + # Some packages build their own stubs libraries + eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}" + fi + + # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time. + # The other values will be substituted at make time. + CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}" + if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then + CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}" + fi + + AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB) + AC_SUBST(MAKE_SHARED_LIB) + AC_SUBST(MAKE_STATIC_LIB) + AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB) + AC_SUBST(RANLIB_STUB) + AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL) + AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_LIB_SPEC -- +# +# Compute the name of an existing object library located in libdir +# from the given base name and produce the appropriate linker flags. +# +# Arguments: +# basename The base name of the library without version +# numbers, extensions, or "lib" prefixes. +# extra_dir Extra directory in which to search for the +# library. This location is used first, then +# $prefix/$exec-prefix, then some defaults. +# +# Requires: +# TEA_INIT and TEA_PREFIX must be called first. +# +# Results: +# +# Defines the following vars: +# ${basename}_LIB_NAME The computed library name. +# ${basename}_LIB_SPEC The computed linker flags. +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_LIB_SPEC], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1 library]) + + # Look in exec-prefix for the library (defined by TEA_PREFIX). + + tea_lib_name_dir="${exec_prefix}/lib" + + # Or in a user-specified location. + + if test x"$2" != x ; then + tea_extra_lib_dir=$2 + else + tea_extra_lib_dir=NONE + fi + + for i in \ + `ls -dr ${tea_extra_lib_dir}/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \ + `ls -dr ${tea_extra_lib_dir}/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \ + `ls -dr ${tea_lib_name_dir}/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \ + `ls -dr ${tea_lib_name_dir}/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \ + `ls -dr /usr/lib/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \ + `ls -dr /usr/lib/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \ + `ls -dr /usr/lib64/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \ + `ls -dr /usr/lib64/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` \ + `ls -dr /usr/local/lib/$1[[0-9]]*.lib 2>/dev/null ` \ + `ls -dr /usr/local/lib/lib$1[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null ` ; do + if test -f "$i" ; then + tea_lib_name_dir=`dirname $i` + $1_LIB_NAME=`basename $i` + $1_LIB_PATH_NAME=$i + break + fi + done + + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + $1_LIB_SPEC=\"`${CYGPATH} ${$1_LIB_PATH_NAME} 2>/dev/null`\" + else + # Strip off the leading "lib" and trailing ".a" or ".so" + + tea_lib_name_lib=`echo ${$1_LIB_NAME}|sed -e 's/^lib//' -e 's/\.[[^.]]*$//' -e 's/\.so.*//'` + $1_LIB_SPEC="-L${tea_lib_name_dir} -l${tea_lib_name_lib}" + fi + + if test "x${$1_LIB_NAME}" = x ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([not found]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([${$1_LIB_SPEC}]) + fi +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS -- +# +# Locate the private Tcl include files +# +# Arguments: +# +# Requires: +# TCL_SRC_DIR Assumes that TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG has +# already been called. +# +# Results: +# +# Substitutes the following vars: +# TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE +# TCL_INCLUDES +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS], [ + # Allow for --with-tclinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tclh} + AC_REQUIRE([TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS]) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl private include files]) + + TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_SRC_DIR}` + TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\" + + # Check to see if tcl<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers + # Don't look for tclInt.h because that resides with tcl.h in the core + # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \ + -f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclWinPort.h"; then + result="private headers found with public headers" + elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \ + -f "${ac_cv_c_tclh}/tclUnixPort.h"; then + result="private headers found with public headers" + else + TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\" + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\" + else + TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\" + fi + # Overwrite the previous TCL_INCLUDES as this should capture both + # public and private headers in the same set. + # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require + # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile + TCL_INCLUDES="-I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}" + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use + # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories + case ${TCL_DEFS} in + *TCL_FRAMEWORK*) + if test -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \ + -d "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then + TCL_INCLUDES="-I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TCL_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TCL_INCLUDES}" + else + TCL_INCLUDES="${TCL_INCLUDES} ${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`" + fi + ;; + esac + result="Using ${TCL_INCLUDES}" + else + if test ! -f "${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic/tclInt.h" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find private header tclInt.h in ${TCL_SRC_DIR}]) + fi + result="Using srcdir found in tclConfig.sh: ${TCL_SRC_DIR}" + fi + fi + + AC_SUBST(TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE) + + AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDES) + AC_MSG_RESULT([${result}]) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS -- +# +# Locate the installed public Tcl header files +# +# Arguments: +# None. +# +# Requires: +# CYGPATH must be set +# +# Results: +# +# Adds a --with-tclinclude switch to configure. +# Result is cached. +# +# Substitutes the following vars: +# TCL_INCLUDES +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl public headers]) + + AC_ARG_WITH(tclinclude, [ --with-tclinclude directory containing the public Tcl header files], with_tclinclude=${withval}) + + AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclh, [ + # Use the value from --with-tclinclude, if it was given + + if test x"${with_tclinclude}" != x ; then + if test -f "${with_tclinclude}/tcl.h" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclh=${with_tclinclude} + else + AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclinclude} directory does not contain tcl.h]) + fi + else + list="" + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tcl was built as a framework, attempt to use + # the framework's Headers directory + case ${TCL_DEFS} in + *TCL_FRAMEWORK*) + list="`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`" + ;; + esac + fi + + # Look in the source dir only if Tcl is not installed, + # and in that situation, look there before installed locations. + if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + list="$list `ls -d ${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`" + fi + + # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tcl's --prefix location, + # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh. + + eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}" + list="$list \ + `ls -d ${temp_includedir} 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`" + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then + list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include" + if test x"${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then + d=`echo "${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'` + list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`" + fi + fi + for i in $list ; do + if test -f "$i/tcl.h" ; then + ac_cv_c_tclh=$i + break + fi + done + fi + ]) + + # Print a message based on how we determined the include path + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclh}" = x ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([tcl.h not found. Please specify its location with --with-tclinclude]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([${ac_cv_c_tclh}]) + fi + + # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files. + + INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tclh}` + + TCL_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\" + + AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDES) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS -- +# +# Locate the private Tk include files +# +# Arguments: +# +# Requires: +# TK_SRC_DIR Assumes that TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG has +# already been called. +# +# Results: +# +# Substitutes the following vars: +# TK_INCLUDES +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS], [ + # Allow for --with-tkinclude to take effect and define ${ac_cv_c_tkh} + AC_REQUIRE([TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS]) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk private include files]) + + TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}` + TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}\" + + # Check to see if tk<Plat>Port.h isn't already with the public headers + # Don't look for tkInt.h because that resides with tk.h in the core + # sources, but the <plat>Port headers are in a different directory + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a \ + -f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkWinPort.h"; then + result="private headers found with public headers" + elif test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" -a \ + -f "${ac_cv_c_tkh}/tkUnixPort.h"; then + result="private headers found with public headers" + else + TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic\" + TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/xlib\" + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then + TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/win\" + else + TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE=\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/unix\" + fi + # Overwrite the previous TK_INCLUDES as this should capture both + # public and private headers in the same set. + # We want to ensure these are substituted so as not to require + # any *_NATIVE vars be defined in the Makefile + TK_INCLUDES="-I${TK_GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE} -I${TK_PLATFORM_DIR_NATIVE}" + # Detect and add ttk subdir + if test -d "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/ttk"; then + TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/generic/ttk\"" + fi + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then + TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}\"" + fi + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" = "aqua"; then + TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} -I\"${TK_SRC_DIR_NATIVE}/macosx\"" + fi + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use + # the framework's Headers and PrivateHeaders directories + case ${TK_DEFS} in + *TK_FRAMEWORK*) + if test -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers" -a \ + -d "${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders"; then + TK_INCLUDES="-I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers\" -I\"${TK_BIN_DIR}/PrivateHeaders\" ${TK_INCLUDES}" + else + TK_INCLUDES="${TK_INCLUDES} ${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC} `echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/Headers/PrivateHeaders/'`" + fi + ;; + esac + result="Using ${TK_INCLUDES}" + else + if test ! -f "${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic/tkInt.h" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find private header tkInt.h in ${TK_SRC_DIR}]) + fi + result="Using srcdir found in tkConfig.sh: ${TK_SRC_DIR}" + fi + fi + + AC_SUBST(TK_TOP_DIR_NATIVE) + AC_SUBST(TK_XLIB_DIR_NATIVE) + + AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDES) + AC_MSG_RESULT([${result}]) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS -- +# +# Locate the installed public Tk header files +# +# Arguments: +# None. +# +# Requires: +# CYGPATH must be set +# +# Results: +# +# Adds a --with-tkinclude switch to configure. +# Result is cached. +# +# Substitutes the following vars: +# TK_INCLUDES +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk public headers]) + + AC_ARG_WITH(tkinclude, [ --with-tkinclude directory containing the public Tk header files], with_tkinclude=${withval}) + + AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkh, [ + # Use the value from --with-tkinclude, if it was given + + if test x"${with_tkinclude}" != x ; then + if test -f "${with_tkinclude}/tk.h" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkh=${with_tkinclude} + else + AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkinclude} directory does not contain tk.h]) + fi + else + list="" + if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin"; then + # If Tk was built as a framework, attempt to use + # the framework's Headers directory. + case ${TK_DEFS} in + *TK_FRAMEWORK*) + list="`ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/Headers 2>/dev/null`" + ;; + esac + fi + + # Look in the source dir only if Tk is not installed, + # and in that situation, look there before installed locations. + if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + list="$list `ls -d ${TK_SRC_DIR}/generic 2>/dev/null`" + fi + + # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tk's --prefix location, + # relative to directory of tkConfig.sh, Tcl's --prefix location, + # relative to directory of tclConfig.sh. + + eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}" + list="$list \ + `ls -d ${temp_includedir} 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TK_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TK_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null`" + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then + list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include" + if test x"${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" != x ; then + d=`echo "${TK_INCLUDE_SPEC}" | sed -e 's/^-I//'` + list="$list `ls -d ${d} 2>/dev/null`" + fi + fi + for i in $list ; do + if test -f "$i/tk.h" ; then + ac_cv_c_tkh=$i + break + fi + done + fi + ]) + + # Print a message based on how we determined the include path + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkh}" = x ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([tk.h not found. Please specify its location with --with-tkinclude]) + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([${ac_cv_c_tkh}]) + fi + + # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files. + + INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tkh}` + + TK_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\" + + AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDES) + + if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != "x11"; then + # On Windows and Aqua, we need the X compat headers + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files]) + if test ! -r "${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}/X11/Xlib.h"; then + INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE="`${CYGPATH} ${TK_SRC_DIR}/xlib`" + TK_XINCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\" + AC_SUBST(TK_XINCLUDES) + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT([${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}]) + fi +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PATH_CONFIG -- +# +# Locate the ${1}Config.sh file and perform a sanity check on +# the ${1} compile flags. These are used by packages like +# [incr Tk] that load *Config.sh files from more than Tcl and Tk. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Adds the following arguments to configure: +# --with-$1=... +# +# Defines the following vars: +# $1_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing +# the $1Config.sh file +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_CONFIG], [ + # + # Ok, lets find the $1 configuration + # First, look for one uninstalled. + # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-$1 + # + + if test x"${no_$1}" = x ; then + # we reset no_$1 in case something fails here + no_$1=true + AC_ARG_WITH($1, [ --with-$1 directory containing $1 configuration ($1Config.sh)], with_$1config=${withval}) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1 configuration]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_$1config,[ + + # First check to see if --with-$1 was specified. + if test x"${with_$1config}" != x ; then + case ${with_$1config} in + */$1Config.sh ) + if test -f ${with_$1config}; then + AC_MSG_WARN([--with-$1 argument should refer to directory containing $1Config.sh, not to $1Config.sh itself]) + with_$1config=`echo ${with_$1config} | sed 's!/$1Config\.sh$!!'` + fi;; + esac + if test -f "${with_$1config}/$1Config.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd ${with_$1config}; pwd)` + else + AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_$1config} directory doesn't contain $1Config.sh]) + fi + fi + + # then check for a private $1 installation + if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ../$1 \ + `ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../$1 \ + `ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ../../../$1 \ + `ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ../../../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ${srcdir}/../$1 \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]*.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]][[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../$1*[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/$1Config.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i; pwd)` + break + fi + if test -f "$i/unix/$1Config.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)` + break + fi + done + fi + + # check in a few common install locations + if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then + for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \ + `ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -f "$i/$1Config.sh" ; then + ac_cv_c_$1config=`(cd $i; pwd)` + break + fi + done + fi + ]) + + if test x"${ac_cv_c_$1config}" = x ; then + $1_BIN_DIR="# no $1 configs found" + AC_MSG_WARN([Cannot find $1 configuration definitions]) + exit 0 + else + no_$1= + $1_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_$1config} + AC_MSG_RESULT([found $$1_BIN_DIR/$1Config.sh]) + fi + fi +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_LOAD_CONFIG -- +# +# Load the $1Config.sh file +# +# Arguments: +# +# Requires the following vars to be set: +# $1_BIN_DIR +# +# Results: +# +# Substitutes the following vars: +# $1_SRC_DIR +# $1_LIB_FILE +# $1_LIB_SPEC +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_CONFIG], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh]) + + if test -f "${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh" ; then + AC_MSG_RESULT([loading]) + . "${$1_BIN_DIR}/$1Config.sh" + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found]) + fi + + # + # If the $1_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory), + # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables. + # For example, the variable $1_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value + # of $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of $1_LIB_SPEC + # instead of $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an + # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl. + # + + if test -f "${$1_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then + AC_MSG_WARN([Found Makefile - using build library specs for $1]) + $1_LIB_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC} + $1_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC} + $1_STUB_LIB_PATH=${$1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH} + $1_INCLUDE_SPEC=${$1_BUILD_INCLUDE_SPEC} + $1_LIBRARY_PATH=${$1_LIBRARY_PATH} + fi + + AC_SUBST($1_VERSION) + AC_SUBST($1_BIN_DIR) + AC_SUBST($1_SRC_DIR) + + AC_SUBST($1_LIB_FILE) + AC_SUBST($1_LIB_SPEC) + + AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_FILE) + AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_SPEC) + AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_PATH) + + # Allow the caller to prevent this auto-check by specifying any 2nd arg + AS_IF([test "x$2" = x], [ + # Check both upper and lower-case variants + # If a dev wanted non-stubs libs, this function could take an option + # to not use _STUB in the paths below + AS_IF([test "x${$1_STUB_LIB_SPEC}" = x], + [TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB(translit($1,[a-z],[A-Z])_STUB)], + [TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB($1_STUB)]) + ]) +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB -- +# +# Helper function to load correct library from another extension's +# ${PACKAGE}Config.sh. +# +# Results: +# Adds to LIBS the appropriate extension library +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_LOAD_CONFIG_LIB], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([For $1 library for LIBS]) + # This simplifies the use of stub libraries by automatically adding + # the stub lib to your path. Normally this would add to SHLIB_LD_LIBS, + # but this is called before CONFIG_CFLAGS. More importantly, this adds + # to PKG_LIBS, which becomes LIBS, and that is only used by SHLIB_LD. + if test "x${$1_LIB_SPEC}" != "x" ; then + if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then + TEA_ADD_LIBS([\"`${CYGPATH} ${$1_LIB_PATH}`\"]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([using $1_LIB_PATH ${$1_LIB_PATH}]) + else + TEA_ADD_LIBS([${$1_LIB_SPEC}]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([using $1_LIB_SPEC ${$1_LIB_SPEC}]) + fi + else + AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found]) + fi +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG -- +# +# Define the data to insert into the ${PACKAGE}Config.sh file +# +# Arguments: +# +# Requires the following vars to be set: +# $1 +# +# Results: +# Substitutes the following vars: +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_EXPORT_CONFIG], [ + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + # These are for $1Config.sh + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + # pkglibdir must be a fully qualified path and (not ${exec_prefix}/lib) + eval pkglibdir="[$]{libdir}/$1${PACKAGE_VERSION}" + if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then + eval $1_LIB_FLAG="-l$1${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}" + eval $1_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-l$1stub${PACKAGE_VERSION}${DBGX}" + else + eval $1_LIB_FLAG="-l$1`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}" + eval $1_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-l$1stub`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`${DBGX}" + fi + $1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` ${$1_LIB_FLAG}" + $1_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}` ${$1_LIB_FLAG}" + $1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH $(pwd)` [$]{$1_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" + $1_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}` [$]{$1_STUB_LIB_FLAG}" + $1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`$CYGPATH $(pwd)`/[$]{PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}" + $1_STUB_LIB_PATH="`$CYGPATH ${pkglibdir}`/[$]{PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}" + + AC_SUBST($1_BUILD_LIB_SPEC) + AC_SUBST($1_LIB_SPEC) + AC_SUBST($1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC) + AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_SPEC) + AC_SUBST($1_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH) + AC_SUBST($1_STUB_LIB_PATH) + + AC_SUBST(MAJOR_VERSION) + AC_SUBST(MINOR_VERSION) + AC_SUBST(PATCHLEVEL) +]) + + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_PATH_CELIB -- +# +# Locate Keuchel's celib emulation layer for targeting Win/CE +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# +# Adds the following arguments to configure: +# --with-celib=... +# +# Defines the following vars: +# CELIB_DIR Full path to the directory containing +# the include and platform lib files +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_PATH_CELIB], [ + # First, look for one uninstalled. + # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-celib + + if test x"${no_celib}" = x ; then + # we reset no_celib in case something fails here + no_celib=true + AC_ARG_WITH(celib,[ --with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR], with_celibconfig=${withval}) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows/CE celib directory]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_celibconfig,[ + # First check to see if --with-celibconfig was specified. + if test x"${with_celibconfig}" != x ; then + if test -d "${with_celibconfig}/inc" ; then + ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd ${with_celibconfig}; pwd)` + else + AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_celibconfig} directory doesn't contain inc directory]) + fi + fi + + # then check for a celib library + if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then + for i in \ + ../celib-palm-3.0 \ + ../celib \ + ../../celib-palm-3.0 \ + ../../celib \ + `ls -dr ../celib-*3.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ${srcdir}/../celib-palm-3.0 \ + ${srcdir}/../celib \ + `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../celib-*3.[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \ + ; do + if test -d "$i/inc" ; then + ac_cv_c_celibconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)` + break + fi + done + fi + ]) + if test x"${ac_cv_c_celibconfig}" = x ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find celib support library directory]) + else + no_celib= + CELIB_DIR=${ac_cv_c_celibconfig} + CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` + AC_MSG_RESULT([found $CELIB_DIR]) + fi + fi +]) + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# TEA_INSTALLER -- +# +# Configure the installer. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# Substitutes the following vars: +# INSTALL +# INSTALL_DATA_DIR +# INSTALL_DATA +# INSTALL_PROGRAM +# INSTALL_SCRIPT +# INSTALL_LIBRARY +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +AC_DEFUN([TEA_INSTALLER], [ + INSTALL='$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh -c' + INSTALL_DATA_DIR='${INSTALL} -d -m 755' + INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL} -m 755' + INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL} -m 755' + + TEA_CONFIG_SYSTEM + case $system in + HP-UX-*) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 755' ;; + *) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 644' ;; + esac + + AC_SUBST(INSTALL) + AC_SUBST(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) + AC_SUBST(INSTALL_DATA) + AC_SUBST(INSTALL_PROGRAM) + AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT) + AC_SUBST(INSTALL_LIBRARY) +]) + +### +# Tip 430 - ZipFS Modifications +### +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# SC_ZIPFS_SUPPORT +# Locate a zip encoder installed on the system path, or none. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# Substitutes the following vars: +# TCL_ZIP_FILE +# TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT +# TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG +# ZIP_PROG +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# SC_PROG_ZIP +# Locate a zip encoder installed on the system path, or none. +# +# Arguments: +# none +# +# Results: +# Substitutes the following vars: +# ZIP_PROG +# ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS +# ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH +# ZIP_INSTALL_OBJS +#------------------------------------------------------------------------ +AC_DEFUN([TEA_ZIPFS_SUPPORT], [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for zipfs support]) + ZIP_PROG="" + ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="" + ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="" + INSTALL_MSGS="" + # If our native tclsh processes the "install" command line option + # we can use it to mint zip files + AS_IF([$TCLSH_PROG install],[ + ZIP_PROG=${TCLSH_PROG} + ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="install mkzip" + ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="." + AC_MSG_RESULT([Can use Native Tclsh for Zip encoding]) + ]) + if test "x$ZIP_PROG" = "x" ; then + AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_zip, [ + search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'` + for dir in $search_path ; do + for j in `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` \ + `ls -r $dir/zip 2> /dev/null` ; do + if test x"$ac_cv_path_zip" = x ; then + if test -f "$j" ; then + ac_cv_path_zip=$j + break + fi + fi + done + done + ]) + if test -f "$ac_cv_path_zip" ; then + ZIP_PROG="$ac_cv_path_zip " + AC_MSG_RESULT([$ZIP_PROG]) + ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="-rq" + ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="." + AC_MSG_RESULT([Found INFO Zip in environment]) + # Use standard arguments for zip + fi + fi + if test "x$ZIP_PROG" = "x" ; then + # It is not an error if an installed version of Zip can't be located. + ZIP_PROG="" + ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS="" + ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH="" + TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT=0 + TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG= + else + # ZIPFS Support + eval "TCL_ZIP_FILE=\"${TCL_ZIP_FILE}\"" + if test ${TCL_ZIP_FILE} = "" ; then + TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT=0 + TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG= + INSTALL_LIBRARIES=install-libraries + INSTALL_MSGS=install-msgs + else + if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 1 ; then + TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT=1 + INSTALL_LIBRARIES=install-libraries-zipfs-shared + else + TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT=2 + INSTALL_LIBRARIES=install-libraries-zipfs-static + fi + TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG=-DTCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT + fi + fi + + AC_SUBST(TCL_ZIP_FILE) + AC_SUBST(TCL_ZIPFS_SUPPORT) + AC_SUBST(TCL_ZIPFS_FLAG) + AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG) + AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_OPTIONS) + AC_SUBST(ZIP_PROG_VFSSEARCH) + AC_SUBST(INSTALL_LIBRARIES) + AC_SUBST(INSTALL_MSGS) +]) + +# Local Variables: +# mode: autoconf +# End: diff --git a/tkblt/tests/all.tcl b/tkblt/tests/all.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..badd21f --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/all.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +source linegraph.tcl +source lineelement.tcl +source linepen.tcl +source bargraph.tcl +source barelement.tcl +source barpen.tcl +source axis.tcl +source legend.tcl +source crosshairs.tcl +source markers.tcl + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/axis.tcl b/tkblt/tests/axis.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80f97ea --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/axis.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +$graph axis configure x -bd 2 -background cyan -title "X\nAxis" -limitsformat "%g" +$graph axis configure y -bd 2 -background cyan -title "Y\nAxis" +bltCmd $graph axis activate y + +puts stderr "Testing Axis..." + +bltTest3 $graph axis y -activeforeground red $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis y -activerelief sunken $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -autorange 10 $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -background yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -bg blue $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -bindtags {aa} 0 +bltTest3 $graph axis y -bd 4 $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis y -borderwidth 4 $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -checklimits $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -color red $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -command $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -descending yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -exterior no $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -fg magenta $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -foreground yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -grid no $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridcolor blue $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -griddashes {8 3} $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridlinewidth 2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridminor no $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridminorcolor blue $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridminordashes {8 3} $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -gridminorlinewidth 2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -hide yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -justify left $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -justify center $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -justify right $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -labeloffset yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -limitscolor red $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -limitsfont {times 18 bold italic} $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -limitsformat "%e" $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -linewidth 2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -logscale yes $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -loosemin $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -loosemax $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -majorticks $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -max $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -min $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -minorticks $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief flat $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief groove $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief raised $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief ridge $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief solid $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -relief sunken $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -rotate 45 $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -scrollcommand $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -scrollincrement $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -scrollmax $dops +#bltTest3 $graph axis x -scrollmin $dops +##bltTest3 $graph axis x -shiftby 10 $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -showticks no $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -stepsize 10 $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -subdivisions 4 $dops +##bltTest3 $graph axis x -tickanchor n $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -tickfont {times 12 bold italic} $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -ticklength 20 $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -tickdefault 10 $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -title {This is a Title} $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -titlealternate yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -titlecolor yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph axis x -titlefont {times 24 bold italic} $dops + +#bltCmd $graph axis activate foo +#bltCmd $graph axis bind x +bltCmd $graph axis cget x -color +bltCmd $graph axis configure x +bltCmd $graph axis configure x -color +#bltCmd $graph axis create foo +#bltCmd $graph axis deactivate foo +#bltCmd $graph axis delete foo +#bltCmd $graph axis invtransform x +#bltCmd $graph axis limits x +#bltCmd $graph axis margin x +#bltCmd $graph axis names x +#bltCmd $graph axis transform x +#bltCmd $graph axis type x +#bltCmd $graph axis view x + +#bltCmd $graph xaxis activate +#bltCmd $graph xaxis bind +bltCmd $graph xaxis cget -color +bltCmd $graph xaxis configure +bltCmd $graph xaxis configure -color +#bltCmd $graph xaxis deactivate +#bltCmd $graph xaxis invtransform +#bltCmd $graph xaxis limits +#bltCmd $graph xaxis transform +#bltCmd $graph xaxis use +#bltCmd $graph xaxis view + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/barelement.tcl b/tkblt/tests/barelement.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b8cb07 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/barelement.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .bar +set graph [bltBarGraph $w] + +$graph element configure data1 -color red -showvalues y +$graph element configure data2 -color blue + +$graph pen create foo -showvalues y -color purple +$graph element activate data3 + +puts stderr "Testing Bar Element..." + +bltTest3 $graph element data3 -activepen foo $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -background yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -barwidth 1 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -bd 4 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -bg yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -bindtags {aa} 0 +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -borderwidth 4 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -color yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -data {0.2 8 0.4 20 0.6 31 0.8 41 1.0 50 1.2 59 1.4 65 1.6 70 1.8 75 2.0 85} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarcolor green $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarwidth 2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarcap 10 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -fg yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -fill cyan $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -foreground green $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -hide yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -label "This is a test" $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -legendrelief groove $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -mapx x2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -mapy y2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -outline red $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -pen foo $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief flat $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief groove $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief raised $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief ridge $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief solid $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -relief sunken $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -showerrorbars no $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues none $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues x $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues both $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -stack $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -styles $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor nw $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor n $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor ne $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor e $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor se $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor s $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor sw $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor w $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuecolor cyan $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuefont {times 18 bold italic} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueformat "%e" $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuerotate 45 $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -weights $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -x {0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -xdata {0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xerror {.1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1} $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xhigh $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xlow $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -y {8 20 31 41 50 59 65 70 75 85} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -ydata {8 20 31 41 50 59 65 70 75 85} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -yerror {5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5} $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -yhigh $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -ylow $dops + +bltCmd $graph element activate data2 +bltCmd $graph element deactivate data2 +#bltCmd $graph element bind data1 <Button-1> [list puts "%x %y"] +bltCmd $graph element cget data1 -showvalues +bltCmd $graph element configure data1 +bltCmd $graph element configure data1 -showvalues +#bltCmd $graph element closest 50 50 +#bltCmd $graph element closest 50 50 data1 data2 +bltCmd $graph element create data4 +bltCmd $graph element create data5 +bltCmd $graph element delete data4 data5 +bltCmd $graph element exists data1 +bltCmd $graph element lower data1 +bltCmd $graph element lower data2 data3 +bltCmd $graph element names +bltCmd $graph element names data1 +bltCmd $graph element raise data2 +bltCmd $graph element raise data2 data3 +bltCmd $graph element raise data1 +bltCmd $graph element show data2 +bltCmd $graph element show {data1 data2 data3} +bltCmd $graph element type data1 + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/bargraph.tcl b/tkblt/tests/bargraph.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20f067d --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/bargraph.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .bar +set graph [bltBarGraph $w] + +puts stderr "Testing Bar Graph..." + +# Graph +bltTest $graph -aspect 2 $dops +bltTest $graph -background red $dops +bltTest $graph -barmode stacked $dops +bltTest $graph -barmode aligned $dops +bltTest $graph -barmode overlap $dops +bltTest $graph -barwidth .15 $dops +#bltTest $graph -baseline $dops +bltTest $graph -bd 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -bg green $dops +bltTest $graph -bm 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -borderwidth 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -bottommargin 50 $dops +#bltTest $graph -bufferelements $dops +#bltTest $graph -buffergraph $dops +bltTest $graph -cursor cross $dops +bltTest $graph -fg blue $dops +bltTest $graph -font {times 36 bold italic} $dops +bltTest $graph -foreground cyan $dops +#bltTest $graph -halo $dops +bltTest $graph -height 300 $dops +#bltTest $graph -highlightbackground $dops +#bltTest $graph -highlightcolor $dops +#bltTest $graph -highlightthickness $dops +bltTest $graph -invertxy yes $dops +bltTest $graph -justify left $dops +bltTest $graph -justify center $dops +bltTest $graph -justify right $dops +bltTest $graph -leftmargin 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -lm 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotbackground cyan $dops +bltTest $graph -plotborderwidth 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotpadx 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotpady 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotrelief groove $dops +bltTest $graph -relief groove $dops +bltTest $graph -rightmargin 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -rm 50 $dops +#bltTest $graph -searchhalo $dops +#bltTest $graph -searchmode $dops +#bltTest $graph -searchalong $dops +#bltTest $graph -stackaxes $dops +#bltTest $graph -takefocus $dops +bltTest $graph -title "This is a Title" $dops +bltTest $graph -tm 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -topmargin 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -width 300 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotwidth 300 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotheight 300 $dops + +##bltCmd $graph axis +bltCmd $graph cget -background +bltCmd $graph configure +bltCmd $graph configure +bltCmd $graph configure -background cyan +##bltCmd $graph crosshairs +##bltCmd $graph element +#bltCmd $graph extents +#bltCmd $graph inside +#bltCmd $graph invtransform +##bltCmd $graph legend +##bltCmd $graph marker +##bltCmd $graph pen +##bltCmd $graph postscript +#bltCmd $graph transform +##bltCmd $graph x2axis +##bltCmd $graph xaxis +##bltCmd $graph y2axis +##bltCmd $graph yaxis + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/barpen.tcl b/tkblt/tests/barpen.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d06928b --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/barpen.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .bar +set graph [bltBarGraph $w] + +$graph pen create foo -color red -showvalues y +$graph element configure data2 -pen foo + +puts stderr "Testing Bar Pen..." + +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -background yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -bd 4 $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -bg yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -borderwidth 4 $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -color yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarcolor green $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarwidth 2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarcap 10 $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -fg yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -fill cyan $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -foreground green $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -outline red $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -relief flat $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showerrorbars no $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showvalues none $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showvalues x $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showvalues both $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor nw $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor n $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor ne $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor e $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor se $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor s $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor sw $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor w $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuecolor cyan $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuefont {times 18 bold italic} $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueformat "%e" $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuerotate 45 $dops + +bltCmd $graph pen cget foo -color +bltCmd $graph pen configure foo +bltCmd $graph pen configure foo -color +bltCmd $graph pen create bar +bltCmd $graph pen delete bar +bltCmd $graph pen names +bltCmd $graph pen type foo + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/base.tcl b/tkblt/tests/base.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3dac2e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/base.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +package require tkblt + +#set sleep 1000 +set sleep 500 +if {![info exists dops]} { + set dops 0 +} + +proc bltPlot {w title} { + toplevel $w + wm title $w $title + wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list bltPlotDestroy $w] + + set mb ${w}mb + menu $mb + $w configure -menu $mb +} + +proc bltPlotDestroy {w} { + destroy ${w}mb + destroy $w +} + +proc bltTest {graph option value {dops 0}} { + global sleep + + puts stderr " $option $value" + set org [$graph cget $option] + $graph configure $option $value + update + if {$dops} { + $graph postscript output foo.ps + exec open /Applications/Preview.app/ foo.ps + } + after $sleep +# read stdin 1 + $graph configure $option $org + update + after $sleep +} + +proc bltTest2 {graph which option value {dops 0}} { + global sleep + + puts stderr " $option $value" + set org [$graph $which cget $option] + $graph $which configure $option $value + update + if {$dops} { + $graph postscript output foo.ps + exec open /Applications/Preview.app/ foo.ps + } + after $sleep +# read stdin 1 + $graph $which configure $option $org + update + after $sleep +} + +proc bltTest3 {graph which item option value {dops 0}} { + global sleep + + puts stderr " $item $option $value" + set org [$graph $which cget $item $option] + $graph $which configure $item $option $value + update + if {$dops} { + $graph postscript output foo.ps + exec open /Applications/Preview.app/ foo.ps + } + after $sleep +# read stdin 1 + $graph $which configure $item $option $org + update + after $sleep +} + +proc bltCmd {graph args} { + global sleep + + puts stderr " $graph $args" + eval $graph $args + update + after $sleep +# read stdin 1 +} + +proc bltElements {graph} { + blt::vector create xv(10) + blt::vector create yv(10) + xv set { 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 } + yv set { 5 10 10 15 15 10 20 25 30 35 } + + $graph element create data1 -data {0.2 13 0.4 25 0.6 36 0.8 46 1.0 55 1.2 64 1.4 70 1.6 75 1.8 80 2.0 90} + + $graph element create data2 \ + -xdata {0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0} \ + -ydata {26 50 72 92 110 128 140 150 160 180} \ + -xerror {.05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05} \ + -yerror {10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10} \ + -color red + + $graph element create data3 -xdata xv -ydata yv -color green + + $graph legend configure -title "Legend" +} + +proc bltBarGraph {w} { + global sleep + + bltPlot $w "Bar Graph" + set graph [blt::barchart ${w}.gr \ + -width 600 \ + -height 500 \ + -title "Bar\nGraph" \ + -barwidth .2 \ + -barmode aligned \ + ] + pack $graph -expand yes -fill both + bltElements $graph + + update + after $sleep + return $graph +} + +proc bltLineGraph {w} { + global sleep + + bltPlot $w "Line Graph" + set graph [blt::graph ${w}.gr \ + -width 600 \ + -height 500 \ + -title "Line\nGraph" \ + ] + pack $graph -expand yes -fill both + bltElements $graph + + update + after $sleep + return $graph +} diff --git a/tkblt/tests/crosshairs.tcl b/tkblt/tests/crosshairs.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c63cea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/crosshairs.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +$graph crosshairs on +$graph crosshairs configure -x 200 -y 200 + +puts stderr "Testing Crosshairs..." + +bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -color green +bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -dashes "8 3" +bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -linewidth 3 +bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -x 100 +bltTest2 $graph crosshairs -y 100 + +bltCmd $graph crosshairs cget -color +bltCmd $graph crosshairs configure +bltCmd $graph crosshairs configure -color +bltCmd $graph crosshairs on +bltCmd $graph crosshairs off +bltCmd $graph crosshairs toggle + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/legend.tcl b/tkblt/tests/legend.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dba8da0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/legend.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +$graph legend selection set data2 +$graph legend focus data1 +$graph legend configure -selectrelief groove + +puts stderr "Testing Legend..." + +#bltTest2 $graph legend -activebackground $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -activeborderwidth $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -activeforeground $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -activerelief $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor nw $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor n $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor ne $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor e $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor se $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor s $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor sw $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -anchor w $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -bg pink $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -background cyan $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -borderwidth 20 $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -bd 20 $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -columns 2 $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -exportselection $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -focusdashes "8 3" $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -focusforeground red $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -font {times 18 bold italic} $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -fg yellow $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -foreground purple $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -hide yes $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -ipadx 20 $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -ipady 20 $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -nofocusselectbackground $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -nofocusselectforeground $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -padx 20 $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -pady 20 $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -position rightmargin $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -position leftmargin $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -position topmargin $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -position bottommargin $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -position plotarea $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -position xy $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -x 250 $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -y 100 $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -raised yes $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -relief flat $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -relief groove $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -relief raised $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -relief ridge $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -relief solid $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -relief sunken $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -rows 1 $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -selectbackground $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -selectborderwidth 3 $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -selectcommand $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -selectforeground $dops +#bltTest2 $graph legend -selectmode $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -selectrelief flat $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -title "Hello World" $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -titlecolor red $dops +bltTest2 $graph legend -titlefont {times 24 bold italic} $dops + +#bltCmd $graph legend activate +#bltCmd $graph legend bind +bltCmd $graph legend cget -fg +bltCmd $graph legend configure +bltCmd $graph legend configure -fg +#bltCmd $graph legend curselection +#bltCmd $graph legend deactivate +bltCmd $graph legend focus data1 +bltCmd $graph legend focus +#bltCmd $graph legend get anchor +#bltCmd $graph legend get current +#bltCmd $graph legend get first +#bltCmd $graph legend get last +#bltCmd $graph legend get end +#bltCmd $graph legend get next.row +#bltCmd $graph legend get next.column +#bltCmd $graph legend get previous.row +#bltCmd $graph legend get previous.column +#bltCmd $graph legend get @100,100 +#bltCmd $graph legend get data1 +bltCmd $graph legend selection anchor data1 +bltCmd $graph legend selection mark data1 +bltCmd $graph legend selection includes data2 +bltCmd $graph legend selection present +bltCmd $graph legend selection set data1 data2 +bltCmd $graph legend selection clear data1 data2 +bltCmd $graph legend selection set data1 data2 +bltCmd $graph legend selection toggle data1 data2 +bltCmd $graph legend selection set data1 data2 +bltCmd $graph legend selection clearall + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/lineelement.tcl b/tkblt/tests/lineelement.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5edb38e --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/lineelement.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +$graph element configure data1 -dash {8 3} -showvalues y -smooth step -symbol circle -outline yellow -outlinewidth 3 -pixels 10 + +$graph pen create foo -showvalues y -symbol circle -dashes {8 3} -color purple -linewidth 2 +$graph element activate data3 + +puts stderr "Testing Line Element.." + +bltTest3 $graph element data3 -activepen foo $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -areabackground yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -bindtags {aa} +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -color yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -dashes {8 3} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -data {0.2 8 0.4 20 0.6 31 0.8 41 1.0 50 1.2 59 1.4 65 1.6 70 1.8 75 2.0 85} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarcolor green $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarwidth 2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -errorbarcap 10 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -fill cyan $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -hide yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -label "This is a test" $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -legendrelief groove $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -linewidth 3 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -mapx x2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -mapy y2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -maxsymbols 4 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -offdash black $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -outline green $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -outlinewidth 5 $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -pen foo $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -pixels 20 $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -reduce $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -scalesymbols no $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -showerrorbars no $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues none $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues x $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -showvalues both $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -smooth linear $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -smooth cubic $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -smooth quadratic $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -smooth catrom $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -styles $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol arrow $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol cross $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol diamond $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol none $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol plus $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol scross $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol splus $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol square $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -symbol triangle $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -trace both $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor nw $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor n $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor ne $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor e $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor se $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor s $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor sw $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueanchor w $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuecolor cyan $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuefont {times 18 bold italic} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valueformat "%e" $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -valuerotate 45 $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -weights $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -x {0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -xdata {0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xerror {.1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1} $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xhigh $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -xlow $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -y {8 20 31 41 50 59 65 70 75 85} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data1 -ydata {8 20 31 41 50 59 65 70 75 85} $dops +bltTest3 $graph element data2 -yerror {5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5} $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -yhigh $dops +#bltTest3 $graph element data2 -ylow $dops + +bltCmd $graph element activate data2 +bltCmd $graph element deactivate data2 +#bltCmd $graph element bind data1 <Button-1> [list puts "%x %y"] +bltCmd $graph element cget data1 -smooth +bltCmd $graph element configure data1 +bltCmd $graph element configure data1 -smooth +#bltCmd $graph element closest 50 50 +#bltCmd $graph element closest 50 50 data1 data2 +bltCmd $graph element create data4 +bltCmd $graph element create data5 +bltCmd $graph element delete data4 data5 +bltCmd $graph element exists data1 +bltCmd $graph element lower data1 +bltCmd $graph element lower data2 data3 +bltCmd $graph element names +bltCmd $graph element names data1 +bltCmd $graph element raise data2 +bltCmd $graph element raise data2 data3 +bltCmd $graph element raise data1 +bltCmd $graph element show data2 +bltCmd $graph element show {data1 data2 data3} +bltCmd $graph element type data1 + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/linegraph.tcl b/tkblt/tests/linegraph.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6204e72 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/linegraph.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +puts stderr "Testing Line Graph..." + +bltTest $graph -aspect 2 $dops +bltTest $graph -background red $dops +#bltTest $graph -baseline $dops +bltTest $graph -bd 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -bg green $dops +bltTest $graph -bm 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -borderwidth 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -bottommargin 50 $dops +#bltTest $graph -bufferelements $dops +#bltTest $graph -buffergraph $dops +bltTest $graph -cursor cross $dops +bltTest $graph -fg blue $dops +bltTest $graph -font {times 36 bold italic} $dops +bltTest $graph -foreground cyan $dops +#bltTest $graph -halo $dops +bltTest $graph -height 300 $dops +#bltTest $graph -highlightbackground $dops +#bltTest $graph -highlightcolor $dops +#bltTest $graph -highlightthickness $dops +bltTest $graph -invertxy yes $dops +bltTest $graph -justify left $dops +bltTest $graph -justify center $dops +bltTest $graph -justify right $dops +bltTest $graph -leftmargin 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -lm 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotbackground cyan $dops +bltTest $graph -plotborderwidth 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotpadx 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotpady 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotrelief groove $dops +bltTest $graph -relief groove $dops +bltTest $graph -rightmargin 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -rm 50 $dops +#bltTest $graph -searchhalo $dops +#bltTest $graph -searchmode $dops +#bltTest $graph -searchalong $dops +#bltTest $graph -stackaxes $dops +#bltTest $graph -takefocus $dops +bltTest $graph -title "This is a Title" $dops +bltTest $graph -tm 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -topmargin 50 $dops +bltTest $graph -width 300 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotwidth 300 $dops +bltTest $graph -plotheight 300 $dops + +##bltCmd $graph axis +bltCmd $graph cget -background +bltCmd $graph configure +bltCmd $graph configure +bltCmd $graph configure -background cyan +##bltCmd $graph crosshairs +##bltCmd $graph element +#bltCmd $graph extents +#bltCmd $graph inside +#bltCmd $graph invtransform +##bltCmd $graph legend +##bltCmd $graph marker +##bltCmd $graph pen +#bltCmd $graph postscript output foo.ps +#bltCmd $graph transform +##bltCmd $graph x2axis +##bltCmd $graph xaxis +##bltCmd $graph y2axis +##bltCmd $graph yaxis + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/linemarker.tcl b/tkblt/tests/linemarker.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b66ba6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/linemarker.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +set mm [$graph marker create line tt -element data2 \ + -coords {1 50 1.5 100 1 150} -linewidth 5] +set nn [$graph marker create line ss -element data2 \ + -coords {1 150 .5 100 1 50} -linewidth 2 \ + -outline green -dashes 4] +$graph element configure data1 -hide yes + +puts stderr "Testing Line Marker..." + +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -bindtags {aa} 0 +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -cap round $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -coords {1 50 1.5 100 2 150} $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -dashes {8 3} $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $nn -dashoffset 10 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -element data1 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $nn -fill yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -join round $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -linewidth 1 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -hide yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapx x2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapy y2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -outline green $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -under yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -xoffset 20 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -yoffset 20 $dops + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/linepen.tcl b/tkblt/tests/linepen.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e47b243 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/linepen.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +$graph pen create foo -color red -showvalues y -symbol circle -dashes {4 4} +$graph element configure data2 -pen foo + +puts stderr "Testing Line Pen..." + +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -color yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -dashes {8 3} $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarcolor green $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarwidth 2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -errorbarcap 10 $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -fill cyan $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -linewidth 3 $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -offdash black $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -outline green $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -outlinewidth 5 $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -pixels 20 $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -showvalues none $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol arrow $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol cross $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol diamond $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol none $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol plus $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol scross $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol splus $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol square $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -symbol triangle $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor nw $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor n $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor ne $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor e $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor se $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor s $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor sw $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueanchor w $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuecolor cyan $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuefont {times 18 bold italic} $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valueformat "%e" $dops +bltTest3 $graph pen foo -valuerotate 45 $dops + +bltCmd $graph pen cget foo -color +bltCmd $graph pen configure foo +bltCmd $graph pen configure foo -color +bltCmd $graph pen create bar +bltCmd $graph pen delete bar +bltCmd $graph pen names +bltCmd $graph pen type foo + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/marker.tcl b/tkblt/tests/marker.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a09a43 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/marker.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +set mm [$graph marker create line tt -element data1 \ + -coords {1 50 1.5 100 1 150} -linewidth 5 -bind {aa}] +set nn [$graph marker create line ss -element data1 \ + -coords {1 150 .5 100 1 50} -linewidth 1 \ + -outline green -dashes 4] + +puts stderr "Testing Marker..." + +#bltCmd $graph marker bind aa <Button-1> [list puts "%x %y"] +bltCmd $graph marker cget $mm -cap +bltCmd $graph marker configure $mm +bltCmd $graph marker configure $mm -cap +set foo [$graph marker create line] +bltCmd $graph marker delete $foo +set foo [$graph marker create line foo] +bltCmd $graph marker delete $foo +bltCmd $graph marker exists $mm +bltCmd $graph marker find enclosed 0 0 2 200 +bltCmd $graph marker lower $mm +bltCmd $graph marker lower $mm $nn +bltCmd $graph marker names +bltCmd $graph marker raise $mm +bltCmd $graph marker raise $mm $nn +bltCmd $graph marker type $mm + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/markers.tcl b/tkblt/tests/markers.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f43c8b --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/markers.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +source marker.tcl +source linemarker.tcl +source polygonmarker.tcl +source textmarker.tcl diff --git a/tkblt/tests/polygonmarker.tcl b/tkblt/tests/polygonmarker.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1712b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/polygonmarker.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +set mm [$graph marker create polygon tt -element data2 \ + -coords {1 50 1.5 100 1 150} -linewidth 5] +$graph element configure data1 -hide yes + +puts stderr "Testing Polygon Marker..." + +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -bindtags {aa} 0 +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -cap round $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -coords {1 50 1.5 100 2 150} $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -dashes {8 3} $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -element data1 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -fill yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -join round $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -linewidth 1 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -hide yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapx x2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapy y2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -outline yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -under yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -xoffset 20 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -yoffset 20 $dops + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/ps.tcl b/tkblt/tests/ps.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a9ce23 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/ps.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +$graph axis configure x -title "X\nAxis" -limitsformat "%g" +$graph axis configure y -title "Y\nAxis" + +$graph element configure data1 -dash {8 3} -showvalues y -smooth step -symbol circle -outline yellow -outlinewidth 3 -pixels 10 -valuefont "times 14 italic" -valuerotate 45 + +$graph legend configure -relief raised +$graph xaxis configure -bg cyan -relief raised +$graph configure -relief raised +$graph configure -plotrelief raised + +$graph legend selection set data2 +$graph legend focus data1 +$graph legend configure -selectrelief groove + +$graph postscript configure -decorations yes +$graph postscript output foo.ps +$graph postscript configure -decorations no +$graph postscript output bar.ps + +#set graph [bltBarGraph $w] + +#puts stderr "done" +#bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/test.tcl b/tkblt/tests/test.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df6ffd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/test.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +#set graph [bltBarGraph $w] + +#puts stderr "done" +#bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tests/textmarker.tcl b/tkblt/tests/textmarker.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba3defc --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tests/textmarker.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +source base.tcl + +set w .line +set graph [bltLineGraph $w] + +set mm [$graph marker create text tt -element data2 \ + -coords {1. 112} -text "Text\nMarker" -font {helvetica 24}] +$graph element configure data1 -hide yes + +puts stderr "Testing Text Marker..." + +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor nw $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor n $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor ne $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor e $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor se $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor s $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor sw $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -anchor w $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -background yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -bg red $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -bindtags {aa} 0 +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -coords {1 50} $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -element data1 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -fg cyan $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -fill yellow $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -font {times 24 bold italic} $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -foreground blue $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -justify left $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -justify center $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -justify right $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -hide yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapx x2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -mapy y2 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -outline green $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -rotate 45 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -text {Hello World} $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -under yes $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -xoffset 20 $dops +bltTest3 $graph marker $mm -yoffset 20 $dops + +puts stderr "done" +bltPlotDestroy $w + diff --git a/tkblt/tkbltConfig.sh.in b/tkblt/tkbltConfig.sh.in new file mode 100755 index 0000000..5464ed6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tkbltConfig.sh.in @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# tkbltConfig.sh -- +# +# This shell script (for sh) is generated automatically by tkblt's +# configure script. It will create shell variables for most of +# the configuration options discovered by the configure script. +# This script is intended to be included by the configure scripts +# for tkblt extensions so that they don't have to figure this all +# out for themselves. This file does not duplicate information +# already provided by tclConfig.sh, so you may need to use that +# file in addition to this one. +# +# The information in this file is specific to a single platform. + +# tkblt's version number. +tkblt_VERSION='@PACKAGE_VERSION@' + +# The name of the tkblt library (may be either a .a file or a shared library): +tkblt_LIB_FILE=@PKG_LIB_FILE@ + +# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt library from its +# build directory. +tkblt_BUILD_LIB_SPEC='@tkblt_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@' + +# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt library from its +# installed directory. +tkblt_LIB_SPEC='@tkblt_LIB_SPEC@' + +# The name of the tkblt stub library (a .a file): +tkblt_STUB_LIB_FILE=@PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@ + +# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt stub library from its +# build directory. +tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@' + +# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt stub library from its +# installed directory. +tkblt_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@tkblt_STUB_LIB_SPEC@' + +# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt stub library from its +# build directory. +tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@tkblt_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@' + +# String to pass to linker to pick up the tkblt stub library from its +# installed directory. +tkblt_STUB_LIB_PATH='@tkblt_STUB_LIB_PATH@' diff --git a/tkblt/tools/genStubs.tcl b/tkblt/tools/genStubs.tcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a75dc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tkblt/tools/genStubs.tcl @@ -0,0 +1,1179 @@ +# genStubs.tcl -- +# +# This script generates a set of stub files for a given +# interface. +# +# +# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. +# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> +# +# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution +# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + +package require Tcl 8.4 + +namespace eval genStubs { + # libraryName -- + # + # The name of the entire library. This value is used to compute + # the USE_*_STUBS macro and the name of the init file. + + variable libraryName "UNKNOWN" + + # interfaces -- + # + # An array indexed by interface name that is used to maintain + # the set of valid interfaces. The value is empty. + + array set interfaces {} + + # curName -- + # + # The name of the interface currently being defined. + + variable curName "UNKNOWN" + + # scspec -- + # + # Storage class specifier for external function declarations. + # Normally "EXTERN", may be set to something like XYZAPI + # + variable scspec "EXTERN" + + # epoch, revision -- + # + # The epoch and revision numbers of the interface currently being defined. + # (@@@TODO: should be an array mapping interface names -> numbers) + # + + variable epoch {} + variable revision 0 + + # hooks -- + # + # An array indexed by interface name that contains the set of + # subinterfaces that should be defined for a given interface. + + array set hooks {} + + # stubs -- + # + # This three dimensional array is indexed first by interface name, + # second by platform name, and third by a numeric offset or the + # constant "lastNum". The lastNum entry contains the largest + # numeric offset used for a given interface/platform combo. Each + # numeric offset contains the C function specification that + # should be used for the given entry in the stub table. The spec + # consists of a list in the form returned by parseDecl. + + array set stubs {} + + # outDir -- + # + # The directory where the generated files should be placed. + + variable outDir . +} + +# genStubs::library -- +# +# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name +# of the library that the interfaces are associated with (e.g. "tcl"). +# This value will be used to define the inline conditional macro. +# +# Arguments: +# name The library name. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::library {name} { + variable libraryName $name +} + +# genStubs::interface -- +# +# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name +# of the interface currently being defined. +# +# Arguments: +# name The name of the interface. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::interface {name} { + variable curName $name + variable interfaces + + set interfaces($name) {} + return +} + +# genStubs::scspec -- +# +# Define the storage class macro used for external function declarations. +# Typically, this will be a macro like XYZAPI or EXTERN that +# expands to either DLLIMPORT or DLLEXPORT, depending on whether +# -DBUILD_XYZ has been set. +# +proc genStubs::scspec {value} { + variable scspec $value +} + +# genStubs::epoch -- +# +# Define the epoch number for this library. The epoch +# should be incrememented when a release is made that +# contains incompatible changes to the public API. +# +proc genStubs::epoch {value} { + variable epoch $value +} + +# genStubs::hooks -- +# +# This function defines the subinterface hooks for the current +# interface. +# +# Arguments: +# names The ordered list of interfaces that are reachable through the +# hook vector. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::hooks {names} { + variable curName + variable hooks + + set hooks($curName) $names + return +} + +# genStubs::declare -- +# +# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a new +# interface entry. +# +# Arguments: +# index The index number of the interface. +# platform The platform the interface belongs to. Should be one +# of generic, win, unix, or macosx or aqua or x11. +# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined +# entry. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::declare {args} { + variable stubs + variable curName + variable revision + + incr revision + if {[llength $args] == 2} { + lassign $args index decl + set platformList generic + } elseif {[llength $args] == 3} { + lassign $args index platformList decl + } else { + puts stderr "wrong # args: declare $args" + return + } + + # Check for duplicate declarations, then add the declaration and + # bump the lastNum counter if necessary. + + foreach platform $platformList { + if {[info exists stubs($curName,$platform,$index)]} { + puts stderr "Duplicate entry: declare $args" + } + } + regsub -all "\[ \t\n\]+" [string trim $decl] " " decl + set decl [parseDecl $decl] + + foreach platform $platformList { + if {$decl ne ""} { + set stubs($curName,$platform,$index) $decl + if {![info exists stubs($curName,$platform,lastNum)] \ + || ($index > $stubs($curName,$platform,lastNum))} { + set stubs($curName,$platform,lastNum) $index + } + } + } + return +} + +# genStubs::export -- +# +# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a symbol +# that is exported from the library but is not in the stubs table. +# +# Arguments: +# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined +# entry. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::export {args} { + if {[llength $args] != 1} { + puts stderr "wrong # args: export $args" + } + return +} + +# genStubs::rewriteFile -- +# +# This function replaces the machine generated portion of the +# specified file with new contents. It looks for the !BEGIN! and +# !END! comments to determine where to place the new text. +# +# Arguments: +# file The name of the file to modify. +# text The new text to place in the file. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} { + if {![file exists $file]} { + puts stderr "Cannot find file: $file" + return + } + set in [open ${file} r] + set out [open ${file}.new w] + fconfigure $out -translation lf + + while {![eof $in]} { + set line [gets $in] + if {[string match "*!BEGIN!*" $line]} { + break + } + puts $out $line + } + puts $out "/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */" + puts $out $text + while {![eof $in]} { + set line [gets $in] + if {[string match "*!END!*" $line]} { + break + } + } + puts $out "/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */" + puts -nonewline $out [read $in] + close $in + close $out + file rename -force ${file}.new ${file} + return +} + +# genStubs::addPlatformGuard -- +# +# Wrap a string inside a platform #ifdef. +# +# Arguments: +# plat Platform to test. +# +# Results: +# Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef. + +proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}} {withCygwin 0}} { + set text "" + switch $plat { + win { + append text "#if defined(_WIN32)" + if {$withCygwin} { + append text " || defined(__CYGWIN__)" + } + append text " /* WIN */\n${iftxt}" + if {$eltxt ne ""} { + append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}" + } + append text "#endif /* WIN */\n" + } + unix { + append text "#if !defined(_WIN32)" + if {$withCygwin} { + append text " && !defined(__CYGWIN__)" + } + append text " && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\ + /* UNIX */\n${iftxt}" + if {$eltxt ne ""} { + append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}" + } + append text "#endif /* UNIX */\n" + } + macosx { + append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */\n${iftxt}" + if {$eltxt ne ""} { + append text "#else /* MACOSX */\n${eltxt}" + } + append text "#endif /* MACOSX */\n" + } + aqua { + append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */\n${iftxt}" + if {$eltxt ne ""} { + append text "#else /* AQUA */\n${eltxt}" + } + append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n" + } + x11 { + append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32)" + if {$withCygwin} { + append text " || defined(__CYGWIN__)" + } + append text " || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\ + /* X11 */\n${iftxt}" + if {$eltxt ne ""} { + append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}" + } + append text "#endif /* X11 */\n" + } + default { + append text "${iftxt}${eltxt}" + } + } + return $text +} + +# genStubs::emitSlots -- +# +# Generate the stub table slots for the given interface. If there +# are no generic slots, then one table is generated for each +# platform, otherwise one table is generated for all platforms. +# +# Arguments: +# name The name of the interface being emitted. +# textVar The variable to use for output. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::emitSlots {name textVar} { + upvar $textVar text + + forAllStubs $name makeSlot 1 text {" void (*reserved$i)(void);\n"} + return +} + +# genStubs::parseDecl -- +# +# Parse a C function declaration into its component parts. +# +# Arguments: +# decl The function declaration. +# +# Results: +# Returns a list of the form {returnType name args}. The args +# element consists of a list of type/name pairs, or a single +# element "void". If the function declaration is malformed +# then an error is displayed and the return value is {}. + +proc genStubs::parseDecl {decl} { + if {![regexp {^(.*)\((.*)\)$} $decl all prefix args]} { + set prefix $decl + set args {} + } + set prefix [string trim $prefix] + if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^ *]+)$} $prefix all rtype fname]} { + puts stderr "Bad return type: $decl" + return + } + set rtype [string trim $rtype] + if {$args eq ""} { + return [list $rtype $fname {}] + } + foreach arg [split $args ,] { + lappend argList [string trim $arg] + } + if {![string compare [lindex $argList end] "..."]} { + set args TCL_VARARGS + foreach arg [lrange $argList 0 end-1] { + set argInfo [parseArg $arg] + if {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} { + lappend args $argInfo + } else { + puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'" + return + } + } + } else { + set args {} + foreach arg $argList { + set argInfo [parseArg $arg] + if {![string compare $argInfo "void"]} { + lappend args "void" + break + } elseif {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} { + lappend args $argInfo + } else { + puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'" + return + } + } + } + return [list $rtype $fname $args] +} + +# genStubs::parseArg -- +# +# This function parses a function argument into a type and name. +# +# Arguments: +# arg The argument to parse. +# +# Results: +# Returns a list of type and name with an optional third array +# indicator. If the argument is malformed, returns "". + +proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} { + if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^][ *]+)(\[\])?$} $arg all type name array]} { + if {$arg eq "void"} { + return $arg + } else { + return + } + } + set result [list [string trim $type] $name] + if {$array ne ""} { + lappend result $array + } + return $result +} + +# genStubs::makeDecl -- +# +# Generate the prototype for a function. +# +# Arguments: +# name The interface name. +# decl The function declaration. +# index The slot index for this function. +# +# Results: +# Returns the formatted declaration string. + +proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} { + variable scspec + lassign $decl rtype fname args + + append text "/* $index */\n" + set line "$scspec $rtype" + set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}] + append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count] + set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}] + if {$pad <= 0} { + append line " " + set pad 0 + } + if {$args eq ""} { + append line $fname + append text $line + append text ";\n" + return $text + } + append line $fname + + set arg1 [lindex $args 0] + switch -exact $arg1 { + void { + append line "(void)" + } + TCL_VARARGS { + set sep "(" + foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] { + append line $sep + set next {} + append next [lindex $arg 0] + if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} { + append next " " + } + append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2] + if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \ + + $pad > 76} { + append text [string trimright $line] \n + set line "\t\t\t\t" + set pad 28 + } + append line $next + set sep ", " + } + append line ", ...)" + if {[lindex $args end] eq "{const char *} format"} { + append line " TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(" [expr [llength $args] - 1] ", " [llength $args] ")" + } + } + default { + set sep "(" + foreach arg $args { + append line $sep + set next {} + append next [lindex $arg 0] + if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} { + append next " " + } + append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2] + if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \ + + $pad > 76} { + append text [string trimright $line] \n + set line "\t\t\t\t" + set pad 28 + } + append line $next + set sep ", " + } + append line ")" + } + } + return "$text$line;\n" +} + +# genStubs::makeMacro -- +# +# Generate the inline macro for a function. +# +# Arguments: +# name The interface name. +# decl The function declaration. +# index The slot index for this function. +# +# Results: +# Returns the formatted macro definition. + +proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} { + lassign $decl rtype fname args + + set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]] + append lfname [string range $fname 1 end] + + set text "#define $fname \\\n\t(" + if {$args eq ""} { + append text "*" + } + append text "${name}StubsPtr->$lfname)" + append text " /* $index */\n" + return $text +} + +# genStubs::makeSlot -- +# +# Generate the stub table entry for a function. +# +# Arguments: +# name The interface name. +# decl The function declaration. +# index The slot index for this function. +# +# Results: +# Returns the formatted table entry. + +proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} { + lassign $decl rtype fname args + + set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]] + append lfname [string range $fname 1 end] + + set text " " + if {$args eq ""} { + append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n" + return $text + } + if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} { + append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") " + } else { + append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") " + } + set arg1 [lindex $args 0] + switch -exact $arg1 { + void { + append text "(void)" + } + TCL_VARARGS { + set sep "(" + foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] { + append text $sep [lindex $arg 0] + if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} { + append text " " + } + append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2] + set sep ", " + } + append text ", ...)" + if {[lindex $args end] eq "{const char *} format"} { + append text " TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(" [expr [llength $args] - 1] ", " [llength $args] ")" + } + } + default { + set sep "(" + foreach arg $args { + append text $sep [lindex $arg 0] + if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} { + append text " " + } + append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2] + set sep ", " + } + append text ")" + } + } + + append text "; /* $index */\n" + return $text +} + +# genStubs::makeInit -- +# +# Generate the prototype for a function. +# +# Arguments: +# name The interface name. +# decl The function declaration. +# index The slot index for this function. +# +# Results: +# Returns the formatted declaration string. + +proc genStubs::makeInit {name decl index} { + if {[lindex $decl 2] eq ""} { + append text " &" [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n" + } else { + append text " " [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n" + } + return $text +} + +# genStubs::forAllStubs -- +# +# This function iterates over all of the platforms and invokes +# a callback for each slot. The result of the callback is then +# placed inside appropriate platform guards. +# +# Arguments: +# name The interface name. +# slotProc The proc to invoke to handle the slot. It will +# have the interface name, the declaration, and +# the index appended. +# onAll If 1, emit the skip string even if there are +# definitions for one or more platforms. +# textVar The variable to use for output. +# skipString The string to emit if a slot is skipped. This +# string will be subst'ed in the loop so "$i" can +# be used to substitute the index value. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::forAllStubs {name slotProc onAll textVar + {skipString {"/* Slot $i is reserved */\n"}}} { + variable stubs + upvar $textVar text + + set plats [array names stubs $name,*,lastNum] + if {[info exists stubs($name,generic,lastNum)]} { + # Emit integrated stubs block + set lastNum -1 + foreach plat [array names stubs $name,*,lastNum] { + if {$stubs($plat) > $lastNum} { + set lastNum $stubs($plat) + } + } + for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} { + set slots [array names stubs $name,*,$i] + set emit 0 + if {[info exists stubs($name,generic,$i)]} { + if {[llength $slots] > 1} { + puts stderr "conflicting generic and platform entries:\ + $name $i" + } + append text [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,generic,$i) $i] + set emit 1 + } elseif {[llength $slots] > 0} { + array set slot {unix 0 x11 0 win 0 macosx 0 aqua 0} + foreach s $slots { + set slot([lindex [split $s ,] 1]) 1 + } + # "aqua", "macosx" and "x11" are special cases: + # "macosx" implies "unix", "aqua" implies "macosx" and "x11" + # implies "unix", so we need to be careful not to emit + # duplicate stubs entries: + if {($slot(unix) && $slot(macosx)) || ( + ($slot(unix) || $slot(macosx)) && + ($slot(x11) || $slot(aqua)))} { + puts stderr "conflicting platform entries: $name $i" + } + ## unix ## + set temp {} + set plat unix + if {!$slot(aqua) && !$slot(x11)} { + if {$slot($plat)} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + } elseif {$onAll} { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + } + if {$temp ne ""} { + append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp] + set emit 1 + } + ## x11 ## + set temp {} + set plat x11 + if {!$slot(unix) && !$slot(macosx)} { + if {$slot($plat)} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + } elseif {$onAll} { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + } + if {$temp ne ""} { + append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp] + set emit 1 + } + ## win ## + set temp {} + set plat win + if {$slot($plat)} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + } elseif {$onAll} { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + if {$temp ne ""} { + append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp] + set emit 1 + } + ## macosx ## + set temp {} + set plat macosx + if {!$slot(aqua) && !$slot(x11)} { + if {$slot($plat)} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + } elseif {$slot(unix)} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,unix,$i) $i] + } elseif {$onAll} { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + } + if {$temp ne ""} { + append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp] + set emit 1 + } + ## aqua ## + set temp {} + set plat aqua + if {!$slot(unix) && !$slot(macosx)} { + if {[string range $skipString 1 2] ne "/*"} { + # genStubs.tcl previously had a bug here causing it to + # erroneously generate both a unix entry and an aqua + # entry for a given stubs table slot. To preserve + # backwards compatibility, generate a dummy stubs entry + # before every aqua entry (note that this breaks the + # correspondence between emitted entry number and + # actual position of the entry in the stubs table, e.g. + # TkIntStubs entry 113 for aqua is in fact at position + # 114 in the table, entry 114 at position 116 etc). + eval {append temp} $skipString + set temp "[string range $temp 0 end-1] /*\ + Dummy entry for stubs table backwards\ + compatibility */\n" + } + if {$slot($plat)} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + } elseif {$onAll} { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + } + if {$temp ne ""} { + append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp] + set emit 1 + } + } + if {!$emit} { + eval {append text} $skipString + } + } + } else { + # Emit separate stubs blocks per platform + array set block {unix 0 x11 0 win 0 macosx 0 aqua 0} + foreach s [array names stubs $name,*,lastNum] { + set block([lindex [split $s ,] 1]) 1 + } + ## unix ## + if {$block(unix) && !$block(x11)} { + set temp {} + set plat unix + set lastNum $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum) + for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} { + if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + } else { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + } + append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp {} true] + } + ## win ## + if {$block(win)} { + set temp {} + set plat win + set lastNum $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum) + for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} { + if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + } else { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + } + append text [addPlatformGuard $plat $temp {} true] + } + ## macosx ## + if {($block(unix) || $block(macosx)) && !$block(aqua) && !$block(x11)} { + set temp {} + set lastNum -1 + foreach plat {unix macosx} { + if {$block($plat)} { + set lastNum [expr {$lastNum > $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum) + ? $lastNum : $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)}] + } + } + for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} { + set emit 0 + foreach plat {unix macosx} { + if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + set emit 1 + break + } + } + if {!$emit} { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + } + append text [addPlatformGuard macosx $temp] + } + ## aqua ## + if {$block(aqua)} { + set temp {} + set lastNum -1 + foreach plat {unix macosx aqua} { + if {$block($plat)} { + set lastNum [expr {$lastNum > $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum) + ? $lastNum : $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)}] + } + } + for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} { + set emit 0 + foreach plat {unix macosx aqua} { + if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} { + append temp [$slotProc $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + set emit 1 + break + } + } + if {!$emit} { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + } + append text [addPlatformGuard aqua $temp] + } + ## x11 ## + if {$block(x11)} { + set temp {} + set lastNum -1 + foreach plat {unix macosx x11} { + if {$block($plat)} { + set lastNum [expr {$lastNum > $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum) + ? $lastNum : $stubs($name,$plat,lastNum)}] + } + } + for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} { + set emit 0 + foreach plat {unix macosx x11} { + if {[info exists stubs($name,$plat,$i)]} { + if {$plat ne "macosx"} { + append temp [$slotProc $name \ + $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] + } else { + eval {set etxt} $skipString + append temp [addPlatformGuard $plat [$slotProc \ + $name $stubs($name,$plat,$i) $i] $etxt true] + } + set emit 1 + break + } + } + if {!$emit} { + eval {append temp} $skipString + } + } + append text [addPlatformGuard x11 $temp {} true] + } + } +} + +# genStubs::emitDeclarations -- +# +# This function emits the function declarations for this interface. +# +# Arguments: +# name The interface name. +# textVar The variable to use for output. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::emitDeclarations {name textVar} { + upvar $textVar text + + append text "\n/*\n * Exported function declarations:\n */\n\n" + forAllStubs $name makeDecl 0 text + return +} + +# genStubs::emitMacros -- +# +# This function emits the inline macros for an interface. +# +# Arguments: +# name The name of the interface being emitted. +# textVar The variable to use for output. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::emitMacros {name textVar} { + variable libraryName + upvar $textVar text + + set upName [string toupper $libraryName] + append text "\n#if defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS)\n" + append text "\n/*\n * Inline function declarations:\n */\n\n" + + forAllStubs $name makeMacro 0 text + + append text "\n#endif /* defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS) */\n" + return +} + +# genStubs::emitHeader -- +# +# This function emits the body of the <name>Decls.h file for +# the specified interface. +# +# Arguments: +# name The name of the interface being emitted. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} { + variable outDir + variable hooks + variable epoch + variable revision + + set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]] + append capName [string range $name 1 end] + + if {$epoch ne ""} { + set CAPName [string toupper $name] + append text "\n" + append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH $epoch\n" + append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n" + } + + append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n" + + emitDeclarations $name text + + if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { + append text "\ntypedef struct {\n" + foreach hook $hooks($name) { + set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]] + append capHook [string range $hook 1 end] + append text " const struct ${capHook}Stubs *${hook}Stubs;\n" + } + append text "} ${capName}StubHooks;\n" + } + append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}Stubs {\n" + append text " int magic;\n" + if {$epoch ne ""} { + append text " int epoch;\n" + append text " int revision;\n" + } + if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { + append text " const ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n" + } else { + append text " void *hooks;\n\n" + } + + emitSlots $name text + + append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n" + + append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n" + append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n" + + emitMacros $name text + + rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${name}Decls.h] $text + return +} + +# genStubs::emitInit -- +# +# Generate the table initializers for an interface. +# +# Arguments: +# name The name of the interface to initialize. +# textVar The variable to use for output. +# +# Results: +# Returns the formatted output. + +proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} { + variable hooks + variable interfaces + variable epoch + upvar $textVar text + set root 1 + + set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]] + append capName [string range $name 1 end] + + if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { + append text "\nstatic const ${capName}StubHooks ${name}StubHooks = \{\n" + set sep " " + foreach sub $hooks($name) { + append text $sep "&${sub}Stubs" + set sep ",\n " + } + append text "\n\};\n" + } + foreach intf [array names interfaces] { + if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} { + if {[lsearch -exact $hooks($intf) $name] >= 0} { + set root 0 + break + } + } + } + + append text "\n" + if {!$root} { + append text "static " + } + append text "const ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n TCL_STUB_MAGIC,\n" + if {$epoch ne ""} { + set CAPName [string toupper $name] + append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH,\n" + append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION,\n" + } + if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { + append text " &${name}StubHooks,\n" + } else { + append text " 0,\n" + } + + forAllStubs $name makeInit 1 text {" 0, /* $i */\n"} + + append text "\};\n" + return +} + +# genStubs::emitInits -- +# +# This function emits the body of the <name>StubInit.c file for +# the specified interface. +# +# Arguments: +# name The name of the interface being emitted. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::emitInits {} { + variable hooks + variable outDir + variable libraryName + variable interfaces + + # Assuming that dependencies only go one level deep, we need to emit + # all of the leaves first to avoid needing forward declarations. + + set leaves {} + set roots {} + foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] { + if {[info exists hooks($name)]} { + lappend roots $name + } else { + lappend leaves $name + } + } + foreach name $leaves { + emitInit $name text + } + foreach name $roots { + emitInit $name text + } + + rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${libraryName}StubInit.c] $text +} + +# genStubs::init -- +# +# This is the main entry point. +# +# Arguments: +# None. +# +# Results: +# None. + +proc genStubs::init {} { + global argv argv0 + variable outDir + variable interfaces + + if {[llength $argv] < 2} { + puts stderr "usage: $argv0 outDir declFile ?declFile...?" + exit 1 + } + + set outDir [lindex $argv 0] + + foreach file [lrange $argv 1 end] { + source $file + } + + foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] { + puts "Emitting $name" + emitHeader $name + } + + emitInits +} + +# lassign -- +# +# This function emulates the TclX lassign command. +# +# Arguments: +# valueList A list containing the values to be assigned. +# args The list of variables to be assigned. +# +# Results: +# Returns any values that were not assigned to variables. + +if {[string length [namespace which lassign]] == 0} { + proc lassign {valueList args} { + if {[llength $args] == 0} { + error "wrong # args: should be \"lassign list varName ?varName ...?\"" + } + uplevel [list foreach $args $valueList {break}] + return [lrange $valueList [llength $args] end] + } +} + +genStubs::init |